Copy the KDE 3.5 branch to branches/trinity for new KDE 3.5 features.

BUG:215923


git-svn-id: svn://anonsvn.kde.org/home/kde/branches/trinity/kdenetwork@1054174 283d02a7-25f6-0310-bc7c-ecb5cbfe19da

334 files changed, 77035 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/kopete/plugins/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b817465
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+if include_motionautoaway
+MOTIONAUTOAWAY_SUBDIR=motionautoaway
+endif
+
+if include_smpppdcs
+SMPPPDCS_SUBDIR=smpppdcs
+endif
+
+SUBDIRS = latex autoreplace history contactnotes cryptography\
+	connectionstatus translator nowlistening webpresence texteffect\
+	highlight alias $(MOTIONAUTOAWAY_SUBDIR) netmeeting addbookmarks\
+	statistics $(SMPPPDCS_SUBDIR) 
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..696ddfb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+AM_CPPFLAGS = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(all_includes)
+
+noinst_HEADERS = addbookmarksplugin.h addbookmarkspreferences.h \
+                 addbookmarksprefssettings.h addbookmarksprefsui.h
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_addbookmarks.la kcm_kopete_addbookmarks.la
+
+kopete_addbookmarks_la_LDFLAGS = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_addbookmarks_la_LIBADD = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la
+kopete_addbookmarks_la_SOURCES = addbookmarksplugin.cpp addbookmarksprefssettings.cpp
+
+kcm_kopete_addbookmarks_la_LDFLAGS = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kcm_kopete_addbookmarks_la_LIBADD = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la $(LIB_KUTILS)
+kcm_kopete_addbookmarks_la_SOURCES = addbookmarkspreferences.cpp addbookmarksprefsui.ui \
+                                     addbookmarksprefssettings.cpp
+
+service_DATA = kopete_addbookmarks.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+kcm_DATA = kopete_addbookmarks_config.desktop
+kcmdir = $(kde_servicesdir)/kconfiguredialog
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarksplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarksplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fae164f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarksplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+//
+// C++ Implementation: %{MODULE}
+//
+// Description:
+//
+//
+// Author: Roie Kerstein <sf_kersteinroie@bezeqint.net>, (C) 2004
+//
+// Copyright: See COPYING file that comes with this distribution
+//
+//
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kbookmark.h>
+#include <qvariant.h>
+#include <qtextcodec.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>
+
+#include "addbookmarksplugin.moc"
+#include "addbookmarksplugin.h"
+#include "kopetecontact.h"
+#include "kopetechatsessionmanager.h"
+#include "kopeteglobal.h"
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+
+
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_addbookmarks, BookmarksPluginFactory( "kopete_addbookmarks" )  )
+
+
+static bool isURLInGroup(const KURL& url, const KBookmarkGroup& group)
+{
+	KBookmark bookmark = group.first();
+	
+	for( ; !bookmark.isNull() ; bookmark = group.next(bookmark) ){
+		if( !bookmark.isGroup() && !bookmark.isSeparator() )
+			if( url == bookmark.url() )
+				return true;
+	}
+	return false;
+}
+
+BookmarksPlugin::BookmarksPlugin(QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &/*args*/)
+ : Kopete::Plugin(BookmarksPluginFactory::instance(), parent, name)
+{
+	//kdDebug(14501) << "plugin loading" << endl;
+	connect( Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(), SIGNAL( aboutToDisplay( Kopete::Message & ) ), this, SLOT( slotBookmarkURLsInMessage( Kopete::Message & ) ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn BookmarksPlugin::slotBookmarkURLsInMessage(KopeteMessage & msg)
+ */
+void BookmarksPlugin::slotBookmarkURLsInMessage(Kopete::Message & msg)
+{
+	//kdDebug(14501) << "recieved message:" << endl << msg.parsedBody() << endl;
+	if(msg.direction() != Kopete::Message::Inbound)
+		return;
+	KURL::List *URLsList;
+	KURL::List::iterator it;
+	URLsList = extractURLsFromString( msg.parsedBody() );
+	if (!URLsList->empty()) {
+		for( it = URLsList->begin() ; it != URLsList->end() ; ++it){
+			if ( m_settings.addBookmarksFromUnknownContacts() || !msg.from()->metaContact()->isTemporary() )
+			{
+				if ( msg.from()->metaContact() ) {
+					addKopeteBookmark(*it, msg.from()->metaContact()->displayName() );
+					//kdDebug (14501) << "name:" << msg.from()->metaContact()->displayName() << endl;
+				}
+				else {
+					addKopeteBookmark(*it, msg.from()->property(Kopete::Global::Properties::self()->nickName()).value().toString() );
+					//kdDebug (14501) << "name:" << msg.from()->property(Kopete::Global::Properties::self()->nickName()).value().toString() << endl;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	delete URLsList;
+}
+
+void BookmarksPlugin::slotAddKopeteBookmark( KIO::Job *transfer, const QByteArray &data )
+{
+	QTextCodec *codec = getPageEncoding( data );
+	QString htmlpage = codec->toUnicode( data );
+	QRegExp rx("<title>([^<]*){1,96}</title>");
+	rx.setCaseSensitive(false);
+	int pos = rx.search( htmlpage );
+	KBookmarkManager *mgr = KBookmarkManager::userBookmarksManager();
+	KBookmarkGroup group = getKopeteFolder();
+	QString sender = m_map[(KIO::TransferJob*)transfer].sender;
+	
+	if ( m_settings.useSubfolderForContact( sender ) )
+		group = getFolder( group, sender );
+
+	if( pos == -1 ){
+		group.addBookmark( mgr, m_map[(KIO::TransferJob*)transfer].url.prettyURL(), m_map[(KIO::TransferJob*)transfer].url.url() );
+		kdDebug( 14501 ) << "failed to extract title from first data chunk" << endl;
+	}else {
+		group.addBookmark( mgr, rx.cap( 1 ).simplifyWhiteSpace(),
+						   m_map[(KIO::TransferJob*)transfer].url.url() );
+	}
+	mgr->save();
+	mgr->emitChanged( group );
+	m_map.remove( (KIO::TransferJob*)transfer );
+	transfer->kill();
+}
+
+KURL::List* BookmarksPlugin::extractURLsFromString( const QString& text )
+{
+	KURL::List *list = new KURL::List;
+	QRegExp rx("<a href=\"[^\\s\"]+\"");
+	int pos=0;
+	KURL url;
+	
+	for(; (pos=rx.search(text, pos))!=-1; pos+=rx.matchedLength()){
+	 //as long as there is a matching URL in text
+		url = text.mid(pos+9, rx.matchedLength()-10);
+		// assuming that in formatted messages links appear as <a href="link"
+		if(url.isValid())
+			list->append(url);
+	}
+	return list;
+}
+
+void BookmarksPlugin::addKopeteBookmark( const KURL& url, const QString& sender )
+{
+	KBookmarkGroup group = getKopeteFolder();
+
+	if ( m_settings.useSubfolderForContact( sender ) ) {
+		group = getFolder( group, sender );
+	}
+	// either restrict to http(s) or to KProtocolInfo::protocolClass() == :internet
+	if( !isURLInGroup( url, group )
+		&& url.isValid() && url.protocol().startsWith("http") ) {
+		KIO::TransferJob *transfer;
+		// make asynchronous transfer to avoid GUI freezing due to overloaded web servers
+		transfer = KIO::get(url, false, false);
+		transfer->setInteractive(false);
+		connect ( transfer, SIGNAL ( data( KIO::Job *, const QByteArray & ) ),
+		this, SLOT ( slotAddKopeteBookmark( KIO::Job *, const QByteArray & ) ) );
+		m_map[transfer].url = url;
+		m_map[transfer].sender = sender;
+	}
+}
+
+KBookmarkGroup BookmarksPlugin::getKopeteFolder()
+{
+	KBookmarkManager *mgr = KBookmarkManager::userBookmarksManager();
+
+	return getFolder( mgr->root(), QString::fromLatin1("kopete") );
+}
+
+KBookmarkGroup BookmarksPlugin::getFolder( KBookmarkGroup group, const QString& folder )
+{
+	KBookmark bookmark;
+
+
+	for( bookmark=group.first(); !bookmark.isNull() && !(bookmark.isGroup() && !bookmark.fullText().compare( folder )); bookmark = group.next(bookmark));
+	if( bookmark.isNull() ){
+		KBookmarkManager *mgr = KBookmarkManager::userBookmarksManager();
+		//kdDebug (14501) << "GetFolder:" << folder << endl;
+		group = group.createNewFolder( mgr, folder, true);
+	}else {
+		group = bookmark.toGroup();
+	}
+	return group;
+}
+
+QTextCodec* BookmarksPlugin::getPageEncoding( const QByteArray& data )
+{
+	QString temp = QString::fromLatin1(data);
+	QRegExp rx("<meta[^>]*(charset|CHARSET)\\s*=\\s*[^>]*>");
+	int pos = rx.search( temp );
+	QTextCodec *codec;
+	
+	if( pos == -1 ){
+		kdDebug( 14501 ) << "charset not found in first data chunk" << endl;
+		return QTextCodec::codecForName("iso8859-1");
+	}
+	//kdDebug(14501) << temp.mid(pos, rx.matchedLength()) << endl;
+	temp = temp.mid(pos, rx.matchedLength()-1);
+	temp = temp.mid( temp.find("charset", 0, false)+7);
+	temp = temp.remove('=').simplifyWhiteSpace();
+	for( pos = 0 ; temp[pos].isLetterOrNumber() || temp[pos] == '-' ; pos++ );
+	temp = temp.left( pos );
+	//kdDebug(14501) << "encoding: " << temp << endl;
+	codec = QTextCodec::codecForName( temp.latin1() );
+	if( !codec ){
+		return QTextCodec::codecForName("iso8859-1");
+	}
+	return codec;
+}
+
+void BookmarksPlugin::slotReloadSettings()
+{
+	m_settings.load();
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarksplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarksplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c425b9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarksplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+//
+// C++ Interface: %{MODULE}
+//
+// Description: 
+//
+//
+// Author: Roie Kerstein <sf_kersteinroie@bezeqint.net>, (C) 2004
+//
+// Copyright: See COPYING file that comes with this distribution
+//
+//
+#ifndef ADDBOOKMARKSPLUGIN_H
+#define ADDBOOKMARKSPLUGIN_H
+
+#include "addbookmarksprefssettings.h"
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kopeteplugin.h>
+#include <kbookmarkmanager.h>
+#include <kio/job.h>
+#include <qcstring.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+
+/**
+@author Roie Kerstein <sf_kersteinroie@bezeqint.net>
+*/
+
+class BookmarksPlugin : public Kopete::Plugin
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    BookmarksPlugin(QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args);
+
+private:
+    typedef struct S_URLANDNAME{
+		KURL url;
+		QString sender;
+    } URLandName;
+    typedef QMap<KIO::TransferJob*,URLandName> JobsToURLsMap;
+    JobsToURLsMap m_map;
+    BookmarksPrefsSettings m_settings;
+    void addKopeteBookmark( const KURL& url, const QString& sender );
+    KURL::List* extractURLsFromString( const QString& text );
+    KBookmarkGroup getKopeteFolder();
+    KBookmarkGroup getFolder( KBookmarkGroup group, const QString& folder );
+    QTextCodec* getPageEncoding( const QByteArray& data );
+public slots:
+    void slotBookmarkURLsInMessage(Kopete::Message & msg);
+    void slotReloadSettings();
+
+private slots:
+    void slotAddKopeteBookmark( KIO::Job *transfer, const QByteArray &data );
+};
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<BookmarksPlugin> BookmarksPluginFactory;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarkspreferences.cpp b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarkspreferences.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..12ebd877
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarkspreferences.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+//
+// C++ Implementation: %{MODULE}
+//
+// Description:
+//
+//
+// Author: Roie Kerstein <sf_kersteinroie@bezeqint.net>, (C) 2004
+//
+// Copyright: See COPYING file that comes with this distribution
+//
+//
+#include "addbookmarkspreferences.h"
+#include "addbookmarksprefsui.h"
+#include "addbookmarksplugin.h"
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kopetepluginmanager.h>
+#include <kopetecontactlist.h>
+#include <qcheckbox.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qbuttongroup.h>
+#include <qlistbox.h>
+#include <qnamespace.h>
+#include <qradiobutton.h>
+
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<BookmarksPreferences> BookmarksPreferencesFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kcm_kopete_addbookmarks, BookmarksPreferencesFactory("kcm_kopete_addbookmarks") )
+
+BookmarksPreferences::BookmarksPreferences(QWidget *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args)
+ : KCModule(BookmarksPreferencesFactory::instance(), parent, args)
+{
+	Q_UNUSED( name );
+	( new QVBoxLayout (this) )->setAutoAdd( true );
+	p_dialog = new BookmarksPrefsUI( this );
+	load();
+	connect( p_dialog->yesButton, SIGNAL( toggled(bool) ), this, SLOT( slotSetStatusChanged() ));
+	connect( p_dialog->noButton, SIGNAL( toggled(bool) ), this, SLOT( slotSetStatusChanged() ));
+	connect( p_dialog->onlySelectedButton, SIGNAL( toggled(bool) ), this, SLOT( slotSetStatusChanged() ));
+	connect( p_dialog->onlyNotSelectedButton, SIGNAL( toggled(bool) ), this, SLOT( slotSetStatusChanged() ));
+	connect( p_dialog->contactList, SIGNAL( selectionChanged() ), this, SLOT( slotSetStatusChanged() ));
+	if(Kopete::PluginManager::self()->plugin("kopete_addbookmarks") )
+           connect( this, SIGNAL(PreferencesChanged()), Kopete::PluginManager::self()->plugin("kopete_addbookmarks") , SLOT(slotReloadSettings()));
+	connect( p_dialog->m_addUntrusted, SIGNAL( toggled(bool) ), this, SLOT( slotAddUntrustedChanged() ) );
+}
+
+
+BookmarksPreferences::~BookmarksPreferences()
+{
+}
+
+void BookmarksPreferences::save()
+{
+	QStringList list;
+	QStringList::iterator it;
+
+
+	m_settings.setFolderForEachContact( (BookmarksPrefsSettings::UseSubfolders)p_dialog->buttonGroup1->selectedId() );
+	if ( m_settings.isFolderForEachContact() == BookmarksPrefsSettings::SelectedContacts ||
+				m_settings.isFolderForEachContact() == BookmarksPrefsSettings::UnselectedContacts ) {
+		for( uint i = 0; i < p_dialog->contactList->count() ; ++i ){
+			if( p_dialog->contactList->isSelected( i ) ){
+				list += p_dialog->contactList->text( i );
+			}
+		}
+		m_settings.setContactsList( list );
+	}
+	m_settings.setAddBookmarksFromUnknownContacts( p_dialog->m_addUntrusted->isChecked() );
+	m_settings.save();
+	emit PreferencesChanged(); 
+	emit KCModule::changed(false);
+}
+
+void BookmarksPreferences::slotSetStatusChanged()
+{
+	if ( p_dialog->buttonGroup1->selectedId() == 1  || p_dialog->buttonGroup1->selectedId() == 0)
+		p_dialog->contactList->setEnabled(false);
+	else
+		p_dialog->contactList->setEnabled(true);
+	
+	emit KCModule::changed(true);
+}
+
+void BookmarksPreferences::slotAddUntrustedChanged()
+{
+    emit KCModule::changed(true);
+}
+
+void BookmarksPreferences::load()
+{
+	QStringList list;
+	QStringList::iterator it;
+	QListBoxItem* item;
+	
+	m_settings.load();
+	p_dialog->buttonGroup1->setButton(m_settings.isFolderForEachContact());
+    p_dialog->m_addUntrusted->setChecked( m_settings.addBookmarksFromUnknownContacts() );
+	if( p_dialog->contactList->count() == 0 ){
+		QStringList contacts = Kopete::ContactList::self()->contacts();
+		contacts.sort();
+		p_dialog->contactList->insertStringList( contacts );
+	}
+	p_dialog->contactList->clearSelection();
+	p_dialog->contactList->setEnabled( m_settings.isFolderForEachContact() == BookmarksPrefsSettings::SelectedContacts ||
+			 m_settings.isFolderForEachContact() == BookmarksPrefsSettings::UnselectedContacts );
+	list = m_settings.getContactsList();
+	for( it = list.begin() ; it != list.end() ; ++it){
+		if ( ( item = p_dialog->contactList->findItem(*it, Qt::ExactMatch ) ) ){
+			p_dialog->contactList->setSelected( item, true );
+		}
+	}
+	emit KCModule::changed(false);
+}
+
+#include "addbookmarkspreferences.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarkspreferences.h b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarkspreferences.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a9d5bff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarkspreferences.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+//
+// C++ Interface: %{MODULE}
+//
+// Description: 
+//
+//
+// Author: Roie Kerstein <sf_kersteinroie@bezeqint.net>, (C) 2004
+//
+// Copyright: See COPYING file that comes with this distribution
+//
+//
+#ifndef ADDBOOKMARKSPREFERENCES_H
+#define ADDBOOKMARKSPREFERENCES_H
+
+#include <kcmodule.h>
+#include "addbookmarksprefssettings.h"
+#include "addbookmarksprefsui.h"
+
+/**
+@author Roie Kerstein <sf_kersteinroie@bezeqint.net>
+*/
+class BookmarksPreferences : public KCModule
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    BookmarksPreferences(QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+
+    ~BookmarksPreferences();
+    
+    virtual void load();
+    virtual void save();
+    
+signals:
+    void PreferencesChanged();
+    
+private:
+    BookmarksPrefsUI *p_dialog;
+    BookmarksPrefsSettings m_settings;
+
+private slots:
+    void slotSetStatusChanged();
+    void slotAddUntrustedChanged();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarksprefssettings.cpp b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarksprefssettings.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..045ce801
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarksprefssettings.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+//
+// C++ Implementation: %{MODULE}
+//
+// Description:
+//
+//
+// Author: Roie Kerstein <sf_kersteinroie@bezeqint.net>, (C) 2004
+//
+// License: GPL v2
+//
+//
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+
+#include "addbookmarksprefssettings.h"
+
+BookmarksPrefsSettings::BookmarksPrefsSettings(QObject *parent, const char *name)
+ : QObject(parent, name)
+{
+	load();
+}
+
+
+BookmarksPrefsSettings::~BookmarksPrefsSettings()
+{
+}
+
+void BookmarksPrefsSettings::load()
+{
+	KConfig * configfile = KGlobal::config();
+	m_isfolderforeachcontact = Always;
+	m_contactslist.clear();
+	m_addbookmarksfromunknowns = false;
+	if( configfile->getConfigState() == KConfigBase::NoAccess ){
+		kdDebug( 14501 ) << "load: failed to open config file for reading" << endl;
+		return;
+	}
+	if( !configfile->hasGroup("Bookmarks Plugin") ){
+		kdDebug( 14501 ) << "load: no config found in file" << endl;
+		return;
+	}
+	configfile->setGroup("Bookmarks Plugin");
+	m_isfolderforeachcontact = (UseSubfolders)configfile->readNumEntry( "UseSubfolderForEachContact", 0 );
+	m_contactslist = configfile->readListEntry( "ContactsList" );
+	m_addbookmarksfromunknowns = configfile->readBoolEntry( "AddBookmarksFromUnknownContacts" );
+}
+
+void BookmarksPrefsSettings::save()
+{
+	KConfig * configfile = KGlobal::config();
+
+	if( configfile->getConfigState() != KConfigBase::ReadWrite ){
+		kdDebug( 14501 ) << "save: failed to open config file for writing" << endl;
+		return;
+	}
+	configfile->setGroup( "Bookmarks Plugin" );
+	configfile->writeEntry( "UseSubfolderForEachContact", (int)m_isfolderforeachcontact );
+	configfile->writeEntry( "ContactsList", m_contactslist );
+	configfile->writeEntry( "AddBookmarksFromUnknownContacts", m_addbookmarksfromunknowns );
+	configfile->sync();
+}
+
+bool BookmarksPrefsSettings::useSubfolderForContact( QString nickname )
+{
+	if ( !nickname.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		switch( m_isfolderforeachcontact ){
+		case Never:
+			return false;
+		case Always:
+			return true;
+		case SelectedContacts:
+			return ( m_contactslist.find( nickname ) != m_contactslist.end() );
+		case UnselectedContacts:
+			return ( m_contactslist.find( nickname ) == m_contactslist.end() );
+		}
+	}
+	return false;
+}
+
+void BookmarksPrefsSettings::setAddBookmarksFromUnknownContacts( bool addUntrusted )
+{
+    m_addbookmarksfromunknowns = addUntrusted;
+}
+
+#include "addbookmarksprefssettings.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarksprefssettings.h b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarksprefssettings.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2d82e7c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarksprefssettings.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+//
+// C++ Interface: %{MODULE}
+//
+// Description: 
+//
+//
+// Author: Roie Kerstein <sf_kersteinroie@bezeqint.net>, (C) 2004
+//
+// Copyright: See COPYING file that comes with this distribution
+//
+//
+#ifndef ADDBOOKMARKSPREFSSETTINGS_H
+#define ADDBOOKMARKSPREFSSETTINGS_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+
+/**
+@author Roie Kerstein <sf_kersteinroie@bezeqint.net>
+*/
+class BookmarksPrefsSettings : public QObject
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	enum UseSubfolders { Always=0, Never=1, SelectedContacts=2, UnselectedContacts=3 };
+
+    BookmarksPrefsSettings(QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
+
+    ~BookmarksPrefsSettings();
+    
+    void load();
+    void save();
+    UseSubfolders isFolderForEachContact() {return m_isfolderforeachcontact;}
+    void setFolderForEachContact(UseSubfolders val) {m_isfolderforeachcontact = val;}
+    bool useSubfolderForContact( QString nickname );
+    QStringList getContactsList() {return m_contactslist;}
+    void setContactsList(QStringList list) {m_contactslist = list;}
+    bool addBookmarksFromUnknownContacts() { return m_addbookmarksfromunknowns; };
+    void setAddBookmarksFromUnknownContacts( bool );
+    
+private:
+    bool m_folderPerContact;
+    bool m_addbookmarksfromunknowns;
+    UseSubfolders m_isfolderforeachcontact;
+    QStringList m_contactslist;
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarksprefsui.ui b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarksprefsui.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..67be2b9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/addbookmarksprefsui.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>BookmarksPrefsUI</class>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>BookmarksPrefsUI</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>396</width>
+            <height>421</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <vbox>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>buttonGroup1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Use Subfolder for Each Contact</string>
+            </property>
+            <vbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>yesButton</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="enabled">
+                        <bool>true</bool>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Always</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="checked">
+                        <bool>true</bool>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>noButton</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="enabled">
+                        <bool>true</bool>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Never</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="buttonGroupId">
+                        <number>1</number>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>onlySelectedButton</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="enabled">
+                        <bool>true</bool>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Onl&amp;y the selected contacts</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="checked">
+                        <bool>false</bool>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="buttonGroupId">
+                        <number>2</number>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>onlyNotSelectedButton</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="enabled">
+                        <bool>true</bool>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Not the selected contacts</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+            </vbox>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QListBox">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>contactList</cstring>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>m_addUntrusted</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>Add Bookmarks from Contacts Not In Your Contact List</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+    </vbox>
+</widget>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/kopete_addbookmarks.desktop b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/kopete_addbookmarks.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c3c65428
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/kopete_addbookmarks.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+Name=Bookmarks
+Name[be]=Закладкі
+Name[bg]=Отметки
+Name[bn]=বুকমার্ক
+Name[br]=Sinedoù
+Name[bs]=Zabilješke
+Name[ca]=Punts
+Name[cs]=Záložky
+Name[cy]=Nodau Tudalen
+Name[da]=Bogmærker
+Name[de]=Lesezeichen
+Name[el]=Σελιδοδείκτες
+Name[eo]=Legosignoj
+Name[es]=Marcadores
+Name[et]=Järjehoidjad
+Name[eu]=Lastermarkak
+Name[fa]=چوب الفها
+Name[fi]=Kirjanmerkit
+Name[fr]=Signets
+Name[ga]=Leabharmharcanna
+Name[gl]=Marcadores
+Name[he]=סימניות
+Name[hu]=Könyvjelzők
+Name[id]=Bookmark
+Name[is]=Bókamerki
+Name[it]=Segnalibri
+Name[ja]=ブックマーク
+Name[ka]=სანიშნეები
+Name[kk]=Бетбелгілер
+Name[km]=ចំណាំ
+Name[lt]=Žymelės
+Name[lv]=Grāmatzīmes
+Name[mk]=Обележувачи
+Name[mt]=Favoriti
+Name[nb]=Bokmerker
+Name[nds]=Leestekens
+Name[ne]=पुस्तकचिनो
+Name[nl]=Bladwijzers
+Name[nn]=Bokmerke
+Name[pa]=ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ
+Name[pl]=Zakładki
+Name[pt]=Favoritos
+Name[pt_BR]=Favoritos
+Name[ro]=Semne de carte
+Name[ru]=Закладки
+Name[rw]=Utumenyetso
+Name[sk]=Záložky
+Name[sl]=Zaznamki
+Name[sr]=Маркери
+Name[sr@Latn]=Markeri
+Name[sv]=Bokmärken
+Name[ta]=புத்தகக்குறிகள்
+Name[th]=ที่คั่นหนังสือ
+Name[tr]=Yer imleri
+Name[uk]=Закладки
+Name[uz]=Xatchoʻplar
+Name[uz@cyrillic]=Хатчўплар
+Name[ven]=Dzitswayo dza bugu
+Name[wa]=Rimåkes
+Name[xh]=Amanqaku encwadi
+Name[zh_CN]=书签
+Name[zh_HK]=書籤
+Name[zh_TW]=書籤
+Name[zu]=Amamaki  encwadi
+Comment=Automatically bookmark links in incoming messages
+Comment[be]=Аўтаматычна ствараць закладкі для спасылак, перададзеных вам праз імгненныя паведамленні
+Comment[bg]=Автоматично добавяне на връзките във входящите съобщения към отметките
+Comment[bn]=অন্তর্মুখী বার্তামধ্যস্থ লিঙ্কগুলো স্বয়ংক্রীয়ভাবে বুকমার্ক করে
+Comment[bs]=Automatski zabilježi linkove u dolaznim porukama
+Comment[ca]=Apunta automàticament els enllaços en els missatges entrants
+Comment[cs]=Automaticky přidat do záložek odkazy z příchozích zpráv
+Comment[da]=Sæt link til indkommende breve automatisk
+Comment[de]=Verknüpfungen in eingehenden Nachrichten automatisch als Lesezeichen ablegen
+Comment[el]=Αυτόματη τοποθέτηση σελιδοδεικτών στα εισερχόμενα μηνύματα
+Comment[es]=Anota automáticamente los enlaces de los mensajes entrantes
+Comment[et]=Sissetulevates sõnumites olevate viitade automaatne lisamine järjehoidjatesse
+Comment[eu]=Automatikoki gorde lastermarketan sarrerako mezuetako loturak.
+Comment[fa]=چوب الف به طور خودکار به پیامهای واردشده پیوند می‌خورد
+Comment[fi]=Lisää saapuvien viestien sisältämät linkit automaattisesti kirjanmerkkeihin
+Comment[fr]=Ajouter automatiquement un signet pour les liens présents dans les messages rentrants
+Comment[gl]=Marcar automáticamente as ligazóns nas mensaxes entrantes
+Comment[he]=שמור קישורים מהמסרים הנכנסים ברשימת הסימניות באופן אוטומטי
+Comment[hu]=Könyvjelző létrehozása a bejövő üzenetekben található linkekről
+Comment[is]=Setja sjálfkrafa bókamerki á tengla í skilaboðum
+Comment[it]=Aggiungi automaticamente al segnalibro i collegamenti nei messaggi in entrata
+Comment[ja]=受信メッセージ中のリンクを自動的にブックマークに追加
+Comment[ka]=შემომავალ შეტყობინებებში ბმულების ავრომატურად ჩანიშვნა
+Comment[kk]=Кіріс хабарламалардағы сілтемелерді автоматты түрде бетбелгілеу
+Comment[km]=ចំណាំ​តំណ​នៅ​ក្នុង​សារ​ចូល ដោយ​ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ
+Comment[lt]=Gautose žinutėse esančias nuorodas automatiškai įtraukti į žymeles
+Comment[mk]=Ги обележува автоматски врските во дојдовните пораки
+Comment[nb]=Sett automatisk bokmerke for lenker i innkommende meldinger
+Comment[nds]=Links in rinkamen Narichten automaatsch de Leestekens tofögen
+Comment[ne]=आगमन सन्देशमा स्वचालित पुस्तकचिनो लिङ्क
+Comment[nl]=Koppelingen in inkomende berichten automatisch als bladwijzer opslaan
+Comment[nn]=Lag automatisk bokmerke til lenkjer i innkomande meldingar
+Comment[pl]=Automatycznie dodawaj zakładkę dla odnośników w nadchodzących komunikatach
+Comment[pt]=Adicionar automaticamente ao favoritos ligações em mensagens recebidas
+Comment[pt_BR]=Adiciona automaticamente aos favoritos os links em mensagens recebidas
+Comment[ru]=Автоматически делать закладки ссылок из входных сообщений
+Comment[sk]=Automaticky vytvorí záložky odkazov v prichádzajúcich správach
+Comment[sl]=Samodejno doda povezave v prihajajočih sporočilih med zaznamke
+Comment[sr]=Аутоматски маркирај везе у долазећим порукама
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Automatski markiraj veze u dolazećim porukama
+Comment[sv]=Bokmärk automatiskt länkar i inkommande meddelande.
+Comment[ta]=உள்வரும் செய்திகளில் தானாகவே புத்தகக்குறி இணைப்புகள்
+Comment[tr]=Otomatik olarak gelen mesajları yer imine bağlar
+Comment[uk]=Автоматично робити закладки посилань з вхідних повідомлень
+Comment[zh_CN]=自动将收到消息中的链接加入书签
+Comment[zh_HK]=自動將收到的訊息內的連結加到書籤
+Comment[zh_TW]=自動將接收訊息中的連結加入書籤
+Icon=konqueror
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_addbookmarks
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Roie Kerstein
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=sf_kersteinroie@bezeqint.net
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_addbookmarks
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.8.0
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://kopete.kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=false
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/kopete_addbookmarks_config.desktop b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/kopete_addbookmarks_config.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..933a4ee1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/addbookmarks/kopete_addbookmarks_config.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+Name=Bookmarks
+Name[be]=Закладкі
+Name[bg]=Отметки
+Name[bn]=বুকমার্ক
+Name[br]=Sinedoù
+Name[bs]=Zabilješke
+Name[ca]=Punts
+Name[cs]=Záložky
+Name[cy]=Nodau Tudalen
+Name[da]=Bogmærker
+Name[de]=Lesezeichen
+Name[el]=Σελιδοδείκτες
+Name[eo]=Legosignoj
+Name[es]=Marcadores
+Name[et]=Järjehoidjad
+Name[eu]=Lastermarkak
+Name[fa]=چوب الفها
+Name[fi]=Kirjanmerkit
+Name[fr]=Signets
+Name[ga]=Leabharmharcanna
+Name[gl]=Marcadores
+Name[he]=סימניות
+Name[hu]=Könyvjelzők
+Name[id]=Bookmark
+Name[is]=Bókamerki
+Name[it]=Segnalibri
+Name[ja]=ブックマーク
+Name[ka]=სანიშნეები
+Name[kk]=Бетбелгілер
+Name[km]=ចំណាំ
+Name[lt]=Žymelės
+Name[lv]=Grāmatzīmes
+Name[mk]=Обележувачи
+Name[mt]=Favoriti
+Name[nb]=Bokmerker
+Name[nds]=Leestekens
+Name[ne]=पुस्तकचिनो
+Name[nl]=Bladwijzers
+Name[nn]=Bokmerke
+Name[pa]=ਬੁੱਕਮਾਰਕ
+Name[pl]=Zakładki
+Name[pt]=Favoritos
+Name[pt_BR]=Favoritos
+Name[ro]=Semne de carte
+Name[ru]=Закладки
+Name[rw]=Utumenyetso
+Name[sk]=Záložky
+Name[sl]=Zaznamki
+Name[sr]=Маркери
+Name[sr@Latn]=Markeri
+Name[sv]=Bokmärken
+Name[ta]=புத்தகக்குறிகள்
+Name[th]=ที่คั่นหนังสือ
+Name[tr]=Yer imleri
+Name[uk]=Закладки
+Name[uz]=Xatchoʻplar
+Name[uz@cyrillic]=Хатчўплар
+Name[ven]=Dzitswayo dza bugu
+Name[wa]=Rimåkes
+Name[xh]=Amanqaku encwadi
+Name[zh_CN]=书签
+Name[zh_HK]=書籤
+Name[zh_TW]=書籤
+Name[zu]=Amamaki  encwadi
+Comment=Automatically bookmark links in incoming messages
+Comment[be]=Аўтаматычна ствараць закладкі для спасылак, перададзеных вам праз імгненныя паведамленні
+Comment[bg]=Автоматично добавяне на връзките във входящите съобщения към отметките
+Comment[bn]=অন্তর্মুখী বার্তামধ্যস্থ লিঙ্কগুলো স্বয়ংক্রীয়ভাবে বুকমার্ক করে
+Comment[bs]=Automatski zabilježi linkove u dolaznim porukama
+Comment[ca]=Apunta automàticament els enllaços en els missatges entrants
+Comment[cs]=Automaticky přidat do záložek odkazy z příchozích zpráv
+Comment[da]=Sæt link til indkommende breve automatisk
+Comment[de]=Verknüpfungen in eingehenden Nachrichten automatisch als Lesezeichen ablegen
+Comment[el]=Αυτόματη τοποθέτηση σελιδοδεικτών στα εισερχόμενα μηνύματα
+Comment[es]=Anota automáticamente los enlaces de los mensajes entrantes
+Comment[et]=Sissetulevates sõnumites olevate viitade automaatne lisamine järjehoidjatesse
+Comment[eu]=Automatikoki gorde lastermarketan sarrerako mezuetako loturak.
+Comment[fa]=چوب الف به طور خودکار به پیامهای واردشده پیوند می‌خورد
+Comment[fi]=Lisää saapuvien viestien sisältämät linkit automaattisesti kirjanmerkkeihin
+Comment[fr]=Ajouter automatiquement un signet pour les liens présents dans les messages rentrants
+Comment[gl]=Marcar automáticamente as ligazóns nas mensaxes entrantes
+Comment[he]=שמור קישורים מהמסרים הנכנסים ברשימת הסימניות באופן אוטומטי
+Comment[hu]=Könyvjelző létrehozása a bejövő üzenetekben található linkekről
+Comment[is]=Setja sjálfkrafa bókamerki á tengla í skilaboðum
+Comment[it]=Aggiungi automaticamente al segnalibro i collegamenti nei messaggi in entrata
+Comment[ja]=受信メッセージ中のリンクを自動的にブックマークに追加
+Comment[ka]=შემომავალ შეტყობინებებში ბმულების ავრომატურად ჩანიშვნა
+Comment[kk]=Кіріс хабарламалардағы сілтемелерді автоматты түрде бетбелгілеу
+Comment[km]=ចំណាំ​តំណ​នៅ​ក្នុង​សារ​ចូល ដោយ​ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ
+Comment[lt]=Gautose žinutėse esančias nuorodas automatiškai įtraukti į žymeles
+Comment[mk]=Ги обележува автоматски врските во дојдовните пораки
+Comment[nb]=Sett automatisk bokmerke for lenker i innkommende meldinger
+Comment[nds]=Links in rinkamen Narichten automaatsch de Leestekens tofögen
+Comment[ne]=आगमन सन्देशमा स्वचालित पुस्तकचिनो लिङ्क
+Comment[nl]=Koppelingen in inkomende berichten automatisch als bladwijzer opslaan
+Comment[nn]=Lag automatisk bokmerke til lenkjer i innkomande meldingar
+Comment[pl]=Automatycznie dodawaj zakładkę dla odnośników w nadchodzących komunikatach
+Comment[pt]=Adicionar automaticamente ao favoritos ligações em mensagens recebidas
+Comment[pt_BR]=Adiciona automaticamente aos favoritos os links em mensagens recebidas
+Comment[ru]=Автоматически делать закладки ссылок из входных сообщений
+Comment[sk]=Automaticky vytvorí záložky odkazov v prichádzajúcich správach
+Comment[sl]=Samodejno doda povezave v prihajajočih sporočilih med zaznamke
+Comment[sr]=Аутоматски маркирај везе у долазећим порукама
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Automatski markiraj veze u dolazećim porukama
+Comment[sv]=Bokmärk automatiskt länkar i inkommande meddelande.
+Comment[ta]=உள்வரும் செய்திகளில் தானாகவே புத்தகக்குறி இணைப்புகள்
+Comment[tr]=Otomatik olarak gelen mesajları yer imine bağlar
+Comment[uk]=Автоматично робити закладки посилань з вхідних повідомлень
+Comment[zh_CN]=自动将收到消息中的链接加入书签
+Comment[zh_HK]=自動將收到的訊息內的連結加到書籤
+Comment[zh_TW]=自動將接收訊息中的連結加入書籤
+Icon=konqueror
+ServiceTypes=KCModule
+
+X-KDE-ModuleType=Library
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_addbookmarks
+X-KDE-FactoryName=BookmarksConfigFactory
+X-KDE-ParentApp=kopete_addbookmarks
+X-KDE-ParentComponents=kopete_addbookmarks
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/alias/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/alias/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d295e0cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/alias/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+AM_CPPFLAGS = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(all_includes)
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_alias.la kcm_kopete_alias.la
+
+kopete_alias_la_SOURCES     = aliasplugin.cpp
+kopete_alias_la_LDFLAGS     = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_alias_la_LIBADD      = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la
+
+kcm_kopete_alias_la_SOURCES     = aliaspreferences.cpp aliasdialogbase.ui aliasdialog.ui editaliasdialog.cpp
+kcm_kopete_alias_la_LDFLAGS     = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kcm_kopete_alias_la_LIBADD      = $(LIB_KOPETECOMPAT) $(LIB_KUTILS) ../../libkopete/libkopete.la
+
+service_DATA = kopete_alias.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+kcm_DATA = kopete_alias_config.desktop
+kcmdir = $(kde_servicesdir)/kconfiguredialog
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/alias/aliasdialog.ui b/kopete/plugins/alias/aliasdialog.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1d980d52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/alias/aliasdialog.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>AliasDialog</class>
+<widget class="QDialog">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>AliasDialog</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>361</width>
+            <height>268</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <property name="caption">
+        <string>Add New Alias</string>
+    </property>
+    <grid>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QLabel" row="1" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>Command:</string>
+            </property>
+            <property name="buddy" stdset="0">
+                <cstring>command</cstring>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="KLineEdit" row="1" column="1" rowspan="1" colspan="2">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>command</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="toolTip" stdset="0">
+                <string>This is the command that you want to run when you execute this alias. </string>
+            </property>
+            <property name="whatsThis" stdset="0">
+                <string>&lt;qt&gt;This is the command that you want to run when you execute this alias.
+
+You can use the variables &lt;b&gt;%1, %2 ... %9&lt;/b&gt; in your command, and they will be replaced with the arguments of the alias. The variable &lt;b&gt;%s&lt;/b&gt; will be replaced with all arguments. &lt;b&gt;%n&lt;/b&gt; expands to your nickname.
+
+Do not include the '/' in the command (if you do it will be stripped off anyway).&lt;/qt&gt;</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QLabel" row="0" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>Alias:</string>
+            </property>
+            <property name="buddy" stdset="0">
+                <cstring>alias</cstring>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="KLineEdit" row="0" column="1" rowspan="1" colspan="2">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>alias</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="toolTip" stdset="0">
+                <string>This is the alias you are adding (what you will type after the command identifier, '/').</string>
+            </property>
+            <property name="whatsThis" stdset="0">
+                <string>This is the alias you are adding (what you will type after the command identifier, '/'). Do not include the '/' (it will be stripped off if you do anyway).</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="KPushButton" row="4" column="1">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>addButton</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>&amp;Save</string>
+            </property>
+            <property name="default">
+                <bool>false</bool>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="KPushButton" row="4" column="2">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>kPushButton3</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>&amp;Cancel</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="KListView" row="2" column="1" rowspan="1" colspan="2">
+            <column>
+                <property name="text">
+                    <string>Protocols</string>
+                </property>
+                <property name="clickable">
+                    <bool>true</bool>
+                </property>
+                <property name="resizable">
+                    <bool>true</bool>
+                </property>
+            </column>
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>protocolList</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="enabled">
+                <bool>true</bool>
+            </property>
+            <property name="selectionMode" stdset="0">
+                <enum>Multi</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="itemMargin">
+                <number>0</number>
+            </property>
+            <property name="resizeMode">
+                <enum>AllColumns</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="fullWidth">
+                <bool>true</bool>
+            </property>
+            <property name="itemsMovable">
+                <bool>false</bool>
+            </property>
+            <property name="toolTip" stdset="0">
+                <string>If you want this alias to only be active for certain protocols, select those protocols here.</string>
+            </property>
+            <property name="whatsThis" stdset="0">
+                <string>If you want this alias to only be active for certain protocols, select those protocols here.</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QLabel" row="2" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>textLabel4</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="enabled">
+                <bool>true</bool>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>For protocols:</string>
+            </property>
+            <property name="alignment">
+                <set>AlignTop</set>
+            </property>
+            <property name="buddy" stdset="0">
+                <cstring>kListView2</cstring>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="Line" row="3" column="0" rowspan="1" colspan="3">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>line1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="frameShape">
+                <enum>HLine</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="frameShadow">
+                <enum>Sunken</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="orientation">
+                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+    </grid>
+</widget>
+<customwidgets>
+</customwidgets>
+<connections>
+    <connection>
+        <sender>kPushButton3</sender>
+        <signal>clicked()</signal>
+        <receiver>AliasDialog</receiver>
+        <slot>reject()</slot>
+    </connection>
+    <connection>
+        <sender>addButton</sender>
+        <signal>clicked()</signal>
+        <receiver>AliasDialog</receiver>
+        <slot>accept()</slot>
+    </connection>
+</connections>
+<tabstops>
+    <tabstop>alias</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>command</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>protocolList</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>addButton</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>kPushButton3</tabstop>
+</tabstops>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+<includehints>
+    <includehint>klineedit.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>klineedit.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kpushbutton.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kpushbutton.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>klistview.h</includehint>
+</includehints>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/alias/aliasdialogbase.ui b/kopete/plugins/alias/aliasdialogbase.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f70cc5bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/alias/aliasdialogbase.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.1" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>AliasDialogBase</class>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>AliasDialogBase</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>602</width>
+            <height>424</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <grid>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="KListView" row="0" column="0" rowspan="1" colspan="3">
+            <column>
+                <property name="text">
+                    <string>Alias</string>
+                </property>
+                <property name="clickable">
+                    <bool>true</bool>
+                </property>
+                <property name="resizable">
+                    <bool>true</bool>
+                </property>
+            </column>
+            <column>
+                <property name="text">
+                    <string>Command</string>
+                </property>
+                <property name="clickable">
+                    <bool>true</bool>
+                </property>
+                <property name="resizable">
+                    <bool>true</bool>
+                </property>
+            </column>
+            <column>
+                <property name="text">
+                    <string>Protocols</string>
+                </property>
+                <property name="clickable">
+                    <bool>true</bool>
+                </property>
+                <property name="resizable">
+                    <bool>true</bool>
+                </property>
+            </column>
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>aliasList</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="selectionMode" stdset="0">
+                <enum>Extended</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="allColumnsShowFocus">
+                <bool>true</bool>
+            </property>
+            <property name="fullWidth">
+                <bool>false</bool>
+            </property>
+            <property name="itemsMovable">
+                <bool>false</bool>
+            </property>
+            <property name="whatsThis" stdset="0">
+                <string>This is the list of custom aliases and the commands that you have already added</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="KPushButton" row="1" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>addButton</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>&amp;Add New Alias...</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="KPushButton" row="1" column="2">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>deleteButton</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>&amp;Delete Selected</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="KPushButton" row="1" column="1">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>editButton</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>Edit Alias...</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+    </grid>
+</widget>
+<customwidgets>
+</customwidgets>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+<includehints>
+    <includehint>klistview.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kpushbutton.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kpushbutton.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kpushbutton.h</includehint>
+</includehints>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/alias/aliasplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/alias/aliasplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1594a836
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/alias/aliasplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+
+#include "kopetemessagemanagerfactory.h"
+
+#include "aliasplugin.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<AliasPlugin> AliasPluginFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_alias, AliasPluginFactory( "kopete_alias" )  )
+AliasPlugin * AliasPlugin::pluginStatic_ = 0L;
+
+AliasPlugin::AliasPlugin( QObject *parent, const char * name, const QStringList & )
+	: Kopete::Plugin( AliasPluginFactory::instance(), parent, name )
+{
+	if( !pluginStatic_ )
+		pluginStatic_ = this;
+
+}
+
+AliasPlugin::~AliasPlugin()
+{
+	pluginStatic_ = 0L;
+}
+
+AliasPlugin * AliasPlugin::plugin()
+{
+	return pluginStatic_ ;
+}
+
+#include "aliasplugin.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/alias/aliasplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/alias/aliasplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8e55dc20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/alias/aliasplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef AliasPLUGIN_H
+#define AliasPLUGIN_H
+
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+
+class AliasPlugin : public Kopete::Plugin
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+	public:
+		static AliasPlugin *plugin();
+	
+		AliasPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args );
+		~AliasPlugin();
+	
+	private:
+		static AliasPlugin * pluginStatic_;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/alias/aliaspreferences.cpp b/kopete/plugins/alias/aliaspreferences.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..65342ddf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/alias/aliaspreferences.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <kpushbutton.h>
+#include <klistview.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <kplugininfo.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <qpainter.h>
+
+#include "kopetecommandhandler.h"
+#include "kopetepluginmanager.h"
+#include "kopeteaccount.h"
+#include "kopeteprotocol.h"
+
+#include "aliasdialogbase.h"
+#include "editaliasdialog.h"
+#include "aliaspreferences.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<AliasPreferences> AliasPreferencesFactory;
+
+class AliasItem : public QListViewItem
+{
+	public:
+		AliasItem( QListView *parent,
+			uint number,
+			const QString &alias,
+			const QString &command, const ProtocolList &p ) :
+		QListViewItem( parent, alias, command )
+		{
+			protocolList = p;
+			id = number;
+		}
+
+		ProtocolList protocolList;
+		uint id;
+
+	protected:
+		void paintCell( QPainter *p, const QColorGroup &cg,
+			int column, int width, int align )
+		{
+			if ( column == 2 )
+			{
+				int cellWidth = width - ( protocolList.count() * 16 ) - 4;
+				if ( cellWidth < 0 )
+					cellWidth = 0;
+
+				QListViewItem::paintCell( p, cg, column, cellWidth, align );
+
+				// Draw the rest of the background
+				QListView *lv = listView();
+				if ( !lv )
+					return;
+
+				int marg = lv->itemMargin();
+				int r = marg;
+				const BackgroundMode bgmode = lv->viewport()->backgroundMode();
+				const QColorGroup::ColorRole crole =
+					QPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode( bgmode );
+				p->fillRect( cellWidth, 0, width - cellWidth, height(),
+					cg.brush( crole ) );
+
+				if ( isSelected() && ( column == 0 || listView()->allColumnsShowFocus() ) )
+				{
+					p->fillRect( QMAX( cellWidth, r - marg ), 0,
+						width - cellWidth - r + marg, height(),
+						cg.brush( QColorGroup::Highlight ) );
+					if ( isEnabled() || !lv )
+						p->setPen( cg.highlightedText() );
+					else if ( !isEnabled() && lv )
+						p->setPen( lv->palette().disabled().highlightedText() );
+				}
+
+				// And last, draw the online status icons
+				int mc_x = 0;
+
+				for ( ProtocolList::Iterator it = protocolList.begin();
+					it != protocolList.end(); ++it )
+				{
+					QPixmap icon = SmallIcon( (*it)->pluginIcon() );
+					p->drawPixmap( mc_x + 4, height() - 16,
+						icon );
+					mc_x += 16;
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				// Use Qt's own drawing
+				QListViewItem::paintCell( p, cg, column, width, align );
+			}
+		}
+};
+
+class ProtocolItem : public QListViewItem
+{
+	public:
+		ProtocolItem( QListView *parent, KPluginInfo *p ) :
+		QListViewItem( parent, p->name() )
+		{
+			this->setPixmap( 0, SmallIcon( p->icon() ) );
+			id = p->pluginName();
+		}
+
+		QString id;
+};
+
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kcm_kopete_alias, AliasPreferencesFactory( "kcm_kopete_alias" ) )
+
+AliasPreferences::AliasPreferences( QWidget *parent, const char *, const QStringList &args )
+	: KCModule( AliasPreferencesFactory::instance(), parent, args )
+{
+	( new QVBoxLayout( this ) )->setAutoAdd( true );
+	preferencesDialog = new AliasDialogBase( this );
+
+	connect( preferencesDialog->addButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT( slotAddAlias() ) );
+	connect( preferencesDialog->editButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT( slotEditAlias() ) );
+	connect( preferencesDialog->deleteButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT( slotDeleteAliases() ) );
+	connect( Kopete::PluginManager::self(), SIGNAL( pluginLoaded( Kopete::Plugin * ) ),
+		this, SLOT( slotPluginLoaded( Kopete::Plugin * ) ) );
+
+	connect( preferencesDialog->aliasList, SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
+		this, SLOT( slotCheckAliasSelected() ) );
+
+	load();
+}
+
+AliasPreferences::~AliasPreferences()
+{
+	QListViewItem *myChild = preferencesDialog->aliasList->firstChild();
+        while( myChild )
+	{
+		ProtocolList protocols = static_cast<AliasItem*>( myChild )->protocolList;
+		for( ProtocolList::Iterator it = protocols.begin(); it != protocols.end(); ++it )
+		{
+			Kopete::CommandHandler::commandHandler()->unregisterAlias(
+				*it,
+				myChild->text(0)
+			);
+		}
+
+		myChild = myChild->nextSibling();
+	}
+}
+
+// reload configuration reading it from kopeterc
+void AliasPreferences::load()
+{
+	KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
+	if( config->hasGroup( "AliasPlugin" ) )
+	{
+		config->setGroup("AliasPlugin");
+		QStringList aliases = config->readListEntry("AliasNames");
+		for( QStringList::Iterator it = aliases.begin(); it != aliases.end(); ++it )
+		{
+			uint aliasNumber = config->readUnsignedNumEntry( (*it) + "_id" );
+			QString aliasCommand = config->readEntry( (*it) + "_command" );
+			QStringList protocols = config->readListEntry( (*it) + "_protocols" );
+
+			ProtocolList protocolList;
+			for( QStringList::Iterator it2 = protocols.begin(); it2 != protocols.end(); ++it2 )
+			{
+				Kopete::Plugin *p = Kopete::PluginManager::self()->plugin( *it2 );
+				protocolList.append( (Kopete::Protocol*)p );
+			}
+
+			addAlias( *it, aliasCommand, protocolList, aliasNumber );
+		}
+
+	}
+	
+	slotCheckAliasSelected();
+}
+
+void AliasPreferences::slotPluginLoaded( Kopete::Plugin *plugin )
+{
+	Kopete::Protocol *protocol = static_cast<Kopete::Protocol*>( plugin );
+	if( protocol )
+	{
+		KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
+		if( config->hasGroup( "AliasPlugin" ) )
+		{
+			config->setGroup("AliasPlugin");
+			QStringList aliases = config->readListEntry("AliasNames");
+			for( QStringList::Iterator it = aliases.begin(); it != aliases.end(); ++it )
+			{
+				uint aliasNumber = config->readUnsignedNumEntry( (*it) + "_id" );
+				QString aliasCommand = config->readEntry( (*it) + "_command" );
+				QStringList protocols = config->readListEntry( (*it) + "_protocols" );
+
+				for( QStringList::iterator it2 = protocols.begin(); it2 != protocols.end(); ++it2 )
+				{
+					if( *it2 == protocol->pluginId() )
+					{
+						QPair<Kopete::Protocol*, QString> pr( protocol, *it );
+						if( protocolMap.find( pr ) == protocolMap.end() )
+						{
+							Kopete::CommandHandler::commandHandler()->registerAlias(
+								protocol,
+								*it,
+								aliasCommand,
+								QString::fromLatin1("Custom alias for %1").arg(aliasCommand),
+								Kopete::CommandHandler::UserAlias
+							);
+
+							protocolMap.insert( pr, true );
+
+							AliasItem *item = aliasMap[ *it ];
+							if( item )
+							{
+								item->protocolList.append( protocol );
+								item->repaint();
+							}
+							else
+							{
+								ProtocolList pList;
+								pList.append( protocol );
+								aliasMap.insert( *it, new AliasItem( preferencesDialog->aliasList, aliasNumber, *it, aliasCommand, pList ) );
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// save list to kopeterc and creates map out of it
+void AliasPreferences::save()
+{
+	KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
+	config->deleteGroup( QString::fromLatin1("AliasPlugin") );
+	config->setGroup( QString::fromLatin1("AliasPlugin") );
+
+	QStringList aliases;
+	AliasItem *item = (AliasItem*)preferencesDialog->aliasList->firstChild();
+        while( item )
+	{
+		QStringList protocols;
+		for( ProtocolList::Iterator it = item->protocolList.begin();
+			it != item->protocolList.end(); ++it )
+		{
+			protocols += (*it)->pluginId();
+		}
+
+		aliases += item->text(0);
+
+		config->writeEntry( item->text(0) + "_id", item->id );
+		config->writeEntry( item->text(0) + "_command", item->text(1) );
+		config->writeEntry( item->text(0) + "_protocols", protocols );
+
+		item = (AliasItem*)item->nextSibling();
+        }
+
+	config->writeEntry( "AliasNames", aliases );
+	config->sync();
+	emit KCModule::changed(false);
+}
+
+void AliasPreferences::addAlias( QString &alias, QString &command, const ProtocolList &p, uint id )
+{
+	QRegExp spaces( QString::fromLatin1("\\s+") );
+
+	if( alias.startsWith( QString::fromLatin1("/") ) )
+		alias = alias.section( '/', 1 );
+	if( command.startsWith( QString::fromLatin1("/") ) )
+		command = command.section( '/', 1 );
+
+	if( id == 0 )
+	{
+		if( preferencesDialog->aliasList->lastItem() )
+			id = static_cast<AliasItem*>( preferencesDialog->aliasList->lastItem() )->id + 1;
+		else
+			id = 1;
+	}
+
+	QString newAlias = command.section( spaces, 0, 0 );
+
+	aliasMap.insert( alias, new AliasItem( preferencesDialog->aliasList, id, alias, command, p ) );
+
+	// count the number of arguments present in 'command'
+	QRegExp rx( "(%\\d+)" );
+	QStringList list;
+	int pos = 0;
+	while ( pos >= 0 ) {
+		pos = rx.search( command, pos );
+		if ( pos > -1 ) {
+			list += rx.cap( 1 );
+			pos  += rx.matchedLength();
+		}
+	}
+	int argc = list.count();
+
+	for( ProtocolList::ConstIterator it = p.begin(); it != p.end(); ++it )
+	{
+		Kopete::CommandHandler::commandHandler()->registerAlias(
+			*it,
+			alias,
+			command,
+			QString::fromLatin1("Custom alias for %1").arg(command),
+			Kopete::CommandHandler::UserAlias,
+			0,
+			argc
+		);
+
+		protocolMap.insert( QPair<Kopete::Protocol*,QString>( *it, alias ), true );
+	}
+}
+
+void AliasPreferences::slotAddAlias()
+{
+	EditAliasDialog addDialog;
+	loadProtocols( &addDialog );
+	addDialog.addButton->setText( i18n("&Add") );
+
+	if( addDialog.exec() == QDialog::Accepted )
+	{
+		QString alias = addDialog.alias->text();
+		if( alias.startsWith( QString::fromLatin1("/") ) )
+			alias = alias.section( '/', 1 );
+
+		if( alias.contains( QRegExp("[_=]") ) )
+		{
+			KMessageBox::error( this, i18n("<qt>Could not add alias <b>%1</b>. An"
+					" alias name cannot contain the characters \"_\" or \"=\"."
+					"</qt>").arg(alias),i18n("Invalid Alias Name") );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			QString command = addDialog.command->text();
+			ProtocolList protocols = selectedProtocols( &addDialog );
+
+			// Loop through selected protocols
+
+			for( ProtocolList::Iterator it = protocols.begin(); it != protocols.end(); ++it )
+			{
+
+				// And check if they already have the command enabled
+
+				if( Kopete::CommandHandler::commandHandler()->commandHandledByProtocol( alias, *it ) )
+				{
+					KMessageBox::error( this, i18n("<qt>Could not add alias <b>%1</b>. This "
+						"command is already being handled by either another alias or "
+						"Kopete itself.</qt>").arg(alias), i18n("Could Not Add Alias") );
+					return;
+				}
+			}
+			addAlias( alias, command, protocols );
+			emit KCModule::changed(true); 
+
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+const ProtocolList AliasPreferences::selectedProtocols( EditAliasDialog *dialog )
+{
+	ProtocolList protocolList;
+	QListViewItem *item = dialog->protocolList->firstChild();
+
+	while( item )
+	{
+		if( item->isSelected() )
+		{
+
+			// If you dont have the selected protocol enabled, Kopete::PluginManager::self()->plugin
+			// will return NULL, check for that
+
+			if(Kopete::PluginManager::self()->plugin( static_cast<ProtocolItem*>(item)->id) )
+				protocolList.append( (Kopete::Protocol*)
+					Kopete::PluginManager::self()->plugin( static_cast<ProtocolItem*>(item)->id )
+			);
+		}
+		item = item->nextSibling();
+	}
+
+	return protocolList;
+}
+
+void AliasPreferences::loadProtocols( EditAliasDialog *dialog )
+{
+	QValueList<KPluginInfo*> plugins = Kopete::PluginManager::self()->availablePlugins("Protocols");
+	for( QValueList<KPluginInfo*>::Iterator it = plugins.begin(); it != plugins.end(); ++it )
+	{
+		ProtocolItem *item = new ProtocolItem( dialog->protocolList, *it );
+		itemMap[ (Kopete::Protocol*)Kopete::PluginManager::self()->plugin( (*it)->pluginName() ) ] = item;
+	}
+}
+
+void AliasPreferences::slotEditAlias()
+{
+	EditAliasDialog editDialog;
+	loadProtocols( &editDialog );
+
+	QListViewItem *item = preferencesDialog->aliasList->selectedItems().first();
+	if( item )
+	{
+		QString oldAlias = item->text(0);
+		editDialog.alias->setText( oldAlias );
+		editDialog.command->setText( item->text(1) );
+		ProtocolList protocols = static_cast<AliasItem*>( item )->protocolList;
+		for( ProtocolList::Iterator it = protocols.begin(); it != protocols.end(); ++it )
+		{
+			itemMap[ *it ]->setSelected( true );
+		}
+
+		if( editDialog.exec() == QDialog::Accepted )
+		{
+			QString alias = editDialog.alias->text();
+			if( alias.startsWith( QString::fromLatin1("/") ) )
+				alias = alias.section( '/', 1 );
+			if( alias.contains( QRegExp("[_=]") ) )
+			{
+				KMessageBox::error( this, i18n("<qt>Could not add alias <b>%1</b>. An"
+						" alias name cannot contain the characters \"_\" or \"=\"."
+						"</qt>").arg(alias),i18n("Invalid Alias Name") );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				QString command = editDialog.command->text();
+
+				if( alias == oldAlias )
+				{
+                                        for( ProtocolList::Iterator it = protocols.begin(); it != protocols.end(); ++it )
+                                        {
+                                                Kopete::CommandHandler::commandHandler()->unregisterAlias(
+                                                        *it,
+                                                        oldAlias
+                                                );
+                                        }
+
+
+                                        ProtocolList selProtocols = selectedProtocols( &editDialog );
+
+					for( ProtocolList::Iterator it = selProtocols.begin(); it != selProtocols.end(); ++it )
+					{
+						if( Kopete::CommandHandler::commandHandler()->commandHandledByProtocol( alias, *it ) )
+						{
+							KMessageBox::error( this, i18n("<qt>Could not add alias <b>%1</b>. This "
+							"command is already being handled by either another alias or "
+							"Kopete itself.</qt>").arg(alias), i18n("Could Not Add Alias") );
+						return;
+						}
+					}
+
+					delete item;
+
+					addAlias( alias, command, selProtocols );
+					emit KCModule::changed(true);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void AliasPreferences::slotDeleteAliases()
+{
+	if( KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel(this, i18n("Are you sure you want to delete the selected aliases?"), i18n("Delete Aliases"), KGuiItem(i18n("Delete"), "editdelete") ) == KMessageBox::Continue )
+	{
+		QPtrList< QListViewItem > items = preferencesDialog->aliasList->selectedItems();
+		for( QListViewItem *i = items.first(); i; i = items.next() )
+		{
+			ProtocolList protocols = static_cast<AliasItem*>( i )->protocolList;
+			for( ProtocolList::Iterator it = protocols.begin(); it != protocols.end(); ++it )
+			{
+				Kopete::CommandHandler::commandHandler()->unregisterAlias(
+					*it,
+					i->text(0)
+				);
+
+				protocolMap.erase( QPair<Kopete::Protocol*,QString>( *it, i->text(0) ) );
+			}
+
+			aliasMap.erase( i->text(0) );
+			delete i;
+			emit KCModule::changed(true);
+		}
+
+		save();
+	}
+}
+
+void AliasPreferences::slotCheckAliasSelected()
+{
+	int numItems = preferencesDialog->aliasList->selectedItems().count();
+	preferencesDialog->deleteButton->setEnabled( numItems > 0 );
+	preferencesDialog->editButton->setEnabled( numItems  == 1 );
+}
+
+#include "aliaspreferences.moc"
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/alias/aliaspreferences.h b/kopete/plugins/alias/aliaspreferences.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..330553a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/alias/aliaspreferences.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef AliasPREFERENCES_H
+#define AliasPREFERENCES_H
+
+#include "kcmodule.h"
+
+typedef QValueList<Kopete::Protocol*> ProtocolList;
+
+class AliasDialogBase;
+namespace Kopete { class Protocol; }
+class ProtocolItem;
+class AliasItem;
+class AliasDialog;
+namespace Kopete { class Plugin; }
+
+class AliasPreferences : public KCModule
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+	public:
+		AliasPreferences( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0,
+			const QStringList &args = QStringList() );
+		~AliasPreferences();
+
+		virtual void save();
+		virtual void load();
+
+	private slots:
+		void slotAddAlias();
+		void slotEditAlias();
+		void slotDeleteAliases();
+		void slotCheckAliasSelected();
+		void slotPluginLoaded( Kopete::Plugin * );
+
+	private:
+		AliasDialogBase * preferencesDialog;
+		void addAlias( QString &alias, QString &command, const ProtocolList &p, uint id = 0 );
+		void loadProtocols( EditAliasDialog *dialog );
+		const ProtocolList selectedProtocols( EditAliasDialog *dialog );
+		QMap<Kopete::Protocol*,ProtocolItem*> itemMap;
+		QMap<QPair<Kopete::Protocol*,QString>, bool> protocolMap;
+		QMap<QString,AliasItem*> aliasMap;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/alias/editaliasdialog.cpp b/kopete/plugins/alias/editaliasdialog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..42eb2f4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/alias/editaliasdialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ Kopete Alias Plugin
+
+ Copyright (c) 2005 by Matt Rogers <mattr@kde.org>
+ Kopete Copyright (c) 2002-2005 by the Kopete Developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+*/
+
+#include "editaliasdialog.h"
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <kpushbutton.h>
+#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include <klistview.h>
+
+
+EditAliasDialog::EditAliasDialog( QWidget* parent, const char* name )
+: AliasDialog( parent, name )
+{
+	QObject::connect( alias, SIGNAL( textChanged( const QString& ) ), this, SLOT( checkButtonsEnabled() ) );
+	QObject::connect( command, SIGNAL( textChanged( const QString& ) ), this, SLOT( checkButtonsEnabled() ) );
+	QObject::connect( protocolList, SIGNAL( selectionChanged() ), this, SLOT( checkButtonsEnabled() ) );
+
+	checkButtonsEnabled();
+}
+
+EditAliasDialog::~EditAliasDialog()
+{
+}
+
+void EditAliasDialog::checkButtonsEnabled()
+{
+	if ( !alias->text().isEmpty() && !command->text().isEmpty() && !protocolList->selectedItems().isEmpty() )
+		addButton->setEnabled( true );
+	else
+		addButton->setEnabled( false ) ;
+}
+
+#include "editaliasdialog.moc"
+
+// kate: space-indent off; replace-tabs off; tab-width 4; indent-mode csands;
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/alias/editaliasdialog.h b/kopete/plugins/alias/editaliasdialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..869e8903
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/alias/editaliasdialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*
+ Kopete Alias Plugin
+
+ Copyright (c) 2005 by Matt Rogers <mattr@kde.org>
+ Kopete Copyright (c) 2002-2005 by the Kopete Developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _EDITALIASDIALOG_H_
+#define _EDITALIASDIALOG_H_
+
+#include "aliasdialog.h"
+
+class QWidget;
+
+class EditAliasDialog : public AliasDialog
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	EditAliasDialog( QWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+	virtual ~EditAliasDialog();
+	
+public slots:
+	void checkButtonsEnabled();
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// kate: space-indent off; replace-tabs off; tab-width 4; indent-mode csands;
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/alias/kopete_alias.desktop b/kopete/plugins/alias/kopete_alias.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a23fcd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/alias/kopete_alias.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+Icon=alias
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_alias
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Jason Keirstead
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=jason@keirstead.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_alias
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.8.0
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://kopete.kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=false
+Name=Alias
+Name[ar]=اسم مستعار
+Name[be]=Псеўданім
+Name[bg]=Запазени думи
+Name[bn]=ছদ্মনাম
+Name[br]=Lesanv
+Name[ca]=Àlies
+Name[cy]=Ffugenw
+Name[el]=Αντιστοιχία
+Name[eo]=Alinomo
+Name[eu]=Aliasa
+Name[fa]=نام‌گردان
+Name[fi]=Uusi nimi
+Name[ga]=Ailias
+Name[he]=כינוי
+Name[hi]=अलाएस
+Name[hu]=Alias nevek
+Name[is]=Samheiti
+Name[ja]=エイリアス
+Name[ka]=ფსევდონიმი
+Name[kk]=Бүркеншік атаулар
+Name[km]=ឈ្មោះ​ក្លែងក្លាយ
+Name[lt]=Kitas vardas
+Name[mk]=Други имиња
+Name[ne]=उपनाम
+Name[pa]=ਉਪ-ਨਾਂ
+Name[pt]=Nome Alternativo
+Name[pt_BR]=Apelidos
+Name[ru]=Псевдоним
+Name[sl]=Drugo ime
+Name[sr]=Алијас
+Name[sr@Latn]=Alijas
+Name[ta]=மாற்றுப்பெயர்
+Name[tg]=Тахаллус
+Name[tr]=Takma İsim
+Name[uk]=Псевдонім
+Name[zh_CN]=别名
+Name[zh_HK]=別名
+Name[zh_TW]=別名
+Comment=Adds custom aliases for commands
+Comment[ar]=يضيف أسماء مستعارة للأوامر
+Comment[be]=Дадаць адмысловыя псеўданімы для загадаў
+Comment[bg]=Приставка за добавяне на запазени думи, при въвеждането на които ще се изпълняват зададени команди
+Comment[bn]=কম্যান্ডের জন্য স্বনির্বাচিত ছদ্মনাম যোগ করে
+Comment[bs]=Dodajte vlastite aliase naredbama
+Comment[ca]=Afegeix àlies personalitzats als vostres comandaments
+Comment[cs]=Přidává vlastní přezdívky pro příkazy
+Comment[cy]=Ychwanegu ffugenwau addasiedig ar gyfer gorchmynion
+Comment[da]=Tilføj personligt alias for kommandoer
+Comment[de]=Fügt benutzerdefinierte Aliase für Befehle hinzu
+Comment[el]=Προσθέτει προσαρμοσμένες αντιστοιχίες για εντολές
+Comment[es]=Añade alias personales a las órdenes
+Comment[et]=Lisab käskudele kohandatud aliase
+Comment[eu]=Alias pertsonalizatuak gehitzen ditu aginduentzat
+Comment[fa]=نام‌گردانهای سفارشی را برای فرمانها می‌افزاید
+Comment[fi]=Lisää uusia nimiä komennoille
+Comment[fr]=Ajoute des alias personnalisés à des commandes
+Comment[gl]=Engadir alias persoáis para comandos
+Comment[he]=הוספת כינוים מותאמים אישית עבור פקודות
+Comment[hi]=कमांड्स के लिए मनपसंद अलाएस जोड़े
+Comment[hr]=Dodaje posebne aliase za naredbe
+Comment[hu]=Egyéni másodlagos (alias) nevek megadása parancsokhoz
+Comment[is]=Bætir við samheitum á skipanir
+Comment[it]=Aggiungi alias personalizzati per i comandi
+Comment[ja]=コマンドのカスタムエイリアスを追加
+Comment[ka]=ბრძანებებს ანიჭებს სხვადასხვა ფსევდონიმებს
+Comment[kk]=Командаларға бүркеншік атауларды беру
+Comment[km]=បន្ថែម​ឈ្មោះ​ក្លែងក្លាយ​ផ្ទាល់​ខ្លួន​សម្រាប់​ពាក្យ​បញ្ជា
+Comment[lt]=Komandoms suteikiami papildomi vardai
+Comment[mk]=Додава сопствени алтернативни имиња на командите
+Comment[nb]=Legg til egne alias for kommandoer
+Comment[nds]=Föögt egen Aliases för Befehlen to
+Comment[ne]=आदेशका लागि अनुकूल उपनामहरू थप्दछ
+Comment[nl]=Toevoegen van eigen aliassen voor commando's
+Comment[nn]=Legg til eigne alias for kommandoar
+Comment[pl]=Dodawanie własnych aliasów dla poleceń
+Comment[pt]=Adiciona novos nomes para os comandos
+Comment[pt_BR]=Adiciona notas pessoais em seus contatos
+Comment[ru]=Добавляет псевдонимы для команд
+Comment[se]=Lasit iežat aliasaid gohččumiid várás
+Comment[sk]=Pridá vlastné aliasy pre príkazy
+Comment[sl]=Dodajanje drugih imen za ukaze
+Comment[sr]=Додаје посебне алијасе за наредбе
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Dodaje posebne alijase za naredbe
+Comment[sv]=Lägger till egna alias för kommandon
+Comment[ta]=கட்டளைகள் தன் விருப்பப் பெயரை சேர்க்கும்
+Comment[tg]=Барои фармонҳо тахаллусҳои дигарро илова мекунад
+Comment[tr]=Komutlar için özel takma isimler ekler
+Comment[uk]=Додає псевдоніми для команд
+Comment[zh_CN]=添加命令的自定义别名
+Comment[zh_HK]=為命令加上自訂別名
+Comment[zh_TW]=新增命令的別名
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/alias/kopete_alias_config.desktop b/kopete/plugins/alias/kopete_alias_config.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..01fadd24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/alias/kopete_alias_config.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Icon=color
+Type=Service
+ServiceTypes=KCModule
+
+X-KDE-ModuleType=Library
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_alias
+X-KDE-FactoryName=AliasConfigFactory
+X-KDE-ParentApp=kopete_alias
+X-KDE-ParentComponents=kopete_alias
+
+Name=Alias
+Name[ar]=اسم مستعار
+Name[be]=Псеўданім
+Name[bg]=Запазени думи
+Name[bn]=ছদ্মনাম
+Name[br]=Lesanv
+Name[ca]=Àlies
+Name[cy]=Ffugenw
+Name[el]=Αντιστοιχία
+Name[eo]=Alinomo
+Name[eu]=Aliasa
+Name[fa]=نام‌گردان
+Name[fi]=Uusi nimi
+Name[ga]=Ailias
+Name[he]=כינוי
+Name[hi]=अलाएस
+Name[hu]=Alias nevek
+Name[is]=Samheiti
+Name[ja]=エイリアス
+Name[ka]=ფსევდონიმი
+Name[kk]=Бүркеншік атаулар
+Name[km]=ឈ្មោះ​ក្លែងក្លាយ
+Name[lt]=Kitas vardas
+Name[mk]=Други имиња
+Name[ne]=उपनाम
+Name[pa]=ਉਪ-ਨਾਂ
+Name[pt]=Nome Alternativo
+Name[pt_BR]=Apelidos
+Name[ru]=Псевдоним
+Name[sl]=Drugo ime
+Name[sr]=Алијас
+Name[sr@Latn]=Alijas
+Name[ta]=மாற்றுப்பெயர்
+Name[tg]=Тахаллус
+Name[tr]=Takma İsim
+Name[uk]=Псевдонім
+Name[zh_CN]=别名
+Name[zh_HK]=別名
+Name[zh_TW]=別名
+Comment=Adds custom aliases for commands
+Comment[ar]=يضيف أسماء مستعارة للأوامر
+Comment[be]=Дадаць адмысловыя псеўданімы для загадаў
+Comment[bg]=Приставка за добавяне на запазени думи, при въвеждането на които ще се изпълняват зададени команди
+Comment[bn]=কম্যান্ডের জন্য স্বনির্বাচিত ছদ্মনাম যোগ করে
+Comment[bs]=Dodajte vlastite aliase naredbama
+Comment[ca]=Afegeix àlies personalitzats als vostres comandaments
+Comment[cs]=Přidává vlastní přezdívky pro příkazy
+Comment[cy]=Ychwanegu ffugenwau addasiedig ar gyfer gorchmynion
+Comment[da]=Tilføj personligt alias for kommandoer
+Comment[de]=Fügt benutzerdefinierte Aliase für Befehle hinzu
+Comment[el]=Προσθέτει προσαρμοσμένες αντιστοιχίες για εντολές
+Comment[es]=Añade alias personales a las órdenes
+Comment[et]=Lisab käskudele kohandatud aliase
+Comment[eu]=Alias pertsonalizatuak gehitzen ditu aginduentzat
+Comment[fa]=نام‌گردانهای سفارشی را برای فرمانها می‌افزاید
+Comment[fi]=Lisää uusia nimiä komennoille
+Comment[fr]=Ajoute des alias personnalisés à des commandes
+Comment[gl]=Engadir alias persoáis para comandos
+Comment[he]=הוספת כינוים מותאמים אישית עבור פקודות
+Comment[hi]=कमांड्स के लिए मनपसंद अलाएस जोड़े
+Comment[hr]=Dodaje posebne aliase za naredbe
+Comment[hu]=Egyéni másodlagos (alias) nevek megadása parancsokhoz
+Comment[is]=Bætir við samheitum á skipanir
+Comment[it]=Aggiungi alias personalizzati per i comandi
+Comment[ja]=コマンドのカスタムエイリアスを追加
+Comment[ka]=ბრძანებებს ანიჭებს სხვადასხვა ფსევდონიმებს
+Comment[kk]=Командаларға бүркеншік атауларды беру
+Comment[km]=បន្ថែម​ឈ្មោះ​ក្លែងក្លាយ​ផ្ទាល់​ខ្លួន​សម្រាប់​ពាក្យ​បញ្ជា
+Comment[lt]=Komandoms suteikiami papildomi vardai
+Comment[mk]=Додава сопствени алтернативни имиња на командите
+Comment[nb]=Legg til egne alias for kommandoer
+Comment[nds]=Föögt egen Aliases för Befehlen to
+Comment[ne]=आदेशका लागि अनुकूल उपनामहरू थप्दछ
+Comment[nl]=Toevoegen van eigen aliassen voor commando's
+Comment[nn]=Legg til eigne alias for kommandoar
+Comment[pl]=Dodawanie własnych aliasów dla poleceń
+Comment[pt]=Adiciona novos nomes para os comandos
+Comment[pt_BR]=Adiciona notas pessoais em seus contatos
+Comment[ru]=Добавляет псевдонимы для команд
+Comment[se]=Lasit iežat aliasaid gohččumiid várás
+Comment[sk]=Pridá vlastné aliasy pre príkazy
+Comment[sl]=Dodajanje drugih imen za ukaze
+Comment[sr]=Додаје посебне алијасе за наредбе
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Dodaje posebne alijase za naredbe
+Comment[sv]=Lägger till egna alias för kommandon
+Comment[ta]=கட்டளைகள் தன் விருப்பப் பெயரை சேர்க்கும்
+Comment[tg]=Барои фармонҳо тахаллусҳои дигарро илова мекунад
+Comment[tr]=Komutlar için özel takma isimler ekler
+Comment[uk]=Додає псевдоніми для команд
+Comment[zh_CN]=添加命令的自定义别名
+Comment[zh_HK]=為命令加上自訂別名
+Comment[zh_TW]=新增命令的別名
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..511da48d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+AM_CPPFLAGS = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(all_includes)
+
+SUBDIRS = icons
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_autoreplace.la kcm_kopete_autoreplace.la
+
+kopete_autoreplace_la_SOURCES     = autoreplaceplugin.cpp autoreplaceconfig.cpp
+kopete_autoreplace_la_LDFLAGS     = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_autoreplace_la_LIBADD      = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la
+
+kcm_kopete_autoreplace_la_SOURCES     = autoreplacepreferences.cpp autoreplaceconfig.cpp autoreplaceprefs.ui
+kcm_kopete_autoreplace_la_LDFLAGS     = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kcm_kopete_autoreplace_la_LIBADD      = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la $(LIB_KUTILS)
+
+service_DATA = kopete_autoreplace.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+kcm_DATA = kopete_autoreplace_config.desktop
+kcmdir = $(kde_servicesdir)/kconfiguredialog
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplaceconfig.cpp b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplaceconfig.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0407990a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplaceconfig.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/*
+    autoreplaceconfig.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003      by Roberto Pariset       <victorheremita@fastwebnet.it>
+    Copyright (c) 2003      by Martijn Klingens      <klingens@kde.org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2003 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include "autoreplaceconfig.h"
+
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+
+AutoReplaceConfig::AutoReplaceConfig()
+{
+	load();
+}
+
+// reload configuration reading it from kopeterc
+void AutoReplaceConfig::load()
+{
+	KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup( "AutoReplace Plugin" );
+
+	QStringList wordsList = config->readListEntry( "WordsToReplace" );
+	if( wordsList.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		// basic list, key/value
+		// a list based on i18n should be provided, i.e. for italian
+		// "qsa,qualcosa,qno,qualcuno" remember UTF-8 accents
+            wordsList = defaultAutoReplaceList();
+	}
+	
+	// we may be reloading after removing an entry from the list
+	m_map.clear();
+	QString k, v;
+	for ( QStringList::Iterator it = wordsList.begin(); it != wordsList.end(); ++it )
+	{
+		k = *it;
+		++it;
+		if( it == wordsList.end() )
+			break;
+		v = *it;
+		m_map.insert( k, v );
+	}
+
+	m_autoreplaceIncoming = config->readBoolEntry( "AutoReplaceIncoming" , false );
+	m_autoreplaceOutgoing = config->readBoolEntry( "AutoReplaceOutgoing" , true );
+	m_addDot              = config->readBoolEntry( "DotEndSentence" , false );
+	m_upper               = config->readBoolEntry( "CapitalizeBeginningSentence" , false );
+}
+
+QStringList AutoReplaceConfig::defaultAutoReplaceList()
+{
+    return QStringList::split( ",", i18n( "list_of_words_to_replace",
+			"ur,your,r,are,u,you,theres,there is,arent,are not,dont,do not" ) );
+}
+
+void AutoReplaceConfig::loadDefaultAutoReplaceList()
+{
+    QStringList wordsList = defaultAutoReplaceList();
+    m_map.clear();
+    QString k, v;
+    for ( QStringList::Iterator it = wordsList.begin(); it != wordsList.end(); ++it )
+    {
+        k = *it;
+        v = *( ++it );
+        m_map.insert( k, v );
+    }
+}
+
+
+bool AutoReplaceConfig::autoReplaceIncoming() const
+{
+	return m_autoreplaceIncoming;
+}
+
+bool AutoReplaceConfig::autoReplaceOutgoing() const
+{
+	return m_autoreplaceOutgoing;
+}
+
+bool AutoReplaceConfig::dotEndSentence() const
+{
+	return m_addDot;
+}
+
+bool AutoReplaceConfig::capitalizeBeginningSentence() const
+{
+	return m_upper;
+}
+
+void AutoReplaceConfig::setMap( const WordsToReplace &w )
+{
+	m_map = w;
+}
+
+AutoReplaceConfig::WordsToReplace AutoReplaceConfig::map() const
+{
+	return m_map;
+}
+
+void AutoReplaceConfig::save()
+{
+	KConfig * config = KGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup( "AutoReplace Plugin" );
+
+	QStringList newWords;
+	WordsToReplace::Iterator it;
+	for ( it = m_map.begin(); it != m_map.end(); ++it )
+	{
+		newWords.append( it.key() );
+		newWords.append( it.data() );
+	}
+
+	config->writeEntry( "WordsToReplace", newWords );
+
+	config->sync();
+}
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplaceconfig.h b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplaceconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..62b11fbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplaceconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+    autoreplaceconfig.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003      by Roberto Pariset       <victorheremita@fastwebnet.it>
+    Copyright (c) 2003      by Martijn Klingens      <klingens@kde.org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2003 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+
+#ifndef AutoReplaceConfig_H
+#define AutoReplaceConfig_H
+
+class AutoReplaceConfig
+{
+public:
+	AutoReplaceConfig();
+
+	void save();
+	void load();
+
+	typedef QMap<QString, QString> WordsToReplace;
+
+	WordsToReplace map() const;
+	bool autoReplaceIncoming() const;
+	bool autoReplaceOutgoing() const;
+	bool dotEndSentence() const;
+	bool capitalizeBeginningSentence() const;
+
+	void setMap( const WordsToReplace &w );
+    QStringList defaultAutoReplaceList();
+    void loadDefaultAutoReplaceList();
+
+private:
+	WordsToReplace m_map;
+
+	bool m_autoreplaceIncoming;
+	bool m_autoreplaceOutgoing;
+	bool m_addDot;
+	bool m_upper;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplaceplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplaceplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c06bc0bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplaceplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          autoreplaceplugin.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : 20030425
+    copyright            : (C) 2003 by Roberto Pariset
+    email                : victorheremita@fastwebnet.it
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+
+#include <kopetecontact.h>
+
+#include "kopetechatsessionmanager.h"
+#include "kopetesimplemessagehandler.h"
+
+#include "autoreplaceplugin.h"
+#include "autoreplaceconfig.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<AutoReplacePlugin> AutoReplacePluginFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_autoreplace, AutoReplacePluginFactory( "kopete_autoreplace" )  )
+AutoReplacePlugin * AutoReplacePlugin::pluginStatic_ = 0L;
+
+AutoReplacePlugin::AutoReplacePlugin( QObject *parent, const char * name, const QStringList & )
+: Kopete::Plugin( AutoReplacePluginFactory::instance(), parent, name )
+{
+	if( !pluginStatic_ )
+		pluginStatic_ = this;
+
+	m_prefs = new AutoReplaceConfig;
+
+	connect( Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(), SIGNAL( aboutToSend( Kopete::Message & ) ),
+		this, SLOT( slotAboutToSend( Kopete::Message & ) ) );
+
+	// nb this connection causes the slot to be called on in- and outbound
+	// messages which suggests something is broken in the message handler
+	// system!
+	m_inboundHandler = new Kopete::SimpleMessageHandlerFactory( Kopete::Message::Inbound,
+		Kopete::MessageHandlerFactory::InStageToSent, this, SLOT( slotAboutToSend( Kopete::Message& ) ) );
+
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( settingsChanged() ), this, SLOT( slotSettingsChanged() ) );
+}
+
+AutoReplacePlugin::~AutoReplacePlugin()
+{
+	pluginStatic_ = 0L;
+	delete m_inboundHandler;
+	delete m_prefs;
+}
+
+AutoReplacePlugin * AutoReplacePlugin::plugin()
+{
+	return pluginStatic_ ;
+}
+
+void AutoReplacePlugin::slotSettingsChanged()
+{
+	m_prefs->load();
+}
+
+void AutoReplacePlugin::slotAboutToSend( Kopete::Message &msg )
+{
+	if ( ( msg.direction() == Kopete::Message::Outbound && m_prefs->autoReplaceOutgoing() ) ||
+		( msg.direction() == Kopete::Message::Inbound && m_prefs->autoReplaceIncoming() ) )
+	{
+		QString replaced_message = msg.plainBody();
+		AutoReplaceConfig::WordsToReplace map = m_prefs->map();
+
+		// replaces all matched words --> try to find a more 'economic' way
+		// "\\b(%1)\\b" doesn't work when substituting /me.
+		QString match = "(^|\\s|\\.|\\;|\\,|\\:)(%1)(\\b)";
+		AutoReplaceConfig::WordsToReplace::Iterator it;
+		bool isReplaced=false;
+		for ( it = map.begin(); it != map.end(); ++it )
+		{
+			QRegExp re( match.arg( QRegExp::escape( it.key() ) ) );
+			if( re.search( replaced_message ) != -1 )
+			{
+				QString before = re.cap(1);
+				QString after = re.cap(3);
+				replaced_message.replace( re, before + map.find( it.key() ).data() + after );
+				isReplaced=true;
+			}
+		}
+
+		// the message is now the one with replaced words
+		if(isReplaced)
+			msg.setBody( replaced_message, Kopete::Message::PlainText );
+
+		if( msg.direction() == Kopete::Message::Outbound )
+		{
+			if ( m_prefs->dotEndSentence() )
+			{
+				QString replaced_message = msg.plainBody();
+				// eventually add . at the end of the lines, sent lines only
+				replaced_message.replace( QRegExp( "([a-z])$" ), "\\1." );
+				// replaced_message.replace(QRegExp( "([\\w])$" ), "\\1." );
+
+				// the message is now the one with replaced words
+				msg.setBody( replaced_message, Kopete::Message::PlainText );
+			}
+
+			if( m_prefs->capitalizeBeginningSentence() )
+			{
+				QString replaced_message = msg.plainBody();
+				// eventually start each sent line with capital letter
+				// TODO 	". "	 "? "	 "! "
+				replaced_message[ 0 ] = replaced_message.at( 0 ).upper();
+
+				// the message is now the one with replaced words
+				msg.setBody( replaced_message, Kopete::Message::PlainText );
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+#include "autoreplaceplugin.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplaceplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplaceplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..750f0614
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplaceplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          autoreplaceplugin.h  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : 20030425
+    copyright            : (C) 2003 by Roberto Pariset
+    email                : victorheremita@fastwebnet.it
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef AutoReplacePLUGIN_H
+#define AutoReplacePLUGIN_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>
+
+#include "kopetemessage.h"
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+
+namespace Kopete {
+	class Message;
+	class MetaContact;
+	class ChatSession;
+	class SimpleMessageHandlerFactory;
+}
+
+class AutoReplaceConfig;
+
+class AutoReplacePlugin : public Kopete::Plugin
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	static AutoReplacePlugin *plugin();
+
+	AutoReplacePlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args );
+	~AutoReplacePlugin();
+
+private slots:
+	void slotAboutToSend( Kopete::Message &msg );
+
+	void slotSettingsChanged();
+
+private:
+	static AutoReplacePlugin * pluginStatic_;
+	Kopete::SimpleMessageHandlerFactory *m_inboundHandler;
+
+	AutoReplaceConfig *m_prefs;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplacepreferences.cpp b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplacepreferences.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a2a6b0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplacepreferences.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          autoreplacepreferences.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : 20030426
+    copyright            : (C) 2003 by Roberto Pariset
+    email                : victorheremita@fastwebnet.it
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <qcheckbox.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+#include <qgroupbox.h>
+#include <qheader.h>
+#include <qlistview.h>
+
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kautoconfig.h>
+
+#include "autoreplaceprefs.h"
+#include "autoreplacepreferences.h"
+#include "autoreplaceconfig.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<AutoReplacePreferences> AutoReplacePreferencesFactory;
+
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kcm_kopete_autoreplace, AutoReplacePreferencesFactory( "kcm_kopete_autoreplace" ) )
+
+AutoReplacePreferences::AutoReplacePreferences( QWidget *parent, const char * /* name */, const QStringList &args )
+: KCAutoConfigModule( AutoReplacePreferencesFactory::instance(), parent, args )
+{
+	( new QVBoxLayout( this ) )->setAutoAdd( true );
+	preferencesDialog = new AutoReplacePrefsUI( this );
+
+	// creates table columns (avoids new columns every time)
+	preferencesDialog->m_list->addColumn( i18n("Text" ) );
+	preferencesDialog->m_list->addColumn( i18n("Replacement" ) );
+	preferencesDialog->m_list->header()->setStretchEnabled( true , 1 );
+	
+	// connect SIGNALS/SLOTS
+	connect( preferencesDialog->m_add, SIGNAL(pressed()),
+		SLOT( slotAddCouple()) );
+	connect( preferencesDialog->m_edit, SIGNAL(pressed()),
+		SLOT( slotEditCouple()) );
+	connect( preferencesDialog->m_remove, SIGNAL(pressed()),
+		SLOT(slotRemoveCouple()) );
+	connect( preferencesDialog->m_list, SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
+		SLOT(slotSelectionChanged()) );
+	connect( preferencesDialog->m_key, SIGNAL(textChanged ( const QString & )),
+		SLOT( slotEnableAddEdit( const QString & )) ); 
+
+	m_wordListChanged = false;
+
+	// Sentence options and which messages to apply autoreplace to
+	// are managed by KCMAutoConfigModule.  The list of replacements
+	// itself is manually read/written as KCMAutoConfigModule doesn't support it.
+	autoConfig()->ignoreSubWidget( preferencesDialog->replacementsGroup );
+	setMainWidget( preferencesDialog, "AutoReplace Plugin" );
+	
+	m_config = new AutoReplaceConfig;
+	load();
+}
+
+AutoReplacePreferences::~AutoReplacePreferences()
+{
+	delete m_config;
+}
+
+// reload configuration reading it from kopeterc
+void AutoReplacePreferences::load()
+{
+	m_config->load();
+
+	// Removes and deletes all the items in this list view and triggers an update
+	preferencesDialog->m_list->clear();
+
+	// show keys/values on gui
+	AutoReplaceConfig::WordsToReplace::Iterator it;
+	AutoReplaceConfig::WordsToReplace map = m_config->map();
+	for ( it = map.begin(); it != map.end(); ++it )
+	{
+		// notice: insertItem is called automatically by the constructor
+		new QListViewItem( preferencesDialog->m_list, it.key(), it.data() );
+	}
+
+	m_wordListChanged = false;
+	KCAutoConfigModule::load();
+}
+
+// save list to kopeterc and creates map out of it
+void AutoReplacePreferences::save()
+{
+	// make a list reading all values from gui
+	AutoReplaceConfig::WordsToReplace newWords;
+	for ( QListViewItem * i = preferencesDialog->m_list->firstChild(); i != 0; i = i->nextSibling() )
+		newWords[ i->text( 0 ) ] = i->text( 1 );
+
+	// save the words list
+	m_config->setMap( newWords );
+	m_config->save();
+
+	m_wordListChanged = false;
+	KCAutoConfigModule::save();
+}
+
+// read m_key m_value, create a QListViewItem
+void AutoReplacePreferences::slotAddCouple()
+{
+	QString k = preferencesDialog->m_key->text();
+	QString v = preferencesDialog->m_value->text();
+	if ( !k.isEmpty() && !k.isNull() && !v.isEmpty() && !v.isNull() )
+	{
+		QListViewItem * lvi;
+		QListViewItem * oldLvi = 0;
+		// see if we are replacing an existing entry
+		if ( ( oldLvi = preferencesDialog->m_list->findItem( k, 0 ) ) )
+			delete oldLvi;
+		lvi = new QListViewItem( preferencesDialog->m_list, k, v );
+		// Triggers a size, geometry and content update
+		// during the next iteration of the event loop
+		preferencesDialog->m_list->triggerUpdate();
+		// select last added
+		preferencesDialog->m_list->setSelected( lvi, true );
+	}
+
+	m_wordListChanged = true;
+	slotWidgetModified();
+}
+
+// edit the selected item
+void AutoReplacePreferences::slotEditCouple()
+{
+	QString k = preferencesDialog->m_key->text();
+	QString v = preferencesDialog->m_value->text();
+	QListViewItem * lvi;
+	if ( ( lvi = preferencesDialog->m_list->selectedItem() ) && !k.isEmpty() && !k.isNull() && !v.isEmpty() && !v.isNull() )
+	{
+		lvi->setText( 0, k );
+		lvi->setText( 1, v );
+		preferencesDialog->m_list->triggerUpdate();
+		m_wordListChanged = true;
+		slotWidgetModified();
+	}
+}
+
+// Returns a pointer to the selected item if the list view is in
+// Single selection mode and an item is selected
+void AutoReplacePreferences::slotRemoveCouple()
+{
+	delete preferencesDialog->m_list->selectedItem();
+
+	m_wordListChanged = true;
+	slotWidgetModified();
+}
+
+void AutoReplacePreferences::slotEnableAddEdit( const QString & keyText )
+{
+	preferencesDialog->m_add->setEnabled( !keyText.isEmpty() );
+	preferencesDialog->m_edit->setEnabled( !keyText.isEmpty() && preferencesDialog->m_list->selectedItem() );
+}
+
+void AutoReplacePreferences::slotSelectionChanged()
+{
+	QListViewItem *selection = 0;
+	if ( ( selection = preferencesDialog->m_list->selectedItem() ) )
+	{
+		// enable the remove button
+		preferencesDialog->m_remove->setEnabled( true );
+		// put the selection contents into the text entry widgets so they can be edited
+		preferencesDialog->m_key->setText( selection->text( 0 ) );
+		preferencesDialog->m_value->setText( selection->text( 1 ) );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		preferencesDialog->m_remove->setEnabled( false );
+		preferencesDialog->m_key->clear();
+		preferencesDialog->m_value->clear();
+	}
+}
+
+void AutoReplacePreferences::slotWidgetModified()
+{
+	emit KCModule::changed( m_wordListChanged || autoConfig()->hasChanged() );
+}
+
+void AutoReplacePreferences::defaults()
+{
+    KCAutoConfigModule::defaults();
+    preferencesDialog->m_list->clear();
+    m_config->loadDefaultAutoReplaceList();
+    AutoReplaceConfig::WordsToReplace::Iterator it;
+    AutoReplaceConfig::WordsToReplace map = m_config->map();
+    for ( it = map.begin(); it != map.end(); ++it )
+    {
+        // notice: insertItem is called automatically by the constructor
+        new QListViewItem( preferencesDialog->m_list, it.key(), it.data() );
+    }
+    m_wordListChanged = true;
+    slotWidgetModified();
+}
+
+#include "autoreplacepreferences.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplacepreferences.h b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplacepreferences.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a08b2ba2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplacepreferences.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          autoreplacepreferences.h  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : 20030426
+    copyright            : (C) 2003 by Roberto Pariset
+    email                : victorheremita@fastwebnet.it
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef AutoReplacePREFERENCES_H
+#define AutoReplacePREFERENCES_H
+
+#include "kcautoconfigmodule.h"
+
+class AutoReplacePrefsUI;
+class AutoReplaceConfig;
+
+	// TODO
+	// add button enabled only when k and v are present
+	// remove button enabled only when a QListViewItem is selected
+	// signal/slot when map changes (needed?)
+	// capital letter not just at the beginning but always after ". ", "! "...
+
+class AutoReplacePreferences : public KCAutoConfigModule
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	AutoReplacePreferences( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, const QStringList &args = QStringList() );
+	~AutoReplacePreferences();
+
+	virtual void save();
+	virtual void load();
+    virtual void defaults();
+
+private slots:
+	//void slotSettingsDirty();
+	void slotAddCouple();
+	void slotEditCouple();
+	void slotRemoveCouple();
+	void slotEnableAddEdit( const QString & );
+	void slotSelectionChanged();
+
+protected slots:
+	virtual void slotWidgetModified();
+private:
+	AutoReplacePrefsUI * preferencesDialog;
+	AutoReplaceConfig *m_config;
+
+	bool m_wordListChanged;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplaceprefs.ui b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplaceprefs.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..09db8e9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/autoreplaceprefs.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>AutoReplacePrefsUI</class>
+<author>Roberto Pariset</author>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>AutoReplacePrefsUI</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>458</width>
+            <height>378</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <grid>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QGroupBox" row="0" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>gb_sentences</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Sentence Options</string>
+            </property>
+            <vbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>DotEndSentence</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Add a dot at the end of each sent line</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>CapitalizeBeginningSentence</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Start each sent line with a capital letter</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+            </vbox>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QGroupBox" row="2" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>gb_options</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Replacement Options</string>
+            </property>
+            <vbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>AutoReplaceIncoming</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Auto replace on incoming messages</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>AutoReplaceOutgoing</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Auto replace on outgoing messages</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="checked">
+                        <bool>true</bool>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+            </vbox>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QGroupBox" row="1" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>replacementsGroup</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Replacements List</string>
+            </property>
+            <grid>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QLayoutWidget" row="1" column="1" rowspan="2" colspan="1">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout5</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <vbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <widget class="QPushButton">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>m_add</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="enabled">
+                                <bool>true</bool>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>&amp;Add</string>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="on">
+                                <bool>false</bool>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <widget class="QPushButton">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>m_edit</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="enabled">
+                                <bool>false</bool>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>&amp;Edit</string>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="on">
+                                <bool>false</bool>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <spacer>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>spacer1</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="orientation">
+                                <enum>Vertical</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeType">
+                                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeHint">
+                                <size>
+                                    <width>20</width>
+                                    <height>40</height>
+                                </size>
+                            </property>
+                        </spacer>
+                        <widget class="QPushButton">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>m_remove</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="enabled">
+                                <bool>false</bool>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>&amp;Remove</string>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                    </vbox>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLayoutWidget" row="0" column="0" rowspan="1" colspan="2">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout1</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <hbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <widget class="QLabel">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>Te&amp;xt:</string>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="buddy" stdset="0">
+                                <cstring>m_key</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <widget class="QLineEdit">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>m_key</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <widget class="QLabel">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>Re&amp;placement:</string>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="buddy" stdset="0">
+                                <cstring>m_value</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <widget class="QLineEdit">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>m_value</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                    </hbox>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QListView" row="2" column="0">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>m_list</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="selectionMode">
+                        <enum>Single</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="allColumnsShowFocus">
+                        <bool>true</bool>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="showSortIndicator">
+                        <bool>true</bool>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+            </grid>
+        </widget>
+    </grid>
+</widget>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/icons/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/icons/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..224eb420
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/icons/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+kopeteicondir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete/icons
+kopeteicon_ICON = AUTO
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/icons/cr32-app-autoreplace.png b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/icons/cr32-app-autoreplace.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..71f1fa32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/icons/cr32-app-autoreplace.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/kopete_autoreplace.desktop b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/kopete_autoreplace.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7189fdc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/kopete_autoreplace.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+Icon=autoreplace
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_autoreplace
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Roberto Pariset
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=victorheremita@fastwebnet.it
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_autoreplace
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.8.0
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://kopete.kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=false
+Name=Auto Replace
+Name[ar]=الاستبدال التلقائي
+Name[be]=Аўтаматычная замена
+Name[bg]=Автоматична замяна
+Name[bn]=স্বয়ংক্রীয় প্রতিস্থাপন
+Name[bs]=Auto zamjena
+Name[ca]=Auto-substitució
+Name[cs]=Automatické nahrazení
+Name[cy]=Hunan-Amnewid
+Name[da]=Auto-erstat
+Name[de]=Automatische Ersetzung
+Name[el]=Αυτόματη αντικατάσταση
+Name[eo]=Aŭtomata anstataŭigo
+Name[es]=Auto reemplazar
+Name[et]=Automaatne asendamine
+Name[eu]=Auto ordezkatu
+Name[fa]=جایگزینی خودکار
+Name[fi]=Automaattinen korvaus
+Name[fr]=Remplacement automatique
+Name[gl]=Auto-reemplazo
+Name[he]=החלפה אוטומטית
+Name[hi]=स्वचलित बदलें
+Name[hr]=Automatska zamijena
+Name[hu]=Automatikus szövegcsere
+Name[is]=Skipta sjálfkrafa út
+Name[it]=Sostituisci automaticamente
+Name[ja]=自動置換
+Name[ka]=ავტო ჩანაცვლება
+Name[kk]=Авто алмастыру
+Name[km]=ជំនួស​ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ
+Name[lt]=Automatinis keitimas
+Name[mk]=Автоматска замена
+Name[nb]=Automatisk utskifting
+Name[nds]=Automaatsch utwesseln
+Name[ne]=स्वत: प्रतिस्थापन
+Name[nl]=Automatisch vervangen
+Name[nn]=Automatisk utbyting
+Name[pa]=ਆਟੋ ਤਬਦੀਲ
+Name[pl]=Automatyczne zastępowanie
+Name[pt]=Substituição Automática
+Name[pt_BR]=Substituição Automática
+Name[ro]=Înlocuire automată
+Name[ru]=Автозамена
+Name[se]=Auto-buhtte
+Name[sk]=Automatické náhrady
+Name[sl]=Samo-zamenjava
+Name[sr]=Аутоматска замена
+Name[sr@Latn]=Automatska zamena
+Name[sv]=Ersätt automatiskt
+Name[ta]=தன்னியக்க மாற்றி
+Name[tg]=Ҷойивазкунии Худкор
+Name[tr]=Otomatik Değiştir
+Name[uk]=Автоматична заміна
+Name[uz]=Avto-almashtirish
+Name[uz@cyrillic]=Авто-алмаштириш
+Name[wa]=Replaecî otomaticmint
+Name[zh_CN]=自动替换
+Name[zh_HK]=自動取代
+Name[zh_TW]=自動取代
+Comment=Auto replaces some text you can choose
+Comment[ar]=يقوم بتغيير تلفائي للنصوص التي يمكن اختيارها
+Comment[be]=Аўтаматычная замена тэксту
+Comment[bg]=Приставка за автоматична замяна на текст в съобщенията
+Comment[bn]=স্বয়ংক্রীয়ভাবে প্রতিস্থাপন করে কিছু টেক্সট যা আপনি বেছে নিতে পারেন
+Comment[bs]=Automatski zamjenjuje neki tekst koji izaberete
+Comment[ca]=Auto-substitueix algun text que podreu escollir
+Comment[cs]=Automaticky nahrazuje zvolený text
+Comment[cy]=Hunan-amnewid testun y gallwch ei ddewis
+Comment[da]=Autoerstatter noget tekst du kan vælge
+Comment[de]=Ersetzt wählbare Texte automatisch
+Comment[el]=Αντικαθιστά αυτόματα κάποιο κείμενο που επιλέγετε
+Comment[es]=Autoreemplaza texto que puede elegir
+Comment[et]=Asendab automaatselt sinu valitud teksti
+Comment[eu]=Hautatu dezakezun testua auto ordezten du
+Comment[fa]=بعضی از متنها را که می‌توانید انتخاب کنید، به طور خودکار جایگزین می‌کند
+Comment[fi]=Korvaa valitsemasi tekstit automaattisesti
+Comment[fr]=Remplace automatiquement du texte que vous pouvez choisir
+Comment[gl]=Reemplaza automáticamente algún texto que tí podes escoller
+Comment[he]=מחליף אוטומטית טקסט לבחירתך
+Comment[hi]=कुछ पाठ जिन्हें आप चुन सकते हैं, स्वचलित बदलें
+Comment[hr]=Automatska zamjena teksta kojeg odaberete
+Comment[hu]=A beállított szövegeket automatikusan lecseréli
+Comment[is]=Skiptir sjálfkrafa út þeim texta sem þú velur
+Comment[it]=Sostituisci automaticamente del testo a scelta
+Comment[ja]=選択したテキストを自動置換
+Comment[ka]=არჩეული ტექსტის ავტო ჩანაცვლება
+Comment[kk]=Таңдаған мәтінді автоматты түрде алмастыру
+Comment[km]=ជំនួស​អត្ថបទ​ដែល​អ្នក​អាច​ជ្រើស ដោយ​ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ
+Comment[lt]=Automatiškai keičia parinktą tekstą
+Comment[mk]=Автоматска замена на некој текст што го избирате
+Comment[nb]=Skift ut en valgt tekst automatisk
+Comment[nds]=Wesselt automaatsch wat instellbor Text ut
+Comment[ne]=स्वत: प्रतिस्थापन हुने केही पाठ तपाईँले रोज्न सक्नुहुन्छ
+Comment[nl]=Vervangt automatisch tekst die u kunt instellen
+Comment[nn]=Skift ut ein vald tekst automatisk
+Comment[pl]=Automatycznie zastępuje określony tekst
+Comment[pt]=Substitui automaticamente algum texto seleccionado por si
+Comment[pt_BR]=Substitui automaticamente o texto que você escolher
+Comment[ru]=Автоматически заменяет текст, который вы вводите
+Comment[se]=Automáhtalaččat buhtte teavstta maid válljet
+Comment[sk]=Automaticky nahradzuje text, ktorý si vyberiete
+Comment[sl]=Samodejno zamenja besedilo, ki ga lahko izberete
+Comment[sr]=Аутоматска замена неког текста који одаберете
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Automatska zamena nekog teksta koji odaberete
+Comment[sv]=Ersätt automatiskt text du kan markera
+Comment[ta]=நீங்கள் தேர்வு செய்த உரையை தானாக மாற்றவும்
+Comment[tg]=Матни интихобкардаи шуморо ба таври худкор иваз мекунад
+Comment[tr]=Seçilen bazı metinler otomatik değiştirilir
+Comment[uk]=Автоматично заміняє текст, який ви вкажете
+Comment[zh_CN]=自动替换您可选择的某些文字
+Comment[zh_HK]=自動取代可選擇的文字
+Comment[zh_TW]=自動取代您所選擇的文字
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/kopete_autoreplace_config.desktop b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/kopete_autoreplace_config.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4efc1abd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/autoreplace/kopete_autoreplace_config.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Icon=color
+Type=Service
+ServiceTypes=KCModule
+
+X-KDE-ModuleType=Library
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_autoreplace
+X-KDE-FactoryName=AutoReplaceConfigFactory
+X-KDE-ParentApp=kopete_autoreplace
+X-KDE-ParentComponents=kopete_autoreplace
+
+Name=Auto Replace
+Name[ar]=الاستبدال التلقائي
+Name[be]=Аўтаматычная замена
+Name[bg]=Автоматична замяна
+Name[bn]=স্বয়ংক্রীয় প্রতিস্থাপন
+Name[bs]=Auto zamjena
+Name[ca]=Auto-substitució
+Name[cs]=Automatické nahrazení
+Name[cy]=Hunan-Amnewid
+Name[da]=Auto-erstat
+Name[de]=Automatische Ersetzung
+Name[el]=Αυτόματη αντικατάσταση
+Name[eo]=Aŭtomata anstataŭigo
+Name[es]=Auto reemplazar
+Name[et]=Automaatne asendamine
+Name[eu]=Auto ordezkatu
+Name[fa]=جایگزینی خودکار
+Name[fi]=Automaattinen korvaus
+Name[fr]=Remplacement automatique
+Name[gl]=Auto-reemplazo
+Name[he]=החלפה אוטומטית
+Name[hi]=स्वचलित बदलें
+Name[hr]=Automatska zamijena
+Name[hu]=Automatikus szövegcsere
+Name[is]=Skipta sjálfkrafa út
+Name[it]=Sostituisci automaticamente
+Name[ja]=自動置換
+Name[ka]=ავტო ჩანაცვლება
+Name[kk]=Авто алмастыру
+Name[km]=ជំនួស​ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ
+Name[lt]=Automatinis keitimas
+Name[mk]=Автоматска замена
+Name[nb]=Automatisk utskifting
+Name[nds]=Automaatsch utwesseln
+Name[ne]=स्वत: प्रतिस्थापन
+Name[nl]=Automatisch vervangen
+Name[nn]=Automatisk utbyting
+Name[pa]=ਆਟੋ ਤਬਦੀਲ
+Name[pl]=Automatyczne zastępowanie
+Name[pt]=Substituição Automática
+Name[pt_BR]=Substituição Automática
+Name[ro]=Înlocuire automată
+Name[ru]=Автозамена
+Name[se]=Auto-buhtte
+Name[sk]=Automatické náhrady
+Name[sl]=Samo-zamenjava
+Name[sr]=Аутоматска замена
+Name[sr@Latn]=Automatska zamena
+Name[sv]=Ersätt automatiskt
+Name[ta]=தன்னியக்க மாற்றி
+Name[tg]=Ҷойивазкунии Худкор
+Name[tr]=Otomatik Değiştir
+Name[uk]=Автоматична заміна
+Name[uz]=Avto-almashtirish
+Name[uz@cyrillic]=Авто-алмаштириш
+Name[wa]=Replaecî otomaticmint
+Name[zh_CN]=自动替换
+Name[zh_HK]=自動取代
+Name[zh_TW]=自動取代
+Comment=Autoreplaces some text you can choose
+Comment[ar]=تقوم بتغييرتلقائي لبعض النصوص التي يمكنك الاختيار منها
+Comment[be]=Аўтаматычная замена тэксту
+Comment[bg]=Приставка за автоматична замяна на текст в съобщенията
+Comment[bn]=স্বয়ংক্রীয়ভাবে প্রতিস্থাপন করে কিছু টেক্সট যা আপনি বেছে নিতে পারেন
+Comment[bs]=Automatski zamjenjuje neki tekst koji izaberete
+Comment[ca]=Auto-substitueix algun text que podreu escollir
+Comment[cs]=Automaticky nahrazuje zvolený text
+Comment[cy]=Hunan-amnewid testun y gallwch ei ddewis
+Comment[da]=Autoerstatter noget tekst du kan vælge
+Comment[de]=Ersetzt wählbare Texte automatisch
+Comment[el]=Αντικαθιστά αυτόματα κάποιο κείμενο που επιλέγετε
+Comment[es]=Autoreemplaza texto que puede elegir
+Comment[et]=Asendab automaatselt sinu valitud teksti
+Comment[eu]=Hautatu dezakezun testua auto ordezten du
+Comment[fa]=بعضی از متنها را که می‌توانید انتخاب کنید، به طور خودکار جایگزین می‌کند
+Comment[fi]=Korvaa valitsemasi tekstit automaattisesti
+Comment[fr]=Remplace automatiquement du texte que vous pouvez choisir
+Comment[gl]=Reemplaza algún texto que podes escoller
+Comment[he]=מחליף אוטומטית טקסט לבחירתך
+Comment[hi]=कुछ पाठ जिन्हें आप चुन सकते हैं, स्वचलित बदलें
+Comment[hr]=Automatska zamjena teksta kojeg odaberete
+Comment[hu]=A kiválasztott szövegeket automatikusan lecseréli
+Comment[is]=Skiptir sjálfkrafa út þeim texta sem þú velur
+Comment[it]=Sostituisci automaticamente del testo a scelta
+Comment[ja]=選択したテキストを自動置換
+Comment[ka]=არჩეული ტექსტის ავტო ჩანაცვლება
+Comment[kk]=Таңдаған мәтінді автоматты түрде алмастыру
+Comment[km]=ជំនួស​អត្ថបទ​ដែល​អ្នក​អាច​ជ្រើស ដោយ​ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ
+Comment[lt]=Automatiškai keičia parinktą tekstą
+Comment[mk]=Автоматска замена на некој текст што го избирате
+Comment[nb]=Skift ut en valgt tekst automatisk
+Comment[nds]=Wesselt automaatsch wat instellbor Text ut
+Comment[ne]=स्वत: प्रतिस्थापन हुने केही पाठ तपाईँले रोज्न सक्नुहुन्छ
+Comment[nl]=Vervangt automatisch tekst die u kunt instellen
+Comment[nn]=Byter ut ein vald tekst automatisk
+Comment[pl]=Automatycznie zastępuje określony tekst
+Comment[pt]=Substitui automaticamente algum texto seleccionado por si
+Comment[pt_BR]=Substitui automaticamente o texto que você escolher
+Comment[ru]=Автоматически заменяет выбранный вами текст
+Comment[se]=Buhtte válljejuvvon teavstta automáhtalaš
+Comment[sk]=Automaticky nahradzuje text, ktorý si vyberiete
+Comment[sl]=Samodejno zamenja besedilo, ki ga lahko izberete
+Comment[sr]=Аутоматска замена неког текста који одаберете
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Automatska zamena nekog teksta koji odaberete
+Comment[sv]=Ersätt automatiskt text du kan markera
+Comment[ta]=நீங்கள் தேர்வு செய்த உரையை தானாக மாற்றவும்
+Comment[tg]=Матни интихобкардаи шуморо ба таври худкор иваз мекунад
+Comment[tr]=Seçilen bazı metinler otomatik değiştirilir
+Comment[uk]=Автоматично заміняє текст, який ви вкажете
+Comment[zh_CN]=自动替换您可选择的某些文字
+Comment[zh_HK]=自動取代可選擇的文字
+Comment[zh_TW]=自動取代您所選擇的文字
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/connectionstatus/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/connectionstatus/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7fcb3ed8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/connectionstatus/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(all_includes)
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_connectionstatus.la
+
+kopete_connectionstatus_la_SOURCES     = connectionstatusplugin.cpp
+kopete_connectionstatus_la_LDFLAGS     = -module $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_connectionstatus_la_LIBADD      = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la
+
+service_DATA = kopete_connectionstatus.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/connectionstatus/connectionstatusplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/connectionstatus/connectionstatusplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8840c893
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/connectionstatus/connectionstatusplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/*
+    connectionstatusplugin.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2003 by Chris Howells         <howells@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003      by Martijn Klingens      <klingens@kde.org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2003 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include "connectionstatusplugin.h"
+
+#include <qtimer.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kprocess.h>
+
+#include "kopeteaccountmanager.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<ConnectionStatusPlugin> ConnectionStatusPluginFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_connectionstatus, ConnectionStatusPluginFactory( "kopete_connectionstatus" )  )
+
+ConnectionStatusPlugin::ConnectionStatusPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList& /* args */ )
+: Kopete::Plugin( ConnectionStatusPluginFactory::instance(), parent, name )
+{
+	kdDebug( 14301 ) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+
+	m_process = 0L;
+
+	m_timer = new QTimer();
+	connect( m_timer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, SLOT( slotCheckStatus() ) );
+	m_timer->start( 60000 );
+
+	m_pluginConnected = false;
+}
+
+ConnectionStatusPlugin::~ConnectionStatusPlugin()
+{
+	kdDebug( 14301 ) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+	delete m_timer;
+	delete m_process;
+}
+
+void ConnectionStatusPlugin::slotCheckStatus()
+{
+	kdDebug( 14301 ) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+
+	if ( m_process )
+	{
+		kdWarning( 14301 ) << k_funcinfo << "Previous netstat process is still running!" << endl
+			<< "Not starting new netstat. Perhaps your system is under heavy load?" << endl;
+
+		return;
+	}
+
+	m_buffer = QString::null;
+	
+	// Use KProcess to run netstat -rn. We'll then parse the output of
+	// netstat -rn in slotProcessStdout() to see if it mentions the
+	// default gateway. If so, we're connected, if not, we're offline
+	m_process = new KProcess;
+	*m_process << "netstat" << "-r";
+
+	connect( m_process, SIGNAL( receivedStdout( KProcess *, char *, int ) ), this, SLOT( slotProcessStdout( KProcess *, char *, int ) ) );
+	connect( m_process, SIGNAL( processExited( KProcess * ) ), this, SLOT( slotProcessExited( KProcess * ) ) );
+
+	if ( !m_process->start( KProcess::NotifyOnExit, KProcess::Stdout ) )
+	{
+		kdWarning( 14301 ) << k_funcinfo << "Unable to start netstat process!" << endl;
+
+		delete m_process;
+		m_process = 0L;
+	}
+}
+
+void ConnectionStatusPlugin::slotProcessExited( KProcess *process )
+{
+	kdDebug( 14301 ) << m_buffer << endl;
+
+	if ( process == m_process )
+	{
+		setConnectedStatus( m_buffer.contains( "default" ) );
+		m_buffer = QString::null;
+		delete m_process;
+		m_process = 0L;
+	}
+}
+
+void ConnectionStatusPlugin::slotProcessStdout( KProcess *, char *buffer, int buflen )
+{
+	// Look for a default gateway
+	//kdDebug( 14301 ) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+	m_buffer += QString::fromLatin1( buffer, buflen );
+	//kdDebug( 14301 ) << qsBuffer << endl;
+}
+
+void ConnectionStatusPlugin::setConnectedStatus( bool connected )
+{
+	//kdDebug( 14301 ) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+
+	// We have to handle a few cases here. First is the machine is connected, and the plugin thinks
+	// we're connected. Then we don't do anything. Next, we can have machine connected, but plugin thinks
+	// we're disconnected. Also, machine disconnected, plugin disconnected -- we
+	// don't do anything. Finally, we can have the machine disconnected, and the plugin thinks we're
+	// connected. This mechanism is required so that we don't keep calling the connect/disconnect functions
+	// constantly.
+
+	if ( connected && !m_pluginConnected )
+	{
+		// The machine is connected and plugin thinks we're disconnected
+		kdDebug( 14301 ) << k_funcinfo << "Setting m_pluginConnected to true" << endl;
+		m_pluginConnected = true;
+		Kopete::AccountManager::self()->connectAll();
+		kdDebug( 14301 ) << k_funcinfo << "We're connected" << endl;
+	}
+	else if ( !connected && m_pluginConnected )
+	{
+		// The machine isn't connected and plugin thinks we're connected
+		kdDebug( 14301 ) << k_funcinfo << "Setting m_pluginConnected to false" << endl;
+		m_pluginConnected = false;
+		Kopete::AccountManager::self()->disconnectAll();
+		kdDebug( 14301 ) << k_funcinfo << "We're offline" << endl;
+	}
+}
+
+#include "connectionstatusplugin.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/connectionstatus/connectionstatusplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/connectionstatus/connectionstatusplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f0a53bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/connectionstatus/connectionstatusplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+    connectionstatusplugin.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2003 by Chris Howells         <howells@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003      by Martijn Klingens      <klingens@kde.org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2003 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONNECTIONSTATUSPLUGIN_H
+#define CONNECTIONSTATUSPLUGIN_H
+
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+
+class QTimer;
+class KProcess;
+
+/**
+ * @author Chris Howells <howells@kde.org>
+ */
+class ConnectionStatusPlugin : public Kopete::Plugin
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	ConnectionStatusPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args );
+	~ConnectionStatusPlugin();
+
+private slots:
+	void slotCheckStatus();
+	void slotProcessStdout( KProcess *process, char *buffer, int len );
+
+	/**
+	 * Notify when the netstat process has exited
+	 */
+	void slotProcessExited( KProcess *process );
+
+private:
+	void setConnectedStatus( bool newStatus );
+
+	bool m_pluginConnected;
+	KProcess *m_process;
+	QTimer *m_timer;
+	QString m_buffer;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/connectionstatus/kopete_connectionstatus.desktop b/kopete/plugins/connectionstatus/kopete_connectionstatus.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbad7456
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/connectionstatus/kopete_connectionstatus.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_connectionstatus
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Chris Howells
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=howells@kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_connectionstatus
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.8.0
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://kopete.kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=false
+Name=Connection Status
+Name[ar]=وضع الاتصال
+Name[be]=Стан злучэння
+Name[bg]=Състояние на връзката
+Name[bn]=সংযোগ অবস্থা
+Name[bs]=Status veze
+Name[ca]=Estatus de la connexió
+Name[cs]=Stav spojení
+Name[cy]=Cyflwr Cysylltiad
+Name[da]=Forbindelsesstatus
+Name[de]=Verbindungsstatus
+Name[el]=Κατάσταση σύνδεσης
+Name[eo]=Konektostato
+Name[es]=Estado de conexión
+Name[et]=Ühenduse staatus
+Name[eu]=Konexioaren egoera
+Name[fa]=وضعیت اتصال
+Name[fi]=Yhteyden tila
+Name[fr]=État de la connexion
+Name[ga]=Stádas Ceangail
+Name[gl]=Estado da conexión1
+Name[he]=מצב החיבור
+Name[hi]=कनेक्शन स्थिति
+Name[hr]=Status veze
+Name[hu]=A kapcsolat állapota
+Name[is]=Staða tengingar
+Name[it]=Stato della connessione
+Name[ja]=接続状況
+Name[ka]=კავშირის სტატუსი
+Name[kk]=Қосылымның күй-жайы
+Name[km]=ស្ថានភាព​តការ​​ភ្ជាប់
+Name[lt]=Ryšio būsena
+Name[mk]=Статус на поврзувањето
+Name[nb]=Tilstand for forbindelsen
+Name[nds]=Verbinnen-Status
+Name[ne]=जडान वस्तुस्थिति
+Name[nl]=Verbindingsstatus
+Name[nn]=Tilstand for sambandet
+Name[pa]=ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਹਾਲਤ
+Name[pl]=Status połączenia
+Name[pt]=Estado da Ligação
+Name[pt_BR]=Status da Conexão
+Name[ro]=Stare conexiune
+Name[ru]=Статус соединения
+Name[se]=Oktavuohtástáhtus
+Name[sk]=Stav spojenia
+Name[sl]=Stanje povezave
+Name[sr]=Статус везе
+Name[sr@Latn]=Status veze
+Name[sv]=Anslutningsstatus
+Name[ta]=இணைப்பு நிலை
+Name[tg]=Ҳолати Пайвастшавӣ
+Name[tr]=Bağlantı Durumu
+Name[uk]=Стан з'єднання
+Name[uz]=Aloqaning holati
+Name[uz@cyrillic]=Алоқанинг ҳолати
+Name[wa]=Estat do raloyaedje
+Name[zh_CN]=连接状态
+Name[zh_HK]=連線狀態
+Name[zh_TW]=連線狀態
+Comment=Connects/disconnects Kopete automatically depending on availability of Internet connection
+Comment[ar]=يقوم بوصل و فصل Kopete تلقائيا استنادا إلى وضع الاتصال بالشبكة
+Comment[be]=Злучае/адлучае Kopete ад сервісаў у залежнасці ад наяўнасці інтэрфэйсаў з Інтэрнэтам
+Comment[bg]=Автоматично установяване и прекъсване на връзката в зависимост от състоянието на връзката с Интернет
+Comment[bn]=ইন্টারনেট সংযোগের সুবিধা অনুযায়ী কপেট স্বয়ংক্রীয়ভাবে সংযোগ/সংযোগবিচ্ছিন্নকরে
+Comment[bs]=Automatski spaja Kopete i prekida vezu ovisno o dostupnosti Internet konekcije
+Comment[ca]=Connecta/desconnecta automàticament depenent de la disponibilitat de la connexió a Internet
+Comment[cs]=Automaticky připojí nebo odpojí vzhledem k dostupnosti připojení na Internet
+Comment[cy]=Cysylltu/datgyslltu Kopete yn ymysgogol, yn dibynnu ar argaeledd cysylltiad Rhyngrwyd
+Comment[da]=Forbinder/afbryder Kopete automatisk afhængig af om der er en internet-forbindelse
+Comment[de]=Verbindet/trennt Kopete automatisch abhängig von der Verfügbarkeit einer Internetverbindung
+Comment[el]=Συνδέει/αποσυνδέει το Kopete αυτόματα ανάλογα με την κατάσταση της σύνδεσης με το διαδίκτυο
+Comment[es]=Conecta/desconecta Kopete automáticamente según la disponibilidad de la conexión a internet
+Comment[et]=Kopete automaatne ühendamine/ühenduse katkestamine vastavalt internetiühenduse olemasolule
+Comment[eu]=Kopete automatikoki konektatu/deskonektatzen du internet-eko konexioaren eskuragarritasunaren arabera
+Comment[fa]=بسته به قابلیت دسترسی اتصال اینترنت،  Kopete به طور خودکار وصل/قطع ارتباط می‌کند
+Comment[fi]=Yhdistää/katkaisee yhteyden automaattisesti riippuen onko Internet-yhteys päällä
+Comment[fr]=Connecte / déconnecte automatiquement Kopete en fonction de la disponibilité de la connexion Internet
+Comment[gl]=Conecta/desconecta a Kopete automáticamente dependendo da disponibilidade de conexión a Internet
+Comment[he]=חיבור\ניתוק Kopete באופן אוטומטי בתלות בזמינות של החיבור לאינטרנט
+Comment[hi]=इंटरनेट कनेक्शन की उपलब्धता की निर्भरता के आधार पर के-ऑप्टी को स्वचलित कनेक्ट/डिस्कनेक्ट करता है
+Comment[hu]=A Kopete automatikus csatlakoztatása és bontása az internetkapcsolat elérhetőségétől függően
+Comment[is]=(Af)tengir Kopete sjálfkrafa miðað við stöðu Internettengingar
+Comment[it]=Connetti/disconnetti automaticamente Kopete a seconda della disponibilità della connessione ad internet
+Comment[ja]=インターネット接続の有無により自動的に Kopete を接続/切断します
+Comment[ka]=ინტერნეტ კავშირის არსებობისას ავტომატურად აკავშირებს Kopete-ს
+Comment[kk]=Интернетке қосылымның бар=жоғына қарай Kopete-ті автоматты түрде қосады және ажыратады
+Comment[km]=ភ្ជាប់ ​ ​ផ្ដាច​ Kopeteដោយ​ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ​ដោយ​ផ្អែក​លើ​ភាព​មាន​នៃការណត​ភ្ជាប់​អ៊ីនធឺណិត
+Comment[lt]=Automatiškai prijungia/atjungia Kopete, priklausomai nuo interneto ryšio buvimo
+Comment[mk]=Автоматски го поврзува/исклучува Kopete во зависност на достапноста на поврзувањето на Интернет
+Comment[nb]=Kobler Kopete automatisk til/fra avhengig av om internettforbindelse er tilgjengelig
+Comment[nds]=Koppelt Kopete automaatsch to- oder af, afhangen vun de Verföögborkeit vun de Internetverbinnen
+Comment[ne]=इन्टरनेट जडानको उपलब्धतामा आधारित कोपेट स्वचालित रूपमा जडान गर्दछ/विच्छेदन गर्दछ
+Comment[nl]=Bouwt automatisch verbindingen op voor Kopete of verbreekt ze, afhankelijk van de beschikbaarheid van de internetverbinding
+Comment[nn]=Koplar Kopete automatisk til eller frå avhengig av om Internett-sambandet er tilgjengeleg.
+Comment[pl]=Automatycznie podłącza/odłącza Kopete zależnie od stanu połączenia z Internetem
+Comment[pt]=Liga/desliga o Kopete automaticamente, dependendo da disponibilidade de uma ligação à Internet
+Comment[pt_BR]=Conecta/desconecta o Kopete automaticamente dependendo da disponibilidade da conexão com a Internet
+Comment[ru]=Автоматически входит в сеть или выходит из неё в зависимости от наличия соединения с Интернет
+Comment[sk]=Pripojí/odpojí Kopete v závislosti či existuje pripojenie na Internet
+Comment[sl]=Samodejno vzpostavi/prekine povezavo Kopete glede na dostopnost internetne povezave
+Comment[sr]=Аутоматски успоставља или прекида везу у Kopete-у у зависности од доступности интернет везе
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Automatski uspostavlja ili prekida vezu u Kopete-u u zavisnosti od dostupnosti internet veze
+Comment[sv]=Ansluter eller kopplar ner Kopete automatiskt beroende på Internetförbindelsens tillgänglighet
+Comment[ta]=இணைய இணைப்பை பொருத்து Kopete யுடன்தானாக இணையும்/நீக்கும் 
+Comment[tg]=Вобаста ба имкониятҳои алоқаи Интернет Kopete-ро ба таври худкор пайваст/канда мекунад 
+Comment[tr]=İnternet bağlantısının kullanılabilir olabilirliğine göre Kopete'yi otomatik bağlar/bağlamaz
+Comment[uk]=Автоматично входить в мережу чи виходить з неї в залежності від наявності з'єднання з Інтернет
+Comment[zh_CN]=根据 Internet 连接是否可用自动连接/断开 Kopete
+Comment[zh_HK]=自動根據互聯網連接情況連接或中斷 Kopete 連線
+Comment[zh_TW]=自動依據網路狀況來連線/中斷連線 Kopete
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94ff86ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(all_includes)
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_contactnotes.la
+
+kopete_contactnotes_la_SOURCES     = contactnotesplugin.cpp contactnotesedit.cpp
+kopete_contactnotes_la_LDFLAGS     = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_contactnotes_la_LIBADD      = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la -lkio
+
+service_DATA = kopete_contactnotes.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+mydatadir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete_contactnotes
+mydata_DATA = contactnotesui.rc
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/contactnotesedit.cpp b/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/contactnotesedit.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f7333c7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/contactnotesedit.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          contactnotesedit.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : lun sep 16 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <qlabel.h>
+#include <qtextedit.h>
+#include <qvbox.h>
+
+#include <klocale.h>
+
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+
+#include "contactnotesplugin.h"
+#include "contactnotesedit.h"
+
+ContactNotesEdit::ContactNotesEdit(Kopete::MetaContact *m,ContactNotesPlugin *p,const char *name) : KDialogBase(0L, name , false, i18n("Contact Notes") , KDialogBase::Ok|KDialogBase::Cancel, KDialogBase::Ok)
+{
+	m_plugin=p;
+	m_metaContact=m;
+
+	QVBox *w=new QVBox(this);
+	w->setSpacing(KDialog::spacingHint());
+	m_label = new QLabel(i18n("Notes about %1:").arg(m->displayName()) , w , "m_label");
+	m_linesEdit= new QTextEdit ( w , "m_linesEdit");
+
+	m_linesEdit->setText(p->notes(m));
+
+	enableButtonSeparator(true);
+	setMainWidget(w);
+}
+
+ContactNotesEdit::~ContactNotesEdit()
+{
+}
+
+void ContactNotesEdit::slotOk()
+{
+	emit notesChanged(m_linesEdit->text(),m_metaContact) ;
+	KDialogBase::slotOk();
+}
+
+#include "contactnotesedit.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/contactnotesedit.h b/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/contactnotesedit.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..20fe7d10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/contactnotesedit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          contactnotesedit.h  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : lun sep 16 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CONTACTNOTESEDIT_H
+#define CONTACTNOTESEDIT_H
+
+#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <kdialogbase.h>
+
+class QLabel;
+class QTextEdit;
+namespace Kopete { class MetaContact; }
+class ContactNotesPlugin;
+
+/**
+  *@author Olivier Goffart
+  */
+  
+class ContactNotesEdit : public KDialogBase  {
+   Q_OBJECT
+public: 
+	ContactNotesEdit(Kopete::MetaContact *m,ContactNotesPlugin *p=0 ,const char *name=0);
+	~ContactNotesEdit();
+
+private:
+	ContactNotesPlugin *m_plugin;
+	Kopete::MetaContact *m_metaContact;
+
+	QLabel *m_label;
+	QTextEdit *m_linesEdit;
+	
+protected slots: // Protected slots
+	virtual void slotOk();
+signals: // Signals
+	void notesChanged(const QString, Kopete::MetaContact*);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/contactnotesplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/contactnotesplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5982200f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/contactnotesplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          contactnotes.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : lun sep 16 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+#include "kopetecontactlist.h"
+
+#include "contactnotesedit.h"
+
+#include "contactnotesplugin.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<ContactNotesPlugin> ContactNotesPluginFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_contactnotes, ContactNotesPluginFactory( "kopete_contactnotes" )  )
+
+ContactNotesPlugin::ContactNotesPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList & /* args */ )
+: Kopete::Plugin( ContactNotesPluginFactory::instance(), parent, name )
+{
+	if ( pluginStatic_ )
+		kdDebug(14302)<<"ContactNotesPlugin::ContactNotesPlugin : plugin already initialized"<<endl;
+	else
+		pluginStatic_ = this;
+
+	KAction *m_actionEdit=new KAction( i18n("&Notes"), "identity", 0, this, SLOT (slotEditInfo()), actionCollection() , "editContactNotes");
+	connect ( Kopete::ContactList::self() , SIGNAL( metaContactSelected(bool)) , m_actionEdit , SLOT(setEnabled(bool)));
+	m_actionEdit->setEnabled(Kopete::ContactList::self()->selectedMetaContacts().count()==1 );
+
+	setXMLFile("contactnotesui.rc");
+}
+
+ContactNotesPlugin::~ContactNotesPlugin()
+{
+	pluginStatic_ = 0L;
+}
+
+ContactNotesPlugin* ContactNotesPlugin::plugin()
+{
+	return pluginStatic_ ;
+}
+
+ContactNotesPlugin* ContactNotesPlugin::pluginStatic_ = 0L;
+
+
+void ContactNotesPlugin::slotEditInfo()
+{
+	Kopete::MetaContact *m=Kopete::ContactList::self()->selectedMetaContacts().first();
+	if(!m)
+		return;
+	ContactNotesEdit *e=new ContactNotesEdit(m,this);
+	connect( e, SIGNAL( notesChanged( const QString, Kopete::MetaContact*) ),this,
+			SLOT( setNotes( const QString, Kopete::MetaContact * ) ) );
+	e->show();
+}
+
+
+QString ContactNotesPlugin::notes(Kopete::MetaContact *m)
+{
+	return m->pluginData( this, "notes" );
+}
+
+void ContactNotesPlugin::setNotes( const QString n, Kopete::MetaContact *m )
+{
+	m->setPluginData( this, "notes", n );
+}
+
+#include "contactnotesplugin.moc"
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/contactnotesplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/contactnotesplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c4fb8224
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/contactnotesplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          contactnotesplugin.h  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : lun sep 16 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef BABELFISHPLUGIN_H
+#define BABELFISHPLUGIN_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+
+class QString;
+class KAction;
+class KActionCollection;
+
+namespace Kopete { class MetaContact; }
+
+/**
+  * @author Olivier Goffart <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+  *
+  * Kopete Contact Notes Plugin
+  *
+  */
+
+class ContactNotesPlugin : public Kopete::Plugin
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    static ContactNotesPlugin  *plugin();
+
+	ContactNotesPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args );
+	~ContactNotesPlugin();
+
+	QString notes(Kopete::MetaContact *m);
+
+
+public slots:
+	void setNotes(const QString n, Kopete::MetaContact *m);
+
+private:
+	static ContactNotesPlugin* pluginStatic_;
+
+private slots: // Private slots
+  /** No descriptions */
+  void slotEditInfo();
+};
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/contactnotesui.rc b/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/contactnotesui.rc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9e7a5748
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/contactnotesui.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<!DOCTYPE kpartgui>
+<kpartgui name="kopete_contactnotes" version="1">
+	<MenuBar>
+		<Menu name="edit">
+			<text>&amp;Edit</text>
+			<Action name="editContactNotes" />
+		</Menu>
+	</MenuBar>
+	<Menu name="contact_popup">
+		<Action name="editContactNotes" />
+  	</Menu>
+</kpartgui>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/kopete_contactnotes.desktop b/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/kopete_contactnotes.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..455f299d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/contactnotes/kopete_contactnotes.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+Icon=identity
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_contactnotes
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Olivier Goffart
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=ogoffart@tiscalinet.be
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_contactnotes
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.8.0
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://kopete.kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=false
+Name=Contact Notes
+Name[ar]=ملاحظات الاتصال
+Name[be]=Нататкі
+Name[bg]=Бележки за контактите
+Name[bn]=যোগাযোগ নোট
+Name[br]=Notennoù an darempred
+Name[bs]=Kontakt informacije
+Name[ca]=Notes del contacte
+Name[cs]=Poznámky ke kontaktu
+Name[cy]=Nodiadau Cysylltiad
+Name[da]=Kontaktnoter
+Name[de]=Kontakt-Notizen
+Name[el]=Σημειώσεις επαφής
+Name[eo]=Kontaktinformoj
+Name[es]=Notas de contacto
+Name[et]=Kontakti märkmed
+Name[eu]=Kontaktuaren oharrak
+Name[fa]=یادداشتهای تماس
+Name[fi]=Yhteystiedot
+Name[fr]=Notes sur les contacts
+Name[gl]=Notas de contacto
+Name[he]=הערות על איש-קשר
+Name[hi]=सम्पर्क नोट्स
+Name[hr]=Zabilješke kontakata
+Name[hu]=Megjegyzés a partnerekhez
+Name[is]=Skráð um notanda
+Name[it]=Note contatto
+Name[ja]=コンタクトメモ
+Name[ka]=მეგობრის შენიშვნები
+Name[kk]=Контакт ескертпелері
+Name[km]=​ចំណាំ​ក្នុង​ទំនាក់​ទំនង
+Name[lt]=Kontaktų pastabos
+Name[mk]=Забелешки за контакт 
+Name[nb]=Notater om kontakter
+Name[nds]=Kontakt-Notizen
+Name[ne]=सम्पर्क द्रष्टब्य
+Name[nl]=Notities bij contacten
+Name[nn]=Notat om kontaktar
+Name[pa]=ਸੰਪਰਕ ਨੋਟਿਸ
+Name[pl]=Notatki kontaktu
+Name[pt]=Notas do Contacto
+Name[pt_BR]=Notas do Contato
+Name[ru]=Примечания к контакту
+Name[sk]=Poznámky kontaktu
+Name[sl]=Zapiski za stike
+Name[sr]=Белешке о контакту
+Name[sr@Latn]=Beleške o kontaktu
+Name[sv]=Kontaktanteckningar
+Name[ta]=தொடர்பு குறிப்பு
+Name[tg]=Эзоҳи Пайвастшавӣ
+Name[tr]=Bağlantı Notları
+Name[uk]=Примітки до контакту
+Name[zh_CN]=联系人备忘
+Name[zh_HK]=聯絡人備註
+Name[zh_TW]=聯絡人備忘錄
+Comment=Add personal notes on your contacts
+Comment[ar]=أضف ملاحظاتك الشخصية إلى بيانات اﻹتصال
+Comment[be]=Дадаць прыватныя нататкі для людзей у спісе
+Comment[bg]=Добавяне и редактиране на бележки и коментари към контактите
+Comment[bn]=আপনার যোগাযোগে ব্যক্তিগত নোট যোগ করুন
+Comment[bs]=Dodajte lične bilješke vašim kontaktima
+Comment[ca]=Afegeix notes personals als vostres contactes
+Comment[cs]=Osobní poznámky ke kontaktům
+Comment[cy]=Ychwanegu nodiadau personol ynglyn â'ch cysylltiadau
+Comment[da]=Tilføj personlige noter om dine kontakter
+Comment[de]=Ermöglicht das Hinzufügen persönlicher Notizen zu Kontakten
+Comment[el]=Προσθέστε προσωπικές σημειώσεις στις επαφές σας
+Comment[eo]=Aldoni personajn notojn al viaj kontaktoj
+Comment[es]=Añade notas personales a tus contactos
+Comment[et]=Isiklike märkmete lisamine kontaktide kohta
+Comment[eu]=Gehitu ohar pertsonalak zure kontaktuei
+Comment[fa]=افزودن پیامهای شخصی به تماسهای شما
+Comment[fi]=Lisää omia muistiinpanoja yhteystietoihin
+Comment[fr]=Ajoutez des notes personnelles à vos contacts
+Comment[gl]=Engadir notas persoáis ós teus contactos
+Comment[he]=הוספת הערות אישיות לגבי אנשי-הקשר שלך
+Comment[hi]=आपके सम्पर्कों पर निजी टीप जोड़े
+Comment[hr]=Dodaje osobne zabilješke o vašim kontaktima
+Comment[hu]=Személyes megjegyzések fűzése a partnerek adataihoz
+Comment[is]=Bæta við upplýsingum um notanda
+Comment[it]=Aggiungi note personali ai tuoi contatti
+Comment[ja]=コンタクトに個人的なメモを加えます
+Comment[ka]=მეგობრებისთვის პერსონალური შენიშვნების დამატება
+Comment[kk]=Контакттарға жеке ескертпелерді қосу
+Comment[km]=បន្ថែម​ចំណាំ​ផ្ទាល់​ខ្លួន​លើ​ទំនាក់​ទំនង​របស់​អ្នក
+Comment[lt]=Papildykite kontaktus asmeniniais užrašais
+Comment[mk]=Додадете лични забелешки на вашите контакти
+Comment[nb]=Legg til egne notater i kontaktlista
+Comment[nds]=Dien Kontaken persöönliche Notizen tofögen
+Comment[ne]=तपाईँको सम्पर्कमा व्यक्तिगत द्रष्टब्य थप्नुहोस्
+Comment[nl]=Voeg persoonlijke notities toe aan contacten
+Comment[nn]=Legg til eigne notat i kontaktlista
+Comment[pl]=Dodaje osobiste notatki do kontaktu
+Comment[pt]=Adiciona notas pessoais aos seus contactos
+Comment[pt_BR]=Adiciona notas pessoais em seus contatos
+Comment[ru]=Добавить личные примечания к вашим контактам
+Comment[sk]=Pridá osobné poznámky ku kontaktom
+Comment[sl]=Dodajte osebne zapiske k vašim stikom
+Comment[sr]=Додаје личне забелешке о вашим контактима
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Dodaje lične zabeleške o vašim kontaktima
+Comment[sv]=Lägg till personliga anteckningar om kontakter
+Comment[ta]=உங்கள் உரையில் சிறப்பு விளைவுகளை சேர்க்கும்
+Comment[tg]=Ба пайвастагии худ эзоҳҳои шахсиро илова кунед
+Comment[tr]=Bağlantıların üzerine kişisel notlar ekle
+Comment[uk]=Додати особисті примітки до власних контактів
+Comment[wa]=Radjouter des notes da vosse å calpin d' adresses
+Comment[zh_CN]=在您的联系人上添加私人备忘
+Comment[zh_HK]=為您的聯絡人新增個人備註
+Comment[zh_TW]=新增聯絡人的備忘錄
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbcaca2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
+SUBDIRS=icons
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(all_includes)
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_cryptography.la kcm_kopete_cryptography.la
+
+kopete_cryptography_la_SOURCES     = cryptographyplugin.cpp kgpginterface.cpp cryptographyguiclient.cpp cryptographyselectuserkey.cpp cryptographyuserkey_ui.ui popuppublic.cpp kgpgselkey.cpp
+kopete_cryptography_la_LDFLAGS     = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_cryptography_la_LIBADD      = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la
+
+kcm_kopete_cryptography_la_SOURCES = cryptographypreferences.cpp cryptographyprefsbase.ui  kgpgselkey.cpp
+kcm_kopete_cryptography_la_LDFLAGS = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kcm_kopete_cryptography_la_LIBADD  = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la $(LIB_KUTILS)
+
+service_DATA = kopete_cryptography.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+kcm_DATA = kopete_cryptography_config.desktop
+kcmdir = $(kde_servicesdir)/kconfiguredialog
+
+mydatadir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete_cryptography
+mydata_DATA = cryptographyui.rc cryptographychatui.rc
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographychatui.rc b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographychatui.rc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3d8835a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographychatui.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<!DOCTYPE kpartgui>
+<kpartgui version="1" name="kopetecryptographychat">
+	<MenuBar>
+		<Menu name="tools" >
+			<text>&amp;Tools</text>
+			<Action name="cryptographyToggle" />
+		</Menu>
+	</MenuBar>
+</kpartgui>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyguiclient.cpp b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyguiclient.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0c53eee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyguiclient.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+    cryptographyguiclient.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2004 by Olivier Goffart        <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+#include "cryptographyguiclient.h"
+#include "cryptographyplugin.h"
+
+
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+#include "kopetecontact.h"
+#include "kopetechatsession.h"
+
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+
+class CryptographyPlugin;
+
+CryptographyGUIClient::CryptographyGUIClient(Kopete::ChatSession *parent )
+ : QObject(parent) , KXMLGUIClient(parent)
+{
+	if(!parent || parent->members().isEmpty())
+	{
+		deleteLater(); //we refuse to build this client, it is based on wrong parametters
+		return;
+	}
+
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> mb=parent->members();
+	Kopete::MetaContact *first=mb.first()->metaContact();
+
+	if(!first)
+	{
+		deleteLater(); //we refuse to build this client, it is based on wrong parametters
+		return;
+	}
+
+	setInstance( KGenericFactory<CryptographyPlugin>::instance() );
+
+
+	m_action=new KToggleAction( i18n("Encrypt Messages" ), QString::fromLatin1( "encrypted" ), 0, this, SLOT(slotToggled()), actionCollection() , "cryptographyToggle" );
+	m_action->setChecked( first->pluginData( CryptographyPlugin::plugin() , "encrypt_messages") != QString::fromLatin1("off") ) ;
+
+	setXMLFile("cryptographychatui.rc");
+}
+
+
+CryptographyGUIClient::~CryptographyGUIClient()
+{}
+
+void CryptographyGUIClient::slotToggled()
+{
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> mb=static_cast<Kopete::ChatSession*>(parent())->members();
+	Kopete::MetaContact *first=mb.first()->metaContact();
+
+	if(!first)
+		return;
+	
+	first->setPluginData(CryptographyPlugin::plugin() , "encrypt_messages" ,
+		m_action->isChecked() ? "on" : "off" );
+}
+
+
+#include "cryptographyguiclient.moc"
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyguiclient.h b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyguiclient.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a1aee2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyguiclient.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+    cryptographyguiclient.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2004 by Olivier Goffart        <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef CRYPTOGUICLIENT_H
+#define CRYPTOGUICLIENT_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <kxmlguiclient.h>
+
+namespace Kopete { class ChatSession; }
+class KToggleAction;
+
+/**
+ *@author Olivier Goffart
+ */
+class CryptographyGUIClient : public QObject, public KXMLGUIClient
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	CryptographyGUIClient(Kopete::ChatSession *parent = 0);
+	~CryptographyGUIClient();
+
+private:
+	KToggleAction *m_action;
+
+private slots:
+	void slotToggled();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..701ad8bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          cryptographyplugin.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : jeu nov 14 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002-2004 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <qstylesheet.h>
+#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kdeversion.h>
+#include <kaboutdata.h>
+
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+#include "kopetecontactlist.h"
+#include "kopetechatsessionmanager.h"
+#include "kopetesimplemessagehandler.h"
+#include "kopeteuiglobal.h"
+#include "kopetecontact.h"
+
+#include "cryptographyplugin.h"
+#include "cryptographyselectuserkey.h"
+#include "cryptographyguiclient.h"
+
+#include "kgpginterface.h"
+
+//This regexp try to match an HTML text,  but only some authorized tags.
+// used in slotIncomingMessage
+//There are not rules to know if the test should be sent in html or not.
+//In Jabber, the JEP says it's not. so we don't use richtext in our message, but some client did.
+//We limit the html to some basis tag to limit security problem (bad links)
+//    - Olivier
+const QRegExp CryptographyPlugin::isHTML( QString::fromLatin1( "^[^<>]*(</?(html|body|br|p|font|center|b|i|u|span|div|pre)(>|[\\s/][^><]*>)[^><]*)+$" ) , false );
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<CryptographyPlugin> CryptographyPluginFactory;
+static const KAboutData aboutdata("kopete_cryptography", I18N_NOOP("Cryptography") , "1.0" );
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_cryptography, CryptographyPluginFactory( &aboutdata )  )
+
+CryptographyPlugin::CryptographyPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList & /* args */ )
+: Kopete::Plugin( CryptographyPluginFactory::instance(), parent, name ),
+		m_cachedPass()
+{
+	if( !pluginStatic_ )
+		pluginStatic_=this;
+
+	m_inboundHandler = new Kopete::SimpleMessageHandlerFactory( Kopete::Message::Inbound,
+		Kopete::MessageHandlerFactory::InStageToSent, this, SLOT( slotIncomingMessage( Kopete::Message& ) ) );
+	connect( Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(),
+		SIGNAL( aboutToSend( Kopete::Message & ) ),
+		SLOT( slotOutgoingMessage( Kopete::Message & ) ) );
+
+	m_cachedPass_timer = new QTimer(this, "m_cachedPass_timer" );
+	QObject::connect(m_cachedPass_timer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(slotForgetCachedPass() ));
+
+
+	KAction *action=new KAction( i18n("&Select Cryptography Public Key..."), "encrypted", 0, this, SLOT (slotSelectContactKey()), actionCollection() , "contactSelectKey");
+	connect ( Kopete::ContactList::self() , SIGNAL( metaContactSelected(bool)) , action , SLOT(setEnabled(bool)));
+	action->setEnabled(Kopete::ContactList::self()->selectedMetaContacts().count()==1 );
+
+	setXMLFile("cryptographyui.rc");
+	loadSettings();
+	connect(this, SIGNAL(settingsChanged()), this, SLOT( loadSettings() ) );
+	
+	connect( Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(), SIGNAL( chatSessionCreated( Kopete::ChatSession * )) , SLOT( slotNewKMM( Kopete::ChatSession * ) ) );
+	//Add GUI action to all already existing kmm (if the plugin is launched when kopete already rining)
+	QValueList<Kopete::ChatSession*> sessions = Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self()->sessions();
+	for (QValueListIterator<Kopete::ChatSession*> it= sessions.begin(); it!=sessions.end() ; ++it)
+	{
+		slotNewKMM(*it);
+	}
+
+}
+
+CryptographyPlugin::~CryptographyPlugin()
+{
+	delete m_inboundHandler;
+	pluginStatic_ = 0L;
+}
+
+void CryptographyPlugin::loadSettings()
+{
+	KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup("Cryptography Plugin");
+
+	mPrivateKeyID = config->readEntry("PGP_private_key");
+	mAlsoMyKey = config->readBoolEntry("Also_my_key", false);
+
+	if(config->readBoolEntry("Cache_Till_App_Close", false))
+	  mCachePassPhrase = Keep;
+	if(config->readBoolEntry("Cache_Till_Time", false))
+	  mCachePassPhrase = Time;
+	if(config->readBoolEntry("Cache_Never", false))
+	  mCachePassPhrase = Never;
+	mCacheTime = config->readNumEntry("Cache_Time", 15);
+	mAskPassPhrase = config->readBoolEntry("No_Passphrase_Handling", false);
+}
+
+CryptographyPlugin* CryptographyPlugin::plugin()
+{
+	return pluginStatic_ ;
+}
+
+CryptographyPlugin* CryptographyPlugin::pluginStatic_ = 0L;
+
+QCString CryptographyPlugin::cachedPass()
+{
+	return pluginStatic_->m_cachedPass;
+}
+
+void CryptographyPlugin::setCachedPass(const QCString& p)
+{
+	if(pluginStatic_->mCacheMode==Never)
+		return;
+	if(pluginStatic_->mCacheMode==Time)
+		pluginStatic_->m_cachedPass_timer->start(pluginStatic_->mCacheTime * 60000, false);
+
+	pluginStatic_->m_cachedPass=p;
+}
+
+bool CryptographyPlugin::passphraseHandling()
+{
+	return !pluginStatic_->mAskPassPhrase;
+}
+
+
+/*KActionCollection *CryptographyPlugin::customChatActions(Kopete::ChatSession *KMM)
+{
+	delete m_actionCollection;
+
+	m_actionCollection = new KActionCollection(this);
+	KAction *actionTranslate = new KAction( i18n ("Translate"), 0,
+		this, SLOT( slotTranslateChat() ), m_actionCollection, "actionTranslate" );
+	m_actionCollection->insert( actionTranslate );
+
+	m_currentChatSession=KMM;
+	return m_actionCollection;
+}*/
+
+void CryptographyPlugin::slotIncomingMessage( Kopete::Message& msg )
+{
+ 	QString body = msg.plainBody();
+	if( !body.startsWith( QString::fromLatin1("-----BEGIN PGP MESSAGE----") )
+		 || !body.contains( QString::fromLatin1("-----END PGP MESSAGE----") ) )
+		return;
+
+	if( msg.direction() != Kopete::Message::Inbound )
+	{
+		QString plainBody;
+		if ( m_cachedMessages.contains( body ) )
+		{
+			plainBody = m_cachedMessages[ body ];
+			m_cachedMessages.remove( body );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			plainBody = KgpgInterface::KgpgDecryptText( body, mPrivateKeyID );
+		}
+
+		if( !plainBody.isEmpty() )
+		{
+			//Check if this is a RTF message before escaping it
+			if( !isHTML.exactMatch( plainBody ) )
+			{
+				plainBody = QStyleSheet::escape( plainBody );
+
+				//this is the same algoritm as in Kopete::Message::escapedBody();
+				plainBody.replace( QString::fromLatin1( "\n" ), QString::fromLatin1( "<br/>" ) )
+					.replace( QString::fromLatin1( "\t" ), QString::fromLatin1( "&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;" ) )
+					.replace( QRegExp( QString::fromLatin1( "\\s\\s" ) ), QString::fromLatin1( "&nbsp; " ) );
+			}
+
+			msg.setBody( QString::fromLatin1("<table width=\"100%\" border=0 cellspacing=0 cellpadding=0><tr><td class=\"highlight\"><font size=\"-1\"><b>")
+				+ i18n("Outgoing Encrypted Message: ")
+				+ QString::fromLatin1("</b></font></td></tr><tr><td class=\"highlight\">")
+				+ plainBody
+				+ QString::fromLatin1(" </td></tr></table>")
+				, Kopete::Message::RichText );
+		}
+
+		//if there are too messages in cache, clear the cache
+		if(m_cachedMessages.count() > 5)
+			m_cachedMessages.clear();
+
+		return;
+	}
+
+
+	//the Message::unescape is there because client like fire replace linebreak by <BR> to work even if the protocol doesn't allow newlines (IRC)
+	// cf http://fire.sourceforge.net/forums/viewtopic.php?t=174  and Bug #96052
+	if(body.contains("<"))  
+		body= Kopete::Message::unescape(body);
+
+	body = KgpgInterface::KgpgDecryptText( body, mPrivateKeyID );
+
+	if( !body.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		//Check if this is a RTF message before escaping it
+		if( !isHTML.exactMatch( body ) )
+		{
+			body = Kopete::Message::escape( body );
+		}
+
+		msg.setBody( QString::fromLatin1("<table width=\"100%\" border=0 cellspacing=0 cellpadding=0><tr><td class=\"highlight\"><font size=\"-1\"><b>")
+			+ i18n("Incoming Encrypted Message: ")
+			+ QString::fromLatin1("</b></font></td></tr><tr><td class=\"highlight\">")
+			+ body
+			+ QString::fromLatin1(" </td></tr></table>")
+			, Kopete::Message::RichText );
+	}
+
+}
+
+void CryptographyPlugin::slotOutgoingMessage( Kopete::Message& msg )
+{
+	if(msg.direction() != Kopete::Message::Outbound)
+		return;
+
+	QStringList keys;
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> contactlist = msg.to();
+	for( Kopete::Contact *c = contactlist.first(); c; c = contactlist.next() )
+	{
+		QString tmpKey;
+		if( c->metaContact() )
+		{
+			if(c->metaContact()->pluginData( this, "encrypt_messages"  ) == "off" )
+				return;
+			tmpKey = c->metaContact()->pluginData( this, "gpgKey" );
+		}
+		if( tmpKey.isEmpty() )
+		{
+		//	kdDebug( 14303 ) << "CryptographyPlugin::slotOutgoingMessage: no key selected for one contact" <<endl;
+			return;
+		}
+		keys.append( tmpKey );
+	}
+	if(mAlsoMyKey) //encrypt also with the self key
+		keys.append( mPrivateKeyID );
+
+	QString key = keys.join( " " );
+
+	if(key.isEmpty())
+	{
+		kdDebug(14303) << "CryptographyPlugin::slotOutgoingMessage: empty key" <<endl;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	QString original=msg.plainBody();
+
+	/* Code From KGPG */
+
+	//////////////////              encode from editor
+	QString encryptOptions="";
+
+	//if (utrust==true)
+		encryptOptions+=" --always-trust ";
+	//if (arm==true)
+		encryptOptions+=" --armor ";
+
+	/* if (pubcryptography==true)
+	{
+		if (gpgversion<120) encryptOptions+=" --compress-algo 1 --cipher-algo cast5 ";
+		else encryptOptions+=" --cryptography6 ";
+	}*/
+
+// if (selec==NULL) {KMessageBox::sorry(Kopete::UI::Global::mainWidget(),i18n("You have not chosen an encryption key..."));return;}
+
+	QString resultat=KgpgInterface::KgpgEncryptText(original,key,encryptOptions);
+	if (!resultat.isEmpty())
+	{
+		msg.setBody(resultat,Kopete::Message::PlainText);
+		m_cachedMessages.insert(resultat,original);
+	}
+	else
+		kdDebug(14303) << "CryptographyPlugin::slotOutgoingMessage: empty result" <<endl;
+
+}
+
+void CryptographyPlugin::slotSelectContactKey()
+{
+	Kopete::MetaContact *m=Kopete::ContactList::self()->selectedMetaContacts().first();
+	if(!m)
+		return;
+	QString key = m->pluginData( this, "gpgKey" );
+	CryptographySelectUserKey *opts = new CryptographySelectUserKey( key, m );
+	opts->exec();
+	if( opts->result() )
+	{
+		key = opts->publicKey();
+		m->setPluginData( this, "gpgKey", key );
+	}
+	delete opts;
+}
+
+void CryptographyPlugin::slotForgetCachedPass()
+{
+	m_cachedPass=QCString();
+	m_cachedPass_timer->stop();
+}
+
+void CryptographyPlugin::slotNewKMM(Kopete::ChatSession *KMM) 
+{
+	connect(this , SIGNAL( destroyed(QObject*)) ,
+			new CryptographyGUIClient(KMM) , SLOT(deleteLater()));
+}
+
+
+
+#include "cryptographyplugin.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..506617cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          cryptographyplugin.h  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : jeu nov 14 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002-2004 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CryptographyPLUGIN_H
+#define CryptographyPLUGIN_H
+
+
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+
+class QStringList;
+class QString;
+class QTimer;
+
+namespace Kopete
+{
+	class Message;
+	class MetaContact;
+	class ChatSession;
+	class SimpleMessageHandlerFactory;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @author Olivier Goffart
+  */
+
+class CryptographyPlugin : public Kopete::Plugin
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	enum CacheMode
+	{
+		Keep	= 0,
+		Time	= 1,
+		Never	= 2
+	};
+
+	static CryptographyPlugin  *plugin();
+	static QCString cachedPass();
+	static void setCachedPass(const QCString &pass);
+	static bool passphraseHandling();
+	static const QRegExp isHTML;
+
+	CryptographyPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args );
+	~CryptographyPlugin();
+
+public slots:
+
+	void slotIncomingMessage( Kopete::Message& msg );
+	void slotOutgoingMessage( Kopete::Message& msg );
+
+private slots:
+
+	void slotSelectContactKey();
+	void slotForgetCachedPass();
+	void loadSettings();
+	
+	void slotNewKMM(Kopete::ChatSession *);
+
+private:
+	static CryptographyPlugin* pluginStatic_;
+	Kopete::SimpleMessageHandlerFactory *m_inboundHandler;
+	QCString m_cachedPass;
+	QTimer *m_cachedPass_timer;
+
+	//cache messages for showing
+	QMap<QString, QString> m_cachedMessages;
+
+	//Settings
+	QString mPrivateKeyID;
+	int mCacheMode;
+	unsigned int mCacheTime;
+	bool mAlsoMyKey;
+	bool mAskPassPhrase;
+	bool mCachePassPhrase;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Local variables:
+ * c-indentation-style: k&r
+ * c-basic-offset: 8
+ * indent-tabs-mode: t
+ * End:
+ */
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographypreferences.cpp b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographypreferences.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1039aac8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographypreferences.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          cryptographypreferences.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : jeu nov 14 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+
+#include "cryptographyprefsbase.h"
+#include "cryptographypreferences.h"
+#include "kgpgselkey.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<CryptographyPreferences> CryptographyPreferencesFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kcm_kopete_cryptography, CryptographyPreferencesFactory("kcm_kopete_cryptography"))
+
+CryptographyPreferences::CryptographyPreferences(QWidget *parent, const char* /*name*/, const QStringList &args)
+							: KCAutoConfigModule(CryptographyPreferencesFactory::instance(), parent, args)
+{
+	// Add actuall widget generated from ui file.
+	preferencesDialog = new CryptographyPrefsUI(this);
+	connect (preferencesDialog->m_selectOwnKey , SIGNAL(pressed()) , this , SLOT(slotSelectPressed()));
+	setMainWidget( preferencesDialog ,"Cryptography Plugin");
+}
+
+void CryptographyPreferences::slotSelectPressed()
+{
+	KgpgSelKey opts(this,0,false);
+	opts.exec();
+	if (opts.result()==QDialog::Accepted)
+		preferencesDialog->PGP_private_key->setText(opts.getkeyID());
+}
+
+#include "cryptographypreferences.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographypreferences.h b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographypreferences.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..057eacf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographypreferences.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          cryptographypreferences.h
+						  -------------------
+    begin                : jeu nov 14 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CryptographyPREFERENCES_H
+#define CryptographyPREFERENCES_H
+
+#include "kcautoconfigmodule.h"
+
+class CryptographyPrefsUI;
+class KAutoConfig;
+
+/**
+ * Preference widget for the Cryptography plugin
+ * @author Olivier Goffart
+ */
+class CryptographyPreferences : public KCAutoConfigModule  {
+   Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	CryptographyPreferences(QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+private:
+	CryptographyPrefsUI *preferencesDialog;
+private slots: // Public slots
+	void slotSelectPressed();
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyprefsbase.ui b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyprefsbase.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ecec3507
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyprefsbase.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.1" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>CryptographyPrefsUI</class>
+<author>Olivier Goffart</author>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>CryptographyPrefsUI</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>403</width>
+            <height>287</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <grid>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QLabel" row="0" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>TextLabel1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>Your private PGP key:</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QPushButton" row="0" column="2">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>m_selectOwnKey</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>Select...</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="KLineEdit" row="0" column="1">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>PGP_private_key</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="readOnly">
+                <bool>true</bool>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QCheckBox" row="1" column="0" rowspan="1" colspan="3">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>Also_my_key</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>Encrypt outgoing messages with this key</string>
+            </property>
+            <property name="whatsThis" stdset="0">
+                <string>&lt;qt&gt;Check this box if you want to encrypt outgoing messages with this key, so that you will be able to decrypt them yourself later.&lt;br&gt;
+&lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; This can increase the size of messages, and some protocols will refuse to send your messages because they are too large.</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <spacer row="5" column="1">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>spacer3</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="orientation">
+                <enum>Vertical</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeType">
+                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeHint">
+                <size>
+                    <width>21</width>
+                    <height>50</height>
+                </size>
+            </property>
+        </spacer>
+        <widget class="QButtonGroup" row="4" column="0" rowspan="1" colspan="3">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>m_cache</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Cache Passphrase</string>
+            </property>
+            <grid>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton" row="0" column="0" rowspan="1" colspan="3">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>Cache_Till_App_Close</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Until Kopete closes</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="checked">
+                        <bool>true</bool>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QSpinBox" row="2" column="1">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>Cache_Time</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizePolicy">
+                        <sizepolicy>
+                            <hsizetype>7</hsizetype>
+                            <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                        </sizepolicy>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="maxValue">
+                        <number>999</number>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="minValue">
+                        <number>1</number>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="value">
+                        <number>15</number>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLabel" row="2" column="2">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizePolicy">
+                        <sizepolicy>
+                            <hsizetype>7</hsizetype>
+                            <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                        </sizepolicy>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>minutes</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton" row="2" column="0">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>Cache_Till_Time</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizePolicy">
+                        <sizepolicy>
+                            <hsizetype>1</hsizetype>
+                            <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                        </sizepolicy>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>For</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton" row="3" column="0" rowspan="1" colspan="3">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>Cache_Never</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Never</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+            </grid>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QCheckBox" row="3" column="0" rowspan="1" colspan="3">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>No_Passphrase_Handling</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>Do not ask for the passphrase</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+    </grid>
+</widget>
+<connections>
+    <connection>
+        <sender>No_Passphrase_Handling</sender>
+        <signal>toggled(bool)</signal>
+        <receiver>m_cache</receiver>
+        <slot>setDisabled(bool)</slot>
+    </connection>
+</connections>
+<tabstops>
+    <tabstop>PGP_private_key</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_selectOwnKey</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>Also_my_key</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>No_Passphrase_Handling</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>Cache_Till_App_Close</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>Cache_Till_Time</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>Cache_Time</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>Cache_Never</tabstop>
+</tabstops>
+<slots>
+    <slot>m_selectOwnKey_clicked()</slot>
+    <slot>m_selectOwnKey_toggled(bool)</slot>
+    <slot>m_selectOwnKey_stateChanged(int)</slot>
+</slots>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+<includehints>
+    <includehint>klineedit.h</includehint>
+</includehints>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyselectuserkey.cpp b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyselectuserkey.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4f1cc35e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyselectuserkey.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          cryptographyselectuserkey.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : dim nov 17 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+#include <qlabel.h>
+
+#include "cryptographyuserkey_ui.h"
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+#include "popuppublic.h"
+
+#include "cryptographyselectuserkey.h"
+
+CryptographySelectUserKey::CryptographySelectUserKey(const QString& key ,Kopete::MetaContact *mc) : KDialogBase( 0l, "CryptographySelectUserKey", /*modal = */true, i18n("Select Contact's Public Key") , KDialogBase::Ok|KDialogBase::Cancel, KDialogBase::Ok )
+{
+	m_metaContact=mc;
+	view = new CryptographyUserKey_ui(this,"CryptographyUserKey_ui");
+	setMainWidget(view);
+
+	connect (view->m_selectKey , SIGNAL(clicked()) , this , SLOT(slotSelectPressed()));
+	connect (view->m_removeButton , SIGNAL(clicked()) , this , SLOT(slotRemovePressed()));
+
+	view->m_titleLabel->setText(i18n("Select public key for %1").arg(mc->displayName()));
+	view->m_editKey->setText(key);
+}
+CryptographySelectUserKey::~CryptographySelectUserKey()
+{
+}
+
+void CryptographySelectUserKey::slotSelectPressed()
+{
+	popupPublic *dialog=new popupPublic(this, "public_keys", 0,false);
+	connect(dialog,SIGNAL(selectedKey(QString &,QString,bool,bool)),this,SLOT(keySelected(QString &)));
+	dialog->show();
+}
+
+
+void CryptographySelectUserKey::keySelected(QString &key)
+{
+	view->m_editKey->setText(key);
+}
+
+void CryptographySelectUserKey::slotRemovePressed()
+{
+	view->m_editKey->setText("");
+}
+
+QString CryptographySelectUserKey::publicKey() const
+{
+	return view->m_editKey->text();
+}
+
+
+
+#include "cryptographyselectuserkey.moc"
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyselectuserkey.h b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyselectuserkey.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1a8828cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyselectuserkey.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          cryptographyselectuserkey.h  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : dim nov 17 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CRYPTOGRAPHYSELECTUSERKEY_H
+#define CRYPTOGRAPHYSELECTUSERKEY_H
+
+#include <kdialogbase.h>
+
+namespace Kopete { class MetaContact; }
+class CryptographyUserKey_ui;
+
+/**
+  *@author OlivierGoffart
+  */
+
+class CryptographySelectUserKey : public KDialogBase {
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	CryptographySelectUserKey(const QString &key, Kopete::MetaContact *mc);
+	~CryptographySelectUserKey();
+
+
+  QString publicKey() const;
+
+private slots:
+	void keySelected(QString &);
+	void slotSelectPressed();
+  /** No descriptions */
+  void slotRemovePressed();
+
+private:
+	CryptographyUserKey_ui *view;
+	Kopete::MetaContact *m_metaContact;
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyui.rc b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyui.rc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..542cb597
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyui.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<!DOCTYPE kpartgui>
+<kpartgui name="kopete_cryptography" version="1">
+	<MenuBar>
+		<Menu name="edit">
+			<text>&amp;Edit</text>
+			<Action name="contactSelectKey" />
+		</Menu>
+	</MenuBar>
+	<Menu name="contact_popup">
+		<Action name="contactSelectKey" />
+  	</Menu>
+</kpartgui>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyuserkey_ui.ui b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyuserkey_ui.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d84f2fec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/cryptographyuserkey_ui.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.1" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>CryptographyUserKey_ui</class>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>CryptographyUserKey_ui</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>442</width>
+            <height>232</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <grid>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QLabel" row="1" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>TextLabel3</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>PGP key:</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="KLineEdit" row="1" column="1">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>m_editKey</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="readOnly">
+                <bool>true</bool>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QPushButton" row="1" column="2">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>m_selectKey</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>Select...</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <spacer row="2" column="1">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>Spacer3</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="orientation">
+                <enum>Vertical</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeType">
+                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeHint">
+                <size>
+                    <width>20</width>
+                    <height>20</height>
+                </size>
+            </property>
+        </spacer>
+        <widget class="QPushButton" row="1" column="3">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>m_removeButton</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>Remove</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QLabel" row="0" column="0" rowspan="1" colspan="4">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>m_titleLabel</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>TextLabel2</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+    </grid>
+</widget>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/icons/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/icons/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..db2335c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/icons/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+kgpgiconsdir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete/icons
+kgpgicons_ICON = AUTO
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/icons/cr16-action-kgpg_key1.png b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/icons/cr16-action-kgpg_key1.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee3b21c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/icons/cr16-action-kgpg_key1.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/icons/cr16-action-kgpg_key2.png b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/icons/cr16-action-kgpg_key2.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ad4e016f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/icons/cr16-action-kgpg_key2.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/icons/cr16-action-kgpg_key3.png b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/icons/cr16-action-kgpg_key3.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae788cab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/icons/cr16-action-kgpg_key3.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kgpginterface.cpp b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kgpginterface.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51b35a63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kgpginterface.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+#include "cryptographyplugin.h"  //(for the cached passphrase)
+//Code from KGPG
+
+/***************************************************************************
+                          kgpginterface.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : Mon Jul 8 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by y0k0
+    email                : bj@altern.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kpassdlg.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <qfile.h>
+
+#include <kprocio.h>
+
+//#include "kdetailedconsole.h"
+
+#include "kgpginterface.h"
+
+KgpgInterface::KgpgInterface()
+{}
+
+KgpgInterface::~KgpgInterface()
+{}
+
+QString KgpgInterface::KgpgEncryptText(QString text,QString userIDs, QString Options)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+	QString dests,encResult;
+	char buffer[200];
+	
+	userIDs=userIDs.stripWhiteSpace();
+	userIDs=userIDs.simplifyWhiteSpace();
+	Options=Options.stripWhiteSpace();
+	
+	int ct=userIDs.find(" ");
+	while (ct!=-1)  // if multiple keys...
+	{
+		dests+=" --recipient "+userIDs.section(' ',0,0);
+		userIDs.remove(0,ct+1);
+		ct=userIDs.find(" ");
+	}
+	dests+=" --recipient "+userIDs;
+	
+	QCString gpgcmd = "echo -n ";
+	gpgcmd += KShellProcess::quote( text ).utf8();
+	gpgcmd += " | gpg --no-secmem-warning --no-tty ";
+	gpgcmd += Options.local8Bit();
+	gpgcmd += " -e ";
+	gpgcmd += dests.local8Bit();
+	
+	//////////   encode with untrusted keys or armor if checked by user
+	fp = popen( gpgcmd, "r");
+	while ( fgets( buffer, sizeof(buffer), fp))
+		encResult+=buffer;
+	pclose(fp);
+	
+	if( !encResult.isEmpty() )
+		return encResult;
+	else
+		return QString::null;
+}
+
+QString KgpgInterface::KgpgDecryptText(QString text,QString userID)
+{
+	FILE *fp,*pass;
+	QString encResult;
+	
+	char buffer[200];
+	int counter=0,ppass[2];
+	QCString password = CryptographyPlugin::cachedPass();
+	bool passphraseHandling=CryptographyPlugin::passphraseHandling();
+	
+	while ((counter<3) && (encResult.isEmpty()))
+	{
+		counter++;
+		if(passphraseHandling && password.isNull())
+		{
+			/// pipe for passphrase
+			//userID=QString::fromUtf8(userID);
+			userID.replace('<',"&lt;");
+			QString passdlg=i18n("Enter passphrase for <b>%1</b>:").arg(userID);
+			if (counter>1)
+				passdlg.prepend(i18n("<b>Bad passphrase</b><br> You have %1 tries left.<br>").arg(QString::number(4-counter)));
+	
+			/// pipe for passphrase
+			int code=KPasswordDialog::getPassword(password,passdlg);
+			if (code!=QDialog::Accepted)
+				return QString::null;
+			CryptographyPlugin::setCachedPass(password);
+		}
+	
+		if(passphraseHandling)
+		{
+			pipe(ppass);
+			pass = fdopen(ppass[1], "w");
+			fwrite(password, sizeof(char), strlen(password), pass);
+			//        fwrite("\n", sizeof(char), 1, pass);
+			fclose(pass);
+		}
+	
+		QCString gpgcmd="echo ";
+		gpgcmd += KShellProcess::quote(text).utf8();
+		gpgcmd += " | gpg --no-secmem-warning --no-tty ";
+		if(passphraseHandling)
+			gpgcmd += "--passphrase-fd " + QString::number(ppass[0]).local8Bit();
+		gpgcmd += " -d ";
+		
+		//////////   encode with untrusted keys or armor if checked by user
+		fp = popen(gpgcmd, "r");
+		while ( fgets( buffer, sizeof(buffer), fp))
+			encResult += QString::fromUtf8(buffer);
+		
+		pclose(fp);
+		password = QCString();
+	}
+	
+	if( !encResult.isEmpty() )
+		return encResult;
+	else
+		return QString::null;
+}
+
+QString KgpgInterface::checkForUtf8(QString txt)
+{
+
+        //    code borrowed from gpa
+        const char *s;
+
+        /* Make sure the encoding is UTF-8.
+         * Test structure suggested by Werner Koch */
+        if (txt.isEmpty())
+                return QString::null;
+
+        for (s = txt.ascii(); *s && !(*s & 0x80); s++)
+                ;
+        if (*s && !strchr (txt.ascii(), 0xc3) && (txt.find("\\x")==-1))
+                return txt;
+
+        /* The string is not in UTF-8 */
+        //if (strchr (txt.ascii(), 0xc3)) return (txt+" +++");
+        if (txt.find("\\x")==-1)
+                return QString::fromUtf8(txt.ascii());
+        //        if (!strchr (txt.ascii(), 0xc3) || (txt.find("\\x")!=-1)) {
+        for ( int idx = 0 ; (idx = txt.find( "\\x", idx )) >= 0 ; ++idx ) {
+                char str[2] = "x";
+                str[0] = (char) QString( txt.mid( idx + 2, 2 ) ).toShort( 0, 16 );
+                txt.replace( idx, 4, str );
+        }
+	if (!strchr (txt.ascii(), 0xc3))
+                return QString::fromUtf8(txt.ascii());
+        else
+                return QString::fromUtf8(QString::fromUtf8(txt.ascii()).ascii());  // perform Utf8 twice, or some keys display badly
+}
+
+
+
+
+#include "kgpginterface.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kgpginterface.h b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kgpginterface.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b70bc68a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kgpginterface.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+//Code from KGPG
+
+/***************************************************************************
+                          kgpginterface.h  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : Sat Jun 29 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by 
+    email                : 
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef KGPGINTERFACE_H
+#define KGPGINTERFACE_H
+
+
+#include <kurl.h>
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt a file using gpg.
+ */
+//class KgpgEncryptFile : public QObject {
+class KgpgInterface : public QObject {
+
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+    public:
+	/**
+	 * Initialize the class
+	 */
+        KgpgInterface();
+	
+	
+	/**Encrypt text function
+	 * @param text QString text to be encrypted.
+	 * @param userIDs the recipients key id's.
+	 * @param Options String with the wanted gpg options. ex: "--armor"
+	 * returns the encrypted text or empty string if encyption failed
+	 */
+	 static QString KgpgEncryptText(QString text,QString userIDs, QString Options="");
+	
+	 /**Decrypt text function
+	 * @param text QString text to be decrypted.
+	 * @param userID QString the name of the decryption key (only used to prompt user for passphrase)
+	 */
+	static QString KgpgDecryptText(QString text,QString userID);
+//	static QString KgpgDecryptFileToText(KURL srcUrl,QString userID);
+
+	/*
+	 * Destructor for the class.
+	 */
+	~KgpgInterface();
+	
+	static QString checkForUtf8(QString txt);
+
+	
+    private slots:
+	
+signals:
+	        
+    private:
+    /**
+	 * @internal structure for communication
+	 */
+        QString message,tempKeyFile,userIDs,txtprocess,output;
+		QCString passphrase;
+		bool deleteSuccess,konsLocal,anonymous,txtsent,decfinished,decok,badmdc;
+		int signSuccess;
+		int step,signb,sigsearch;
+		QString konsSignKey, konsKeyID;
+		
+		
+	/**
+	 * @internal structure for the file information
+	 */
+        KURL file;
+	/**
+	 * @internal structure to send signal only once on error.
+	 */
+	bool encError;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kgpgselkey.cpp b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kgpgselkey.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70f76598
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kgpgselkey.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+//Code from KGPG
+
+/***************************************************************************
+                          listkeys.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : Thu Jul 4 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by y0k0
+    email                : bj@altern.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////// code for the key management
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qlabel.h>
+
+#include <klistview.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <qcheckbox.h>
+#include <kprocess.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+
+#include "kgpgselkey.h"
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////   Secret key selection dialog, used when user wants to sign a key
+KgpgSelKey::KgpgSelKey(QWidget *parent, const char *name,bool showlocal):KDialogBase( parent, name, true,i18n("Private Key List"),Ok | Cancel)
+{
+  QString keyname;
+  QWidget *page = new QWidget(this);
+  QLabel *labeltxt;
+  KIconLoader *loader = KGlobal::iconLoader();
+
+  keyPair=loader->loadIcon("kgpg_key2",KIcon::Small,20);
+
+  setMinimumSize(300,200);
+  keysListpr = new KListView( page );
+  keysListpr->setRootIsDecorated(true);
+  keysListpr->addColumn( i18n( "Name" ) );
+  keysListpr->setShowSortIndicator(true);
+  keysListpr->setFullWidth(true);
+
+  labeltxt=new QLabel(i18n("Choose secret key:"),page);
+  QVBoxLayout *vbox=new QVBoxLayout(page,3);
+
+  vbox->addWidget(labeltxt);
+  vbox->addWidget(keysListpr);
+  if (showlocal==true)
+  {
+    local = new QCheckBox(i18n("Local signature (cannot be exported)"),page);
+    vbox->addWidget(local);
+  }
+
+  FILE *fp,*fp2;
+  QString tst,tst2;
+  char line[130];
+
+  // FIXME: Why use popen instead of KProcess, QProcess or KProcIO?!?
+  //        Are we interested in having buffer overflows now? - Martijn
+  fp = popen( "gpg --no-tty --with-colon --list-secret-keys", "r" );
+  while ( fgets( line, sizeof(line), fp))
+  {
+    tst=line;
+    if (tst.startsWith("sec"))
+    {
+      const QString trust=tst.section(':',1,1);
+      QString val=tst.section(':',6,6);
+      QString id=QString("0x"+tst.section(':',4,4).right(8));
+      if (val.isEmpty())
+        val=i18n("Unlimited");
+      QString tr;
+      switch( trust[0] )
+      {
+      case 'o':
+        tr= i18n("Unknown");
+        break;
+      case 'i':
+        tr= i18n("Invalid");
+        break;
+      case 'd':
+        tr=i18n("Disabled");
+        break;
+      case 'r':
+        tr=i18n("Revoked");
+        break;
+      case 'e':
+        tr=i18n("Expired");
+        break;
+      case 'q':
+        tr=i18n("Undefined");
+        break;
+      case 'n':
+        tr=i18n("None");
+        break;
+      case 'm':
+        tr=i18n("Marginal");
+        break;
+      case 'f':
+        tr=i18n("Full");
+        break;
+      case 'u':
+        tr=i18n("Ultimate");
+        break;
+      default:
+        tr=i18n("?");
+        break;
+      }
+      tst=tst.section(":",9,9);
+
+      // FIXME: Same here: don't use popen! - Martijn
+      fp2 = popen( QString( "gpg --no-tty --with-colon --list-key %1" ).arg( KShellProcess::quote( id ) ).latin1(), "r" );
+      bool dead=true;
+      while ( fgets( line, sizeof(line), fp2))
+      {
+        tst2=line;
+        if (tst2.startsWith("pub"))
+        {
+          const QString trust2=tst2.section(':',1,1);
+          switch( trust2[0] )
+          {
+          case 'f':
+            dead=false;
+            break;
+          case 'u':
+            dead=false;
+            break;
+          default:
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+	  pclose(fp2);
+      if (!tst.isEmpty() && (!dead))
+      {
+        KListViewItem *item=new KListViewItem(keysListpr,extractKeyName(tst));
+        KListViewItem *sub= new KListViewItem(item,i18n("ID: %1, trust: %2, expiration: %3").arg(id).arg(tr).arg(val));
+        sub->setSelectable(false);
+        item->setPixmap(0,keyPair);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  pclose(fp);
+
+
+  QObject::connect(keysListpr,SIGNAL(doubleClicked(QListViewItem *,const QPoint &,int)),this,SLOT(slotpreOk()));
+  QObject::connect(keysListpr,SIGNAL(clicked(QListViewItem *)),this,SLOT(slotSelect(QListViewItem *)));
+
+
+  keysListpr->setSelected(keysListpr->firstChild(),true);
+
+  page->show();
+  resize(this->minimumSize());
+  setMainWidget(page);
+}
+
+QString KgpgSelKey::extractKeyName(QString fullName)
+{
+  QString kMail;
+  if (fullName.find("<")!=-1)
+  {
+    kMail=fullName.section('<',-1,-1);
+    kMail.truncate(kMail.length()-1);
+  }
+  QString kName=fullName.section('<',0,0);
+  if (kName.find("(")!=-1) kName=kName.section('(',0,0);
+  return QString(kMail+" ("+kName+")").stripWhiteSpace();
+}
+
+void KgpgSelKey::slotpreOk()
+{
+  if (keysListpr->currentItem()->depth()!=0)
+    return;
+  else
+    slotOk();
+}
+
+void KgpgSelKey::slotOk()
+{
+  if (keysListpr->currentItem()==NULL)
+    reject();
+  else
+    accept();
+}
+
+void KgpgSelKey::slotSelect(QListViewItem *item)
+{
+  if (item==NULL) return;
+  if (item->depth()!=0)
+  {
+    keysListpr->setSelected(item->parent(),true);
+    keysListpr->setCurrentItem(item->parent());
+  }
+}
+
+
+QString KgpgSelKey::getkeyID()
+{
+  QString userid;
+  /////  emit selected key
+  if (keysListpr->currentItem()==NULL) return("");
+  else
+  {
+    userid=keysListpr->currentItem()->firstChild()->text(0);
+    userid=userid.section(',',0,0);
+    userid=userid.section(':',1,1);
+    userid=userid.stripWhiteSpace();
+    return(userid);
+  }
+}
+
+QString KgpgSelKey::getkeyMail()
+{
+  QString username;
+  /////  emit selected key
+  if (keysListpr->currentItem()==NULL) return("");
+  else
+  {
+    username=keysListpr->currentItem()->text(0);
+    //username=username.section(' ',0,0);
+    username=username.stripWhiteSpace();
+    return(username);
+  }
+}
+
+bool KgpgSelKey::getlocal()
+{
+  /////  emit exportation choice
+  return(local->isChecked());
+}
+
+#include "kgpgselkey.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kgpgselkey.h b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kgpgselkey.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..11bcc498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kgpgselkey.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+//Code from KGPG
+
+/***************************************************************************
+                          listkeys.h  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : Thu Jul 4 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by y0k0
+    email                : bj@altern.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef LISTKEYS_H
+#define LISTKEYS_H
+
+
+#include <kdialogbase.h>
+
+class KListView;
+class QCheckBox;
+
+typedef struct gpgKey{
+  QString gpgkeymail;
+  QString gpgkeyname;
+  QString gpgkeyid;
+  QString gpgkeytrust;
+  QString gpgkeyvalidity;
+  QString gpgkeysize;
+  QString gpgkeycreation;
+  QString gpgkeyexpiration;
+  QString gpgkeyalgo;
+};
+
+class KgpgSelKey : public KDialogBase
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    KgpgSelKey( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0,bool showlocal=true);
+    KListView *keysListpr;
+QPixmap keyPair;
+QCheckBox *local;
+private slots:
+void slotOk();
+void slotpreOk();
+void slotSelect(QListViewItem *item);
+QString extractKeyName(QString fullName);
+
+public:
+    QString getkeyID();
+    QString getkeyMail();
+    bool getlocal();
+};
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kopete_cryptography.desktop b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kopete_cryptography.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbc3b591
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kopete_cryptography.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+Icon=encrypted
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_cryptography
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Olivier Goffart
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=ogoffart@tiscalinet.be
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_cryptography
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.8.0
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://kopete.kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=false
+Name=Cryptography
+Name[ar]=التشفير
+Name[be]=Крыптаграфія
+Name[bg]=Шифроване
+Name[bn]=ক্রিপ্টোগ্রাফি
+Name[bs]=Kriptografija
+Name[ca]=Xifrat
+Name[cs]=Šifrování
+Name[cy]=Cêl-ysgrifennaeth
+Name[da]=Kryptografi
+Name[de]=Kryptographie
+Name[el]=Κρυπτογραφία
+Name[eo]=Ĉifrado
+Name[es]=Criptografí­a
+Name[et]=Krüpto
+Name[eu]=Kriptografia
+Name[fa]=رمزنگاری
+Name[fi]=Salaus
+Name[fr]=Cryptographie
+Name[ga]=Criptiúchán
+Name[gl]=Criptografía
+Name[he]=קריפטוגרפיה
+Name[hi]=क्रिप्टोग्राफी
+Name[hr]=Kriptografija
+Name[hu]=Titkosítás
+Name[is]=Dulritun
+Name[it]=Crittografia
+Name[ja]=暗号化
+Name[ka]=კრიპტოგრაფია
+Name[kk]=Шифрлау
+Name[km]=ការ​គ្រីប
+Name[lt]=Šifravimas
+Name[mk]=Криптографија
+Name[nb]=Kryptografi
+Name[nds]=Verslöteln
+Name[ne]=क्रिप्टोग्राफी
+Name[nl]=Cryptografie
+Name[nn]=Kryptografi
+Name[pl]=Szyfrowanie
+Name[pt]=Encriptação
+Name[pt_BR]=Criptografia
+Name[ro]=Criptografie
+Name[ru]=Шифрование
+Name[se]=Kryptográfiija
+Name[sk]=Šifrovanie
+Name[sl]=Šifriranje
+Name[sr]=Криптографија
+Name[sr@Latn]=Kriptografija
+Name[sv]=Kryptering
+Name[ta]=மறைக்குறியியல்
+Name[tg]=Рамзгузорӣ
+Name[tr]=Şifreleme
+Name[uk]=Криптографія
+Name[uz]=Kriptografiya
+Name[uz@cyrillic]=Криптография
+Name[wa]=Criptografeye
+Name[zh_CN]=加密
+Name[zh_HK]=密碼學
+Name[zh_TW]=加密
+Comment=Encrypt and decrypt messages with GPG
+Comment[ar]=يقوم بتشفير وفل التشفير الرسائل عن طريق GPG
+Comment[be]=Шыфраваць і расшыфроўваць паведамленні ў GPG
+Comment[bg]=Шифроване на съобщения с GPG
+Comment[bn]=জিপিজি ব্যবহার করে বার্তা এনক্রিপ্ট এবং ডিক্রিপ্ট করুন
+Comment[bs]=Šifrujte poruke koristeći GPG
+Comment[ca]=Xifra i desxifra missatges amb GPG
+Comment[cs]=Šifrování a dešifrování zpráv pomocí GPG
+Comment[cy]=Celu a datgelu negeseuon efo GPG
+Comment[da]=Kryptér og dekryptér beskeder med GPG
+Comment[de]=Verschlüsselt und entschlüsselt Nachrichten mit GPG
+Comment[el]=Κρυπτογραφήστε και αποκρυπτογραφήστε μηνύματα με το GPG
+Comment[es]=Cifra y descifra mensajes con GPG
+Comment[et]=Sõnumite krüptimine ja lahtikrüptimine GPG abil
+Comment[eu]=Enkriptatu eta desenkriptatu mezuak GPG-rekin
+Comment[fa]=رمزبندی و سرگشایی پیامها با GPG
+Comment[fi]=Salaa ja pura salaus viesteistä GPG-ohjelmalla
+Comment[fr]=Chiffrer et déchiffrer les messages avec GPG
+Comment[gl]=Encriptar e desencriptar mensaxes con GPG
+Comment[he]=הצפנה ופענוח של הודעות בעזרת GPG
+Comment[hi]=जीपीजी के द्वारा संदेश एनक्रिप्ट तथा डिक्रिप्ट करे
+Comment[hr]=Kriptiranje i dekriptiranej poruka GPG-om
+Comment[hu]=Titkosítás/dekódolás GPG-vel
+Comment[is]=Dulrita og afkóða skeyti með GPG
+Comment[it]=Cifra e decifra i messaggi con GPG
+Comment[ja]=GPG を使ってメッセージを暗号化/復号
+Comment[ka]=GPG შეტყობინებების დაშიფვრა და გაშიფვრვა
+Comment[kk]=GPG көмегімен хабарларды шифрлау не шифрын шешу
+Comment[km]=អ៊ិនគ្រីប និង​ឌិគ្រីប​សារ​ដោយ​ប្រើ GPG
+Comment[lt]=Užšifruoti ir atšifruoti žinutes GPG būdu
+Comment[mk]=Криптирајте и декриптирајте пораки со GPG
+Comment[nb]=Krypter / dekrypter meldinger med GPG
+Comment[nds]=Narichten mit GPG ver- un opslöteln
+Comment[ne]=जीपीजी सँग सन्देशहरू गुप्तिकरण गर्नुहोस्/गुप्तलेखन उल्टाउनुहोस्
+Comment[nl]=Versleutel en ontcijfer berichten met GPG
+Comment[nn]=Krypter og dekrypter meldingar med GPG
+Comment[pl]=Szyfruje i odszyfrowuje wiadomości za pomocą GPG
+Comment[pt]=Cifra e decifra as mensagens com o GPG
+Comment[pt_BR]=Criptografa e descriptografa mensagens com o GPG
+Comment[ro]=Criptează şi decriptează mesajele cu GPG
+Comment[ru]=Шифрование сообщений при помощи GPG
+Comment[se]=Kryptere ja dekryptere dieđáhusaid GPG:ain
+Comment[sk]=Šifruje a dešifruje správy pomocou GPG
+Comment[sl]=Šifriranje in dešifriranje sporočil z GPG
+Comment[sr]=Шифровање и дешифровање порука помоћу GPG-а
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Šifrovanje i dešifrovanje poruka pomoću GPG-a
+Comment[sv]=Kryptera och avkoda meddelanden med GPG
+Comment[ta]=GPG உடன் மறையாக்கம் மற்றும் மறைவிலக்கம்
+Comment[tg]=Рамзгузорӣ ва рамзкушоии пайёмҳо ба воситаи GPG
+Comment[tr]=GPG ile mesajları şifrele ve çöz
+Comment[uk]=Шифрування та розшифрування повідомлень з GPG
+Comment[wa]=Ecripter eyet discripter les messaedjes avou GPG
+Comment[zh_CN]=用 GPG 加密和解密消息
+Comment[zh_HK]=以 GPG 加密或解密訊息
+Comment[zh_TW]=用 GPG 加密或解密您的訊息
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kopete_cryptography_config.desktop b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kopete_cryptography_config.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed2d4cdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/kopete_cryptography_config.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Icon=encrypted
+Type=Service
+ServiceTypes=KCModule
+
+X-KDE-ModuleType=Library
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_cryptography
+X-KDE-FactoryName=CryptographyConfigFactory
+X-KDE-ParentApp=kopete_cryptography
+X-KDE-ParentComponents=kopete_cryptography
+
+Name=Cryptography
+Name[ar]=التشفير
+Name[be]=Крыптаграфія
+Name[bg]=Шифроване
+Name[bn]=ক্রিপ্টোগ্রাফি
+Name[bs]=Kriptografija
+Name[ca]=Xifrat
+Name[cs]=Šifrování
+Name[cy]=Cêl-ysgrifennaeth
+Name[da]=Kryptografi
+Name[de]=Kryptographie
+Name[el]=Κρυπτογραφία
+Name[eo]=Ĉifrado
+Name[es]=Criptografí­a
+Name[et]=Krüpto
+Name[eu]=Kriptografia
+Name[fa]=رمزنگاری
+Name[fi]=Salaus
+Name[fr]=Cryptographie
+Name[ga]=Criptiúchán
+Name[gl]=Criptografía
+Name[he]=קריפטוגרפיה
+Name[hi]=क्रिप्टोग्राफी
+Name[hr]=Kriptografija
+Name[hu]=Titkosítás
+Name[is]=Dulritun
+Name[it]=Crittografia
+Name[ja]=暗号化
+Name[ka]=კრიპტოგრაფია
+Name[kk]=Шифрлау
+Name[km]=ការ​គ្រីប
+Name[lt]=Šifravimas
+Name[mk]=Криптографија
+Name[nb]=Kryptografi
+Name[nds]=Verslöteln
+Name[ne]=क्रिप्टोग्राफी
+Name[nl]=Cryptografie
+Name[nn]=Kryptografi
+Name[pl]=Szyfrowanie
+Name[pt]=Encriptação
+Name[pt_BR]=Criptografia
+Name[ro]=Criptografie
+Name[ru]=Шифрование
+Name[se]=Kryptográfiija
+Name[sk]=Šifrovanie
+Name[sl]=Šifriranje
+Name[sr]=Криптографија
+Name[sr@Latn]=Kriptografija
+Name[sv]=Kryptering
+Name[ta]=மறைக்குறியியல்
+Name[tg]=Рамзгузорӣ
+Name[tr]=Şifreleme
+Name[uk]=Криптографія
+Name[uz]=Kriptografiya
+Name[uz@cyrillic]=Криптография
+Name[wa]=Criptografeye
+Name[zh_CN]=加密
+Name[zh_HK]=密碼學
+Name[zh_TW]=加密
+Comment=Encrypts messages using PGP
+Comment[ar]=يشفر الرسائل باستخدام PGP
+Comment[be]=Шыфруе паведамленні ў PGP
+Comment[bg]=Шифроване на съобщения с GPG
+Comment[bn]=পিজিপি ব্যবহার করে বার্তা এনক্রিপ্ট করে
+Comment[bs]=Šifruje poruke koristeći GPG
+Comment[ca]=Xifra missatges emprant PGP
+Comment[cs]=Šifrování zpráv pomocí GPG
+Comment[cy]=Celu negeseuon gan ddefnyddio PGP
+Comment[da]=Krypterer beskeder ved brug af PGP
+Comment[de]=Verschlüsselt Nachrichten mit PGP
+Comment[el]=Κρυπτογραφεί τα μηνύματα χρησιμοποιώντας το PGP
+Comment[es]=Cifra mensajes usando PGP
+Comment[et]=Sõnumite krüptimine PGP abil
+Comment[eu]=Enkriptatu mezuak PGP-rekin
+Comment[fa]=پیامها را با استفاده از GPG رمزبندی می‌کند
+Comment[fi]=Salaa viestit käyttäen PGP-ohjelmaa
+Comment[fr]=Chiffrer les messages avec PGP
+Comment[gl]=Encripta mensaxes con PGP
+Comment[he]=מצפין הודעות בעזרת PGP
+Comment[hi]=जीपीजी के द्वारा संदेश एनक्रिप्ट करे
+Comment[hr]=Kriptiranje i dekriptiranej poruka PGP-om
+Comment[hu]=Üzenetek titkosítása PGP-vel
+Comment[is]=Dulritar skeyti með PGP
+Comment[it]=Cifra i messaggi con PGP
+Comment[ja]=PGP を使ってメッセージを暗号化
+Comment[ka]=PGP შეტყობინებების დაშიფვრვა
+Comment[kk]=PGP көмегімен хабарларды шифрлау
+Comment[km]=អ៊ិនគ្រីប​សារ​ដោយ​ប្រើ PGP
+Comment[lt]=Užšifruoti žinutes PGP būdu
+Comment[mk]=Криптирајте пораки употребувајќи PGP
+Comment[nb]=Krypterer meldinger med PGP
+Comment[nds]=Verslötelt Narichten mit PGP
+Comment[ne]=पीजीपी प्रयोग गरेर सन्देश गुप्तिकरण गर्दछ
+Comment[nl]=Versleutelt berichten met PGP
+Comment[nn]=Krypterer meldingar med PGP
+Comment[pl]=Szyfruje wiadomości za pomocą PGP
+Comment[pt]=Cifra as mensagens usando o PGP
+Comment[pt_BR]=Criptografa mensagens usando o PGP
+Comment[ro]=Criptează mesajele cu PGP
+Comment[ru]=Шифрует сообщение с помощью PGP
+Comment[se]=Kryptere dieđáhusaid PGP:ain
+Comment[sk]=Šifruje správy pomocou PGP
+Comment[sl]=Šifriranje sporočil s PGP
+Comment[sr]=Шифровање и дешифровање порука помоћу PGP-а
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Šifrovanje i dešifrovanje poruka pomoću PGP-a
+Comment[sv]=Krypterar meddelanden med PGP
+Comment[ta]=PGP யை பயன்படுத்தி செய்திகளை சங்கேதங்களாக்கு
+Comment[tg]=Рамзгузории пайёмҳо ба воситаи PGP
+Comment[tr]=PGP kullanan mesajları şifreler
+Comment[uk]=Шифрує повідомлення за допомогою PGP
+Comment[wa]=Ecripter les messaedjes avou PGP
+Comment[zh_CN]=用 PGP 加密消息
+Comment[zh_HK]=將訊息以 PGP 加密
+Comment[zh_TW]=用 PGP 加密訊息
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/popuppublic.cpp b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/popuppublic.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..36008bcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/popuppublic.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,514 @@
+//File Imported from  KGPG  ( 2004 - 09 - 03 )
+
+/***************************************************************************
+                          popuppublic.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : Sat Jun 29 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Jean-Baptiste Mardelle
+    email                : bj@altern.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////   code  for choosing a public key from a list for encryption
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+#include <qptrlist.h>
+#include <qwhatsthis.h>
+#include <qpainter.h>
+#include <qiconset.h>
+#include <qbuttongroup.h>
+#include <qcheckbox.h>
+#include <qhbuttongroup.h>
+#include <qtoolbutton.h>
+#include <qapplication.h>
+#include <qlabel.h>
+
+#include <kdeversion.h>
+#include <klistview.h>
+#include <kprocess.h>
+#include <kprocio.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kaccel.h>
+#include <klistviewsearchline.h>
+#include <kactivelabel.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+
+
+#include "popuppublic.h"
+//#include "kgpgsettings.h"
+//#include "kgpgview.h"
+//#include "kgpg.h"
+#include "kgpginterface.h"
+
+/////////////////   klistviewitem special
+
+class UpdateViewItem2 : public KListViewItem
+{
+public:
+        UpdateViewItem2(QListView *parent, QString name,QString mail,QString id,bool isDefault);
+        virtual void paintCell(QPainter *p, const QColorGroup &cg,int col, int width, int align);
+	virtual QString key(int c,bool ) const;
+	bool def;
+};
+
+UpdateViewItem2::UpdateViewItem2(QListView *parent, QString name,QString mail,QString id,bool isDefault)
+                : KListViewItem(parent)
+{
+def=isDefault;
+        setText(0,name);
+	setText(1,mail);
+	setText(2,id);
+}
+
+
+void UpdateViewItem2::paintCell(QPainter *p, const QColorGroup &cg,int column, int width, int alignment)
+{
+        if ((def) && (column<2)) {
+                QFont font(p->font());
+                font.setBold(true);
+                p->setFont(font);
+        }
+        KListViewItem::paintCell(p, cg, column, width, alignment);
+}
+
+QString UpdateViewItem2 :: key(int c,bool ) const
+{
+        return text(c).lower();
+}
+
+///////////////  main view
+
+popupPublic::popupPublic(QWidget *parent, const char *name,QString sfile,bool filemode,KShortcut goDefaultKey):
+KDialogBase( Plain, i18n("Select Public Key"), Details | Ok | Cancel, Ok, parent, name,true)
+{
+	QWidget *page = plainPage();
+	QVBoxLayout *vbox=new QVBoxLayout(page,0,spacingHint());
+	vbox->setAutoAdd(true);
+
+	setButtonText(KDialogBase::Details,i18n("Options"));
+
+/*        if (KGpgSettings::allowCustomEncryptionOptions())
+                customOptions=KGpgSettings::customEncryptionOptions();*/
+
+        KIconLoader *loader = KGlobal::iconLoader();
+
+        keyPair=loader->loadIcon("kgpg_key2",KIcon::Small,20);
+        keySingle=loader->loadIcon("kgpg_key1",KIcon::Small,20);
+	keyGroup=loader->loadIcon("kgpg_key3",KIcon::Small,20);
+
+        if (filemode) setCaption(i18n("Select Public Key for %1").arg(sfile));
+        fmode=filemode;	
+	
+	QHButtonGroup *hBar=new QHButtonGroup(page);
+	//hBar->setFrameStyle(QFrame::NoFrame);
+	hBar->setMargin(0);
+	
+	QToolButton *clearSearch = new QToolButton(hBar);
+	clearSearch->setTextLabel(i18n("Clear Search"), true);
+	clearSearch->setIconSet(SmallIconSet(QApplication::reverseLayout() ? "clear_left"
+                                            : "locationbar_erase"));
+	(void) new QLabel(i18n("Search: "),hBar);
+	KListViewSearchLine* listViewSearch = new KListViewSearchLine(hBar);
+	connect(clearSearch, SIGNAL(pressed()), listViewSearch, SLOT(clear()));
+	
+        keysList = new KListView( page );
+	 keysList->addColumn(i18n("Name"));
+	 keysList->addColumn(i18n("Email"));
+	 keysList->addColumn(i18n("ID"));
+	 
+	 listViewSearch->setListView(keysList);
+
+        keysList->setRootIsDecorated(false);
+        page->setMinimumSize(540,200);
+        keysList->setShowSortIndicator(true);
+        keysList->setFullWidth(true);
+	keysList->setAllColumnsShowFocus(true);
+        keysList->setSelectionModeExt(KListView::Extended);
+	keysList->setColumnWidthMode(0,QListView::Manual);
+	keysList->setColumnWidthMode(1,QListView::Manual);
+	keysList->setColumnWidth(0,210);
+	keysList->setColumnWidth(1,210);
+
+        boutonboxoptions=new QButtonGroup(5,Qt::Vertical ,page,0);
+	
+	KActionCollection *actcol=new KActionCollection(this);
+	(void) new KAction(i18n("&Go to Default Key"),goDefaultKey, this, SLOT(slotGotoDefaultKey()),actcol,"go_default_key");
+	
+	
+        CBarmor=new QCheckBox(i18n("ASCII armored encryption"),boutonboxoptions);
+        CBuntrusted=new QCheckBox(i18n("Allow encryption with untrusted keys"),boutonboxoptions);
+        CBhideid=new QCheckBox(i18n("Hide user id"),boutonboxoptions);
+        setDetailsWidget(boutonboxoptions);
+        QWhatsThis::add
+                (keysList,i18n("<b>Public keys list</b>: select the key that will be used for encryption."));
+        QWhatsThis::add
+                (CBarmor,i18n("<b>ASCII encryption</b>: makes it possible to open the encrypted file/message in a text editor"));
+        QWhatsThis::add
+                (CBhideid,i18n("<b>Hide user ID</b>: Do not put the keyid into encrypted packets. This option hides the receiver "
+                                "of the message and is a countermeasure against traffic analysis. It may slow down the decryption process because "
+                                "all available secret keys are tried."));
+        QWhatsThis::add
+                (CBuntrusted,i18n("<b>Allow encryption with untrusted keys</b>: when you import a public key, it is usually "
+                                  "marked as untrusted and you cannot use it unless you sign it in order to make it 'trusted'. Checking this "
+                                  "box enables you to use any key, even if it has not be signed."));
+
+        if (filemode) {
+		QWidget *parentBox=new QWidget(boutonboxoptions);
+		QHBoxLayout *shredBox=new QHBoxLayout(parentBox,0);
+		//shredBox->setFrameStyle(QFrame::NoFrame);
+		//shredBox->setMargin(0);
+	       CBshred=new QCheckBox(i18n("Shred source file"),parentBox);
+                QWhatsThis::add
+                        (CBshred,i18n("<b>Shred source file</b>: permanently remove source file. No recovery will be possible"));
+			
+		QString shredWhatsThis = i18n( "<qt><b>Shred source file:</b><br /><p>Checking this option will shred (overwrite several times before erasing) the files you have encrypted. This way, it is almost impossible that the source file is recovered.</p><p><b>But you must be aware that this is not secure</b> on all file systems, and that parts of the file may have been saved in a temporary file or in the spooler of your printer if you previously opened it in an editor or tried to print it. Only works on files (not on folders).</p></qt>");
+		  KActiveLabel *warn= new KActiveLabel( i18n("<a href=\"whatsthis:%1\">Read this before using shredding</a>").arg(shredWhatsThis),parentBox );
+		  shredBox->addWidget(CBshred);
+		  shredBox->addWidget(warn);
+        }
+
+	        CBsymmetric=new QCheckBox(i18n("Symmetrical encryption"),boutonboxoptions);
+                QWhatsThis::add
+                        (CBsymmetric,i18n("<b>Symmetrical encryption</b>: encryption does not use keys. You just need to give a password "
+                                          "to encrypt/decrypt the file"));
+                QObject::connect(CBsymmetric,SIGNAL(toggled(bool)),this,SLOT(isSymetric(bool)));
+
+//BEGIN modified for Kopete
+
+	setWFlags( getWFlags() | Qt::WDestructiveClose );
+
+				
+	/*CBarmor->setChecked( KGpgSettings::asciiArmor() );
+	CBuntrusted->setChecked( KGpgSettings::allowUntrustedKeys() );
+	CBhideid->setChecked( KGpgSettings::hideUserID() );
+	if (filemode) CBshred->setChecked( KGpgSettings::shredSource() );*/
+	KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup("Cryptography Plugin");
+
+	CBarmor->hide();
+	CBuntrusted->setChecked(config->readBoolEntry("UntrustedKeys", true));
+	CBhideid->hide();
+	if (filemode) CBshred->hide();
+	CBsymmetric->hide();
+	
+//END modified for Kopete
+
+        /*if (KGpgSettings::allowCustomEncryptionOptions()) {
+                QHButtonGroup *bGroup = new QHButtonGroup(page);
+                //bGroup->setFrameStyle(QFrame::NoFrame);
+                (void) new QLabel(i18n("Custom option:"),bGroup);
+                KLineEdit *optiontxt=new KLineEdit(bGroup);
+                optiontxt->setText(customOptions);
+                QWhatsThis::add
+                        (optiontxt,i18n("<b>Custom option</b>: for experienced users only, allows you to enter a gpg command line option, like: '--armor'"));
+                QObject::connect(optiontxt,SIGNAL(textChanged ( const QString & )),this,SLOT(customOpts(const QString & )));
+        }*/
+        QObject::connect(keysList,SIGNAL(doubleClicked(QListViewItem *,const QPoint &,int)),this,SLOT(slotOk()));
+//	QObject::connect(this,SIGNAL(okClicked()),this,SLOT(crypte()));
+        QObject::connect(CBuntrusted,SIGNAL(toggled(bool)),this,SLOT(refresh(bool)));
+
+        char line[200]="\0";
+        FILE *fp2;
+        seclist=QString::null;
+
+        fp2 = popen("gpg --no-secmem-warning --no-tty --with-colon --list-secret-keys ", "r");
+        while ( fgets( line, sizeof(line), fp2))
+        {
+	QString readLine=line;
+	if (readLine.startsWith("sec")) seclist+=", 0x"+readLine.section(":",4,4).right(8);
+	}
+        pclose(fp2);
+
+        trusted=CBuntrusted->isChecked();
+
+        refreshkeys();
+	setMinimumSize(550,200);
+	updateGeometry();
+	keysList->setFocus();
+	show();
+}
+
+popupPublic::~popupPublic()
+{}
+
+
+void popupPublic::slotAccept()
+{
+accept();
+}
+
+void popupPublic::enable()
+{
+        QListViewItem *current = keysList->firstChild();
+        if (current==NULL)
+                return;
+        current->setVisible(true);
+        while ( current->nextSibling() ) {
+                current = current->nextSibling();
+                current->setVisible(true);
+        }
+	keysList->ensureItemVisible(keysList->currentItem());
+}
+
+void popupPublic::sort()
+{
+        bool reselect=false;
+        QListViewItem *current = keysList->firstChild();
+        if (current==NULL)
+                return;
+
+	if ((untrustedList.find(current->text(2))!=untrustedList.end()) && (!current->text(2).isEmpty())){
+                if (current->isSelected()) {
+                        current->setSelected(false);
+                        reselect=true;
+                }
+                current->setVisible(false);
+		}
+
+        while ( current->nextSibling() ) {
+                current = current->nextSibling();
+                if ((untrustedList.find(current->text(2))!=untrustedList.end()) && (!current->text(2).isEmpty())) {
+                if (current->isSelected()) {
+                        current->setSelected(false);
+                        reselect=true;
+                }
+                current->setVisible(false);
+		}
+        }
+
+        if (reselect) {
+                QListViewItem *firstvisible;
+                firstvisible=keysList->firstChild();
+                while (firstvisible->isVisible()!=true) {
+                        firstvisible=firstvisible->nextSibling();
+                        if (firstvisible==NULL)
+                                return;
+                }
+                keysList->setSelected(firstvisible,true);
+		keysList->setCurrentItem(firstvisible);
+		keysList->ensureItemVisible(firstvisible);
+        }
+}
+
+void popupPublic::isSymetric(bool state)
+{
+        keysList->setEnabled(!state);
+        CBuntrusted->setEnabled(!state);
+        CBhideid->setEnabled(!state);
+}
+
+
+void popupPublic::customOpts(const QString &str)
+{
+        customOptions=str;
+}
+
+void popupPublic::slotGotoDefaultKey()
+{
+    /*QListViewItem *myDefaulKey = keysList->findItem(KGpgSettings::defaultKey(),2);
+    keysList->clearSelection();
+    keysList->setCurrentItem(myDefaulKey);
+    keysList->setSelected(myDefaulKey,true);
+    keysList->ensureItemVisible(myDefaulKey);*/
+}
+
+void popupPublic::refresh(bool state)
+{
+        if (state)
+                enable();
+        else
+                sort();
+}
+
+void popupPublic::refreshkeys()
+{
+	keysList->clear();
+	/*QStringList groups= QStringList::split(",", KGpgSettings::groups());
+	if (!groups.isEmpty())
+	{
+		for ( QStringList::Iterator it = groups.begin(); it != groups.end(); ++it )
+		{
+			if (!QString(*it).isEmpty())
+			{
+				UpdateViewItem2 *item=new UpdateViewItem2(keysList,QString(*it),QString::null,QString::null,false);
+				item->setPixmap(0,keyGroup);
+			}
+		}
+	}*/
+        KProcIO *encid=new KProcIO();
+        *encid << "gpg"<<"--no-secmem-warning"<<"--no-tty"<<"--with-colon"<<"--list-keys";
+        /////////  when process ends, update dialog infos
+        QObject::connect(encid, SIGNAL(processExited(KProcess *)),this, SLOT(slotpreselect()));
+        QObject::connect(encid, SIGNAL(readReady(KProcIO *)),this, SLOT(slotprocread(KProcIO *)));
+        encid->start(KProcess::NotifyOnExit,true);
+}
+
+void popupPublic::slotpreselect()
+{
+QListViewItem *it;
+        //if (fmode) it=keysList->findItem(KGpgSettings::defaultKey(),2);
+        //else {
+                it=keysList->firstChild();
+                if (it==NULL)
+                        return;
+                while (!it->isVisible()) {
+                        it=it->nextSibling();
+                        if (it==NULL)
+                                return;
+                }
+        //}
+if (!trusted)
+              sort();
+	keysList->setSelected(it,true);
+	keysList->setCurrentItem(it);
+	keysList->ensureItemVisible(it);
+emit keyListFilled();
+}
+
+void popupPublic::slotSetVisible()
+{
+	keysList->ensureItemVisible(keysList->currentItem());
+}
+
+void popupPublic::slotprocread(KProcIO *p)
+{
+        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// extract  encryption keys
+        bool dead;
+        QString tst,keyname,keymail;
+
+        QString defaultKey ;// = KGpgSettings::defaultKey().right(8);
+
+        while (p->readln(tst)!=-1) {
+                if (tst.startsWith("pub")) {
+			QStringList keyString=QStringList::split(":",tst,true);
+                        dead=false;
+                        const QString trust=keyString[1];
+                        QString val=keyString[6];
+                        QString id=QString("0x"+keyString[4].right(8));
+                        if (val.isEmpty())
+                                val=i18n("Unlimited");
+                        QString tr;
+                        switch( trust[0] ) {
+                        case 'o':
+				untrustedList<<id;
+                                break;
+                        case 'i':
+                                dead=true;
+                                break;
+                        case 'd':
+                                dead=true;
+                                break;
+                        case 'r':
+                                dead=true;
+                                break;
+                        case 'e':
+                                dead=true;
+                                break;
+                        case 'q':
+                                untrustedList<<id;
+                                break;
+                        case 'n':
+                                untrustedList<<id;
+                                break;
+                        case 'm':
+                                untrustedList<<id;
+                                break;
+                        case 'f':
+                                break;
+                        case 'u':
+                                break;
+                        default:
+				untrustedList<<id;
+                                break;
+                        }
+			if (keyString[11].find('D')!=-1) dead=true;
+                        tst=keyString[9];
+			if (tst.find("<")!=-1) {
+                keymail=tst.section('<',-1,-1);
+                keymail.truncate(keymail.length()-1);
+                keyname=tst.section('<',0,0);
+                //if (keyname.find("(")!=-1)
+                 //       keyname=keyname.section('(',0,0);
+        } else {
+                keymail=QString::null;
+                keyname=tst;//.section('(',0,0);
+        }
+
+	keyname=KgpgInterface::checkForUtf8(keyname);
+
+                        if ((!dead) && (!tst.isEmpty())) {
+				bool isDefaultKey=false;
+                                if (id.right(8)==defaultKey) isDefaultKey=true;
+                                        UpdateViewItem2 *item=new UpdateViewItem2(keysList,keyname,keymail,id,isDefaultKey);
+					//KListViewItem *sub= new KListViewItem(item,i18n("ID: %1, trust: %2, validity: %3").arg(id).arg(tr).arg(val));
+                                        //sub->setSelectable(false);
+                                        if (seclist.find(tst,0,FALSE)!=-1)
+                                                item->setPixmap(0,keyPair);
+                                        else
+                                                item->setPixmap(0,keySingle);
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+
+void popupPublic::slotOk()
+{
+//BEGIN modified for Kopete
+	KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup("Cryptography Plugin");
+
+	config->writeEntry("UntrustedKeys", CBuntrusted->isChecked());
+	config->writeEntry("HideID", CBhideid->isChecked());
+	
+//END modified for Kopete
+
+
+
+
+        //////   emit selected data
+kdDebug(2100)<<"Ok pressed"<<endl;
+        QStringList selectedKeys;
+	QString userid;
+        QPtrList<QListViewItem> list=keysList->selectedItems();
+
+        for ( uint i = 0; i < list.count(); ++i )
+                if ( list.at(i) ) {
+			if (!list.at(i)->text(2).isEmpty()) selectedKeys<<list.at(i)->text(2);
+			else selectedKeys<<list.at(i)->text(0);
+                }
+        if (selectedKeys.isEmpty() && !CBsymmetric->isChecked())
+                return;
+kdDebug(2100)<<"Selected Key:"<<selectedKeys<<endl;
+        QStringList returnOptions;
+        if (CBuntrusted->isChecked())
+                returnOptions<<"--always-trust";
+        if (CBarmor->isChecked())
+                returnOptions<<"--armor";
+        if (CBhideid->isChecked())
+                returnOptions<<"--throw-keyid";
+        /*if ((KGpgSettings::allowCustomEncryptionOptions()) && (!customOptions.stripWhiteSpace().isEmpty()))
+                returnOptions.operator+ (QStringList::split(QString(" "),customOptions.simplifyWhiteSpace()));*/
+	//hide();
+	
+//MODIFIED for kopete
+        if (fmode)
+                emit selectedKey(selectedKeys.first(),QString(),CBshred->isChecked(),CBsymmetric->isChecked());
+        else
+                emit selectedKey(selectedKeys.first(),QString(),false,CBsymmetric->isChecked());
+        accept();
+}
+
+#include "popuppublic.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/cryptography/popuppublic.h b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/popuppublic.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7e147385
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/cryptography/popuppublic.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+//File Imported from  KGPG  ( 2004 - 09 - 03 )
+
+/***************************************************************************
+                          popuppublic.h  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : Sat Jun 29 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Jean-Baptiste Mardelle
+    email                : bj@altern.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+#ifndef POPUPPUBLIC_H
+#define POPUPPUBLIC_H
+
+#include <kdialogbase.h>
+
+//#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <kshortcut.h>
+
+
+class QPushButton;
+class QCheckBox;
+class KListView;
+class QButtonGroup;
+class KProcIO;
+
+class popupPublic : public KDialogBase //QDialog
+{
+        Q_OBJECT
+public:
+
+        popupPublic(QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0,QString sfile="",bool filemode=false,KShortcut goDefaultKey=QKeySequence(CTRL+Qt::Key_Home));
+	~popupPublic();
+        KListView *keysList;
+        QCheckBox *CBarmor,*CBuntrusted,*CBshred,*CBsymmetric,*CBhideid;
+        bool fmode,trusted;
+        QPixmap keyPair,keySingle,keyGroup;
+        QString seclist;
+	QStringList untrustedList;
+
+private:
+        KConfig *config;
+        QButtonGroup *boutonboxoptions;
+        QString customOptions;
+
+private slots:
+        void customOpts(const QString &);
+        void slotprocread(KProcIO *);
+        void slotpreselect();
+        void refreshkeys();
+        void refresh(bool state);
+        void isSymetric(bool state);
+        void sort();
+        void enable();
+	void slotGotoDefaultKey();
+	
+public slots:
+void slotAccept();
+void slotSetVisible();
+
+protected slots:
+virtual void slotOk();
+	
+signals:
+        void selectedKey(QString & ,QString,bool,bool);
+	void keyListFilled();
+
+};
+
+#endif // POPUPPUBLIC_H
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/highlight/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/highlight/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d74a3886
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/highlight/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
+SUBDIRS = icons
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(all_includes)
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_highlight.la kcm_kopete_highlight.la
+
+kopete_highlight_la_SOURCES = highlightplugin.cpp highlightconfig.cpp filter.cpp
+kopete_highlight_la_LDFLAGS     = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_highlight_la_LIBADD      = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la
+
+kcm_kopete_highlight_la_SOURCES = highlightprefsbase.ui highlightpreferences.cpp filter.cpp highlightconfig.cpp
+kcm_kopete_highlight_la_LDFLAGS = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kcm_kopete_highlight_la_LIBADD  = $(LIB_KOPETECOMPAT) $(LIB_KUTILS)
+
+service_DATA = kopete_highlight.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+kcm_DATA = kopete_highlight_config.desktop
+kcmdir = $(kde_servicesdir)/kconfiguredialog
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/highlight/filter.cpp b/kopete/plugins/highlight/filter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..814bd678
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/highlight/filter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                    filter.cpp  -  filter for the highlight plugin
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : mar 14 2003
+    copyright            : (C) 2003 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "filter.h"
+
+Filter::Filter()
+{
+}
+
+Filter::~Filter()
+{
+}
+
+/*
+ * But is this file useful? :-D
+ */
+ 
+ 
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/highlight/filter.h b/kopete/plugins/highlight/filter.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b2ac0794
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/highlight/filter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                    filter.h  -  filter for the highlight plugin
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : mar 14 2003
+    copyright            : (C) 2003 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef FILTER_H
+#define FILTER_H
+
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qcolor.h>
+
+/**
+ * @author Olivier Goffart <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+ **/
+class Filter
+{
+public:
+    Filter();
+    ~Filter();
+
+	QString displayName;
+	QString search;
+	bool caseSensitive;
+	bool isRegExp;
+	
+	bool setImportance;
+	unsigned int importance;
+	
+	bool setFG;
+	QColor FG;
+	
+	bool setBG;
+	QColor BG;
+	
+	bool playSound;
+	QString soundFN;
+
+	bool raiseView;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightconfig.cpp b/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightconfig.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ba97e6a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightconfig.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+/*
+    highlightconfig.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003      by Olivier Goffart       <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003      by Matt Rogers           <matt@matt.rogers.name>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2003 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qfile.h>
+#include <qstylesheet.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <qdir.h>
+#include <qdom.h>
+
+#include <ksavefile.h>
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+
+#include "filter.h"
+#include "highlightconfig.h"
+
+
+HighlightConfig::HighlightConfig()
+{
+	load();
+	m_filters.setAutoDelete(true);
+}
+
+HighlightConfig::~HighlightConfig()
+{
+	m_filters.clear();
+}
+
+void HighlightConfig::removeFilter(Filter *f)
+{
+    //m_filters is "autodelete (true) so when we use remove(...) it deleted f
+    //so don't use (delete (f) after otherwise ot crash
+	m_filters.remove(f);
+}
+
+void HighlightConfig::appendFilter(Filter *f)
+{
+	m_filters.append(f);
+}
+
+QPtrList<Filter> HighlightConfig::filters() const
+{
+	return m_filters;
+}
+
+Filter* HighlightConfig::newFilter()
+{
+	Filter *filtre=new Filter();
+	filtre->caseSensitive=false;
+	filtre->isRegExp=false;
+	filtre->setImportance=false;
+	filtre->importance=1;
+	filtre->setBG=false;
+	filtre->setFG=false;
+	filtre->playSound=false;
+	filtre->raiseView=false;
+	filtre->displayName=i18n("-New filter-");
+	m_filters.append(filtre);
+	return filtre;
+}
+
+void HighlightConfig::load()
+{
+	m_filters.clear(); //clear filters
+
+	QString filename = locateLocal( "appdata", QString::fromLatin1( "highlight.xml" ) );
+	if( filename.isEmpty() )
+		return ;
+
+	QDomDocument filterList( QString::fromLatin1( "highlight-plugin" ) );
+
+	QFile filterListFile( filename );
+	filterListFile.open( IO_ReadOnly );
+	filterList.setContent( &filterListFile );
+
+	QDomElement list = filterList.documentElement();
+
+	QDomNode node = list.firstChild();
+	while( !node.isNull() )
+	{
+		QDomElement element = node.toElement();
+		if( !element.isNull() )
+		{
+//			if( element.tagName() == QString::fromLatin1("filter")
+//			{
+				Filter *filtre=newFilter();
+				QDomNode filterNode = node.firstChild();
+
+				while( !filterNode.isNull() )
+				{
+					QDomElement filterElement = filterNode.toElement();
+					if( !filterElement.isNull() )
+					{
+						if( filterElement.tagName() == QString::fromLatin1( "display-name" ) )
+						{
+							filtre->displayName = filterElement.text();
+						}
+						else if( filterElement.tagName() == QString::fromLatin1( "search" ) )
+						{
+							filtre->search = filterElement.text();
+
+							filtre->caseSensitive= ( filterElement.attribute( QString::fromLatin1( "caseSensitive" ), QString::fromLatin1( "1" ) ) == QString::fromLatin1( "1" ) );
+							filtre->isRegExp= ( filterElement.attribute( QString::fromLatin1( "regExp" ), QString::fromLatin1( "0" ) ) == QString::fromLatin1( "1" ) );
+						}
+						else if( filterElement.tagName() == QString::fromLatin1( "FG" ) )
+						{
+							filtre->FG = filterElement.text();
+							filtre->setFG= ( filterElement.attribute( QString::fromLatin1( "set" ), QString::fromLatin1( "0" ) ) == QString::fromLatin1( "1" ) );
+						}
+						else if( filterElement.tagName() == QString::fromLatin1( "BG" ) )
+						{
+							filtre->BG = filterElement.text();
+							filtre->setBG= ( filterElement.attribute( QString::fromLatin1( "set" ), QString::fromLatin1( "0" ) ) == QString::fromLatin1( "1" ) );
+						}
+						else if( filterElement.tagName() == QString::fromLatin1( "importance" ) )
+						{
+							filtre->importance = filterElement.text().toUInt();
+							filtre->setImportance= ( filterElement.attribute( QString::fromLatin1( "set" ), QString::fromLatin1( "0" ) ) == QString::fromLatin1( "1" ) );
+						}
+						else if( filterElement.tagName() == QString::fromLatin1( "sound" ) )
+						{
+							filtre->soundFN = filterElement.text();
+							filtre->playSound = ( filterElement.attribute( QString::fromLatin1( "set" ), QString::fromLatin1( "0" ) ) == QString::fromLatin1( "1" ) );
+						}
+						else if( filterElement.tagName() == QString::fromLatin1( "raise" ) )
+						{
+							filtre->raiseView = ( filterElement.attribute( QString::fromLatin1( "set" ), QString::fromLatin1( "0" ) ) == QString::fromLatin1( "1" ) );
+						}
+					}
+					filterNode = filterNode.nextSibling();
+				}
+//			}
+		}
+		node = node.nextSibling();
+	}
+	filterListFile.close();
+}
+
+void HighlightConfig::save()
+{
+
+	QString fileName = locateLocal( "appdata", QString::fromLatin1( "highlight.xml" ) );
+
+	KSaveFile file( fileName );
+	if( file.status() == 0 )
+	{
+		QTextStream *stream = file.textStream();
+		stream->setEncoding( QTextStream::UnicodeUTF8 );
+
+		QString xml = QString::fromLatin1(
+			"<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>\n"
+			"<!DOCTYPE kopete-highlight-plugin>\n"
+			"<highlight-plugin>\n" );
+
+			// Save metafilter information.
+		QPtrListIterator<Filter> filtreIt( m_filters );
+		for( ; filtreIt.current(); ++filtreIt )
+		{
+			Filter *filtre = *filtreIt;
+			xml += QString::fromLatin1( "  <filter>\n    <display-name>" )
+				+ QStyleSheet::escape(filtre->displayName)
+				+ QString::fromLatin1( "</display-name>\n" );
+
+			xml += QString::fromLatin1("    <search caseSensitive=\"") + QString::number( static_cast<int>( filtre->caseSensitive ) ) +
+				QString::fromLatin1("\" regExp=\"") + QString::number( static_cast<int>( filtre->isRegExp ) ) +
+				QString::fromLatin1( "\">" ) + QStyleSheet::escape( filtre->search ) + QString::fromLatin1( "</search>\n" );
+
+			xml += QString::fromLatin1("    <BG set=\"") + QString::number( static_cast<int>( filtre->setBG ) ) +
+				QString::fromLatin1( "\">" ) + QStyleSheet::escape( filtre->BG.name() ) + QString::fromLatin1( "</BG>\n" );
+			xml += QString::fromLatin1("    <FG set=\"") + QString::number( static_cast<int>( filtre->setFG ) ) +
+				QString::fromLatin1( "\">" ) + QStyleSheet::escape( filtre->FG.name() ) + QString::fromLatin1( "</FG>\n" );
+
+			xml += QString::fromLatin1("    <importance set=\"") + QString::number( static_cast<int>( filtre->setImportance ) ) +
+				QString::fromLatin1( "\">" ) + QString::number( filtre->importance ) + QString::fromLatin1( "</importance>\n" );
+
+			xml += QString::fromLatin1("    <sound set=\"") + QString::number( static_cast<int>( filtre->playSound ) ) +
+				QString::fromLatin1( "\">" ) + QStyleSheet::escape( filtre->soundFN ) + QString::fromLatin1( "</sound>\n" );
+
+			xml += QString::fromLatin1("    <raise set=\"") + QString::number( static_cast<int>( filtre->raiseView ) ) +
+				QString::fromLatin1( "\"></raise>\n" );
+
+			xml += QString::fromLatin1( "  </filter>\n" );
+		}
+
+		xml += QString::fromLatin1( "</highlight-plugin>\n" );
+
+		*stream << xml;
+	}
+}
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightconfig.h b/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..35813403
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+    highlightconfig.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003      by Olivier Goffart       <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003      by Matt Rogers           <matt@matt.rogers.name>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2003 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef HIGHLIGHTCONFIG_H
+#define HIGHLIGHTCONFIG_H
+
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+class Filter;
+
+class HighlightConfig
+{
+public:
+	HighlightConfig();
+	~HighlightConfig();
+
+	void load();
+	void save();
+
+	QPtrList<Filter> filters() const;
+	void removeFilter (Filter *f);
+	void appendFilter (Filter *f);
+	Filter* newFilter();
+
+private:
+	QPtrList<Filter> m_filters;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f1cbb43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          highlightplugin.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : mar 14 2003
+    copyright            : (C) 2003 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <knotifyclient.h>
+
+#include "kopetechatsessionmanager.h"
+#include "kopeteview.h"
+
+#include "filter.h"
+#include "highlightplugin.h"
+#include "highlightconfig.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<HighlightPlugin> HighlightPluginFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_highlight, HighlightPluginFactory( "kopete_highlight" )  )
+
+HighlightPlugin::HighlightPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &/*args*/ )
+: Kopete::Plugin( HighlightPluginFactory::instance(), parent, name )
+{
+	if( !pluginStatic_ )
+		pluginStatic_=this;
+
+	connect( Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(), SIGNAL( aboutToDisplay( Kopete::Message & ) ), SLOT( slotIncomingMessage( Kopete::Message & ) ) );
+	connect ( this , SIGNAL( settingsChanged() ) , this , SLOT( slotSettingsChanged() ) );
+
+	m_config = new HighlightConfig;
+
+	m_config->load();
+}
+
+HighlightPlugin::~HighlightPlugin()
+{
+	pluginStatic_ = 0L;
+	delete m_config;
+}
+
+HighlightPlugin* HighlightPlugin::plugin()
+{
+	return pluginStatic_ ;
+}
+
+HighlightPlugin* HighlightPlugin::pluginStatic_ = 0L;
+
+
+void HighlightPlugin::slotIncomingMessage( Kopete::Message& msg )
+{
+	if(msg.direction() != Kopete::Message::Inbound)
+		return;	// FIXME: highlighted internal/actions messages are not showed correctly in the chat window (bad style)
+				//  but they should maybe be highlinghted if needed
+
+	QPtrList<Filter> filters=m_config->filters();
+	QPtrListIterator<Filter> it( filters );
+	Filter *f;
+	while ((f = it.current()) != 0 )
+	{
+		++it;
+		if(f->isRegExp ?
+			msg.plainBody().contains(QRegExp(f->search , f->caseSensitive)) :
+			msg.plainBody().contains(f->search , f->caseSensitive) )
+		{
+			if(f->setBG)
+				msg.setBg(f->BG);
+			if(f->setFG)
+				msg.setFg(f->FG);
+			if(f->setImportance)
+				msg.setImportance((Kopete::Message::MessageImportance)f->importance);
+			if(f->playSound)
+				KNotifyClient::userEvent (QString::null, KNotifyClient::Sound, KNotifyClient::Default, f->soundFN );
+
+                        if (f->raiseView &&
+                            msg.manager() && msg.manager()->view()) {
+                            KopeteView *theview = msg.manager()->view();
+                            theview->raise();
+                        }
+                        
+			break; //uh?
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void HighlightPlugin::slotSettingsChanged()
+{
+	m_config->load();
+}
+
+
+
+#include "highlightplugin.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a421f55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          highlightplugin.h  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : mar 14 2003
+    copyright            : (C) 2003 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef HighlightPLUGIN_H
+#define HighlightPLUGIN_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include "kopetemessage.h"
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+
+class QStringList;
+class QString;
+class QTimer;
+
+namespace Kopete { class Message; }
+namespace Kopete { class MetaContact; }
+namespace Kopete { class ChatSession; }
+
+class HighlightConfig;
+class Filter;
+
+/**
+  * @author Olivier Goffart
+  */
+
+class HighlightPlugin : public Kopete::Plugin
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	static HighlightPlugin  *plugin();
+
+	HighlightPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args );
+	~HighlightPlugin();
+
+public slots:
+	void slotIncomingMessage( Kopete::Message& msg );
+	void slotSettingsChanged();
+
+
+private:
+	static HighlightPlugin* pluginStatic_;
+	HighlightConfig *m_config;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightpreferences.cpp b/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightpreferences.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9641d034
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightpreferences.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          highlightpreferences.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : mar 14 2003
+    copyright            : (C) 2003 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qcheckbox.h>
+
+#include <kcombobox.h>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include <kparts/componentfactory.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <klistview.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kcolorbutton.h>
+#include <kinputdialog.h>
+#include <kurlrequester.h>
+#include <kregexpeditorinterface.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "filter.h"
+#include "highlightplugin.h"
+#include "highlightconfig.h"
+#include "highlightprefsbase.h"
+#include "highlightpreferences.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<HighlightPreferences> HighlightPreferencesFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kcm_kopete_highlight, HighlightPreferencesFactory( "kcm_kopete_highlight" )  )
+
+HighlightPreferences::HighlightPreferences(QWidget *parent, const char* /*name*/, const QStringList &args)
+							: KCModule(HighlightPreferencesFactory::instance(), parent, args)
+{
+	donttouch=true;
+	( new QVBoxLayout( this ) )->setAutoAdd( true );
+	preferencesDialog = new HighlightPrefsUI(this);
+	m_config = new HighlightConfig;
+
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_list , SIGNAL(selectionChanged()) , this , SLOT(slotCurrentFilterChanged()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_list , SIGNAL(doubleClicked ( QListViewItem *, const QPoint &, int )) , this , SLOT(slotRenameFilter()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_add , SIGNAL(pressed()) , this , SLOT(slotAddFilter()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_remove , SIGNAL(pressed()) , this , SLOT(slotRemoveFilter()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_rename , SIGNAL(pressed()) , this , SLOT(slotRenameFilter()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_editregexp , SIGNAL(pressed()) , this , SLOT(slotEditRegExp()));
+
+	//Maybe here i should use a slot per widget, but i am too lazy
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_case , SIGNAL(stateChanged(int)) , this , SLOT(slotSomethingHasChanged()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_regexp , SIGNAL(stateChanged(int)) , this , SLOT(slotSomethingHasChanged()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_setImportance , SIGNAL(stateChanged(int)) , this , SLOT(slotSomethingHasChanged()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_setBG , SIGNAL(stateChanged(int)) , this , SLOT(slotSomethingHasChanged()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_setFG , SIGNAL(stateChanged(int)) , this , SLOT(slotSomethingHasChanged()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_search , SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)) , this , SLOT(slotSomethingHasChanged()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_sound , SIGNAL(stateChanged(int)) , this , SLOT(slotSomethingHasChanged()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_soundFN , SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)) , this , SLOT(slotSomethingHasChanged()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_raise , SIGNAL(stateChanged(int)) , this , SLOT(slotSomethingHasChanged()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_search , SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)) , this , SLOT(slotSomethingHasChanged()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_importance , SIGNAL(activated(int)) , this , SLOT(slotSomethingHasChanged()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_FG , SIGNAL(changed(const QColor&)) , this , SLOT(slotSomethingHasChanged()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_BG , SIGNAL(changed(const QColor&)) , this , SLOT(slotSomethingHasChanged()));
+
+	load();
+	donttouch=false;
+}
+
+HighlightPreferences::~HighlightPreferences()
+{
+	delete m_config;
+}
+
+void HighlightPreferences::load()
+{
+	m_config->load();
+	donttouch=true;
+	preferencesDialog->m_list->clear();
+	m_filterItems.clear();
+
+	QPtrList<Filter> filters=m_config->filters();
+	QPtrListIterator<Filter> it( filters );
+	Filter *f;
+	bool first=true;
+	while ( (f=it.current()) != 0 )
+	{
+		++it;
+		QListViewItem* lvi= new QListViewItem(preferencesDialog->m_list);
+		lvi->setText(0,f->displayName );
+		m_filterItems.insert(lvi,f);
+		if(first)
+			preferencesDialog->m_list->setSelected(lvi, true);
+		first=false;
+	}
+	donttouch=false;
+	emit KCModule::changed(false);
+}
+
+void HighlightPreferences::save()
+{
+	m_config->save();
+	emit KCModule::changed(false);
+}
+
+
+void HighlightPreferences::slotCurrentFilterChanged()
+{
+	donttouch=true;
+	Filter *current;
+	if(!preferencesDialog->m_list->selectedItem() || !(current=m_filterItems[preferencesDialog->m_list->selectedItem()]))
+	{
+		preferencesDialog->m_search->setEnabled(false);
+		preferencesDialog->m_case->setEnabled(false);
+		preferencesDialog->m_regexp->setEnabled(false);
+		preferencesDialog->m_importance->setEnabled(false);
+		preferencesDialog->m_setImportance->setEnabled(false);
+		preferencesDialog->m_BG->setEnabled(false);
+		preferencesDialog->m_setBG->setEnabled(false);
+		preferencesDialog->m_FG->setEnabled(false);
+		preferencesDialog->m_setFG->setEnabled(false);
+		preferencesDialog->m_soundFN->setEnabled(false);
+		preferencesDialog->m_sound->setEnabled(false);
+		preferencesDialog->m_raise->setEnabled(false);
+		preferencesDialog->m_editregexp->setEnabled(false);
+		preferencesDialog->m_rename->setEnabled(false);
+		preferencesDialog->m_remove->setEnabled(false);
+		donttouch=false;
+		return;
+	}
+	
+	preferencesDialog->m_rename->setEnabled(true);
+	preferencesDialog->m_remove->setEnabled(true);
+	
+	preferencesDialog->m_search->setEnabled(true);
+	preferencesDialog->m_case->setEnabled(true);
+	preferencesDialog->m_regexp->setEnabled(true);
+	preferencesDialog->m_setImportance->setEnabled(true);
+	preferencesDialog->m_setBG->setEnabled(true);
+	preferencesDialog->m_setFG->setEnabled(true);
+	preferencesDialog->m_sound->setEnabled(true);
+	preferencesDialog->m_raise->setEnabled(true);
+
+
+	preferencesDialog->m_search->setText(current->search);
+	preferencesDialog->m_case->setChecked(current->caseSensitive);
+	preferencesDialog->m_regexp->setChecked(current->isRegExp);
+	preferencesDialog->m_editregexp->setEnabled(current->isRegExp);
+	preferencesDialog->m_importance->setCurrentItem(current->importance);
+	preferencesDialog->m_setImportance->setChecked(current->setImportance);
+	preferencesDialog->m_importance->setEnabled(current->setImportance);
+	preferencesDialog->m_BG->setColor(current->BG);
+	preferencesDialog->m_setBG->setChecked(current->setBG);
+	preferencesDialog->m_BG->setEnabled(current->setBG);
+	preferencesDialog->m_FG->setColor(current->FG);
+	preferencesDialog->m_setFG->setChecked(current->setFG);
+	preferencesDialog->m_FG->setEnabled(current->setFG);
+	preferencesDialog->m_soundFN->setURL(current->soundFN);
+	preferencesDialog->m_sound->setChecked(current->playSound);
+	preferencesDialog->m_raise->setChecked(current->raiseView);
+	preferencesDialog->m_soundFN->setEnabled(current->playSound);
+
+	donttouch=false;
+}
+
+void HighlightPreferences::slotAddFilter()
+{
+	Filter *filtre=m_config->newFilter();
+	QListViewItem* lvi= new QListViewItem(preferencesDialog->m_list);
+	lvi->setText(0,filtre->displayName );
+	m_filterItems.insert(lvi,filtre);
+	preferencesDialog->m_list->setSelected(lvi, true);
+}
+
+void HighlightPreferences::slotRemoveFilter()
+{
+	QListViewItem *lvi=preferencesDialog->m_list->selectedItem();
+	if(!lvi)
+		return;
+	Filter *current=m_filterItems[lvi];
+	if(!current)
+		return;
+
+	m_filterItems.remove(lvi);
+	delete lvi;
+	m_config->removeFilter(current);
+	emit KCModule::changed(true);
+}
+
+void HighlightPreferences::slotRenameFilter()
+{
+	QListViewItem *lvi=preferencesDialog->m_list->selectedItem();
+	if(!lvi)
+		return;
+	Filter *current=m_filterItems[lvi];
+	if(!current)
+		return;
+
+	bool ok;
+	QString newname = KInputDialog::getText(
+		i18n( "Rename Filter" ), i18n( "Please enter the new name for the filter:" ), current->displayName, &ok );
+	if( !ok )
+		return;
+	current->displayName=newname;
+	lvi->setText(0,newname);
+	emit KCModule::changed(true);
+}
+
+
+void HighlightPreferences::slotSomethingHasChanged()
+{
+	Filter *current;
+	if(donttouch || !preferencesDialog->m_list->selectedItem() || !(current=m_filterItems[preferencesDialog->m_list->selectedItem()]))
+		return;
+
+	current->search=preferencesDialog->m_search->text();
+	current->caseSensitive=preferencesDialog->m_case->isChecked();
+	current->isRegExp=preferencesDialog->m_regexp->isChecked();
+	preferencesDialog->m_editregexp->setEnabled(current->isRegExp);
+	current->importance=preferencesDialog->m_importance->currentItem();
+	current->setImportance=preferencesDialog->m_setImportance->isChecked();
+	preferencesDialog->m_importance->setEnabled(current->setImportance);
+	current->BG=preferencesDialog->m_BG->color();
+	current->setBG=preferencesDialog->m_setBG->isChecked();
+	preferencesDialog->m_BG->setEnabled(current->setBG);
+	current->FG=preferencesDialog->m_FG->color();
+	current->setFG=preferencesDialog->m_setFG->isChecked();
+	preferencesDialog->m_FG->setEnabled(current->setFG);
+	current->soundFN=preferencesDialog->m_soundFN->url();
+	current->playSound=preferencesDialog->m_sound->isChecked();
+	preferencesDialog->m_soundFN->setEnabled(current->playSound);
+	current->raiseView=preferencesDialog->m_raise->isChecked();
+
+	emit KCModule::changed(true);
+}
+
+void HighlightPreferences::slotEditRegExp()
+{
+	QDialog *editorDialog = KParts::ComponentFactory::createInstanceFromQuery<QDialog>( "KRegExpEditor/KRegExpEditor" );
+	if ( editorDialog )
+	{
+		// kdeutils was installed, so the dialog was found fetch the editor interface
+		KRegExpEditorInterface *editor = static_cast<KRegExpEditorInterface *>( editorDialog->qt_cast( "KRegExpEditorInterface" ) );
+		Q_ASSERT( editor ); // This should not fail!
+		// now use the editor.
+		editor->setRegExp(preferencesDialog->m_search->text());
+
+		// Finally exec the dialog
+		if(editorDialog->exec() == QDialog::Accepted )
+		{
+			preferencesDialog->m_search->setText(editor->regExp());
+		}
+
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		// Don't offer the dialog.
+	}
+}
+
+#include "highlightpreferences.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightpreferences.h b/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightpreferences.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a2c7e31b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightpreferences.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          highlightpreferences.h  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : mar 14 2003
+    copyright            : (C) 2003 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef HighlightPREFERENCES_H
+#define HighlightPREFERENCES_H
+
+#include <kcmodule.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+class HighlightPrefsUI;
+class Filter;
+class QListViewItem;
+
+/**
+  *@author Olivier Goffart
+  */
+
+class HighlightPreferences : public KCModule  {
+   Q_OBJECT
+public:
+
+	HighlightPreferences(QWidget *parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+	~HighlightPreferences();
+
+	virtual void save();
+	virtual void load();
+
+private:
+	HighlightPrefsUI *preferencesDialog;
+	HighlightConfig *m_config;
+	QMap <QListViewItem*,Filter*> m_filterItems;
+
+	bool donttouch;
+
+private slots:
+	void slotCurrentFilterChanged();
+	void slotAddFilter();
+	void slotRemoveFilter();
+	void slotRenameFilter();
+	void slotSomethingHasChanged();
+	void slotEditRegExp();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightprefsbase.ui b/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightprefsbase.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8150c56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/highlight/highlightprefsbase.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>HighlightPrefsUI</class>
+<author>Olivier Goffart</author>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>HighlighPrefsUI</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>513</width>
+            <height>504</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <property name="caption">
+        <string>HighlighPrefsUI</string>
+    </property>
+    <vbox>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QGroupBox">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>groupBox1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizePolicy">
+                <sizepolicy>
+                    <hsizetype>1</hsizetype>
+                    <vsizetype>3</vsizetype>
+                    <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                    <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                </sizepolicy>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Available Filters</string>
+            </property>
+            <grid>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QPushButton" row="1" column="0">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>m_add</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Add</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QPushButton" row="1" column="1">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>m_remove</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="enabled">
+                        <bool>false</bool>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Remove</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QPushButton" row="1" column="2">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>m_rename</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="enabled">
+                        <bool>false</bool>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Rename...</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="KListView" row="0" column="0" rowspan="1" colspan="3">
+                    <column>
+                        <property name="text">
+                            <string>Filters</string>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="clickable">
+                            <bool>true</bool>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="resizable">
+                            <bool>true</bool>
+                        </property>
+                    </column>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>m_list</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizePolicy">
+                        <sizepolicy>
+                            <hsizetype>7</hsizetype>
+                            <vsizetype>7</vsizetype>
+                            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                        </sizepolicy>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+            </grid>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QGroupBox">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>groupBox2</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizePolicy">
+                <sizepolicy>
+                    <hsizetype>7</hsizetype>
+                    <vsizetype>5</vsizetype>
+                    <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                    <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                </sizepolicy>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Criteria</string>
+            </property>
+            <vbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QLabel">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizePolicy">
+                        <sizepolicy>
+                            <hsizetype>1</hsizetype>
+                            <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                        </sizepolicy>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>If the message contains:</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="KLineEdit">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>m_search</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout3</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <hbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>m_regexp</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>Regular expression</string>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <widget class="QPushButton">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>m_editregexp</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizePolicy">
+                                <sizepolicy>
+                                    <hsizetype>5</hsizetype>
+                                    <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                                    <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                                    <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                                </sizepolicy>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>Edit...</string>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <spacer>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>spacer3</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="orientation">
+                                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeType">
+                                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeHint">
+                                <size>
+                                    <width>20</width>
+                                    <height>20</height>
+                                </size>
+                            </property>
+                        </spacer>
+                    </hbox>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>m_case</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Case sensitive</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+            </vbox>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>buttonGroup2</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizePolicy">
+                <sizepolicy>
+                    <hsizetype>7</hsizetype>
+                    <vsizetype>5</vsizetype>
+                    <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                    <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                </sizepolicy>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Action</string>
+            </property>
+            <vbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout4</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <hbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>m_setImportance</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizePolicy">
+                                <sizepolicy>
+                                    <hsizetype>1</hsizetype>
+                                    <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                                    <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                                    <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                                </sizepolicy>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>Set the message importance to:</string>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <widget class="KComboBox">
+                            <item>
+                                <property name="text">
+                                    <string>Low</string>
+                                </property>
+                            </item>
+                            <item>
+                                <property name="text">
+                                    <string>Normal</string>
+                                </property>
+                            </item>
+                            <item>
+                                <property name="text">
+                                    <string>Highlight</string>
+                                </property>
+                            </item>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>m_importance</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizePolicy">
+                                <sizepolicy>
+                                    <hsizetype>3</hsizetype>
+                                    <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                                    <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                                    <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                                </sizepolicy>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <spacer>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>spacer4</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="orientation">
+                                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeType">
+                                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeHint">
+                                <size>
+                                    <width>31</width>
+                                    <height>21</height>
+                                </size>
+                            </property>
+                        </spacer>
+                    </hbox>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout5</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <hbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>m_setBG</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>Change the background color to:</string>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <widget class="KColorButton">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>m_BG</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizePolicy">
+                                <sizepolicy>
+                                    <hsizetype>5</hsizetype>
+                                    <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                                    <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                                    <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                                </sizepolicy>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string></string>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <spacer>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>spacer5</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="orientation">
+                                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeType">
+                                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeHint">
+                                <size>
+                                    <width>31</width>
+                                    <height>21</height>
+                                </size>
+                            </property>
+                        </spacer>
+                    </hbox>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout6</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <hbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>m_setFG</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>Change the foreground color to:</string>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <widget class="KColorButton">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>m_FG</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizePolicy">
+                                <sizepolicy>
+                                    <hsizetype>5</hsizetype>
+                                    <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                                    <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                                    <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                                </sizepolicy>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string></string>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <spacer>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>spacer6</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="orientation">
+                                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeType">
+                                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeHint">
+                                <size>
+                                    <width>41</width>
+                                    <height>21</height>
+                                </size>
+                            </property>
+                        </spacer>
+                    </hbox>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout7</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <hbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>m_sound</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>Play a sound:</string>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <widget class="KURLRequester">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>m_soundFN</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                    </hbox>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout8</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <hbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>m_raise</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>Raise window</string>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                    </hbox>
+                </widget>
+            </vbox>
+        </widget>
+    </vbox>
+</widget>
+<tabstops>
+    <tabstop>m_list</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_add</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_remove</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_rename</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_search</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_regexp</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_editregexp</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_case</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_setImportance</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_importance</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_setBG</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_BG</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_setFG</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_FG</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_sound</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_soundFN</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>m_raise</tabstop>
+</tabstops>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+<includehints>
+    <includehint>klistview.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>klineedit.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kcombobox.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kcolorbutton.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kcolorbutton.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kurlrequester.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>klineedit.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kpushbutton.h</includehint>
+</includehints>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/highlight/icons/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/highlight/icons/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..224eb420
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/highlight/icons/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+kopeteicondir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete/icons
+kopeteicon_ICON = AUTO
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/highlight/icons/cr32-app-highlight.png b/kopete/plugins/highlight/icons/cr32-app-highlight.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..54f6736d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/highlight/icons/cr32-app-highlight.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/highlight/kopete_highlight.desktop b/kopete/plugins/highlight/kopete_highlight.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0d43c122
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/highlight/kopete_highlight.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+Icon=highlight
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_highlight
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Olivier Goffart
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=ogoffart@tiscalinet.be
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_highlight
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.8.0
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://kopete.kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=false
+Name=Highlight
+Name[ar]=تمييز
+Name[bg]=Открояване
+Name[bn]=গুরুত্বপূর্ণ
+Name[br]=Splannadur
+Name[bs]=Isticanje
+Name[ca]=Ressaltat
+Name[cs]=Zvýraznění
+Name[cy]=Amlygu
+Name[da]=Fremhæv
+Name[de]=Hervorhebung
+Name[el]=Τονισμός
+Name[eo]=Lumaĵo
+Name[es]=Resaltar
+Name[et]=Esiletõstmine
+Name[eu]=Nabarmendu
+Name[fa]=مشخص
+Name[fi]=Korostus
+Name[fr]=Surlignement
+Name[ga]=Aibhsiú
+Name[gl]=Resaltar
+Name[he]=מודגש
+Name[hi]=उभारें
+Name[hr]=Isticanje
+Name[hu]=Kiemelés
+Name[is]=Merkja
+Name[it]=Evidenziazione
+Name[ja]=強調
+Name[ka]=მარკირებული
+Name[kk]=Ерекше
+Name[km]=សំខាន់
+Name[lt]=Paryškinti
+Name[mk]=Осветлување
+Name[nb]=Marker
+Name[nds]=Rutheven
+Name[ne]=हाइलाइट
+Name[nl]=Aanwijzen
+Name[nn]=Marker
+Name[pa]=ਉਘਾੜਨ
+Name[pl]=Podświetlenie
+Name[pt]=Realce
+Name[pt_BR]=Destaque
+Name[ro]=Evidenţiat
+Name[ru]=Выделение
+Name[se]=Merke
+Name[sk]=Zvýrazniť
+Name[sl]=Poudarjeno sporočilo
+Name[sr]=Истицање
+Name[sr@Latn]=Isticanje
+Name[sv]=Markera
+Name[ta]=முனைப்புறுத்தல்
+Name[tg]=Равшаннамоӣ
+Name[tr]=Vurgu
+Name[uk]=Підсвічування
+Name[wa]=E sorbiyance
+Name[zh_CN]=突出显示
+Name[zh_HK]=加強顯示
+Name[zh_TW]=高亮度
+Comment=Highlight messages
+Comment[ar]=الرسائل المميزة
+Comment[bg]=Открояване на съобщения
+Comment[bn]=বার্তা প্রজ্জ্বলন
+Comment[bs]=Istakni poruke
+Comment[ca]=Missatges a ressaltar
+Comment[cs]=Zvýraznit zprávy
+Comment[cy]=Amlygu negeseuon
+Comment[da]=Fremhæv beskeder
+Comment[de]=Hervorhebung von Nachrichten
+Comment[el]=Τονισμός μηνυμάτων
+Comment[eo]=Elstarigi mesaĝojn
+Comment[es]=Resaltar mensajes
+Comment[et]=Sõnumite esiletõstmine
+Comment[eu]=Nabarmendu mezuak
+Comment[fa]=پیامهای مشخص
+Comment[fi]=Korosta viestit
+Comment[fr]=Surligner les messages
+Comment[ga]=Aibhsigh teachtaireachtaí
+Comment[gl]=Resaltar mensaxes
+Comment[he]=מדגיש הודעות 
+Comment[hi]=संदेशों को उभारें
+Comment[hr]=Isticanje poruka
+Comment[hu]=Szövegkiemelés
+Comment[is]=Merkja skeyti
+Comment[it]=Evidenzia i messaggi
+Comment[ja]=メッセージを強調
+Comment[ka]=მარკირებული შეტყობინება
+Comment[kk]=Хабарларды бояулау
+Comment[km]=សារ​សំខាន់
+Comment[lt]=Paryškinti žinutes
+Comment[mk]=Обележете пораки
+Comment[nb]=Marker meldinger
+Comment[nds]=Narichten rutheven
+Comment[ne]=सन्देश हाइलाइट गर्नुहोस्
+Comment[nl]=Laat berichten oplichten
+Comment[nn]=Marker meldingar
+Comment[pl]=Podświetlanie wiadomości
+Comment[pt]=Realçar as mensagens
+Comment[pt_BR]=Destaca mensagens
+Comment[ro]=Evidenţiază mesajele
+Comment[ru]=Подсвечивание сообщений
+Comment[se]=Merke dieđuid
+Comment[sk]=Zvýraznenie správ
+Comment[sl]=Poudarjanje sporočil
+Comment[sr]=Истицање порука
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Isticanje poruka
+Comment[sv]=Markera meddelanden
+Comment[ta]=தகவல் தனிப்படுத்தல்
+Comment[tg]=Равшансозии пайёмҳо
+Comment[tr]=Vurgulanmış mesajlar
+Comment[uk]=Підсвічування повідомлень
+Comment[wa]=Mete les messaedjes e sorbriyance
+Comment[zh_CN]=突出显示消息
+Comment[zh_HK]=將訊息加強顯示
+Comment[zh_TW]=高亮度訊息
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/highlight/kopete_highlight_config.desktop b/kopete/plugins/highlight/kopete_highlight_config.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae29a289
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/highlight/kopete_highlight_config.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Icon=highlight
+Type=Service
+ServiceTypes=KCModule
+
+X-KDE-ModuleType=Library
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_highlight
+X-KDE-FactoryName=HighlightConfigFactory
+X-KDE-ParentApp=kopete_highlight
+X-KDE-ParentComponents=kopete_highlight
+
+Name=Highlight
+Name[ar]=تمييز
+Name[bg]=Открояване
+Name[bn]=গুরুত্বপূর্ণ
+Name[br]=Splannadur
+Name[bs]=Isticanje
+Name[ca]=Ressaltat
+Name[cs]=Zvýraznění
+Name[cy]=Amlygu
+Name[da]=Fremhæv
+Name[de]=Hervorhebung
+Name[el]=Τονισμός
+Name[eo]=Lumaĵo
+Name[es]=Resaltar
+Name[et]=Esiletõstmine
+Name[eu]=Nabarmendu
+Name[fa]=مشخص
+Name[fi]=Korostus
+Name[fr]=Surlignement
+Name[ga]=Aibhsiú
+Name[gl]=Resaltar
+Name[he]=מודגש
+Name[hi]=उभारें
+Name[hr]=Isticanje
+Name[hu]=Kiemelés
+Name[is]=Merkja
+Name[it]=Evidenziazione
+Name[ja]=強調
+Name[ka]=მარკირებული
+Name[kk]=Ерекше
+Name[km]=សំខាន់
+Name[lt]=Paryškinti
+Name[mk]=Осветлување
+Name[nb]=Marker
+Name[nds]=Rutheven
+Name[ne]=हाइलाइट
+Name[nl]=Aanwijzen
+Name[nn]=Marker
+Name[pa]=ਉਘਾੜਨ
+Name[pl]=Podświetlenie
+Name[pt]=Realce
+Name[pt_BR]=Destaque
+Name[ro]=Evidenţiat
+Name[ru]=Выделение
+Name[se]=Merke
+Name[sk]=Zvýrazniť
+Name[sl]=Poudarjeno sporočilo
+Name[sr]=Истицање
+Name[sr@Latn]=Isticanje
+Name[sv]=Markera
+Name[ta]=முனைப்புறுத்தல்
+Name[tg]=Равшаннамоӣ
+Name[tr]=Vurgu
+Name[uk]=Підсвічування
+Name[wa]=E sorbiyance
+Name[zh_CN]=突出显示
+Name[zh_HK]=加強顯示
+Name[zh_TW]=高亮度
+Comment=Highlights text based on filters
+Comment[ar]=تميز النصوص بناءا على التصفية
+Comment[be]=Падсвечвае тэкст згодна з фільтрамі
+Comment[bg]=Открояване на текст в съобщенията на базата на ключови думи
+Comment[bn]=ফিল্টারের ওপর ভিত্তি করে টেক্সট প্রজ্জ্বল করে
+Comment[bs]=Ističe poruke na osnovu filtera
+Comment[ca]=Ressalta el text basant-se en filtres
+Comment[cs]=Zvýraznit text podle filtrů
+Comment[cy]=Amlygu testun ar sail hidlau
+Comment[da]=Fremhæv tekst baseret på filtre
+Comment[de]=Texthervorhebung mit Hilfe von Filtern
+Comment[el]=Τονίζει το κείμενο βασισμένο σε φίλτρα
+Comment[es]=Realza el texto basándose en filtros
+Comment[et]=Teksti esiletõstmine filtrite põhjal
+Comment[eu]=Iragazkietan oinarritutako testua nabarmentzen du
+Comment[fa]=متن را بر اساس پالایه‌ها مشخص می‌کند
+Comment[fi]=Korostaa tekstin suotimien perusteella
+Comment[fr]=Surligne les messages qui répondent à certains critères
+Comment[ga]=Aibhsíonn seo téacs de réir scagairí
+Comment[gl]=Resalta texto usando filtros
+Comment[he]=מדגיש מילים על פי מסננים
+Comment[hi]=फ़िल्टर आधारित पाठ उभारें
+Comment[hr]=Isticanje poruka na osnovu filtera
+Comment[hu]=Szövegkiemelés üzenetekben megadott szempontok szerint
+Comment[is]=Merkir texta með tilliti til síunar
+Comment[it]=Evidenzia i testi attraverso dei filtri
+Comment[ja]=条件に従ってテキストを強調
+Comment[ka]=ტექსტის მარკირებას აკეთებს ფილტრების მეშვეობით
+Comment[kk]=Мәтінді сүзгілеп бояулау
+Comment[km]=សារ​សំខាន់​ដែល​ផ្អែក​លើ​តម្រង
+Comment[lt]=Paryškinamas tekstas, atsižvelgiant į filtrus
+Comment[mk]=Го обележува текстот базирано на филтри
+Comment[nb]=Marker meldinger ved bruk av filtere
+Comment[nds]=Filterbaseert Rutheven vun Text
+Comment[ne]=फिल्टरमा आधारित पाठ हाइलाइट गर्दछ
+Comment[nl]=Laat tekst oplichten gebaseerd op filters
+Comment[nn]=Marker meldingar ved bruk av filter
+Comment[pl]=Podświetla tekst na podstawie ustawionych filtrów
+Comment[pt]=Realça o texto com base em filtros
+Comment[pt_BR]=Destaca o texto baseado em filtros
+Comment[ro]=Evidenţiază mesajele pe baza unor filtre
+Comment[ru]=Подсвечивание текста основывается на фильтрах
+Comment[se]=Merke teavstta silliid bokte
+Comment[sk]=Zvýrazňuje text pomocou filtrov
+Comment[sl]=Poudarjanje besedila glede na filtre
+Comment[sr]=Истицање порука на основу филтера
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Isticanje poruka na osnovu filtera
+Comment[sv]=Markerar text baserat på filter
+Comment[ta]=வடிகட்டியை பொருத்து உரையை தனிப்படுத்து
+Comment[tg]=Равшансозии матн дар асоси полоягарҳо
+Comment[tr]=Süzgeçlerde metin temelli vurgular
+Comment[uk]=Підсвічування тексту базується на фільтрах
+Comment[wa]=Mete li tecse e sorbriyance d' après les passetes
+Comment[zh_CN]=根据过滤器突出显示文字
+Comment[zh_HK]=根據過濾器將訊息加強顯示
+Comment[zh_TW]=基於過濾器的高亮度訊息
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/history/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..765e5197
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
+INCLUDES = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(all_includes)
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_history.la kcm_kopete_history.la
+
+kopete_history_la_SOURCES = historyplugin.cpp historydialog.cpp historyviewer.ui\
+	historylogger.cpp converter.cpp historyguiclient.cpp historyconfig.kcfgc
+
+kopete_history_la_LDFLAGS     = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_history_la_LIBADD      = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la
+
+kcm_kopete_history_la_SOURCES = historyprefsui.ui historypreferences.cpp  historyconfig.kcfgc
+kcm_kopete_history_la_LDFLAGS = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kcm_kopete_history_la_LIBADD  = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la $(LIB_KUTILS)
+
+service_DATA = kopete_history.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+mydatadir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete_history
+mydata_DATA = historyui.rc  historychatui.rc
+
+kcm_DATA = kopete_history_config.desktop
+kcmdir = $(kde_servicesdir)/kconfiguredialog
+
+kde_kcfg_DATA = historyconfig.kcfg
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/converter.cpp b/kopete/plugins/history/converter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..22f662bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/converter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+//Olivier Goffart <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+// 2003 06 26
+
+#include "historyplugin.h" //just needed because we are a member of this class
+                           // we don't use any history function here
+
+/**-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * CONVERTER from the old kopete history.
+ * it port history from kopete 0.6, 0.5 and above the actual
+ * this should be placed in a perl script handled by KConf_update
+ * but i need to acess to some info i don't have with perl, like
+ * the accountId, to know each protocol id, and more
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "kopetepluginmanager.h"
+#include "kopeteaccount.h"
+#include "kopeteaccountmanager.h"
+#include "kopetecontact.h"
+#include "kopetemessage.h"
+#include "kopeteprotocol.h"
+#include "kopeteuiglobal.h"
+
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+#include <kprogress.h>
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <ksavefile.h>
+#include <qdir.h>
+#include <qdom.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>
+
+#define CBUFLENGTH 512 // buffer length for fgets()
+
+void HistoryPlugin::convertOldHistory()
+{
+	bool deleteFiles=  KMessageBox::questionYesNo( Kopete::UI::Global::mainWidget(),
+		i18n( "Would you like to remove old history files?" ) , i18n( "History Converter" ), KStdGuiItem::del(), i18n("Keep") ) == KMessageBox::Yes;
+
+	KProgressDialog *progressDlg=new KProgressDialog(Kopete::UI::Global::mainWidget() , "history_progress_dlg" , i18n( "History converter" ) ,
+		 QString::null , true); //modal  to  make sure the user will not doing stupid things (we have a kapp->processEvents())
+	progressDlg->setAllowCancel(false); //because i am too lazy to allow to cancel
+
+
+	QString kopetedir=locateLocal( "data", QString::fromLatin1( "kopete"));
+	QDir d( kopetedir ); //d should point to ~/.kde/share/apps/kopete/
+
+	d.setFilter( QDir::Dirs  );
+
+	const QFileInfoList *list = d.entryInfoList();
+	QFileInfoListIterator it( *list );
+	QFileInfo *fi;
+	while ( (fi = it.current()) != 0 )
+	{
+		QString protocolId;
+		QString accountId;
+
+		if( Kopete::Protocol *p = dynamic_cast<Kopete::Protocol *>( Kopete::PluginManager::self()->plugin( fi->fileName() ) ) )
+		{
+			protocolId=p->pluginId();
+			QDictIterator<Kopete::Account> it(Kopete::AccountManager::self()->accounts(p));
+			Kopete::Account *a = it.current();
+			if(a)
+				accountId=a->accountId();
+		}
+
+		if(accountId.isNull() || protocolId.isNull())
+		{
+			if(fi->fileName() == "MSNProtocol" || fi->fileName() == "msn_logs" )
+			{
+				protocolId="MSNProtocol";
+				KGlobal::config()->setGroup("MSN");
+				accountId=KGlobal::config()->readEntry( "UserID" );
+			}
+			else if(fi->fileName() == "ICQProtocol" || fi->fileName() == "icq_logs" )
+			{
+				protocolId="ICQProtocol";
+				KGlobal::config()->setGroup("ICQ");
+				accountId=KGlobal::config()->readEntry( "UIN" );
+			}
+			else if(fi->fileName() == "AIMProtocol" || fi->fileName() == "aim_logs" )
+			{
+				protocolId="AIMProtocol";
+				KGlobal::config()->setGroup("AIM");
+				accountId=KGlobal::config()->readEntry( "UserID" );
+			}
+			else if(fi->fileName() == "OscarProtocol" )
+			{
+				protocolId="AIMProtocol";
+				KGlobal::config()->setGroup("OSCAR");
+				accountId=KGlobal::config()->readEntry( "UserID" );
+			}
+			else if(fi->fileName() == "JabberProtocol" || fi->fileName() == "jabber_logs")
+			{
+				protocolId="JabberProtocol";
+				KGlobal::config()->setGroup("Jabber");
+				accountId=KGlobal::config()->readEntry( "UserID" );
+			}
+			//TODO: gadu, wp
+		}
+
+		if(!protocolId.isEmpty() || !accountId.isEmpty())
+		{
+			QDir d2( fi->absFilePath() );
+			d2.setFilter( QDir::Files  );
+			d2.setNameFilter("*.log");
+			const QFileInfoList *list = d2.entryInfoList();
+			QFileInfoListIterator it2( *list );
+			QFileInfo *fi2;
+
+			progressDlg->progressBar()->reset();
+			progressDlg->progressBar()->setTotalSteps(d2.count());
+			progressDlg->setLabel(i18n("Parsing old history in %1").arg(fi->fileName()));
+			progressDlg->show(); //if it was not already showed...
+
+			while ( (fi2 = it2.current()) != 0 )
+			{
+				//we assume that all "-" are dots.  (like in hotmail.com)
+				QString contactId=fi2->fileName().replace(".log" , QString::null).replace("-" , ".");
+
+				if(!contactId.isEmpty() )
+				{
+					progressDlg->setLabel(i18n("Parsing old history in %1:\n%2").arg(fi->fileName()).arg(contactId));
+					kapp->processEvents(0); //make sure the text is updated in the progressDlg
+
+					int month=0;
+					int year=0;
+					QDomDocument doc;
+					QDomElement docElem;
+
+					QDomElement msgelement;
+					QDomNode node;
+					QDomDocument xmllist;
+					Kopete::Message::MessageDirection dir;
+					QString body, date, nick;
+					QString buffer, msgBlock;
+					char cbuf[CBUFLENGTH]; // buffer for the log file
+
+					QString logFileName = fi2->absFilePath();
+
+					// open the file
+					FILE *f = fopen(QFile::encodeName(logFileName), "r");
+
+					// create a new <message> block
+					while ( ! feof( f ) )
+					{
+						fgets(cbuf, CBUFLENGTH, f);
+						buffer = QString::fromUtf8(cbuf);
+
+						while ( strchr(cbuf, '\n') == NULL && !feof(f) )
+						{
+							fgets( cbuf, CBUFLENGTH, f );
+							buffer += QString::fromUtf8(cbuf);
+						}
+
+						if( buffer.startsWith( QString::fromLatin1( "<message " ) ) )
+						{
+							msgBlock = buffer;
+
+							// find the end of the message block
+							while( !feof( f ) && buffer != QString::fromLatin1( "</message>\n" ) /*strcmp("</message>\n", cbuf )*/ )
+							{
+								fgets(cbuf, CBUFLENGTH, f);
+								buffer = QString::fromUtf8(cbuf);
+
+								while ( strchr(cbuf, '\n') == NULL && !feof(f) )
+								{
+									fgets( cbuf, CBUFLENGTH, f );
+									buffer += QString::fromUtf8(cbuf);
+								}
+								msgBlock.append(buffer);
+							}
+
+							// now let's work on this new block
+							xmllist.setContent(msgBlock, false);
+							msgelement = xmllist.documentElement();
+							node = msgelement.firstChild();
+
+							if( msgelement.attribute( QString::fromLatin1( "direction" ) ) == QString::fromLatin1( "inbound" ) )
+								dir = Kopete::Message::Inbound;
+							else
+								dir = Kopete::Message::Outbound;
+
+							// Read all the elements.
+							QString tagname;
+							QDomElement element;
+
+							while ( ! node.isNull() )
+							{
+								if ( node.isElement() )
+								{
+									element = node.toElement();
+									tagname = element.tagName();
+
+									if( tagname == QString::fromLatin1( "srcnick" ) )
+										nick = element.text();
+
+									else if( tagname == QString::fromLatin1( "date" ) )
+										date = element.text();
+									else if( tagname == QString::fromLatin1( "body" ) )
+										body = element.text().stripWhiteSpace();
+								}
+
+								node = node.nextSibling();
+							}
+							//FIXME!! The date in logs writed with kopete running with QT 3.0 is Localised.
+							// so QT can't parse it correctly.
+							QDateTime dt=QDateTime::fromString(date);
+							if(dt.date().month() != month || dt.date().year() != year)
+							{
+								if(!docElem.isNull())
+								{
+									QDate date(year,month,1);
+									QString name = protocolId.replace( QRegExp( QString::fromLatin1( "[./~?*]" ) ), QString::fromLatin1( "-" ) ) +
+											QString::fromLatin1( "/" ) +
+											contactId.replace( QRegExp( QString::fromLatin1( "[./~?*]" ) ), QString::fromLatin1( "-" ) ) +
+											date.toString(".yyyyMM");
+									KSaveFile file(  locateLocal( "data", QString::fromLatin1( "kopete/logs/" ) + name+ QString::fromLatin1( ".xml" ) )  );
+									if( file.status() == 0 )
+									{
+										QTextStream *stream = file.textStream();
+										//stream->setEncoding( QTextStream::UnicodeUTF8 ); //???? oui ou non?
+										doc.save( *stream , 1 );
+										file.close();
+									}
+								}
+
+
+								month=dt.date().month();
+								year=dt.date().year();
+								docElem=QDomElement();
+							}
+
+							if(docElem.isNull())
+							{
+								doc=QDomDocument("Kopete-History");
+								docElem= doc.createElement( "kopete-history" );
+								docElem.setAttribute ( "version" , "0.7" );
+								doc.appendChild( docElem );
+								QDomElement headElem = doc.createElement( "head" );
+								docElem.appendChild( headElem );
+								QDomElement dateElem = doc.createElement( "date" );
+								dateElem.setAttribute( "year",  QString::number(year) );
+								dateElem.setAttribute( "month", QString::number(month) );
+								headElem.appendChild(dateElem);
+								QDomElement myselfElem = doc.createElement( "contact" );
+								myselfElem.setAttribute( "type",  "myself" );
+								myselfElem.setAttribute( "contactId", accountId  );
+								headElem.appendChild(myselfElem);
+								QDomElement contactElem = doc.createElement( "contact" );
+								contactElem.setAttribute( "contactId", contactId );
+								headElem.appendChild(contactElem);
+								QDomElement importElem = doc.createElement( "imported" );
+								importElem.setAttribute( "from",  fi->fileName() );
+								importElem.setAttribute( "date", QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString()  );
+								headElem.appendChild(importElem);
+							}
+							QDomElement msgElem = doc.createElement( "msg" );
+							msgElem.setAttribute( "in",  dir==Kopete::Message::Outbound ? "0" : "1" );
+							msgElem.setAttribute( "from", dir==Kopete::Message::Outbound ? accountId : contactId  );
+							msgElem.setAttribute( "nick",  nick ); //do we have to set this?
+							msgElem.setAttribute( "time",  QString::number(dt.date().day()) + " " +  QString::number(dt.time().hour()) + ":" + QString::number(dt.time().minute())  );
+							QDomText msgNode = doc.createTextNode( body.stripWhiteSpace() );
+							docElem.appendChild( msgElem );
+							msgElem.appendChild( msgNode );
+						}
+					}
+
+					fclose( f );
+					if(deleteFiles)
+						d2.remove(fi2->fileName() , false);
+
+					if(!docElem.isNull())
+					{
+						QDate date(year,month,1);
+						QString name = protocolId.replace( QRegExp( QString::fromLatin1( "[./~?*]" ) ), QString::fromLatin1( "-" ) ) +
+								QString::fromLatin1( "/" ) +
+								contactId.replace( QRegExp( QString::fromLatin1( "[./~?*]" ) ), QString::fromLatin1( "-" ) ) +
+								date.toString(".yyyyMM");
+						KSaveFile file(  locateLocal( "data", QString::fromLatin1( "kopete/logs/" ) + name+ QString::fromLatin1( ".xml" ) )  );
+						if( file.status() == 0 )
+						{
+							QTextStream *stream = file.textStream();
+							//stream->setEncoding( QTextStream::UnicodeUTF8 ); //???? oui ou non?
+							doc.save( *stream ,1 );
+							file.close();
+						}
+					}
+
+				}
+				progressDlg->progressBar()->setProgress(progressDlg->progressBar()->progress()+1);
+				++it2;
+			}
+		}
+		++it;
+	}
+	delete progressDlg;
+
+}
+
+
+bool HistoryPlugin::detectOldHistory()
+{
+	KGlobal::config()->setGroup("History Plugin");
+	QString version=KGlobal::config()->readEntry( "Version" ,"0.6" );
+
+	if(version != "0.6")
+		return false;
+
+
+	QDir d( locateLocal( "data", QString::fromLatin1( "kopete/logs")) );
+	d.setFilter( QDir::Dirs  );
+	if(d.count() >= 3)  // '.' and '..' are included
+		return false;  //the new history already exists
+
+	QDir d2( locateLocal( "data", QString::fromLatin1( "kopete")) );
+	d2.setFilter( QDir::Dirs  );
+	const QFileInfoList *list = d2.entryInfoList();
+	QFileInfoListIterator it( *list );
+	QFileInfo *fi;
+	while ( (fi = it.current()) != 0 )
+	{
+		if( dynamic_cast<Kopete::Protocol *>( Kopete::PluginManager::self()->plugin( fi->fileName() ) ) )
+			return true;
+
+		if(fi->fileName() == "MSNProtocol" || fi->fileName() == "msn_logs" )
+			return true;
+		else if(fi->fileName() == "ICQProtocol" || fi->fileName() == "icq_logs" )
+			return true;
+		else if(fi->fileName() == "AIMProtocol" || fi->fileName() == "aim_logs" )
+			return true;
+		else if(fi->fileName() == "OscarProtocol" )
+			return true;
+		else if(fi->fileName() == "JabberProtocol" || fi->fileName() == "jabber_logs")
+			return true;
+		++it;
+	}
+	return false;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/historychatui.rc b/kopete/plugins/history/historychatui.rc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f49392f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/historychatui.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<!DOCTYPE kpartgui>
+<kpartgui version="19" name="kopetechatwindow">
+	<MenuBar>
+		<Menu name="tools" >
+			<text>&amp;Tools</text>
+			<Action name="historyPrevious" />
+			<Action name="historyNext" />
+			<Action name="historyLast"  />
+		</Menu>
+	</MenuBar>
+
+	<ToolBar name="mainToolBar" fullWidth="true">
+		<Action name="historyPrevious" />
+		<Action name="historyNext" />
+	</ToolBar>
+
+</kpartgui>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/historyconfig.kcfg b/kopete/plugins/history/historyconfig.kcfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..58e6c9d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/historyconfig.kcfg
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- Author: Stefan Gehn -->
+<kcfg xmlns="http://www.kde.org/standards/kcfg/1.0"
+      xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+      xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.kde.org/standards/kcfg/1.0
+      http://www.kde.org/standards/kcfg/1.0/kcfg.xsd" >
+	<kcfgfile name="kopeterc"/>
+
+	<group name="History Plugin">
+		<entry name="Auto_chatwindow" type="Bool">
+			<label>Show previous messages in new chats.</label>
+			<default>false</default>
+		</entry>
+
+		<entry name="Number_Auto_chatwindow" type="UInt">
+			<label>Number of messages to show.</label>
+			<default>7</default>
+		</entry>
+
+		<entry name="Number_ChatWindow" type="UInt">
+			<label>Number of messages per page</label>
+			<default>20</default>
+		</entry>
+
+		<entry name="History_color" type="Color">
+			<label>Color of messages</label>
+			<default>170, 170, 127</default>
+		</entry>
+
+		<entry name="BrowserStyle" type="Path">
+			<label>Style to use in history-browser.</label>
+		</entry>
+
+	</group>
+</kcfg>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/historyconfig.kcfgc b/kopete/plugins/history/historyconfig.kcfgc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1e985622
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/historyconfig.kcfgc
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Code generation options for kconfig_compiler
+File=historyconfig.kcfg
+ClassName=HistoryConfig
+Singleton=true
+Mutators=true
+MemberVariables=private
+GlobalEnums=true
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/historydialog.cpp b/kopete/plugins/history/historydialog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4dd98fee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/historydialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,613 @@
+/*
+    kopetehistorydialog.cpp - Kopete History Dialog
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 by  Richard Stellingwerff <remenic@linuxfromscratch.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2004 by  Stefan Gehn <metz AT gehn.net>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include "historydialog.h"
+#include "historylogger.h"
+#include "historyviewer.h"
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+#include "kopeteprotocol.h"
+#include "kopeteaccount.h"
+#include "kopetecontactlist.h"
+#include "kopeteprefs.h"
+
+#include <dom/dom_doc.h>
+#include <dom/dom_element.h>
+#include <dom/html_document.h>
+#include <dom/html_element.h>
+#include <khtml_part.h>
+#include <khtmlview.h>
+
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+#include <qlineedit.h>
+#include <qcheckbox.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qdir.h>
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#include <qheader.h>
+#include <qlabel.h>
+#include <qclipboard.h>
+
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <krun.h>
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+#include <klistview.h>
+#include <klistviewsearchline.h>
+#include <kprogress.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <kcombobox.h>
+#include <kpopupmenu.h>
+#include <kstdaction.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+
+class KListViewDateItem : public KListViewItem
+{
+public:
+    KListViewDateItem(KListView* parent, QDate date, Kopete::MetaContact *mc);
+	QDate date() { return mDate; }
+	Kopete::MetaContact *metaContact() { return mMetaContact; }
+
+public:
+	int compare(QListViewItem *i, int col, bool ascending) const;
+private:
+    QDate mDate;
+	Kopete::MetaContact *mMetaContact;
+};
+
+
+
+KListViewDateItem::KListViewDateItem(KListView* parent, QDate date, Kopete::MetaContact *mc)
+		: KListViewItem(parent, date.toString(Qt::ISODate), mc->displayName())
+{
+	mDate = date;
+	mMetaContact = mc;
+}
+
+int KListViewDateItem::compare(QListViewItem *i, int col, bool ascending) const
+{
+	if (col) 
+		return QListViewItem::compare(i, col, ascending);
+
+	//compare dates - do NOT use ascending var here
+	KListViewDateItem* item = static_cast<KListViewDateItem*>(i);
+	if ( mDate < item->date() )
+		return -1;
+	return ( mDate > item->date() );
+}
+
+
+HistoryDialog::HistoryDialog(Kopete::MetaContact *mc, QWidget* parent,
+	const char* name) : KDialogBase(parent, name, false,
+		i18n("History for %1").arg(mc->displayName()), 0), mSearching(false)
+{
+	QString fontSize;
+	QString htmlCode;
+	QString fontStyle;
+
+	kdDebug(14310) << k_funcinfo << "called." << endl;
+	setWFlags(Qt::WDestructiveClose);	// send SIGNAL(closing()) on quit
+
+	// FIXME: Allow to show this dialog for only one contact
+	mMetaContact = mc;
+
+	
+
+	// Widgets initializations
+	mMainWidget = new HistoryViewer(this, "HistoryDialog::mMainWidget");
+	mMainWidget->searchLine->setFocus(); 
+	mMainWidget->searchLine->setTrapReturnKey (true);
+	mMainWidget->searchLine->setTrapReturnKey(true);
+	mMainWidget->searchErase->setPixmap(BarIcon("locationbar_erase"));
+
+	mMainWidget->contactComboBox->insertItem(i18n("All"));
+	mMetaContactList = Kopete::ContactList::self()->metaContacts();
+	QPtrListIterator<Kopete::MetaContact> it(mMetaContactList);
+	for(; it.current(); ++it)
+	{
+		mMainWidget->contactComboBox->insertItem((*it)->displayName());
+	}
+
+	if (mMetaContact)
+		mMainWidget->contactComboBox->setCurrentItem(mMetaContactList.find(mMetaContact)+1);
+
+	mMainWidget->dateSearchLine->setListView(mMainWidget->dateListView);
+	mMainWidget->dateListView->setSorting(0, 0); //newest-first
+
+	setMainWidget(mMainWidget);
+
+	// Initializing HTML Part
+	mMainWidget->htmlFrame->setFrameStyle(QFrame::WinPanel | QFrame::Sunken);
+	QVBoxLayout *l = new QVBoxLayout(mMainWidget->htmlFrame);
+	mHtmlPart = new KHTMLPart(mMainWidget->htmlFrame, "htmlHistoryView");
+
+	//Security settings, we don't need this stuff
+	mHtmlPart->setJScriptEnabled(false);
+	mHtmlPart->setJavaEnabled(false);
+	mHtmlPart->setPluginsEnabled(false);
+	mHtmlPart->setMetaRefreshEnabled(false);
+        mHtmlPart->setOnlyLocalReferences(true);
+
+	mHtmlView = mHtmlPart->view();
+	mHtmlView->setMarginWidth(4);
+	mHtmlView->setMarginHeight(4);
+	mHtmlView->setFocusPolicy(NoFocus);
+	mHtmlView->setSizePolicy(
+	QSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Expanding));
+	l->addWidget(mHtmlView);
+
+	QTextOStream( &fontSize ) << KopetePrefs::prefs()->fontFace().pointSize();
+	fontStyle = "<style>.hf { font-size:" + fontSize + ".0pt; font-family:" + KopetePrefs::prefs()->fontFace().family() + "; color: " + KopetePrefs::prefs()->textColor().name() + "; }</style>";
+
+	mHtmlPart->begin();
+	htmlCode = "<html><head>" + fontStyle + "</head><body class=\"hf\"></body></html>";
+	mHtmlPart->write( QString::fromLatin1( htmlCode.latin1() ) );
+	mHtmlPart->end();
+
+	
+	connect(mHtmlPart->browserExtension(), SIGNAL(openURLRequestDelayed(const KURL &, const KParts::URLArgs &)),
+		this, SLOT(slotOpenURLRequest(const KURL &, const KParts::URLArgs &)));
+	connect(mMainWidget->dateListView, SIGNAL(clicked(QListViewItem*)), this, SLOT(dateSelected(QListViewItem*)));
+	connect(mMainWidget->searchButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(slotSearch()));
+	connect(mMainWidget->searchLine, SIGNAL(returnPressed()), this, SLOT(slotSearch()));
+	connect(mMainWidget->searchLine, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)), this, SLOT(slotSearchTextChanged(const QString&)));
+	connect(mMainWidget->searchErase, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(slotSearchErase()));
+	connect(mMainWidget->contactComboBox, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(slotContactChanged(int)));
+	connect(mMainWidget->messageFilterBox, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(slotFilterChanged(int )));
+	connect(mHtmlPart, SIGNAL(popupMenu(const QString &, const QPoint &)), this, SLOT(slotRightClick(const QString &, const QPoint &)));
+
+	//initActions
+	KActionCollection* ac = new KActionCollection(this);
+	mCopyAct = KStdAction::copy( this, SLOT(slotCopy()), ac );
+	mCopyURLAct = new KAction( i18n( "Copy Link Address" ), QString::fromLatin1( "editcopy" ), 0, this, SLOT( slotCopyURL() ), ac );
+
+	resize(650, 700);
+	centerOnScreen(this);
+
+	// show the dialog before people get impatient
+	show();
+
+	// Load history dates in the listview
+	init();
+}
+
+HistoryDialog::~HistoryDialog()
+{
+	mSearching = false;
+}
+
+void HistoryDialog::init()
+{
+	if(mMetaContact)
+	{
+		HistoryLogger logger(mMetaContact, this);
+		init(mMetaContact);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		QPtrListIterator<Kopete::MetaContact> it(mMetaContactList);
+		for(; it.current(); ++it)
+		{
+			HistoryLogger logger(*it, this);
+			init(*it);
+		}
+
+	}
+
+	initProgressBar(i18n("Loading..."),mInit.dateMCList.count());
+	QTimer::singleShot(0,this,SLOT(slotLoadDays()));
+}
+
+void HistoryDialog::slotLoadDays()
+{
+		if(mInit.dateMCList.isEmpty())
+		{
+				if (!mMainWidget->searchLine->text().isEmpty())
+					QTimer::singleShot(0, this, SLOT(slotSearch()));
+				doneProgressBar();
+				return;
+		}
+		
+		DMPair pair(mInit.dateMCList.first());
+		mInit.dateMCList.pop_front();
+		HistoryLogger logger(pair.metaContact(), this);
+		QValueList<int> dayList = logger.getDaysForMonth(pair.date());
+		for (unsigned int i=0; i<dayList.count(); i++)
+		{
+				QDate c2Date(pair.date().year(),pair.date().month(),dayList[i]);
+				if (mInit.dateMCList.find(pair) == mInit.dateMCList.end())
+						new KListViewDateItem(mMainWidget->dateListView, c2Date, pair.metaContact());
+		}
+		mMainWidget->searchProgress->advance(1);
+		QTimer::singleShot(0,this,SLOT(slotLoadDays()));
+
+
+}
+
+void HistoryDialog::init(Kopete::MetaContact *mc)
+{
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> contacts=mc->contacts();
+	QPtrListIterator<Kopete::Contact> it( contacts );
+
+	for( ; it.current(); ++it )
+	{
+		init(*it);
+	}
+}
+
+void HistoryDialog::init(Kopete::Contact *c)
+{
+	// Get year and month list
+	QRegExp rx( "\\.(\\d\\d\\d\\d)(\\d\\d)" );
+	const QString contact_in_filename=c->contactId().replace( QRegExp( QString::fromLatin1( "[./~?*]" ) ), QString::fromLatin1( "-" ) );
+	QFileInfo *fi;
+	
+
+	// BEGIN check if there are Kopete 0.7.x
+	QDir d1(locateLocal("data",QString("kopete/logs/")+
+			c->protocol()->pluginId().replace( QRegExp(QString::fromLatin1("[./~?*]")),QString::fromLatin1("-"))
+					   ));
+	d1.setFilter( QDir::Files | QDir::NoSymLinks );
+	d1.setSorting( QDir::Name );
+
+	const QFileInfoList *list1 = d1.entryInfoList();
+	if ( list1 != 0 )
+	{
+		QFileInfoListIterator it1( *list1 );
+		while ( (fi = it1.current()) != 0 )
+		{
+			if(fi->fileName().contains(contact_in_filename))
+			{
+				rx.search(fi->fileName());
+				
+				QDate cDate = QDate(rx.cap(1).toInt(), rx.cap(2).toInt(), 1);
+
+				DMPair pair(cDate, c->metaContact());
+				mInit.dateMCList.append(pair);
+	
+			}
+			++it1;
+		}
+	}
+	// END of kopete 0.7.x check
+
+	QString logDir = locateLocal("data",QString("kopete/logs/")+
+			c->protocol()->pluginId().replace( QRegExp(QString::fromLatin1("[./~?*]")),QString::fromLatin1("-")) +
+					QString::fromLatin1( "/" ) +
+					c->account()->accountId().replace( QRegExp( QString::fromLatin1( "[./~?*]" ) ), QString::fromLatin1( "-" ) )
+								);
+	QDir d(logDir);
+	d.setFilter( QDir::Files | QDir::NoSymLinks );
+	d.setSorting( QDir::Name );
+	const QFileInfoList *list = d.entryInfoList();
+	if ( list != 0 )
+	{
+		QFileInfoListIterator it( *list );
+		while ( (fi = it.current()) != 0 )
+		{
+			if(fi->fileName().contains(contact_in_filename))
+			{
+				
+				rx.search(fi->fileName());
+				
+				// We search for an item in the list view with the same year. If then we add the month
+				QDate cDate = QDate(rx.cap(1).toInt(), rx.cap(2).toInt(), 1);
+
+				DMPair pair(cDate, c->metaContact());
+				mInit.dateMCList.append(pair);
+			}
+			++it;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void HistoryDialog::dateSelected(QListViewItem* it)
+{
+	KListViewDateItem *item = static_cast<KListViewDateItem*>(it);
+
+	if (!item) return;
+
+	QDate chosenDate = item->date();
+
+	HistoryLogger logger(item->metaContact(), this);
+	QValueList<Kopete::Message> msgs=logger.readMessages(chosenDate);
+
+	setMessages(msgs);
+}
+
+void HistoryDialog::setMessages(QValueList<Kopete::Message> msgs)
+{
+	// Clear View
+	DOM::HTMLElement htmlBody = mHtmlPart->htmlDocument().body();
+	while(htmlBody.hasChildNodes())
+		htmlBody.removeChild(htmlBody.childNodes().item(htmlBody.childNodes().length() - 1));
+	// ----
+
+	QString dir = (QApplication::reverseLayout() ? QString::fromLatin1("rtl") :
+		QString::fromLatin1("ltr"));
+
+	QValueList<Kopete::Message>::iterator it = msgs.begin();
+
+
+	QString accountLabel;
+	QString resultHTML = "<b><font color=\"red\">" + (*it).timestamp().date().toString() + "</font></b><br/>";
+	DOM::HTMLElement newNode = mHtmlPart->document().createElement(QString::fromLatin1("span"));
+	newNode.setAttribute(QString::fromLatin1("dir"), dir);
+	newNode.setInnerHTML(resultHTML);
+	mHtmlPart->htmlDocument().body().appendChild(newNode);
+
+	// Populating HTML Part with messages
+	for ( it = msgs.begin(); it != msgs.end(); ++it )
+	{
+		if ( mMainWidget->messageFilterBox->currentItem() == 0
+			|| ( mMainWidget->messageFilterBox->currentItem() == 1 && (*it).direction() == Kopete::Message::Inbound )
+			|| ( mMainWidget->messageFilterBox->currentItem() == 2 && (*it).direction() == Kopete::Message::Outbound ) )
+		{
+			resultHTML = "";
+	
+			if (accountLabel.isEmpty() || accountLabel != (*it).from()->account()->accountLabel())
+			// If the message's account is new, just specify it to the user
+			{
+				if (!accountLabel.isEmpty())
+					resultHTML += "<br/><br/><br/>";
+				resultHTML += "<b><font color=\"blue\">" + (*it).from()->account()->accountLabel() + "</font></b><br/>";
+			}
+			accountLabel = (*it).from()->account()->accountLabel();
+	
+			QString body = (*it).parsedBody();
+	
+			if (!mMainWidget->searchLine->text().isEmpty())
+			// If there is a search, then we hightlight the keywords
+			{
+				body = body.replace(mMainWidget->searchLine->text(), "<span style=\"background-color:yellow\">" + mMainWidget->searchLine->text() + "</span>", false);
+			}
+		
+			resultHTML += "(<b>" + (*it).timestamp().time().toString() + "</b>) "
+					+ ((*it).direction() == Kopete::Message::Outbound ?
+									"<font color=\"" + KopetePrefs::prefs()->textColor().dark().name() + "\"><b>&gt;</b></font> "
+									: "<font color=\"" + KopetePrefs::prefs()->textColor().light(200).name() + "\"><b>&lt;</b></font> ")
+					+ body + "<br/>";
+	
+			newNode = mHtmlPart->document().createElement(QString::fromLatin1("span"));
+			newNode.setAttribute(QString::fromLatin1("dir"), dir);
+			newNode.setInnerHTML(resultHTML);
+	
+			mHtmlPart->htmlDocument().body().appendChild(newNode);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void HistoryDialog::slotFilterChanged(int /* index */)
+{
+	dateSelected(mMainWidget->dateListView->currentItem());
+}
+
+void HistoryDialog::slotOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url, const KParts::URLArgs &/*args*/)
+{
+	kdDebug(14310) << k_funcinfo << "url=" << url.url() << endl;
+	new KRun(url, 0, false); // false = non-local files
+}
+
+// Disable search button if there is no search text
+void HistoryDialog::slotSearchTextChanged(const QString& searchText)
+{
+	if (searchText.isEmpty())
+	{
+		mMainWidget->searchButton->setEnabled(false);
+		slotSearchErase();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mMainWidget->searchButton->setEnabled(true);
+	}
+}
+
+void HistoryDialog::listViewShowElements(bool s)
+{
+	KListViewDateItem* item = static_cast<KListViewDateItem*>(mMainWidget->dateListView->firstChild());
+	while (item != 0)
+	{
+			item->setVisible(s);
+			item = static_cast<KListViewDateItem*>(item->nextSibling());
+	}
+}
+
+// Erase the search line, show all date/metacontacts items in the list (accordint to the
+// metacontact selected in the combobox)
+void HistoryDialog::slotSearchErase()
+{
+	mMainWidget->searchLine->clear();
+	listViewShowElements(true);
+}
+
+/*
+* How does the search work
+* ------------------------
+* We do the search respecting the current metacontact filter item. To do this, we iterate over the
+* elements in the KListView (KListViewDateItems) and, for each one, we iterate over its subcontacts,
+* manually searching the log files of each one. To avoid searching files twice, the months that have
+* been searched already are stored in searchedMonths. The matches are placed in the matches QMap.
+* Finally, the current date item is checked in the matches QMap, and if it is present, it is shown.
+*
+* Keyword highlighting is done in setMessages() : if the search field isn't empty, we highlight the
+* search keyword.
+*
+* The search is _not_ case sensitive
+*/
+void HistoryDialog::slotSearch()
+{
+	if (mMainWidget->dateListView->childCount() == 0) return;
+
+	QRegExp rx("^ <msg.*time=\"(\\d+) \\d+:\\d+:\\d+\" >([^<]*)<");
+	QMap<QDate, QValueList<Kopete::MetaContact*> > monthsSearched;
+	QMap<QDate, QValueList<Kopete::MetaContact*> > matches;
+
+	// cancel button pressed
+	if (mSearching)
+	{
+		listViewShowElements(true);
+		goto searchFinished;
+	}
+
+	listViewShowElements(false);
+
+	initProgressBar(i18n("Searching..."), mMainWidget->dateListView->childCount());
+	mMainWidget->searchButton->setText(i18n("&Cancel"));
+	mSearching = true;
+
+	// iterate over items in the date list widget
+	for(KListViewDateItem *curItem = static_cast<KListViewDateItem*>(mMainWidget->dateListView->firstChild());
+		curItem != 0;
+		curItem = static_cast<KListViewDateItem *>(curItem->nextSibling())
+	)
+	{
+		qApp->processEvents();
+		if (!mSearching) return;
+
+		QDate month(curItem->date().year(),curItem->date().month(),1);
+		// if we haven't searched the relevant history logs, search them now
+		if (!monthsSearched[month].contains(curItem->metaContact()))
+		{
+			monthsSearched[month].push_back(curItem->metaContact());
+			QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> contacts = curItem->metaContact()->contacts();
+			for(QPtrListIterator<Kopete::Contact> it( contacts ); it.current(); ++it)
+			{
+				// get filename and open file
+				QString filename(HistoryLogger::getFileName(*it, curItem->date()));
+				if (!QFile::exists(filename)) continue;
+				QFile file(filename);
+				file.open(IO_ReadOnly);
+				if (!file.isOpen())
+				{
+					kdWarning(14310) << k_funcinfo << "Error opening " <<
+							file.name() << ": " << file.errorString() << endl;
+					continue;
+				}
+
+				QTextStream stream(&file);
+				QString textLine;
+				while(!stream.atEnd())
+				{
+					textLine = stream.readLine();
+					if (textLine.contains(mMainWidget->searchLine->text(), false))
+					{
+						if(rx.search(textLine) != -1)
+						{
+							// only match message body
+							if (rx.cap(2).contains(mMainWidget->searchLine->text()))
+								matches[QDate(curItem->date().year(),curItem->date().month(),rx.cap(1).toInt())].push_back(curItem->metaContact());
+						}
+						// this will happen when multiline messages are searched, properly
+						// parsing the files would fix this
+						else { }
+					}
+					qApp->processEvents();
+					if (!mSearching) return;
+				}
+				file.close();
+			}
+		}
+
+		// relevant logfiles have been searched now, check if current date matches
+		if (matches[curItem->date()].contains(curItem->metaContact()))
+			curItem->setVisible(true);
+
+		// Next date item
+		mMainWidget->searchProgress->advance(1);
+	}
+
+searchFinished:
+	mMainWidget->searchButton->setText(i18n("Se&arch"));
+	mSearching = false;
+	doneProgressBar();
+}
+
+
+
+// When a contact is selected in the combobox. Item 0 is All contacts.
+void HistoryDialog::slotContactChanged(int index)
+{
+	mMainWidget->dateListView->clear();
+	if (index == 0)
+	{
+        setCaption(i18n("History for All Contacts"));
+        mMetaContact = 0;
+		init();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		mMetaContact = mMetaContactList.at(index-1);
+        setCaption(i18n("History for %1").arg(mMetaContact->displayName()));
+		init();
+	}
+}
+
+void HistoryDialog::initProgressBar(const QString& text, int nbSteps)
+{
+		mMainWidget->searchProgress->setTotalSteps(nbSteps);
+		mMainWidget->searchProgress->setProgress(0);
+		mMainWidget->searchProgress->show();
+		mMainWidget->statusLabel->setText(text);
+}
+
+void HistoryDialog::doneProgressBar()
+{
+		mMainWidget->searchProgress->hide();
+		mMainWidget->statusLabel->setText(i18n("Ready"));
+}
+
+void HistoryDialog::slotRightClick(const QString &url, const QPoint &point)
+{
+	KPopupMenu *chatWindowPopup = 0L;
+	chatWindowPopup = new KPopupMenu();
+	
+	if ( !url.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		mURL = url;
+		mCopyURLAct->plug( chatWindowPopup );
+		chatWindowPopup->insertSeparator();
+	}
+	mCopyAct->setEnabled( mHtmlPart->hasSelection() );
+	mCopyAct->plug( chatWindowPopup );
+	
+	connect( chatWindowPopup, SIGNAL( aboutToHide() ), chatWindowPopup, SLOT( deleteLater() ) );
+	chatWindowPopup->popup(point);
+}
+
+void HistoryDialog::slotCopy()
+{
+	QString qsSelection;
+	qsSelection = mHtmlPart->selectedText();
+	if ( qsSelection.isEmpty() ) return;
+	
+	disconnect( kapp->clipboard(), SIGNAL( selectionChanged()), mHtmlPart, SLOT(slotClearSelection()));
+	QApplication::clipboard()->setText(qsSelection, QClipboard::Clipboard);
+	QApplication::clipboard()->setText(qsSelection, QClipboard::Selection);
+	connect( kapp->clipboard(), SIGNAL( selectionChanged()), mHtmlPart, SLOT(slotClearSelection()));
+}
+
+void HistoryDialog::slotCopyURL()
+{
+	disconnect( kapp->clipboard(), SIGNAL( selectionChanged()), mHtmlPart, SLOT(slotClearSelection()));
+	QApplication::clipboard()->setText( mURL, QClipboard::Clipboard);
+	QApplication::clipboard()->setText( mURL, QClipboard::Selection);
+	connect( kapp->clipboard(), SIGNAL( selectionChanged()), mHtmlPart, SLOT(slotClearSelection()));
+}
+
+#include "historydialog.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/historydialog.h b/kopete/plugins/history/historydialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf26037d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/historydialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/*
+    kopetehistorydialog.h - Kopete History Dialog
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 by  Richard Stellingwerff <remenic@linuxfromscratch.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2004 by  Stefan Gehn <metz AT gehn.net>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef _HISTORYDIALOG_H
+#define _HISTORYDIALOG_H
+
+#include <qfile.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+
+#include <kdialogbase.h>
+#include <klistview.h>
+
+#include "kopetemessage.h"
+
+class HistoryViewer;
+
+//class HistoryWidget;
+namespace Kopete { class MetaContact; }
+namespace Kopete { class XSLT; }
+class HistoryLogger;
+class KHTMLView;
+class KHTMLPart;
+
+class KURL;
+namespace KParts { struct URLArgs; class Part; }
+
+
+class KListViewDateItem;
+
+class DMPair
+{
+	public:
+		DMPair() {md = QDate(0, 0, 0); mc = 0; }
+		DMPair(QDate d, Kopete::MetaContact *c) { md = d; mc =c; }
+		QDate date() const { return md; }
+		Kopete::MetaContact* metaContact() const { return mc; }
+		bool operator==(const DMPair p1) const { return p1.date() == this->date() && p1.metaContact() == this->metaContact(); }
+	private:
+		QDate md;
+		Kopete::MetaContact *mc;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @author Richard Stellingwerff <remenic@linuxfromscratch.org>
+ * @author Stefan Gehn <metz AT gehn.net>
+ */
+class HistoryDialog : public KDialogBase
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+	public:
+		HistoryDialog(Kopete::MetaContact *mc, QWidget* parent=0,
+			const char* name="HistoryDialog");
+		~HistoryDialog();
+
+		/**
+		 * Calls init(Kopete::Contact *c) for each subcontact of the metacontact
+		 */
+
+
+	signals:
+		void closing();
+
+	private slots:
+		void slotOpenURLRequest(const KURL &url, const KParts::URLArgs &/*args*/);
+
+		// Called when a date is selected in the treeview
+		void dateSelected(QListViewItem *);
+
+		void slotSearch();
+
+		// Reinitialise search
+		void slotSearchErase();
+		void slotSearchTextChanged(const QString& txt); // To enable/disable search button
+		void slotContactChanged(int index);
+		void slotFilterChanged(int index);
+
+		void init();
+		void slotLoadDays();
+
+		void slotRightClick(const QString &url, const QPoint &point);
+		void slotCopy();
+		void slotCopyURL();
+
+	private:
+		enum Disabled { Prev=1, Next=2 };
+		void refreshEnabled( /*Disabled*/ uint disabled );
+
+		void initProgressBar(const QString& text, int nbSteps);
+		void doneProgressBar();
+		void init(Kopete::MetaContact *mc);
+		void init(Kopete::Contact *c);
+
+		/**
+		 * Show the messages in the HTML View
+		 */
+		void setMessages(QValueList<Kopete::Message> m);
+
+		void listViewShowElements(bool s);
+
+		/**
+		 * Search if @param item already has @param text child
+		 */
+		bool hasChild(KListViewItem* item, int month);
+
+		/**
+		 * We show history dialog to look at the log for a metacontact. Here is this metacontact.
+		 */
+		Kopete::MetaContact *mMetaContact;
+
+		QPtrList<Kopete::MetaContact> mMetaContactList;
+
+		// History View
+		KHTMLView *mHtmlView;
+		KHTMLPart *mHtmlPart;
+		HistoryViewer *mMainWidget;
+		Kopete::XSLT *mXsltParser;
+
+		struct Init
+		{
+			QValueList<DMPair> dateMCList; // mc for MetaContact
+		} mInit;
+
+		bool mSearching;
+
+		KAction *mCopyAct;
+		KAction *mCopyURLAct;
+		QString mURL;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/historyguiclient.cpp b/kopete/plugins/history/historyguiclient.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..133e50a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/historyguiclient.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+    historyguiclient.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Olivier Goffart        <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+    Kopete    (c) 2003-2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+#include "historyguiclient.h"
+#include "historylogger.h"
+#include "historyconfig.h"
+
+#include "kopetechatsession.h"
+#include "kopetecontact.h"
+#include "kopeteview.h"
+
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+
+class HistoryPlugin;
+
+HistoryGUIClient::HistoryGUIClient(Kopete::ChatSession *parent, const char *name)
+ : QObject(parent, name), KXMLGUIClient(parent)
+{
+	setInstance(KGenericFactory<HistoryPlugin>::instance());
+
+	m_manager = parent;
+
+	// Refuse to build this client, it is based on wrong parameters
+	if(!m_manager || m_manager->members().isEmpty())
+		deleteLater();
+
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> mb=m_manager->members();
+	m_logger=new HistoryLogger( mb.first() , this );
+
+	actionLast=new KAction( i18n("History Last" ), QString::fromLatin1( "finish" ), 0, this, SLOT(slotLast()), actionCollection() , "historyLast" );
+	actionPrev = KStdAction::back( this, SLOT(slotPrevious()), actionCollection() , "historyPrevious" );
+	actionNext = KStdAction::forward( this, SLOT(slotNext()), actionCollection() , "historyNext" );
+
+	// we are generally at last when begining
+	actionPrev->setEnabled(true);
+	actionNext->setEnabled(false);
+	actionLast->setEnabled(false);
+
+	setXMLFile("historychatui.rc");
+}
+
+
+HistoryGUIClient::~HistoryGUIClient()
+{
+}
+
+
+void HistoryGUIClient::slotPrevious()
+{
+	KopeteView *m_currentView = m_manager->view(true);
+	m_currentView->clear();
+
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> mb = m_manager->members();
+	QValueList<Kopete::Message> msgs = m_logger->readMessages(
+			HistoryConfig::number_ChatWindow(), /*mb.first()*/ 0L,
+		HistoryLogger::AntiChronological, true);
+
+	actionPrev->setEnabled(msgs.count() == HistoryConfig::number_ChatWindow());
+	actionNext->setEnabled(true);
+	actionLast->setEnabled(true);
+
+	m_currentView->appendMessages(msgs);
+}
+
+void HistoryGUIClient::slotLast()
+{
+	KopeteView *m_currentView = m_manager->view(true);
+	m_currentView->clear();
+
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> mb = m_manager->members();
+	m_logger->setPositionToLast();
+	QValueList<Kopete::Message> msgs = m_logger->readMessages(
+			HistoryConfig::number_ChatWindow(), /*mb.first()*/ 0L,
+		HistoryLogger::AntiChronological, true);
+
+	actionPrev->setEnabled(true);
+	actionNext->setEnabled(false);
+	actionLast->setEnabled(false);
+
+	m_currentView->appendMessages(msgs);
+}
+
+
+void HistoryGUIClient::slotNext()
+{
+	KopeteView *m_currentView = m_manager->view(true);
+	m_currentView->clear();
+
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> mb = m_manager->members();
+	QValueList<Kopete::Message> msgs = m_logger->readMessages(
+			HistoryConfig::number_ChatWindow(), /*mb.first()*/ 0L,
+		HistoryLogger::Chronological, false);
+
+	actionPrev->setEnabled(true);
+	actionNext->setEnabled(msgs.count() == HistoryConfig::number_ChatWindow());
+	actionLast->setEnabled(msgs.count() == HistoryConfig::number_ChatWindow());
+
+	m_currentView->appendMessages(msgs);
+}
+
+#include "historyguiclient.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/historyguiclient.h b/kopete/plugins/history/historyguiclient.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..420795e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/historyguiclient.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*
+    historyguiclient.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003 by Olivier Goffart        <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+    Kopete    (c) 2003 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef HISTORYGUICLIENT_H
+#define HISTORYGUICLIENT_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <kxmlguiclient.h>
+
+namespace Kopete { class ChatSession; }
+class HistoryLogger;
+class KAction;
+
+/**
+ *@author Olivier Goffart
+ */
+class HistoryGUIClient : public QObject , public KXMLGUIClient
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	HistoryGUIClient(Kopete::ChatSession *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
+	~HistoryGUIClient();
+
+	HistoryLogger *logger() const { return m_logger; }
+
+private slots:
+	void slotPrevious();
+	void slotLast();
+	void slotNext();
+
+private:
+	HistoryLogger *m_logger;
+	Kopete::ChatSession *m_manager;
+	//bool m_autoChatWindow;
+	//int m_nbAutoChatWindow;
+	//unsigned int m_nbChatWindow;
+
+	KAction *actionPrev;
+	KAction *actionNext;
+	KAction *actionLast;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/historylogger.cpp b/kopete/plugins/history/historylogger.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7848136f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/historylogger.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,851 @@
+/*
+    historylogger.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Olivier Goffart        <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2003-2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include "historylogger.h"
+#include "historyconfig.h"
+
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <qfile.h>
+#include <qdir.h>
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#include <qdom.h>
+#include <qtimer.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+#include <ksavefile.h>
+
+#include "kopeteglobal.h"
+#include "kopetecontact.h"
+#include "kopeteprotocol.h"
+#include "kopeteaccount.h"
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+#include "kopetechatsession.h"
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+HistoryLogger::HistoryLogger( Kopete::MetaContact *m,  QObject *parent, const char *name )
+ : QObject(parent, name)
+{
+	m_saveTimer=0L;
+	m_saveTimerTime=0;
+	m_metaContact=m;
+	m_hideOutgoing=false;
+	m_cachedMonth=-1;
+	m_realMonth=QDate::currentDate().month();
+	m_oldSens=Default;
+
+	//the contact may be destroyed, for example, if the contact changes its metacontact
+	connect(m_metaContact , SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject *)) , this , SLOT(slotMCDeleted()));
+
+	setPositionToLast();
+}
+
+
+HistoryLogger::HistoryLogger( Kopete::Contact *c,  QObject *parent, const char *name )
+ : QObject(parent, name)
+{
+	m_saveTimer=0L;
+	m_saveTimerTime=0;
+	m_cachedMonth=-1;
+	m_metaContact=c->metaContact();
+	m_hideOutgoing=false;
+	m_realMonth=QDate::currentDate().month();
+	m_oldSens=Default;
+
+	//the contact may be destroyed, for example, if the contact changes its metacontact
+	connect(m_metaContact , SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject *)) , this , SLOT(slotMCDeleted()));
+
+	setPositionToLast();
+}
+
+
+HistoryLogger::~HistoryLogger()
+{
+	if(m_saveTimer && m_saveTimer->isActive())
+		saveToDisk();
+}
+
+
+void HistoryLogger::setPositionToLast()
+{
+	setCurrentMonth(0);
+	m_oldSens = AntiChronological;
+	m_oldMonth=0;
+	m_oldElements.clear();
+}
+
+
+void HistoryLogger::setPositionToFirst()
+{
+	setCurrentMonth( getFirstMonth() );
+	m_oldSens = Chronological;
+	m_oldMonth=m_currentMonth;
+	m_oldElements.clear();
+}
+
+
+void HistoryLogger::setCurrentMonth(int month)
+{
+	m_currentMonth = month;
+	m_currentElements.clear();
+}
+
+
+QDomDocument HistoryLogger::getDocument(const Kopete::Contact *c, unsigned int month , bool canLoad , bool* contain)
+{
+	if(m_realMonth!=QDate::currentDate().month())
+	{ //We changed month, our indice are not correct anymore, clean memory.
+	  // or we will see what i called "the 31 midnight bug"(TM) :-)  -Olivier
+		m_documents.clear();
+		m_cachedMonth=-1;
+		m_currentMonth++; //Not usre it's ok, but should work;
+		m_oldMonth++;     // idem
+		m_realMonth=QDate::currentDate().month();
+	}
+
+	if(!m_metaContact)
+	{ //this may happen if the contact has been moved, and the MC deleted
+		if(c && c->metaContact())
+			m_metaContact=c->metaContact();
+		else
+			return QDomDocument();
+	}
+
+	if(!m_metaContact->contacts().contains(c))
+	{
+		if(contain)
+			*contain=false;
+		return QDomDocument();
+	}
+
+	QMap<unsigned int , QDomDocument> documents = m_documents[c];
+	if (documents.contains(month))
+		return documents[month];
+
+
+	QDomDocument doc =  getDocument(c, QDate::currentDate().addMonths(0-month), canLoad, contain);
+
+	documents.insert(month, doc);
+	m_documents[c]=documents;
+
+	return doc;
+
+}
+
+QDomDocument HistoryLogger::getDocument(const Kopete::Contact *c, const QDate date , bool canLoad , bool* contain)
+{
+	if(!m_metaContact)
+	{ //this may happen if the contact has been moved, and the MC deleted
+		if(c && c->metaContact())
+			m_metaContact=c->metaContact();
+		else
+			return QDomDocument();
+	}
+
+	if(!m_metaContact->contacts().contains(c))
+	{
+		if(contain)
+			*contain=false;
+		return QDomDocument();
+	}
+
+	if(!canLoad)
+	{
+		if(contain)
+			*contain=false;
+		return QDomDocument();
+	}
+
+	QString	FileName = getFileName(c, date);
+
+	QDomDocument doc( "Kopete-History" );
+
+	QFile file( FileName );
+	if ( !file.open( IO_ReadOnly ) )
+	{
+		if(contain)
+			*contain=false;
+		return doc;
+	}
+	if ( !doc.setContent( &file ) )
+	{
+		file.close();
+		if(contain)
+			*contain=false;
+		return doc;
+	}
+	file.close();
+
+	if(contain)
+		*contain=true;
+
+	return doc;
+}
+
+
+void HistoryLogger::appendMessage( const Kopete::Message &msg , const Kopete::Contact *ct )
+{
+	if(!msg.from())
+		return;
+
+	// If no contact are given: If the manager is availiable, use the manager's
+	// first contact (the channel on irc, or the other contact for others protocols
+	const Kopete::Contact *c = ct;
+	if(!c && msg.manager() )
+	{
+		QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> mb=msg.manager()->members() ;
+		c = mb.first();
+	}
+	if(!c)  //If the contact is still not initialized, use the message author.
+		c =   msg.direction()==Kopete::Message::Outbound ? msg.to().first() : msg.from()  ;
+
+
+	if(!m_metaContact)
+	{ //this may happen if the contact has been moved, and the MC deleted
+		if(c && c->metaContact())
+			m_metaContact=c->metaContact();
+		else
+			return;
+	}
+
+
+	if(!c || !m_metaContact->contacts().contains(c) )
+	{
+		/*QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> contacts= m_metaContact->contacts();
+		QPtrListIterator<Kopete::Contact> it( contacts );
+		for( ; it.current(); ++it )
+		{
+			if( (*it)->protocol()->pluginId() == msg.from()->protocol()->pluginId() )
+			{
+				c=*it;
+				break;
+			}
+		}*/
+		//if(!c)
+
+		kdWarning(14310) << k_funcinfo << "No contact found in this metacontact to" <<
+			" append in the history" << endl;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	QDomDocument doc=getDocument(c,0);
+	QDomElement docElem = doc.documentElement();
+
+	if(docElem.isNull())
+	{
+		docElem= doc.createElement( "kopete-history" );
+		docElem.setAttribute ( "version" , "0.9" );
+		doc.appendChild( docElem );
+		QDomElement headElem = doc.createElement( "head" );
+		docElem.appendChild( headElem );
+		QDomElement dateElem = doc.createElement( "date" );
+		dateElem.setAttribute( "year",  QString::number(QDate::currentDate().year()) );
+		dateElem.setAttribute( "month", QString::number(QDate::currentDate().month()) );
+		headElem.appendChild(dateElem);
+		QDomElement myselfElem = doc.createElement( "contact" );
+		myselfElem.setAttribute( "type",  "myself" );
+		myselfElem.setAttribute( "contactId", c->account()->myself()->contactId() );
+		headElem.appendChild(myselfElem);
+		QDomElement contactElem = doc.createElement( "contact" );
+		contactElem.setAttribute( "contactId", c->contactId() );
+		headElem.appendChild(contactElem);
+	}
+
+	QDomElement msgElem = doc.createElement( "msg" );
+	msgElem.setAttribute( "in",  msg.direction()==Kopete::Message::Outbound ? "0" : "1" );
+	msgElem.setAttribute( "from",  msg.from()->contactId() );
+	msgElem.setAttribute( "nick",  msg.from()->property( Kopete::Global::Properties::self()->nickName() ).value().toString() ); //do we have to set this?
+	msgElem.setAttribute( "time", msg.timestamp().toString("d h:m:s") );
+
+	QDomText msgNode = doc.createTextNode( msg.plainBody() );
+	docElem.appendChild( msgElem );
+	msgElem.appendChild( msgNode );
+
+
+	// I'm temporizing the save.
+	// On hight-traffic channel, saving can take lots of CPU. (because the file is big)
+	// So i wait a time proportional to the time needed to save..
+
+	const QString filename=getFileName(c,QDate::currentDate());
+	if(!m_toSaveFileName.isEmpty() && m_toSaveFileName != filename)
+	{ //that mean the contact or the month has changed, save it now.
+		saveToDisk();
+	}
+
+	m_toSaveFileName=filename;
+	m_toSaveDocument=doc;
+
+	if(!m_saveTimer)
+	{
+		m_saveTimer=new QTimer(this);
+		connect( m_saveTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ) , this, SLOT(saveToDisk()) );
+	}
+	if(!m_saveTimer->isActive())
+		m_saveTimer->start( m_saveTimerTime, true /*singleshot*/ );
+}
+
+void HistoryLogger::saveToDisk()
+{
+	if(m_saveTimer)
+		m_saveTimer->stop();
+	if(m_toSaveFileName.isEmpty() || m_toSaveDocument.isNull())
+		return;
+
+	QTime t;
+	t.start(); //mesure the time needed to save.
+
+	KSaveFile file( m_toSaveFileName );
+	if( file.status() == 0 )
+	{
+		QTextStream *stream = file.textStream();
+		//stream->setEncoding( QTextStream::UnicodeUTF8 ); //???? oui ou non?
+		m_toSaveDocument.save( *stream, 1 );
+		file.close();
+
+		m_saveTimerTime=QMIN(t.elapsed()*1000, 300000);
+		    //a time 1000 times supperior to the time needed to save.  but with a upper limit of 5 minutes
+		//on a my machine, (2.4Ghz, but old HD) it should take about 10 ms to save the file.
+		// So that would mean save every 10 seconds, which seems to be ok.
+		// But it may take 500 ms if the file to save becomes too big (1Mb).
+		kdDebug(14310) << k_funcinfo << m_toSaveFileName << " saved in " << t.elapsed() << " ms " <<endl ;
+
+		m_toSaveFileName=QString::null;
+		m_toSaveDocument=QDomDocument();
+	}
+	else
+		kdError(14310) << k_funcinfo << "impossible to save the history file " << m_toSaveFileName << endl;
+
+}
+
+QValueList<Kopete::Message> HistoryLogger::readMessages(QDate date)
+{
+	QRegExp rxTime("(\\d+) (\\d+):(\\d+)($|:)(\\d*)"); //(with a 0.7.x compatibility)
+	QValueList<Kopete::Message> messages;
+
+
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> ct=m_metaContact->contacts();
+	QPtrListIterator<Kopete::Contact> it( ct );
+
+	for( ; it.current(); ++it )
+	{
+		QDomDocument doc=getDocument(*it,date, true, 0L);
+		QDomElement docElem = doc.documentElement();
+		QDomNode n = docElem.firstChild();
+
+		while(!n.isNull())
+		{
+			QDomElement  msgElem2 = n.toElement();
+			if( !msgElem2.isNull() && msgElem2.tagName()=="msg")
+			{
+				rxTime.search(msgElem2.attribute("time"));
+				QDateTime dt( QDate(date.year() , date.month() , rxTime.cap(1).toUInt()), QTime( rxTime.cap(2).toUInt() , rxTime.cap(3).toUInt(), rxTime.cap(5).toUInt()  ) );
+
+				if (dt.date() != date)
+				{
+					n = n.nextSibling();
+					continue;
+				}
+
+				Kopete::Message::MessageDirection dir = (msgElem2.attribute("in") == "1") ?
+						Kopete::Message::Inbound : Kopete::Message::Outbound;
+
+				if(!m_hideOutgoing || dir != Kopete::Message::Outbound)
+				{ //parse only if we don't hide it
+
+					QString f=msgElem2.attribute("from" );
+					const Kopete::Contact *from=f.isNull()? 0L : (*it)->account()->contacts()[f];
+
+					if(!from)
+						from= dir==Kopete::Message::Inbound ? (*it) : (*it)->account()->myself();
+
+					Kopete::ContactPtrList to;
+					to.append( dir==Kopete::Message::Inbound ? (*it)->account()->myself() : *it );
+
+					Kopete::Message msg(dt, from, to, msgElem2.text(), dir);
+					msg.setBody( QString::fromLatin1("<span title=\"%1\">%2</span>")
+							.arg( dt.toString(Qt::LocalDate), msg.escapedBody() ),
+							Kopete::Message::RichText);
+				
+
+					// We insert it at the good place, given its date
+ 					QValueListIterator<Kopete::Message> msgIt;
+					
+					for (msgIt = messages.begin(); msgIt != messages.end(); ++msgIt)
+					{
+						if ((*msgIt).timestamp() > msg.timestamp())
+							break;
+					}
+					messages.insert(msgIt, msg);
+				}
+			}
+
+			n = n.nextSibling();
+		} // end while on messages
+		
+	}
+	return messages;
+}
+
+QValueList<Kopete::Message> HistoryLogger::readMessages(unsigned int lines,
+	const Kopete::Contact *c, Sens sens, bool reverseOrder, bool colorize)
+{
+	//QDate dd =  QDate::currentDate().addMonths(0-m_currentMonth);
+
+	QValueList<Kopete::Message> messages;
+
+	// A regexp useful for this function
+	QRegExp rxTime("(\\d+) (\\d+):(\\d+)($|:)(\\d*)"); //(with a 0.7.x compatibility)
+
+	if(!m_metaContact)
+	{ //this may happen if the contact has been moved, and the MC deleted
+		if(c && c->metaContact())
+			m_metaContact=c->metaContact();
+		else
+			return messages;
+	}
+
+	if(c && !m_metaContact->contacts().contains(c) )
+		return messages;
+
+	if(sens ==0 )  //if no sens are selected, just continue in the previous sens
+		sens = m_oldSens ;
+	if( m_oldSens != 0 && sens != m_oldSens )
+	{ //we changed our sens! so retrieve the old position to fly in the other way
+		m_currentElements= m_oldElements;
+		m_currentMonth=m_oldMonth;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		m_oldElements=m_currentElements;
+		m_oldMonth=m_currentMonth;
+	}
+	m_oldSens=sens;
+
+	//getting the color for messages:
+	QColor fgColor = HistoryConfig::history_color();
+
+	//Hello guest!
+
+	//there are two algoritms:
+	// - if a contact is given, or the metacontact contain only one contact,  just read the history.
+	// - else, merge the history
+
+	//the merging algoritm is the following:
+	// we see what contact we have to read first, and we look at the firt date before another contact
+	// has a message with a bigger date.
+
+	QDateTime timeLimit;
+	const Kopete::Contact *currentContact=c;
+	if(!c && m_metaContact->contacts().count()==1)
+		currentContact=m_metaContact->contacts().first();
+	else if(!c && m_metaContact->contacts().count()== 0)
+	{
+		return messages;
+	}
+	
+	while(messages.count() < lines)
+	{
+		timeLimit=QDateTime();
+		QDomElement msgElem; //here is the message element
+		QDateTime timestamp; //and the timestamp of this message
+
+		if(!c && m_metaContact->contacts().count()>1)
+		{ //we have to merge the differents subcontact history
+			QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> ct=m_metaContact->contacts();
+			QPtrListIterator<Kopete::Contact> it( ct );
+			for( ; it.current(); ++it )
+			{ //we loop over each contact. we are searching the contact with the next message with the smallest date,
+			  // it will becomes our current contact, and the contact with the mext message with the second smallest
+			  // date, this date will bocomes the limit.
+
+				QDomNode n;
+				if(m_currentElements.contains(*it))
+					n=m_currentElements[*it];
+				else  //there is not yet "next message" register, so we will take the first  (for the current month)
+				{
+					QDomDocument doc=getDocument(*it,m_currentMonth);
+					QDomElement docElem = doc.documentElement();
+					n= (sens==Chronological)?docElem.firstChild() : docElem.lastChild();
+
+					//i can't drop the root element
+					workaround.append(docElem);
+				}
+				while(!n.isNull())
+				{
+					QDomElement  msgElem2 = n.toElement();
+					if( !msgElem2.isNull() && msgElem2.tagName()=="msg")
+					{
+						rxTime.search(msgElem2.attribute("time"));
+						QDate d=QDate::currentDate().addMonths(0-m_currentMonth);
+						QDateTime dt( QDate(d.year() , d.month() , rxTime.cap(1).toUInt()), QTime( rxTime.cap(2).toUInt() , rxTime.cap(3).toUInt(), rxTime.cap(5).toUInt()  ) );
+						if(!timestamp.isValid() || ((sens==Chronological )? dt < timestamp : dt > timestamp) )
+						{
+							timeLimit=timestamp;
+							timestamp=dt;
+							msgElem=msgElem2;
+							currentContact=*it;
+
+						}
+						else if(!timeLimit.isValid() || ((sens==Chronological) ? timeLimit > dt : timeLimit < dt) )
+						{
+							timeLimit=dt;
+						}
+						break;
+					}
+					n=(sens==Chronological)? n.nextSibling() : n.previousSibling();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else  //we don't have to merge the history. just take the next item in the contact
+		{
+			if(m_currentElements.contains(currentContact))
+				msgElem=m_currentElements[currentContact];
+			else
+			{
+				QDomDocument doc=getDocument(currentContact,m_currentMonth);
+				QDomElement docElem = doc.documentElement();
+				QDomNode n= (sens==Chronological)?docElem.firstChild() : docElem.lastChild();
+				msgElem=QDomElement();
+				while(!n.isNull()) //continue until we get a msg
+				{
+					msgElem=n.toElement();
+					if( !msgElem.isNull() && msgElem.tagName()=="msg")
+					{
+						m_currentElements[currentContact]=msgElem;
+						break;
+					}
+					n=(sens==Chronological)? n.nextSibling() : n.previousSibling();
+				}
+
+				//i can't drop the root element
+				workaround.append(docElem);
+			}
+		}
+
+
+		if(msgElem.isNull()) //we don't find ANY messages in any contact for this month. so we change the month
+		{
+			if(sens==Chronological)
+			{
+				if(m_currentMonth <= 0)
+					break; //there are no other messages to show. break even if we don't have nb messages
+				setCurrentMonth(m_currentMonth-1);
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if(m_currentMonth >= getFirstMonth(c))
+					break; //we don't have any other messages to show
+				setCurrentMonth(m_currentMonth+1);
+			}
+			continue; //begin the loop from the bottom, and find currentContact and timeLimit again
+		}
+
+		while(
+			(messages.count() < lines) &&
+			!msgElem.isNull() &&
+			(!timestamp.isValid() || !timeLimit.isValid() ||
+				((sens==Chronological) ? timestamp <= timeLimit : timestamp >= timeLimit)
+			))
+		{
+			// break this loop, if we have reached the correct number of messages,
+			// if there are no more messages for this contact, or if we reached
+			// the timeLimit msgElem is the next message, still not parsed, so
+			// we parse it now
+
+			Kopete::Message::MessageDirection dir = (msgElem.attribute("in") == "1") ?
+				Kopete::Message::Inbound : Kopete::Message::Outbound;
+
+			if(!m_hideOutgoing || dir != Kopete::Message::Outbound)
+			{ //parse only if we don't hide it
+
+				if( m_filter.isNull() || ( m_filterRegExp? msgElem.text().contains(QRegExp(m_filter,m_filterCaseSensitive)) : msgElem.text().contains(m_filter,m_filterCaseSensitive) ))
+				{
+					QString f=msgElem.attribute("from" );
+					const Kopete::Contact *from=(f.isNull() || !currentContact) ? 0L : currentContact->account()->contacts()[f];
+
+					if(!from)
+						from= dir==Kopete::Message::Inbound ? currentContact : currentContact->account()->myself();
+
+					Kopete::ContactPtrList to;
+					to.append( dir==Kopete::Message::Inbound ? currentContact->account()->myself() : currentContact );
+
+					if(!timestamp.isValid())
+					{
+						//parse timestamp only if it was not already parsed
+						rxTime.search(msgElem.attribute("time"));
+						QDate d=QDate::currentDate().addMonths(0-m_currentMonth);
+						timestamp=QDateTime( QDate(d.year() , d.month() , rxTime.cap(1).toUInt()), QTime( rxTime.cap(2).toUInt() , rxTime.cap(3).toUInt() , rxTime.cap(5).toUInt() ) );
+					}
+
+					Kopete::Message msg(timestamp, from, to, msgElem.text(), dir);
+					if (colorize)
+					{
+						msg.setBody( QString::fromLatin1("<span style=\"color:%1\" title=\"%2\">%3</span>")
+							.arg( fgColor.name(), timestamp.toString(Qt::LocalDate), msg.escapedBody() ),
+							Kopete::Message::RichText
+						);
+						msg.setFg( fgColor );
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						msg.setBody( QString::fromLatin1("<span title=\"%1\">%2</span>")
+							.arg( timestamp.toString(Qt::LocalDate), msg.escapedBody() ),
+							Kopete::Message::RichText
+						);
+					}
+
+					if(reverseOrder)
+						messages.prepend(msg);
+					else
+						messages.append(msg);
+				}
+			}
+
+			//here is the point of workaround. If i drop the root element, this crashes
+			//get the next message
+			QDomNode node = ( (sens==Chronological) ? msgElem.nextSibling() :
+				msgElem.previousSibling() );
+
+			msgElem = QDomElement(); //n.toElement();
+			while (!node.isNull() && msgElem.isNull())
+			{
+				msgElem = node.toElement();
+				if (!msgElem.isNull())
+				{
+					if (msgElem.tagName() == "msg")
+					{
+						if (!c && (m_metaContact->contacts().count() > 1))
+						{
+							// In case of hideoutgoing messages, it is faster to do
+							// this, so we don't parse the date if it is not needed
+							QRegExp rx("(\\d+) (\\d+):(\\d+):(\\d+)");
+							rx.search(msgElem.attribute("time"));
+
+							QDate d = QDate::currentDate().addMonths(0-m_currentMonth);
+							timestamp = QDateTime(
+								QDate(d.year(), d.month(), rx.cap(1).toUInt()),
+								QTime( rx.cap(2).toUInt(), rx.cap(3).toUInt() ) );
+						}
+						else
+							timestamp = QDateTime(); //invalid
+					}
+					else
+						msgElem = QDomElement();
+				}
+
+				node = (sens == Chronological) ? node.nextSibling() :
+					node.previousSibling();
+			}
+			m_currentElements[currentContact]=msgElem;  //this is the next message
+		}
+	}
+
+	if(messages.count() < lines)
+		m_currentElements.clear(); //current elements are null this can't be allowed
+
+	return messages;
+}
+
+QString HistoryLogger::getFileName(const Kopete::Contact* c, QDate date)
+{
+	
+	QString name = c->protocol()->pluginId().replace( QRegExp( QString::fromLatin1( "[./~?*]" ) ), QString::fromLatin1( "-" ) ) +
+		QString::fromLatin1( "/" ) +
+		c->account()->accountId().replace( QRegExp( QString::fromLatin1( "[./~?*]" ) ), QString::fromLatin1( "-" ) ) +
+		QString::fromLatin1( "/" ) +
+	c->contactId().replace( QRegExp( QString::fromLatin1( "[./~?*]" ) ), QString::fromLatin1( "-" ) ) +
+		date.toString(".yyyyMM");
+
+	QString filename=locateLocal( "data", QString::fromLatin1( "kopete/logs/" ) + name+ QString::fromLatin1( ".xml" ) ) ;
+
+	//Check if there is a kopete 0.7.x file
+	QFileInfo fi(filename);
+	if(!fi.exists())
+	{
+		name = c->protocol()->pluginId().replace( QRegExp( QString::fromLatin1( "[./~?*]" ) ), QString::fromLatin1( "-" ) ) +
+			QString::fromLatin1( "/" ) +
+			c->contactId().replace( QRegExp( QString::fromLatin1( "[./~?*]" ) ), QString::fromLatin1( "-" ) ) +
+			date.toString(".yyyyMM");
+
+		QString filename2=locateLocal( "data", QString::fromLatin1( "kopete/logs/" ) + name+ QString::fromLatin1( ".xml" ) ) ;
+
+		QFileInfo fi2(filename2);
+		if(fi2.exists())
+			return filename2;
+	}
+
+	return filename;
+
+}
+
+unsigned int HistoryLogger::getFirstMonth(const Kopete::Contact *c)
+{
+	if(!c)
+		return getFirstMonth();
+
+	QRegExp rx( "\\.(\\d\\d\\d\\d)(\\d\\d)" );
+	QFileInfo *fi;
+
+	// BEGIN check if there are Kopete 0.7.x
+	QDir d1(locateLocal("data",QString("kopete/logs/")+
+		c->protocol()->pluginId().replace( QRegExp(QString::fromLatin1("[./~?*]")),QString::fromLatin1("-"))
+		));
+	d1.setFilter( QDir::Files | QDir::NoSymLinks );
+	d1.setSorting( QDir::Name );
+
+	const QFileInfoList *list1 = d1.entryInfoList();
+	QFileInfoListIterator it1( *list1 );
+
+	while ( (fi = it1.current()) != 0 )
+	{
+		if(fi->fileName().contains(c->contactId().replace( QRegExp( QString::fromLatin1( "[./~?*]" ) ), QString::fromLatin1( "-" ) )))
+		{
+			rx.search(fi->fileName());
+			int result = 12*(QDate::currentDate().year() - rx.cap(1).toUInt()) +QDate::currentDate().month() - rx.cap(2).toUInt();
+
+			if(result < 0)
+			{
+				kdWarning(14310) << k_funcinfo << "Kopete only found log file from Kopete 0.7.x made in the future. Check your date!" << endl;
+				break;
+			}
+			return result;
+		}
+		++it1;
+	}
+	// END of kopete 0.7.x check
+
+
+	QDir d(locateLocal("data",QString("kopete/logs/")+
+		c->protocol()->pluginId().replace( QRegExp(QString::fromLatin1("[./~?*]")),QString::fromLatin1("-")) +
+		QString::fromLatin1( "/" ) +
+		c->account()->accountId().replace( QRegExp( QString::fromLatin1( "[./~?*]" ) ), QString::fromLatin1( "-" ) )
+		));
+
+	d.setFilter( QDir::Files | QDir::NoSymLinks );
+	d.setSorting( QDir::Name );
+
+	const QFileInfoList *list = d.entryInfoList();
+	QFileInfoListIterator it( *list );
+	while ( (fi = it.current()) != 0 )
+	{
+		if(fi->fileName().contains(c->contactId().replace( QRegExp( QString::fromLatin1( "[./~?*]" ) ), QString::fromLatin1( "-" ) )))
+		{
+			rx.search(fi->fileName());
+			int result = 12*(QDate::currentDate().year() - rx.cap(1).toUInt()) +QDate::currentDate().month() - rx.cap(2).toUInt();
+			if(result < 0)
+			{
+				kdWarning(14310) << k_funcinfo << "Kopete only found log file made in the future. Check your date!" << endl;
+				break;
+			}
+			return result;
+		}
+		++it;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+unsigned int HistoryLogger::getFirstMonth()
+{
+	if(m_cachedMonth!=-1)
+		return m_cachedMonth;
+
+	if(!m_metaContact)
+		return 0;
+
+	int m=0;
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> contacts=m_metaContact->contacts();
+	QPtrListIterator<Kopete::Contact> it( contacts );
+	for( ; it.current(); ++it )
+	{
+		int m2=getFirstMonth(*it);
+		if(m2>m) m=m2;
+	}
+	m_cachedMonth=m;
+	return m;
+}
+
+void HistoryLogger::setHideOutgoing(bool b)
+{
+	m_hideOutgoing = b;
+}
+
+void HistoryLogger::slotMCDeleted()
+{
+	m_metaContact = 0;
+}
+
+void HistoryLogger::setFilter(const QString& filter, bool caseSensitive , bool isRegExp)
+{
+	m_filter=filter;
+	m_filterCaseSensitive=caseSensitive;
+	m_filterRegExp=isRegExp;
+}
+
+QString HistoryLogger::filter() const
+{
+	return m_filter;
+}
+
+bool HistoryLogger::filterCaseSensitive() const
+{
+	return m_filterCaseSensitive;
+}
+
+bool HistoryLogger::filterRegExp() const
+{
+	return m_filterRegExp;
+}
+
+QValueList<int> HistoryLogger::getDaysForMonth(QDate date)
+{
+	QRegExp rxTime("time=\"(\\d+) \\d+:\\d+(:\\d+)?\""); //(with a 0.7.x compatibility)
+
+	QValueList<int> dayList;
+
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> contacts = m_metaContact->contacts();
+	QPtrListIterator<Kopete::Contact> it(contacts);
+
+	int lastDay=0;
+	for(; it.current(); ++it)
+	{
+//		kdDebug() << getFileName(*it, date) << endl;
+		QFile file(getFileName(*it, date));
+		if(!file.open(IO_ReadOnly))
+		{
+			continue;
+		}
+		QTextStream stream(&file);
+		QString fullText = stream.read();
+		file.close();
+
+		int pos = 0;
+		while( (pos = rxTime.search(fullText, pos)) != -1)
+		{
+			pos += rxTime.matchedLength();
+			int day=rxTime.capturedTexts()[1].toInt();
+			
+			if ( day !=lastDay && dayList.find(day) == dayList.end()) // avoid duplicates
+			{
+				dayList.append(rxTime.capturedTexts()[1].toInt());
+				lastDay=day;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return dayList;
+}
+
+#include "historylogger.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/historylogger.h b/kopete/plugins/history/historylogger.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..85cdbdd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/historylogger.h
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/*
+    historylogger.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Olivier Goffart        <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+    Kopete    (c) 2003-2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef HISTORYLOGGER_H
+#define HISTORYLOGGER_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include "kopetemessage.h" //TODO: REMOVE
+
+namespace Kopete { class Contact; }
+namespace Kopete { class MetaContact; }
+class QFile;
+class QDomDocument;
+class QTimer;
+
+/**
+ * One hinstance of this class is opened for every Kopete::ChatSession,
+ * or for the history dialog
+ *
+ * @author Olivier Goffart
+ */
+class HistoryLogger : public QObject
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+public:
+
+	/**
+	 * - Chronological: messages are read from the first to the last, in the time order
+	 * - AntiChronological: messages are read from the last to the first, in the time reversed order
+	 */
+	enum Sens { Default , Chronological , AntiChronological };
+
+	/**
+	 * Constructor, takes the contact, and the color of messages
+	 */
+	HistoryLogger( Kopete::MetaContact *m , QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
+	HistoryLogger( Kopete::Contact *c , QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
+
+
+	~HistoryLogger();
+
+	/**
+	 * return or setif yes or no outgoing message are hidden (and not parsed)
+	 */
+	bool hideOutgoing() const { return m_hideOutgoing; }
+	void setHideOutgoing(bool);
+
+	/**
+	 * set a searching  filter
+	 * @param filter is the string to search
+	 * @param caseSensitive say if the case is important
+	 * @param isRegExp say if the filter is a QRegExp, or a simle string
+	 */
+	 void setFilter(const QString& filter, bool caseSensitive=false , bool isRegExp=false);
+	 QString filter() const;
+	 bool filterCaseSensitive() const ;
+	 bool filterRegExp() const;
+
+
+
+	//----------------------------------
+
+	/**
+	 * log a message
+	 * @param c add a presision to the contact to use, if null, autodetect.
+	 */
+	void appendMessage( const Kopete::Message &msg , const Kopete::Contact *c=0L );
+
+	/**
+	 * read @param lines message from the current position
+	 * from Kopete::Contact @param c in the given @param sens
+	 */
+	QValueList<Kopete::Message> readMessages(unsigned int lines,
+		const Kopete::Contact *c=0, Sens sens=Default,
+		bool reverseOrder=false, bool colorize=true);
+
+	/** 
+	 * Same as the following, but for one date. I did'nt reuse the above function
+	 * because its structure is really different.
+	 * Read all the messages for the given @param date
+     */
+	QValueList<Kopete::Message> readMessages(QDate date);
+
+
+	/**
+	 * The pausition is set to the last message
+	 */
+	void setPositionToLast();
+
+	/**
+	 * The position is set to the first message
+	 */
+	void setPositionToFirst();
+
+	/**
+	 * Set the current month  (in number of month since the actual month)
+	 */
+	void setCurrentMonth(int month);
+
+	/**
+     * @return The list of the days for which there is a log for m_metaContact for month of *  @param date (don't care of the day)
+     */
+	QValueList<int> getDaysForMonth(QDate date);
+
+	/**
+	 * Get the filename of the xml file which contains the history from the
+	 * contact in the specified @param date. Specify @param date in order to get the filename for
+	 * the given date.year() date.month().
+	 */
+	static QString getFileName(const Kopete::Contact* , QDate date);
+
+private:
+	bool m_hideOutgoing;
+	bool m_filterCaseSensitive;
+	bool m_filterRegExp;
+	QString m_filter;
+
+
+	/*
+	 *contais all QDomDocument, for a KC, for a specified Month
+	 */
+	QMap<const Kopete::Contact*,QMap<unsigned int , QDomDocument> > m_documents;
+
+	/**
+	 * Contains the current message.
+	 * in fact, this is the next, still not showed
+	 */
+	QMap<const Kopete::Contact*, QDomElement>  m_currentElements;
+
+	/**
+	 * Get the document, open it is @param canload is true, contain is set to false if the document
+	 * is not already contained
+	 */
+	QDomDocument getDocument(const Kopete::Contact *c, unsigned int month , bool canLoad=true , bool* contain=0L);
+
+	QDomDocument getDocument(const Kopete::Contact *c, const QDate date, bool canLoad=true, bool* contain=0L);
+
+	/**
+	 * look over files to get the last month for this contact
+	 */
+	unsigned int getFirstMonth(const Kopete::Contact *c);
+	unsigned int getFirstMonth();
+
+
+	/*
+	 * the current month
+	 */
+	unsigned int m_currentMonth;
+
+	/*
+	 * the cached getFirstMonth
+	 */
+	int m_cachedMonth;
+
+
+
+	/*
+	 * the metacontact we are using
+	 */
+	Kopete::MetaContact *m_metaContact;
+
+	/*
+	 * keep the old position in memory, so if we change the sens, we can begin here
+	 */
+	QMap<const Kopete::Contact*, QDomElement>  m_oldElements;
+	unsigned int m_oldMonth;
+	Sens m_oldSens;
+	 
+	 /**
+	  * the timer used to save the file
+	  */ 
+	QTimer *m_saveTimer;
+	QDomDocument m_toSaveDocument;
+	QString m_toSaveFileName;
+	unsigned int m_saveTimerTime; //time in ms between each save
+	
+	/**
+	 * workaround for the 31 midnight bug.
+	 * it contains the number of the current month.
+	 */
+	int m_realMonth;
+
+	/*
+	 * FIXME:
+	 * WORKAROUND
+	 * due to a bug in QT, i have to keep the document element in the memory to
+	 * prevent crashes
+	 */
+	QValueList<QDomElement> workaround;
+
+private slots:
+	/**
+	 * the metacontact has been deleted
+	 */
+	void slotMCDeleted();
+	
+	/**
+	 * save the current month's document on the disk. 
+	 * connected to the m_saveTimer signal
+	 */
+	void saveToDisk();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/historyplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/history/historyplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf8d70b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/historyplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+    historyplugin.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Olivier Goffart        <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+              (c) 2003 by Stefan Gehn                 <metz AT gehn.net>
+    Kopete    (c) 2003-2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kaboutdata.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+//#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <kplugininfo.h>
+#include <kdeversion.h>
+
+#include "kopetechatsessionmanager.h"
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+#include "kopeteview.h"
+#include "kopetecontactlist.h"
+#include "kopeteuiglobal.h"
+#include "kopetemessageevent.h"
+#include "kopeteviewplugin.h"
+
+#include "historydialog.h"
+#include "historyplugin.h"
+#include "historylogger.h"
+#include "historyguiclient.h"
+#include "historyconfig.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<HistoryPlugin> HistoryPluginFactory;
+static const KAboutData aboutdata("kopete_history", I18N_NOOP("History") , "1.0" );
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_history, HistoryPluginFactory( &aboutdata )  )
+
+HistoryPlugin::HistoryPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList & /* args */ )
+: Kopete::Plugin( HistoryPluginFactory::instance(), parent, name ), m_loggerFactory( this )
+{
+	KAction *viewMetaContactHistory = new KAction( i18n("View &History" ),
+		QString::fromLatin1( "history" ), 0, this, SLOT(slotViewHistory()),
+		actionCollection(), "viewMetaContactHistory" );
+	viewMetaContactHistory->setEnabled(
+		Kopete::ContactList::self()->selectedMetaContacts().count() == 1 );
+
+	connect(Kopete::ContactList::self(), SIGNAL(metaContactSelected(bool)),
+		viewMetaContactHistory, SLOT(setEnabled(bool)));
+
+	connect(Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(), SIGNAL(viewCreated(KopeteView*)),
+		this, SLOT(slotViewCreated(KopeteView*)));
+
+	connect(this, SIGNAL(settingsChanged()), this, SLOT(slotSettingsChanged()));
+
+	setXMLFile("historyui.rc");
+	if(detectOldHistory())
+	{
+		if(
+			KMessageBox::questionYesNo(Kopete::UI::Global::mainWidget(),
+				i18n( "Old history files from Kopete 0.6.x or older has been detected.\n"
+				"Do you want to import and convert it to the new history format?" ),
+				i18n( "History Plugin" ), i18n("Import && Convert"), i18n("Do Not Import") ) == KMessageBox::Yes )
+		{
+			convertOldHistory();
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Add GUI action to all existing kmm objects
+	// (Needed if the plugin is enabled while kopete is already running)
+	QValueList<Kopete::ChatSession*> sessions = Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self()->sessions();
+	for (QValueListIterator<Kopete::ChatSession*> it= sessions.begin(); it!=sessions.end() ; ++it)
+	{
+	  if(!m_loggers.contains(*it))
+		{
+			m_loggers.insert(*it, new HistoryGUIClient( *it ) );
+			connect( *it, SIGNAL(closing(Kopete::ChatSession*)),
+				this, SLOT(slotKMMClosed(Kopete::ChatSession*)));
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+HistoryPlugin::~HistoryPlugin()
+{
+}
+
+
+void HistoryMessageLogger::handleMessage( Kopete::MessageEvent *event )
+{
+	history->messageDisplayed( event->message() );
+	MessageHandler::handleMessage( event );
+}
+
+void HistoryPlugin::messageDisplayed(const Kopete::Message &m)
+{
+	if(m.direction()==Kopete::Message::Internal || !m.manager())
+		return;
+
+	if(!m_loggers.contains(m.manager()))
+	{
+		m_loggers.insert(m.manager() , new HistoryGUIClient( m.manager() ) );
+		connect(m.manager(), SIGNAL(closing(Kopete::ChatSession*)),
+			this, SLOT(slotKMMClosed(Kopete::ChatSession*)));
+	}
+
+	HistoryLogger *l=m_loggers[m.manager()]->logger();
+	if(l)
+	{
+		QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> mb=m.manager()->members();
+		l->appendMessage(m,mb.first());
+	}
+
+	m_lastmessage=m;
+}
+
+
+void HistoryPlugin::slotViewHistory()
+{
+	Kopete::MetaContact *m=Kopete::ContactList::self()->selectedMetaContacts().first();
+	if(m)
+	{
+		int lines = HistoryConfig::number_ChatWindow();
+
+		// TODO: Keep track of open dialogs and raise instead of
+		// opening a new (duplicated) one
+		new HistoryDialog(m);
+	}
+}
+
+
+void HistoryPlugin::slotViewCreated( KopeteView* v )
+{
+	if(v->plugin()->pluginInfo()->pluginName() != QString::fromLatin1("kopete_chatwindow") )
+		return;  //Email chat windows are not supported.
+
+	bool autoChatWindow = HistoryConfig::auto_chatwindow();
+	int nbAutoChatWindow = HistoryConfig::number_Auto_chatwindow();
+
+	KopeteView *m_currentView = v;
+	Kopete::ChatSession *m_currentChatSession = v->msgManager();
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> mb = m_currentChatSession->members();
+
+	if(!m_currentChatSession)
+		return; //i am sorry
+
+	if(!m_loggers.contains(m_currentChatSession))
+	{
+		m_loggers.insert(m_currentChatSession , new HistoryGUIClient( m_currentChatSession ) );
+		connect( m_currentChatSession, SIGNAL(closing(Kopete::ChatSession*)),
+			this , SLOT(slotKMMClosed(Kopete::ChatSession*)));
+	}
+
+	if(!autoChatWindow || nbAutoChatWindow == 0)
+		return;
+
+	HistoryLogger *logger = m_loggers[m_currentChatSession]->logger();
+
+	logger->setPositionToLast();
+
+	QValueList<Kopete::Message> msgs = logger->readMessages(nbAutoChatWindow,
+			/*mb.first()*/ 0L, HistoryLogger::AntiChronological, true, true);
+
+	// make sure the last message is not the one which will be appened right
+	// after the view is created (and which has just been logged in)
+	if(
+		(msgs.last().plainBody() == m_lastmessage.plainBody()) &&
+		(m_lastmessage.manager() == m_currentChatSession))
+	{
+		msgs.remove(msgs.fromLast());
+	}
+
+	m_currentView->appendMessages( msgs );
+}
+
+
+void HistoryPlugin::slotKMMClosed( Kopete::ChatSession* kmm)
+{
+	m_loggers[kmm]->deleteLater();
+	m_loggers.remove(kmm);
+}
+
+void HistoryPlugin::slotSettingsChanged()
+{
+	kdDebug(14310) << k_funcinfo << "RELOADING CONFIG" << endl;
+	HistoryConfig::self()->readConfig();
+}
+
+#include "historyplugin.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/historyplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/history/historyplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63e2c87b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/historyplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+    historyplugin.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2005 by Olivier Goffart       <ogoffart at kde.org>
+              (c) 2003 by Stefan Gehn                 <metz AT gehn.net>
+    Kopete    (c) 2003-2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef HISTORYPLUGIN_H
+#define HISTORYPLUGIN_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+
+#include "kopetemessage.h"
+#include "kopetemessagehandler.h"
+
+class KopeteView;
+class KActionCollection;
+
+namespace Kopete
+{
+class MetaContact;
+class ChatSession;
+}
+
+class HistoryPreferences;
+class HistoryGUIClient;
+class HistoryPlugin;
+
+/**
+ * @author Richard Smith
+ */
+class HistoryMessageLogger : public Kopete::MessageHandler
+{
+	HistoryPlugin *history;
+public:
+	HistoryMessageLogger( HistoryPlugin *history ) : history(history) {}
+	void handleMessage( Kopete::MessageEvent *event );
+};
+
+class HistoryMessageLoggerFactory : public Kopete::MessageHandlerFactory
+{
+	HistoryPlugin *history;
+public:
+	HistoryMessageLoggerFactory( HistoryPlugin *history ) : history(history) {}
+	Kopete::MessageHandler *create( Kopete::ChatSession * /*manager*/, Kopete::Message::MessageDirection direction )
+	{
+		if( direction != Kopete::Message::Inbound )
+			return 0;
+		return new HistoryMessageLogger(history);
+	}
+	int filterPosition( Kopete::ChatSession *, Kopete::Message::MessageDirection )
+	{
+		return Kopete::MessageHandlerFactory::InStageToSent+5;
+	}
+};
+
+/**
+  * @author Olivier Goffart
+  */
+class HistoryPlugin : public Kopete::Plugin
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+	public:
+		HistoryPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args );
+		~HistoryPlugin();
+
+		/**
+		 * convert the Kopete 0.6 / 0.5 history to the new format
+		 */
+		static void convertOldHistory();
+		/**
+		 * return true if an old history has been detected, and no new ones
+		 */
+		static bool detectOldHistory();
+		
+		void messageDisplayed(const Kopete::Message &msg);
+		
+	private slots:
+		void slotViewCreated( KopeteView* );
+		void slotViewHistory();
+		void slotKMMClosed( Kopete::ChatSession* );
+		void slotSettingsChanged();
+
+	private:
+		HistoryMessageLoggerFactory m_loggerFactory;
+		QMap<Kopete::ChatSession*,HistoryGUIClient*> m_loggers;
+		Kopete::Message m_lastmessage;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/historypreferences.cpp b/kopete/plugins/history/historypreferences.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..61fce469
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/historypreferences.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+    historypreferences.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003 by Olivier Goffart             <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+              (c) 2003 by Stefan Gehn                 <metz AT gehn.net>
+    Kopete    (c) 2003-2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include "historypreferences.h"
+#include "historyconfig.h"
+#include "historyprefsui.h"
+
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qgroupbox.h>
+#include <kcolorbutton.h>
+#include <knuminput.h>
+#include <qcheckbox.h>
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<HistoryPreferences> HistoryConfigFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kcm_kopete_history, HistoryConfigFactory( "kcm_kopete_history" ) )
+
+HistoryPreferences::HistoryPreferences(QWidget *parent, const char*/*name*/, const QStringList &args)
+	: KCModule(HistoryConfigFactory::instance(), parent, args)
+{
+	kdDebug(14310) << k_funcinfo << "called." << endl;
+	(new QVBoxLayout(this))->setAutoAdd(true);
+	p = new HistoryPrefsUI(this);
+
+	connect(p->chkShowPrevious, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(slotShowPreviousChanged(bool)));
+	connect(p->Number_Auto_chatwindow, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)),
+		this, SLOT(slotModified()));
+	connect(p->Number_ChatWindow, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)),
+		this, SLOT(slotModified()));
+	connect(p->History_color, SIGNAL(changed(const QColor&)),
+		this, SLOT(slotModified()));
+	load();
+}
+
+HistoryPreferences::~HistoryPreferences()
+{
+	kdDebug(14310) << k_funcinfo << "called." << endl;
+}
+
+void HistoryPreferences::load()
+{
+	kdDebug(14310) << k_funcinfo << "called." << endl;
+	HistoryConfig::self()->readConfig();
+	p->chkShowPrevious->setChecked(HistoryConfig::auto_chatwindow());
+	slotShowPreviousChanged(p->chkShowPrevious->isChecked());
+	p->Number_Auto_chatwindow->setValue(HistoryConfig::number_Auto_chatwindow());
+	p->Number_ChatWindow->setValue(HistoryConfig::number_ChatWindow());
+	p->History_color->setColor(HistoryConfig::history_color());
+	//p-> HistoryConfig::browserStyle();
+	emit KCModule::changed(false);
+}
+
+void HistoryPreferences::save()
+{
+	kdDebug(14310) << k_funcinfo << "called." << endl;
+	HistoryConfig::setAuto_chatwindow(p->chkShowPrevious->isChecked());
+	HistoryConfig::setNumber_Auto_chatwindow(p->Number_Auto_chatwindow->value());
+	HistoryConfig::setNumber_ChatWindow(p->Number_ChatWindow->value());
+	HistoryConfig::setHistory_color(p->History_color->color());
+	HistoryConfig::self()->writeConfig();
+	emit KCModule::changed(false);
+}
+
+void HistoryPreferences::slotModified()
+{
+	emit KCModule::changed(true);
+}
+
+void HistoryPreferences::slotShowPreviousChanged(bool on)
+{
+	emit KCModule::changed(true);
+}
+
+#include "historypreferences.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/historypreferences.h b/kopete/plugins/history/historypreferences.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..247e2bc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/historypreferences.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+    historypreferences.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003 by Olivier Goffart             <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+              (c) 2003 by Stefan Gehn                 <metz AT gehn.net>
+    Kopete    (c) 2003-2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef HISTORYPREFERENCES_H
+#define HISTORYPREFERENCES_H
+
+#include <kcmodule.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+class HistoryPrefsUI;
+
+/**
+ * @author Stefan Gehn
+ */
+class HistoryPreferences : public KCModule
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+	public:
+		HistoryPreferences(QWidget *parent=0, const char* name=0,
+			const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+		~HistoryPreferences();
+
+		virtual void save();
+		virtual void load();
+
+	private slots:
+		void slotModified();
+		void slotShowPreviousChanged(bool);
+
+	private:
+		HistoryPrefsUI *p;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/historyprefsui.ui b/kopete/plugins/history/historyprefsui.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5942a07a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/historyprefsui.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>HistoryPrefsUI</class>
+<author>Olivier Goffart</author>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>HistoryPrefsWidget</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>363</width>
+            <height>212</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <property name="caption">
+        <string>HistoryPrefsWidget</string>
+    </property>
+    <vbox>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QGroupBox">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>grpChatHistory</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Chat History</string>
+            </property>
+            <grid>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QLabel" row="3" column="0">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>lblNoLinesPerPage</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Number of messages per page:</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="whatsThis" stdset="0">
+                        <string>The number of messages that are shown when browsing history in the chat window</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="KIntSpinBox" row="3" column="1">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>Number_ChatWindow</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="maxValue">
+                        <number>32768</number>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="minValue">
+                        <number>1</number>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="value">
+                        <number>10</number>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="whatsThis" stdset="0">
+                        <string>The number of message that are shown when borwsing history in the chat window</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLabel" row="2" column="0">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>colorLabel</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Color of messages:</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="buddy" stdset="0">
+                        <cstring>History_color</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="whatsThis" stdset="0">
+                        <string>Color of history messages in the chat window</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="KColorButton" row="2" column="1">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>History_color</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string></string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="color">
+                        <color>
+                            <red>170</red>
+                            <green>170</green>
+                            <blue>127</blue>
+                        </color>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="whatsThis" stdset="0">
+                        <string>Color of history messages in the chat window</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="KIntSpinBox" row="1" column="1">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>Number_Auto_chatwindow</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="maxValue">
+                        <number>32768</number>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="minValue">
+                        <number>1</number>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="value">
+                        <number>7</number>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="whatsThis" stdset="0">
+                        <string>This is the number of messages that will be added automatically in the chat window when opening a new chat.</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLabel" row="1" column="0">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>numberLabel</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Number of messages to show:</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="buddy" stdset="0">
+                        <cstring>Number_Auto_chatwindow</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="whatsThis" stdset="0">
+                        <string>This is the number of messages that will be added automatically in the chat window when opening a new chat.</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QCheckBox" row="0" column="0" rowspan="1" colspan="2">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>chkShowPrevious</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Show chat history in new chats</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="checked">
+                        <bool>true</bool>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="whatsThis" stdset="0">
+                        <string>When a new chat is opened, automatically add the last few messages between you and that contact.</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+            </grid>
+        </widget>
+        <spacer>
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>spacer2</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="orientation">
+                <enum>Vertical</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeType">
+                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeHint">
+                <size>
+                    <width>31</width>
+                    <height>90</height>
+                </size>
+            </property>
+        </spacer>
+    </vbox>
+</widget>
+<customwidgets>
+</customwidgets>
+<connections>
+    <connection>
+        <sender>chkShowPrevious</sender>
+        <signal>toggled(bool)</signal>
+        <receiver>numberLabel</receiver>
+        <slot>setEnabled(bool)</slot>
+    </connection>
+    <connection>
+        <sender>chkShowPrevious</sender>
+        <signal>toggled(bool)</signal>
+        <receiver>Number_Auto_chatwindow</receiver>
+        <slot>setEnabled(bool)</slot>
+    </connection>
+</connections>
+<tabstops>
+    <tabstop>chkShowPrevious</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>Number_Auto_chatwindow</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>History_color</tabstop>
+</tabstops>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+<includehints>
+    <includehint>knuminput.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kcolorbutton.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>knuminput.h</includehint>
+</includehints>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/historyui.rc b/kopete/plugins/history/historyui.rc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f72b22c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/historyui.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<!DOCTYPE kpartgui>
+<kpartgui name="kopete_history" version="1">
+	<MenuBar>
+		<Menu name="edit">
+			<text>&amp;Edit</text>
+			<Action name="viewMetaContactHistory" />
+		</Menu>
+	</MenuBar>
+	<Menu name="contact_popup">
+		<Action name="viewMetaContactHistory" />
+  	</Menu>
+</kpartgui>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/historyviewer.ui b/kopete/plugins/history/historyviewer.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4cef647e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/historyviewer.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>HistoryViewer</class>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>HistoryViewer</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>682</width>
+            <height>634</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <property name="sizePolicy">
+        <sizepolicy>
+            <hsizetype>5</hsizetype>
+            <vsizetype>5</vsizetype>
+            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+        </sizepolicy>
+    </property>
+    <property name="minimumSize">
+        <size>
+            <width>300</width>
+            <height>200</height>
+        </size>
+    </property>
+    <grid>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <property name="margin">
+            <number>0</number>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QLayoutWidget" row="3" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>layout3</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <hbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QLabel">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>statusLabel</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="maximumSize">
+                        <size>
+                            <width>32767</width>
+                            <height>20</height>
+                        </size>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Ready</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="KProgress">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>searchProgress</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+            </hbox>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QLayoutWidget" row="2" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>layout8</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <hbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>searchErase</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string></string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="accel">
+                        <string></string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLabel">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Search:</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="KLineEdit">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>searchLine</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QPushButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>searchButton</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="enabled">
+                        <bool>false</bool>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizePolicy">
+                        <sizepolicy>
+                            <hsizetype>1</hsizetype>
+                            <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                        </sizepolicy>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="minimumSize">
+                        <size>
+                            <width>70</width>
+                            <height>0</height>
+                        </size>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="maximumSize">
+                        <size>
+                            <width>150</width>
+                            <height>32767</height>
+                        </size>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Se&amp;arch</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+            </hbox>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QSplitter" row="1" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>splitter2</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="orientation">
+                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+            </property>
+            <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>layout5</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <vbox>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="margin">
+                        <number>0</number>
+                    </property>
+                    <widget class="KListViewSearchLine">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>dateSearchLine</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="enabled">
+                            <bool>true</bool>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="sizePolicy">
+                            <sizepolicy>
+                                <hsizetype>5</hsizetype>
+                                <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                                <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                                <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                            </sizepolicy>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="minimumSize">
+                            <size>
+                                <width>140</width>
+                                <height>0</height>
+                            </size>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="maximumSize">
+                            <size>
+                                <width>32767</width>
+                                <height>32767</height>
+                            </size>
+                        </property>
+                    </widget>
+                    <widget class="KListView">
+                        <column>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>Date</string>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="clickable">
+                                <bool>true</bool>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="resizable">
+                                <bool>true</bool>
+                            </property>
+                        </column>
+                        <column>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>Contact</string>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="clickable">
+                                <bool>true</bool>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="resizable">
+                                <bool>true</bool>
+                            </property>
+                        </column>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>dateListView</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="sizePolicy">
+                            <sizepolicy>
+                                <hsizetype>5</hsizetype>
+                                <vsizetype>7</vsizetype>
+                                <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                                <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                            </sizepolicy>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="minimumSize">
+                            <size>
+                                <width>0</width>
+                                <height>0</height>
+                            </size>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="maximumSize">
+                            <size>
+                                <width>32767</width>
+                                <height>32767</height>
+                            </size>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="rootIsDecorated">
+                            <bool>false</bool>
+                        </property>
+                    </widget>
+                </vbox>
+            </widget>
+            <widget class="QFrame">
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>htmlFrame</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <property name="sizePolicy">
+                    <sizepolicy>
+                        <hsizetype>5</hsizetype>
+                        <vsizetype>5</vsizetype>
+                        <horstretch>10</horstretch>
+                        <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                    </sizepolicy>
+                </property>
+                <property name="minimumSize">
+                    <size>
+                        <width>0</width>
+                        <height>0</height>
+                    </size>
+                </property>
+                <property name="frameShape">
+                    <enum>WinPanel</enum>
+                </property>
+                <property name="frameShadow">
+                    <enum>Sunken</enum>
+                </property>
+            </widget>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QLayoutWidget" row="0" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>layout11</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <hbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QLabel">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizePolicy">
+                        <sizepolicy>
+                            <hsizetype>1</hsizetype>
+                            <vsizetype>5</vsizetype>
+                            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                        </sizepolicy>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Contact:</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="KComboBox">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>contactComboBox</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizePolicy">
+                        <sizepolicy>
+                            <hsizetype>7</hsizetype>
+                            <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                        </sizepolicy>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLabel">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>textLabel1_2</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Message Filter:</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QComboBox">
+                    <item>
+                        <property name="text">
+                            <string>All messages</string>
+                        </property>
+                    </item>
+                    <item>
+                        <property name="text">
+                            <string>Only incoming</string>
+                        </property>
+                    </item>
+                    <item>
+                        <property name="text">
+                            <string>Only outgoing</string>
+                        </property>
+                    </item>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>messageFilterBox</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizePolicy">
+                        <sizepolicy>
+                            <hsizetype>0</hsizetype>
+                            <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                        </sizepolicy>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="minimumSize">
+                        <size>
+                            <width>200</width>
+                            <height>0</height>
+                        </size>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+            </hbox>
+        </widget>
+    </grid>
+</widget>
+<customwidgets>
+</customwidgets>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+<includehints>
+    <includehint>kprogress.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>klineedit.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>klistviewsearchline.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>klistview.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kcombobox.h</includehint>
+</includehints>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/kopete_history.desktop b/kopete/plugins/history/kopete_history.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f14aee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/kopete_history.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+Icon=history
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_history
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Olivier Goffart
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=ogoffart@tiscalinet.be
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_history
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.8.0
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://kopete.kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=true
+Name=History
+Name[ar]=محفوظات
+Name[az]=Keçmiş
+Name[be]=Гісторыя
+Name[bg]=История
+Name[bn]=ইতিহাস
+Name[br]=Istor
+Name[bs]=Historija
+Name[ca]=Historial
+Name[cs]=Historie
+Name[cy]=Hanes
+Name[da]=Historik
+Name[de]=Verlauf
+Name[el]=Ιστορικό
+Name[eo]=Historio
+Name[es]=Historia
+Name[et]=Ajalugu
+Name[eu]=Historia
+Name[fa]=تاریخچه
+Name[fi]=Historia
+Name[fr]=Historique
+Name[ga]=Stair
+Name[gl]=Historial
+Name[he]=היסטוריה
+Name[hi]=इतिहास
+Name[hr]=Povijest
+Name[hu]=Üzenetnapló
+Name[id]=Sejarah
+Name[is]=Ferill
+Name[it]=Cronologia
+Name[ja]=履歴
+Name[ka]=ისტორია
+Name[kk]=Журнал
+Name[km]=ប្រវត្តិ
+Name[lt]=Istorija
+Name[lv]=Vēsture
+Name[mk]=Историја
+Name[mt]=Kronoloġija
+Name[nb]=Historie
+Name[nds]=Vörgeschicht
+Name[ne]=इतिहास
+Name[nl]=Geschiedenis
+Name[nn]=Historie
+Name[pa]=ਅਤੀਤ
+Name[pl]=Historia
+Name[pt]=Histórico
+Name[pt_BR]=História
+Name[ro]=Istoric
+Name[ru]=Журнал разговоров
+Name[rw]=Amateka
+Name[se]=Historihkka
+Name[sk]=História
+Name[sl]=Zgodovina
+Name[sr]=Историја
+Name[sr@Latn]=Istorija
+Name[sv]=Historik
+Name[ta]=வரலாறு
+Name[tg]=Номнависи сӯҳбатҳо
+Name[th]=ประวัติการใช้งาน
+Name[tr]=Geçmiş
+Name[uk]=Історія
+Name[uz]=Tarix
+Name[uz@cyrillic]=Тарих
+Name[ven]=Divhazwakale
+Name[wa]=Istwere
+Name[xh]=Imbali
+Name[zh_CN]=历史
+Name[zh_HK]=歷程紀錄
+Name[zh_TW]=歷史
+Name[zu]=Umlando
+Comment=Log all messages to keep track of your conversations
+Comment[ar]=سجل جميع الرسائل للمحافظة على محادثاتك
+Comment[be]=Запісваць усе паведамленні для стварэння дзённікаў гутарак
+Comment[bg]=Запис на всички съобщения с цел преглед и търсене в тях в бъдеще
+Comment[bn]=আপনার কথোপকথনের খতিয়ান রাখতে সব বার্তা কার্যবিবরণীতে লিখে রাখে
+Comment[bs]=Zapiši sve poruke u historiju
+Comment[ca]=Registra tots els missatges per seguir les vostres converses
+Comment[cs]=Záznam konverzace
+Comment[cy]=Cofnodi pob neges er mwyn cadw trefn ar eich sgwrsiau
+Comment[da]=Log alle beskeder for at holde styr på dine konversationer
+Comment[de]=Protokolliert alle Nachrichten der eigenen Gespräche
+Comment[el]=Καταγράψτε όλα τα μηνύματά σας για να διατηρήσετε αρχείο με τις συζητήσεις σας
+Comment[es]=Registra todos los mensajes para guardar sus conversaciones
+Comment[et]=Kõigi sõnumite logimine, et neil ka hiljem silm peal hoida
+Comment[eu]=Gorde mezu guztiak zure elkarrizketak jarrai ahal ditzazun
+Comment[fa]=برای ردگیری مکالمات خود همۀ پیامها را ثبت کنید
+Comment[fi]=Laita kaikki viestisi lokiin
+Comment[fr]=Enregistrer tous les messages pour conserver une trace de vos discussions
+Comment[gl]=Rexitra tódolas mensajex para gardar conversacións
+Comment[he]=שומר תיעוד מסודר שלך כל שיחותיך
+Comment[hi]=आपके वार्तालाप की जानकारी बनाए रखने के लिए सभी संदेशों को लॉग करें
+Comment[hr]=Upisuje u dnevnik sve poruke kako biste vodili evidenciju o svojim razgovorima
+Comment[hu]=Az üzenetek archiválása
+Comment[is]=Halda til haga samskiptaannál
+Comment[it]=Effettua il log di tutti i messaggi in modo da avere traccia delle tue conversazioni
+Comment[ja]=会話を残すためにメッセージのログを取る
+Comment[ka]=ყველა შეტყობინების ჟურნალირება თქვენი საუბრების ჩასაწერად
+Comment[kk]=Хабарласу барысын журналға жазып отыру
+Comment[km]=ចុះ​កំណត់​ហេតុ​សារ​ទាំងអស់ ដើម្បី​តាមដាន​ការ​សន្ទនា​របស់​អ្នក
+Comment[lt]=Įrašinėti visas žinutes ir vesti pokalbių žurnalą
+Comment[mk]=Ги зачувува сите пораки за да ги следите вашите разговори
+Comment[nb]=Logg alle meldinger for å ta vare på samtalene dine
+Comment[nds]=All Narichten för't Nakieken na't Logbook schrieven
+Comment[ne]=तपाईँको वार्तालापको ट्रयाक राख्न सबै सन्देश लग गर्नुहोस्
+Comment[nl]=Bewaar alle berichten in een logboek om uw conversaties later opnieuw te kunnen bekijken
+Comment[nn]=Logg alle meldingar for å ta vare på samtalane dine
+Comment[pl]=Zapisuje wszystkie wiadomości, aby trzymać historię Twoich rozmów
+Comment[pt]=Regista todas as mensagens para manter um registo da sua conversa
+Comment[pt_BR]=Registra todas as mensagens para manter o histórico de suas conversações
+Comment[ru]=Делать записи ваших разговоров в журнале
+Comment[se]=Vurke buot dieđáhusaid vai oaidnit du ságastallamiid
+Comment[sk]=Záznam všetkých správ, aby ste mohli sledovať vaše rozhovory
+Comment[sl]=Beleži vsa sporočila za hranjenje vaših pogovorov
+Comment[sr]=Уписује у дневник све поруке да би сте водили евиденцију о својим разговорима
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Upisuje u dnevnik sve poruke da bi ste vodili evidenciju o svojim razgovorima
+Comment[sv]=Logga alla meddelanden för att hålla ordning på samtalen
+Comment[ta]=உங்கள் உரையாடலை கவனிக்க அனைத்து செய்திகளையும் புகுபதி 
+Comment[tg]=Сабти ҳамаи пайёмҳо барои пайгардии ҳамаи сӯҳбатҳои шумо
+Comment[tr]=Konuşmalarınızın kaydedildiği bütün günlük mesajları
+Comment[uk]=Робити записи в журналі для слідкування за вашими розмовами
+Comment[wa]=Wårder on djournå di tos vos messaedjes, po vos poleur rivey li conversåcion
+Comment[zh_CN]=记录您对话的全部消息
+Comment[zh_HK]=記錄所有訊息，讓您能追查您的對話紀錄
+Comment[zh_TW]=紀錄所有對話訊息
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/history/kopete_history_config.desktop b/kopete/plugins/history/kopete_history_config.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ee2d6b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/history/kopete_history_config.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Icon=history
+Type=Service
+ServiceTypes=KCModule
+
+X-KDE-ModuleType=Library
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_history
+X-KDE-FactoryName=HistoryConfigFactory
+X-KDE-ParentApp=kopete_history
+X-KDE-ParentComponents=kopete_history
+
+Name=History
+Name[ar]=محفوظات
+Name[az]=Keçmiş
+Name[be]=Гісторыя
+Name[bg]=История
+Name[bn]=ইতিহাস
+Name[br]=Istor
+Name[bs]=Historija
+Name[ca]=Historial
+Name[cs]=Historie
+Name[cy]=Hanes
+Name[da]=Historik
+Name[de]=Verlauf
+Name[el]=Ιστορικό
+Name[eo]=Historio
+Name[es]=Historia
+Name[et]=Ajalugu
+Name[eu]=Historia
+Name[fa]=تاریخچه
+Name[fi]=Historia
+Name[fr]=Historique
+Name[ga]=Stair
+Name[gl]=Historial
+Name[he]=היסטוריה
+Name[hi]=इतिहास
+Name[hr]=Povijest
+Name[hu]=Üzenetnapló
+Name[id]=Sejarah
+Name[is]=Ferill
+Name[it]=Cronologia
+Name[ja]=履歴
+Name[ka]=ისტორია
+Name[kk]=Журнал
+Name[km]=ប្រវត្តិ
+Name[lt]=Istorija
+Name[lv]=Vēsture
+Name[mk]=Историја
+Name[mt]=Kronoloġija
+Name[nb]=Historie
+Name[nds]=Vörgeschicht
+Name[ne]=इतिहास
+Name[nl]=Geschiedenis
+Name[nn]=Historie
+Name[pa]=ਅਤੀਤ
+Name[pl]=Historia
+Name[pt]=Histórico
+Name[pt_BR]=História
+Name[ro]=Istoric
+Name[ru]=Журнал разговоров
+Name[rw]=Amateka
+Name[se]=Historihkka
+Name[sk]=História
+Name[sl]=Zgodovina
+Name[sr]=Историја
+Name[sr@Latn]=Istorija
+Name[sv]=Historik
+Name[ta]=வரலாறு
+Name[tg]=Номнависи сӯҳбатҳо
+Name[th]=ประวัติการใช้งาน
+Name[tr]=Geçmiş
+Name[uk]=Історія
+Name[uz]=Tarix
+Name[uz@cyrillic]=Тарих
+Name[ven]=Divhazwakale
+Name[wa]=Istwere
+Name[xh]=Imbali
+Name[zh_CN]=历史
+Name[zh_HK]=歷程紀錄
+Name[zh_TW]=歷史
+Name[zu]=Umlando
+Comment=History Plugin
+Comment[ar]=توصيلة المحفوظات
+Comment[be]=Модуль гісторыі
+Comment[bg]=Приставка за историята
+Comment[bn]=ইতিহাস প্লাগিন
+Comment[br]=Lugent an istorig
+Comment[bs]=Dodatak za historiju
+Comment[ca]=Connector de l'historial
+Comment[cs]=Modul historie
+Comment[cy]=Ategyn Hanes
+Comment[da]=Historik-plugin
+Comment[de]=Verlaufsmodul
+Comment[el]=Πρόσθετο ιστορικού
+Comment[eo]=Historio-kromaĵo
+Comment[es]=Complemento de Historial
+Comment[et]=Ajalooplugin
+Comment[eu]=Historia plugin-a
+Comment[fa]=وصلۀ تاریخچه
+Comment[fi]=Historia-liitännäinen
+Comment[fr]=Module d'historique
+Comment[ga]=Breiseán Staire
+Comment[gl]=Plugin de historial
+Comment[he]=תוסף ההיסטוריה
+Comment[hi]=इतिहास प्लगइन
+Comment[hr]=Umetak za povijest
+Comment[hu]=Előzmények bővítőmodul
+Comment[is]=Ferilsíforrit
+Comment[it]=Plugin cronologia
+Comment[ja]=履歴プラグイン
+Comment[ka]=ისტორიის მოდული
+Comment[kk]=Журнал плагин модулі
+Comment[km]=កម្មវិធី​ជំនួយ​ប្រវត្តិ
+Comment[lt]=Istorijos įskiepis
+Comment[mk]=Приклучок за историја
+Comment[nb]=Programtillegg for historie
+Comment[nds]=Vörgeschichtmoduul
+Comment[ne]=इतिहास प्लगइन
+Comment[nl]=Geschiedenis-plugin
+Comment[nn]=Programtillegg for historie
+Comment[pl]=Wtyczka historii
+Comment[pt]='Plugin' de Historial
+Comment[pt_BR]=Plugin de Histórico
+Comment[ro]=Modul istoric
+Comment[ru]=Модуль журналирования
+Comment[se]=Historihkkalassemoduvla
+Comment[sk]=Modul histórie
+Comment[sl]=Vstavek Zgodovina
+Comment[sr]=Прикључак за историјат
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Priključak za istorijat
+Comment[sv]=Historikinsticksprogram
+Comment[ta]=வரலாற்று செருகல்
+Comment[tg]=Модули Номнависи сӯҳбатҳо
+Comment[tr]=Geçmiş Eklentisi
+Comment[uk]=Втулок історії
+Comment[uz]=Tarix plagini
+Comment[uz@cyrillic]=Тарих плагини
+Comment[wa]=Tchôke-divins del istwere
+Comment[zh_CN]=历史插件
+Comment[zh_HK]=歷程紀錄插件
+Comment[zh_TW]=歷史外掛程式
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/latex/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/latex/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..924da747
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/latex/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
+SUBDIRS = icons
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(all_includes)
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_latex.la kcm_kopete_latex.la
+
+kopete_latex_la_SOURCES = latexplugin.cpp latexconfig.kcfgc latexguiclient.cpp
+kopete_latex_la_LDFLAGS     = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_latex_la_LIBADD      = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la
+
+kcm_kopete_latex_la_SOURCES = latexprefsbase.ui latexpreferences.cpp latexconfig.kcfgc
+kcm_kopete_latex_la_LDFLAGS = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kcm_kopete_latex_la_LIBADD  = $(LIB_KOPETECOMPAT) $(LIB_KUTILS)
+
+service_DATA = kopete_latex.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+kcm_DATA = kopete_latex_config.desktop
+kcmdir = $(kde_servicesdir)/kconfiguredialog
+
+bin_SCRIPTS = kopete_latexconvert.sh
+kde_kcfg_DATA = latexconfig.kcfg
+
+mydatadir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete_latex
+mydata_DATA = latexchatui.rc
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/latex/icons/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/latex/icons/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..224eb420
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/latex/icons/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+kopeteicondir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete/icons
+kopeteicon_ICON = AUTO
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/latex/icons/cr32-app-latex.png b/kopete/plugins/latex/icons/cr32-app-latex.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..69df3f61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/latex/icons/cr32-app-latex.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/latex/kopete_latex.desktop b/kopete/plugins/latex/kopete_latex.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3d957701
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/latex/kopete_latex.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+Icon=latex
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_latex
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Duncan Mac-Vicar
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=duncan@kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_latex
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.8.0
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://kopete.kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=false
+Name=KopeTeX
+Name[bn]=কপেটেক
+Name[ja]=KopeTex
+Name[ne]=कोपेटेक्स
+Name[sv]=Kopetex
+Comment=Render Latex formulas in the chatwindow
+Comment[be]=Паказваць формулы Latex у вакне гутаркі
+Comment[bg]=Показване на формули на Latex в прозореца за чат
+Comment[bn]=চ্যাট উইন্ডোতে লেটেক ফর্মূলা প্রদর্শন করে
+Comment[bs]=Iscrtava Latex formule u chat prozoru
+Comment[ca]=Representa fórmules Latex a la finestra de xat
+Comment[cs]=Vykresluje vzorce LaTeXu v okně rozhovoru
+Comment[da]=Viser Latex-formler i chat-vinduet
+Comment[de]=Latex-Formeln in einem Chat-Fenster anzeigen
+Comment[el]=Εξισώσεις Latex στο παράθυρο συνομιλίας
+Comment[es]=Muestra fórmulas LaTeX en la ventana de charla
+Comment[et]=LaTeXi valemite renderdamine vestlusaknas
+Comment[eu]=Elkarrizketa leihoaetan Latex formulak marrazten ditu
+Comment[fa]=نمایش فرمولهای Latex در پنجرۀ گفتگو
+Comment[fi]=Renderöi Latex-kaavoja keskusteluikkunaan
+Comment[fr]=Affichage de formules LaTeX dans la fenêtre de discussion
+Comment[gl]=Debuxar as fórmulas de Laxtex na fiestra de conversa
+Comment[he]=מציג נוסחאות של Latex בחלון השיחה
+Comment[hu]=Latex-es képletek megjelenítése a csevegési ablakban
+Comment[is]=Teikna Latex formúlur í spjallglugganum
+Comment[it]=Visualizza formule latex nella finestra di chat
+Comment[ja]=チャットウィンドウで LaTeX の数式を表示
+Comment[ka]=Latex ფორმულების საუბრის ფანჯარაში რენდერი
+Comment[kk]=Latex формулаларын әңгіме терезесінде келтіру
+Comment[km]=បង្ហាញ​រូបមន្ត Latex នៅ​ក្នុង​បង្អួច​ជជែក​កំសាន្ដ
+Comment[lt]=Vykdyti Latex formules pokalbių lange
+Comment[mk]=Исцртува Latex формули во прозорецот за разговори
+Comment[nb]=Tegn LaTeX-formler i pratevinduet
+Comment[nds]=Latex-Formeln binnen dat Klöönfinster wiesen
+Comment[ne]=कुराकानी सञ्झ्यालमा ल्याटेक्स सूत्र रेन्डर गर्नुहोस्
+Comment[nl]=Latex-formules renderen in het gespreksvenster
+Comment[nn]=Vis Latex-formlar i pratevindauget
+Comment[pl]=Wyświetla wyrażenia Latexa w oknie rozmowy
+Comment[pt]=Mostrar formulas de Latex na janela de conversação
+Comment[pt_BR]=Renderiza fórmulas do Latex em uma janela de bate-papo
+Comment[ro]=Randează formule LaTeX în fereastra de discuţii
+Comment[ru]=Вставка и вывод формул Latex в окнах разговоров Kopete
+Comment[se]=Sárggo LaTeX-hámuid čáttenláses
+Comment[sk]=Zobrazovanie výrazov Latex v okne rozhovoru
+Comment[sl]=Izris formul LaTeX v oknu za klepet
+Comment[sr]=Приказ Latex формула у прозору за ћаскање
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Prikaz Latex formula u prozoru za ćaskanje
+Comment[sv]=Visa Latex-formler i chattfönstret
+Comment[ta]= Render Latex formulas in the chatwindow
+Comment[tg]=Формулаҳои Render Latex дар тирезаи чат
+Comment[tr]=Sohbet penceresindeki Latex formüllerini verir
+Comment[uk]=Відтворення формул Latex у вікнах розмов Kopete
+Comment[zh_CN]=在聊天窗口中渲染 Latex 公式
+Comment[zh_HK]=在聊天視窗內顯示 Latex 方程式
+Comment[zh_TW]=在聊天視窗中加入 Latex 公式
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/latex/kopete_latex_config.desktop b/kopete/plugins/latex/kopete_latex_config.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a5e67a2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/latex/kopete_latex_config.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Icon=latex
+Type=Service
+ServiceTypes=KCModule
+
+X-KDE-ModuleType=Library
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_latex
+X-KDE-FactoryName=LatexConfigFactory
+X-KDE-ParentApp=kopete_latex
+X-KDE-ParentComponents=kopete_latex
+
+Name=Highlight
+Name[ar]=تمييز
+Name[bg]=Открояване
+Name[bn]=গুরুত্বপূর্ণ
+Name[br]=Splannadur
+Name[bs]=Isticanje
+Name[ca]=Ressaltat
+Name[cs]=Zvýraznění
+Name[cy]=Amlygu
+Name[da]=Fremhæv
+Name[de]=Hervorhebung
+Name[el]=Τονισμός
+Name[eo]=Lumaĵo
+Name[es]=Resaltar
+Name[et]=Esiletõstmine
+Name[eu]=Nabarmendu
+Name[fa]=مشخص
+Name[fi]=Korostus
+Name[fr]=Surlignement
+Name[ga]=Aibhsiú
+Name[gl]=Resaltar
+Name[he]=מודגש
+Name[hi]=उभारें
+Name[hr]=Isticanje
+Name[hu]=Kiemelés
+Name[is]=Merkja
+Name[it]=Evidenziazione
+Name[ja]=強調
+Name[ka]=მარკირებული
+Name[kk]=Ерекше
+Name[km]=សំខាន់
+Name[lt]=Paryškinti
+Name[mk]=Осветлување
+Name[nb]=Marker
+Name[nds]=Rutheven
+Name[ne]=हाइलाइट
+Name[nl]=Aanwijzen
+Name[nn]=Marker
+Name[pa]=ਉਘਾੜਨ
+Name[pl]=Podświetlenie
+Name[pt]=Realce
+Name[pt_BR]=Destaque
+Name[ro]=Evidenţiat
+Name[ru]=Выделение
+Name[se]=Merke
+Name[sk]=Zvýrazniť
+Name[sl]=Poudarjeno sporočilo
+Name[sr]=Истицање
+Name[sr@Latn]=Isticanje
+Name[sv]=Markera
+Name[ta]=முனைப்புறுத்தல்
+Name[tg]=Равшаннамоӣ
+Name[tr]=Vurgu
+Name[uk]=Підсвічування
+Name[wa]=E sorbiyance
+Name[zh_CN]=突出显示
+Name[zh_HK]=加強顯示
+Name[zh_TW]=高亮度
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/latex/kopete_latexconvert.sh b/kopete/plugins/latex/kopete_latexconvert.sh
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..b7f92263
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/latex/kopete_latexconvert.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#############################################################
+# TEX2IM:   Converts LaTeX formulas to pixel graphics which #
+#           can be easily included in Text-Processors like  #
+#           M$ or Staroffice.                               #
+#                                                           #
+# Required software: latex, convert (image magic)           #
+# to get color, the latex color package is required         #
+#############################################################
+# Version 1.8  (http://www.nought.de/tex2im.html)           #
+# published under the GNU public licence (GPL)              #
+# (c) 14. May 2004 by Andreas Reigber                   #
+# Email: anderl@nought.de                                   #
+#############################################################
+
+#
+# Default values
+#
+
+resolution="150x150"
+format="png"
+color1="white"
+color2="black"
+trans=1
+noformula=0
+aa=1
+extra_header="$HOME/.tex2im_header"
+
+if [ -f ~/.tex2imrc ]; then
+	source ~/.tex2imrc
+fi
+
+OPTERR=0
+
+if [ $# -lt 1 ]; then
+	echo "Usage: `basename $0` [options] file.tex, for help give option -h" 1>&2
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+while getopts hanzb:t:f:o:r:vx: Optionen; do
+	case $Optionen in
+		h) echo "tex2im [options] latex_expression
+
+The content of input file should be _plain_ latex mathmode code!
+Alternatively, a string containing the latex code can be specified.
+
+Options:
+-v         show version
+-h         show help
+-a         change status of antialiasing
+           default is on for normal mode and
+			  off for transparent mode
+-o file    specifies output filename,
+           default is inputfile with new extension
+-f expr    specifies output format,
+           possible examples: gif, jpg, tif......
+           all formates supported by 'convert' should work,
+           default: png
+-r expr    specifies desired resolution in dpi,
+           possible examples: 100x100, 300x300, 200x150,
+           default is 150x150
+-b expr    specifies the background color
+           default: white
+-t expr    specifies the text color
+           default: black
+-n         no-formula mode (do not wrap in eqnarray* environment)
+           default: off
+-z         transparent background
+           default: off
+-x file    file containing extra header lines.
+           default: ~/.tex2im_header"
+			exit 0 ;;
+		v) echo "TEX2IM Version 1.8"
+			exit 0 ;;
+		r) resolution=$OPTARG;;
+		o) outfile=$OPTARG;;
+		z) trans=1
+		   aa=0;;
+		a) if [ $aa -eq 0 ]; then
+				aa=1
+			else
+				aa=0
+			fi;;
+		n) noformula=1;;
+		b) color1=$OPTARG;;
+		t) color2=$OPTARG;;
+		f) format=$OPTARG;;
+      x) extra_header=$OPTARG;;
+	esac
+done
+
+#
+# Generate temporary directory
+#
+
+if test -n "`type -p mktemp`" ; then
+	tmpdir="`mktemp /tmp/tex2imXXXXXX`"
+	rm $tmpdir
+	mkdir $tmpdir
+else
+	tmpdir=/tmp/tex2im$$
+	if [ -e $tmpdir ] ; then
+		echo "$0: Temporary directory $tmpdir already exists." 1>&2
+		exit 1
+	fi
+	mkdir $tmpdir
+fi
+homedir="`pwd`" || exit 1
+
+#
+# Names for input and output files
+#
+
+while [ $OPTIND -le $# ]
+do
+
+eval infile=\$${OPTIND}
+
+if [ -z $outfile ]; then
+	if [ -e "$infile" ]; then
+		base=`basename ${infile} .tex` ;
+		outfile=${base}.$format
+	else
+		outfile=out.$format
+	fi
+fi
+
+#
+# Here we go
+#
+
+(
+cat << ENDHEADER1
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\usepackage{color}
+\usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+ENDHEADER1
+) > $tmpdir/out.tex
+
+#
+# Do we have a file containing extra files to include into the header?
+#
+
+if [ -f $extra_header ]; then
+	(
+	cat $extra_header
+	) >> $tmpdir/out.tex
+fi
+
+if [ $noformula -eq 1 ]; then
+(
+cat << ENDHEADER2
+\pagecolor{$color1}
+\begin{document}
+{\color{$color2}
+ENDHEADER2
+) >> $tmpdir/out.tex
+else
+(
+cat << ENDHEADER2
+\pagecolor{$color1}
+\begin{document}
+{\color{$color2}
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+ENDHEADER2
+) >> $tmpdir/out.tex
+fi
+
+# Kopete does not need to parse the content of a file.
+#if [ -e "$infile" ]; then
+#	cat $infile >> $tmpdir/out.tex
+#else
+	echo "$infile" >> $tmpdir/out.tex
+#fi
+
+if [ $noformula -eq 1 ]; then
+(
+cat << ENDFOOTER
+}\end{document}
+ENDFOOTER
+) >> $tmpdir/out.tex
+else
+(
+cat << ENDFOOTER
+\end{eqnarray*}}
+\end{document}
+ENDFOOTER
+) >> $tmpdir/out.tex
+fi
+
+cd $tmpdir
+for f in $homedir/*.eps; do
+    test -f ${f##*/} || ln -s $f . # multi-processing!
+done
+latex -interaction=batchmode out.tex > /dev/null
+cd "$homedir"
+dvips -o $tmpdir/out.eps -E $tmpdir/out.dvi 2> /dev/null
+
+#
+# Transparent background
+#
+
+if [ $trans -eq 1 ]; then
+	if [ $aa -eq 1 ]; then
+		convert +adjoin -antialias -transparent $color1 -density $resolution $tmpdir/out.eps $tmpdir/out.$format
+	else
+		convert +adjoin +antialias -transparent $color1 -density $resolution $tmpdir/out.eps $tmpdir/out.$format
+	fi
+else
+	if [ $aa -eq 1 ]; then
+		convert +adjoin -antialias -density $resolution $tmpdir/out.eps $tmpdir/out.$format
+	else
+		convert +adjoin +antialias -density $resolution $tmpdir/out.eps $tmpdir/out.$format
+	fi
+fi
+
+
+if [ -e $tmpdir/out.$format ]; then
+	mv $tmpdir/out.$format $outfile
+else
+	mv $tmpdir/out.$format.0 $outfile
+fi
+
+let OPTIND=$OPTIND+1
+outfile=""
+done
+
+#
+# Cleanup
+#
+
+rm -rf $tmpdir
+exit 0
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/latex/latexchatui.rc b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexchatui.rc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..06e8c03a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexchatui.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<!DOCTYPE kpartgui>
+<kpartgui version="1" name="kopete_latexchat">
+	<MenuBar>
+		<Menu name="tools">
+			<text>&amp;Tools</text>
+			<Action name="latexPreview" />
+		</Menu>
+	</MenuBar>
+</kpartgui>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/latex/latexconfig.kcfg b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexconfig.kcfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f6d0b335
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexconfig.kcfg
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- Author: Stefan Gehn -->
+<kcfg xmlns="http://www.kde.org/standards/kcfg/1.0"
+      xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+      xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.kde.org/standards/kcfg/1.0
+      http://www.kde.org/standards/kcfg/1.0/kcfg.xsd" >
+	<kcfgfile name="kopeterc"/>
+
+	<group name="Latex Plugin">
+		<entry name="HorizontalDPI" type="UInt">
+			<label>Horizontal Rendering Resolution (DPI).</label>
+			<default>150</default>
+		</entry>
+		<entry name="VerticalDPI" type="UInt">
+			<label>Vertical Rendering Resolution (DPI).</label>
+			<default>150</default>
+		</entry>
+	</group>
+</kcfg>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/latex/latexconfig.kcfgc b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexconfig.kcfgc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9e4e4fec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexconfig.kcfgc
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Code generation options for kconfig_compiler
+File=latexconfig.kcfg
+ClassName=LatexConfig
+Singleton=true
+Mutators=true
+MemberVariables=private
+GlobalEnums=true
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/latex/latexguiclient.cpp b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexguiclient.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8d7cbf3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexguiclient.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+    latexguiclient.cpp
+
+    Kopete Latex plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2005 by Olivier Goffart <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2003-2005 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qvariant.h>
+
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+#include <qimage.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <qstylesheet.h>
+
+#include "kopetechatsession.h"
+#include "kopeteview.h"
+#include "kopetemessage.h"
+
+#include "latexplugin.h"
+#include "latexguiclient.h"
+
+LatexGUIClient::LatexGUIClient( Kopete::ChatSession *parent, const char *name )
+: QObject( parent, name ), KXMLGUIClient( parent )
+{
+	setInstance( LatexPlugin::plugin()->instance() );
+	connect( LatexPlugin::plugin(), SIGNAL( destroyed( QObject * ) ), this, SLOT( deleteLater() ) );
+
+	m_manager = parent;
+
+	new KAction( i18n( "Preview Latex Images" ), "latex", CTRL + Key_L, this, SLOT( slotPreview() ), actionCollection(), "latexPreview" );
+	
+	setXMLFile( "latexchatui.rc" );
+}
+
+LatexGUIClient::~LatexGUIClient()
+{
+}
+
+void LatexGUIClient::slotPreview()
+{
+	if ( !m_manager->view() )
+		return;
+
+	Kopete::Message msg = m_manager->view()->currentMessage();
+	QString messageText = msg.plainBody();
+	if(!messageText.contains("$$")) //we haven't found any latex strings
+	{
+		KMessageBox::sorry(reinterpret_cast<QWidget*>(m_manager->view()) , i18n("There are no latex in the message you are typing.  The latex formula must be included between $$ and $$ "),	i18n("No Latex Formula") );
+		return;
+	}
+
+	msg=Kopete::Message( msg.from() , msg.to() ,
+						 i18n("<b>Preview of the latex message :</b> <br />%1").arg(msg.plainBody()),
+						 Kopete::Message::Internal , Kopete::Message::RichText);
+	m_manager->appendMessage(msg) ;
+}
+
+
+#include "latexguiclient.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/latex/latexguiclient.h b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexguiclient.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c8ca9e99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexguiclient.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+    latexguiclient.h
+
+    Kopete Latex Plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2005 by Olivier Goffart <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2005 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef TRANSLATORGUICLIENT_H
+#define TRANSLATORGUICLIENT_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <kxmlguiclient.h>
+
+#include <kio/job.h>
+
+#include "kopetemessage.h"
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+
+namespace Kopete { class ChatSession; }
+
+/**
+  * @author Olivier Goffart <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+  */
+
+class LatexGUIClient : public QObject , public KXMLGUIClient
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	LatexGUIClient( Kopete::ChatSession *parent, const char *name=0L);
+	~LatexGUIClient();
+
+private slots:
+	 void slotPreview();
+
+private:
+	Kopete::ChatSession *m_manager;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/latex/latexplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ceab209
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/*
+    Kopete Latex Plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2004 by Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett   <duncan@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2005 by Olivier Goffart  <ogoffart@kde. org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2001-2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <qimage.h>
+#include <qbuffer.h>
+#include <qcstring.h>
+#include <qstylesheet.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+#include <kprocess.h>
+#include <ktempfile.h>
+#include <kmdcodec.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+
+#include "kopetechatsessionmanager.h"
+#include "kopeteuiglobal.h"
+
+#include "latexplugin.h"
+#include "latexconfig.h"
+#include "latexguiclient.h"
+
+#define ENCODED_IMAGE_MODE 0
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<LatexPlugin> LatexPluginFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_latex, LatexPluginFactory( "kopete_latex" )  )
+
+LatexPlugin::LatexPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &/*args*/ )
+: Kopete::Plugin( LatexPluginFactory::instance(), parent, name )
+{
+//	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << endl;
+	if( !s_pluginStatic )
+		s_pluginStatic = this;
+
+	mMagickNotFoundShown = false;
+	connect( Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(), SIGNAL( aboutToDisplay( Kopete::Message & ) ), SLOT( slotMessageAboutToShow( Kopete::Message & ) ) );
+	connect( Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(), SIGNAL( aboutToSend(Kopete::Message& )  ), this,  SLOT(slotMessageAboutToSend(Kopete::Message& )  ) );
+	connect ( this , SIGNAL( settingsChanged() ) , this , SLOT( slotSettingsChanged() ) );
+	connect( Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(), SIGNAL( chatSessionCreated( Kopete::ChatSession * ) ),
+			 this, SLOT( slotNewChatSession( Kopete::ChatSession * ) ) );
+	
+	m_convScript = KStandardDirs::findExe("kopete_latexconvert.sh");
+	slotSettingsChanged();
+
+		//Add GUI action to all already existing kmm (if the plugin is launched when kopete already rining)
+	QValueList<Kopete::ChatSession*> sessions = Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self()->sessions();
+	for (QValueListIterator<Kopete::ChatSession*> it= sessions.begin(); it!=sessions.end() ; ++it)
+		slotNewChatSession( *it );
+}
+
+LatexPlugin::~LatexPlugin()
+{
+	s_pluginStatic = 0L;
+}
+
+LatexPlugin* LatexPlugin::plugin()
+{
+	return s_pluginStatic ;
+}
+
+LatexPlugin* LatexPlugin::s_pluginStatic = 0L;
+
+void LatexPlugin::slotNewChatSession( Kopete::ChatSession *KMM )
+{
+	new LatexGUIClient( KMM );
+}
+
+
+void LatexPlugin::slotMessageAboutToShow( Kopete::Message& msg )
+{
+	QString mMagick = KStandardDirs::findExe("convert");
+	if ( mMagick.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		// show just once
+		if (  !mMagickNotFoundShown )
+		{
+			KMessageBox::queuedMessageBox(
+			    Kopete::UI::Global::mainWidget(),
+			    KMessageBox::Error, i18n("I cannot find the Magick convert program.\nconvert is required to render the Latex formulas.\nPlease go to www.imagemagick.org or to your distribution site and get the right package.")
+			);
+			mMagickNotFoundShown = true;
+		}
+		// dont try to parse if convert is not installed
+		return;
+	}
+	
+	QString messageText = msg.plainBody();
+	if( !messageText.contains("$$"))
+		return;
+
+	//kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << " Using converter: " << m_convScript << endl;
+
+	// /\[([^]]).*?\[/$1\]/
+	// \$\$.+?\$\$
+	
+	// this searches for $$formula$$ 
+	QRegExp rg("\\$\\$.+\\$\\$");
+	rg.setMinimal(true);
+	// this searches for [latex]formula[/latex]
+	//QRegExp rg("\\[([^]\]).*?\\[/$1\\]");
+	
+	int pos = 0;
+	
+	QMap<QString, QString> replaceMap;
+	while (pos >= 0 && (unsigned int)pos < messageText.length())
+	{
+//		kdDebug() << k_funcinfo  << " searching pos: " << pos << endl;
+		pos = rg.search(messageText, pos);
+		
+		if (pos >= 0 )
+		{
+			QString match = rg.cap(0);
+			pos += rg.matchedLength();
+
+			QString formul=match;
+			if(!securityCheck(formul))
+				continue;
+			
+			QString fileName=handleLatex(formul.replace("$$",""));
+			
+			// get the image and encode it with base64
+			#if ENCODED_IMAGE_MODE
+			QImage renderedImage( fileName );
+			imagePxWidth = renderedImage.width();
+			imagePxHeight = renderedImage.height();
+			if ( !renderedImage.isNull() )
+			{
+				QByteArray ba;
+				QBuffer buffer( ba );
+				buffer.open( IO_WriteOnly );
+				renderedImage.save( &buffer, "PNG" );
+				QString imageURL = QString::fromLatin1("data:image/png;base64,%1").arg( KCodecs::base64Encode( ba ) );
+				replaceMap[match] = imageURL;
+			}
+			#else
+			replaceMap[match] = fileName;
+			#endif
+		}
+	}
+
+	if(replaceMap.isEmpty()) //we haven't found any latex strings
+		return;
+
+	messageText= msg.escapedBody();
+
+	int imagePxWidth,imagePxHeight;
+	for (QMap<QString,QString>::ConstIterator it = replaceMap.begin(); it != replaceMap.end(); ++it)
+	{
+		QImage theImage(*it);
+		if(theImage.isNull())
+			continue;
+		imagePxWidth = theImage.width();
+		imagePxHeight = theImage.height();
+		QString escapedLATEX=QStyleSheet::escape(it.key()).replace("\"","&quot;");  //we need  the escape quotes because that string will be in a title="" argument, but not the \n
+		messageText.replace(Kopete::Message::escape(it.key()), " <img width=\"" + QString::number(imagePxWidth) + "\" height=\"" + QString::number(imagePxHeight) + "\" src=\"" + (*it) + "\"  alt=\"" + escapedLATEX +"\" title=\"" + escapedLATEX +"\"  /> ");
+	}
+
+	msg.setBody( messageText, Kopete::Message::RichText );
+}
+
+
+void LatexPlugin::slotMessageAboutToSend( Kopete::Message& msg)
+{
+	Q_UNUSED(msg)
+	//disabled because to work correctly, we need to find what special has the gif we can send over MSN
+#if 0
+	KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup("Latex Plugin");
+
+	if(!config->readBoolEntry("ParseOutgoing", false))
+		return;
+
+	QString messageText = msg.plainBody();
+	if( !messageText.contains("$$"))
+		return;
+/*	if( msg.from()->protocol()->pluginId()!="MSNProtocol" )
+	return;*/
+
+	// this searches for $$formula$$
+	QRegExp rg("^\\s*\\$\\$([^$]+)\\$\\$\\s*$");
+
+	if( rg.search(messageText) != -1 )
+	{
+		QString latexFormula = rg.cap(1);
+		if(!securityCheck( latexFormula ))
+			return;
+
+		QString url = handleLatex(latexFormula);
+
+
+		if(!url.isNull())
+		{
+			QString escapedLATEX= QStyleSheet::escape(messageText).replace("\"","&quot;");
+			QString messageText="<img src=\"" + url + "\" alt=\"" + escapedLATEX + "\" title=\"" + escapedLATEX +"\"  />";
+			msg.setBody( messageText, Kopete::Message::RichText );
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+QString LatexPlugin::handleLatex(const QString &latexFormula)
+{
+	KTempFile *tempFile=new KTempFile( locateLocal( "tmp", "kopetelatex-" ), ".png" );
+	tempFile->setAutoDelete(true);
+	m_tempFiles.append(tempFile);
+	m_tempFiles.setAutoDelete(true);
+	QString fileName = tempFile->name();
+
+	KProcess p;
+			
+	QString argumentRes = "-r %1x%2";
+	QString argumentOut = "-o %1";
+	//QString argumentFormat = "-fgif";  //we uses gif format because MSN only handle gif
+	int hDPI, vDPI;
+	hDPI = LatexConfig::self()->horizontalDPI();
+	vDPI = LatexConfig::self()->verticalDPI();
+	p << m_convScript <<  argumentRes.arg(QString::number(hDPI), QString::number(vDPI)) << argumentOut.arg(fileName) /*<< argumentFormat*/ << latexFormula  ;
+			
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo  << " Rendering " << m_convScript << " " <<  argumentRes.arg(QString::number(hDPI), QString::number(vDPI)) << " " << argumentOut.arg(fileName) << endl;
+			
+	// FIXME our sucky sync filter API limitations :-)
+	p.start(KProcess::Block);
+	return fileName;
+}
+
+bool LatexPlugin::securityCheck(const QString &latexFormula)
+{
+	return !latexFormula.contains(QRegExp("\\\\(def|let|futurelet|newcommand|renewcomment|else|fi|write|input|include"
+			"|chardef|catcode|makeatletter|noexpand|toksdef|every|errhelp|errorstopmode|scrollmode|nonstopmode|batchmode"
+			"|read|csname|newhelp|relax|afterground|afterassignment|expandafter|noexpand|special|command|loop|repeat|toks"
+			"|output|line|mathcode|name|item|section|mbox|DeclareRobustCommand)[^a-zA-Z]"));
+
+}
+
+void LatexPlugin::slotSettingsChanged()
+{
+	LatexConfig::self()->readConfig();
+}
+
+#include "latexplugin.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/latex/latexplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a0fcd7fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+    latexplugin.h
+
+    Kopete Latex Plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2004 by Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett   <duncan@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2005 by Olivier Goffart  <ogoffart@kde. org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2001-2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef LATEXPLUGIN_H
+#define LATEXPLUGIN_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include <ktempfile.h>
+
+#include "kopetemessage.h"
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+
+class QStringList;
+class QString;
+
+
+namespace Kopete { class Message; class ChatSession; }
+
+/**
+  * @author Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett
+  */
+
+class LatexPlugin : public Kopete::Plugin
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	static LatexPlugin  *plugin();
+
+	LatexPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args );
+	~LatexPlugin();
+
+public slots:
+	void slotSettingsChanged();
+	void slotMessageAboutToShow( Kopete::Message& msg );
+	void slotMessageAboutToSend( Kopete::Message& msg );
+	void slotNewChatSession( Kopete::ChatSession *KMM);
+
+public:
+	/**
+	 * gives a latex formula, and return the filename of the file where the latex is stored.
+     */
+	QString handleLatex(const QString &latex);
+
+	/**
+	 * return false if the latex formula may contains malicious commands
+	 */
+	bool securityCheck(const QString & formula);
+
+
+private:
+	static LatexPlugin* s_pluginStatic;
+	QString m_convScript;
+	bool mMagickNotFoundShown;
+	QPtrList<KTempFile> m_tempFiles;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/latex/latexpreferences.cpp b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexpreferences.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1727ae49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexpreferences.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+    Kopete Latex Plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2004 by Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett   <duncan@kde.org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2001-2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <kparts/componentfactory.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <knuminput.h>
+
+#include "latexplugin.h"
+#include "latexconfig.h"
+#include "latexprefsbase.h"
+#include "latexpreferences.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<LatexPreferences> LatexPreferencesFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kcm_kopete_latex, LatexPreferencesFactory( "kcm_kopete_latex" )  )
+
+LatexPreferences::LatexPreferences(QWidget *parent, const char* /*name*/, const QStringList &args)
+							: KCModule(LatexPreferencesFactory::instance(), parent, args)
+{
+	( new QVBoxLayout( this ) )->setAutoAdd( true );
+	m_preferencesDialog = new LatexPrefsUI(this);
+	// connect widget signals here
+	m_preferencesDialog->horizontalDPI->setMinValue(1);
+	m_preferencesDialog->verticalDPI->setMinValue(1);
+	
+	connect(m_preferencesDialog->horizontalDPI, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(slotModified()));
+	connect(m_preferencesDialog->verticalDPI, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(slotModified()));
+	
+	load();
+}
+
+LatexPreferences::~LatexPreferences()
+{
+}
+
+void LatexPreferences::load()
+{
+	LatexConfig::self()->readConfig();
+	// load widgets here
+	m_preferencesDialog->horizontalDPI->setValue(LatexConfig::self()->horizontalDPI());
+	m_preferencesDialog->verticalDPI->setValue(LatexConfig::self()->verticalDPI());
+	emit KCModule::changed(false);
+}
+
+void LatexPreferences::slotModified()
+{
+	emit KCModule::changed(true);
+}
+
+void LatexPreferences::save()
+{
+	LatexConfig::self()->setHorizontalDPI(m_preferencesDialog->horizontalDPI->value());
+	LatexConfig::self()->setVerticalDPI(m_preferencesDialog->verticalDPI->value());
+	LatexConfig::self()->writeConfig();
+	emit KCModule::changed(false);
+}
+
+#include "latexpreferences.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/latex/latexpreferences.h b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexpreferences.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c08b35b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexpreferences.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+    Kopete Latex Plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2004 by Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett   <duncan@kde.org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2001-2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef LatexPREFERENCES_H
+#define LatexPREFERENCES_H
+
+#include <kcmodule.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+class LatexPrefsUI;
+class QListViewItem;
+
+/**
+  *@author Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett
+  */
+
+class LatexPreferences : public KCModule
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+
+	LatexPreferences(QWidget *parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+	~LatexPreferences();
+
+	virtual void save();
+	virtual void load();
+
+private:
+	LatexPrefsUI *m_preferencesDialog;
+private slots:
+	void slotModified();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/latex/latexprefsbase.ui b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexprefsbase.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fbb11a21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/latex/latexprefsbase.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>LatexPrefsUI</class>
+<author>Duncan Mac-Vicar</author>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>LatexPrefsUI</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>513</width>
+            <height>232</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <vbox>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QLabel">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="frameShape">
+                <enum>Box</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>&lt;p&gt;The &lt;font size="+1"&gt;KopeTeX&lt;/font&gt; plugin allows &lt;font size="+1"&gt;Kopet&lt;/font&gt;e to render Latex formulas in the chat window. The sender must enclose the formula between two $ signs. ie: $$formula$$&lt;/p&gt;
+&lt;p&gt;This plugin requires ImageMagick convert program installed in order to work.&lt;/p&gt;</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QGroupBox">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>groupBox1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Options</string>
+            </property>
+            <grid>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <spacer row="2" column="0">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>spacer5</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="orientation">
+                        <enum>Vertical</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizeType">
+                        <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizeHint">
+                        <size>
+                            <width>20</width>
+                            <height>30</height>
+                        </size>
+                    </property>
+                </spacer>
+                <widget class="QLayoutWidget" row="0" column="0">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout1</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <hbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <widget class="QLabel">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>Rendering resolution (DPI):</string>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <spacer>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>spacer3</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="orientation">
+                                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeType">
+                                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeHint">
+                                <size>
+                                    <width>280</width>
+                                    <height>20</height>
+                                </size>
+                            </property>
+                        </spacer>
+                    </hbox>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLayoutWidget" row="1" column="0">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout2</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <hbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <widget class="KIntNumInput">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>horizontalDPI</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <widget class="QLabel">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>textLabel3</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>x</string>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <widget class="KIntNumInput">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>verticalDPI</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <spacer>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>spacer4</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="orientation">
+                                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeType">
+                                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeHint">
+                                <size>
+                                    <width>220</width>
+                                    <height>20</height>
+                                </size>
+                            </property>
+                        </spacer>
+                    </hbox>
+                </widget>
+            </grid>
+        </widget>
+        <spacer>
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>spacer6</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="orientation">
+                <enum>Vertical</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeType">
+                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeHint">
+                <size>
+                    <width>20</width>
+                    <height>40</height>
+                </size>
+            </property>
+        </spacer>
+    </vbox>
+</widget>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+<includehints>
+    <includehint>knuminput.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>knuminput.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>knuminput.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>knuminput.h</includehint>
+</includehints>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/COPYING.motion b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/COPYING.motion
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..96bdc086
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/COPYING.motion
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+               59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+	Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ff2c5bd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(all_includes)
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_motionaway.la kcm_kopete_motionaway.la
+
+kopete_motionaway_la_SOURCES     = motionawayplugin.cpp motionawayconfig.kcfgc
+kopete_motionaway_la_LDFLAGS     = -module $(KDE_PLUGIN)
+kopete_motionaway_la_LIBADD      = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la
+
+kcm_kopete_motionaway_la_SOURCES = motionawayprefs.ui motionawaypreferences.cpp motionawayconfig.kcfgc
+kcm_kopete_motionaway_la_LDFLAGS = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kcm_kopete_motionaway_la_LIBADD  = $(LIB_KOPETECOMPAT) $(LIB_KUTILS)
+
+
+
+service_DATA = kopete_motionaway.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+kcm_DATA = kopete_motionaway_config.desktop
+kcmdir = $(kde_servicesdir)/kconfiguredialog
+kde_kcfg_DATA = motionawayconfig.kcfg
+
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/configure.in.in b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/configure.in.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5533607f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/configure.in.in
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+dnl Only compile motionautoaway on Linux (needs video4linux)
+
+dnl Disabled for now. It breaks with patched Linux 2.4 kernels and
+dnl vanilla Linux 2.5 and 2.6 kernels
+
+#AC_MSG_CHECKING([if motionautoaway plugin should be compiled])
+
+#if test "x`uname`" = "xLinux"; then
+#  COMPILEMOTION=true
+#  AC_SUBST(COMPILEMOTION)
+#  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+#else
+  COMPILEMOTION=
+#  AC_SUBST(COMPILEMOTION)
+#  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+#fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(include_motionautoaway, test -n "$COMPILEMOTION")
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/kopete_motionaway.desktop b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/kopete_motionaway.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..93c8d617
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/kopete_motionaway.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_motionaway
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=duncan@kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_motionaway
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.8.0
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://kopete.kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=false
+Name=Motion Auto-Away
+Name[ar]=حركة التبعيد التلقائية
+Name[bg]=Промяна на състоянието
+Name[bn]=চলাচল স্বয়ংক্রীয়-অনুপস্থিতি
+Name[bs]=Auto-odsutnost na osnovu kretanja
+Name[ca]=Auto-absent per moviment
+Name[cs]=Nepřítomnost podle pohybu
+Name[cy]=Dim Yma (Dim Symudiad)
+Name[da]=Bevægelses-auto-borte
+Name[de]=Auto-Abwesenheit
+Name[el]=Αυτόματη μετάβαση σε απουσία
+Name[es]=Ausencia automática por movimiento
+Name[et]=Automaatne äraolek
+Name[eu]=Auto-urrunduta
+Name[fa]=حرکت خودکار دور
+Name[fi]=Liikeen perusteella poistuminen
+Name[fr]=Détection de mouvement
+Name[gl]=Auto-alonxamento
+Name[he]=מסמן "לא נמצא" בהתאם לתנועה
+Name[hi]=मोशन आटो अवे
+Name[hr]=Automatska odsutnost u nedostatku pokreta
+Name[hu]=A távollét érzékelése mozgásdetektálással
+Name[it]=Automaticamente "assente" se inutilizzato
+Name[ja]=自動不在時の動作
+Name[ka]=ავტო-გასვლა
+Name[kk]=Орында жоқ күйін автоорнату
+Name[km]=ចលនា​ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ពេល​មិន​នៅ
+Name[lt]=Judėjimas „Pasitraukęs“
+Name[mk]=Авто-отсутен за движење 
+Name[nb]=Bli borte automatisk
+Name[nds]=Auto-Wegwesen
+Name[ne]=चाल स्वत: बाहिर
+Name[nl]=Automatisch afwezig
+Name[nn]=Bli vekke automatisk
+Name[pl]=Wykrywanie nieaktywności za pomocą czujnika ruchu
+Name[pt]=Ausência Automática por Movimento
+Name[pt_BR]=Ausente Automático
+Name[ru]=Автоопределение отсутствия
+Name[sk]=Automatická prítomnosť podľa pohybu
+Name[sl]=Samo-odsotnost (premikanje)
+Name[sr]=Аутоматска одсутност без покретâ
+Name[sr@Latn]=Automatska odsutnost bez pokretâ
+Name[sv]=Automatisk rörelsefrånvaro
+Name[ta]=அகராதி
+Name[tg]=Ҳаракати Ақибгардии Худкор
+Name[tr]=Otomatik Uzakta Hareketi
+Name[uk]=Автовиявлення відсутності
+Name[zh_CN]=自动离开
+Name[zh_HK]=動作感應器
+Name[zh_TW]=動作偵測自動離開
+Comment=Sets away status when not detecting movement near the computer
+Comment[ar]=يحول وضع الاتصال إلى في الخارج عندما لا يتم تحديد تعاملات مع الكومبيوتر
+Comment[bg]=Промяна на състоянието, когато няма активност от страна на потребителя
+Comment[bn]=যখন কম্পিউটারের কাছে কোনও চলাচল অনুভূত হয়না তখন অনুপস্থিত অবস্থা নিযুক্ত করে
+Comment[bs]=Postavlja status odsutnosti ako nije detektovano kretanje u blizini računara
+Comment[ca]=Estableix l'estatus d'absent en no detectar moviment a l'ordinador
+Comment[cs]=Nastaví automaticky stav "nepřítomen" při absenci pohybu
+Comment[cy]=Gosod cyflwr i "i fwrdd" os na chanfyddir symudiad wrth ymyl y cyfrifiadur
+Comment[da]=Sætter borte-status når ingen bevægelse detekteres nær computeren
+Comment[de]=Setzt automatisch den Status auf abwesend, wenn keine Aktivität am Rechner feststellbar ist
+Comment[el]=Ορίζει την κατάσταση σε απουσία όταν δεν ανιχνεύει κίνηση κοντά στον υπολογιστή
+Comment[es]=Se pone en estado Ausente cuando no se detecte movimiento cerca de su equipo
+Comment[et]=Määrab äraoleku staatuse, kui arvuti juures mingit elutegevust ei täheldata
+Comment[eu]=Ezarri urrunduta egoera konputagailuan mugimendurik ez dagoenean
+Comment[fa]=اگر هیچ حرکتی نزدیک رایانۀ شما آشکار نشود، وضعیت را کنار می‌گذارد
+Comment[fi]=Asettaa poissaolevaksi, jos koneen lähistöllä ei havaita liikettä
+Comment[fr]=Active l'état absent lorsque aucune activité n'est détectée près de l'ordinateur
+Comment[gl]=Pónse en estado alonxado cando non se detectan movementos preto do seu ordenador
+Comment[he]=מגדיר מצב "לא נמצא" בעת חוסר פעילות על המחשב
+Comment[hi]=जब कम्प्यूटर के आसपास गतिविधि पता नहीं लगता है तो स्थिति को दूर नियत करता है
+Comment[hr]=Postavlja status „odsutan“ kada ne detektira pomicanje u blizini računala
+Comment[hu]=A távolléti állapot automatikus beállítása, ha nincs mozgás a számítógép körül
+Comment[is]=Breytir stöðu þinni ef tölvan er ekki notkun
+Comment[it]=Imposta lo stato ad assente quando non viene rilevato nessun movimento 
+Comment[ja]=コンピュータの近くにいない場合、不在状態にセットします
+Comment[ka]=აყენებს გასვლის სტატუსს როდესაც კომპიუტერთან აქტივობა არ შეიმჩნევა
+Comment[kk]=Компьютерде қимыл жоқты байқап орында жоқ деген күйді орнатады
+Comment[km]=កំណត់​ស្ថានភាព​មិន​នៅ នៅ​ពេល​កុំព្យូទ័រ និង​អ្វីៗ​នៅ​ជិត​វា មិន​កម្រើក
+Comment[lt]=Būklė nustatoma „Pasitraukęs“, jei šalia kompiuterio nėra jokio judėjimo
+Comment[mk]=Го поставува статусот отсутен кога нема движење на компјутерот
+Comment[nb]=Sett som borte når det ikke er noen bevegelse på mus eller tastatur
+Comment[nds]=Stellt den Status automaatsch op "Nich dor", wenn sik an'n Reekner nix deit
+Comment[ne]=कम्प्युटर नजिक चाल पत्ता नलाग्दा वस्तुस्थिति बाहिर सेट गर्दछ
+Comment[nl]=Stelt automatisch afwezigheid in als er geen beweging wordt gedetecteerd
+Comment[nn]=Set som vekke når det ikkje er noka rørsle på mus eller tastatur
+Comment[pl]=Ustawia status "Zaraz wracam", gdy nie wykrywa żadnego ruchu w pobliżu komputera
+Comment[pt]=Configura o estado de ausência ao não detectar movimento perto do computador
+Comment[pt_BR]=Configura o status de ausente quando não detectar movimento próximo ao computador
+Comment[ru]=Устанавливает состояние "отсутствует", если работа за компьютером не регистрируется в течение долгого времени
+Comment[sk]=Nastaví stav prítomnosti podľa toho, či bol zaznamenaný pohyb pri počítači
+Comment[sl]=Nastavi stanje odsotnosti, ko ni premikanja v bližini računalnika
+Comment[sr]=Поставља статус „одсутан“ када не детектује померање у близини рачунара
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Postavlja status „odsutan“ kada ne detektuje pomeranje u blizini računara
+Comment[sv]=Ställer automatisk in frånvarostatus när ingen rörelse märks nära datorn
+Comment[ta]=கணிப்பொறியின் அருகே நடக்கும் இயக்கத்தை கண்டுபிடிக்காத போது அமைக்கும்
+Comment[tg]=Ҳангоми муайян накардани ҳаракат дар назди компютер ҳолатро дур месозад
+Comment[tr]=Bilgisayarın başında olunmadığı algılanırsa uzakta olarak belirler
+Comment[uk]=Встановлює стан у значення "відсутній", якщо не реєструється робота за комп'ютером
+Comment[zh_CN]=根据计算机旁的状态设置离开状态
+Comment[zh_HK]=偵測不到電腦附近有動作時將狀態設為「離開」
+Comment[zh_TW]=當偵測不到動作時自動設為離開
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/kopete_motionaway_config.desktop b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/kopete_motionaway_config.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ffe5775b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/kopete_motionaway_config.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+ServiceTypes=KCModule
+
+X-KDE-ModuleType=Library
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_motionaway
+X-KDE-FactoryName=MotionAwayConfigFactory
+X-KDE-ParentApp=kopete_motionaway
+X-KDE-ParentComponents=kopete_motionaway
+
+Name=Motion Auto-Away
+Name[ar]=حركة التبعيد التلقائية
+Name[bg]=Промяна на състоянието
+Name[bn]=চলাচল স্বয়ংক্রীয়-অনুপস্থিতি
+Name[bs]=Auto-odsutnost na osnovu kretanja
+Name[ca]=Auto-absent per moviment
+Name[cs]=Nepřítomnost podle pohybu
+Name[cy]=Dim Yma (Dim Symudiad)
+Name[da]=Bevægelses-auto-borte
+Name[de]=Auto-Abwesenheit
+Name[el]=Αυτόματη μετάβαση σε απουσία
+Name[es]=Ausencia automática por movimiento
+Name[et]=Automaatne äraolek
+Name[eu]=Auto-urrunduta
+Name[fa]=حرکت خودکار دور
+Name[fi]=Liikeen perusteella poistuminen
+Name[fr]=Détection de mouvement
+Name[gl]=Auto-alonxamento
+Name[he]=מסמן "לא נמצא" בהתאם לתנועה
+Name[hi]=मोशन आटो अवे
+Name[hr]=Automatska odsutnost u nedostatku pokreta
+Name[hu]=A távollét érzékelése mozgásdetektálással
+Name[it]=Automaticamente "assente" se inutilizzato
+Name[ja]=自動不在時の動作
+Name[ka]=ავტო-გასვლა
+Name[kk]=Орында жоқ күйін автоорнату
+Name[km]=ចលនា​ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ពេល​មិន​នៅ
+Name[lt]=Judėjimas „Pasitraukęs“
+Name[mk]=Авто-отсутен за движење 
+Name[nb]=Bli borte automatisk
+Name[nds]=Auto-Wegwesen
+Name[ne]=चाल स्वत: बाहिर
+Name[nl]=Automatisch afwezig
+Name[nn]=Bli vekke automatisk
+Name[pl]=Wykrywanie nieaktywności za pomocą czujnika ruchu
+Name[pt]=Ausência Automática por Movimento
+Name[pt_BR]=Ausente Automático
+Name[ru]=Автоопределение отсутствия
+Name[sk]=Automatická prítomnosť podľa pohybu
+Name[sl]=Samo-odsotnost (premikanje)
+Name[sr]=Аутоматска одсутност без покретâ
+Name[sr@Latn]=Automatska odsutnost bez pokretâ
+Name[sv]=Automatisk rörelsefrånvaro
+Name[ta]=அகராதி
+Name[tg]=Ҳаракати Ақибгардии Худкор
+Name[tr]=Otomatik Uzakta Hareketi
+Name[uk]=Автовиявлення відсутності
+Name[zh_CN]=自动离开
+Name[zh_HK]=動作感應器
+Name[zh_TW]=動作偵測自動離開
+Comment=Sets away status when not detecting movement near the computer
+Comment[ar]=يحول وضع الاتصال إلى في الخارج عندما لا يتم تحديد تعاملات مع الكومبيوتر
+Comment[bg]=Промяна на състоянието, когато няма активност от страна на потребителя
+Comment[bn]=যখন কম্পিউটারের কাছে কোনও চলাচল অনুভূত হয়না তখন অনুপস্থিত অবস্থা নিযুক্ত করে
+Comment[bs]=Postavlja status odsutnosti ako nije detektovano kretanje u blizini računara
+Comment[ca]=Estableix l'estatus d'absent en no detectar moviment a l'ordinador
+Comment[cs]=Nastaví automaticky stav "nepřítomen" při absenci pohybu
+Comment[cy]=Gosod cyflwr i "i fwrdd" os na chanfyddir symudiad wrth ymyl y cyfrifiadur
+Comment[da]=Sætter borte-status når ingen bevægelse detekteres nær computeren
+Comment[de]=Setzt automatisch den Status auf abwesend, wenn keine Aktivität am Rechner feststellbar ist
+Comment[el]=Ορίζει την κατάσταση σε απουσία όταν δεν ανιχνεύει κίνηση κοντά στον υπολογιστή
+Comment[es]=Se pone en estado Ausente cuando no se detecte movimiento cerca de su equipo
+Comment[et]=Määrab äraoleku staatuse, kui arvuti juures mingit elutegevust ei täheldata
+Comment[eu]=Ezarri urrunduta egoera konputagailuan mugimendurik ez dagoenean
+Comment[fa]=اگر هیچ حرکتی نزدیک رایانۀ شما آشکار نشود، وضعیت را کنار می‌گذارد
+Comment[fi]=Asettaa poissaolevaksi, jos koneen lähistöllä ei havaita liikettä
+Comment[fr]=Active l'état absent lorsque aucune activité n'est détectée près de l'ordinateur
+Comment[gl]=Pónse en estado alonxado cando non se detectan movementos preto do seu ordenador
+Comment[he]=מגדיר מצב "לא נמצא" בעת חוסר פעילות על המחשב
+Comment[hi]=जब कम्प्यूटर के आसपास गतिविधि पता नहीं लगता है तो स्थिति को दूर नियत करता है
+Comment[hr]=Postavlja status „odsutan“ kada ne detektira pomicanje u blizini računala
+Comment[hu]=A távolléti állapot automatikus beállítása, ha nincs mozgás a számítógép körül
+Comment[is]=Breytir stöðu þinni ef tölvan er ekki notkun
+Comment[it]=Imposta lo stato ad assente quando non viene rilevato nessun movimento 
+Comment[ja]=コンピュータの近くにいない場合、不在状態にセットします
+Comment[ka]=აყენებს გასვლის სტატუსს როდესაც კომპიუტერთან აქტივობა არ შეიმჩნევა
+Comment[kk]=Компьютерде қимыл жоқты байқап орында жоқ деген күйді орнатады
+Comment[km]=កំណត់​ស្ថានភាព​មិន​នៅ នៅ​ពេល​កុំព្យូទ័រ និង​អ្វីៗ​នៅ​ជិត​វា មិន​កម្រើក
+Comment[lt]=Būklė nustatoma „Pasitraukęs“, jei šalia kompiuterio nėra jokio judėjimo
+Comment[mk]=Го поставува статусот отсутен кога нема движење на компјутерот
+Comment[nb]=Sett som borte når det ikke er noen bevegelse på mus eller tastatur
+Comment[nds]=Stellt den Status automaatsch op "Nich dor", wenn sik an'n Reekner nix deit
+Comment[ne]=कम्प्युटर नजिक चाल पत्ता नलाग्दा वस्तुस्थिति बाहिर सेट गर्दछ
+Comment[nl]=Stelt automatisch afwezigheid in als er geen beweging wordt gedetecteerd
+Comment[nn]=Set som vekke når det ikkje er noka rørsle på mus eller tastatur
+Comment[pl]=Ustawia status "Zaraz wracam", gdy nie wykrywa żadnego ruchu w pobliżu komputera
+Comment[pt]=Configura o estado de ausência ao não detectar movimento perto do computador
+Comment[pt_BR]=Configura o status de ausente quando não detectar movimento próximo ao computador
+Comment[ru]=Устанавливает состояние "отсутствует", если работа за компьютером не регистрируется в течение долгого времени
+Comment[sk]=Nastaví stav prítomnosti podľa toho, či bol zaznamenaný pohyb pri počítači
+Comment[sl]=Nastavi stanje odsotnosti, ko ni premikanja v bližini računalnika
+Comment[sr]=Поставља статус „одсутан“ када не детектује померање у близини рачунара
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Postavlja status „odsutan“ kada ne detektuje pomeranje u blizini računara
+Comment[sv]=Ställer automatisk in frånvarostatus när ingen rörelse märks nära datorn
+Comment[ta]=கணிப்பொறியின் அருகே நடக்கும் இயக்கத்தை கண்டுபிடிக்காத போது அமைக்கும்
+Comment[tg]=Ҳангоми муайян накардани ҳаракат дар назди компютер ҳолатро дур месозад
+Comment[tr]=Bilgisayarın başında olunmadığı algılanırsa uzakta olarak belirler
+Comment[uk]=Встановлює стан у значення "відсутній", якщо не реєструється робота за комп'ютером
+Comment[zh_CN]=根据计算机旁的状态设置离开状态
+Comment[zh_HK]=偵測不到電腦附近有動作時將狀態設為「離開」
+Comment[zh_TW]=當偵測不到動作時自動設為離開
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawayconfig.kcfg b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawayconfig.kcfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9bad717c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawayconfig.kcfg
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<kcfg xmlns="http://www.kde.org/standards/kcfg/1.0"
+      xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+      xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.kde.org/standards/kcfg/1.0
+      http://www.kde.org/standards/kcfg/1.0/kcfg.xsd" >
+ <kcfgfile name="motionawayconfig" />
+ <group name="MotionAutoAway Plugin" >
+  <entry key="BecomeAvailableWithActivity" type="Bool" >
+   <label>Become available again when the plugin detects motion</label>
+   <whatsthis>If this option is set, the plugin will put you in status available if you are away and it detects motion again.</whatsthis>
+   <default>true</default>
+  </entry>
+  <entry key="VideoDevice" type="Path" >
+   <label>Video device to use for motion detection</label>
+   <whatsthis>This is the Video4Linux path of the camera or device you want to use to detect motion. In most systems the first video device is /dev/v4l/video0.</whatsthis>
+   <default>/dev/v4l/video0</default>
+  </entry>
+  <entry key="AwayTimeout" type="UInt" >
+   <label>Become away after this many minutes of inactivity</label>
+   <whatsthis>This setting affects how fast the plugin switches to away status. Once the plugin detects no motion, it will wait this amount of minutes before switching to away status.</whatsthis>
+   <default>1</default>
+   <min>0</min>
+  </entry>
+ </group>
+</kcfg>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawayconfig.kcfgc b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawayconfig.kcfgc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..52f9d6ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawayconfig.kcfgc
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+ClassName=MotionAwayConfig
+File=motionawayconfig.kcfg
+GlobalEnums=true
+ItemAccessors=true
+MemberVariables=private
+Mutators=true
+SetUserTexts=false
+Singleton=true
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawayplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawayplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d534a186
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawayplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+/*
+    motionawayplugin.cpp
+
+    Kopete Motion Detector Auto-Away plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 by Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett   <duncan@kde.org>
+
+    Contains code from motion.c ( Detect changes in a video stream )
+    Copyright 2000 by Jeroen Vreeken (pe1rxq@amsat.org)
+    Distributed under the GNU public license version 2
+    See also the file 'COPYING.motion'
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "motionawayplugin.h"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/poll.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <qtimer.h>
+
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+
+#include "kopeteaccountmanager.h"
+#include "kopeteaway.h"
+/* The following is a hack:
+ * e.g. Mandrake 9.x ships with a patched
+ * kernel which doesn't define this 64 bit types (we need GNU C lib
+ * because we use long long and warning - gcc extensions.)
+ *
+ * This is caused by the !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) check in
+ * /usr/include/asm/types.h
+ */
+#if !defined(__u64) && defined(__GNUC__)
+#if SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG >= 8
+typedef unsigned long __u64;
+#else
+typedef unsigned long long __u64;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(__s64) && defined(__GNUC__)
+#if SIZEOF_LONG >= 8
+typedef signed long __s64;
+#else
+typedef __signed__ long long __s64;
+#endif
+#endif
+/*
+ * End hack
+ */
+
+#include <linux/version.h>
+#if LINUX_VERSION_CODE >= KERNEL_VERSION(2,5,50)
+#define _LINUX_TIME_H
+#endif
+#include <linux/videodev.h>
+
+#define DEF_WIDTH			352
+#define DEF_HEIGHT		288
+#define DEF_QUALITY		50
+#define DEF_CHANGES		5000
+
+#define DEF_POLL_INTERVAL 1500
+
+#define DEF_GAP			60*5 /* 5 minutes */
+
+#define NORM_DEFAULT		0
+#define IN_DEFAULT		8
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<MotionAwayPlugin> MotionAwayPluginFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_motionaway, MotionAwayPluginFactory( "kopete_motionaway" )  )
+
+MotionAwayPlugin::MotionAwayPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList & /* args */ )
+: Kopete::Plugin( MotionAwayPluginFactory::instance(), parent, name )
+{
+	kdDebug(14305) << k_funcinfo << "Called." << endl;
+	/* This should be read from config someday may be */
+	m_width = DEF_WIDTH;
+	m_height = DEF_HEIGHT;
+	m_quality = DEF_QUALITY;
+	m_maxChanges = DEF_CHANGES;
+	m_gap = DEF_GAP;
+
+	/* We haven't took the first picture yet */
+	m_tookFirst = false;
+
+	m_captureTimer = new QTimer(this);
+	m_awayTimer = new QTimer(this);
+
+	connect( m_captureTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(slotCapture()) );
+	connect( m_awayTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(slotTimeout()) );
+
+	signal(SIGCHLD, SIG_IGN);
+
+	m_imageRef.resize( m_width * m_height * 3);
+	m_imageNew.resize( m_width * m_height * 3);
+	m_imageOld.resize( m_width * m_height * 3);
+	m_imageOut.resize( m_width * m_height * 3);
+
+
+	kdDebug(14305) << k_funcinfo << "Opening Video4Linux Device" << endl;
+
+	m_deviceHandler = open( videoDevice.latin1() , O_RDWR);
+
+	if (m_deviceHandler < 0)
+	{
+		kdDebug(14305) << k_funcinfo << "Can't open Video4Linux Device" << endl;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+        kdDebug(14305) << k_funcinfo << "Worked! Setting Capture timers!" << endl;
+		/* Capture first image, or we will get a alarm on start */
+		getImage (m_deviceHandler, m_imageRef, DEF_WIDTH, DEF_HEIGHT, IN_DEFAULT, NORM_DEFAULT,
+	    	VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB24);
+
+        /* We have the first image now */
+		m_tookFirst = true;
+		m_wentAway = false;
+
+		m_captureTimer->start( DEF_POLL_INTERVAL );
+		m_awayTimer->start( awayTimeout * 60 * 1000 );
+	}
+	loadSettings();
+	connect(this, SIGNAL(settingsChanged()), this, SLOT( loadSettings() ) );
+}
+
+MotionAwayPlugin::~MotionAwayPlugin()
+{
+    kdDebug(14305) << k_funcinfo << "Closing Video4Linux Device" << endl;
+	close (m_deviceHandler);
+	kdDebug(14305) << k_funcinfo << "Freeing memory" << endl;
+}
+
+void MotionAwayPlugin::loadSettings(){
+	KConfig *kconfig = KGlobal::config();
+	kconfig->setGroup("MotionAway Plugin");
+
+	awayTimeout = kconfig->readNumEntry("AwayTimeout", 1);
+	becomeAvailableWithActivity = kconfig->readBoolEntry("BecomeAvailableWithActivity", true);
+	videoDevice = kconfig->readEntry("VideoDevice", "/dev/video0");
+	m_awayTimer->changeInterval(awayTimeout * 60 * 1000);
+}
+
+int MotionAwayPlugin::getImage(int _dev, QByteArray &_image, int _width, int _height, int _input, int _norm,  int _fmt)
+{
+	struct video_capability vid_caps;
+	struct video_channel vid_chnl;
+	struct video_window vid_win;
+	struct pollfd video_fd;
+
+	// Just to avoid a warning
+	_fmt = 0;
+
+	if (ioctl (_dev, VIDIOCGCAP, &vid_caps) == -1)
+	{
+		perror ("ioctl (VIDIOCGCAP)");
+		return (-1);
+	}
+	/* Set channels and norms, NOT TESTED my philips cam doesn't have a
+	 * tuner. */
+	if (_input != IN_DEFAULT)
+	{
+		vid_chnl.channel = -1;
+		if (ioctl (_dev, VIDIOCGCHAN, &vid_chnl) == -1)
+		{
+			perror ("ioctl (VIDIOCGCHAN)");
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			vid_chnl.channel = _input;
+			vid_chnl.norm    = _norm;
+
+			if (ioctl (_dev, VIDIOCSCHAN, &vid_chnl) == -1)
+			{
+				perror ("ioctl (VIDIOCSCHAN)");
+				return (-1);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	/* Set image size */
+	if (ioctl (_dev, VIDIOCGWIN, &vid_win) == -1)
+		return (-1);
+
+	vid_win.width=_width;
+	vid_win.height=_height;
+
+	if (ioctl (_dev, VIDIOCSWIN, &vid_win) == -1)
+		return (-1);
+
+	/* Check if data available on the video device */
+	video_fd.fd = _dev;
+	video_fd.events = 0;
+	video_fd.events |= POLLIN;
+	video_fd.revents = 0;
+
+	poll(&video_fd, 1, 0);
+
+	if (video_fd.revents & POLLIN) {
+		/* Read an image */
+		return read (_dev, _image.data() , _width * _height * 3);
+	} else {
+		return (-1);
+	}
+}
+
+void MotionAwayPlugin::slotCapture()
+{
+	/* Should go on forever... emphasis on 'should' */
+	if ( getImage ( m_deviceHandler, m_imageNew, m_width, m_height, IN_DEFAULT, NORM_DEFAULT,
+	    VIDEO_PALETTE_RGB24) == m_width * m_height *3 )
+	{
+	    int diffs = 0;
+        if ( m_tookFirst )
+		{
+			/* Make a differences picture in image_out */
+			for (int i=0; i< m_width * m_height * 3 ; i++)
+			{
+				m_imageOut[i]= m_imageOld[i]- m_imageNew[i];
+				if ((signed char)m_imageOut[i] > 32 || (signed char)m_imageOut[i] < -32)
+				{
+					m_imageOld[i] = m_imageNew[i];
+					diffs++;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					m_imageOut[i] = 0;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* First picture: new image is now the old */
+			for (int i=0; i< m_width * m_height * 3; i++)
+				m_imageOld[i] = m_imageNew[i];
+		}
+
+		/* The cat just walked in :) */
+		if (diffs > m_maxChanges)
+		{
+            kdDebug(14305) << k_funcinfo << "Motion Detected. [" << diffs << "] Reseting Timeout" << endl;
+
+			/* If we were away, now we are available again */
+			if ( becomeAvailableWithActivity && !Kopete::Away::globalAway() && m_wentAway)
+			{
+				slotActivity();
+			}
+
+			/* We reset the away timer */
+            m_awayTimer->stop();
+			m_awayTimer->start( awayTimeout * 60 * 1000 );
+		}
+
+		/* Old image slowly decays, this will make it even harder on
+			slow moving object to stay undetected */
+		/*
+		for (i=0; i<m_width*m_height*3; i++)
+		{
+			image_ref[i]=(image_ref[i]+image_new[i])/2;
+		}
+		*/
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		m_captureTimer->stop();
+	}
+}
+
+void MotionAwayPlugin::slotActivity()
+{
+	kdDebug(14305) << k_funcinfo << "User activity!, going available" << endl;
+	m_wentAway = false;
+	Kopete::AccountManager::self()->setAvailableAll();
+}
+
+void MotionAwayPlugin::slotTimeout()
+{
+	if(!Kopete::Away::globalAway() && !m_wentAway)
+	{
+		kdDebug(14305) << k_funcinfo << "Timeout and no user activity, going away" << endl;
+		m_wentAway = true;
+		Kopete::AccountManager::self()->setAwayAll();
+	}
+}
+
+#include "motionawayplugin.moc"
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawayplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawayplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..98e7e343
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawayplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+    motionawayplugin.h
+
+    Kopete Motion Detector Auto-Away plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 by Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett   <duncan@kde.org>
+
+	Contains code from motion.c ( Detect changes in a video stream )
+	Copyright 2000 by Jeroen Vreeken (pe1rxq@amsat.org)
+	Distributed under the GNU public license version 2
+	See also the file 'COPYING.motion'
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef MOTIONAWAYPLUGIN_H
+#define MOTIONAWAYPLUGIN_H
+
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+
+class QTimer;
+
+/**
+ * @author Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett <duncan@kde.org>
+ */
+
+class MotionAwayPlugin : public Kopete::Plugin
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	MotionAwayPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args );
+	~MotionAwayPlugin();
+
+public slots:
+	void loadSettings();
+	void slotTimeout();
+	void slotCapture();
+	void slotActivity();
+
+private:
+	int awayTimeout;
+	bool becomeAvailableWithActivity;
+	QString videoDevice;
+	
+	QTimer *m_captureTimer;
+	QTimer *m_awayTimer;
+
+	int getImage(int, QByteArray& ,int ,int ,int ,int ,int );
+
+	bool m_tookFirst;
+	bool m_wentAway;
+
+	int m_width;
+	int m_height;
+
+	int m_quality;
+	int m_maxChanges;
+
+	int m_deviceHandler;
+	int shots;
+	int m_gap;
+
+	QByteArray m_imageRef;
+	QByteArray m_imageNew;
+	QByteArray m_imageOld;
+	QByteArray m_imageOut;
+
+    /*
+	time_t currenttimep;
+	time_t lasttime;
+	struct tm *currenttime;
+	
+	char file[255];
+	char filepath[255];
+	char c;
+	
+    */
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawaypreferences.cpp b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawaypreferences.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a4962c5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawaypreferences.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+    Kopete Motion Detector Auto-Away plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2004 by Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett <duncan@kde.org>
+    
+    Kopete    (c) 2002 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qcheckbox.h>
+
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include <knuminput.h>
+
+#include "motionawayprefs.h"
+#include "motionawaypreferences.h"
+#include "motionawayconfig.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<MotionAwayPreferences> MotionAwayPreferencesFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kcm_kopete_motionaway, MotionAwayPreferencesFactory("kcm_kopete_motionaway"))
+
+MotionAwayPreferences::MotionAwayPreferences(QWidget *parent, const char* /*name*/, const QStringList &args)
+							: KCModule(MotionAwayPreferencesFactory::instance(), parent, args)
+{
+	// Add actuall widget generated from ui file.
+	( new QVBoxLayout( this ) )->setAutoAdd( true );
+	preferencesDialog = new motionawayPrefsUI(this);
+	connect(preferencesDialog->BecomeAvailableWithActivity, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(slotWidgetModified()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->AwayTimeout, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(slotWidgetModified()));
+	connect(preferencesDialog->VideoDevice, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString &)), this, SLOT(slotWidgetModified()));
+	load();
+}
+
+void MotionAwayPreferences::load()
+{
+	MotionAwayConfig::self()->readConfig();
+	preferencesDialog->AwayTimeout->setValue(MotionAwayConfig::self()->awayTimeout());
+	preferencesDialog->BecomeAvailableWithActivity->setChecked(MotionAwayConfig::self()->becomeAvailableWithActivity());
+	preferencesDialog->VideoDevice->setText(MotionAwayConfig::self()->videoDevice());
+	emit KCModule::changed(false);
+}
+
+void MotionAwayPreferences::slotWidgetModified()
+{
+	emit KCModule::changed(true);
+}
+
+void MotionAwayPreferences::save()
+{
+	MotionAwayConfig::self()->setAwayTimeout(preferencesDialog->AwayTimeout->value());
+	MotionAwayConfig::self()->setBecomeAvailableWithActivity(preferencesDialog->BecomeAvailableWithActivity->isChecked());
+	MotionAwayConfig::self()->setVideoDevice(preferencesDialog->VideoDevice->text());
+	MotionAwayConfig::self()->writeConfig();
+	emit KCModule::changed(false);
+}
+
+#include "motionawaypreferences.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawaypreferences.h b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawaypreferences.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43b33411
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawaypreferences.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+    Kopete Motion Detector Auto-Away plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2004 by Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett <duncan@kde.org>
+    
+    Kopete    (c) 2002 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef MOTIONAWAYPREFERENCES_H
+#define MOTIONAWAYPREFERENCES_H
+
+#include "kcmodule.h"
+
+class motionawayPrefsUI;
+
+/**
+ * Preference widget for the Motion Away plugin
+ * @author Duncan Mac-Vicar P.
+ */
+class MotionAwayPreferences : public KCModule
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	MotionAwayPreferences(QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+	virtual void save();
+	virtual void load();
+
+private:
+	motionawayPrefsUI *preferencesDialog;
+private slots:
+	void slotWidgetModified();
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawayprefs.ui b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawayprefs.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..134f939a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/motionautoaway/motionawayprefs.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>motionawayPrefsUI</class>
+<author>Duncan Mac-Vicar P.</author>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>motionawayPrefsUI</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>411</width>
+            <height>406</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <property name="sizePolicy">
+        <sizepolicy>
+            <hsizetype>1</hsizetype>
+            <vsizetype>1</vsizetype>
+            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+        </sizepolicy>
+    </property>
+    <vbox>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QLabel">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>&lt;p&gt;Motion Auto-Away can set you to be away automatically when it does not detect motion from your webcam or any video4linux device.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;It will put you online again when it detects you moving in front of the camera.&lt;/p&gt;</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="Line">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>line1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="frameShape">
+                <enum>HLine</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="frameShadow">
+                <enum>Sunken</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="orientation">
+                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QGroupBox">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>groupBox2</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Video Settings</string>
+            </property>
+            <vbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout21</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <hbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <widget class="QLabel">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>TextLabel2_2</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>&amp;Video4Linux device:</string>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="buddy" stdset="0">
+                                <cstring>VideoDevice</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <spacer>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>spacer2</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="orientation">
+                                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeType">
+                                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeHint">
+                                <size>
+                                    <width>95</width>
+                                    <height>20</height>
+                                </size>
+                            </property>
+                        </spacer>
+                        <widget class="KLineEdit">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>VideoDevice</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>/dev/video0</string>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                    </hbox>
+                </widget>
+                <spacer>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>spacer21</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="orientation">
+                        <enum>Vertical</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizeType">
+                        <enum>Fixed</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizeHint">
+                        <size>
+                            <width>20</width>
+                            <height>20</height>
+                        </size>
+                    </property>
+                </spacer>
+            </vbox>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QGroupBox">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>groupBox1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Away Settings</string>
+            </property>
+            <vbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout5</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <hbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>BecomeAvailableWithActivity</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>Become available when &amp;detecting activity again</string>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="checked">
+                                <bool>true</bool>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <spacer>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>spacer5</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="orientation">
+                                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeType">
+                                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeHint">
+                                <size>
+                                    <width>30</width>
+                                    <height>20</height>
+                                </size>
+                            </property>
+                        </spacer>
+                    </hbox>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout6</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <hbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <widget class="QLabel">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>TextLabel2</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>&amp;Become away after this many minutes of inactivity:</string>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="buddy" stdset="0">
+                                <cstring>AwayTimeout</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <spacer>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>spacer4</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="orientation">
+                                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeType">
+                                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeHint">
+                                <size>
+                                    <width>20</width>
+                                    <height>20</height>
+                                </size>
+                            </property>
+                        </spacer>
+                    </hbox>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout16</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <hbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <widget class="KIntNumInput">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>AwayTimeout</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <widget class="QLabel">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>minutes</string>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <spacer>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>spacer3</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="orientation">
+                                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeType">
+                                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeHint">
+                                <size>
+                                    <width>180</width>
+                                    <height>20</height>
+                                </size>
+                            </property>
+                        </spacer>
+                    </hbox>
+                </widget>
+                <spacer>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>spacer22</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="orientation">
+                        <enum>Vertical</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizeType">
+                        <enum>Fixed</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizeHint">
+                        <size>
+                            <width>20</width>
+                            <height>20</height>
+                        </size>
+                    </property>
+                </spacer>
+            </vbox>
+        </widget>
+        <spacer>
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>Spacer2</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="orientation">
+                <enum>Vertical</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeType">
+                <enum>Fixed</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeHint">
+                <size>
+                    <width>20</width>
+                    <height>20</height>
+                </size>
+            </property>
+        </spacer>
+    </vbox>
+</widget>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+<includehints>
+    <includehint>klineedit.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>knuminput.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>knuminput.h</includehint>
+</includehints>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b3560be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) -I$(top_srcdir)/kopete/protocols/msn $(all_includes)
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_netmeeting.la kcm_kopete_netmeeting.la
+
+kopete_netmeeting_la_SOURCES     = netmeetingplugin.cpp netmeetinginvitation.cpp netmeetingguiclient.cpp
+kopete_netmeeting_la_LDFLAGS     = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_netmeeting_la_LIBADD      = $(top_builddir)/kopete/libkopete/libkopete.la $(top_builddir)/kopete/protocols/msn/libkopete_msn_shared.la
+
+service_DATA = kopete_netmeeting.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+mydatadir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete_netmeeting
+mydata_DATA = netmeetingchatui.rc
+
+kcm_kopete_netmeeting_la_SOURCES = netmeetingprefs_ui.ui netmeetingpreferences.cpp
+kcm_kopete_netmeeting_la_LDFLAGS = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kcm_kopete_netmeeting_la_LIBADD  = $(LIB_KOPETECOMPAT) $(LIB_KUTILS)
+
+
+kcm_DATA = kopete_netmeeting_config.desktop
+kcmdir = $(kde_servicesdir)/kconfiguredialog
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/kopete_netmeeting.desktop b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/kopete_netmeeting.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3636f6ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/kopete_netmeeting.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+Icon=phone
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_netmeeting
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Olivier Goffart
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=ogoffart@tiscalinet.be
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_netmeeting
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.8.0
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://kopete.kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=kopete_msn
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=false
+Name=Netmeeting
+Name[ar]=الاجتماع على الشبكة
+Name[bg]=Видео чат
+Name[bn]=নেট মিটিং
+Name[da]=Netmøde
+Name[eo]=Reta renkontiĝo
+Name[fa]=نت میتینگ
+Name[fr]=Vidéo-conférence
+Name[hi]=नेटमीटिंग
+Name[ja]=ネットミーティング
+Name[km]=ប្រជុំ​លើ​បណ្ដាញ
+Name[lt]=Bendravimas tinkle
+Name[nds]=Nettmööt
+Name[ne]=नेट मिटिङ
+Name[nl]=NetMeeting
+Name[pa]=ਨੈੱਟ-ਮੀਟਿੰਗ
+Name[sv]=Nätverksmöte
+Name[ta]=இணைய சந்திப்பு
+Name[tg]=Вохӯриҳои шабакавӣ
+Comment=Voice and Video with MSN Messenger
+Comment[be]=Гук і відэа праз MSN Messenger
+Comment[bg]=Приставка за разговор с глас и видео с MSN Messenger
+Comment[bn]=এমএসএন বার্তাবাহকের সঙ্গে স্বর এবং ভিডিও
+Comment[bs]=Glas i video sa MSN Messengerom
+Comment[ca]=Veu i vídeo amb MSN Messenger
+Comment[cs]=Hlas a video pomocí MSN Messenger
+Comment[da]=Stemme og video med MSN Messenger
+Comment[de]=Sprache und Video mit dem MSN-Messenger verwenden
+Comment[el]=Βίντεο και εικόνα με το MSN Messenger
+Comment[es]=Voz y vídeo con MSN Messenger
+Comment[et]=Audio ja video kasutamine MSN Messengeriga
+Comment[eu]=Ahotsa eta bideoa MSN Messenger-ekin
+Comment[fa]=ویدیو و صدا با پیام‌رسان ام‌اس‌ان
+Comment[fi]=Ääni ja videokuva MSN Messengerin kanssa
+Comment[fr]=Voix et vidéo avec MSN Messenger
+Comment[gl]=Voz e video con MSN Messenger
+Comment[he]=חוזי ושמע עם MSN Messenger
+Comment[hu]=Hang és videó az MSN Messengerrel
+Comment[is]=Hljóð og vídeó með MSN Messenger
+Comment[it]=Voce e video con MSN Messenger
+Comment[ja]=MSN メッセンジャーとボイス/ビデオチャット
+Comment[ka]=ხმა და ვიდეო MSN მესინჯერთან
+Comment[kk]=MSN Messenger дыбыс пен бейнемен
+Comment[km]=សំឡេង និង​វីដេអូ​ដោយ​ប្រើ​កម្មវិធី​ផ្ញើ​សារ MSN
+Comment[lt]=Bendravimas balsu ir vaizdu per MSN Messenger
+Comment[mk]=Глас и видео со Гласникот на MSN
+Comment[nb]=Lyd og bilde med MSN Messenger
+Comment[nds]=Spraak un Video mit dat MSN-Kortnarichtenprogramm
+Comment[ne]=एमएसएन मेसेन्जरसँग आवाज र भिडियो
+Comment[nl]=Beeld en geluid met MSN Messenger
+Comment[nn]=Lyd og bilete med MSN Messenger
+Comment[pl]=Głos i wideo za pomocą MSN Messenger
+Comment[pt]=Voz e Vídeo com o MSN Messenger
+Comment[pt_BR]=Voz e Vídeo com o MSN Messenger
+Comment[ru]=Аудио и видео с MSN Messenger
+Comment[sk]=Hlas a video pomocou MSN Messenger
+Comment[sl]=Glas in video z MSN Messenger
+Comment[sr]=Глас и видео са MSN Messenger-ом
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Glas i video sa MSN Messenger-om
+Comment[sv]=Ljud och video med MSN Messenger
+Comment[ta]=எம்எஸ்என் செய்தியில் குரல் மற்றும் படக்காட்சி
+Comment[tr]=MSN Messenger ile Video ve Ses
+Comment[uk]=Аудіо і відео з MSN Messenger
+Comment[zh_CN]=与 MSN Messenger 一起使用影音
+Comment[zh_HK]=和 MSN Messenger 一起使用語音和視像
+Comment[zh_TW]=MSN Messenger 影像與聲音
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/kopete_netmeeting_config.desktop b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/kopete_netmeeting_config.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..16f24f6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/kopete_netmeeting_config.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Icon=highlight
+Type=Service
+ServiceTypes=KCModule
+
+X-KDE-ModuleType=Library
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_netmeeting
+X-KDE-FactoryName=NetmeetingConfigFactory
+X-KDE-ParentApp=kopete_netmeeting
+X-KDE-ParentComponents=kopete_netmeeting
+
+Name=Netmeeting
+Name[ar]=الاجتماع على الشبكة
+Name[bg]=Видео чат
+Name[bn]=নেট মিটিং
+Name[da]=Netmøde
+Name[eo]=Reta renkontiĝo
+Name[fa]=نت میتینگ
+Name[fr]=Vidéo-conférence
+Name[hi]=नेटमीटिंग
+Name[ja]=ネットミーティング
+Name[km]=ប្រជុំ​លើ​បណ្ដាញ
+Name[lt]=Bendravimas tinkle
+Name[nds]=Nettmööt
+Name[ne]=नेट मिटिङ
+Name[nl]=NetMeeting
+Name[pa]=ਨੈੱਟ-ਮੀਟਿੰਗ
+Name[sv]=Nätverksmöte
+Name[ta]=இணைய சந்திப்பு
+Name[tg]=Вохӯриҳои шабакавӣ
+Comment=Voice and Video with MSN Messenger
+Comment[be]=Гук і відэа праз MSN Messenger
+Comment[bg]=Приставка за разговор с глас и видео с MSN Messenger
+Comment[bn]=এমএসএন বার্তাবাহকের সঙ্গে স্বর এবং ভিডিও
+Comment[bs]=Glas i video sa MSN Messengerom
+Comment[ca]=Veu i vídeo amb MSN Messenger
+Comment[cs]=Hlas a video pomocí MSN Messenger
+Comment[da]=Stemme og video med MSN Messenger
+Comment[de]=Sprache und Video mit dem MSN-Messenger verwenden
+Comment[el]=Βίντεο και εικόνα με το MSN Messenger
+Comment[es]=Voz y vídeo con MSN Messenger
+Comment[et]=Audio ja video kasutamine MSN Messengeriga
+Comment[eu]=Ahotsa eta bideoa MSN Messenger-ekin
+Comment[fa]=ویدیو و صدا با پیام‌رسان ام‌اس‌ان
+Comment[fi]=Ääni ja videokuva MSN Messengerin kanssa
+Comment[fr]=Voix et vidéo avec MSN Messenger
+Comment[gl]=Voz e video con MSN Messenger
+Comment[he]=חוזי ושמע עם MSN Messenger
+Comment[hu]=Hang és videó az MSN Messengerrel
+Comment[is]=Hljóð og vídeó með MSN Messenger
+Comment[it]=Voce e video con MSN Messenger
+Comment[ja]=MSN メッセンジャーとボイス/ビデオチャット
+Comment[ka]=ხმა და ვიდეო MSN მესინჯერთან
+Comment[kk]=MSN Messenger дыбыс пен бейнемен
+Comment[km]=សំឡេង និង​វីដេអូ​ដោយ​ប្រើ​កម្មវិធី​ផ្ញើ​សារ MSN
+Comment[lt]=Bendravimas balsu ir vaizdu per MSN Messenger
+Comment[mk]=Глас и видео со Гласникот на MSN
+Comment[nb]=Lyd og bilde med MSN Messenger
+Comment[nds]=Spraak un Video mit dat MSN-Kortnarichtenprogramm
+Comment[ne]=एमएसएन मेसेन्जरसँग आवाज र भिडियो
+Comment[nl]=Beeld en geluid met MSN Messenger
+Comment[nn]=Lyd og bilete med MSN Messenger
+Comment[pl]=Głos i wideo za pomocą MSN Messenger
+Comment[pt]=Voz e Vídeo com o MSN Messenger
+Comment[pt_BR]=Voz e Vídeo com o MSN Messenger
+Comment[ru]=Аудио и видео с MSN Messenger
+Comment[sk]=Hlas a video pomocou MSN Messenger
+Comment[sl]=Glas in video z MSN Messenger
+Comment[sr]=Глас и видео са MSN Messenger-ом
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Glas i video sa MSN Messenger-om
+Comment[sv]=Ljud och video med MSN Messenger
+Comment[ta]=எம்எஸ்என் செய்தியில் குரல் மற்றும் படக்காட்சி
+Comment[tr]=MSN Messenger ile Video ve Ses
+Comment[uk]=Аудіо і відео з MSN Messenger
+Comment[zh_CN]=与 MSN Messenger 一起使用影音
+Comment[zh_HK]=和 MSN Messenger 一起使用語音和視像
+Comment[zh_TW]=MSN Messenger 影像與聲音
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingchatui.rc b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingchatui.rc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b0d139ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingchatui.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<!DOCTYPE kpartgui>
+<kpartgui version="1" name="kopete_msn_netmeeting">
+	<MenuBar>
+		<Menu name="tools">
+			<text>&amp;Tools</text>
+			<Action name="netmeeting" />
+		</Menu>
+	</MenuBar>
+</kpartgui>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingguiclient.cpp b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingguiclient.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e024a872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingguiclient.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*
+    netmeetingguiclient.cpp
+
+    Kopete NetMeeting plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Olivier Goffart <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2003-2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qvariant.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+
+#include "msnchatsession.h"
+#include "msncontact.h"
+
+#include "netmeetingguiclient.h"
+#include "netmeetinginvitation.h"
+
+class NetMeetingPlugin;
+
+NetMeetingGUIClient::NetMeetingGUIClient( MSNChatSession *parent,  const char *name )
+: QObject( parent, name ) , KXMLGUIClient(parent)
+{
+	setInstance(KGenericFactory<NetMeetingPlugin>::instance());
+	m_manager=parent;
+
+	new KAction( i18n( "Invite to Use NetMeeting" ), 0, this, SLOT( slotStartInvitation() ), actionCollection() , "netmeeting" ) ;
+
+	setXMLFile("netmeetingchatui.rc");
+}
+
+NetMeetingGUIClient::~NetMeetingGUIClient()
+{
+
+}
+
+void NetMeetingGUIClient::slotStartInvitation()
+{
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> c=m_manager->members();
+	NetMeetingInvitation *i=new NetMeetingInvitation(false, static_cast<MSNContact*>(c.first()),m_manager);
+	m_manager->initInvitation(i);
+}
+
+#include "netmeetingguiclient.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingguiclient.h b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingguiclient.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fa84b694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingguiclient.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+    netmeetingguiclient.h
+
+    Kopete NetMeeting Plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003 by Olivier Goffart <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2003 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef TRANSLATORGUICLIENT_H
+#define TRANSLATORGUICLIENT_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <kxmlguiclient.h>
+
+namespace Kopete { class ChatSession; }
+class MSNChatSession;
+class NetMeetingPlugin;
+
+/**
+  * @author Olivier Goffart <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+  */
+
+class NetMeetingGUIClient : public QObject , public KXMLGUIClient
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	NetMeetingGUIClient( MSNChatSession *parent, const char *name=0L);
+	~NetMeetingGUIClient();
+
+private slots:
+	void slotStartInvitation();
+
+private:
+	MSNChatSession *m_manager;
+	NetMeetingPlugin *m_plugin;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Local variables:
+ * c-indentation-style: k&r
+ * c-basic-offset: 8
+ * indent-tabs-mode: t
+ * End:
+ */
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetinginvitation.cpp b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetinginvitation.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..191bc140
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetinginvitation.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/*
+    msninvitation.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003 by Olivier Goffart        <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include "netmeetinginvitation.h"
+
+#include "kopeteuiglobal.h"
+
+#include "msnchatsession.h"
+#include "msnswitchboardsocket.h"
+#include "msncontact.h"
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+
+
+#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <kprocess.h>
+
+NetMeetingInvitation::NetMeetingInvitation(bool incoming, MSNContact *c, QObject *parent)
+ : QObject(parent) , MSNInvitation( incoming, NetMeetingInvitation::applicationID() , i18n("NetMeeting") )
+{
+	m_contact=c;
+	oki=false;
+}
+
+
+NetMeetingInvitation::~NetMeetingInvitation()
+{
+}
+
+
+QString NetMeetingInvitation::invitationHead()
+{
+	QTimer::singleShot( 10*60000, this, SLOT( slotTimeout() ) ); //send TIMEOUT in 10 minute if the invitation has not been accepted/refused
+	return QString( MSNInvitation::invitationHead()+
+				"Session-Protocol: SM1\r\n"
+  				"Session-ID: {6672F94C-45BF-11D7-B4AE-00010A1008DF}\r\n" //FIXME i don't know what is the session id
+				"\r\n").utf8();
+}
+
+void NetMeetingInvitation::parseInvitation(const QString& msg)
+{
+	QRegExp rx("Invitation-Command: ([A-Z]*)");
+	rx.search(msg);
+	QString command=rx.cap(1);
+	if( msg.contains("Invitation-Command: INVITE") )
+	{
+		MSNInvitation::parseInvitation(msg); //for the cookie
+
+		unsigned int result = KMessageBox::questionYesNo( Kopete::UI::Global::mainWidget(),
+					i18n("%1 wants to start a chat with NetMeeting; do you want to accept it? " ).arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()),
+					i18n("MSN Plugin") , i18n("Accept"),i18n("Refuse"));
+
+		MSNChatSession* manager=dynamic_cast<MSNChatSession*>(m_contact->manager());
+
+		if(manager && manager->service())
+		{
+			if(result==3) // Yes == 3
+			{
+				QCString message=QString(
+					"MIME-Version: 1.0\r\n"
+					"Content-Type: text/x-msmsgsinvite; charset=UTF-8\r\n"
+					"\r\n"
+					"Invitation-Command: ACCEPT\r\n"
+					"Invitation-Cookie: " + QString::number(cookie()) + "\r\n"
+					"Session-ID: {6672F94C-45BF-11D7-B4AE-00010A1008DF}\r\n" //FIXME
+					"Session-Protocol: SM1\r\n"
+					"Launch-Application: TRUE\r\n"
+					"Request-Data: IP-Address:\r\n"
+					"IP-Address: " + manager->service()->getLocalIP()+ "\r\n"
+					"\r\n" ).utf8();
+
+
+				manager->service()->sendCommand( "MSG" , "N", true, message );
+				oki=false;
+				QTimer::singleShot( 10* 60000, this, SLOT( slotTimeout() ) ); //TIMOUT afte 10 min
+			}
+			else //No
+			{
+				manager->service()->sendCommand( "MSG" , "N", true, rejectMessage() );
+				emit done(this);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	else if( msg.contains("Invitation-Command: ACCEPT") )
+	{
+		if( ! incoming() )
+		{
+			MSNChatSession* manager=dynamic_cast<MSNChatSession*>(m_contact->manager());
+			if(manager && manager->service())
+			{
+				QCString message=QString(
+					"MIME-Version: 1.0\r\n"
+					"Content-Type: text/x-msmsgsinvite; charset=UTF-8\r\n"
+					"\r\n"
+					"Invitation-Command: ACCEPT\r\n"
+					"Invitation-Cookie: " + QString::number(cookie()) + "\r\n"
+					"Session-ID: {6672F94C-45BF-11D7-B4AE-00010A1008DF}\r\n" //FIXME: what is session id?
+					"Session-Protocol: SM1\r\n"
+					"Launch-Application: TRUE\r\n"
+					"Request-Data: IP-Address:\r\n"
+					"IP-Address: " + manager->service()->getLocalIP() + "\r\n"
+					"\r\n" ).utf8();
+				manager->service()->sendCommand( "MSG" , "N", true, message );
+			}
+			rx=QRegExp("IP-Address: ([0-9\\:\\.]*)");
+			rx.search(msg);
+			QString ip_address = rx.cap(1);
+	    	startMeeting(ip_address);
+			kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << ip_address << endl;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			rx=QRegExp("IP-Address: ([0-9\\:\\.]*)");
+			rx.search(msg);
+			QString ip_address = rx.cap(1);
+
+			startMeeting(ip_address);
+		}
+	}
+	else //CANCEL
+	{
+		emit done(this);
+	}
+}
+
+void NetMeetingInvitation::slotTimeout()
+{
+	if(oki)
+		return;
+
+ 	MSNChatSession* manager=dynamic_cast<MSNChatSession*>(m_contact->manager());
+
+	if(manager && manager->service())
+	{
+		manager->service()->sendCommand( "MSG" , "N", true, rejectMessage("TIMEOUT") );
+	}
+	emit done(this);
+
+}
+
+
+void NetMeetingInvitation::startMeeting(const QString & ip_address)
+{
+	//TODO: use KProcess
+	
+	KConfig *config=KGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup("Netmeeting Plugin");
+	QString app=config->readEntry("NetmeetingApplication","ekiga -c callto://%1").arg(ip_address);
+	
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << app <<  endl ;
+	
+	QStringList args=QStringList::split(" ", app);
+	
+	KProcess p;
+	for(QStringList::Iterator it=args.begin() ; it != args.end() ; ++it)
+	{
+		p << *it;
+	}
+	p.start();
+}
+
+#include "netmeetinginvitation.moc"
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetinginvitation.h b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetinginvitation.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0fbaf318
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetinginvitation.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+    netmeetinginvitation.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003 by Olivier Goffart        <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2003 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+#ifndef MSNVOICEINVITATION_H
+#define MSNVOICEINVITATION_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include "msninvitation.h"
+
+class MSNContact;
+
+/**
+ *@author Olivier Goffart
+ */
+class NetMeetingInvitation : public QObject , public MSNInvitation
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	NetMeetingInvitation(bool incoming ,MSNContact*, QObject *parent = 0);
+	~NetMeetingInvitation();
+
+	static QString applicationID() { return "44BBA842-CC51-11CF-AAFA-00AA00B6015C"; }
+	QString invitationHead();
+
+	virtual void parseInvitation(const QString& invitation);
+
+	virtual QObject* object() { return this; }
+
+signals:
+	void done( MSNInvitation * );
+
+private slots:
+	void slotTimeout();
+
+private:
+	MSNContact *m_contact;
+	bool oki;
+	void startMeeting(const QString & ip_address);
+
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d2ea501c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+    netmeetingplugin.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Olivier Goffart <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include "netmeetingplugin.h"
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <kdeversion.h>
+#include <kaboutdata.h>
+
+#include "kopetepluginmanager.h"
+#include "kopetechatsessionmanager.h"
+
+#include "msnchatsession.h"
+#include "msnprotocol.h"
+#include "msncontact.h"
+
+#include "netmeetinginvitation.h"
+#include "netmeetingguiclient.h"
+
+
+static const KAboutData aboutdata("kopete_netmeeting", I18N_NOOP("NetMeeting") , "1.0" );
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_netmeeting, KGenericFactory<NetMeetingPlugin>( &aboutdata )  )
+
+NetMeetingPlugin::NetMeetingPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &/*args*/ )
+: Kopete::Plugin( KGlobal::instance(), parent, name )
+{
+	if(MSNProtocol::protocol())
+		slotPluginLoaded(MSNProtocol::protocol());
+	else
+		connect(Kopete::PluginManager::self() , SIGNAL(pluginLoaded(Kopete::Plugin*) ), this, SLOT(slotPluginLoaded(Kopete::Plugin*)));
+
+
+	connect( Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(), SIGNAL( chatSessionCreated( Kopete::ChatSession * )) , SLOT( slotNewKMM( Kopete::ChatSession * ) ) );
+	//Add GUI action to all already existing kmm (if the plugin is launched when kopete already rining)
+	QValueList<Kopete::ChatSession*> sessions = Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self()->sessions();
+	for (QValueListIterator<Kopete::ChatSession*> it= sessions.begin(); it!=sessions.end() ; ++it)
+	{
+		slotNewKMM(*it);
+	}
+}
+
+NetMeetingPlugin::~NetMeetingPlugin()
+{
+
+}
+
+void NetMeetingPlugin::slotPluginLoaded(Kopete::Plugin *p)
+{
+	if(p->pluginId()=="MSNProtocol")
+	{
+		connect( p , SIGNAL(invitation(MSNInvitation*& ,  const QString & , long unsigned int , MSNChatSession*  , MSNContact* )) ,
+			this, SLOT( slotInvitation(MSNInvitation*& ,  const QString & , long unsigned int , MSNChatSession*  , MSNContact* )));
+	}
+}
+
+void NetMeetingPlugin::slotNewKMM(Kopete::ChatSession *KMM)
+{
+	MSNChatSession *msnMM=dynamic_cast<MSNChatSession*>(KMM);
+	if(msnMM)
+	{
+		connect(this , SIGNAL( destroyed(QObject*)) ,
+			new NetMeetingGUIClient(msnMM)
+		 , SLOT(deleteLater()));
+	}
+}
+
+
+void NetMeetingPlugin::slotInvitation(MSNInvitation*& invitation,  const QString &bodyMSG , long unsigned int /*cookie*/ , MSNChatSession* msnMM , MSNContact* c )
+{
+	if(!invitation &&  bodyMSG.contains(NetMeetingInvitation::applicationID()))
+	{
+		invitation=new NetMeetingInvitation(true,c,msnMM);
+		invitation->parseInvitation(bodyMSG);
+	}
+}
+
+#include "netmeetingplugin.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7427bbf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+    netmeetingplugin.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003 by Olivier Goffart <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+
+
+#ifndef NetMeetingPLUGIN_H
+#define NetMeetingPLUGIN_H
+
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+
+namespace Kopete { class ChatSession; }
+class MSNChatSession;
+class MSNContact;
+class MSNInvitation;
+
+
+class NetMeetingPlugin : public Kopete::Plugin
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	NetMeetingPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args );
+	~NetMeetingPlugin();
+
+private slots:
+	void slotNewKMM(Kopete::ChatSession *);
+	void slotPluginLoaded(Kopete::Plugin*);
+	void slotInvitation(MSNInvitation*& invitation,  const QString &bodyMSG , long unsigned int cookie , MSNChatSession* msnMM , MSNContact* c );
+
+
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingpreferences.cpp b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingpreferences.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b28dfe09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingpreferences.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          Netmeetingpreferences.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    copyright            : (C) 2004 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qcheckbox.h>
+
+#include <kcombobox.h>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include <kparts/componentfactory.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <kcombobox.h>
+#include <klistview.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kcolorbutton.h>
+#include <kinputdialog.h>
+#include <kurlrequester.h>
+#include <kregexpeditorinterface.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "netmeetingplugin.h"
+#include "netmeetingprefs_ui.h"
+#include "netmeetingpreferences.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<NetmeetingPreferences> NetmeetingPreferencesFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kcm_kopete_netmeeting, NetmeetingPreferencesFactory( "kcm_kopete_netmeeting" )  )
+
+NetmeetingPreferences::NetmeetingPreferences(QWidget *parent, const char* /*name*/, const QStringList &args)
+							: KCModule(NetmeetingPreferencesFactory::instance(), parent, args)
+{
+	( new QVBoxLayout( this ) )->setAutoAdd( true );
+	preferencesDialog = new NetmeetingPrefsUI(this);
+
+	connect(preferencesDialog->m_app , SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString &)) , this , SLOT(slotChanged()));
+
+	load();
+}
+
+NetmeetingPreferences::~NetmeetingPreferences()
+{
+}
+
+void NetmeetingPreferences::load()
+{
+	KConfig *config=KGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup("Netmeeting Plugin");
+	preferencesDialog->m_app->setCurrentText(config->readEntry("NetmeetingApplication","ekiga -c callto://%1"));
+	emit KCModule::changed(false);
+}
+
+void NetmeetingPreferences::save()
+{
+	KConfig *config=KGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup("Netmeeting Plugin");
+	config->writeEntry("NetmeetingApplication",preferencesDialog->m_app->currentText());
+	emit KCModule::changed(false);
+}
+
+
+void NetmeetingPreferences::slotChanged()
+{
+	emit KCModule::changed(true);
+}
+
+#include "netmeetingpreferences.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingpreferences.h b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingpreferences.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94a7031e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingpreferences.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          netmeetingpreferences.h  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    copyright            : (C) 2004 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef NetmeetingPREFERENCES_H
+#define NetmeetingPREFERENCES_H
+
+#include <kcmodule.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+class NetmeetingPrefsUI;
+
+/**
+  *@author Olivier Goffart
+  */
+
+class NetmeetingPreferences : public KCModule  {
+   Q_OBJECT
+public:
+
+	NetmeetingPreferences(QWidget *parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+	~NetmeetingPreferences();
+
+	virtual void save();
+	virtual void load();
+
+private:
+	NetmeetingPrefsUI *preferencesDialog;
+	
+private slots:
+	void slotChanged();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingprefs_ui.ui b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingprefs_ui.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed84eb6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/netmeeting/netmeetingprefs_ui.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>NetmeetingPrefsUI</class>
+<author>Olivier Goffart</author>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>Form1</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>424</width>
+            <height>297</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <vbox>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QLabel">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>The NetMeeting Plugin allows you to start a video or voice chat with your MSN Messenger contacts.
+
+This is not the same as webcam chat you can find in the newer Windows Messenger®,  but uses the older NetMeeting chat you can find in old versions.</string>
+            </property>
+            <property name="alignment">
+                <set>WordBreak|AlignVCenter</set>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="Line">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>line1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="frameShape">
+                <enum>HLine</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="frameShadow">
+                <enum>Sunken</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="orientation">
+                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>layout1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <hbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QLabel">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Application to launch:</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="KComboBox">
+                    <item>
+                        <property name="text">
+                            <string>ekiga -c callto://%1</string>
+                        </property>
+                    </item>
+                    <item>
+                        <property name="text">
+                            <string>konference callto://%1</string>
+                        </property>
+                    </item>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>m_app</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizePolicy">
+                        <sizepolicy>
+                            <hsizetype>3</hsizetype>
+                            <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                        </sizepolicy>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="editable">
+                        <bool>true</bool>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="autoCompletion">
+                        <bool>true</bool>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+            </hbox>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QLabel">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>textLabel3</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>&lt;b&gt;%1&lt;/b&gt; will be replaced by the ip to call</string>
+            </property>
+            <property name="alignment">
+                <set>WordBreak|AlignVCenter</set>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <spacer>
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>spacer1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="orientation">
+                <enum>Vertical</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeType">
+                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeHint">
+                <size>
+                    <width>21</width>
+                    <height>60</height>
+                </size>
+            </property>
+        </spacer>
+        <widget class="KActiveLabel">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>kActiveLabel1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizePolicy">
+                <sizepolicy>
+                    <hsizetype>5</hsizetype>
+                    <vsizetype>5</vsizetype>
+                    <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                    <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                </sizepolicy>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>You can download Konference here: &lt;a href="http://www.kde-apps.org/content/show.php?content=10395"&gt;http://www.kde-apps.org/content/show.php?content=10395&lt;/a&gt;</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+    </vbox>
+</widget>
+<customwidgets>
+</customwidgets>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+<includehints>
+    <includehint>kcombobox.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>klineedit.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kactivelabel.h</includehint>
+</includehints>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/DESIGN b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/DESIGN
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d2be5d5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/DESIGN
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+Now Listening Plugin
+
+What It Does
+
+This plugin tells your chat buddies what media (music, ...) you are currently enjoying.  If you turn on "Now Listening" for a contact, when a new track begins, it automatically sends a user defined message.
+
+How It Does It
+Looks for running media applications (Noatun, Kscd, Xmms) using DCOP and asks them what track they are currently playing.  The current track is discovered on a periodic basis, and if it has changed, it is advertised in live chatwindows to contacts that the user has indicated should be notified.
+
+Fair Points
+Do we want to tell ALL chat partners what we're listening to?
+- The operation of the plugin is configurable for each contact, using a context menu item.
+
+IRC chats probably DON'T want extraneous bumf.
+- Yes, by using KMM::protocol() we can discover which protocol a chat uses and squelch messages to it.  Would need something like a view of QCheckListItems to change the user's per protocol preferences in the Config.
+
+Should we only advertise if the other party to the chat is online?
+- Yes
+
+Is it possible to tell whether media players are actually playing?
+- Not for KsCD, but we can and do for Noatun and xmms.
+
+Alternative methods
+Is there a way to be notified when tracks change?
+- Not yet, but xmms and noatun seem to provide an interface to find out how long a track will be playing for. Could try and predict when a track will change.
+Of course, if ppl change tracks before the track has ended then this prediction is no good.  To do this we would need to add a per mediaplayer timer, or at least a pointer to a timer in the plugin (ugly!).
+
+Discovering all live chatwindows
+KopeteMessageManagerFactory::factory()->sessions(), or Kopete::sessionFactory() until that is implemented?
+- Done
+
+OOOH - HOW ABOUT SEEING IF XMMS-KDE HAS DCOP IN IT?
+NO IT DOESN'T
+
+How contact specific plugin data works
+Each metacontact has a method pluginData(KopetePlugin *).  This takes a pointer to a plugin, and returns a QStringList containing the metacontact's data for that plugin. A corresponding setPluginData() method changes this.  Who is responsible for making sure this data persists?
+
+What about custom actions?
+KopetePlugin::custom[Chat|ContextMenuActions] both return a set of KActions that the plugin wants to have added to the UI.  Looking at contactnotes, it seems that this set is recreated every time thses methods are called and they change the state of the plugin (currentContact).  Is this so that the context menu is generated individually for each MC, so that the method that is called when the men item is clicked know which MC it applies to?
+
+Choosing whether to advertise to all contacts
+We can either advertise periodically to (some) contacts, or we could just add an Action to advertise what we're currently listening to.
+DONE
+
+Maybe need a per-contact toggle, and a per-chat button to advertise.
+DONE
+
+Customising the advert message
+DONE
+Maybe provide substitution as in "Now listening to %track by %artist (on %album)".  Here () indicates substitute whole clause only if enclosed variable is set.
+
+Change so action inserts text in current message?
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a9357d5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(XMMS_INCLUDES) $(all_includes)
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_nowlistening.la kcm_kopete_nowlistening.la
+
+kopete_nowlistening_la_SOURCES = nowlisteningconfig.kcfgc nowlisteningplugin.cpp nlkscd.cpp nlnoatun.cpp nlxmms.cpp nowlisteningguiclient.cpp nljuk.cpp nlamarok.cpp nlkaffeine.cpp
+kopete_nowlistening_la_LDFLAGS     = -module $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(XMMS_LDFLAGS) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_nowlistening_la_LIBADD =  ../../libkopete/libkopete.la $(XMMS_LIBS)
+
+kcm_kopete_nowlistening_la_SOURCES = nowlisteningprefs.ui nowlisteningpreferences.cpp nowlisteningconfig.kcfgc
+kcm_kopete_nowlistening_la_LDFLAGS = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kcm_kopete_nowlistening_la_LIBADD  = $(LIB_KOPETECOMPAT) $(LIB_KUTILS)
+
+service_DATA = kopete_nowlistening.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+kcm_DATA = kopete_nowlistening_config.desktop
+kcmdir = $(kde_servicesdir)/kconfiguredialog
+
+kde_kcfg_DATA = nowlisteningconfig.kcfg
+
+mydatadir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete
+mydata_DATA = nowlisteningui.rc nowlisteningchatui.rc
+noinst_HEADERS =  nlkaffeine.h
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/README b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..83bdd6d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/README
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+README for Now Listening Plugin
+
+AUTHOR Will Stephenson <lists@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+
+This plugin tells chat partners what you're currently listening to. On demand, it sends them a configurable message.
+
+Caveat: It currently only works with KsCD, Xmms, Noatun, JuK and amaroK.  Other media players will be supported shortly.
+
+Caveat 2: It relies on DCOP - I doubt much will happen if you're not running the rest of KDE.
+
+Caveat 3: There's no escaping of the substituted strings, so you might get it stuck in a loop...
+
+REQUIREMENTS
+Requires XMMS remote control header xmmsctrl.h
+(can be found in:
+* SuSE's base xmms rpm
+* Mandrake's libxmms1-devel rpm
+* RedHat, TurboLinux, Conectiva: xmms-devel )
+Which in turn requires glib-devel and gtk-devel to build.
+
+IF CONFIGURE GIVES AN ERROR, OR IT DOESN'T WORK WITH XMMS, CHECK THESE ARE INSTALLED!
+
+Configure test doesn't tell us that this is why it bails.
+
+Rerun make -f Makefile.cvs && ./configure - or any subset of that which will
+reconfigure the new part of the tree.
+
+make
+
+USE
+
+Enable the plugin in Settings->Configure Plugins.  You may wish to change the default message.
+
+You can force a notification by typing the string "/media" at the start of a new message, which will be substituted, or by using the Chat->Actions->Send Media Info menu item.
+
+BUGS
+
+Please report to bugs.kde.org.  If you need help contact me at lists@stevello.free-online.co.uk.
+
+TODO
+More media players!
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/configure.in.in b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/configure.in.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..08309761
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/configure.in.in
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+dnl AM_PATH_XMMS([1.0.0])
+dnl AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(mediacontrol, 0.1)
+dnl AC_PATH_PROG(XMMS_CONFIG, xmms-config, no)
+dnl AM_PATH_XMMS(1.0.0,,AC_MSG_ERROR([*** XMMS >= 1.0.0 not installed - please install first ***]))
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_XMMS],
+[
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for libxmms])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_have_xmms,
+  [
+    ac_save_libs="$LIBS"
+    LIBS="`xmms-config --libs`"
+    ac_CPPFLAGS_save="$CPPFLAGS"
+    CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $all_includes `xmms-config --cflags`"
+    ac_LDFLAGS_save="$LDFLAGS"
+    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $all_libraries"
+    AC_TRY_LINK(
+      [#include <xmms/xmmsctrl.h>],
+      [xmms_remote_stop(0);],
+      [ac_cv_have_xmms="yes"],
+      [ac_cv_have_xmms="no"]
+    )
+    LIBS="$ac_save_libs"
+    LDFLAGS="$ac_LDFLAGS_save"
+    CPPFLAGS="$ac_CPPFLAGS_save"
+  ])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_cv_have_xmms)
+  if test "$ac_cv_have_xmms" = "yes"; then
+    XMMS_INCLUDES="`xmms-config --cflags`"
+
+    for arg in `xmms-config --libs`; do
+	case $arg in
+	    -[[lL]]*)
+	    XMMS_LIBS="$XMMS_LIBS $arg"
+	    ;;
+	    *)
+	    XMMS_LDFLAGS="$XMMS_LDFLAGS $arg"
+	esac
+    done
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XMMS, 1, [Define if you have xmms libraries and header files.])
+  fi
+])
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(xmms,
+  [AC_HELP_STRING(--with-xmms,
+    [enable support for XMMS @<:@default=check@:>@])],
+  [], with_xmms=check)
+
+if test "x$with_xmms" != xno; then
+  AC_CHECK_XMMS
+
+  if test "x$with_xmms" != xcheck && test "x$ac_cv_have_xmms" = xno; then
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xmms was given, but test for XMMS failed])
+  fi
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(XMMS_LIBS)
+AC_SUBST(XMMS_LDFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(XMMS_INCLUDES)
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/kopete_nowlistening.desktop b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/kopete_nowlistening.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..871e7574
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/kopete_nowlistening.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+Icon=kaboodle
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_nowlistening
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Will Stephenson
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=will@stevello.free-online.co.uk
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_nowlistening
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.8.0
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://kopete.kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=false
+Name=Now Listening
+Name[ar]=الاستماع جار
+Name[be]=Слухаю зараз
+Name[bg]=Инфо за песен
+Name[bn]=এখন শুনছেন
+Name[bs]=Sada slušam
+Name[ca]=Ara s'escolta
+Name[cs]=Nyní poslouchám
+Name[cy]=Rwan yn Gwrando ar
+Name[da]=Lytter nu
+Name[de]=Im Hintergrund läuft
+Name[el]=Τώρα ακούω
+Name[eo]=Nun aŭskultanta
+Name[es]=Escuchando
+Name[et]=Praegu kuulan
+Name[eu]=Orain entzuten
+Name[fa]=الان گوش می‌کند
+Name[fi]=Nyt soi
+Name[fr]=En écoute
+Name[ga]=Ag Éisteacht Anois
+Name[gl]=Escoitando
+Name[he]=מאזין עכשיו
+Name[hi]=नाऊ लिसनिंग
+Name[hr]=Sada slušam
+Name[hu]=Most figyelek
+Name[is]=Hlustandi á
+Name[it]=Adesso sto ascoltando
+Name[ja]=今聴いているもの
+Name[ka]=ახლა ისმინება
+Name[kk]=Тыңдауда
+Name[km]=កំពុង​ស្ដាប់
+Name[lt]=Dabar klausau
+Name[mk]=Сега слуша
+Name[nb]=Hører nå
+Name[nds]=In'n Achtergrund löppt
+Name[ne]=अहिले सुनिरहेको छ
+Name[nl]=Luistert naar
+Name[nn]=Høyrer på
+Name[pa]=ਹੁਣ ਸੁਣਦਾ
+Name[pl]=Czego słucham
+Name[pt]=Agora a Ouvir
+Name[pt_BR]=Ouvindo agora
+Name[ru]=Сейчас звучит
+Name[se]=Dál guldaleamen
+Name[sk]=Teraz počúvam
+Name[sl]=Zdaj poslušam
+Name[sr]=Сада слушам
+Name[sr@Latn]=Sada slušam
+Name[sv]=Lyssnar nu
+Name[ta]=தற்போது கேட்டுக்கொண்டுள்ளார்
+Name[tg]=Ҳоло гӯшкунӣ рафта истодааст
+Name[tr]=Şimdi Dinleniyor
+Name[uk]=Зараз слухаю
+Name[zh_CN]=现在收听
+Name[zh_HK]=現正聆聽
+Name[zh_TW]=正在收聽
+Comment=Tells your buddies what you're listening to
+Comment[ar]=تخبر أصدقائك بما تستمع إليه
+Comment[be]=Паведамляе сябрам, што вы зараз слухаеце
+Comment[bg]=Приставка за информиране на приятелите какво слушате
+Comment[bn]=আপনার বন্ধুদের বলে আপনি কি শুনছেন
+Comment[bs]=Obavještava vaše prijatelje o muzici koju slušate
+Comment[ca]=Li diu als vostres companys què esteu escoltant
+Comment[cs]=Sdělí vašim kamarádům, co právě posloucháte
+Comment[cy]=Dweud wrth eich cyfeillion be y gwrandwch arnodd
+Comment[da]=Fortæller dine venner hvad du lytter til
+Comment[de]=Teilt Ihren Freunden mit, welche Musik Sie gerade hören
+Comment[el]=Ενημερώνει τους φίλους σας σχετικά με το τι ακούτε
+Comment[es]=Le cuenta a sus contactos lo que está escuchando
+Comment[et]=Semudele teatamine, mida parajasti kuulad
+Comment[eu]=Zure lagunei zer entzuten ari zaren esaten die
+Comment[fa]=به دوستان شما می‌گوید که به چه چیز گوش می‌دهید
+Comment[fi]=Kertoo kavereillesi mitä kuuntelet tällä hetkellä
+Comment[fr]=Indique à vos contacts ce que vous êtes en train d'écouter
+Comment[gl]=Dílle ós teus amigos que estás a escoitar
+Comment[he]=מספר לחבריך לאיזו מוסיקה אתה מאזין כרגע
+Comment[hi]=आपके बड्डीस को बताता है कि आप क्या सुन रहे हैं
+Comment[hr]=Govori vašim prijateljima što trenutno slušate
+Comment[hu]=A partnerek értesítése arról, hogy Ön mit hallgat
+Comment[is]=Segir vinum þínum á hvað þú ert að hlusta
+Comment[it]=Di' ai tuoi amici cosa stai ascoltando
+Comment[ja]=何を聴いているかを仲間に伝える
+Comment[ka]=ატყობინებს თქვენს მეგობრებს, თუ რას უსმენთ
+Comment[kk]=Достарыңызға тыңдап тұрғаныңыз туралы хабарлайды
+Comment[km]=ប្រាប់​សម្លាញ់​អ្នក​ថា អ្នក​កំពុង​ស្ដាប់​អ្វី
+Comment[lt]=Praneškite bičiuliams ką dabar klausotės
+Comment[mk]=Им кажува на вашите пријатели што слушате
+Comment[nb]=Forteller venner hva du hører på
+Comment[nds]=Vertellt Dien Frünnen, welke Musik Du jüst höörst
+Comment[ne]=तपाईँले सुनिरहनुभएको तपाईँको साथीलाई भन्दछ
+Comment[nl]=Vertelt je vrienden naar welke muziek je luistert
+Comment[nn]=Fortel venner kva du høyrer på
+Comment[pl]=Przekazuje znajomym, czego obecnie słuchasz
+Comment[pt]=Indica aos seus amigos o que você está a ouvir
+Comment[pt_BR]=Diz a seus colegas o que você está escutando
+Comment[ru]=Сообщает вашим собеседникам что вы сейчас слушаете
+Comment[se]=Muitala olbmáide maid dál leat guldaleamen
+Comment[sk]=Oznámi vašim priateľom, koho práve počúvate
+Comment[sl]=Sporočí vašim prijateljem, kaj poslušate
+Comment[sr]=Говори вашим другарима шта тренутно слушате
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Govori vašim drugarima šta trenutno slušate
+Comment[sv]=Talar om för kompisar vad du lyssnar på
+Comment[ta]=நீங்கள் கேட்டுக் கொண்டிருப்பதை உங்கள் எதிராலிக்கு சொல்லும்
+Comment[tg]=Ба дӯстонатон чи гӯш карда истодаатонро мегӯяд
+Comment[tr]=Dinlediğiniz arkadaşların listesini söyler
+Comment[uk]=Сповіщає ваших друзів про, те що ви зараз слухаєте
+Comment[zh_CN]=告诉您的好友您正在收听的内容
+Comment[zh_HK]=告訴您的伙伴您正在聆聽甚麼
+Comment[zh_TW]=告訴您的好友您正在收聽什麼
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/kopete_nowlistening_config.desktop b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/kopete_nowlistening_config.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b01b2bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/kopete_nowlistening_config.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Icon=kaboodle
+Type=Service
+ServiceTypes=KCModule
+
+X-KDE-ModuleType=Library
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_nowlistening
+X-KDE-FactoryName=NowListeningConfigFactory
+X-KDE-ParentApp=kopete_nowlistening
+X-KDE-ParentComponents=kopete_nowlistening
+
+Name=Now Listening
+Name[ar]=الاستماع جار
+Name[be]=Слухаю зараз
+Name[bg]=Инфо за песен
+Name[bn]=এখন শুনছেন
+Name[bs]=Sada slušam
+Name[ca]=Ara s'escolta
+Name[cs]=Nyní poslouchám
+Name[cy]=Rwan yn Gwrando ar
+Name[da]=Lytter nu
+Name[de]=Im Hintergrund läuft
+Name[el]=Τώρα ακούω
+Name[eo]=Nun aŭskultanta
+Name[es]=Escuchando
+Name[et]=Praegu kuulan
+Name[eu]=Orain entzuten
+Name[fa]=الان گوش می‌کند
+Name[fi]=Nyt soi
+Name[fr]=En écoute
+Name[ga]=Ag Éisteacht Anois
+Name[gl]=Escoitando
+Name[he]=מאזין עכשיו
+Name[hi]=नाऊ लिसनिंग
+Name[hr]=Sada slušam
+Name[hu]=Most figyelek
+Name[is]=Hlustandi á
+Name[it]=Adesso sto ascoltando
+Name[ja]=今聴いているもの
+Name[ka]=ახლა ისმინება
+Name[kk]=Тыңдауда
+Name[km]=កំពុង​ស្ដាប់
+Name[lt]=Dabar klausau
+Name[mk]=Сега слуша
+Name[nb]=Hører nå
+Name[nds]=In'n Achtergrund löppt
+Name[ne]=अहिले सुनिरहेको छ
+Name[nl]=Luistert naar
+Name[nn]=Høyrer på
+Name[pa]=ਹੁਣ ਸੁਣਦਾ
+Name[pl]=Czego słucham
+Name[pt]=Agora a Ouvir
+Name[pt_BR]=Ouvindo agora
+Name[ru]=Сейчас звучит
+Name[se]=Dál guldaleamen
+Name[sk]=Teraz počúvam
+Name[sl]=Zdaj poslušam
+Name[sr]=Сада слушам
+Name[sr@Latn]=Sada slušam
+Name[sv]=Lyssnar nu
+Name[ta]=தற்போது கேட்டுக்கொண்டுள்ளார்
+Name[tg]=Ҳоло гӯшкунӣ рафта истодааст
+Name[tr]=Şimdi Dinleniyor
+Name[uk]=Зараз слухаю
+Name[zh_CN]=现在收听
+Name[zh_HK]=現正聆聽
+Name[zh_TW]=正在收聽
+Comment=Tells your buddies what you're listening to
+Comment[ar]=تخبر أصدقائك بما تستمع إليه
+Comment[be]=Паведамляе сябрам, што вы зараз слухаеце
+Comment[bg]=Приставка за информиране на приятелите какво слушате
+Comment[bn]=আপনার বন্ধুদের বলে আপনি কি শুনছেন
+Comment[bs]=Obavještava vaše prijatelje o muzici koju slušate
+Comment[ca]=Li diu als vostres companys què esteu escoltant
+Comment[cs]=Sdělí vašim kamarádům, co právě posloucháte
+Comment[cy]=Dweud wrth eich cyfeillion be y gwrandwch arnodd
+Comment[da]=Fortæller dine venner hvad du lytter til
+Comment[de]=Teilt Ihren Freunden mit, welche Musik Sie gerade hören
+Comment[el]=Ενημερώνει τους φίλους σας σχετικά με το τι ακούτε
+Comment[es]=Le cuenta a sus contactos lo que está escuchando
+Comment[et]=Semudele teatamine, mida parajasti kuulad
+Comment[eu]=Zure lagunei zer entzuten ari zaren esaten die
+Comment[fa]=به دوستان شما می‌گوید که به چه چیز گوش می‌دهید
+Comment[fi]=Kertoo kavereillesi mitä kuuntelet tällä hetkellä
+Comment[fr]=Indique à vos contacts ce que vous êtes en train d'écouter
+Comment[gl]=Dílle ós teus amigos que estás a escoitar
+Comment[he]=מספר לחבריך לאיזו מוסיקה אתה מאזין כרגע
+Comment[hi]=आपके बड्डीस को बताता है कि आप क्या सुन रहे हैं
+Comment[hr]=Govori vašim prijateljima što trenutno slušate
+Comment[hu]=A partnerek értesítése arról, hogy Ön mit hallgat
+Comment[is]=Segir vinum þínum á hvað þú ert að hlusta
+Comment[it]=Di' ai tuoi amici cosa stai ascoltando
+Comment[ja]=何を聴いているかを仲間に伝える
+Comment[ka]=ატყობინებს თქვენს მეგობრებს, თუ რას უსმენთ
+Comment[kk]=Достарыңызға тыңдап тұрғаныңыз туралы хабарлайды
+Comment[km]=ប្រាប់​សម្លាញ់​អ្នក​ថា អ្នក​កំពុង​ស្ដាប់​អ្វី
+Comment[lt]=Praneškite bičiuliams ką dabar klausotės
+Comment[mk]=Им кажува на вашите пријатели што слушате
+Comment[nb]=Forteller venner hva du hører på
+Comment[nds]=Vertellt Dien Frünnen, welke Musik Du jüst höörst
+Comment[ne]=तपाईँले सुनिरहनुभएको तपाईँको साथीलाई भन्दछ
+Comment[nl]=Vertelt je vrienden naar welke muziek je luistert
+Comment[nn]=Fortel venner kva du høyrer på
+Comment[pl]=Przekazuje znajomym, czego obecnie słuchasz
+Comment[pt]=Indica aos seus amigos o que você está a ouvir
+Comment[pt_BR]=Diz a seus colegas o que você está escutando
+Comment[ru]=Сообщает вашим собеседникам что вы сейчас слушаете
+Comment[se]=Muitala olbmáide maid dál leat guldaleamen
+Comment[sk]=Oznámi vašim priateľom, koho práve počúvate
+Comment[sl]=Sporočí vašim prijateljem, kaj poslušate
+Comment[sr]=Говори вашим другарима шта тренутно слушате
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Govori vašim drugarima šta trenutno slušate
+Comment[sv]=Talar om för kompisar vad du lyssnar på
+Comment[ta]=நீங்கள் கேட்டுக் கொண்டிருப்பதை உங்கள் எதிராலிக்கு சொல்லும்
+Comment[tg]=Ба дӯстонатон чи гӯш карда истодаатонро мегӯяд
+Comment[tr]=Dinlediğiniz arkadaşların listesini söyler
+Comment[uk]=Сповіщає ваших друзів про, те що ви зараз слухаєте
+Comment[zh_CN]=告诉您的好友您正在收听的内容
+Comment[zh_HK]=告訴您的伙伴您正在聆聽甚麼
+Comment[zh_TW]=告訴您的好友您正在收聽什麼
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlamarok.cpp b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlamarok.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..15d19411
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlamarok.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/*
+    nlamarok.cpp
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+    Kopete
+	Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+	
+	Purpose: 
+	This class abstracts the interface to amaroK by
+	implementing NLMediaPlayer
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include "nlmediaplayer.h"
+#include "nlamarok.h"
+
+NLamaroK::NLamaroK( DCOPClient *client ) : NLMediaPlayer()
+{
+	m_client = client;
+	m_type = Audio;
+	m_name = "Amarok";
+}
+
+void NLamaroK::update()
+{
+	m_playing = false;
+	m_newTrack = false;
+	QString newTrack;
+	QByteArray data, replyData;
+	QCString replyType;
+	QString result;
+
+	// see if amaroK is  registered with DCOP
+	if ( !m_client->isApplicationRegistered( "amarok" ) )
+	{
+		kdDebug ( 14307 ) << "AmaroK is not running!\n" << endl;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	// see if it's playing
+	// use status() call first, if not supported (amaroK 1.0 or earlier), use isPlaying
+	
+	if ( !m_client->call( "amarok", "player", "status()", data,
+	      replyType, replyData ) )
+	{
+		kdDebug( 14307 ) << k_funcinfo << " DCOP status() returned error, falling back to isPlaying()." << endl;
+		if ( !m_client->call( "amarok", "player", "isPlaying()", data,
+					replyType, replyData ) )
+		{
+			kdDebug( 14307 ) << k_funcinfo << " DCOP error on Amarok." << endl;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+			if ( replyType == "bool" ) {
+				reply >> m_playing;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		int status = 0;
+
+		QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+		if ( replyType == "int" ) {
+			reply >> status;
+			kdDebug( 14307 ) << k_funcinfo << "Amarok status()=" << status << endl;
+		}
+
+		if ( status ) 
+		{
+			m_playing = true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( m_client->call( "amarok", "player", "title()", data,
+				replyType, replyData ) )
+	{
+		QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+
+		if ( replyType == "QString" ) {
+			reply >> newTrack;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( newTrack != m_track )
+	{
+		m_newTrack = true;
+		m_track = newTrack;
+	}
+
+	if ( m_client->call( "amarok", "player", "album()", data,
+				replyType, replyData ) )
+	{
+		QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+
+		if ( replyType == "QString" ) {
+			reply >> m_album;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( m_client->call( "amarok", "player", "artist()", data,
+				replyType, replyData ) )
+	{
+		QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+
+		if ( replyType == "QString" ) {
+			reply >> m_artist;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlamarok.h b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlamarok.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b79900c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlamarok.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*
+    nlamarok.h
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002,2003,2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+	
+	Purpose: 
+	This class abstracts the interface to amaroK by
+	implementing NLMediaPlayer
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef NLAMAROK_H
+#define NLAMAROK_H
+
+#include <dcopclient.h>
+
+class NLamaroK : public NLMediaPlayer
+{
+	public:
+		NLamaroK( DCOPClient *client );
+		virtual void update();
+	protected:
+		DCOPClient *m_client;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nljuk.cpp b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nljuk.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..41de23bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nljuk.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+    nljuk.cpp
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+    Copyright (c) 2003 by Ismail Donmez <ismail.donmez@boun.edu.tr>
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+	
+	Purpose: 
+	This class abstracts the interface to JuK by
+	implementing NLMediaPlayer
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include "nlmediaplayer.h"
+#include "nljuk.h"
+
+NLJuk::NLJuk( DCOPClient *client ) : NLMediaPlayer()
+{
+	m_client = client;
+	m_type = Audio;
+	m_name = "JuK";
+}
+
+void NLJuk::update()
+{
+	m_playing = false;
+	QString newTrack;
+
+	// see if JuK is  registered with DCOP
+	if (  m_client->isApplicationRegistered( "juk" ) )
+	{
+		// see if it's playing
+		QByteArray data, replyData;
+		QCString replyType;
+		QString result;
+
+		if ( m_client->call( "juk", "Player", "playing()", data, 
+					replyType, replyData ) )
+		{
+			QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+			if ( replyType == "bool" ) {
+				reply >> m_playing;
+			}
+		}
+		
+		{
+			QDataStream arg( data, IO_WriteOnly );
+			arg << QString::fromLatin1("Album");
+			if ( m_client->call( "juk", "Player", "trackProperty(QString)", data,
+						replyType, replyData ) )
+			{
+				QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+	
+				if ( replyType == "QString" ) {
+					reply >> m_album;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		
+		{
+			QDataStream arg( data, IO_WriteOnly );
+			arg << QString::fromLatin1("Artist");
+			if ( m_client->call( "juk", "Player", "trackProperty(QString)", data,
+						replyType, replyData ) )
+			{
+				QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+	
+				if ( replyType == "QString" ) {
+					reply >> m_artist;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		{
+			QDataStream arg( data, IO_WriteOnly );
+			arg << QString::fromLatin1("Title");
+			if ( m_client->call( "juk", "Player", "trackProperty(QString)", data,
+						replyType, replyData ) )
+			{
+				QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+	
+				if ( replyType == "QString" ) {
+					reply >> newTrack;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		
+		if ( newTrack != m_track )
+		{
+			m_newTrack = true;
+			m_track = newTrack;
+		}
+		else
+			m_newTrack = false;
+	}
+	else
+		kdDebug( 14307 ) << "Juk is not running!\n" << endl;
+}
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nljuk.h b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nljuk.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..40794c59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nljuk.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+    nljuk.h
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+    Copyright (c) 2003 by Ismail Donmez <ismail.donmez@boun.edu.tr>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002,2003 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+	
+	Purpose: 
+	This class abstracts the interface to JuK by
+	implementing NLMediaPlayer
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef NLJUK_H
+#define NLJUK_H
+
+#include <dcopclient.h>
+
+class NLJuk : public NLMediaPlayer
+{
+	public:
+		NLJuk( DCOPClient *client );
+		virtual void update();
+	protected:
+		DCOPClient *m_client;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlkaffeine.cpp b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlkaffeine.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fe02077f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlkaffeine.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+    nlkaffeine.cpp
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2004 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+    Kopete
+	Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+	
+	Purpose: 
+	This class abstracts the interface to Kaffeine by
+	implementing NLMediaPlayer
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include "nlmediaplayer.h"
+#include "nlkaffeine.h"
+
+NLKaffeine::NLKaffeine( DCOPClient *client ) : NLMediaPlayer()
+{
+	m_client = client;
+	m_type = Video;
+	m_name = "Kaffeine";
+}
+
+void NLKaffeine::update()
+{
+	m_playing = false;
+	m_newTrack = false;
+	QString newTrack;
+	bool error = true; // Asume we have a error first. 
+	QCString kaffeineIface("Kaffeine"), kaffeineGetTrack("getTitle()");
+
+	// see if kaffeine is  registered with DCOP
+	if ( m_client->isApplicationRegistered( "kaffeine" ) )
+	{
+		// see if it's playing
+		QByteArray data, replyData;
+		QCString replyType;
+		QString result;
+		if ( !m_client->call( "kaffeine", kaffeineIface, "isPlaying()", data,
+					replyType, replyData ) )
+		{
+			kdDebug ( 14307 ) << k_funcinfo << " Trying DCOP interface of Kaffeine >= 0.5" << endl;
+			// Trying with the new Kaffeine DCOP interface (>=0.5)
+			kaffeineIface = "KaffeineIface";
+			kaffeineGetTrack = "title()";
+			if( !m_client->call( "kaffeine", kaffeineIface, "isPlaying()", data, replyType, replyData ) )
+			{
+				kdDebug( 14307 ) << k_funcinfo << " DCOP error on Kaffeine." << endl;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				error = false;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			error = false;
+		}
+			
+		// If we didn't get any DCOP error, check if Kaffeine is playing.
+		if(!error)
+		{
+			QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+			if ( replyType == "bool" ) {
+					reply >> m_playing;
+					kdDebug( 14307 ) << "checked if Kaffeine is playing!" << endl;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if ( m_client->call( "kaffeine", kaffeineIface, kaffeineGetTrack, data,
+					replyType, replyData ) )
+		{
+			QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+
+			if ( replyType == "QString" ) {
+				reply >> newTrack;
+			}
+		}
+		if( newTrack != m_track )
+		{
+			m_newTrack = true;
+			m_track = newTrack;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+		kdDebug ( 14307 ) << "Kaffeine is not running!\n" << endl;
+}
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlkaffeine.h b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlkaffeine.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7f868e79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlkaffeine.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*
+    nlkaffeine.h
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002,2003,2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+	
+	Purpose: 
+	This class abstracts the interface to Kaffeine by
+	implementing NLMediaPlayer
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef NLKAFFEINE_H
+#define NLKAFFEINE_H
+
+#include <dcopclient.h>
+
+class NLKaffeine : public NLMediaPlayer
+{
+	public:
+		NLKaffeine( DCOPClient *client );
+		virtual void update();
+	protected:
+		DCOPClient *m_client;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlkscd.cpp b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlkscd.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a20c809b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlkscd.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/*
+    nlkscd.cpp
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002,2003,2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+	
+	Purpose: 
+	This class abstracts the interface to KsCD by
+	implementing NLMediaPlayer
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+
+#include "nlmediaplayer.h"
+
+#include "nlkscd.h"
+
+NLKscd::NLKscd( DCOPClient *client ) : NLMediaPlayer()
+{
+	m_client = client;
+	m_type = Audio;
+	m_name = "KsCD";
+}
+
+void NLKscd::update()
+{
+	m_playing = false;
+	QString newTrack;
+	// see if it's registered with DCOP
+	if ( m_client->isApplicationRegistered( "kscd" ) )
+	{
+		// see if it's playing
+		QByteArray data, replyData;
+		QCString replyType;
+		if ( !m_client->call( "kscd", "CDPlayer", "playing()", data,
+					replyType, replyData ) )
+		{
+			// we're talking to a KsCD without the playing() method
+			m_playing = true;
+//			kdDebug( 14307 ) << "NLKscd::update() - KsCD without playing()"
+//				<< endl;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+			if ( replyType == "bool" ) {
+				reply >> m_playing;
+//				kdDebug( 14307 ) << "NLKscd::update() - KsCD is " <<
+//					( m_playing ? "" : "not " ) << "playing!" << endl;
+			}
+		}
+		// poll it for its current artist 
+		if ( !m_client->call( "kscd", "CDPlayer",
+					"currentArtist()", data, replyType, replyData ) )
+			kdDebug( 14307 ) <<  "NLKscd::update() DCOP error"
+				<< endl;
+		else {
+			QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+			if ( replyType == "QString" )
+				reply >> m_artist;
+			else
+				kdDebug( 14307 ) << "NLKscd::update() trackList returned unexpected reply type!" << endl;
+		}
+
+		//album
+		if ( !m_client->call( "kscd", "CDPlayer",
+					"currentAlbum()", data, replyType, replyData ) )
+			kdDebug( 14307 ) <<  "NLKscd::update() DCOP error"
+				<< endl;
+		else {
+			QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+			if ( replyType == "QString" )
+				reply >> m_album;
+			else
+				kdDebug( 14307 ) << "NLKscd::update() trackList returned unexpected reply type!" << endl;
+		}
+
+		// Get the current track title
+		if ( !m_client->call( "kscd", "CDPlayer",
+					"currentTrackTitle()", data, replyType, replyData ) )
+			kdDebug( 14307 ) << "NLKscd::update() - there was some error using DCOP." << endl;
+		else {
+			QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+			if ( replyType == "QString" ) {
+				reply >> newTrack;
+				//kdDebug( 14307 ) << "the result is: " << newTrack.latin1()
+				//	<< endl;
+			} else
+				kdDebug( 14307 ) << "NLKscd::update()-  currentTrackTitle "
+					<< "returned unexpected reply type!" << endl;
+		}
+		// if the current track title has changed
+		if ( newTrack != m_track )
+		{
+			m_newTrack = true;
+			m_track = newTrack;
+		}
+		else
+			m_newTrack = false;
+//		kdDebug( 14307 ) << "NLKscd::update() - found kscd - "
+//			<< m_track << endl;
+
+	}
+//	else
+//		kdDebug( 14307 ) << "NLKscd::update() - kscd not found" << endl;
+}
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlkscd.h b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlkscd.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e245ec76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlkscd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+    nlkscd.h
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002,2003,2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+	
+	Purpose: 
+	This class abstracts the interface to Kscd by
+	implementing NLMediaPlayer
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef NLKSCD_H
+#define NLKSCD_H
+
+#include <dcopclient.h>
+
+class NLKscd : public NLMediaPlayer
+{
+	public:
+		NLKscd( DCOPClient *client );
+		virtual void update();
+	protected:
+		DCOPClient *m_client;
+	
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlmediaplayer.h b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlmediaplayer.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5c619150
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlmediaplayer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+    nlmediaplayer.h
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002,2003,2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+	
+	Purpose: 
+	Represents a generic media player
+    and abstracts real media players' actual interfaces (DCOP for KDE apps,
+	otherwise anything goes!
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef NLMEDIAPLAYER_H
+#define NLMEDIAPLAYER_H
+
+class NLMediaPlayer
+{
+	public:
+		enum NLMediaType { Audio, Video };
+		NLMediaPlayer() { m_playing = false; m_artist = ""; m_album = ""; m_track = ""; m_newTrack = false; }
+		virtual ~NLMediaPlayer() {}
+		/**
+		 * This communicates with the actual mediaplayer and updates
+		 * the model of its state in this class
+		 */
+		virtual void update() = 0;
+		bool playing() const { return m_playing; }
+		bool newTrack() const { return m_newTrack; }
+		QString artist() const { return m_artist; }
+		QString album() const { return m_album; }
+		QString track() const { return m_track; }
+		QString name() const{ return m_name; }
+		NLMediaType mediaType() const { return m_type; }
+	protected:
+		// The name of the application
+		QString m_name;
+		bool m_playing;
+		bool m_newTrack;
+		QString m_artist;
+		QString m_album;
+		QString m_track;
+		NLMediaType m_type;
+};
+
+#endif
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlnoatun.cpp b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlnoatun.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..62bdc8ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlnoatun.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+    nlnoatun.cpp
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+	
+	Purpose: 
+	This class abstracts the interface to Noatun by
+	implementing NLMediaPlayer
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include "nlmediaplayer.h"
+#include "nlnoatun.h"
+
+NLNoatun::NLNoatun( DCOPClient *client ) : NLMediaPlayer()
+{
+	m_client = client;
+	m_name = "noatun";
+	// FIXME - detect current media type in update()
+	m_type = Audio;
+}
+
+void NLNoatun::update()
+{
+	// Thanks mETz for telling me about Noatun's currentProperty()
+	m_playing = false;
+	QString newTrack;
+	// see if it's registered with DCOP
+	QCString appname = find();
+	if ( !appname.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		// see if it's playing
+		QByteArray data, replyData;
+		QCString replyType;
+		if ( !m_client->call( appname, "Noatun", "state()", data,
+					replyType, replyData ) )
+		{
+			kdDebug( 14307 ) <<  "NLNoatun::update() DCOP error on " << appname << endl;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+			if ( replyType == "int" ) {
+				int state = 0;
+				reply >> state;
+				m_playing = ( state == 2 );
+				//kdDebug( 14307 ) << "checked if Noatun is playing!" << endl;
+			}
+		}
+		// poll it for its current songtitle, artist and album
+		// Using properties
+		m_artist = currentProperty( appname, "author" );
+		m_album = currentProperty( appname, "album" );
+		QString title = currentProperty( appname, "title" );
+		// if properties not set ( no id3 tags... ) fallback to filename
+		if ( !title.isEmpty() )
+			newTrack = title;
+		else
+			// Using the title() method
+			if ( !m_client->call( appname, "Noatun",
+						"title()", data, replyType, replyData ) )
+				kdDebug( 14307 ) <<  "NLNoatun::update() DCOP error on " << appname 
+					<< endl;
+			else {
+				QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+				if ( replyType == "QString" ) {
+					reply >> newTrack;
+				} else
+					kdDebug( 14307 ) << "NLNoatun::update(), title() returned unexpected reply type!" << endl;
+			}
+		// if the current track title has changed
+		if ( newTrack != m_track )
+		{
+			m_newTrack = true;
+			m_track = newTrack;
+		}
+		else
+			m_newTrack = false;
+		kdDebug( 14307 ) << "NLNoatun::update() - found "<< appname << " - "
+			<< m_track << endl;
+
+	}
+	else
+		kdDebug( 14307 ) << "NLNoatun::update() - noatun not found" << endl;
+}
+
+QCString NLNoatun::find() const
+{
+	QCString app = "noatun";
+	if ( !m_client->isApplicationRegistered( app ) )
+	{
+		// looking for a registered app prefixed with 'app'
+		QCStringList allApps = m_client->registeredApplications();
+		QCStringList::iterator it;
+		for ( it = allApps.begin(); it != allApps.end(); it++ )
+		{
+			//kdDebug( 14307 ) << ( *it ) << endl;
+			if ( ( *it ).left( 6 ) == app )
+			{
+				app = ( *it );
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		// not found, set app to ""
+		if ( it == allApps.end() )
+			app = "";
+	}
+	return app;
+}
+		
+QString NLNoatun::currentProperty( QCString appname, QString property ) const
+{
+	QByteArray data, replyData;
+	QCString replyType;
+	QDataStream arg( data, IO_WriteOnly );
+	QString result = "";
+	arg << property;
+	if ( !m_client->call( appname, "Noatun",
+				"currentProperty(QString)", data, replyType, replyData ) )
+	{
+		kdDebug( 14307 ) <<  "NLNoatun::currentProperty() DCOP error on "
+			<< appname << endl;
+	}	
+	else
+	{
+		QDataStream reply( replyData, IO_ReadOnly );
+		if ( replyType == "QString" )
+		{
+			reply >> result;
+		}
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlnoatun.h b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlnoatun.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..88441754
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlnoatun.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+    nlnoatun.h
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002,2003,2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+	Purpose:
+	This class abstracts the interface to Noatun by
+	implementing NLMediaPlayer
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef NLNOATUN_H
+#define NLNOATUN_H
+
+#include <dcopclient.h>
+
+class NLNoatun : public NLMediaPlayer
+{
+	public:
+		NLNoatun( DCOPClient *client );
+		virtual void update();
+ 	protected:
+		QCString find() const;
+		QString currentProperty( QCString appname, QString property ) const;
+		DCOPClient *m_client;
+};
+
+#endif
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlxmms.cpp b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlxmms.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f0a9f47a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlxmms.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+    nlxmms.cpp
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+	
+	Purpose: 
+	This class abstracts the interface to the X Multimedia System (xmms) by
+	implementing NLMediaPlayer
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+#include "config.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XMMS
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <xmmsctrl.h> // need to fix Makefile.am for this?
+#include "nlmediaplayer.h"
+#include "nlxmms.h"
+
+NLXmms::NLXmms() : NLMediaPlayer()
+{
+	m_name = "Xmms";
+}
+
+
+void NLXmms::update()
+{
+	//look for running xmms
+	if ( xmms_remote_get_version( 0 ) )
+	{
+		QString newTrack;
+		// see if it's playing
+		if ( xmms_remote_is_playing( 0 ) && !xmms_remote_is_paused( 0 ) )
+		{
+			m_playing = true;
+
+			// get the artist and album title
+			// get the song title
+			newTrack = xmms_remote_get_playlist_title( 0, xmms_remote_get_playlist_pos( 0 ) );
+			//kdDebug( 14307 ) << "NLXmms::update() - track is: " << m_track << endl;
+			m_artist = newTrack.section( " - ", 0, 0 );
+			newTrack = newTrack.section( " - ", -1, -1 );
+		}
+		else
+			m_playing = false;
+		// check if it's a new song
+		if ( newTrack != m_track )
+		{
+			m_newTrack = true;
+			m_track = newTrack;
+		}
+		else
+			m_newTrack = false;
+		kdDebug( 14307 ) << k_funcinfo << " - found xmms - " << m_track << endl;
+	}
+	else
+		kdDebug( 14307 ) << k_funcinfo << " - xmms not found" << endl;
+}
+
+#endif 
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlxmms.h b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlxmms.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..14c74ea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nlxmms.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+    nlxmms.h
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+	
+	Purpose: 
+	This class abstracts the interface to the X Multimedia System (xmms) by
+	implementing NLMediaPlayer
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+#include "config.h"
+
+#ifndef NLXMMS_H
+#define NLXMMS_H
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XMMS
+
+class NLXmms : public NLMediaPlayer
+{
+	public:
+		NLXmms();
+		virtual void update();
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningchatui.rc b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningchatui.rc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9ab501f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningchatui.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<!DOCTYPE kpartgui>
+<kpartgui version="1" name="kopete_nowlisteningchat">
+	<MenuBar>
+		<Menu name="tools">
+			<text>&amp;Tools</text>
+			<Action name="actionSendAdvert"/>
+		</Menu>
+	</MenuBar>
+</kpartgui>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningconfig.kcfg b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningconfig.kcfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8233b737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningconfig.kcfg
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- Author: Michaël Larouche-->
+<kcfg xmlns="http://www.kde.org/standards/kcfg/1.0"
+      xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
+      xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.kde.org/standards/kcfg/1.0
+      http://www.kde.org/standards/kcfg/1.0/kcfg.xsd" >
+	<kcfgfile name="kopeterc"/>
+
+	<group name="Now Listening Plugin">
+		<entry name="Header" type="String">
+			<label>Header of the message advertised.</label>
+			<default code="true">i18n("Now listening to:")</default>
+		</entry>
+
+		<entry name="PerTrack" type="String">
+			<label>Core of the message advertised.</label>
+			<default code="true">i18n("%track( by %artist)( on %album)")</default>
+		</entry>
+
+		<entry name="Conjunction" type="String">
+			<label>Conjunction when multiple track are playing.</label>
+			<default code="true">i18n(", and ")</default>
+		</entry>
+
+		<entry name="ExplicitAdvertising" type="Bool">
+			<label>Show explicitly the current music listened via a menu or /media command.</label>
+			<default>true</default>
+		</entry>
+
+		<entry name="ChatAdvertising" type="Bool">
+			<label>Show the current music listened in chat window.</label>
+			<default>false</default>
+		</entry>
+
+		<entry name="StatusAdvertising" type="Bool">
+			<label>Show the current music listened in place of your status message.</label>
+			<default>false</default>
+		</entry>
+
+		<entry name="AppendStatusAdvertising" type="Bool">
+			<label>Show the current music listened appended to your status message.</label>
+			<default>false</default> 
+		</entry>
+	
+		<entry name="UseSpecifiedMediaPlayer" type="Bool">
+			<label>Use the specified media player.</label>
+			<default>false</default>
+		</entry>
+		
+		<entry name="SelectedMediaPlayer" type="Int">
+			<label>Selected Media Player for source of listening advertising.</label>
+		</entry>
+	</group>
+</kcfg>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningconfig.kcfgc b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningconfig.kcfgc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..87c53b77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningconfig.kcfgc
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# Code generation options for kconfig_compiler
+File=nowlisteningconfig.kcfg
+ClassName=NowListeningConfig
+Singleton=true
+Mutators=true
+MemberVariables=private
+GlobalEnums=true
+IncludeFiles=klocale.h
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningguiclient.cpp b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningguiclient.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8e7b1908
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningguiclient.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+    nowlisteningguiclient.cpp
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2005           by Tommi Rantala <tommi.rantala@cs.helsinki.fi>
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2005      by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include "nowlisteningguiclient.h"
+#include "nowlisteningplugin.h"
+
+#include "kopetechatsessionmanager.h"
+#include "kopeteview.h"
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+
+NowListeningGUIClient::NowListeningGUIClient( Kopete::ChatSession *parent, NowListeningPlugin *plugin )
+		: QObject(parent) , KXMLGUIClient(parent)
+{
+	connect(plugin, SIGNAL(readyForUnload()), SLOT(slotPluginUnloaded()));
+	m_msgManager = parent;
+	m_action = new KAction( i18n( "Send Media Info" ), 0, this,
+			SLOT( slotAdvertToCurrentChat() ), actionCollection(), "actionSendAdvert" );
+	setXMLFile("nowlisteningchatui.rc");
+}
+
+void NowListeningGUIClient::slotAdvertToCurrentChat()
+{
+	kdDebug( 14307 ) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+
+	// Sanity check - don't crash if the plugin is unloaded and we get called.
+	if (!NowListeningPlugin::plugin())
+		return;
+
+	QString message = NowListeningPlugin::plugin()->mediaPlayerAdvert();
+
+	// We warn in a mode appropriate to the mode the user invoked the
+	// plugin - GUI on menu action, in message if they typed '/media'
+	if ( message.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		QWidget * origin = 0L;
+		if ( m_msgManager && m_msgManager->view() )
+			origin = m_msgManager->view()->mainWidget();
+		KMessageBox::queuedMessageBox( origin, KMessageBox::Sorry,
+			i18n( "None of the supported media players (KsCD, JuK, amaroK, Noatun or Kaffeine) are playing anything." ),
+			i18n( "Nothing to Send" ) );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		//advertise  to a single chat
+		if ( m_msgManager )
+			NowListeningPlugin::plugin()->advertiseToChat( m_msgManager, message );
+	}
+}
+
+// The plugin itself is being unloaded - so remove the GUI entry.
+void NowListeningGUIClient::slotPluginUnloaded()
+{
+	m_action->unplugAll();
+}
+
+#include "nowlisteningguiclient.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningguiclient.h b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningguiclient.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9f89d351
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningguiclient.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+    nowlisteningguiclient.h
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2005           by Tommi Rantala <tommi.rantala@cs.helsinki.fi>
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2005      by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef NOWLISTENINGGUICLIENT_H
+#define NOWLISTENINGGUICLIENT_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <kxmlguiclient.h>
+
+class KAction;
+class NowListeningPlugin;
+
+namespace Kopete {
+	class ChatSession;
+}
+
+class NowListeningGUIClient : public QObject, public KXMLGUIClient
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	NowListeningGUIClient( Kopete::ChatSession* parent, NowListeningPlugin* plugin );
+	virtual ~NowListeningGUIClient() {}
+
+protected slots:
+	void slotAdvertToCurrentChat();
+	void slotPluginUnloaded();
+
+private:
+	Kopete::ChatSession* m_msgManager;
+	KAction* m_action;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e28316be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,554 @@
+/*
+    nowlisteningplugin.cpp
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+    Copyright (c) 2005-2006           by Michaël Larouche <michael.larouche@kdemail.net>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006      by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <dcopclient.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "kopetechatsessionmanager.h"
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+#include "kopetecontact.h"
+#include "kopetecommandhandler.h"
+#include "kopeteaccount.h"
+#include "kopeteprotocol.h"
+#include "kopeteaccountmanager.h"
+
+#include "nowlisteningconfig.h"
+#include "nowlisteningplugin.h"
+#include "nlmediaplayer.h"
+#include "nlkscd.h"
+#include "nlnoatun.h"
+#include "nljuk.h"
+#include "nlamarok.h"
+#include "nlkaffeine.h"
+#include "nowlisteningguiclient.h"
+
+#if defined Q_WS_X11 && !defined K_WS_QTONLY && defined HAVE_XMMS
+#include "nlxmms.h"
+#endif
+
+class NowListeningPlugin::Private
+{
+public:
+	Private() : m_currentMediaPlayer(0L), m_client(0L), m_currentChatSession(0L), m_currentMetaContact(0L), 
+				advertTimer(0L)
+	{}
+
+	// abstracted media player interfaces
+	QPtrList<NLMediaPlayer> m_mediaPlayerList;
+	NLMediaPlayer *m_currentMediaPlayer;
+
+	// Needed for DCOP interprocess communication
+	DCOPClient *m_client;
+	Kopete::ChatSession *m_currentChatSession;
+	Kopete::MetaContact *m_currentMetaContact;
+
+	// Used when using automatic advertising to know who has already gotten
+	// the music information
+	QStringList m_musicSentTo;
+
+	// Used when advertising to status message.
+	QTimer *advertTimer;
+};
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<NowListeningPlugin> NowListeningPluginFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_nowlistening, NowListeningPluginFactory( "kopete_nowlistening" )  )
+
+NowListeningPlugin::NowListeningPlugin( QObject *parent, const char* name, const QStringList& /*args*/ )
+: Kopete::Plugin( NowListeningPluginFactory::instance(), parent, name )
+{
+	if ( pluginStatic_ )
+		kdDebug( 14307 )<<"####"<<"Now Listening already initialized"<<endl;
+	else
+		pluginStatic_ = this;
+
+	d = new Private;
+
+	kdDebug(14307) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+
+	// Connection for the "/media" command (always needed)
+	connect( Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(), SIGNAL(
+			chatSessionCreated( Kopete::ChatSession * )) , SLOT( slotNewKMM(
+			Kopete::ChatSession * ) ) );
+
+	// If autoadvertising is on...
+	connect(Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(),
+			SIGNAL(aboutToSend(Kopete::Message&)),
+			this,
+			SLOT(slotOutgoingMessage(Kopete::Message&)));
+
+	QValueList<Kopete::ChatSession*> sessions = Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self()->sessions();
+	for (QValueListIterator<Kopete::ChatSession*> it= sessions.begin(); it!=sessions.end() ; ++it)
+	  slotNewKMM( *it );
+
+	// get a pointer to the dcop client
+	d->m_client = kapp->dcopClient(); //new DCOPClient();
+
+	// set up known media players
+	d->m_mediaPlayerList.setAutoDelete( true );
+	d->m_mediaPlayerList.append( new NLKscd( d->m_client ) );
+	d->m_mediaPlayerList.append( new NLNoatun( d->m_client ) );
+	d->m_mediaPlayerList.append( new NLJuk( d->m_client ) );
+	d->m_mediaPlayerList.append( new NLamaroK( d->m_client ) );
+	d->m_mediaPlayerList.append( new NLKaffeine( d->m_client ) );
+
+#if defined Q_WS_X11 && !defined K_WS_QTONLY && HAVE_XMMS
+	d->m_mediaPlayerList.append( new NLXmms() );
+#endif
+
+	// User has selected a specific mediaPlayer so update the currentMediaPlayer pointer.
+	if( NowListeningConfig::self()->useSpecifiedMediaPlayer() )
+	{
+		updateCurrentMediaPlayer();
+	}
+
+	// watch for '/media' getting typed
+	Kopete::CommandHandler::commandHandler()->registerCommand(
+		this,
+		"media",
+		SLOT( slotMediaCommand( const QString &, Kopete::ChatSession * ) ),
+		i18n("USAGE: /media - Displays information on current song"),
+		0
+	);
+
+	connect ( this , SIGNAL( settingsChanged() ) , this , SLOT( slotSettingsChanged() ) );
+
+	// Advert the accounts with the current listened track.
+	d->advertTimer = new QTimer(this);
+	connect(d->advertTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, SLOT( slotAdvertCurrentMusic() ) );
+	d->advertTimer->start(5000); // Update every 5 seconds
+}
+
+NowListeningPlugin::~NowListeningPlugin()
+{
+	//kdDebug( 14307 ) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+
+	delete d;
+
+	pluginStatic_ = 0L;
+}
+
+void NowListeningPlugin::slotNewKMM(Kopete::ChatSession *KMM)
+{
+	new NowListeningGUIClient( KMM, this );
+}
+
+NowListeningPlugin* NowListeningPlugin::plugin()
+{
+	return pluginStatic_ ;
+}
+
+void NowListeningPlugin::slotMediaCommand( const QString &args, Kopete::ChatSession *theChat )
+{
+	QString advert = mediaPlayerAdvert();
+	if ( advert.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		// Catch no players/no track playing message case:
+		// Since we can't stop a message send in a plugin, add some message text to
+		// prevent us sending an empty message
+		advert = i18n("Message from Kopete user to another user; used when sending media information even though there are no songs playing or no media players running", "Now Listening for Kopete - it would tell you what I am listening to, if I was listening to something on a supported media player.");
+	}
+	
+	Kopete::Message msg( theChat->myself(),
+			theChat->members(),
+			advert + " " + args,
+			Kopete::Message::Outbound,
+			Kopete::Message::RichText
+	);
+	
+	theChat->sendMessage( msg );
+}
+
+void NowListeningPlugin::slotOutgoingMessage(Kopete::Message& msg)
+{
+	// Only do stuff if autoadvertising is on
+	if(!NowListeningConfig::self()->chatAdvertising())
+		return;
+
+	QString originalBody = msg.plainBody();
+
+	// If it is a /media message, don't process it
+	if(originalBody.startsWith(NowListeningConfig::self()->header()))
+		return;
+
+	// What will be sent
+	QString newBody;
+
+	// Getting the list of contacts the message will be sent to to determine if at least
+	// one of them has never gotten the current music information.
+	Kopete::ContactPtrList dest = msg.to();
+	bool mustSendAnyway = false;
+	for( Kopete::Contact *c = dest.first() ; c ; c = dest.next() )
+	{
+		const QString& cId = c->contactId();
+		if( 0 == d->m_musicSentTo.contains( cId ) )
+		{
+			mustSendAnyway = true;
+
+			// The contact will get the music information so we put it in the list.
+			d->m_musicSentTo.push_back( cId );
+		}
+	}
+
+	bool newTrack = newTrackPlaying();
+
+	// We must send the music information if someone has never gotten it or the track(s)
+	// has changed since it was last sent.
+	if ( mustSendAnyway || newTrack )
+	{
+		QString advert = mediaPlayerAdvert(false); // false since newTrackPlaying() did the update
+		if( !advert.isEmpty() )
+			newBody = originalBody + "<br>" + advert;
+
+		// If we send because the information has changed since it was last sent, we must
+		// rebuild the list of contacts the latest information was sent to.
+		if( newTrack )
+		{
+			d->m_musicSentTo.clear();
+			for( Kopete::Contact *c = dest.first() ; c ; c = dest.next() )
+			{
+				d->m_musicSentTo.push_back( c->contactId() );
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	// If the body has been modified, change the message
+	if( !newBody.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		msg.setBody( newBody, Kopete::Message::RichText );
+ 	}
+}
+
+void NowListeningPlugin::slotAdvertCurrentMusic()
+{
+	// Do anything when statusAdvertising is off.
+	if( !NowListeningConfig::self()->statusAdvertising() && !NowListeningConfig::self()->appendStatusAdvertising() )
+		return; 
+
+	// This slot is called every 5 seconds, so we check if we have a new track playing.
+	if( newTrackPlaying() )
+	{
+		QString advert;
+
+		QPtrList<Kopete::Account> accountsList = Kopete::AccountManager::self()->accounts();
+		for( Kopete::Account* a = accountsList.first(); a; a = accountsList.next() )
+		{
+			/*
+				NOTE:
+				MSN status message(personal message) use a special tag to advert the current music playing. 
+				So, we don't send the all formatted string, send a special string seperated by ";".
+				
+				Also, do not use MSN hack in appending mode.
+			*/
+			if( a->protocol()->pluginId() == "MSNProtocol" && !NowListeningConfig::self()->appendStatusAdvertising() )
+			{
+				QString track, artist, album, mediaList;
+				bool isPlaying=false;
+
+				if( NowListeningConfig::self()->useSpecifiedMediaPlayer() && d->m_currentMediaPlayer )
+				{
+					if( d->m_currentMediaPlayer->playing() )
+					{
+						track = d->m_currentMediaPlayer->track();
+						artist = d->m_currentMediaPlayer->artist();
+						album = d->m_currentMediaPlayer->album();
+						mediaList = track + ";" + artist + ";" + album;
+						isPlaying = true;
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					for ( NLMediaPlayer* i = d->m_mediaPlayerList.first(); i; i = d->m_mediaPlayerList.next() )
+					{
+						if( i->playing() )
+						{
+							track = i->track();
+							artist = i->artist();
+							album = i->album();
+							mediaList = track + ";" + artist + ";" + album;
+							isPlaying = true;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				// KDE4 TODO: Use the new status message framework, and remove this "hack".
+				if( isPlaying )
+				{
+					advert = QString("[Music]%1").arg(mediaList);
+				}
+
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if( NowListeningConfig::self()->appendStatusAdvertising() )
+				{
+					// Check for the now listening message in parenthesis, 
+					// include the header to not override other messages in parenthesis.
+					QRegExp statusSong( QString(" \\(%1.*\\)$").arg( NowListeningConfig::header()) );
+					
+					// HACK: Don't keep appending the now listened song. Replace it in the status message.
+					advert = a->myself()->property( Kopete::Global::Properties::self()->awayMessage() ).value().toString();
+					// Remove the braces when they are no listened song.
+					QString mediaAdvert = mediaPlayerAdvert(false);
+					if(!mediaAdvert.isEmpty())
+					{
+						if(statusSong.search(advert) != -1)
+						{
+							advert = advert.replace(statusSong, QString(" (%1)").arg(mediaPlayerAdvert(false)) );
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							advert += QString(" (%1)").arg( mediaPlayerAdvert(false) );
+						}
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						advert = advert.replace(statusSong, "");
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					advert = mediaPlayerAdvert(false); // newTrackPlaying has done the update.
+				}
+			}
+
+			a->setOnlineStatus(a->myself()->onlineStatus(), advert);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+QString NowListeningPlugin::mediaPlayerAdvert(bool update)
+{
+	// generate message for all players
+	QString message;
+	
+	if( NowListeningConfig::self()->useSpecifiedMediaPlayer() && d->m_currentMediaPlayer != 0L )
+	{
+		buildTrackMessage(message, d->m_currentMediaPlayer, update);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		for ( NLMediaPlayer* i = d->m_mediaPlayerList.first(); i; i = d->m_mediaPlayerList.next() )
+		{
+			buildTrackMessage(message, i, update);
+		}
+	}
+
+	kdDebug( 14307 ) << k_funcinfo << message << endl;
+			
+	return message;
+}
+
+void NowListeningPlugin::buildTrackMessage(QString &message, NLMediaPlayer *player, bool update)
+{
+	QString perTrack = NowListeningConfig::self()->perTrack();
+
+	if(update)
+		player->update();
+	if ( player->playing() )
+	{
+		kdDebug( 14307 ) << k_funcinfo << player->name() << " is playing" << endl;
+		if ( message.isEmpty() )
+			message = NowListeningConfig::self()->header();
+	
+		if ( message != NowListeningConfig::self()->header() ) // > 1 track playing!
+			message = message + NowListeningConfig::self()->conjunction();
+		message = message + substDepthFirst( player, perTrack, false );
+	}
+}
+
+bool NowListeningPlugin::newTrackPlaying(void) const
+{
+	if( NowListeningConfig::self()->useSpecifiedMediaPlayer() && d->m_currentMediaPlayer != 0L )
+	{
+		d->m_currentMediaPlayer->update();
+		if( d->m_currentMediaPlayer->newTrack() )
+		return true;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		for ( NLMediaPlayer* i = d->m_mediaPlayerList.first(); i; i = d->m_mediaPlayerList.next() )
+		{
+			i->update();
+			if( i->newTrack() )
+			return true;
+		}
+	}
+	return false;
+}
+
+QString NowListeningPlugin::substDepthFirst( NLMediaPlayer *player,
+		QString in, bool inBrackets ) const
+{
+	QString track = player->track();
+	QString artist = player->artist();
+	QString album = player->album();
+	QString playerName = player->name();
+
+	for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < in.length(); i++ )
+	{
+		QChar c = in.at( i );
+		//kdDebug(14307) << "Now working on:" << in << " char is: " << c << endl;
+		if ( c == '(' )
+		{
+			// find matching bracket
+			int depth = 0;
+			//kdDebug(14307) << "Looking for ')'" << endl;
+			for ( unsigned int j = i + 1; j < in.length(); j++ )
+			{
+				QChar d = in.at( j );
+				//kdDebug(14307) << "Got " << d << endl;
+				if ( d == '(' )
+					depth++;
+				if ( d == ')' )
+				{
+					// have we found the match?
+					if ( depth == 0 )
+					{
+						// recursively replace contents of matching ()
+						QString substitution = substDepthFirst( player,
+								in.mid( i + 1, j - i - 1), true ) ;
+						in.replace ( i, j - i + 1, substitution );
+						// perform substitution and return the result
+						i = i + substitution.length() - 1;
+						break;
+					}
+					else
+						depth--;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	// no () found, perform substitution!
+	// get each string (to) to substitute for (from)
+	bool done = false;
+	if ( in.contains ( "%track" ) )
+	{
+		if ( track.isEmpty() )
+			track = i18n("Unknown track");
+
+		in.replace( "%track", track );
+		done = true;
+	}
+
+	if ( in.contains ( "%artist" ) && !artist.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		if ( artist.isEmpty() )
+			artist = i18n("Unknown artist");
+		in.replace( "%artist", artist );
+		done = true;
+	}
+	if ( in.contains ( "%album" ) && !album.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		if ( album.isEmpty() )
+			album = i18n("Unknown album");
+		in.replace( "%album", album );
+		done = true;
+	}
+	if ( in.contains ( "%player" ) && !playerName.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		if ( playerName.isEmpty() )
+			playerName = i18n("Unknown player");
+		in.replace( "%player", playerName );
+		done = true;
+	}
+	// make whether we return anything dependent on whether we
+	// were in brackets and if we were, if a substitution was made.
+	if ( inBrackets && !done )
+		return "";
+
+	return in;
+}
+
+void NowListeningPlugin::advertiseToChat( Kopete::ChatSession *theChat, QString message )
+{
+	Kopete::ContactPtrList pl = theChat->members();
+
+	// get on with it
+	kdDebug(14307) << k_funcinfo <<
+		( pl.isEmpty() ? "has no " : "has " ) << "interested recipients: " << endl;
+/*	for ( pl.first(); pl.current(); pl.next() )
+		kdDebug(14307) << "NowListeningPlugin::advertiseNewTracks() " << pl.current()->displayName() << endl; */
+	// if no-one in this KMM wants to be advertised to, don't send
+	// any message
+	if ( pl.isEmpty() )
+		return;
+	Kopete::Message msg( theChat->myself(),
+			pl,
+			message,
+			Kopete::Message::Outbound,
+			Kopete::Message::RichText );
+	theChat->sendMessage( msg );
+}
+
+void NowListeningPlugin::updateCurrentMediaPlayer()
+{
+	kdDebug(14307) << k_funcinfo << "Update current media player (single mode)" << endl;
+
+	d->m_currentMediaPlayer = d->m_mediaPlayerList.at( NowListeningConfig::self()->selectedMediaPlayer() );
+}
+
+void NowListeningPlugin::slotSettingsChanged()
+{
+	// Force reading config
+	NowListeningConfig::self()->readConfig();
+
+	// Update the currentMediaPlayer, because config has changed.
+	if( NowListeningConfig::useSpecifiedMediaPlayer() )
+		updateCurrentMediaPlayer();
+
+	disconnect(Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(),
+			   SIGNAL(aboutToSend(Kopete::Message&)),
+			   this,
+			   SLOT(slotOutgoingMessage(Kopete::Message&)));
+
+	d->advertTimer->stop();
+	disconnect(d->advertTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(slotAdvertCurrentMusic()));
+
+	if( NowListeningConfig::self()->chatAdvertising() ) 
+	{
+		kdDebug(14307) << k_funcinfo << "Now using chat window advertising." << endl;
+
+		connect(Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(),
+				SIGNAL(aboutToSend(Kopete::Message&)),
+				this,
+				SLOT(slotOutgoingMessage(Kopete::Message&)));
+	}
+	else if( NowListeningConfig::self()->statusAdvertising() || NowListeningConfig::self()->appendStatusAdvertising() )
+	{
+		kdDebug(14307) << k_funcinfo << "Now using status message advertising." << endl;
+
+		connect(d->advertTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(slotAdvertCurrentMusic()));
+		d->advertTimer->start(5000);
+	}
+}
+
+NowListeningPlugin* NowListeningPlugin::pluginStatic_ = 0L;
+
+#include "nowlisteningplugin.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a608fd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+    nowlisteningplugin.h
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+    Copyright (c) 2005           by Michaël Larouche <michael.larouche@kdemail.net>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2005      by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef NOWLISTENINGPLUGIN_H
+#define NOWLISTENINGPLUGIN_H
+
+
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+#include <qptrlist.h>
+
+namespace Kopete { class ChatSession; class Message; }
+
+class NLMediaPlayer;
+class QStringList;
+
+/**
+ * @author Will Stephenson
+ * @author Michaël Larouche
+ */
+class NowListeningPlugin : public Kopete::Plugin
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+friend class NowListeningGUIClient;
+
+	public:
+		NowListeningPlugin(  QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args );
+		virtual ~NowListeningPlugin();
+		static NowListeningPlugin* plugin();
+
+	public slots:
+		void slotMediaCommand( const QString &, Kopete::ChatSession *theChat );
+		void slotOutgoingMessage(Kopete::Message&);
+		void slotAdvertCurrentMusic();
+
+	protected:
+		/**
+		 * Constructs a string containing the track information.
+		 * @param update Whether the players must update their data. It can be
+		 *               useful to set it to false if one already has called
+		 *               update somewhere else, for instance in newTrackPlaying().
+		 */
+		QString mediaPlayerAdvert(bool update = true);
+		/**
+		 * @internal Build the message for @ref mediaPlayerAdvert
+		 * @param message Reference to the messsage, because return QString cause data loss.
+		 * @param player Pointer to the current Media Player. 
+		 *               Used to get the information about the current track playing.
+		 * @param update Whether the players must update their data. It can be
+		 *               useful to set it to false if one already has called
+		 *               update somewhere else, for instance in newTrackPlaying().
+		 */
+		void buildTrackMessage(QString &message, NLMediaPlayer *player, bool update);
+		/**
+		 * @return true if one of the players has changed track since the last message.
+		 */
+		bool newTrackPlaying(void) const;
+		/**
+		 * Creates the string for a single player
+		 * @p player - the media player we're using
+		 * @p in - the source format string
+		 * @p bool - is this call within a set of brackets for conditional expansion?
+		 */
+		QString substDepthFirst( NLMediaPlayer *player, QString in, bool inBrackets) const;
+		/**
+		 * Sends a message to a single chat
+		 */
+		void advertiseToChat( Kopete::ChatSession* theChat, QString message );
+		/**
+		 * Update the currentMedia pointer on config change.
+		 */
+		void updateCurrentMediaPlayer();
+
+	protected slots:
+		/**
+		 * Reacts to a new chat starting and adds actions to its GUI
+		 */
+		void slotNewKMM( Kopete::ChatSession* );
+		
+		/**
+		 * Reacts to the plugin's settings changed signal, originating from the KCModule dispatcher
+		 */ 
+		void slotSettingsChanged();
+
+	private:
+		class Private;
+		Private *d;
+
+		static NowListeningPlugin* pluginStatic_;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningpreferences.cpp b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningpreferences.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..179ce3a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningpreferences.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+    nowlisteningpreferences.cpp
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+    Copyright (c) 2005           by Michaël Larouche <michael.larouche@kdemail.net>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2005      by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+#include <qspinbox.h>
+#include <qlineedit.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qradiobutton.h>
+
+#include <klistbox.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+
+#include "config.h" // for HAVE_XMMS
+#include "nowlisteningprefs.h"
+#include "nowlisteningconfig.h"
+#include "nowlisteningpreferences.h"
+#include "nowlisteningpreferences.moc"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<NowListeningPreferences> NowListeningPreferencesFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kcm_kopete_nowlistening, NowListeningPreferencesFactory( "kcm_kopete_nowlistening" )  )
+
+
+NowListeningPreferences::NowListeningPreferences(QWidget *parent, const char* /*name*/, const QStringList &args)
+	: KCModule( NowListeningPreferencesFactory::instance(), parent, args )
+{
+	(  new QVBoxLayout(  this ) )->setAutoAdd(  true );
+	preferencesDialog = new NowListeningPrefsUI( this );
+
+	addConfig( NowListeningConfig::self(), preferencesDialog );
+
+	// Fill the media player listbox.
+	preferencesDialog->kcfg_SelectedMediaPlayer->insertItem(QString::fromUtf8("Kscd"));
+	preferencesDialog->kcfg_SelectedMediaPlayer->insertItem(QString::fromUtf8("Noatun"));
+	preferencesDialog->kcfg_SelectedMediaPlayer->insertItem(QString::fromUtf8("Juk"));
+	preferencesDialog->kcfg_SelectedMediaPlayer->insertItem(QString::fromUtf8("amaroK"));
+	preferencesDialog->kcfg_SelectedMediaPlayer->insertItem(QString::fromUtf8("Kaffeine"));
+#if defined Q_WS_X11 && !defined K_WS_QTONLY && defined HAVE_XMMS
+	preferencesDialog->kcfg_SelectedMediaPlayer->insertItem(QString::fromUtf8("XMMS"));
+#endif
+	load();
+}
+
+NowListeningPreferences::~NowListeningPreferences( )
+{
+	delete preferencesDialog;
+}
+
+void NowListeningPreferences::save()
+{
+	KCModule::save();
+}
+
+void NowListeningPreferences::load()
+{
+	KCModule::load();
+}
+
+void NowListeningPreferences::slotSettingsChanged()
+{
+	emit changed( true );
+}
+
+void NowListeningPreferences::defaults()
+{
+	/*preferencesDialog->m_header->setText( i18n("Now Listening To: "));
+	preferencesDialog->m_perTrack->setText(i18n("%track( by %artist)( on %album)"));
+	preferencesDialog->m_conjunction->setText( i18n(", and "));
+	preferencesDialog->m_autoAdvertising->setChecked( false );*/
+}
+
+/*
+* Local variables:
+* c-indentation-style: k&r
+* c-basic-offset: 8
+* indent-tabs-mode: t
+* End:
+*/
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+//
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningpreferences.h b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningpreferences.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..14d9ceea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningpreferences.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*
+    nowlisteningpreferences.h
+
+    Kopete Now Listening To plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003,2004 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002,2003,2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef NOWLISTENINGPREFERENCES_H
+#define NOWLISTENINGPREFERENCES_H
+
+#include <kcmodule.h>
+
+class NowListeningPrefsUI;
+class NowListeningConfig;
+
+/**
+  *@author Will Stephenson
+  */
+
+class NowListeningPreferences : public KCModule
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	NowListeningPreferences(QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+	virtual ~NowListeningPreferences();
+	virtual void save();
+	virtual void load();
+	virtual void defaults();
+
+private slots:
+	void slotSettingsChanged();
+
+private:
+	NowListeningPrefsUI *preferencesDialog;
+
+};
+
+#endif
+/*
+ * Local variables:
+ * c-indentation-style: k&r
+ * c-basic-offset: 8
+ * indent-tabs-mode: t
+ * End:
+ */
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningprefs.ui b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningprefs.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..08dd72b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningprefs.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>NowListeningPrefsUI</class>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>NowListeningPrefsUI</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>391</width>
+            <height>370</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <property name="caption">
+        <string>Now Listening</string>
+    </property>
+    <grid>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <property name="margin">
+            <number>11</number>
+        </property>
+        <property name="spacing">
+            <number>6</number>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QLabel" row="0" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>advertiseNewMediaToBuddiesLabel</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>&lt;b&gt;Share Your Musical Taste&lt;/b&gt;</string>
+            </property>
+            <property name="alignment">
+                <set>AlignVCenter</set>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QFrame" row="1" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>advertiseNewMediaToBuddiesHLine</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="frameShape">
+                <enum>HLine</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="frameShadow">
+                <enum>Sunken</enum>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QTabWidget" row="2" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>tabWidget2</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <widget class="QWidget">
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>TabPage</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <attribute name="title">
+                    <string>Messa&amp;ge</string>
+                </attribute>
+                <vbox>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>layout4</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <vbox>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <widget class="QLabel">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>useThisMessageLabel</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="text">
+                                    <string>Use this message when advertising:</string>
+                                </property>
+                            </widget>
+                            <widget class="QLabel">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>helperLabel</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="text">
+                                    <string>%track, %artist, %album, %player will be substituted if known.
+Expressions in brackets depend on a substitution being made.</string>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="alignment">
+                                    <set>WordBreak|AlignVCenter</set>
+                                </property>
+                            </widget>
+                            <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>layout2</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <vbox>
+                                    <property name="name">
+                                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                                    </property>
+                                    <widget class="QLabel">
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>m_headerLabel</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="text">
+                                            <string>Start with:</string>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="alignment">
+                                            <set>AlignVCenter|AlignLeft</set>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="buddy" stdset="0">
+                                            <cstring>m_header</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </widget>
+                                    <widget class="QLineEdit">
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>kcfg_Header</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="text">
+                                            <string>Now Listening To: </string>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </widget>
+                                    <widget class="QLabel">
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>m_perTrackLabel</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="text">
+                                            <string>For each track:</string>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="alignment">
+                                            <set>AlignVCenter|AlignLeft</set>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="buddy" stdset="0">
+                                            <cstring>m_perTrack</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </widget>
+                                    <widget class="QLineEdit">
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>kcfg_PerTrack</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="text">
+                                            <string>%track (by %artist)(on %album)</string>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </widget>
+                                    <widget class="QLabel">
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>m_conjunctionLabel</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="text">
+                                            <string>Conjunction (if &gt;1 track):</string>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="alignment">
+                                            <set>AlignVCenter|AlignLeft</set>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="buddy" stdset="0">
+                                            <cstring>m_conjunction</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </widget>
+                                    <widget class="QLineEdit">
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>kcfg_Conjunction</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="text">
+                                            <string>, and </string>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </widget>
+                                </vbox>
+                            </widget>
+                        </vbox>
+                    </widget>
+                    <spacer>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>spacer4</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="orientation">
+                            <enum>Vertical</enum>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="sizeType">
+                            <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="sizeHint">
+                            <size>
+                                <width>20</width>
+                                <height>40</height>
+                            </size>
+                        </property>
+                    </spacer>
+                </vbox>
+            </widget>
+            <widget class="QWidget">
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>tab</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <attribute name="title">
+                    <string>A&amp;dvertising Mode</string>
+                </attribute>
+                <vbox>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>buttonGroup2</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="frameShape">
+                            <enum>NoFrame</enum>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="title">
+                            <string></string>
+                        </property>
+                        <vbox>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>kcfg_ExplicitAdvertising</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="text">
+                                    <string>Explicit &amp;via "Tools-&gt;Send Media Info",
+or by typing "/media" in the chat
+window edit area.</string>
+                                </property>
+                            </widget>
+                            <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>kcfg_ChatAdvertising</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="text">
+                                    <string>&amp;Show in chat window (automatic)</string>
+                                </property>
+                            </widget>
+                            <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>kcfg_StatusAdvertising</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="text">
+                                    <string>Show &amp;the music you are listening to 
+in place of your status message.</string>
+                                </property>
+                            </widget>
+                            <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>kcfg_AppendStatusAdvertising</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="text">
+                                    <string>Appe&amp;nd to your status message</string>
+                                </property>
+                            </widget>
+                        </vbox>
+                    </widget>
+                    <spacer>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>spacer3</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="orientation">
+                            <enum>Vertical</enum>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="sizeType">
+                            <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="sizeHint">
+                            <size>
+                                <width>20</width>
+                                <height>80</height>
+                            </size>
+                        </property>
+                    </spacer>
+                </vbox>
+            </widget>
+            <widget class="QWidget">
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>tab</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <attribute name="title">
+                    <string>Media Pla&amp;yer</string>
+                </attribute>
+                <vbox>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>layout2_2</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <vbox>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>kcfg_UseSpecifiedMediaPlayer</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="text">
+                                    <string>Use &amp;specified media player</string>
+                                </property>
+                            </widget>
+                            <widget class="KListBox">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>kcfg_SelectedMediaPlayer</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="enabled">
+                                    <bool>false</bool>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="sizePolicy">
+                                    <sizepolicy>
+                                        <hsizetype>5</hsizetype>
+                                        <vsizetype>5</vsizetype>
+                                        <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                                        <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                                    </sizepolicy>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="columnMode">
+                                    <enum>FixedNumber</enum>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="rowMode">
+                                    <enum>Variable</enum>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="variableHeight">
+                                    <bool>false</bool>
+                                </property>
+                            </widget>
+                        </vbox>
+                    </widget>
+                    <spacer>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>spacer5</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="orientation">
+                            <enum>Vertical</enum>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="sizeType">
+                            <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="sizeHint">
+                            <size>
+                                <width>20</width>
+                                <height>40</height>
+                            </size>
+                        </property>
+                    </spacer>
+                </vbox>
+            </widget>
+        </widget>
+        <spacer row="3" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>spacer6</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="orientation">
+                <enum>Vertical</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeType">
+                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeHint">
+                <size>
+                    <width>20</width>
+                    <height>40</height>
+                </size>
+            </property>
+        </spacer>
+    </grid>
+</widget>
+<connections>
+    <connection>
+        <sender>kcfg_UseSpecifiedMediaPlayer</sender>
+        <signal>toggled(bool)</signal>
+        <receiver>kcfg_SelectedMediaPlayer</receiver>
+        <slot>setEnabled(bool)</slot>
+    </connection>
+</connections>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+<includehints>
+    <includehint>klistbox.h</includehint>
+</includehints>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningui.rc b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningui.rc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..149b3a69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/nowlistening/nowlisteningui.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<!DOCTYPE kpartgui>
+<kpartgui name="kopete_nowlistening" version="1">
+	<Menu name="contact_popup">
+		<Action name="m_actionWantsAdvert"/>
+  	</Menu>
+</kpartgui>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/Changelog.smpppdcs b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/Changelog.smpppdcs
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..80854a86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/Changelog.smpppdcs
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+Changelog/README SMPPPDCS
+=========================
+
+The smpppdcs-plugin for Kopete provides a internet connection
+detection based on SuSE's kinternet/smpppd or on the netstat 
+program.
+
+The smpppd is a controller to the internet interfaces. The plugin
+is inquiring this interface frequently and checks if it reports a
+connection to the internet and then activates all Kopete accounts.
+
+The netstat is checking if a default gateway is existing and then
+activates all Kopete accounts, too.
+
+Changelog
+=========
+
+0.79 (2006/01/25)
+* using KConfigXT for configuration
+* using dcopidl2cpp stub generated from kinternetiface.h (from kinternet package),
+  no more own implementation
+* experimental implementation of the the KDED-NetworkStatus (not active, yet)
+* significantly speeded up automatic detection of a SMPPPD
+* BUGFIX: reloading the plugin in a already running Kopete will no more 
+  result in an inactive plugin
+* refactoring to allow easy implementation of new detection methods
+* even more speed improvements
+
+0.75 (2006/01/01)
+* use of KSocketStream instead of deprecated KExtendedSocket
+* progressbar while searching for an smpppd on the local network
+* automatically found smpppd server is resolved via DNS
+* Fixed Bug 111369: better detection of a SMPPPD and no more freeze of Kopete
+
+0.74 (2005/12/27)
+* minor bugfixes
+* disable netstat in config if the binary cannot be found
+
+0.72 (2005/09/07)
+* internal refactoring to provide online status
+
+0.7 (2004/11/20)
+
+* list to ignore accounts integrated.
+  Accounts can be excluded from the plugin connect/disconnect
+  mechanism
+* connection detection enhanced: first kinternet is asked via
+  DCOP for a running connection, if this fails the smpppd is asked
+* improved startup detection, compatible with recent CVS changes
+* some API chages in the config module
+
+0.6 (2004/10/18)
+
+* adapting to KDE 3.3.1
+
+0.4 (2004/10/05)
+
+* toggling between netstat and smpppdcs works without restart
+  of kopete
+
+0.3 (2004/10/03)
+
+* accounts get activated after they are loaded and initialized
+
+0.1 (2004/09/04)
+
+* first version of the plugin
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..11173ac6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
+SUBDIRS = icons libsmpppdclient unittest
+
+EXTRA_DIST = Changelog.smpppdcs
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(all_includes) -Ilibsmpppdclient
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_smpppdcs.la kcm_kopete_smpppdcs.la
+
+kopete_smpppdcs_la_SOURCES = kinternetiface.stub smpppdcsplugin.cpp \
+	onlineinquiry.cpp 	smpppdcsiface.skel detectordcop.cpp detectorsmpppd.cpp \
+	detectornetstat.cpp detectornetworkstatus.cpp smpppdcsconfig.kcfgc
+kopete_smpppdcs_la_LDFLAGS = -module $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_smpppdcs_la_LIBADD = \
+	libsmpppdclient/libsmpppdclient.la ../../libkopete/libkopete.la
+
+kcm_kopete_smpppdcs_la_SOURCES = smpppdcsprefs.ui smpppdcspreferences.cpp \
+	smpppdsearcher.cpp smpppdcsprefsimpl.cpp smpppdlocationui.ui smpppdlocationwidget.cpp \
+	smpppdcsconfig.kcfgc
+kcm_kopete_smpppdcs_la_LDFLAGS = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kcm_kopete_smpppdcs_la_LIBADD  = libsmpppdclient/libsmpppdclient.la \
+	../../libkopete/libkopete.la $(LIB_KUTILS)
+
+service_DATA = kopete_smpppdcs.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+kcm_DATA = kopete_smpppdcs_config.desktop
+kcmdir = $(kde_servicesdir)/kconfiguredialog
+
+kde_kcfg_DATA = smpppdcs.kcfg
+
+noinst_HEADERS = smpppdcsiface.h detectordcop.h detectorsmpppd.h \
+		detectornetstat.h kinternetiface.h detectornetworkstatus.h \
+		smpppdsearcher.h smpppdcsprefsimpl.h smpppdlocationwidget.h
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detector.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detector.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..094de9e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*
+    detector.h
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef DETECTOR_H
+#define DETECTOR_H
+
+class IConnector;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Detector interface to find out if there is a connection to the internet.
+ *
+ * Subclasses should implement the specific ways to check for an internet 
+ * connection
+ *
+ * @author Heiko Sch&auml;fer <heiko@rangun.de>
+ *
+ */
+
+class Detector {
+
+    Detector(const Detector&);
+    Detector& operator=(const Detector&);
+
+public:
+    /**
+     * @brief Creates an <code>Detector</code> instance.
+     *
+     * @param connector A connector to send feedback to the calling object
+     */
+	Detector(IConnector * connector) : m_connector(connector) {}
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Destroys an <code>Detector</code> instance.
+     *
+     */
+	virtual ~Detector() {}
+
+    virtual void checkStatus() const = 0;
+	
+	virtual void smpppdServerChange() {}
+
+protected:
+    IConnector * m_connector;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectordcop.cpp b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectordcop.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2536674d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectordcop.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+    detectordcop.cpp
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <dcopclient.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "kinternetiface_stub.h"
+
+#include "detectordcop.h"
+#include "iconnector.h"
+
+QCString DetectorDCOP::m_kinternetApp = "";
+
+DetectorDCOP::DetectorDCOP(IConnector * connector)
+	: Detector(connector) {}
+
+DetectorDCOP::~DetectorDCOP() {}
+
+/*!
+    \fn DetectorDCOP::getKInternetDCOP()
+ */
+QCString DetectorDCOP::getKInternetDCOP() const {
+    DCOPClient * client = kapp->dcopClient();
+    if(m_kinternetApp.isEmpty() && client && client->isAttached()) {
+        // get all registered dcop apps and search for kinternet
+        QCStringList apps = client->registeredApplications();
+        QCStringList::iterator iter;
+        for(iter = apps.begin(); iter != apps.end(); ++iter) {
+            if((*iter).left(9) == "kinternet") {
+                return *iter;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return m_kinternetApp;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn DetectorDCOP::getConnectionStatusDCOP()
+ */
+DetectorDCOP::KInternetDCOPState DetectorDCOP::getConnectionStatusDCOP() const {
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Start inquiring " << m_kinternetApp << " via DCOP" << endl;
+	
+	
+	KInternetIface_stub stub = KInternetIface_stub(kapp->dcopClient(), m_kinternetApp, "KInternetIface");
+	
+	bool status = stub.isOnline();
+	
+	if(stub.ok()) {
+		if(status) {
+			kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "isOnline() returned true" << endl;
+			return CONNECTED;
+		} else {
+			kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "isOnline() returned false" << endl;
+			return DISCONNECTED;
+		}
+	} else {
+		kdWarning(14312) << k_funcinfo << "DCOP call to " << m_kinternetApp << " failed!";
+	}
+
+	return ERROR;
+}
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectordcop.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectordcop.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5306998b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectordcop.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+    detectordcop.h
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef DETECTORDCOP_H
+#define DETECTORDCOP_H
+
+#include "detector.h"
+
+class IConnector;
+
+/**
+	@author Heiko Sch&auml;fer <heiko@rangun.de>
+*/
+class DetectorDCOP : public Detector {
+
+    DetectorDCOP(const DetectorDCOP&);
+    DetectorDCOP& operator=(const DetectorDCOP&);
+
+public:
+    DetectorDCOP(IConnector * connector);
+    virtual ~DetectorDCOP();
+
+protected:
+
+    enum KInternetDCOPState {
+        CONNECTED,
+        DISCONNECTED,
+        ERROR
+    };
+
+    QCString getKInternetDCOP() const;
+    KInternetDCOPState getConnectionStatusDCOP() const;
+
+protected:
+    static QCString m_kinternetApp;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectornetstat.cpp b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectornetstat.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..60dff658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectornetstat.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+    detectornetstat.cpp
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kprocess.h>
+
+#include "iconnector.h"
+#include "detectornetstat.h"
+
+DetectorNetstat::DetectorNetstat(IConnector* connector)
+        : Detector(connector), m_buffer(QString::null), m_process(NULL) {}
+
+DetectorNetstat::~DetectorNetstat() {
+    delete m_process;
+}
+
+void DetectorNetstat::checkStatus() const {
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+
+    if(m_process) {
+        kdWarning(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Previous netstat process is still running!" << endl
+        << "Not starting new netstat. Perhaps your system is under heavy load?" << endl;
+
+        return;
+    }
+
+    m_buffer = QString::null;
+
+    // Use KProcess to run netstat -r. We'll then parse the output of
+    // netstat -r in slotProcessStdout() to see if it mentions the
+    // default gateway. If so, we're connected, if not, we're offline
+    m_process = new KProcess;
+    *m_process << "netstat" << "-r";
+
+    connect(m_process, SIGNAL(receivedStdout(KProcess *, char *, int)), this, SLOT(slotProcessStdout( KProcess *, char *, int)));
+    connect(m_process, SIGNAL(processExited(KProcess *)), this, SLOT(slotProcessExited(KProcess *)));
+
+    if(!m_process->start(KProcess::NotifyOnExit, KProcess::Stdout)) {
+        kdWarning(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Unable to start netstat process!" << endl;
+
+        delete m_process;
+        m_process = 0L;
+    }
+}
+
+void DetectorNetstat::slotProcessStdout(KProcess *, char *buffer, int buflen) {
+    // Look for a default gateway
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+    m_buffer += QString::fromLatin1(buffer, buflen);
+    kdDebug(14312) << m_buffer << endl;
+}
+
+void DetectorNetstat::slotProcessExited(KProcess *process) {
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << m_buffer << endl;
+    if(process == m_process) {
+        m_connector->setConnectedStatus(m_buffer.contains("default"));
+        m_buffer = QString::null;
+        delete m_process;
+        m_process = 0L;
+    }
+}
+
+#include "detectornetstat.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectornetstat.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectornetstat.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d51a6d97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectornetstat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+    detectornetstat.h
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef DETECTORNETSTAT_H
+#define DETECTORNETSTAT_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+
+#include "detector.h"
+
+class KProcess;
+class IConnector;
+
+/**
+	@author Heiko Sch&auml;fer <heiko@rangun.de>
+*/
+class DetectorNetstat : protected QObject, public Detector {
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+    DetectorNetstat(const DetectorNetstat&);
+    DetectorNetstat& operator=(const DetectorNetstat&);
+
+public:
+    DetectorNetstat(IConnector* connector);
+    virtual ~DetectorNetstat();
+
+    virtual void checkStatus() const;
+
+private slots:
+    // Original cs-plugin code
+    void slotProcessStdout(KProcess * process, char * buffer, int len);
+
+    /**
+     * Notify when the netstat process has exited
+     */
+    void slotProcessExited(KProcess *process);
+
+private:
+	mutable QString    m_buffer;
+    mutable KProcess * m_process;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectornetworkstatus.cpp b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectornetworkstatus.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..921718b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectornetworkstatus.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/*
+	detectornetworkstatus.cpp
+
+	Copyright (c) 2006      by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+
+	Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+	*************************************************************************
+	*                                                                       *
+	* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+	* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+	* the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+	*                                                                       *
+	*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "kopeteuiglobal.h"
+#include "connectionmanager.h"
+
+#include "iconnector.h"
+#include "detectornetworkstatus.h"
+
+DetectorNetworkStatus::DetectorNetworkStatus(IConnector* connector) 
+	: Detector(connector), m_connManager(NULL) {
+	
+	m_connManager = ConnectionManager::self();
+	connect(m_connManager, SIGNAL(statusChanged(const QString&, NetworkStatus::EnumStatus)),
+			this, SLOT(statusChanged(const QString&, NetworkStatus::EnumStatus)));
+}
+
+DetectorNetworkStatus::~DetectorNetworkStatus() {}
+
+void DetectorNetworkStatus::checkStatus() const {
+	// needs to do nothing
+}
+
+void DetectorNetworkStatus::statusChanged(const QString& host, NetworkStatus::EnumStatus status) {
+	switch(status) {
+		case NetworkStatus::Offline:
+			kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << host << ": NetworkStatus::Offline" << endl;
+			break;
+		case NetworkStatus::OfflineFailed:
+			kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << host << ": NetworkStatus::OfflineFailed" << endl;
+			break;
+		case NetworkStatus::OfflineDisconnected:
+			kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << host << ": NetworkStatus::OfflineDisconnected" << endl;
+			break;
+		case NetworkStatus::ShuttingDown:
+			kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << host << ": NetworkStatus::ShuttingDown" << endl;
+			break;
+		case NetworkStatus::Establishing:
+			kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << host << ": NetworkStatus::Establishing" << endl;
+			break;
+		case NetworkStatus::Online:
+			kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << host << ": NetworkStatus::Online" << endl;
+			break;
+		case NetworkStatus::NoNetworks:
+			kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << host << ": NetworkStatus::NoNetworks" << endl;
+			break;
+		case NetworkStatus::Unreachable:
+			kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << host << ": NetworkStatus::Unreachable" << endl;
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+#include "detectornetworkstatus.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectornetworkstatus.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectornetworkstatus.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..20315902
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectornetworkstatus.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+	detectornetworkstatus.h
+
+	Copyright (c) 2006      by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+
+	Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+	*************************************************************************
+	*                                                                       *
+	* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+	* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+	* the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+	*                                                                       *
+	*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef DETECTORNETWORKSTATUS_H
+#define DETECTORNETWORKSTATUS_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+
+#include "detector.h"
+
+class IConnector;
+class ConnectionManager;
+
+/**
+	@author Heiko Sch&auml;fer <heiko@rangun.de>
+*/
+class DetectorNetworkStatus : protected QObject, public Detector
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+	
+	DetectorNetworkStatus(const DetectorNetworkStatus&);
+	DetectorNetworkStatus& operator=(const DetectorNetworkStatus&);
+
+public:
+    DetectorNetworkStatus(IConnector* connector);
+    virtual ~DetectorNetworkStatus();
+	
+	virtual void checkStatus() const;
+
+protected slots:
+	void statusChanged(const QString& host, NetworkStatus::EnumStatus status);
+	
+private:
+	ConnectionManager * m_connManager;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectorsmpppd.cpp b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectorsmpppd.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..35ed1e05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectorsmpppd.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+    detectorsmpppd.cpp
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <kapplication.h>
+
+#include "iconnector.h"
+#include "detectorsmpppd.h"
+#include "smpppdcsconfig.h"
+
+#include "smpppdclient.h"
+
+DetectorSMPPPD::DetectorSMPPPD(IConnector * connector)
+        : DetectorDCOP(connector) {}
+
+DetectorSMPPPD::~DetectorSMPPPD() {}
+
+/*!
+    \fn DetectorSMPPPD::checkStatus()
+ */
+void DetectorSMPPPD::checkStatus() const {
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Checking for online status..." << endl;
+
+#ifndef NOKINTERNETDCOP
+    m_kinternetApp = getKInternetDCOP();
+    if(kapp->dcopClient() && m_kinternetApp != "") {
+        switch(getConnectionStatusDCOP()) {
+        case CONNECTED:
+            m_connector->setConnectedStatus(true);
+            return;
+        case DISCONNECTED:
+            m_connector->setConnectedStatus(false);
+            return;
+        default:
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+#else
+#warning DCOP inquiry disabled
+	kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "DCOP inquiry disabled" << endl;
+#endif
+
+    SMPPPD::Client c;
+
+	unsigned int port = SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->port();
+	QString    server = SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->server();
+
+	c.setPassword(SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->password().utf8());
+
+    if(c.connect(server, port)) {
+        m_connector->setConnectedStatus(c.isOnline());
+    } else {
+        kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "not connected to smpppd => I'll try again later" << endl;
+        m_connector->setConnectedStatus(false);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectorsmpppd.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectorsmpppd.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f72d46d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/detectorsmpppd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+    detectorsmpppd.h
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef DETECTORSMPPPD_H
+#define DETECTORSMPPPD_H
+
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+
+#include "detectordcop.h"
+
+namespace KNetwork {
+class KStreamSocket;
+};
+
+class IConnector;
+
+/**
+	@author Heiko Sch&auml;fer <heiko@rangun.de>
+*/
+class DetectorSMPPPD : public DetectorDCOP {
+
+    DetectorSMPPPD(const DetectorSMPPPD&);
+    DetectorSMPPPD& operator=(const DetectorSMPPPD&);
+
+public:
+    DetectorSMPPPD(IConnector* connector);
+    virtual ~DetectorSMPPPD();
+
+    virtual void checkStatus() const;
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/iconnector.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/iconnector.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c4846862
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/iconnector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+    iconnector.h
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2005-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef ICONNECTOR_H
+#define ICONNECTOR_H
+
+/**
+ * @brief Interface to an object setting a connection status.
+ *
+ * @author Heiko Sch&auml;fer <heiko@rangun.de>
+ */
+class IConnector {
+    IConnector(const IConnector&);
+    IConnector& operator=(const IConnector&);
+
+public:
+    IConnector() {}
+
+    virtual ~IConnector() {}
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Set the connection status.
+     *
+     * This method needs to get reimplemented at classes which implement
+     * this interface.
+     *
+     * @param newStatus the status of the internet connection, <code>TRUE</code> if there is a connection, otherwise <code>FALSE</code>
+     */
+    virtual void setConnectedStatus(bool newStatus) = 0;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/icons/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/icons/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9143c6b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/icons/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+kopeteicondir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete/icons
+kopeteicon_ICON = AUTO
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/icons/cr32-app-smpppdcs.png b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/icons/cr32-app-smpppdcs.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d895298b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/icons/cr32-app-smpppdcs.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/kinternetiface.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/kinternetiface.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b0ac8aa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/kinternetiface.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+// -*- c++ -*-
+/***************************************************************************
+ *									   *
+ *   Copyright: SuSE Linux AG, Nuernberg				   *
+ *									   *
+ *   Author: Arvin Schnell <arvin@suse.de>				   *
+ *									   *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *									   *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or	   *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.				   *
+ *									   *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef KINTERNETIFACE_H
+#define KINTERNETIFACE_H
+
+
+#include <dcopobject.h>
+
+class KInternetIface : public DCOPObject
+{
+    K_DCOP
+
+public:
+
+    KInternetIface (const QCString& name) : DCOPObject (name) { }
+
+k_dcop:
+
+    // query function for susewatcher
+    bool isOnline () {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", __PRETTY_FUNCTION__);
+#endif
+	return kinternet && kinternet->get_status () == KInternet::CONNECTED;
+    }
+
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/kopete_smpppdcs.desktop b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/kopete_smpppdcs.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..09653c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/kopete_smpppdcs.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+Icon=smpppdcs
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_smpppdcs
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Heiko Schäfer
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=heiko@rangun.de
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_smpppdcs
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.79
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://www.rangun.de
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=true
+Name=SUSE smpppd-enabled Connection Status (SMPPPD)
+Name[bn]=SUSE smpppd-enabled সংযোগ অবস্থা (SMPPPD)
+Name[bs]=Status veze koji koristi SUSE-ov smpppd servis
+Name[ca]=Estat actiu de la connexió SUSE smpppd (SMPPPD)
+Name[cs]=Stav spojení SUSE smpppd-enabled (SMPPPD)
+Name[da]=SUSE smpppd-aktiveret Forbindelsesstatus (SMPPPD)
+Name[de]=Verbindungsstatus mit Unterstützung für SuSE SMPPPD
+Name[el]=SuSE smpppd-ενεργοποίηση κατάσταση σύνδεσης (SMPPPD)
+Name[es]=Estado de conexión con SUSE smpppd habilitado (SMPPPD)
+Name[et]=SUSE smpppd-võimalusega ühenduse staatus (SMPPPD)
+Name[eu]=SUSE smpppd-gaitutat konexioaren egoera (SMPPPD)
+Name[fa]=وضعیت اتصال فعال -SUSE smpppd (SMPPPD)
+Name[fi]=SUSE smpppd-enabled -yhteyden tila (SMPPPD)
+Name[fr]=État de la connexion pour « smpppd-enabled » de SUSE (SMPPPD)
+Name[he]=SUSE smpppd-מאפשר מצב חיבור (SMPPPD)
+Name[hu]=SUSE smpppd-alapú állapotjellemző (SMPPPD)
+Name[is]=SUSE smpppd-virkt staða tengingar (SMPPPD)
+Name[it]=Stato della connessione di SUSE smpppd
+Name[ja]=SUSE smpppd を使った接続状態 (SMPPPD)
+Name[ka]=SUSE smpppd-ჩართული კავშირის სტატუსი (SMPPPD)
+Name[kk]=SUSE smpppd (SMPPPD) қосылымының күйі
+Name[km]=ស្ថានភាព​តភ្ជាប់ SUSE ដែល​អនុញ្ញាត smpppd (SMPPPD)
+Name[lt]=SUSE smpppd ryšio būklė (SMPPPD)
+Name[nb]=Tilstand for SMPPPD – SUSE smpppd-forbindelse
+Name[nds]=Verbinnenstatus mit Ünnerstütten för SuSE-SMPPPD
+Name[ne]=SUSE smpppd ले जडान वस्तुस्थिति (SMPPPD) सक्षम पार्यो
+Name[nl]=SUSE smpppd-geactiveerde verbindingsstatus (SMPPPD)
+Name[nn]=Tilstand for SMPPPD – SUSE smpppd-forbindelse
+Name[pl]=Status połączenia SUSE SMPPPD
+Name[pt]=Estado da Ligação activado pelo 'smpppd' da SUSE (SMPPPD)
+Name[pt_BR]=Status da Conexão compatível com SUSE smpppd
+Name[ru]=Статус соединения с SUSE smpppd (SMPPPD)
+Name[sk]=Stav spojenia SUSE smpppd-enabled (SMPPPD)
+Name[sl]=Stanje povezave z uporabo SuSE SMPPPD
+Name[sr]=Статус SUSE-ове smpppd-везе (SMPPPD)
+Name[sr@Latn]=Status SUSE-ove smpppd-veze (SMPPPD)
+Name[sv]=SUSE SMPPPD-aktiverad anslutningsstatus (SMPPPD)
+Name[tr]=SUSE smpppd Bağlantı Durumu (SMPPPD)
+Name[uk]=SUSE smpppd-уможливлений Стан з'єднання (SMPPPD)
+Name[zh_CN]=SUSE smppp 连接状态(SMPPPD)
+Name[zh_HK]=連接 SUSE smpppd 的連線狀態 (SMPPPD)
+Name[zh_TW]=SUSE smpppd 連線狀態
+Comment=Connects/disconnects Kopete automatically depending on availability of Internet connection
+Comment[ar]=يقوم بوصل و فصل Kopete تلقائيا استنادا إلى وضع الاتصال بالشبكة
+Comment[be]=Злучае/адлучае Kopete ад сервісаў у залежнасці ад наяўнасці інтэрфэйсаў з Інтэрнэтам
+Comment[bg]=Автоматично установяване и прекъсване на връзката в зависимост от състоянието на връзката с Интернет
+Comment[bn]=ইন্টারনেট সংযোগের সুবিধা অনুযায়ী কপেট স্বয়ংক্রীয়ভাবে সংযোগ/সংযোগবিচ্ছিন্নকরে
+Comment[bs]=Automatski spaja Kopete i prekida vezu ovisno o dostupnosti Internet konekcije
+Comment[ca]=Connecta/desconnecta automàticament depenent de la disponibilitat de la connexió a Internet
+Comment[cs]=Automaticky připojí nebo odpojí vzhledem k dostupnosti připojení na Internet
+Comment[cy]=Cysylltu/datgyslltu Kopete yn ymysgogol, yn dibynnu ar argaeledd cysylltiad Rhyngrwyd
+Comment[da]=Forbinder/afbryder Kopete automatisk afhængig af om der er en internet-forbindelse
+Comment[de]=Verbindet/trennt Kopete automatisch abhängig von der Verfügbarkeit einer Internetverbindung
+Comment[el]=Συνδέει/αποσυνδέει το Kopete αυτόματα ανάλογα με την κατάσταση της σύνδεσης με το διαδίκτυο
+Comment[es]=Conecta/desconecta Kopete automáticamente según la disponibilidad de la conexión a internet
+Comment[et]=Kopete automaatne ühendamine/ühenduse katkestamine vastavalt internetiühenduse olemasolule
+Comment[eu]=Kopete automatikoki konektatu/deskonektatzen du internet-eko konexioaren eskuragarritasunaren arabera
+Comment[fa]=بسته به قابلیت دسترسی اتصال اینترنت،  Kopete به طور خودکار وصل/قطع ارتباط می‌کند
+Comment[fi]=Yhdistää/katkaisee yhteyden automaattisesti riippuen onko Internet-yhteys päällä
+Comment[fr]=Connecte / déconnecte automatiquement Kopete en fonction de la disponibilité de la connexion Internet
+Comment[gl]=Conecta/desconecta a Kopete automáticamente dependendo da disponibilidade de conexión a Internet
+Comment[he]=חיבור\ניתוק Kopete באופן אוטומטי בתלות בזמינות של החיבור לאינטרנט
+Comment[hi]=इंटरनेट कनेक्शन की उपलब्धता की निर्भरता के आधार पर के-ऑप्टी को स्वचलित कनेक्ट/डिस्कनेक्ट करता है
+Comment[hu]=A Kopete automatikus csatlakoztatása és bontása az internetkapcsolat elérhetőségétől függően
+Comment[is]=(Af)tengir Kopete sjálfkrafa miðað við stöðu Internettengingar
+Comment[it]=Connetti/disconnetti automaticamente Kopete a seconda della disponibilità della connessione ad internet
+Comment[ja]=インターネット接続の有無により自動的に Kopete を接続/切断します
+Comment[ka]=ინტერნეტ კავშირის არსებობისას ავტომატურად აკავშირებს Kopete-ს
+Comment[kk]=Интернетке қосылымның бар=жоғына қарай Kopete-ті автоматты түрде қосады және ажыратады
+Comment[km]=ភ្ជាប់ ​ ​ផ្ដាច​ Kopeteដោយ​ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ​ដោយ​ផ្អែក​លើ​ភាព​មាន​នៃការណត​ភ្ជាប់​អ៊ីនធឺណិត
+Comment[lt]=Automatiškai prijungia/atjungia Kopete, priklausomai nuo interneto ryšio buvimo
+Comment[mk]=Автоматски го поврзува/исклучува Kopete во зависност на достапноста на поврзувањето на Интернет
+Comment[nb]=Kobler Kopete automatisk til/fra avhengig av om internettforbindelse er tilgjengelig
+Comment[nds]=Koppelt Kopete automaatsch to- oder af, afhangen vun de Verföögborkeit vun de Internetverbinnen
+Comment[ne]=इन्टरनेट जडानको उपलब्धतामा आधारित कोपेट स्वचालित रूपमा जडान गर्दछ/विच्छेदन गर्दछ
+Comment[nl]=Bouwt automatisch verbindingen op voor Kopete of verbreekt ze, afhankelijk van de beschikbaarheid van de internetverbinding
+Comment[nn]=Koplar Kopete automatisk til eller frå avhengig av om Internett-sambandet er tilgjengeleg.
+Comment[pl]=Automatycznie podłącza/odłącza Kopete zależnie od stanu połączenia z Internetem
+Comment[pt]=Liga/desliga o Kopete automaticamente, dependendo da disponibilidade de uma ligação à Internet
+Comment[pt_BR]=Conecta/desconecta o Kopete automaticamente dependendo da disponibilidade da conexão com a Internet
+Comment[ru]=Автоматически входит в сеть или выходит из неё в зависимости от наличия соединения с Интернет
+Comment[sk]=Pripojí/odpojí Kopete v závislosti či existuje pripojenie na Internet
+Comment[sl]=Samodejno vzpostavi/prekine povezavo Kopete glede na dostopnost internetne povezave
+Comment[sr]=Аутоматски успоставља или прекида везу у Kopete-у у зависности од доступности интернет везе
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Automatski uspostavlja ili prekida vezu u Kopete-u u zavisnosti od dostupnosti internet veze
+Comment[sv]=Ansluter eller kopplar ner Kopete automatiskt beroende på Internetförbindelsens tillgänglighet
+Comment[ta]=இணைய இணைப்பை பொருத்து Kopete யுடன்தானாக இணையும்/நீக்கும் 
+Comment[tg]=Вобаста ба имкониятҳои алоқаи Интернет Kopete-ро ба таври худкор пайваст/канда мекунад 
+Comment[tr]=İnternet bağlantısının kullanılabilir olabilirliğine göre Kopete'yi otomatik bağlar/bağlamaz
+Comment[uk]=Автоматично входить в мережу чи виходить з неї в залежності від наявності з'єднання з Інтернет
+Comment[zh_CN]=根据 Internet 连接是否可用自动连接/断开 Kopete
+Comment[zh_HK]=自動根據互聯網連接情況連接或中斷 Kopete 連線
+Comment[zh_TW]=自動依據網路狀況來連線/中斷連線 Kopete
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/kopete_smpppdcs_config.desktop b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/kopete_smpppdcs_config.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a2553cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/kopete_smpppdcs_config.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Icon=smpppdcs
+Type=Service
+ServiceTypes=KCModule
+
+X-KDE-ModuleType=Library
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_smpppdcs
+X-KDE-FactoryName=SMPPPDCSConfigFactory
+X-KDE-ParentApp=kopete_smpppdcs
+X-KDE-ParentComponents=kopete_smpppdcs
+
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+
+Name=SUSE SMPPPD Connection Status
+Name[be]=Стан злучэння SUSE SMPPPD
+Name[bn]=SUSE SMPPPD সংযোগ অবস্থা
+Name[bs]=SUSE SMPPPD status veze
+Name[ca]=Estatus de la connexió SUSE SMPPPD 
+Name[cs]=Stav spojení SUSE SMPPPD
+Name[da]=SUSE SMPPD Forbindelsesstatus
+Name[de]=SuSE SMPPPD-Verbindungsstatus
+Name[el]=Κατάσταση σύνδεσης του SuSE SMPPPD
+Name[es]=Estado de conexión de SUSE SMPPPD
+Name[et]=SUSE SMPPPD ühenduse staatus
+Name[eu]=SUSE SMPPPD konexioaren egoera
+Name[fa]=وضعیت اتصال SUSE SMPPPD
+Name[fi]=SUSE SMPPPD -yhteyden tila
+Name[fr]=État de la connexion SUSE SMPPPD
+Name[ga]=Stádas Ceangail SUSE SMPPPD
+Name[gl]=Estado da conexión de SUSE SMPPPD
+Name[he]=מצב החיבור של SUSE SMPPPD
+Name[hu]=SUSE SMPPPD kapcsolati állapot
+Name[is]=SUSE SMPPPD tengingarstaða
+Name[it]=Stato della connessione di SUSE SMPPPD
+Name[ja]=SUSE SMPPPD 接続状態
+Name[ka]=SUSE SMPPPD კავშირის სტატუსი
+Name[kk]=SUSE SMPPPD байланыс күйі
+Name[km]=ស្ថានភាព​ការ​តភ្ជាប់ SUSE SMPPPD
+Name[lt]=SUSE SMPPPD ryšio būklė
+Name[nb]=Tilstand for SUSE-SMPPPD-forbindelsen
+Name[nds]=SUSE SMPPPD-Verbinnenstatus
+Name[ne]=SUSE SMPPPD जडान वस्तुस्थिति
+Name[nl]=SUSE SMPPPD-verbindingsstatus
+Name[nn]=Tilstand for SUSE-SMPPPD-sambandet
+Name[pl]=Status połączenia SUSE SMPPPD
+Name[pt]=Estado da Ligação do SMPPPD para a SUSE
+Name[pt_BR]=Status da Conexão SUSE SMPPPD
+Name[ru]=Статус соединения SUSE SMPPPD
+Name[sk]=Stav spojenia SUSE SMPPPD
+Name[sl]=Stanje povezave z uporabo SuSE SMPPPD
+Name[sr]=Статус SUSE-ове SMPPPD везе
+Name[sr@Latn]=Status SUSE-ove SMPPPD veze
+Name[sv]=SUSE SMPPPD anslutningsstatus
+Name[tr]=SUSE SMPPPD bağlantı durumu
+Name[uk]=Стан з'єднання SUSE SMPPPD
+Name[zh_CN]=SUSE SMPPPD 连接状态
+Name[zh_HK]=SUSE SMPPPD 連線狀態
+Name[zh_TW]=SUSE SMPPPD 連線狀態
+Comment=SMPPPDCS Plugin
+Comment[be]=Модуль SMPPPDCS
+Comment[bn]=SMPPPDCS প্লাগিন
+Comment[br]=Lugant SMPPPDCS
+Comment[bs]=SMPPPDCS dodatak
+Comment[ca]=Connector SMPPPDCS
+Comment[cs]=SMPPPDCS modul
+Comment[da]=SMPPPDCS-Plugin
+Comment[de]=SMPPPDCS-Modul
+Comment[el]=Πρόσθετο SMPPPDCS
+Comment[eo]=SMPPPDCS-kromaĵo
+Comment[es]=Extensión SMPPPDCS
+Comment[et]=SMPPPDCS plugin
+Comment[eu]=SMPPPDCS plugin-a
+Comment[fa]=SUSE SMPPPD وصلۀ
+Comment[fi]=SMPPPDCS-liitännäinen
+Comment[fr]=Module SMPPPDCS
+Comment[ga]=Breiseán SMPPPDCS
+Comment[gl]=Plugin SMPPPDCS
+Comment[he]=תוסף SMPPPDCS
+Comment[hu]=SMPPPDCS bővítőmodul
+Comment[is]=SMPPPDCS íforrit
+Comment[it]=Plugin SMPPPDCS
+Comment[ja]=SMPPPDCS プラグイン
+Comment[ka]=SMPPPDCS მოდული
+Comment[kk]=SMPPPDCS плагин модулі
+Comment[km]=កម្មវិធី​ជំនួយ SMPPPDCS
+Comment[lt]=SMPPPDCS įskiepis
+Comment[nb]=Programtillegg for SMPPPDCS
+Comment[nds]=SMPPPDCS-Moduul
+Comment[ne]=SMPPPDCS प्लगइन
+Comment[nl]=SMPPPDCS-plugin
+Comment[nn]=Programtillegg for SMPPPDCS
+Comment[pl]=Wtyczka SMPPPDCS
+Comment[pt]='Plugin' do SMPPPDCS
+Comment[pt_BR]=Plugin SMPPPDCS
+Comment[ro]=Modul SMPPPDCS
+Comment[ru]=Модуль SMPPPDCS
+Comment[sk]=SMPPPDCS modul
+Comment[sl]=Vstavek SMPPPDCS
+Comment[sr]=Прикључак SMPPPDCS
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Priključak SMPPPDCS
+Comment[sv]=SMPPPDCS-insticksprogram
+Comment[tr]=SMPPPDCS Eklentisi
+Comment[uk]=Втулок SMPPPDCS
+Comment[uz]=SMPPPDCS plagini
+Comment[uz@cyrillic]=SMPPPDCS плагини
+Comment[zh_CN]=SMPPPDCS 插件
+Comment[zh_HK]=SMPPPDCS 插件
+Comment[zh_TW]=SMPPPDCS 外掛程式
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9fc9258c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+AM_CPPFLAGS = $(all_includes)
+
+noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libsmpppdclient.la
+libsmpppdclient_la_LDFLAGS = -avoid-version $(all_libraries)
+
+noinst_HEADERS = smpppdclient.h smpppdstate.h smpppdready.h smpppdunsettled.h
+libsmpppdclient_la_SOURCES = smpppdclient.cpp smpppdstate.cpp smpppdready.cpp \
+	smpppdunsettled.cpp
+
+libsmpppdclient_la_LIBADD = -lcrypto
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdclient.cpp b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdclient.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d386b669
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdclient.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*
+	smpppdclient.cpp
+ 
+	Copyright (c) 2006      by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+	Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+	*************************************************************************
+	*                                                                       *
+	* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+	* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+	* the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+	*                                                                       *
+	*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <kstreamsocket.h>
+
+#include "smpppdunsettled.h"
+#include "smpppdclient.h"
+
+using namespace SMPPPD;
+
+Client::Client()
+        : m_state(NULL), m_sock(NULL), m_serverID(QString::null), m_serverVer(QString::null), m_password(QString::null) {
+    changeState(Unsettled::instance());
+}
+
+Client::~Client() {
+    disconnect();
+}
+
+bool Client::connect(const QString& server, uint port) {
+    return m_state->connect(this, server, port);
+}
+
+void Client::disconnect() {
+    m_state->disconnect(this);
+}
+
+QStringList Client::getInterfaceConfigurations() {
+    return m_state->getInterfaceConfigurations(this);
+}
+
+bool Client::statusInterface(const QString& ifcfg) {
+    return m_state->statusInterface(this, ifcfg);
+}
+
+QString Client::serverID() const {
+    return m_serverID;
+}
+
+QString Client::serverVersion() const {
+    return m_serverVer;
+}
+
+QStringList Client::read() const {
+    QStringList qsl;
+
+    if(isReady()) {
+        QDataStream stream(m_sock);
+        char s[1024];
+
+        stream.readRawBytes(s, 1023);
+        char *sp = s;
+
+        for(int i = 0; i < 1024; i++) {
+            if(s[i] == '\n') {
+                s[i] = 0;
+                qsl.push_back(sp);
+                sp = &(s[i+1]);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return qsl;
+}
+
+void Client::write(const char * cmd) {
+    if(isReady()) {
+        QDataStream stream(m_sock);
+        stream.writeRawBytes(cmd, strlen(cmd));
+        stream.writeRawBytes("\n", strlen("\n"));
+        m_sock->flush();
+    }
+}
+
+bool Client::isReady() const {
+    return m_sock && m_sock->state() == KNetwork::KStreamSocket::Connected;
+}
+
+bool Client::isOnline() {
+	
+    if(isReady()) {
+        QStringList ifcfgs = getInterfaceConfigurations();
+        for(uint i = 0; i < ifcfgs.count(); i++) {
+            if(statusInterface(ifcfgs[i])) {
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return false;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdclient.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdclient.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a123cd4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdclient.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+	smpppdclient.h
+ 
+	Copyright (c) 2006      by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+	Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+	*************************************************************************
+	*                                                                       *
+	* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+	* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+	* the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+	*                                                                       *
+	*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef SMPPPDCLIENT_H
+#define SMPPPDCLIENT_H
+
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+
+namespace KNetwork {
+class KStreamSocket;
+};
+
+namespace SMPPPD {
+
+class State;
+
+/**
+	@author Heiko Schaefer <heiko@rangun.de>
+*/
+class Client {
+    Client(const Client&);
+    Client& operator=(const Client&);
+
+public:
+    Client();
+    ~Client();
+
+    bool isReady() const;
+
+    bool connect(const QString& server, uint port = 3185);
+    void disconnect();
+
+    QStringList getInterfaceConfigurations();
+    bool statusInterface(const QString& ifcfg);
+
+    bool isOnline();
+    QString serverID() const;
+    QString serverVersion() const;
+
+    void setPassword(const QString& password);
+
+private:
+    friend class State;
+
+    void changeState(State * newState);
+    QStringList read() const;
+    void write(const char * cmd);
+
+private:
+    State * m_state;
+    KNetwork::KStreamSocket * m_sock;
+    QString m_serverID;
+    QString m_serverVer;
+    QString m_password;
+};
+
+inline void Client::changeState(State * newState) {
+    m_state = newState;
+}
+
+inline void Client::setPassword(const QString& password) {
+    m_password = password;
+}
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdready.cpp b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdready.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..421914bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdready.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*
+	smpppdready.cpp
+ 
+	Copyright (c) 2006      by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+	Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+	*************************************************************************
+	*                                                                       *
+	* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+	* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+	* the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+	*                                                                       *
+	*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qregexp.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kstreamsocket.h>
+
+#include "smpppdunsettled.h"
+#include "smpppdclient.h"
+#include "smpppdready.h"
+
+using namespace SMPPPD;
+
+Ready * Ready::m_instance = NULL;
+
+Ready::Ready() {}
+
+Ready::~Ready() {}
+
+Ready * Ready::instance() {
+    if(!m_instance) {
+        m_instance = new Ready;
+    }
+
+    return m_instance;
+}
+
+void Ready::disconnect(Client * client) {
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+    if(socket(client)) {
+        socket(client)->flush();
+        socket(client)->close();
+
+        delete socket(client);
+        setSocket(client, NULL);
+
+        setServerID(client, QString::null);
+        setServerVersion(client, QString::null);
+    }
+
+    changeState(client, Unsettled::instance());
+}
+
+QStringList Ready::getInterfaceConfigurations(Client * client) {
+
+    QStringList ifcfgs;
+
+    // we want all ifcfgs
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "smpppd req: list-ifcfgs" << endl;
+    write(client, "list-ifcfgs");
+    QStringList stream = read(client);
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "smpppd ack: " << stream[0] << endl;
+    if(stream[0].startsWith("ok")) {
+        // we have now a QStringList with all ifcfgs
+        // we extract them and put them in the global ifcfgs-list
+        // stream[1] tells us how many ifcfgs are coming next
+        QRegExp numIfcfgsRex("^BEGIN IFCFGS ([0-9]+).*");
+        if(numIfcfgsRex.exactMatch(stream[1])) {
+            int count_ifcfgs = numIfcfgsRex.cap(1).toInt();
+            kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "ifcfgs: " << count_ifcfgs << endl;
+
+            for(int i = 0; i < count_ifcfgs; i++) {
+                QRegExp ifcfgRex("^i \"(ifcfg-[a-zA-Z]+[0-9]+)\".*");
+                if(ifcfgRex.exactMatch(stream[i+2])) {
+                    ifcfgs.push_back(ifcfgRex.cap(1));
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return ifcfgs;
+}
+
+bool Ready::statusInterface(Client * client, const QString& ifcfg) {
+	
+	QString cmd = "list-status " + ifcfg;
+	
+	write(client, cmd.latin1());
+	socket(client)->waitForMore(0);
+	
+	QStringList stream = read(client);
+	
+	if(stream[0].startsWith("ok")) {
+		if(stream[2].startsWith("status connected")) {
+			return true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdready.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdready.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9ec3ab93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdready.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/*
+	smpppdready.h
+
+	Copyright (c) 2006      by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+
+	Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+	*************************************************************************
+	*                                                                       *
+	* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+	* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+	* the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+	*                                                                       *
+	*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef SMPPPDREADY_H
+#define SMPPPDREADY_H
+
+#include "smpppdstate.h"
+
+namespace SMPPPD {
+
+/**
+	@author Heiko Schaefer <heiko@rangun.de>
+*/
+class Ready : public State
+{
+	Ready(const Ready&);
+	Ready& operator=(const Ready&);
+
+	Ready();
+	
+public:
+    virtual ~Ready();
+
+	static Ready * instance();
+	
+	virtual void disconnect(Client * client);
+	virtual QStringList getInterfaceConfigurations(Client * client);
+	virtual bool statusInterface(Client * client, const QString& ifcfg);
+	
+private:
+	static Ready * m_instance;
+};
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdstate.cpp b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdstate.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9e4bd508
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdstate.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+	smpppdstate.cpp
+ 
+	Copyright (c) 2006      by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+	Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+	*************************************************************************
+	*                                                                       *
+	* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+	* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+	* the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+	*                                                                       *
+	*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <kstreamsocket.h>
+
+#include "smpppdclient.h"
+#include "smpppdstate.h"
+
+using namespace SMPPPD;
+
+State::State() {}
+
+State::~State() {}
+
+QStringList State::read(Client * client) const {
+	return client->read();
+}
+
+void State::write(Client * client, const char * cmd) {
+	client->write(cmd);
+}
+
+void State::changeState(Client * client, State * state) {
+	client->changeState(state);
+}
+
+KNetwork::KStreamSocket * State::socket(Client * client) const {
+	return client->m_sock;
+}
+
+QString State::password(Client * client) const {
+	return client->m_password;
+}
+
+void State::setPassword(Client * client, const QString& pass) {
+	client->m_password = pass;
+}
+
+void State::setServerID(Client * client, const QString& id) {
+	client->m_serverID = id;
+}
+
+void State::setServerVersion(Client * client, const QString& ver) {
+	client->m_serverVer = ver;
+}
+
+void State::setSocket(Client * client, KNetwork::KStreamSocket * sock) {
+	client->m_sock = sock;
+}
+
+bool State::connect(Client * /* client */, const QString& /* server */, uint /* port */) {
+	return false;
+}
+
+void State::disconnect(Client * /* client */) {}
+
+QStringList State::getInterfaceConfigurations(Client * /* client */) {
+	return QStringList();
+}
+
+bool State::statusInterface(Client * /* client */, const QString& /* ifcfg */) {
+	return false;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdstate.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdstate.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0e7d393b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdstate.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+	smpppdstate.h
+
+	Copyright (c) 2006      by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+
+	Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+	*************************************************************************
+	*                                                                       *
+	* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+	* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+	* the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+	*                                                                       *
+	*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef SMPPPDSTATE_H
+#define SMPPPDSTATE_H
+
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+
+namespace SMPPPD {
+
+class Client;
+
+/**
+	@author Heiko Schaefer <heiko@rangun.de>
+*/
+class State {
+	State(const State&);
+	State& operator=(const State&);
+
+public:
+    State();
+    virtual ~State();
+
+	virtual bool connect(Client * client, const QString& server, uint port = 3185);
+	virtual void disconnect(Client * client);
+	
+	virtual QStringList getInterfaceConfigurations(Client * client);
+	virtual bool statusInterface(Client * client, const QString& ifcfg);
+	
+protected:
+	QStringList read(Client * client) const;
+	void write(Client * client, const char * cmd);
+	void changeState(Client * client, State * state);
+	KNetwork::KStreamSocket * socket(Client * client) const;
+	void setSocket(Client * client, KNetwork::KStreamSocket * sock);
+	QString password(Client * client) const;
+	void setPassword(Client * client, const QString& pass);
+	void setServerID(Client * client, const QString& id);
+	void setServerVersion(Client * client, const QString& ver);
+	
+};
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdunsettled.cpp b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdunsettled.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ed5f516
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdunsettled.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+/*
+	smpppdunsettled.cpp
+ 
+	Copyright (c) 2006      by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+	Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+	*************************************************************************
+	*                                                                       *
+	* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+	* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+	* the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+	*                                                                       *
+	*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <openssl/md5.h>
+
+#include <qregexp.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kstreamsocket.h>
+
+#include "smpppdready.h"
+#include "smpppdunsettled.h"
+
+using namespace SMPPPD;
+
+Unsettled * Unsettled::m_instance = NULL;
+
+Unsettled::Unsettled() {}
+
+Unsettled::~Unsettled() {}
+
+Unsettled * Unsettled::instance() {
+    if(!m_instance) {
+        m_instance = new Unsettled();
+    }
+
+    return m_instance;
+}
+
+bool Unsettled::connect(Client * client, const QString& server, uint port) {
+	if(!socket(client) ||
+		socket(client)->state() != KNetwork::KStreamSocket::Connected ||
+		socket(client)->state() != KNetwork::KStreamSocket::Connecting) {
+
+        QString resolvedServer = server;
+
+		changeState(client, Ready::instance());
+        disconnect(client);
+
+        // since a lookup on a non-existant host can take a lot of time we
+        // try to get the IP of server before and we do the lookup ourself
+        KNetwork::KResolver resolver(server);
+        resolver.start();
+        if(resolver.wait(500)) {
+            KNetwork::KResolverResults results = resolver.results();
+            if(!results.empty()) {
+                QString ip = results[0].address().asInet().ipAddress().toString();
+                kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Found IP-Address for " << server << ": " << ip << endl;
+                resolvedServer = ip;
+            } else {
+                kdWarning(14312) << k_funcinfo << "No IP-Address found for " << server << endl;
+                return false;
+            }
+        } else {
+            kdWarning(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Looking up hostname timed out, consider to use IP or correct host" << endl;
+            return false;
+        }
+
+		setSocket(client, new KNetwork::KStreamSocket(resolvedServer, QString::number(port)));
+		socket(client)->setBlocking(TRUE);
+
+		if(!socket(client)->connect()) {
+			kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Socket Error: " << KNetwork::KStreamSocket::errorString(socket(client)->error()) << endl;
+        } else {
+            kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Successfully connected to smpppd \"" << server << ":" << port << "\"" << endl;
+
+            static QString verRex = "^SuSE Meta pppd \\(smpppd\\), Version (.*)$";
+            static QString clgRex = "^challenge = (.*)$";
+
+            QRegExp ver(verRex);
+            QRegExp clg(clgRex);
+
+            QString response = read(client)[0];
+
+            if(response != QString::null &&
+                    ver.exactMatch(response)) {
+				setServerID(client, response);
+				setServerVersion(client, ver.cap(1));
+                changeState(client, Ready::instance());
+                return true;
+            } else if(response != QString::null &&
+                      clg.exactMatch(response)) {
+				if(password(client) != QString::null) {
+                    // we are challenged, ok, respond
+					write(client, QString("response = %1\n").arg(make_response(clg.cap(1).stripWhiteSpace(), password(client))).latin1());
+                    response = read(client)[0];
+                    if(ver.exactMatch(response)) {
+						setServerID(client, response);
+						setServerVersion(client, ver.cap(1));
+                        return true;
+                    } else {
+                        kdWarning(14312) << k_funcinfo << "SMPPPD responded: " << response << endl;
+						changeState(client, Ready::instance());
+                        disconnect(client);
+                    }
+                } else {
+                    kdWarning(14312) << k_funcinfo << "SMPPPD requested a challenge, but no password was supplied!" << endl;
+					changeState(client, Ready::instance());
+                    disconnect(client);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+QString Unsettled::make_response(const QString& chex, const QString& password) const {
+
+	int size = chex.length ();
+	if (size & 1)
+		return "error";
+	size >>= 1;
+
+    // convert challenge from hex to bin
+	QString cbin;
+	for (int i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+		QString tmp = chex.mid (2 * i, 2);
+		cbin.append ((char) strtol (tmp.ascii (), 0, 16));
+	}
+
+    // calculate response
+	unsigned char rbin[MD5_DIGEST_LENGTH];
+	MD5state_st md5;
+	MD5_Init (&md5);
+	MD5_Update (&md5, cbin.ascii (), size);
+	MD5_Update (&md5, password.ascii(), password.length ());
+	MD5_Final (rbin, &md5);
+
+    // convert response from bin to hex
+	QString rhex;
+	for (int i = 0; i < MD5_DIGEST_LENGTH; i++) {
+		char buffer[3];
+		snprintf (buffer, 3, "%02x", rbin[i]);
+		rhex.append (buffer);
+	}
+
+	return rhex;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdunsettled.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdunsettled.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..57a83752
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/libsmpppdclient/smpppdunsettled.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/*
+	smpppdunsettled.h
+
+	Copyright (c) 2006      by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+
+	Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+	*************************************************************************
+	*                                                                       *
+	* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+	* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+	* the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+	*                                                                       *
+	*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef SMPPPDSMPPPDUNSETTLED_H
+#define SMPPPDSMPPPDUNSETTLED_H
+
+#include "smpppdstate.h"
+
+namespace SMPPPD {
+
+/**
+	@author Heiko Schaefer <heiko@rangun.de>
+*/
+class Unsettled : public State
+{
+	Unsettled(const Unsettled&);
+	Unsettled& operator=(const Unsettled&);
+
+	Unsettled();
+public:
+    virtual ~Unsettled();
+
+	static Unsettled * instance();
+	
+	virtual bool connect(Client * client, const QString& server, uint port = 3185);
+
+private:
+	QString make_response(const QString& chex, const QString& password) const;
+	
+private:
+	static Unsettled * m_instance;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/onlineinquiry.cpp b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/onlineinquiry.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4cab45d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/onlineinquiry.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+    onlineinquiry.cpp
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2005-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include "detectornetstat.h"
+#include "detectorsmpppd.h"
+#include "onlineinquiry.h"
+
+OnlineInquiry::OnlineInquiry()
+        : m_detector(NULL), m_online(FALSE) {}
+
+OnlineInquiry::~OnlineInquiry() {
+    delete m_detector;
+}
+
+bool OnlineInquiry::isOnline(bool useSMPPPD) {
+	
+	delete m_detector;
+	
+    if(useSMPPPD) {
+		m_detector = new DetectorSMPPPD(this);
+    } else {
+		m_detector = new DetectorNetstat(this);
+    }
+	
+	m_detector->checkStatus();
+
+    return m_online;
+}
+
+void OnlineInquiry::setConnectedStatus(bool newStatus) {
+    m_online = newStatus;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/onlineinquiry.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/onlineinquiry.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c9b5221a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/onlineinquiry.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+    onlineinquiry.h
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2005-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef ONLINEINQUIRY_H
+#define ONLINEINQUIRY_H
+
+#include "iconnector.h"
+
+class Detector;
+
+/**
+ * @author Heiko Sch&auml;fer <heiko@rangun.de>
+ */
+
+class OnlineInquiry : public IConnector {
+    OnlineInquiry(const OnlineInquiry&);
+    OnlineInquiry& operator=(const OnlineInquiry&);
+
+public:
+    OnlineInquiry();
+    virtual ~OnlineInquiry();
+
+    bool isOnline(bool useSMPPPD);
+
+    virtual void setConnectedStatus(bool newStatus);
+
+private:
+    Detector * m_detector;
+    bool       m_online;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcs.kcfg b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcs.kcfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2ca65f54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcs.kcfg
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE kcfg SYSTEM "http://www.kde.org/standards/kcfg/1.0/kcfg.dtd">
+<kcfg> 
+  <kcfgfile name="kopeterc"/> 
+  <group name="SMPPPDCS Plugin"> 
+    <entry name="Password" type="String"> 
+      <label>Password to connect to the SMPPPD.</label> 
+    </entry> 
+    <entry name="ignoredAccounts" type="StringList"> 
+      <label>Accounts to ignore in the plugin.</label> 
+    </entry> 
+    <entry name="server" type="String"> 
+      <label>SMPPPD-Server to connect.</label> 
+      <default>localhost</default>
+    </entry> 
+    <entry name="port" type="UInt"> 
+      <label>SMPPPD-Server port to connect.</label> 
+      <default>3185</default>
+    </entry> 
+    <entry name="useNetstat" type="Bool"> 
+      <label>Use the netstat tool to determine the connection status.</label> 
+      <default>true</default>
+    </entry> 
+    <entry name="useSmpppd" type="Bool"> 
+      <label>Use the SMPPPD to determine the connection status.</label> 
+      <default>false</default>
+    </entry> 
+  </group> 
+</kcfg>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsconfig.kcfgc b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsconfig.kcfgc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e955708
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsconfig.kcfgc
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+File=smpppdcs.kcfg
+ClassName=SMPPPDCSConfig
+Singleton=true
+Mutators=true
+MemberVariables=private
+GlobalEnums=true
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsiface.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsiface.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..face60ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsiface.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+    smpppdcsiface.h
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2005-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef SMPPPDCSIFACE_H
+#define SMPPPDCSIFACE_H
+
+#include <dcopobject.h>
+
+/**
+ * @author Heiko Sch&auml;fer <heiko@rangun.de>
+ */
+
+class SMPPPDCSIFace : virtual public DCOPObject
+{
+  K_DCOP
+
+  k_dcop:
+
+    virtual QString detectionMethod() const = 0;
+    virtual bool isOnline() const = 0;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2ed8455c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/*
+    smpppdcsplugin.cpp
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2003 by Chris Howells         <howells@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003      by Martijn Klingens      <klingens@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include "onlineinquiry.h"
+#include "smpppdcsplugin.h"
+
+#include <qtimer.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+
+#include "kopeteprotocol.h"
+#include "networkstatuscommon.h"
+#include "kopetepluginmanager.h"
+#include "kopeteaccountmanager.h"
+
+#include "detectornetworkstatus.h"
+#include "detectornetstat.h"
+#include "detectorsmpppd.h"
+#include "smpppdcsconfig.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<SMPPPDCSPlugin> SMPPPDCSPluginFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY(kopete_smpppdcs, SMPPPDCSPluginFactory("kopete_smpppdcs"))
+
+SMPPPDCSPlugin::SMPPPDCSPlugin(QObject *parent, const char * name, const QStringList& /* args */)
+        : DCOPObject("SMPPPDCSIface"), Kopete::Plugin(SMPPPDCSPluginFactory::instance(), parent, name),
+        m_detectorSMPPPD(NULL), m_detectorNetstat(NULL), m_detectorNetworkStatus(NULL), m_timer(NULL),
+m_onlineInquiry(NULL) {
+
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+
+    m_pluginConnected = false;
+
+    m_onlineInquiry   = new OnlineInquiry();
+    m_detectorSMPPPD  = new DetectorSMPPPD(this);
+    m_detectorNetstat = new DetectorNetstat(this);
+
+    // experimental, not used yet
+    m_detectorNetworkStatus = new DetectorNetworkStatus(this);
+
+    // we wait for the allPluginsLoaded signal, to connect
+    // as early as possible after startup, but not before
+    // all accounts are ready
+    connect(Kopete::PluginManager::self(), SIGNAL(allPluginsLoaded()),
+            this, SLOT(allPluginsLoaded()));
+
+    // if kopete was already running and the plugin
+    // was loaded later, we check once after 15 secs
+    // if all other plugins have been loaded
+    QTimer::singleShot(15000, this, SLOT(allPluginsLoaded()));
+}
+
+SMPPPDCSPlugin::~SMPPPDCSPlugin() {
+
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+
+    delete m_timer;
+    delete m_detectorSMPPPD;
+    delete m_detectorNetstat;
+    delete m_detectorNetworkStatus;
+    delete m_onlineInquiry;
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPlugin::allPluginsLoaded() {
+
+    if(Kopete::PluginManager::self()->isAllPluginsLoaded()) {
+        m_timer = new QTimer();
+        connect(m_timer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(slotCheckStatus()));
+
+		if(SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->useSmpppd()) {
+            m_timer->start(30000);
+        } else {
+            // we use 1 min interval, because it reflects
+            // the old connectionstatus plugin behaviour
+            m_timer->start(60000);
+        }
+
+        slotCheckStatus();
+    }
+}
+
+bool SMPPPDCSPlugin::isOnline() const {
+	return m_onlineInquiry->isOnline(SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->useSmpppd());
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPlugin::slotCheckStatus() {
+	
+	// reread config to get changes
+	SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->readConfig();
+	
+	if(SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->useSmpppd()) {
+        m_detectorSMPPPD->checkStatus();
+    } else {
+        m_detectorNetstat->checkStatus();
+    }
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPlugin::setConnectedStatus( bool connected ) {
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << connected << endl;
+
+    // We have to handle a few cases here. First is the machine is connected, and the plugin thinks
+    // we're connected. Then we don't do anything. Next, we can have machine connected, but plugin thinks
+    // we're disconnected. Also, machine disconnected, plugin disconnected -- we
+    // don't do anything. Finally, we can have the machine disconnected, and the plugin thinks we're
+    // connected. This mechanism is required so that we don't keep calling the connect/disconnect functions
+    // constantly.
+
+    if ( connected && !m_pluginConnected ) {
+        // The machine is connected and plugin thinks we're disconnected
+        kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Setting m_pluginConnected to true" << endl;
+        m_pluginConnected = true;
+        connectAllowed();
+        kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "We're connected" << endl;
+    } else if ( !connected && m_pluginConnected ) {
+        // The machine isn't connected and plugin thinks we're connected
+        kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Setting m_pluginConnected to false" << endl;
+        m_pluginConnected = false;
+        disconnectAllowed();
+        kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "We're offline" << endl;
+    }
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPlugin::connectAllowed() {
+
+	QStringList list = SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->ignoredAccounts();
+
+    Kopete::AccountManager * m = Kopete::AccountManager::self();
+    for(QPtrListIterator<Kopete::Account> it(m->accounts())
+            ;
+            it.current();
+            ++it) {
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if(it.current()->inherits("Kopete::ManagedConnectionAccount")) {
+            kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Account " << it.current()->protocol()->pluginId() + "_" + it.current()->accountId() << " is an managed account!" << endl;
+        } else {
+            kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Account " << it.current()->protocol()->pluginId() + "_" + it.current()->accountId() << " is an unmanaged account!" << endl;
+        }
+#endif
+
+        if(!list.contains(it.current()->protocol()->pluginId() + "_" + it.current()->
+                          accountId())) {
+            it.current()->connect();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPlugin::disconnectAllowed() {
+
+	QStringList list = SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->ignoredAccounts();
+
+    Kopete::AccountManager * m = Kopete::AccountManager::self();
+    for(QPtrListIterator<Kopete::Account> it(m->accounts())
+            ;
+            it.current();
+            ++it) {
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if(it.current()->inherits("Kopete::ManagedConnectionAccount")) {
+            kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Account " << it.current()->protocol()->pluginId() + "_" + it.current()->accountId() << " is an managed account!" << endl;
+        } else {
+            kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Account " << it.current()->protocol()->pluginId() + "_" + it.current()->accountId() << " is an unmanaged account!" << endl;
+        }
+#endif
+
+        if(!list.contains(it.current()->protocol()->pluginId() + "_" + it.current()->accountId())) {
+            it.current()->disconnect();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+QString SMPPPDCSPlugin::detectionMethod() const {
+	if(SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->useSmpppd()) {
+        return "smpppd";
+    } else {
+        return "netstat";
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn SMPPPDCSPlugin::smpppdServerChanged(const QString& server)
+ */
+void SMPPPDCSPlugin::smpppdServerChanged(const QString& server) {
+
+	QString oldServer = SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->server().utf8();
+
+    if(oldServer != server) {
+        kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Detected a server change" << endl;
+        m_detectorSMPPPD->smpppdServerChange();
+    }
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPlugin::aboutToUnload() {
+
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+
+    if(m_timer) {
+        m_timer->stop();
+    }
+
+    emit readyForUnload();
+}
+
+#include "smpppdcsplugin.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..789d9c41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+    smpppdcsplugin.h
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2003 by Chris Howells         <howells@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003      by Martijn Klingens      <klingens@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef SMPPPDCSPLUGIN_H
+#define SMPPPDCSPLUGIN_H
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "detector.h"
+#include "iconnector.h"
+#include "smpppdcsiface.h"
+
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+#include "kopeteaccount.h"
+
+class QTimer;
+class Detector;
+class OnlineInquiry;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Plugin for the detection of an internet connection
+ *
+ * This plugin inquires either the smpppd or netstat
+ * for an existing internet connection and depending
+ * on that connects or disconnects all accounts.
+ *
+ * Therefore it should be enabled on dial up network
+ * connections.
+ *
+ * @author Chris Howells <howells@kde.org>, Heiko Sch&auml;fer <heiko@rangun.de>
+ */
+class SMPPPDCSPlugin : public Kopete::Plugin, public IConnector, virtual public SMPPPDCSIFace {
+    Q_OBJECT
+    SMPPPDCSPlugin(const SMPPPDCSPlugin&);
+    SMPPPDCSPlugin& operator=(const SMPPPDCSPlugin&);
+
+public:
+    /**
+     * @brief Creates an <code>SMPPPDCSPlugin</code> instance
+     */
+    SMPPPDCSPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args );
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Destroys an <code>SMPPPDCSPlugin</code> instance
+     */
+    virtual ~SMPPPDCSPlugin();
+
+    // Implementation of DCOP iface
+    /**
+     * @brief Checks if we are online.
+     * @note This method is reserved for future use. Do not use at the moment!
+     * @return <code>TRUE</code> if online, otherwise <code>FALSE</code>
+     */
+    virtual bool isOnline() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Sets the status in all allowed accounts.
+     * Allowed accounts are set in the config dialog of the plugin.
+     *
+     * @see SMPPPDCSPrefs
+     */
+    virtual void setConnectedStatus( bool newStatus );
+
+    virtual QString detectionMethod() const;
+
+    virtual void aboutToUnload();
+
+public slots:
+    void smpppdServerChanged(const QString& server);
+
+private slots:
+    void slotCheckStatus();
+    void allPluginsLoaded();
+
+private:
+    
+	void connectAllowed();
+    void disconnectAllowed();
+
+private:
+
+    Detector      * m_detectorSMPPPD;
+    Detector      * m_detectorNetstat;
+    Detector      * m_detectorNetworkStatus;
+    bool            m_pluginConnected;
+    QTimer        * m_timer;
+    OnlineInquiry * m_onlineInquiry;
+};
+
+#endif /* SMPPPDCSPLUGIN_H */
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcspreferences.cpp b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcspreferences.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ddce3572
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcspreferences.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+    smpppdcspreferences.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <qradiobutton.h>
+
+#include <klistview.h>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include <knuminput.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+
+#include "kopeteaccount.h"
+#include "kopeteprotocol.h"
+#include "kopeteaccountmanager.h"
+
+#include "smpppdlocationwidget.h"
+#include "smpppdcspreferences.h"
+#include "smpppdcsprefsimpl.h"
+#include "smpppdcsconfig.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<SMPPPDCSPreferences> SMPPPDCSPreferencesFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY(kcm_kopete_smpppdcs, SMPPPDCSPreferencesFactory("kcm_kopete_smpppdcs"))
+
+SMPPPDCSPreferences::SMPPPDCSPreferences(QWidget * parent, const char * /* name */, const QStringList& args)
+ : KCModule(SMPPPDCSPreferencesFactory::instance(), parent, args), m_ui(NULL) {
+
+ 	Kopete::AccountManager * manager = Kopete::AccountManager::self(); 
+	(new QVBoxLayout(this))->setAutoAdd(true);
+	m_ui = new SMPPPDCSPrefs(this);
+
+	for(QPtrListIterator<Kopete::Account> it(manager->accounts()); it.current(); ++it)
+	{
+		QString protoName;
+		QRegExp rex("(.*)Protocol");
+		
+		if(rex.search((*it)->protocol()->pluginId()) > -1) {
+			protoName = rex.cap(1);
+		} else {
+			protoName = (*it)->protocol()->pluginId();
+		}
+		
+		if(it.current()->inherits("Kopete::ManagedConnectionAccount")) {
+			protoName += QString(", %1").arg(i18n("connection status is managed by Kopete"));
+		}
+		
+		QCheckListItem * cli = new QCheckListItem(m_ui->accountList, 
+				(*it)->accountId() + " (" + protoName + ")", QCheckListItem::CheckBox);
+		cli->setPixmap(0, (*it)->accountIcon());
+		
+		m_accountMapOld[cli->text(0)] = AccountPrivMap(FALSE, (*it)->protocol()->pluginId() + "_" + (*it)->accountId());
+		m_accountMapCur[cli->text(0)] = AccountPrivMap(FALSE, (*it)->protocol()->pluginId() + "_" + (*it)->accountId());;
+		m_ui->accountList->insertItem(cli);
+	}
+
+	connect(m_ui->accountList, SIGNAL(clicked(QListViewItem *)), this, SLOT(listClicked(QListViewItem *)));
+	
+	// connect for modified
+	connect(m_ui->useNetstat, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(slotModified()));
+	connect(m_ui->useSmpppd,  SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(slotModified()));
+	
+	connect(m_ui->SMPPPDLocation->server,   SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)), this, SLOT(slotModified()));
+	connect(m_ui->SMPPPDLocation->port,     SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(slotModified()));
+	connect(m_ui->SMPPPDLocation->Password, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)), this, SLOT(slotModified()));
+	
+	load();
+}
+
+SMPPPDCSPreferences::~SMPPPDCSPreferences() {
+	delete m_ui;
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPreferences::listClicked(QListViewItem * item)
+{
+	QCheckListItem * cli = dynamic_cast<QCheckListItem *>(item);
+	
+	if(cli->isOn() != m_accountMapCur[cli->text(0)].m_on) {
+		AccountMap::iterator itOld = m_accountMapOld.begin();
+		AccountMap::iterator itCur;
+		bool change = FALSE;
+		
+		for(itCur = m_accountMapCur.begin(); itCur != m_accountMapCur.end(); ++itCur, ++itOld) {
+			if((*itCur).m_on != (*itOld).m_on){
+				change = TRUE;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		emit KCModule::changed(change);
+	}
+	m_accountMapCur[cli->text(0)].m_on = cli->isOn();
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPreferences::defaults()
+{
+	QListViewItemIterator it(m_ui->accountList);
+	while(it.current()) {
+		QCheckListItem * cli = dynamic_cast<QCheckListItem *>(it.current());
+		cli->setOn(FALSE);
+		++it;
+	}
+	
+	SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->setDefaults();
+	
+	m_ui->useNetstat->setChecked(SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->useNetstat());
+	m_ui->useSmpppd->setChecked(SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->useSmpppd());
+	
+	m_ui->SMPPPDLocation->server->setText(SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->server());
+	m_ui->SMPPPDLocation->port->setValue(SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->port());
+	m_ui->SMPPPDLocation->Password->setText(SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->password());
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPreferences::load()
+{
+	
+	SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->readConfig();
+	
+	static QString rexStr = "^(.*) \\((.*)\\)";
+	QRegExp rex(rexStr);
+	QStringList list = SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->ignoredAccounts();
+	QListViewItemIterator it(m_ui->accountList);
+	while(it.current()) {
+		QCheckListItem * cli = dynamic_cast<QCheckListItem *>(it.current());
+		if(rex.search(cli->text(0)) > -1) {
+			bool isOn = list.contains(rex.cap(2) + "Protocol_" + rex.cap(1));
+			// m_accountMapOld[cli->text(0)].m_on = isOn;
+			m_accountMapCur[cli->text(0)].m_on = isOn;
+			cli->setOn(isOn);
+		}
+		++it;
+	}
+	
+	m_ui->useNetstat->setChecked(SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->useNetstat());
+	m_ui->useSmpppd->setChecked(SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->useSmpppd());
+	
+	m_ui->SMPPPDLocation->server->setText(SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->server());
+	m_ui->SMPPPDLocation->port->setValue(SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->port());
+	m_ui->SMPPPDLocation->Password->setText(SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->password());
+	
+	emit KCModule::changed(false);
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPreferences::save()
+{
+	QStringList list;
+	QListViewItemIterator it(m_ui->accountList);
+	while(it.current()) {
+	
+		QCheckListItem * cli = dynamic_cast<QCheckListItem *>(it.current());
+		if(cli->isOn()) {
+			list.append(m_accountMapCur[cli->text(0)].m_id);
+		}
+		
+		++it;
+	}
+	
+	SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->setIgnoredAccounts(list);
+	
+	SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->setUseNetstat(m_ui->useNetstat->isChecked());
+	SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->setUseSmpppd(m_ui->useSmpppd->isChecked());
+	
+	SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->setServer(m_ui->SMPPPDLocation->server->text());
+	SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->setPort(m_ui->SMPPPDLocation->port->value());
+	SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->setPassword(m_ui->SMPPPDLocation->Password->text());
+	
+	SMPPPDCSConfig::self()->writeConfig();
+	
+	emit KCModule::changed(false);
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPreferences::slotModified() {
+	emit KCModule::changed(true);
+}
+
+#include "smpppdcspreferences.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcspreferences.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcspreferences.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8bbeff69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcspreferences.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+    smpppdcspreferences.h
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef SMPPPDCSPREFERENCES_H
+#define SMPPPDCSPREFERENCES_H
+
+#include <kcmodule.h>
+
+class QListViewItem;
+
+class SMPPPDCSPrefs;
+
+class AccountPrivMap {
+public:
+	AccountPrivMap(bool isOn = FALSE, const QString& id = QString::null)
+	 : m_on(isOn), m_id(id) {}
+	bool m_on;
+	QString m_id;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @brief Module for the configuration of the smpppdcs-plugin
+ *
+ * @author Heiko Sch&auml;fer <heiko@rangun.de>
+ */
+class SMPPPDCSPreferences : public KCModule {
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+    SMPPPDCSPreferences(const SMPPPDCSPreferences&);
+    SMPPPDCSPreferences& operator=(const SMPPPDCSPreferences&);
+
+public:
+	typedef QMap<QString, AccountPrivMap> AccountMap;
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Creates an <code>SMPPPDCSPreferences</code> instance
+     */
+    SMPPPDCSPreferences(QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+	
+	/**
+     * @brief Destroys an <code>SMPPPDCSPreferences</code> instance
+     */
+    virtual ~SMPPPDCSPreferences();
+
+	virtual void load();
+	virtual void save();
+	virtual void defaults();
+	
+protected slots:
+	void listClicked(QListViewItem * item);
+
+private slots:
+	void slotModified();
+	
+protected:
+
+	/// The UI class generated by the QT-designer
+    SMPPPDCSPrefs * m_ui;
+	
+	AccountMap m_accountMapOld;
+	AccountMap m_accountMapCur;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsprefs.ui b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsprefs.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..067c55a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsprefs.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>SMPPPDCSPrefsBase</class>
+<author>Heiko Schaefer</author>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>SMPPPDCSPrefsBase</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>476</width>
+            <height>225</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <property name="caption">
+        <string>SMPPPDCS Preferences</string>
+    </property>
+    <vbox>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QTabWidget">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>tabWidget</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <widget class="QWidget">
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>tab</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <attribute name="title">
+                    <string>&amp;Connection</string>
+                </attribute>
+                <vbox>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>layout4</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <vbox>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="margin">
+                                <number>6</number>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="spacing">
+                                <number>6</number>
+                            </property>
+                            <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>csMethod</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="title">
+                                    <string>Method of Connection Status Detection</string>
+                                </property>
+                                <vbox>
+                                    <property name="name">
+                                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                                    </property>
+                                    <property name="margin">
+                                        <number>6</number>
+                                    </property>
+                                    <property name="spacing">
+                                        <number>6</number>
+                                    </property>
+                                    <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>useNetstat</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="text">
+                                            <string>&amp;netstat - Standard method of connection status detection</string>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="checked">
+                                            <bool>true</bool>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="toolTip" stdset="0">
+                                            <string>Uses the netstat command to find a gateway; suitable on dial-up computers</string>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </widget>
+                                    <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>useSmpppd</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="text">
+                                            <string>smpppd - Ad&amp;vanced method of connection status detection</string>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="toolTip" stdset="0">
+                                            <string>Uses the smpppd on a gateway; suitable for a computer in a private network</string>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </widget>
+                                    <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>autoCSLayout</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <hbox>
+                                            <property name="name">
+                                                <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                                            </property>
+                                            <widget class="KPushButton">
+                                                <property name="name">
+                                                    <cstring>autoCSTest</cstring>
+                                                </property>
+                                                <property name="text">
+                                                    <string>&amp;Try to Detect Automatically</string>
+                                                </property>
+                                                <property name="toolTip" stdset="0">
+                                                    <string>Tries to find an appropriate connection method</string>
+                                                </property>
+                                            </widget>
+                                            <spacer>
+                                                <property name="name">
+                                                    <cstring>spacer4</cstring>
+                                                </property>
+                                                <property name="orientation">
+                                                    <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                                                </property>
+                                                <property name="sizeType">
+                                                    <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                                                </property>
+                                                <property name="sizeHint">
+                                                    <size>
+                                                        <width>341</width>
+                                                        <height>20</height>
+                                                    </size>
+                                                </property>
+                                            </spacer>
+                                        </hbox>
+                                    </widget>
+                                </vbox>
+                            </widget>
+                            <widget class="QGroupBox">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>smpppdPrefs</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="enabled">
+                                    <bool>false</bool>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="title">
+                                    <string>Location of the SMPPPD</string>
+                                </property>
+                                <vbox>
+                                    <property name="name">
+                                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                                    </property>
+                                    <property name="margin">
+                                        <number>6</number>
+                                    </property>
+                                    <property name="spacing">
+                                        <number>6</number>
+                                    </property>
+                                    <widget class="SMPPPDLocationWidget">
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>SMPPPDLocation</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </widget>
+                                </vbox>
+                            </widget>
+                            <spacer>
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>spacer18</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="orientation">
+                                    <enum>Vertical</enum>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="sizeType">
+                                    <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="sizeHint">
+                                    <size>
+                                        <width>20</width>
+                                        <height>20</height>
+                                    </size>
+                                </property>
+                            </spacer>
+                        </vbox>
+                    </widget>
+                </vbox>
+            </widget>
+            <widget class="QWidget">
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>tab</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <attribute name="title">
+                    <string>Acco&amp;unts</string>
+                </attribute>
+                <vbox>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="spacing">
+                        <number>6</number>
+                    </property>
+                    <spacer>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>spacer4_2</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="orientation">
+                            <enum>Vertical</enum>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="sizeType">
+                            <enum>Fixed</enum>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="sizeHint">
+                            <size>
+                                <width>20</width>
+                                <height>6</height>
+                            </size>
+                        </property>
+                    </spacer>
+                    <widget class="QLabel">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>toIgnoreLabel</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="text">
+                            <string>Choose the accounts to ignore:</string>
+                        </property>
+                    </widget>
+                    <widget class="KListView">
+                        <column>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>Account</string>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="clickable">
+                                <bool>true</bool>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="resizable">
+                                <bool>false</bool>
+                            </property>
+                        </column>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>accountList</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="allColumnsShowFocus">
+                            <bool>true</bool>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="resizeMode">
+                            <enum>LastColumn</enum>
+                        </property>
+                    </widget>
+                </vbox>
+            </widget>
+        </widget>
+    </vbox>
+</widget>
+<customwidgets>
+    <customwidget>
+        <class>SMPPPDLocationWidget</class>
+	<header location="local">smpppdlocationwidget.h</header>
+        <sizehint>
+            <width>16</width>
+            <height>16</height>
+        </sizehint>
+        <container>1</container>
+        <sizepolicy>
+            <hordata>5</hordata>
+            <verdata>5</verdata>
+            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+        </sizepolicy>
+        <pixmap>image0</pixmap>
+    </customwidget>
+</customwidgets>
+<images>
+    <image name="image0">
+        <data format="PNG" length="1125">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</data>
+    </image>
+</images>
+<tabstops>
+    <tabstop>tabWidget</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>useNetstat</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>autoCSTest</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>useSmpppd</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>accountList</tabstop>
+</tabstops>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="0" margin="0"/>
+<includehints>
+    <includehint>kpushbutton.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>smpppdlocationwidget.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>klistview.h</includehint>
+</includehints>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsprefsimpl.cpp b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsprefsimpl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a834c97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsprefsimpl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/*
+    smpppdcsprefsimpl.cpp
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+
+#include <qradiobutton.h>
+
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <kpushbutton.h>
+#include <kresolver.h>
+#include <knuminput.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "kopetepluginmanager.h"
+
+#include "../smpppdcsplugin.h"
+
+#include "smpppdlocationwidget.h"
+#include "smpppdcsprefsimpl.h"
+#include "smpppdsearcher.h"
+
+SMPPPDCSPrefs::SMPPPDCSPrefs(QWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags fl)
+	: SMPPPDCSPrefsBase(parent, name, fl), m_plugin(NULL), m_scanProgressDlg(NULL), m_curSearcher(NULL) {
+
+	// search for our main-plugin instance
+	Kopete::Plugin * p = Kopete::PluginManager::self()->plugin("kopete_smpppdcs");
+	if(p) {
+		m_plugin = static_cast<SMPPPDCSPlugin *>(p);
+	}
+
+    // signals and slots connections
+    connect(useNetstat, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(disableSMPPPDSettings()));
+    connect(useSmpppd,  SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(enableSMPPPDSettings()));
+    connect(autoCSTest, SIGNAL(clicked()),     this, SLOT(determineCSType()));
+	
+	if(m_plugin) {
+		connect((QObject *)SMPPPDLocation->server, SIGNAL(textChanged(const QString&)),
+				m_plugin, SLOT(smpppdServerChanged(const QString&)));
+	}
+
+    // if netstat is NOT available, disable the option and set to SMPPPD
+    if(KStandardDirs::findExe("netstat") == QString::null) {
+        autoCSTest->setEnabled(FALSE);
+        useNetstat->setEnabled(FALSE);
+        useNetstat->setChecked(FALSE);
+        useSmpppd->setChecked(TRUE);
+    }
+}
+
+SMPPPDCSPrefs::~SMPPPDCSPrefs() {
+    delete m_scanProgressDlg;
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPrefs::determineCSType() {
+
+    // while we search, we'll disable the button
+    autoCSTest->setEnabled(false);
+    //kapp->processEvents();
+
+    /* broadcast network for a smpppd.
+       If one is available set to smpppd method */
+
+    SMPPPDSearcher searcher;
+    m_curSearcher = &searcher;
+
+    connect(&searcher, SIGNAL(smpppdFound(const QString&)), this, SLOT(smpppdFound(const QString&)));
+    connect(&searcher, SIGNAL(smpppdNotFound()), this, SLOT(smpppdNotFound()));
+    connect(&searcher, SIGNAL(scanStarted(uint)), this, SLOT(scanStarted(uint)));
+    connect(&searcher, SIGNAL(scanProgress(uint)), this, SLOT(scanProgress(uint)));
+    connect(&searcher, SIGNAL(scanFinished()), this, SLOT(scanFinished()));
+
+    searcher.searchNetwork();
+    m_curSearcher = NULL;
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPrefs::scanStarted(uint total) {
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Scanning for a SMPPPD started. Will scan " << total << " IPs" << endl;
+
+    // setup the scanProgress Dialog
+    if(!m_scanProgressDlg) {
+        m_scanProgressDlg = new KProgressDialog(this, 0, i18n("Searching"), i18n("Searching for a SMPPPD on the local network..."), TRUE);
+        m_scanProgressDlg->setAutoClose(TRUE);
+        m_scanProgressDlg->setAllowCancel(TRUE);
+        m_scanProgressDlg->setMinimumDuration(2000);
+
+        connect(m_scanProgressDlg, SIGNAL(cancelClicked()), this, SLOT(cancelScanning()));
+    }
+    m_scanProgressDlg->progressBar()->setTotalSteps(total);
+    m_scanProgressDlg->progressBar()->setProgress(0);
+    m_scanProgressDlg->show();
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPrefs::scanProgress(uint cur) {
+    m_scanProgressDlg->progressBar()->setProgress(cur);
+    kapp->processEvents();
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPrefs::cancelScanning() {
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+    Q_ASSERT(m_curSearcher);
+    m_curSearcher->cancelSearch();
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPrefs::smpppdFound(const QString& host) {
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+
+    QString myHost = host;
+
+    // try to get the domain name
+    struct in_addr addr;
+    if(inet_aton(host.ascii(), &addr)) {
+        struct hostent * hostEnt = gethostbyaddr(&addr.s_addr, sizeof(addr.s_addr), AF_INET);
+        if(hostEnt) {
+            myHost = hostEnt->h_name;
+        } else {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+            switch(h_errno) {
+            case HOST_NOT_FOUND:
+                kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "No such host is known in the database." << endl;
+                break;
+            case TRY_AGAIN:
+                kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Couldn't contact DNS server." << endl;
+                break;
+            case NO_RECOVERY:
+                kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "A non-recoverable error occurred." << endl;
+                break;
+            case NO_ADDRESS:
+                kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "The host database contains an entry for the name, but it doesn't have an associated Internet address." << endl;
+                break;
+            }
+#endif
+
+        }
+    }
+
+    SMPPPDLocation->setServer(myHost);
+    useNetstat->setChecked(false);
+    useSmpppd->setChecked(true);
+    autoCSTest->setEnabled(true);
+}
+
+void SMPPPDCSPrefs::smpppdNotFound() {
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+    useNetstat->setChecked(true);
+    useSmpppd->setChecked(false);
+    autoCSTest->setEnabled(true);
+}
+
+#include "smpppdcsprefsimpl.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsprefsimpl.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsprefsimpl.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..181ba9fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdcsprefsimpl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+    smpppdcsprefsimpl.h
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef SMPPPDCSPREFSIMPL_H
+#define SMPPPDCSPREFSIMPL_H
+
+#include <qgroupbox.h>
+
+#include <kprogress.h>
+
+#include "smpppdcsprefs.h"
+
+class SMPPPDCSPlugin;
+class SMPPPDSearcher;
+
+/**
+@author Heiko Sch&auml;fer <heiko@rangun.de>
+*/
+class SMPPPDCSPrefs : public SMPPPDCSPrefsBase 
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+	SMPPPDCSPrefs(const SMPPPDCSPrefs&);
+	SMPPPDCSPrefs& operator=(const SMPPPDCSPrefs&);
+	
+public:
+
+    SMPPPDCSPrefs(QWidget* parent, const char* name = 0, WFlags fl = 0);
+    ~SMPPPDCSPrefs();
+
+signals:
+	void foundSMPPPD(bool found);
+	
+protected slots:
+    void enableSMPPPDSettings();
+    void disableSMPPPDSettings();
+    void determineCSType();
+    void smpppdFound(const QString & host);
+    void smpppdNotFound();
+	void scanStarted(uint total);
+	void scanProgress(uint cur);
+	void scanFinished();
+	void cancelScanning();
+
+private:
+	SMPPPDCSPlugin  * m_plugin;
+	KProgressDialog * m_scanProgressDlg;
+	SMPPPDSearcher  * m_curSearcher;
+};
+
+inline void SMPPPDCSPrefs::enableSMPPPDSettings() {
+	smpppdPrefs->setEnabled(true);
+}
+
+inline void SMPPPDCSPrefs::disableSMPPPDSettings() {
+	smpppdPrefs->setEnabled(false);
+}
+
+inline void SMPPPDCSPrefs::scanFinished() {
+	m_scanProgressDlg->hide();
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdlocationui.ui b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdlocationui.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0424f6f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdlocationui.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>SMPPPDLocationWidgetBase</class>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>SMPPPDLocationWidgetBase</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>365</width>
+            <height>167</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <property name="caption">
+        <string>SMPPPDLocation</string>
+    </property>
+    <vbox>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QLabel">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>Ser&amp;ver:</string>
+            </property>
+            <property name="buddy" stdset="0">
+                <cstring>server</cstring>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="KLineEdit">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>server</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="cursor">
+                <cursor>4</cursor>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>localhost</string>
+            </property>
+            <property name="maxLength">
+                <number>256</number>
+            </property>
+            <property name="toolTip" stdset="0">
+                <string>The server on which the SMPPPD is running</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QLabel">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>textLabel2</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>P&amp;ort:</string>
+            </property>
+            <property name="buddy" stdset="0">
+                <cstring>port</cstring>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>layout14</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <hbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="KIntNumInput">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>port</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="cursor">
+                        <cursor>4</cursor>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="value">
+                        <number>3185</number>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="minValue">
+                        <number>0</number>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="toolTip" stdset="0">
+                        <string>The port on which the SMPPPD is running on</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLabel">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>textLabel3</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Default: 3185</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <spacer>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>spacer15</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="orientation">
+                        <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizeType">
+                        <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizeHint">
+                        <size>
+                            <width>130</width>
+                            <height>20</height>
+                        </size>
+                    </property>
+                </spacer>
+            </hbox>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QLabel">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>m_passwordLabel</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>Pass&amp;word:</string>
+            </property>
+            <property name="buddy" stdset="0">
+                <cstring>Password</cstring>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="KLineEdit">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>Password</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="cursor">
+                <cursor>4</cursor>
+            </property>
+            <property name="echoMode">
+                <enum>Password</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="toolTip" stdset="0">
+                <string>The password to authenticate with the smpppd</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+    </vbox>
+</widget>
+<customwidgets>
+</customwidgets>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="0"/>
+<includehints>
+    <includehint>klineedit.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>knuminput.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>knuminput.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>klineedit.h</includehint>
+</includehints>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdlocationwidget.cpp b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdlocationwidget.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b20509d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdlocationwidget.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/*
+    smpppdlocationwidget.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <klineedit.h>
+
+#include "smpppdlocationwidget.h"
+
+SMPPPDLocationWidget::SMPPPDLocationWidget(QWidget* parent, const char* name, WFlags fl)
+ : SMPPPDLocationWidgetBase(parent, name, fl) {}
+
+SMPPPDLocationWidget::~SMPPPDLocationWidget() {}
+
+void SMPPPDLocationWidget::setServer(const QString& serv) {
+    server->setText(serv);
+}
+
+#include "smpppdlocationwidget.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdlocationwidget.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdlocationwidget.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..00fa9157
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdlocationwidget.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*
+    smpppdlocationwidget.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef SMPPPDLOCATIONWIDGET_H
+#define SMPPPDLOCATIONWIDGET_H
+
+#include "smpppdlocationui.h"
+
+/**
+	@author Heiko Sch&auml;fer <heiko@rangun.de>
+*/
+class SMPPPDLocationWidget : public SMPPPDLocationWidgetBase
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+	SMPPPDLocationWidget(const SMPPPDLocationWidget&);
+	SMPPPDLocationWidget& operator=(const SMPPPDLocationWidget&);
+
+public:
+    SMPPPDLocationWidget(QWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0, WFlags fl = 0);
+    ~SMPPPDLocationWidget();
+
+    void setServer(const QString& serv);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdsearcher.cpp b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdsearcher.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6ee9c878
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdsearcher.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/*
+    smpppdsearcher.h
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <qfile.h>
+
+#include <kprocess.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "smpppdclient.h"
+#include "smpppdsearcher.h"
+
+SMPPPDSearcher::SMPPPDSearcher()
+        : m_cancelSearchNow(FALSE),
+        m_procIfconfig(NULL),
+m_procNetstat(NULL) {}
+
+SMPPPDSearcher::~SMPPPDSearcher() {
+    delete m_procIfconfig;
+    delete m_procNetstat;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn SMPPPDSearcher::searchNetwork() const
+ */
+void SMPPPDSearcher::searchNetwork() {
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+
+    // the first point to search is localhost
+    if(!scan("127.0.0.1", "255.0.0.0")) {
+
+        m_procNetstat  = new KProcess;
+        m_procNetstat->setEnvironment("LANG", "C"); // we want to force english output
+
+        *m_procNetstat << "/bin/netstat" << "-rn";
+        connect(m_procNetstat, SIGNAL(receivedStdout(KProcess *,char *,int)), this, SLOT(slotStdoutReceivedNetstat(KProcess *,char *,int)));
+        if(!m_procNetstat->start(KProcess::Block, KProcess::Stdout)) {
+            kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Couldn't execute /sbin/netstat -rn" << endl << "Perhaps the package net-tools isn't installed." << endl;
+
+            emit smpppdNotFound();
+        }
+
+        delete m_procNetstat;
+        m_procNetstat = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn SMPPPDSearcher::slotStdoutReceived(KProcess * proc, char * buf, int len)
+ */
+void SMPPPDSearcher::slotStdoutReceivedIfconfig(KProcess * /* proc */, char * buf, int len) {
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+
+    QString myBuf = QString::fromLatin1(buf,len);
+    QRegExp rex("^[ ]{10}.*inet addr:([0-9]{1,3}\\.[0-9]{1,3}\\.[0-9]{1,3}\\.[0-9]{1,3}).*Mask:([0-9]{1,3}\\.[0-9]{1,3}\\.[0-9]{1,3}\\.[0-9]{1,3})");
+    // tokenize the string into lines
+    QStringList toks = QStringList::split("\n", myBuf);
+    for(QStringList::size_type i = 0; i < toks.count(); i++) {
+        if(rex.exactMatch(toks[i])) {
+            if(scan(rex.cap(1), rex.cap(2))) {
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    emit smpppdNotFound();
+}
+void SMPPPDSearcher::slotStdoutReceivedNetstat(KProcess * /* proc */, char * buf, int len) {
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+
+    QRegExp rexGW(".*\\n0.0.0.0[ ]*([0-9]{1,3}\\.[0-9]{1,3}\\.[0-9]{1,3}\\.[0-9]{1,3}).*");
+    QString myBuf = QString::fromLatin1(buf,len);
+
+    if(!(rexGW.exactMatch(myBuf) && scan(rexGW.cap(1), "255.255.255.255"))) {
+        // if netstat -r found no gateway we search the network
+        m_procIfconfig = new KProcess;
+        m_procIfconfig->setEnvironment("LANG", "C"); // we want to force english output
+
+        *m_procIfconfig << "/sbin/ifconfig";
+        connect(m_procIfconfig, SIGNAL(receivedStdout(KProcess *,char *,int)), this, SLOT(slotStdoutReceivedIfconfig(KProcess *,char *,int)));
+        if(!m_procIfconfig->start(KProcess::Block, KProcess::Stdout)) {
+            kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Couldn't execute /sbin/ifconfig" << endl << "Perhaps the package net-tools isn't installed." << endl;
+
+            emit smpppdNotFound();
+        }
+
+        delete m_procIfconfig;
+        m_procIfconfig = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn SMPPPDSearcher::scan() const
+ */
+bool SMPPPDSearcher::scan(const QString& ip, const QString& mask) {
+    kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "Scanning " << ip << "/" << mask << "..." << endl;
+	
+	SMPPPD::Client client;
+	
+	if(ip == "127.0.0.1") { // if localhost, we only scan this one host
+		if(client.connect(ip, 3185)) {
+			client.disconnect();
+			emit smpppdFound(ip);
+			return true;
+		}
+		
+		return false;
+	}
+
+    uint min_range = 0;
+    uint max_range = 255;
+
+    // calculate ip range (only last mask entry)
+    QRegExp lastRex("([0-9]{1,3})\\.([0-9]{1,3})\\.([0-9]{1,3})\\.([0-9]{1,3})");
+    if(lastRex.exactMatch(ip)) {
+
+        uint lastWordIP = lastRex.cap(4).toUInt();
+
+        QStringList ipToks;
+        for(int i = 1; i < 5; i++) {
+            ipToks.push_back(lastRex.cap(i));
+        }
+
+        if(lastRex.exactMatch(mask)) {
+            uint lastWordMask = lastRex.cap(4).toUInt();
+
+            if(lastWordMask == 0) {
+                kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "IP-Range: " << ipToks[0] << "." << ipToks[1] << "." <<  ipToks[2] << ".0 - " << ipToks[0] << "." << ipToks[1] << "." << ipToks[2] << ".255" << endl;
+                max_range = 255;
+            } else if(lastWordMask == 255) {
+                min_range = max_range = lastWordIP;
+            } else {
+                kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "IP-Range: " << ipToks[0] << "." << ipToks[1] << "." <<  ipToks[2] << ".0 - " << ipToks[0] << "." << ipToks[1] << "." << ipToks[2] << "." << lastWordMask << endl;
+                max_range = lastWordMask;
+            }
+        }
+
+        uint range = max_range - min_range;
+        m_cancelSearchNow = FALSE;
+        if(range > 1) {
+            emit scanStarted(max_range);
+        }
+        for(uint i = min_range; i <= max_range; i++) {
+            if(m_cancelSearchNow) {
+                if(range > 1) {
+                    emit scanFinished();
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+            if(range > 1) {
+                emit scanProgress(i);
+            }
+			
+			if(client.connect(QString(ipToks[0] + "." + ipToks[1] + "." + ipToks[2] + "." + QString::number(i)), 3185)) {
+				client.disconnect();
+				emit smpppdFound(ip);
+                if(range > 1) {
+                    emit scanFinished();
+                }
+                return true;
+			} 
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+			else {
+				kdDebug(14312) << k_funcinfo << "No smpppd found at " << QString(ipToks[0] + "." + ipToks[1] + "." + ipToks[2] + "." + QString::number(i)) << endl;
+			}
+#endif
+        }
+        if(range > 1) {
+            emit scanFinished();
+        }
+    }
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+#include "smpppdsearcher.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdsearcher.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdsearcher.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..af36637d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/smpppdsearcher.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+    smpppdsearcher.h
+ 
+    Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef SMPPPDSEARCHER_H
+#define SMPPPDSEARCHER_H
+
+#include <kresolver.h>
+
+class KProcess;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Searches a network for a smpppd
+ *
+ * @todo Use of the SLP to find the smpppd
+ * @author Heiko Sch&auml;fer <heiko@rangun.de>
+ */
+class SMPPPDSearcher : public QObject {
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+    SMPPPDSearcher(const SMPPPDSearcher&);
+    SMPPPDSearcher& operator=(const SMPPPDSearcher&);
+
+public:
+    /**
+     * @brief Creates an <code>SMPPPDSearcher</code> instance
+     */
+    SMPPPDSearcher();
+	
+    /**
+     * @brief Destroys an <code>SMPPPDSearcher</code> instance
+     */
+    ~SMPPPDSearcher();
+
+    /**
+     * @brief Triggers a network scan to find a smpppd
+	 * @see smpppdFound
+	 * @see smpppdNotFound
+     */
+    void searchNetwork();
+	
+	void cancelSearch();
+
+protected:
+    /**
+     * @brief Scans a network for a smpppd
+	 *
+	 * Scans a network for a smpppd described by
+	 * ip and mask.
+	 *
+     * @param ip   the ntwork ip
+     * @param mask the network mask
+     * @return <code>TRUE</code> if an smpppd was found
+     */
+    bool scan(const QString& ip, const QString& mask);
+
+signals:
+    /**
+     * @brief A smppd was found
+	 * 
+     * @param host the host there the smpppd was found
+     */
+    void smpppdFound(const QString& host);
+	
+    /**
+     * @brief No smpppd was found 
+     */
+    void smpppdNotFound();
+	
+	void scanStarted(uint total);
+	void scanProgress(uint cur);
+	void scanFinished();
+
+protected slots:
+    void slotStdoutReceivedIfconfig(KProcess * proc, char * buf, int len);
+    void slotStdoutReceivedNetstat (KProcess * proc, char * buf, int len);
+
+private:
+	bool m_cancelSearchNow;
+    KProcess * m_procIfconfig;
+    KProcess * m_procNetstat;
+};
+
+inline void SMPPPDSearcher::cancelSearch() {
+	m_cancelSearchNow = TRUE;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/unittest/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/unittest/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9694bff9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/unittest/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+INCLUDES = -I$(top_srcdir)/src $(all_includes) -I../libsmpppdclient
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
+
+check_PROGRAMS = smpppdcstests
+
+smpppdcstests_SOURCES = main.cpp clienttest.cpp
+smpppdcstests_LDFLAGS = $(KDE_RPATH) $(all_libraries)
+smpppdcstests_LDADD = ../libsmpppdclient/libsmpppdclient.la -lkunittestgui
+
+noinst_HEADERS = clienttest.h
+
+check:
+	kunittest ./smpppdcstests ClientTest
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/unittest/clienttest.cpp b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/unittest/clienttest.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5affd83c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/unittest/clienttest.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/*
+	clienttest.cpp
+ 
+	Copyright (c) 2006      by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+	Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+	*************************************************************************
+	*                                                                       *
+	* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+	* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+	* the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+	*                                                                       *
+	*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include "smpppdclient.h"
+
+#include "clienttest.h"
+
+ClientTest::ClientTest(const char * name)
+        : KUnitTest::SlotTester(name) {}
+
+ClientTest::~ClientTest() {}
+
+void ClientTest::testInitIsReady() {
+    SMPPPD::Client c;
+    CHECK(c.isReady(), false);
+}
+
+void ClientTest::testAfterConnectIsReady() {
+    SMPPPD::Client c;
+    if(c.connect("warwar", 3185)) {
+        CHECK(c.isReady(), true);
+    } else {
+        SKIP("Test skipped because no smpppd at warwar:3185");
+    }
+}
+
+void ClientTest::testConnect() {
+    SMPPPD::Client c;
+    CHECK(c.connect("warwar", 3185), true);
+    CHECK(c.connect("localhost", 3185), false);
+}
+
+void ClientTest::testCommunicationBeforeConnect() {
+    SMPPPD::Client c;
+    QStringList l = c.getInterfaceConfigurations();
+
+    CHECK(l.count() == 0, true);
+    CHECK(c.statusInterface("ifcfg0"), false);
+}
+
+void ClientTest::testServerIDBeforeConnect() {
+    SMPPPD::Client c;
+    CHECK(c.serverID(), QString::null);
+}
+
+void ClientTest::testServerVersionBeforeConnect() {
+    SMPPPD::Client c;
+    CHECK(c.serverVersion(), QString::null);
+}
+
+void ClientTest::testCommunicationAfterConnect() {
+    SMPPPD::Client c;
+    if(c.connect("warwar", 3185)) {
+        CHECK(c.getInterfaceConfigurations().count() > 0, true);
+    } else {
+        SKIP("Test skipped because no smpppd at warwar:3185");
+    }
+}
+
+void ClientTest::testServerIDAfterConnect() {
+    SMPPPD::Client c;
+    if(c.connect("warwar", 3185)) {
+        CHECK(c.serverID().isEmpty(), false);
+    } else {
+        SKIP("Test skipped because no smpppd at warwar:3185");
+    }
+}
+
+void ClientTest::testServerVersionAfterConnect() {
+    SMPPPD::Client c;
+    if(c.connect("warwar", 3185)) {
+        CHECK(c.serverVersion().isEmpty(), false);
+    } else {
+        SKIP("Test skipped because no smpppd at warwar:3185");
+    }
+}
+
+void ClientTest::testCommunicationAfterDisconnect() {
+    SMPPPD::Client c;
+    if(c.connect("warwar", 3185)) {
+        c.disconnect();
+        CHECK(c.getInterfaceConfigurations().count() == 0, true);
+    } else {
+        SKIP("Test skipped because no smpppd at warwar:3185");
+    }
+}
+
+void ClientTest::testServerIDAfterDisconnect() {
+    SMPPPD::Client c;
+    if(c.connect("warwar", 3185)) {
+        c.disconnect();
+        CHECK(c.serverID(), QString::null);
+    } else {
+        SKIP("Test skipped because no smpppd at warwar:3185");
+    }
+}
+
+void ClientTest::testServerVersionAfterDisconnect() {
+    SMPPPD::Client c;
+    if(c.connect("warwar", 3185)) {
+        c.disconnect();
+        CHECK(c.serverVersion(), QString::null);
+    } else {
+        SKIP("Test skipped because no smpppd at warwar:3185");
+    }
+}
+
+#include "clienttest.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/unittest/clienttest.h b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/unittest/clienttest.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5db7ef7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/unittest/clienttest.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+	clienttest.h
+ 
+	Copyright (c) 2006      by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+	Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+	*************************************************************************
+	*                                                                       *
+	* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+	* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+	* the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+	*                                                                       *
+	*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef CLIENTTEST_H
+#define CLIENTTEST_H
+
+#include <kunittest/tester.h>
+
+/**
+	@author Heiko Sch&auml;fer <heiko@rangun.de>
+*/
+class ClientTest : public KUnitTest::SlotTester {
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+    ClientTest(const ClientTest&);
+    ClientTest& operator=(const ClientTest&);
+
+public:
+    ClientTest(const char * name = 0);
+    virtual ~ClientTest();
+
+private slots:
+    void testInitIsReady();
+    void testAfterConnectIsReady();
+    void testConnect();
+    void testCommunicationBeforeConnect();
+    void testServerIDBeforeConnect();
+    void testServerVersionBeforeConnect();
+    void testCommunicationAfterConnect();
+    void testServerIDAfterConnect();
+    void testServerVersionAfterConnect();
+    void testCommunicationAfterDisconnect();
+    void testServerIDAfterDisconnect();
+    void testServerVersionAfterDisconnect();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/unittest/main.cpp b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/unittest/main.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec14489b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/smpppdcs/unittest/main.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+	main.cpp
+ 
+	Copyright (c) 2006      by Heiko Schaefer        <heiko@rangun.de>
+ 
+	Kopete    (c) 2002-2006 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+ 
+	*************************************************************************
+	*                                                                       *
+	* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+	* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+	* the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.               *
+	*                                                                       *
+	*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <kaboutdata.h>
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <kcmdlineargs.h>
+#include <kcmdlineargs.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kunittest/runnergui.h>
+
+#include "clienttest.h"
+
+static const char description[] = I18N_NOOP("SMPPPDClientTests");
+static const char version[] = "0.1";
+static KCmdLineOptions options[] = { KCmdLineLastOption };
+
+int main( int argc, char** argv ) {
+    KAboutData about("SMPPPDClientTests", I18N_NOOP("SMPPPDClientTests"), version, description,
+                     KAboutData::License_BSD, "(C) 2006 Heiko Schäfer", 0, 0, "heiko@rangun.de");
+
+    KCmdLineArgs::init(argc, argv, &about);
+    KCmdLineArgs::addCmdLineOptions(options);
+    KApplication app;
+
+    KUnitTest::Runner::registerTester("ClientTest", new ClientTest);
+
+    KUnitTest::RunnerGUI runner(0);
+    runner.show();
+    app.setMainWidget(&runner);
+
+    return app.exec();
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/statistics/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b6aa7812
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
+INCLUDES = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(all_includes)
+
+SUBDIRS = sqlite
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_statistics.la
+
+kopete_statistics_la_SOURCES = statisticsplugin.cpp statisticsdb.cpp statisticsdialog.cpp statisticswidget.ui statisticscontact.cpp statisticsdcopiface.skel
+
+kopete_statistics_la_LDFLAGS     = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_statistics_la_LIBADD      = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la sqlite/libsqlite.la
+
+service_DATA = kopete_statistics.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+mydatadir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete_statistics
+mydata_DATA = statisticsui.rc
+
+mydatadirimagesdir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete/pics/statistics
+mydatadirimages_DATA = images/blue.png images/navy.png images/black.png images/gray.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/TODO b/kopete/plugins/statistics/TODO
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dba76062
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/TODO
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* A database cleaner.

+ - If theyre are two Online status following themselves with small times betweens them (less than 1 minute ?), merge them.

+ 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/black.png b/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/black.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8344f01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/black.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/blue.png b/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/blue.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e58e283d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/blue.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/gray.png b/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/gray.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..49ba3af4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/gray.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/navy.png b/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/navy.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0038d5e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/images/navy.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/kopete_statistics.desktop b/kopete/plugins/statistics/kopete_statistics.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..239e5320
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/kopete_statistics.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+Icon=statistics
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_statistics
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Marc Cramdal
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=marc.cramdal@yahoo.fr
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_statistics
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.1
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://kopete.kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=false
+Name=Statistics
+Name[be]=Статыстыка
+Name[bg]=Статистика
+Name[bn]=পরিসংখ্যান
+Name[br]=Stadegoù
+Name[bs]=Statistike
+Name[ca]=Estadístiques
+Name[cs]=Statistika
+Name[cy]=Ystadegau
+Name[da]=Statistik
+Name[de]=Statistiken
+Name[el]=Στατιστικά
+Name[eo]=Statistikoj
+Name[es]=Estadísticas
+Name[et]=Statistika
+Name[eu]=Estatistikak
+Name[fa]=آمار
+Name[fi]=Tilastot
+Name[fr]=Statistiques
+Name[ga]=Staitistic
+Name[gl]=Estatísticas
+Name[he]=סטטיסטיקה
+Name[hu]=Statisztika
+Name[is]=Tölfræði
+Name[it]=Statistiche
+Name[ja]=統計
+Name[ka]=სტატისტიკა
+Name[kk]=Статистика
+Name[km]=ស្ថិតិ
+Name[lt]=Statistika
+Name[nb]=Statistikk
+Name[nds]=Statistik
+Name[ne]=तश्याङ्क
+Name[nl]=Statistieken
+Name[nn]=Statistikk
+Name[pa]=ਅੰਕੜੇ
+Name[pl]=Statystyki
+Name[pt]=Estatísticas
+Name[pt_BR]=Estatísticas
+Name[ro]=Statistici
+Name[ru]=Статистика
+Name[sk]=Štatistiky
+Name[sl]=Statistika
+Name[sr]=Статистика
+Name[sr@Latn]=Statistika
+Name[sv]=Statistik
+Name[tr]=İstatistlikler
+Name[uk]=Статистика
+Name[uz]=Statistika
+Name[uz@cyrillic]=Статистика
+Name[zh_CN]=统计
+Name[zh_HK]=統計
+Name[zh_TW]=統計
+Comment=Gather some meaningful statistics
+Comment[bg]=Приставка за обобщаваща статистика
+Comment[bn]=কিছু অর্থপূর্ণ পরিসংখ্যান সমবেত করে
+Comment[bs]=Prikuplja neke interesantne statistike
+Comment[ca]=Obté estadístiques
+Comment[cs]=Shromažďuje užitečné statistiky
+Comment[da]=Indsamling af noget meningsfuld statistik
+Comment[de]=Einige aussagekräftige Statistiken sammeln
+Comment[el]=Συλλογή μερικών σημαντικών στατιστικών
+Comment[es]=Recoge algunas estadí­sticas significativas
+Comment[et]=Veidi statistikat, millest võib kasu olla
+Comment[eu]=Estatistika esanguratsuak bildu
+Comment[fa]=جمع‌آوری بعضی از آمارهای با معنی
+Comment[fi]=Kerää hyödyllisiä tilastoja
+Comment[fr]=Récupération de quelques statistiques utiles
+Comment[he]=מלקט סטטיסטיקה בעלת משמעות
+Comment[hu]=Statisztikai adatok gyűjtése
+Comment[is]=Safna saman nokkrum gagnlegum tölfræði upplýsingum
+Comment[it]=Raccoglie delle statistiche significative
+Comment[ja]=有意義な統計データを収集します
+Comment[ka]=სტატისტიკის შეგროვება
+Comment[kk]=Кейбір маңызды статистиканы жинақтау
+Comment[km]=ប្រមែប្រមូល​ស្ថិតិ​សំខាន់ៗ​មួយ​ចំនួន
+Comment[lt]=Rinkti prasmingą statistiką
+Comment[nb]=Samle noen opplysninger med mening
+Comment[nds]=En poor sinnvulle Statistiken sammeln
+Comment[ne]=केही अर्थपूर्ण तश्याङ्क भेला गर्नुहोस्
+Comment[nl]=Verzamel wat betekenisvolle statistieken
+Comment[nn]=Samla nokre opplysningar med meining
+Comment[pl]=Zbieranie niektórych znaczących statystyk
+Comment[pt]=Recolher algumas estatísticas relevantes
+Comment[pt_BR]=Coleta estatísticas úteis
+Comment[ru]=Собрать некоторые статистические данные
+Comment[sk]=Zozbiera niektoré významné štatistiky
+Comment[sl]=Zbiranje uporabne statistike
+Comment[sr]=Сакупи нешто корисне статистике
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Sakupi nešto korisne statistike
+Comment[sv]=Samla in en del användbar statistik
+Comment[tr]=Anlamlı istatistlikler topla
+Comment[uk]=Зібрати деякі статистичні дані
+Comment[zh_CN]=收取更有意义的统计
+Comment[zh_HK]=收集一些有用的統計
+Comment[zh_TW]=收集一些有用的統計
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/kopetestatistics.kateproject b/kopete/plugins/statistics/kopetestatistics.kateproject
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e06ea21b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/kopetestatistics.kateproject
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+[Project Dir]
+Dirs=
+Files=statisticscontact.cpp/statisticscontact.h/statisticsdb.cpp/statisticsdb.h/statisticsdialog.cpp/statisticsdialog.h/statisticsplugin.cpp/statisticsplugin.h/statisticsui.rc/statisticswidget.cpp/statisticswidget.h/statisticswidget.ui/TODO/Makefile.am/kopete_statistics.template.html/kopete_statistics.css/kopete_statistics.desktop/statisticsdcopiface.h
+
+[Project File]
+Name=KopeteStatistics
+Type=Default
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f647c6d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+noinst_LTLIBRARIES = \
+    libsqlite.la
+
+KDE_CFLAGS = \
+    -w
+
+libsqlite_la_CFLAGS = \
+    $(all_includes) \
+    -DTHREADSAFE=1
+
+libsqlite_la_LDFLAGS = \
+    $(LIBPTHREAD)
+
+libsqlite_la_SOURCES = \
+    attach.c \
+    auth.c \
+    btree.c \
+    build.c \
+    date.c \
+    delete.c \
+    encode.c \
+    expr.c \
+    func.c \
+    hash.c \
+    insert.c \
+    legacy.c \
+    main.c \
+    opcodes.c \
+    os_mac.c \
+    os_unix.c \
+    os_win.c \
+    pager.c \
+    parse.c \
+    pragma.c \
+    printf.c \
+    random.c \
+    select.c \
+    shell.c \
+    table.c \
+    tokenize.c \
+    trigger.c \
+    update.c \
+    utf.c \
+    util.c \
+    vacuum.c \
+    vdbe.c \
+    vdbeapi.c \
+    vdbeaux.c \
+    vdbemem.c \
+    where.c
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/attach.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/attach.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f089986
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/attach.c
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser to process an ATTACH statement:
+**
+**     ATTACH DATABASE filename AS dbname
+**
+** The pFilename and pDbname arguments are the tokens that define the
+** filename and dbname in the ATTACH statement.
+*/
+void sqlite3Attach(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
+  Token *pFilename,    /* Name of database file */
+  Token *pDbname,      /* Name of the database to use internally */
+  int keyType,         /* 0: no key.  1: TEXT,  2: BLOB */
+  Token *pKey          /* Text of the key for keytype 1 and 2 */
+){
+  Db *aNew;
+  int rc, i;
+  char *zFile, *zName;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+  if( pParse->explain ) return;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->nDb>=MAX_ATTACHED+2 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many attached databases - max %d", 
+       MAX_ATTACHED);
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  zFile = sqlite3NameFromToken(pFilename);;
+  if( zFile==0 ) return;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, zFile, 0, 0)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqliteFree(zFile);
+    return;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pDbname);
+  if( zName==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
+    if( z && sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "database %z is already in use", zName);
+      pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      sqliteFree(zFile);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
+    aNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
+    memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
+  }else{
+    aNew = sqliteRealloc(db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
+  }
+  db->aDb = aNew;
+  aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb++];
+  memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
+  sqlite3HashInit(&aNew->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&aNew->idxHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&aNew->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&aNew->aFKey, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 1);
+  aNew->zName = zName;
+  aNew->safety_level = 3;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, MAX_PAGES, &aNew->pBt);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
+  }
+#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  {
+    extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, void*, int);
+    char *zKey;
+    int nKey;
+    if( keyType==0 ){
+      /* No key specified.  Use the key from the main database */
+      extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
+      sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
+    }else if( keyType==1 ){
+      /* Key specified as text */
+      zKey = sqlite3NameFromToken(pKey);
+      nKey = strlen(zKey);
+    }else{
+      /* Key specified as a BLOB */
+      char *zTemp;
+      assert( keyType==2 );
+      pKey->z++;
+      pKey->n--;
+      zTemp = sqlite3NameFromToken(pKey);
+      zKey = sqlite3HexToBlob(zTemp);
+      sqliteFree(zTemp);
+    }
+    sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+    if( keyType ){
+      sqliteFree(zKey);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  sqliteFree(zFile);
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Initialized;
+  if( pParse->nErr==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse);
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    int i = db->nDb - 1;
+    assert( i>=2 );
+    if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[i].pBt);
+      db->aDb[i].pBt = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+    if( 0==pParse->nErr ){
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser to process a DETACH statement:
+**
+**    DETACH DATABASE dbname
+**
+** The pDbname argument is the name of the database in the DETACH statement.
+*/
+void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Token *pDbname){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  Db *pDb = 0;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+  if( pParse->explain ) return;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 || pDb->zName==0 ) continue;
+    if( strlen(pDb->zName)!=pDbname->n ) continue;
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pDb->zName, pDbname->z, pDbname->n)==0 ) break;
+  }
+  if( i>=db->nDb ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such database: %T", pDbname);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( i<2 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot detach database %T", pDbname);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse,SQLITE_DETACH,db->aDb[i].zName,0,0)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
+  sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+  pDb->pBt = 0;
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a DbFixer structure.  This routine must be called prior
+** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
+**
+** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required.  TRUE
+** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not.
+*/
+int sqlite3FixInit(
+  DbFixer *pFix,      /* The fixer to be initialized */
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Error messages will be written here */
+  int iDb,            /* This is the database that must be used */
+  const char *zType,  /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
+  const Token *pName  /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( iDb<0 || iDb==1 ) return 0;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( db->nDb>iDb );
+  pFix->pParse = pParse;
+  pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  pFix->zType = zType;
+  pFix->pName = pName;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
+** a specific database to all table references where the database name
+** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement.  The pFix structure
+** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
+**
+** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
+** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
+** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
+** allowed to refer to anything.)  If a reference is explicitly made
+** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
+** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero.  If everything
+** checks out, these routines return 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3FixSrcList(
+  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
+  SrcList *pList       /* The Source list to check and modify */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zDb;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+
+  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  zDb = pFix->zDb;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){
+      pItem->zDatabase = sqliteStrDup(zDb);
+    }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
+         "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
+         pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+int sqlite3FixSelect(
+  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
+  Select *pSelect      /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pSelect ){
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+int sqlite3FixExpr(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pExpr ){
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->pSelect) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->pList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+int sqlite3FixExprList(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  ExprList *pList    /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pStep ){
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pStep = pStep->pNext;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/auth.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/auth.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b251eacf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/auth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/*
+** 2003 January 11
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
+** API.  This facility is an optional feature of the library.  Embedded
+** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
+** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
+** macro.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+
+/*
+** Set or clear the access authorization function.
+**
+** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
+** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
+** various fields of the database.  The first argument to the auth function
+** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine.  The second argument
+** to the auth function is one of these constants:
+**
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_DELETE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_INSERT
+**       SQLITE_PRAGMA
+**       SQLITE_READ
+**       SQLITE_SELECT
+**       SQLITE_TRANSACTION
+**       SQLITE_UPDATE
+**
+** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
+** the table and the column that are being accessed.  The auth function
+** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE.  If
+** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed.  SQLITE_DENY
+** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
+** will return with an error.  SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
+** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
+** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
+**
+** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook.  The default
+** setting of the auth function is NULL.
+*/
+int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  db->xAuth = xAuth;
+  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
+** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
+*/
+static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse, int rc){
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "illegal return value (%d) from the "
+    "authorization function - should be SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_IGNORE, "
+    "or SQLITE_DENY", rc);
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression.  The table referred to
+** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.  
+** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
+**
+** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN 
+** instruction into a TK_NULL.  If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
+** then generate an error.
+*/
+void sqlite3AuthRead(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
+  Expr *pExpr,          /* The expression to check authorization on */
+  SrcList *pTabList     /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int rc;
+  Table *pTab;          /* The table being read */
+  const char *zCol;     /* Name of the column of the table */
+  int iSrc;             /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
+  const char *zDBase;   /* Name of database being accessed */
+  TriggerStack *pStack; /* The stack of current triggers */
+
+  if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+  for(iSrc=0; iSrc<pTabList->nSrc; iSrc++){
+    if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ) break;
+  }
+  if( iSrc>=0 && iSrc<pTabList->nSrc ){
+    pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
+  }else if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){
+    /* This must be an attempt to read the NEW or OLD pseudo-tables
+    ** of a trigger.
+    */
+    assert( pExpr->iTable==pStack->newIdx || pExpr->iTable==pStack->oldIdx );
+    pTab = pStack->pTab;
+  }else{
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pTab==0 ) return;
+  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
+    assert( pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
+    zCol = pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName;
+  }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
+    assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
+    zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
+  }else{
+    zCol = "ROWID";
+  }
+  assert( pExpr->iDb<db->nDb );
+  zDBase = db->aDb[pExpr->iDb].zName;
+  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, pTab->zName, zCol, zDBase, 
+                 pParse->zAuthContext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+    pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    if( db->nDb>2 || pExpr->iDb!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited", 
+         zDBase, pTab->zName, zCol);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited",pTab->zName,zCol);
+    }
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given.  Return
+** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY.  If SQLITE_DENY
+** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
+** modified appropriately.
+*/
+int sqlite3AuthCheck(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  int code,
+  const char *zArg1,
+  const char *zArg2,
+  const char *zArg3
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising. */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
+    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Push an authorization context.  After this routine is called, the
+** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
+** popped.  Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  AuthContext *pContext, 
+  const char *zContext
+){
+  pContext->pParse = pParse;
+  if( pParse ){
+    pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+    pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
+** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
+*/
+void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
+  if( pContext->pParse ){
+    pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
+    pContext->pParse = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/btree.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/btree.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fe8754e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/btree.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4462 @@
+/*
+** 2004 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** $Id$
+**
+** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
+**
+**     Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
+**     "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
+**     Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
+**
+** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
+** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
+**
+**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**   |  Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N) | Ptr(N+1) |
+**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
+** than Key(0).  All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
+** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1).  All of the keys
+** on Ptr(N+1) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N).  And
+** so forth.
+**
+** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the 
+** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
+**
+** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate 
+** BTrees.  Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page.  The
+** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload".  A
+** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
+** page.  If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
+** bytes are stored on overflow pages.  The payload for an entry
+** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell".  Each 
+** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N+1) pointer and other
+** information such as the size of key and data.
+**
+** FORMAT DETAILS
+**
+** The file is divided into pages.  The first page is called page 1,
+** the second is page 2, and so forth.  A page number of zero indicates
+** "no such page".  The page size can be anything between 512 and 65536.
+** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page or an overflow
+** page.
+**
+** The first page is always a btree page.  The first 100 bytes of the first
+** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
+** The format of the file header is as follows:
+**
+**   OFFSET   SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      0      16     Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
+**     16       2     Page size in bytes.  
+**     18       1     File format write version
+**     19       1     File format read version
+**     20       1     Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
+**     21       1     Max embedded payload fraction
+**     22       1     Min embedded payload fraction
+**     23       1     Min leaf payload fraction
+**     24       4     File change counter
+**     28       4     Reserved for future use
+**     32       4     First freelist page
+**     36       4     Number of freelist pages in the file
+**     40      60     15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
+**
+** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
+**
+** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed more
+** than once within the same second.  This counter, together with the
+** modification time of the file, allows other processes to know
+** when the file has changed and thus when they need to flush their
+** cache.
+**
+** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
+** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
+** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables.  A value of 255 means 100%.  The default
+** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
+** on one page.  Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
+**
+** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
+** payload is spilled to overflow pages.  Once an overflow page is allocated,
+** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
+** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
+**
+** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
+** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree.  The maximum
+** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
+** not specified in the header.
+**
+** Each btree pages is divided into three sections:  The header, the
+** cell pointer array, and the cell area area.  Page 1 also has a 100-byte
+** file header that occurs before the page header.
+**
+**      |----------------|
+**      | file header    |   100 bytes.  Page 1 only.
+**      |----------------|
+**      | page header    |   8 bytes for leaves.  12 bytes for interior nodes
+**      |----------------|
+**      | cell pointer   |   |  2 bytes per cell.  Sorted order.
+**      | array          |   |  Grows downward
+**      |                |   v
+**      |----------------|
+**      | unallocated    |
+**      | space          |
+**      |----------------|   ^  Grows upwards
+**      | cell content   |   |  Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
+**      | area           |   |  and free space fragments.
+**      |----------------|
+**
+** The page headers looks like this:
+**
+**   OFFSET   SIZE     DESCRIPTION
+**      0       1      Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
+**      1       2      byte offset to the first freeblock
+**      3       2      number of cells on this page
+**      5       2      first byte of the cell content area
+**      7       1      number of fragmented free bytes
+**      8       4      Right child (the Ptr(N+1) value).  Omitted on leaves.
+**
+** The flags define the format of this btree page.  The leaf flag means that
+** this page has no children.  The zerodata flag means that this page carries
+** only keys and no data.  The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
+** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
+** the payload area.
+**
+** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
+** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
+** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
+** content area.  The cell pointers occur in sorted order.  The system strives
+** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
+** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
+**
+** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
+** beginning of the page.
+**
+** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
+** freeblocks.  Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size.  The byte offset
+** to the first freeblock is given in the header.  Freeblocks occur in
+** increasing order.  Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
+** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
+** exist on the freeblock chain.  A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
+** a fragment.  The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
+** in the page header at offset 7.
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      2     Byte offset of the next freeblock
+**      2     Bytes in this freeblock
+**
+** Cells are of variable length.  Cells are stored in the cell content area at
+** the end of the page.  Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
+** that immediately follows the page header.  Cells is not necessarily
+** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
+**
+** Cell content makes use of variable length integers.  A variable
+** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each 
+** byte are used.  The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
+** the first byte with bit 8 clear.  The most significant byte of the integer
+** appears first.  A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
+** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data.  This
+** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
+**
+**    0x00                      becomes  0x00000000
+**    0x7f                      becomes  0x0000007f
+**    0x81 0x00                 becomes  0x00000080
+**    0x82 0x00                 becomes  0x00000100
+**    0x80 0x7f                 becomes  0x0000007f
+**    0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78  becomes  0x12345678
+**    0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01  becomes  0x10204081
+**
+** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
+** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
+**
+** The content of a cell looks like this:
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
+**     var    Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
+**     var    Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
+**      *     Payload
+**      4     First page of the overflow chain.  Omitted if no overflow
+**
+** Overflow pages form a linked list.  Each page except the last is completely
+** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes).  The last page can have as little
+** as 1 byte of data.
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of next overflow page
+**      *     Data
+**
+** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages.  The
+** file header points to first in a linked list of trunk page.  Each trunk
+** page points to multiple leaf pages.  The content of a leaf page is
+** unspecified.  A trunk page looks like this:
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of next trunk page
+**      4     Number of leaf pointers on this page
+**      *     zero or more pages numbers of leaves
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "pager.h"
+#include "btree.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+
+
+/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
+** size give above.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)  (pBt->pageSize-8)
+
+/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database.  This
+** assumes a minimum cell size of 3 bytes.  Such small cells will be
+** exceedingly rare, but they are possible.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/3)
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
+
+/*
+** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
+**                                  123456789 123456 */
+static const char zMagicHeader[] = "SQLite format 3";
+
+/*
+** Page type flags.  An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
+** first byte of every BTree page.
+*/
+#define PTF_INTKEY    0x01
+#define PTF_ZERODATA  0x02
+#define PTF_LEAFDATA  0x04
+#define PTF_LEAF      0x08
+
+/*
+** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
+** structure is appended and initialized to zero.  This structure stores
+** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
+**
+** The pParent field points back to the parent page.  This allows us to
+** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root.  Care must be taken to
+** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
+** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
+*/
+struct MemPage {
+  u8 isInit;           /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
+  u8 idxShift;         /* True if Cell indices have changed */
+  u8 nOverflow;        /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
+  u8 intKey;           /* True if intkey flag is set */
+  u8 leaf;             /* True if leaf flag is set */
+  u8 zeroData;         /* True if table stores keys only */
+  u8 leafData;         /* True if tables stores data on leaves only */
+  u8 hasData;          /* True if this page stores data */
+  u8 hdrOffset;        /* 100 for page 1.  0 otherwise */
+  u8 childPtrSize;     /* 0 if leaf==1.  4 if leaf==0 */
+  u16 maxLocal;        /* Copy of Btree.maxLocal or Btree.maxLeaf */
+  u16 minLocal;        /* Copy of Btree.minLocal or Btree.minLeaf */
+  u16 cellOffset;      /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
+  u16 idxParent;       /* Index in parent of this node */
+  u16 nFree;           /* Number of free bytes on the page */
+  u16 nCell;           /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
+  struct _OvflCell {   /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */
+    u8 *pCell;           /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */
+    u16 idx;             /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */
+  } aOvfl[5];
+  struct Btree *pBt;   /* Pointer back to BTree structure */
+  u8 *aData;           /* Pointer back to the start of the page */
+  Pgno pgno;           /* Page number for this page */
+  MemPage *pParent;    /* The parent of this page.  NULL for root */
+};
+
+/*
+** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
+** to the end.  EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
+** that extra information.
+*/
+#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
+
+/*
+** Everything we need to know about an open database
+*/
+struct Btree {
+  Pager *pPager;        /* The page cache */
+  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* A list of all open cursors */
+  MemPage *pPage1;      /* First page of the database */
+  u8 inTrans;           /* True if a transaction is in progress */
+  u8 inStmt;            /* True if we are in a statement subtransaction */
+  u8 readOnly;          /* True if the underlying file is readonly */
+  u8 maxEmbedFrac;      /* Maximum payload as % of total page size */
+  u8 minEmbedFrac;      /* Minimum payload as % of total page size */
+  u8 minLeafFrac;       /* Minimum leaf payload as % of total page size */
+  u8 pageSizeFixed;     /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */
+  u16 pageSize;         /* Total number of bytes on a page */
+  u16 usableSize;       /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
+  int maxLocal;         /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+  int minLocal;         /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+  int maxLeaf;          /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+  int minLeaf;          /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+};
+typedef Btree Bt;
+
+/*
+** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
+*/
+#define TRANS_NONE  0
+#define TRANS_READ  1
+#define TRANS_WRITE 2
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
+** about a cell.  The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
+** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
+*/
+typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
+struct CellInfo {
+  u8 *pCell;     /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
+  i64 nKey;      /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
+  u32 nData;     /* Number of bytes of data */
+  u16 nHeader;   /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
+  u16 nLocal;    /* Amount of payload held locally */
+  u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number.  Zero if no overflow */
+  u16 nSize;     /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
+};
+
+/*
+** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry in the BTree.
+** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
+** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
+*/
+struct BtCursor {
+  Btree *pBt;               /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
+  BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
+  int (*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*); /* Key comp func */
+  void *pArg;               /* First arg to xCompare() */
+  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
+  MemPage *pPage;           /* Page that contains the entry */
+  int idx;                  /* Index of the entry in pPage->aCell[] */
+  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
+  u8 wrFlag;                /* True if writable */
+  u8 isValid;               /* TRUE if points to a valid entry */
+  u8 status;                /* Set to SQLITE_ABORT if cursors is invalidated */
+};
+
+/*
+** Forward declaration
+*/
+static int checkReadLocks(Btree*,Pgno,BtCursor*);
+
+
+/*
+** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
+*/
+static u32 get2byte(unsigned char *p){
+  return (p[0]<<8) | p[1];
+}
+static u32 get4byte(unsigned char *p){
+  return (p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
+}
+static void put2byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
+  p[0] = v>>8;
+  p[1] = v;
+}
+static void put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
+  p[0] = v>>24;
+  p[1] = v>>16;
+  p[2] = v>>8;
+  p[3] = v;
+}
+
+/*
+** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
+** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
+** file.
+*/
+#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
+#define getVarint32  sqlite3GetVarint32
+#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint
+
+/*
+** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
+** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
+** to the cell content.
+**
+** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
+*/
+static u8 *findCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+  u8 *data = pPage->aData;
+  assert( iCell>=0 );
+  assert( iCell<get2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3]) );
+  return data + get2byte(&data[pPage->cellOffset+2*iCell]);
+}
+
+/*
+** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for
+** pages that do contain overflow cells.  See insert
+*/
+static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+  int i;
+  for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
+    int k;
+    struct _OvflCell *pOvfl;
+    pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i];
+    k = pOvfl->idx;
+    if( k<=iCell ){
+      if( k==iCell ){
+        return pOvfl->pCell;
+      }
+      iCell--;
+    }
+  }
+  return findCell(pPage, iCell);
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure.  There
+** are two versions of this function.  parseCell() takes a cell index
+** as the second argument and parseCellPtr() takes a pointer to the
+** body of the cell as its second argument.
+*/
+static void parseCellPtr(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  int n;                  /* Number bytes in cell content header */
+  u32 nPayload;           /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
+
+  pInfo->pCell = pCell;
+  assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
+  n = pPage->childPtrSize;
+  assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
+  if( pPage->hasData ){
+    n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], &nPayload);
+  }else{
+    nPayload = 0;
+  }
+  n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64 *)&pInfo->nKey);
+  pInfo->nHeader = n;
+  pInfo->nData = nPayload;
+  if( !pPage->intKey ){
+    nPayload += pInfo->nKey;
+  }
+  if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
+    /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
+    ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
+    */
+    int nSize;          /* Total size of cell content in bytes */
+    pInfo->nLocal = nPayload;
+    pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
+    nSize = nPayload + n;
+    if( nSize<4 ){
+      nSize = 4;        /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+    }
+    pInfo->nSize = nSize;
+  }else{
+    /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
+    ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
+    ** overflow pages.  The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
+    ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
+    ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
+    **
+    ** Warning:  changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
+    ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
+    */
+    int minLocal;  /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
+    int maxLocal;  /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
+    int surplus;   /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
+
+    minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
+    maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
+    surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+    if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
+      pInfo->nLocal = surplus;
+    }else{
+      pInfo->nLocal = minLocal;
+    }
+    pInfo->iOverflow = pInfo->nLocal + n;
+    pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
+  }
+}
+static void parseCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  int iCell,              /* The cell index.  First cell is 0 */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  parseCellPtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell), pInfo);
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
+** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
+** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
+** the space used by the cell pointer.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static int cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+  CellInfo info;
+  parseCell(pPage, iCell, &info);
+  return info.nSize;
+}
+#endif
+static int cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
+  CellInfo info;
+  parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  return info.nSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Do sanity checking on a page.  Throw an exception if anything is
+** not right.
+**
+** This routine is used for internal error checking only.  It is omitted
+** from most builds.
+*/
+#if defined(BTREE_DEBUG) && !defined(NDEBUG) && 0
+static void _pageIntegrity(MemPage *pPage){
+  int usableSize;
+  u8 *data;
+  int i, j, idx, c, pc, hdr, nFree;
+  int cellOffset;
+  int nCell, cellLimit;
+  u8 *used;
+
+  used = sqliteMallocRaw( pPage->pBt->pageSize );
+  if( used==0 ) return;
+  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+  assert( pPage->aData==&((unsigned char*)pPage)[-pPage->pBt->pageSize] );
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  assert( hdr==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
+  assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage->aData) );
+  c = pPage->aData[hdr];
+  if( pPage->isInit ){
+    assert( pPage->leaf == ((c & PTF_LEAF)!=0) );
+    assert( pPage->zeroData == ((c & PTF_ZERODATA)!=0) );
+    assert( pPage->leafData == ((c & PTF_LEAFDATA)!=0) );
+    assert( pPage->intKey == ((c & (PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA))!=0) );
+    assert( pPage->hasData ==
+             !(pPage->zeroData || (!pPage->leaf && pPage->leafData)) );
+    assert( pPage->cellOffset==pPage->hdrOffset+12-4*pPage->leaf );
+    assert( pPage->nCell = get2byte(&pPage->aData[hdr+3]) );
+  }
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  memset(used, 0, usableSize);
+  for(i=0; i<hdr+10-pPage->leaf*4; i++) used[i] = 1;
+  nFree = 0;
+  pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+  while( pc ){
+    int size;
+    assert( pc>0 && pc<usableSize-4 );
+    size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+    assert( pc+size<=usableSize );
+    nFree += size;
+    for(i=pc; i<pc+size; i++){
+      assert( used[i]==0 );
+      used[i] = 1;
+    }
+    pc = get2byte(&data[pc]);
+  }
+  idx = 0;
+  nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+  cellLimit = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  assert( pPage->isInit==0 
+         || pPage->nFree==nFree+data[hdr+7]+cellLimit-(cellOffset+2*nCell) );
+  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    int size;
+    pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+2*i]);
+    assert( pc>0 && pc<usableSize-4 );
+    size = cellSize(pPage, &data[pc]);
+    assert( pc+size<=usableSize );
+    for(j=pc; j<pc+size; j++){
+      assert( used[j]==0 );
+      used[j] = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=cellOffset+2*nCell; i<cellimit; i++){
+    assert( used[i]==0 );
+    used[i] = 1;
+  }
+  nFree = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<usableSize; i++){
+    assert( used[i]<=1 );
+    if( used[i]==0 ) nFree++;
+  }
+  assert( nFree==data[hdr+7] );
+  sqliteFree(used);
+}
+#define pageIntegrity(X) _pageIntegrity(X)
+#else
+# define pageIntegrity(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Defragment the page given.  All Cells are moved to the
+** beginning of the page and all free space is collected 
+** into one big FreeBlk at the end of the page.
+*/
+static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
+  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
+  int pc;                    /* Address of a i-th cell */
+  int addr;                  /* Offset of first byte after cell pointer array */
+  int hdr;                   /* Offset to the page header */
+  int size;                  /* Size of a cell */
+  int usableSize;            /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
+  int cellOffset;            /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
+  int brk;                   /* Offset to the cell content area */
+  int nCell;                 /* Number of cells on the page */
+  unsigned char *data;       /* The page data */
+  unsigned char *temp;       /* Temp area for cell content */
+
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pPage->aData) );
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  temp = sqliteMalloc( pPage->pBt->pageSize );
+  if( temp==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+  nCell = pPage->nCell;
+  assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
+  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+  brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  memcpy(&temp[brk], &data[brk], usableSize - brk);
+  brk = usableSize;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    u8 *pAddr;     /* The i-th cell pointer */
+    pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
+    pc = get2byte(pAddr);
+    assert( pc<pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+    size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
+    brk -= size;
+    memcpy(&data[brk], &temp[pc], size);
+    put2byte(pAddr, brk);
+  }
+  assert( brk>=cellOffset+2*nCell );
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], brk);
+  data[hdr+1] = 0;
+  data[hdr+2] = 0;
+  data[hdr+7] = 0;
+  addr = cellOffset+2*nCell;
+  memset(&data[addr], 0, brk-addr);
+  sqliteFree(temp);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of space on a page.
+**
+** Return the index into pPage->aData[] of the first byte of
+** the new allocation. Or return 0 if there is not enough free
+** space on the page to satisfy the allocation request.
+**
+** If the page contains nBytes of free space but does not contain
+** nBytes of contiguous free space, then this routine automatically
+** calls defragementPage() to consolidate all free space before 
+** allocating the new chunk.
+*/
+static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte){
+  int addr, pc, hdr;
+  int size;
+  int nFrag;
+  int top;
+  int nCell;
+  int cellOffset;
+  unsigned char *data;
+  
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(data) );
+  assert( pPage->pBt );
+  if( nByte<4 ) nByte = 4;
+  if( pPage->nFree<nByte || pPage->nOverflow>0 ) return 0;
+  pPage->nFree -= nByte;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+
+  nFrag = data[hdr+7];
+  if( nFrag<60 ){
+    /* Search the freelist looking for a slot big enough to satisfy the
+    ** space request. */
+    addr = hdr+1;
+    while( (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
+      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+      if( size>=nByte ){
+        if( size<nByte+4 ){
+          memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
+          data[hdr+7] = nFrag + size - nByte;
+          return pc;
+        }else{
+          put2byte(&data[pc+2], size-nByte);
+          return pc + size - nByte;
+        }
+      }
+      addr = pc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
+  ** and the cell content area.
+  */
+  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+  if( nFrag>=60 || cellOffset + 2*nCell > top - nByte ){
+    if( defragmentPage(pPage) ) return 0;
+    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  }
+  top -= nByte;
+  assert( cellOffset + 2*nCell <= top );
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
+  return top;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
+** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
+** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
+**
+** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
+** free blocks into a single big free block.
+*/
+static void freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
+  int addr, pbegin, hdr;
+  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(data) );
+  assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+(pPage->leaf?0:4) );
+  assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  if( size<4 ) size = 4;
+
+  /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks */
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  addr = hdr + 1;
+  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){
+    assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
+    assert( pbegin>addr );
+    addr = pbegin;
+  }
+  assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
+  assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
+  put2byte(&data[addr], start);
+  put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
+  put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
+  pPage->nFree += size;
+
+  /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
+  addr = pPage->hdrOffset + 1;
+  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
+    int pnext, psize;
+    assert( pbegin>addr );
+    assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
+    pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
+    psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
+    if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
+      int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
+      assert( frag<=data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] );
+      data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] -= frag;
+      put2byte(&data[pbegin], get2byte(&data[pnext]));
+      put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], pnext+get2byte(&data[pnext+2])-pbegin);
+    }else{
+      addr = pbegin;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
+  if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
+    int top;
+    pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+    memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
+    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
+** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
+*/
+static void decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
+  Btree *pBt;     /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
+
+  assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
+  pPage->intKey = (flagByte & (PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA))!=0;
+  pPage->zeroData = (flagByte & PTF_ZERODATA)!=0;
+  pPage->leaf = (flagByte & PTF_LEAF)!=0;
+  pPage->childPtrSize = 4*(pPage->leaf==0);
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  if( flagByte & PTF_LEAFDATA ){
+    pPage->leafData = 1;
+    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
+    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
+  }else{
+    pPage->leafData = 0;
+    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
+    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
+  }
+  pPage->hasData = !(pPage->zeroData || (!pPage->leaf && pPage->leafData));
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
+**
+** The pParent parameter must be a pointer to the MemPage which
+** is the parent of the page being initialized.  The root of a
+** BTree has no parent and so for that page, pParent==NULL.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If we see that the page does
+** not contain a well-formed database page, then return 
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT.  Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
+** guarantee that the page is well-formed.  It only shows that
+** we failed to detect any corruption.
+*/
+static int initPage(
+  MemPage *pPage,        /* The page to be initialized */
+  MemPage *pParent       /* The parent.  Might be NULL */
+){
+  int pc;            /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+  int hdr;           /* Offset to beginning of page header */
+  u8 *data;          /* Equal to pPage->aData */
+  Btree *pBt;        /* The main btree structure */
+  int usableSize;    /* Amount of usable space on each page */
+  int cellOffset;    /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
+  int nFree;         /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
+  int top;           /* First byte of the cell content area */
+
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  assert( pBt!=0 );
+  assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pBt==pBt );
+  assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage->aData) );
+  assert( pPage->aData == &((unsigned char*)pPage)[-pBt->pageSize] );
+  if( pPage->pParent!=pParent && (pPage->pParent!=0 || pPage->isInit) ){
+    /* The parent page should never change unless the file is corrupt */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+  if( pPage->isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPage->pParent==0 && pParent!=0 ){
+    pPage->pParent = pParent;
+    sqlite3pager_ref(pParent->aData);
+  }
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]);
+  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+  pPage->idxShift = 0;
+  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+  pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+  if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
+    /* To many cells for a single page.  The page must be corrupt */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+  if( pPage->nCell==0 && pParent!=0 && pParent->pgno!=1 ){
+    /* All pages must have at least one cell, except for root pages */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the total free space on the page */
+  pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+  nFree = data[hdr+7] + top - (cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell);
+  i = 0;
+  while( pc>0 ){
+    int next, size;
+    if( pc>usableSize-4 ){
+      /* Free block is off the page */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+    }
+    if( i++>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE/4 ){
+      /* The free block list forms an infinite loop */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+    }
+    next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
+    size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+    if( next>0 && next<=pc+size+3 ){
+      /* Free blocks must be in accending order */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+    }
+    nFree += size;
+    pc = next;
+  }
+  pPage->nFree = nFree;
+  if( nFree>=usableSize ){
+    /* Free space cannot exceed total page size */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+
+  pPage->isInit = 1;
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
+** no entries.
+*/
+static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
+  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+  Btree *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  int first;
+
+  assert( sqlite3pager_pagenumber(data)==pPage->pgno );
+  assert( &data[pBt->pageSize] == (unsigned char*)pPage );
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(data) );
+  memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);
+  data[hdr] = flags;
+  first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0);
+  memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
+  data[hdr+7] = 0;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
+  pPage->nFree = pBt->usableSize - first;
+  decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
+  pPage->hdrOffset = hdr;
+  pPage->cellOffset = first;
+  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+  pPage->idxShift = 0;
+  pPage->nCell = 0;
+  pPage->isInit = 1;
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a page from the pager.  Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+*/
+static int getPage(Btree *pBt, Pgno pgno, MemPage **ppPage){
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char *aData;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBt->pPager, pgno, (void**)&aData);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  pPage = (MemPage*)&aData[pBt->pageSize];
+  pPage->aData = aData;
+  pPage->pBt = pBt;
+  pPage->pgno = pgno;
+  pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
+  *ppPage = pPage;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.  This routine
+** is just a convenience wrapper around separate calls to
+** getPage() and initPage().
+*/
+static int getAndInitPage(
+  Btree *pBt,          /* The database file */
+  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to get */
+  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Write the page pointer here */
+  MemPage *pParent     /* Parent of the page */
+){
+  int rc;
+  if( pgno==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+  rc = getPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){
+    rc = initPage(*ppPage, pParent);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a MemPage.  This should be called once for each prior
+** call to getPage.
+*/
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
+  if( pPage ){
+    assert( pPage->aData );
+    assert( pPage->pBt );
+    assert( &pPage->aData[pPage->pBt->pageSize]==(unsigned char*)pPage );
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pPage->aData);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when the reference count for a page
+** reaches zero.  We need to unref the pParent pointer when that
+** happens.
+*/
+static void pageDestructor(void *pData, int pageSize){
+  MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)&((char*)pData)[pageSize];
+  if( pPage->pParent ){
+    MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent;
+    pPage->pParent = 0;
+    releasePage(pParent);
+  }
+  pPage->isInit = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
+** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
+** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
+**
+** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
+** page to agree with the restored data.
+*/
+static void pageReinit(void *pData, int pageSize){
+  MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)&((char*)pData)[pageSize];
+  if( pPage->isInit ){
+    pPage->isInit = 0;
+    initPage(pPage, pPage->pParent);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a database file.
+** 
+** zFilename is the name of the database file.  If zFilename is NULL
+** a new database with a random name is created.  This randomly named
+** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
+  Btree **ppBtree,        /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
+  int flags               /* Options */
+){
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int rc;
+  int nReserve;
+  unsigned char zDbHeader[100];
+
+  /*
+  ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
+  ** the right size.  This is to guard against size changes that result
+  ** when compiling on a different architecture.
+  */
+  assert( sizeof(i64)==8 );
+  assert( sizeof(u64)==8 );
+  assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
+  assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
+  assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
+  assert( sizeof(ptr)==sizeof(char*) );
+  assert( sizeof(uptr)==sizeof(ptr) );
+
+  pBt = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pBt) );
+  if( pBt==0 ){
+    *ppBtree = 0;
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3pager_open(&pBt->pPager, zFilename, EXTRA_SIZE,
+                        (flags & BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pBt->pPager ) sqlite3pager_close(pBt->pPager);
+    sqliteFree(pBt);
+    *ppBtree = 0;
+    return rc;
+  }
+  sqlite3pager_set_destructor(pBt->pPager, pageDestructor);
+  sqlite3pager_set_reiniter(pBt->pPager, pageReinit);
+  pBt->pCursor = 0;
+  pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+  pBt->readOnly = sqlite3pager_isreadonly(pBt->pPager);
+  sqlite3pager_read_fileheader(pBt->pPager, sizeof(zDbHeader), zDbHeader);
+  pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]);
+  if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ){
+    pBt->pageSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
+    pBt->maxEmbedFrac = 64;   /* 25% */
+    pBt->minEmbedFrac = 32;   /* 12.5% */
+    pBt->minLeafFrac = 32;    /* 12.5% */
+    nReserve = 0;
+  }else{
+    nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
+    pBt->maxEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[21];
+    pBt->minEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[22];
+    pBt->minLeafFrac = zDbHeader[23];
+    pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
+  }
+  pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
+  sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(pBt->pPager, pBt->pageSize);
+  *ppBtree = pBt;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *pBt){
+  while( pBt->pCursor ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pBt->pCursor);
+  }
+  sqlite3pager_close(pBt->pPager);
+  sqliteFree(pBt);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the busy handler callback function.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree *pBt, BusyHandler *pHandler){
+  sqlite3pager_set_busyhandler(pBt->pPager, pHandler);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
+**
+** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
+** value of mxPage.  If mxPage is negative, the pager will
+** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
+** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
+** continuing.  Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
+** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
+** crashes.  But if the operating system crashes or there is
+** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
+** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
+** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
+** normally a worry.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *pBt, int mxPage){
+  sqlite3pager_set_cachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
+** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
+** failures.  Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
+** there is a high probability of damage)  Level 2 is the default.  There
+** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage.  Level 3 reduces the
+** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *pBt, int level){
+  sqlite3pager_set_safety_level(pBt->pPager, level);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *pBt, int pageSize, int nReserve){
+  if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+  if( nReserve<0 ){
+    nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
+  }
+  if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ){
+    pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
+    sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(pBt->pPager, pageSize);
+  }
+  pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the currently defined page size
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *pBt){
+  return pBt->pageSize;
+}
+int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *pBt){
+  return pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file.  This will
+** also acquire a readlock on that file.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  If the file is not a
+** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
+** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked.  SQLITE_NOMEM
+** is returned if we run out of memory.  SQLITE_PROTOCOL is returned
+** if there is a locking protocol violation.
+*/
+static int lockBtree(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+  if( pBt->pPage1 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  rc = getPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  
+
+  /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
+  ** a valid database file. 
+  */
+  rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
+  if( sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ){
+    u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
+    if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    if( page1[18]>1 || page1[19]>1 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]);
+    pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - page1[20];
+    if( pBt->usableSize<500 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    pBt->maxEmbedFrac = page1[21];
+    pBt->minEmbedFrac = page1[22];
+    pBt->minLeafFrac = page1[23];
+  }
+
+  /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
+  ** a cell.  Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
+  ** cells can will fit on one page.  We assume a 10-byte page header.
+  ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
+  **     2-byte pointer to the cell
+  **     4-byte child pointer
+  **     9-byte nKey value
+  **     4-byte nData value
+  **     4-byte overflow page pointer
+  ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as
+  ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
+  ** page pointer.
+  */
+  pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->maxEmbedFrac/255 - 23;
+  pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minEmbedFrac/255 - 23;
+  pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35;
+  pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minLeafFrac/255 - 23;
+  if( pBt->minLocal>pBt->maxLocal || pBt->maxLocal<0 ){
+    goto page1_init_failed;
+  }
+  assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+page1_init_failed:
+  releasePage(pPage1);
+  pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
+** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
+** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which 
+** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
+**
+** If there are any outstanding cursors, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(Btree *pBt){
+  if( pBt->inTrans==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pCursor==0 && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
+    if( pBt->pPage1->aData==0 ){
+      MemPage *pPage = pBt->pPage1;
+      pPage->aData = &((char*)pPage)[-pBt->pageSize];
+      pPage->pBt = pBt;
+      pPage->pgno = 1;
+    }
+    releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
+    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+    pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new database by initializing the first page of the
+** file.
+*/
+static int newDatabase(Btree *pBt){
+  MemPage *pP1;
+  unsigned char *data;
+  int rc;
+  if( sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  assert( pP1!=0 );
+  data = pP1->aData;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(data);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
+  assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
+  put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize);
+  data[18] = 1;
+  data[19] = 1;
+  data[20] = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
+  data[21] = pBt->maxEmbedFrac;
+  data[22] = pBt->minEmbedFrac;
+  data[23] = pBt->minLeafFrac;
+  memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
+  zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
+  pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
+** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
+** transaction.  If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
+** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
+** to access the database.  A preexisting transaction may not be
+** upgrade to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
+** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
+**
+** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any 
+** changes to the database.  None of the following routines 
+** will work unless a transaction is started first:
+**
+**      sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
+**      sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeInsert()
+**      sqlite3BtreeDelete()
+**      sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
+**
+** If wrflag is true, then nMaster specifies the maximum length of
+** a master journal file name supplied later via sqlite3BtreeSync().
+** This is so that appropriate space can be allocated in the journal file
+** when it is created..
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *pBt, int wrflag){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
+  ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
+  ** is requested, this is a no-op.
+  */
+  if( pBt->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || 
+      (pBt->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+
+  if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
+    rc = lockBtree(pBt);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_begin(pBt->pPage1->aData, wrflag>1);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pBt->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
+    if( wrflag ) pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  }else{
+    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pBt->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_commit(pBt->pPager);
+  }
+  pBt->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+  pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use
+** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
+** defined.
+*/
+static int countWriteCursors(Btree *pBt){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int r = 0;
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    if( pCur->wrFlag ) r++;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/*
+** Invalidate all cursors
+*/
+static void invalidateCursors(Btree *pBt){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+    if( pPage /* && !pPage->isInit */ ){
+      pageIntegrity(pPage);
+      releasePage(pPage);
+      pCur->pPage = 0;
+      pCur->isValid = 0;
+      pCur->status = SQLITE_ABORT;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Print debugging information about all cursors to standard output.
+*/
+void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree *pBt){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+    char *zMode = pCur->wrFlag ? "rw" : "ro";
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("CURSOR %p rooted at %4d(%s) currently at %d.%d%s\n",
+       pCur, pCur->pgnoRoot, zMode,
+       pPage ? pPage->pgno : 0, pCur->idx,
+       pCur->isValid ? "" : " eof"
+    );
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Rollback the transaction in progress.  All cursors will be
+** invalided by this operation.  Any attempt to use a cursor
+** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
+** in an error.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+  if( pBt->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_rollback(pBt->pPager);
+    /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value.  So
+    ** call getPage() on page 1 again to make sure pPage1->aData is
+    ** set correctly. */
+    if( getPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1)==SQLITE_OK ){
+      releasePage(pPage1);
+    }
+    assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
+  }
+  pBt->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+  pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Start a statement subtransaction.  The subtransaction can
+** can be rolled back independently of the main transaction.
+** You must start a transaction before starting a subtransaction.
+** The subtransaction is ended automatically if the main transaction
+** commits or rolls back.
+**
+** Only one subtransaction may be active at a time.  It is an error to try
+** to start a new subtransaction if another subtransaction is already active.
+**
+** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
+** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block.  If a constraint
+** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
+** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc;
+  if( (pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->inStmt ){
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3pager_stmt_begin(pBt->pPager);
+  pBt->inStmt = 1;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Commit the statment subtransaction currently in progress.  If no
+** subtransaction is active, this is a no-op.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(pBt->pPager);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback the active statement subtransaction.  If no subtransaction
+** is active this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** All cursors will be invalidated by this operation.  Any attempt
+** to use a cursor that was open at the beginning of this operation
+** will result in an error.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree *pBt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pBt->inStmt==0 || pBt->readOnly ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_rollback(pBt->pPager);
+  assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
+  pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Default key comparison function to be used if no comparison function
+** is specified on the sqlite3BtreeCursor() call.
+*/
+static int dfltCompare(
+  void *NotUsed,             /* User data is not used */
+  int n1, const void *p1,    /* First key to compare */
+  int n2, const void *p2     /* Second key to compare */
+){
+  int c;
+  c = memcmp(p1, p2, n1<n2 ? n1 : n2);
+  if( c==0 ){
+    c = n1 - n2;
+  }
+  return c;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
+** iTable.  The act of acquiring a cursor gets a read lock on 
+** the database file.
+**
+** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
+** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
+** writing if other conditions for writing are also met.  These
+** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
+** be allowed:
+**
+** 1:  The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
+**
+** 2:  No other cursors may be open with wrFlag==0 on the same table
+**
+** 3:  The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
+**
+** 4:  There must be an active transaction.
+**
+** Condition 2 warrants further discussion.  If any cursor is opened
+** on a table with wrFlag==0, that prevents all other cursors from
+** writing to that table.  This is a kind of "read-lock".  When a cursor
+** is opened with wrFlag==0 it is guaranteed that the table will not
+** change as long as the cursor is open.  This allows the cursor to
+** do a sequential scan of the table without having to worry about
+** entries being inserted or deleted during the scan.  Cursors should
+** be opened with wrFlag==0 only if this read-lock property is needed.
+** That is to say, cursors should be opened with wrFlag==0 only if they
+** intend to use the sqlite3BtreeNext() system call.  All other cursors
+** should be opened with wrFlag==1 even if they never really intend
+** to write.
+** 
+** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
+** root page of a b-tree.  If it is not, then the cursor acquired
+** will not work correctly.
+**
+** The comparison function must be logically the same for every cursor
+** on a particular table.  Changing the comparison function will result
+** in incorrect operations.  If the comparison function is NULL, a
+** default comparison function is used.  The comparison function is
+** always ignored for INTKEY tables.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+  Btree *pBt,                                 /* The btree */
+  int iTable,                                 /* Root page of table to open */
+  int wrFlag,                                 /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+  int (*xCmp)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), /* Key Comparison func */
+  void *pArg,                                 /* First arg to xCompare() */
+  BtCursor **ppCur                            /* Write new cursor here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+
+  *ppCur = 0;
+  if( wrFlag ){
+    if( pBt->readOnly ){
+      return SQLITE_READONLY;
+    }
+    if( checkReadLocks(pBt, iTable, 0) ){
+      return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
+    rc = lockBtree(pBt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+  pCur = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pCur) );
+  if( pCur==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto create_cursor_exception;
+  }
+  pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
+  if( iTable==1 && sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager)==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_EMPTY;
+    pCur->pPage = 0;
+    goto create_cursor_exception;
+  }
+  pCur->pPage = 0;  /* For exit-handler, in case getAndInitPage() fails. */
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->pPage, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto create_cursor_exception;
+  }
+  pCur->xCompare = xCmp ? xCmp : dfltCompare;
+  pCur->pArg = pArg;
+  pCur->pBt = pBt;
+  pCur->wrFlag = wrFlag;
+  pCur->idx = 0;
+  memset(&pCur->info, 0, sizeof(pCur->info));
+  pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
+  if( pCur->pNext ){
+    pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
+  }
+  pCur->pPrev = 0;
+  pBt->pCursor = pCur;
+  pCur->isValid = 0;
+  pCur->status = SQLITE_OK;
+  *ppCur = pCur;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+create_cursor_exception:
+  if( pCur ){
+    releasePage(pCur->pPage);
+    sqliteFree(pCur);
+  }
+  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if 0  /* Not Used */
+/*
+** Change the value of the comparison function used by a cursor.
+*/
+void sqlite3BtreeSetCompare(
+  BtCursor *pCur,     /* The cursor to whose comparison function is changed */
+  int(*xCmp)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), /* New comparison func */
+  void *pArg          /* First argument to xCmp() */
+){
+  pCur->xCompare = xCmp ? xCmp : dfltCompare;
+  pCur->pArg = pArg;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Close a cursor.  The read lock on the database file is released
+** when the last cursor is closed.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Btree *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+  if( pCur->pPrev ){
+    pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
+  }else{
+    pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
+  }
+  if( pCur->pNext ){
+    pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
+  }
+  releasePage(pCur->pPage);
+  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  sqliteFree(pCur);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a temporary cursor by filling in the fields of pTempCur.
+** The temporary cursor is not on the cursor list for the Btree.
+*/
+static void getTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur){
+  memcpy(pTempCur, pCur, sizeof(*pCur));
+  pTempCur->pNext = 0;
+  pTempCur->pPrev = 0;
+  if( pTempCur->pPage ){
+    sqlite3pager_ref(pTempCur->pPage->aData);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete a temporary cursor such as was made by the CreateTemporaryCursor()
+** function above.
+*/
+static void releaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  if( pCur->pPage ){
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pCur->pPage->aData);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the BtCursor.info field of the given cursor is valid.
+** If it is not already valid, call parseCell() to fill it in.
+**
+** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
+** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to parseCell().
+*/
+static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+  if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
+    parseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info);
+  }else{
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    CellInfo info;
+    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
+    parseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &info);
+    assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
+** the key for the current entry.  If the cursor is not pointing
+** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. 
+**
+** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
+** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
+  if( !pCur->isValid ){
+    *pSize = 0;
+  }else{
+    getCellInfo(pCur);
+    *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
+** cursor currently points to.  Always return SQLITE_OK.
+** Failure is not possible.  If the cursor is not currently
+** pointing to an entry (which can happen, for example, if
+** the database is empty) then *pSize is set to 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
+  if( !pCur->isValid ){
+    /* Not pointing at a valid entry - set *pSize to 0. */
+    *pSize = 0;
+  }else{
+    getCellInfo(pCur);
+    *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read payload information from the entry that the pCur cursor is
+** pointing to.  Begin reading the payload at "offset" and read
+** a total of "amt" bytes.  Put the result in zBuf.
+**
+** This routine does not make a distinction between key and data.
+** It just reads bytes from the payload area.  Data might appear
+** on the main page or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
+*/
+static int getPayload(
+  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+  int offset,          /* Begin reading this far into payload */
+  int amt,             /* Read this many bytes */
+  unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ 
+  int skipKey          /* offset begins at data if this is true */
+){
+  unsigned char *aPayload;
+  Pgno nextPage;
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int ovflSize;
+  u32 nKey;
+
+  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->pPage!=0 );
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  pBt = pCur->pBt;
+  pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+  getCellInfo(pCur);
+  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell;
+  aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader;
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    nKey = 0;
+  }else{
+    nKey = pCur->info.nKey;
+  }
+  assert( offset>=0 );
+  if( skipKey ){
+    offset += nKey;
+  }
+  if( offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
+    int a = amt;
+    if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
+      a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
+    }
+    memcpy(pBuf, &aPayload[offset], a);
+    if( a==amt ){
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    offset = 0;
+    pBuf += a;
+    amt -= a;
+  }else{
+    offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
+  }
+  ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+  if( amt>0 ){
+    nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
+    while( amt>0 && nextPage ){
+      rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBt->pPager, nextPage, (void**)&aPayload);
+      if( rc!=0 ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
+      if( offset<ovflSize ){
+        int a = amt;
+        if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
+          a = ovflSize - offset;
+        }
+        memcpy(pBuf, &aPayload[offset+4], a);
+        offset = 0;
+        amt -= a;
+        pBuf += a;
+      }else{
+        offset -= ovflSize;
+      }
+      sqlite3pager_unref(aPayload);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( amt>0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
+** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    return pCur->status;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->pPage!=0 );
+  assert( pCur->pPage->intKey==0 );
+  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
+  return getPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
+** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+  if( !pCur->isValid ){
+    return pCur->status ? pCur->status : SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->pPage!=0 );
+  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
+  return getPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the 
+** pCur cursor is pointing to.  The pointer is to the beginning of
+** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if
+** skipKey==1.  The number of bytes of available key/data is written
+** into *pAmt.  If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be
+** a valid pointer.
+**
+** This routine is an optimization.  It is common for the entire key
+** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
+** pages.  When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
+** key and data without making a copy.  If the key and/or data spills
+** onto overflow pages, then getPayload() must be used to reassembly
+** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
+**
+** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
+** page of the database.  The data might change or move the next time
+** any btree routine is called.
+*/
+static const unsigned char *fetchPayload(
+  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+  int *pAmt,           /* Write the number of available bytes here */
+  int skipKey          /* read beginning at data if this is true */
+){
+  unsigned char *aPayload;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  Btree *pBt;
+  u32 nKey;
+  int nLocal;
+
+  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->pPage!=0 );
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  pBt = pCur->pBt;
+  pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+  getCellInfo(pCur);
+  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell;
+  aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader;
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    nKey = 0;
+  }else{
+    nKey = pCur->info.nKey;
+  }
+  if( skipKey ){
+    aPayload += nKey;
+    nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey;
+  }else{
+    nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal;
+    if( nLocal>nKey ){
+      nLocal = nKey;
+    }
+  }
+  *pAmt = nLocal;
+  return aPayload;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
+** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
+** b-tree page.  Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
+**
+** The pointer returned is ephemeral.  The key/data may move
+** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine.
+**
+** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
+** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
+  return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0);
+}
+const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
+  return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to a new child page.  The newPgno argument is the
+** page number of the child page to move to.
+*/
+static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pNewPage;
+  MemPage *pOldPage;
+  Btree *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage, pCur->pPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  pageIntegrity(pNewPage);
+  pNewPage->idxParent = pCur->idx;
+  pOldPage = pCur->pPage;
+  pOldPage->idxShift = 0;
+  releasePage(pOldPage);
+  pCur->pPage = pNewPage;
+  pCur->idx = 0;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  if( pNewPage->nCell<1 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the page is the virtual root of its table.
+**
+** The virtual root page is the root page for most tables.  But
+** for the table rooted on page 1, sometime the real root page
+** is empty except for the right-pointer.  In such cases the
+** virtual root page is the page that the right-pointer of page
+** 1 is pointing to.
+*/
+static int isRootPage(MemPage *pPage){
+  MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent;
+  if( pParent==0 ) return 1;
+  if( pParent->pgno>1 ) return 0;
+  if( get2byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+3])==0 ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
+**
+** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
+** to the page we are coming from.  If we are coming from the
+** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
+** the largest cell index.
+*/
+static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno oldPgno;
+  MemPage *pParent;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int idxParent;
+
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  assert( pPage!=0 );
+  assert( !isRootPage(pPage) );
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  pParent = pPage->pParent;
+  assert( pParent!=0 );
+  pageIntegrity(pParent);
+  idxParent = pPage->idxParent;
+  sqlite3pager_ref(pParent->aData);
+  oldPgno = pPage->pgno;
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  pCur->pPage = pParent;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  assert( pParent->idxShift==0 );
+  pCur->idx = idxParent;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor to the root page
+*/
+static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
+  MemPage *pRoot;
+  int rc;
+  Btree *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    pCur->isValid = 0;
+    return rc;
+  }
+  releasePage(pCur->pPage);
+  pageIntegrity(pRoot);
+  pCur->pPage = pRoot;
+  pCur->idx = 0;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){
+    Pgno subpage;
+    assert( pRoot->pgno==1 );
+    subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
+    assert( subpage>0 );
+    pCur->isValid = 1;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
+  }
+  pCur->isValid = pCur->pPage->nCell>0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
+** entry to which it is currently pointing.
+*/
+static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno pgno;
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  while( !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
+    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+    pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->idx));
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
+** page to which it is currently pointing.  Notice the difference
+** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost().  moveToLeftmost()
+** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
+** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
+*/
+static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno pgno;
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  while( !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
+    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    pCur->idx = pPage->nCell;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  pCur->idx = pPage->nCell - 1;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  if( pCur->status ){
+    return pCur->status;
+  }
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
+    *pRes = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->pPage->nCell>0 );
+  *pRes = 0;
+  rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  if( pCur->status ){
+    return pCur->status;
+  }
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
+    *pRes = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pCur->isValid );
+  *pRes = 0;
+  rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near pKey/nKey.
+** Return a success code.
+**
+** For INTKEY tables, only the nKey parameter is used.  pKey is
+** ignored.  For other tables, nKey is the number of bytes of data
+** in nKey.  The comparison function specified when the cursor was
+** created is used to compare keys.
+**
+** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
+** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
+** were present.  The cursor might point to an entry that comes
+** before or after the key.
+**
+** The result of comparing the key with the entry to which the
+** cursor is written to *pRes if pRes!=NULL.  The meaning of
+** this value is as follows:
+**
+**     *pRes<0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  is smaller than pKey or if the table is empty
+**                  and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
+**
+**     *pRes==0     The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  exactly matches pKey.
+**
+**     *pRes>0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  is larger than pKey.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(BtCursor *pCur, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+
+  if( pCur->status ){
+    return pCur->status;
+  }
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  assert( pCur->pPage );
+  assert( pCur->pPage->isInit );
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    *pRes = -1;
+    assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  for(;;){
+    int lwr, upr;
+    Pgno chldPg;
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+    int c = -1;  /* pRes return if table is empty must be -1 */
+    lwr = 0;
+    upr = pPage->nCell-1;
+    pageIntegrity(pPage);
+    while( lwr<=upr ){
+      void *pCellKey;
+      i64 nCellKey;
+      pCur->idx = (lwr+upr)/2;
+      pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+      sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+      if( pPage->intKey ){
+        if( nCellKey<nKey ){
+          c = -1;
+        }else if( nCellKey>nKey ){
+          c = +1;
+        }else{
+          c = 0;
+        }
+      }else{
+        int available;
+        pCellKey = (void *)fetchPayload(pCur, &available, 0);
+        if( available>=nCellKey ){
+          c = pCur->xCompare(pCur->pArg, nCellKey, pCellKey, nKey, pKey);
+        }else{
+          pCellKey = sqliteMallocRaw( nCellKey );
+          if( pCellKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, nCellKey, (void *)pCellKey);
+          c = pCur->xCompare(pCur->pArg, nCellKey, pCellKey, nKey, pKey);
+          sqliteFree(pCellKey);
+          if( rc ) return rc;
+        }
+      }
+      if( c==0 ){
+        if( pPage->leafData && !pPage->leaf ){
+          lwr = pCur->idx;
+          upr = lwr - 1;
+          break;
+        }else{
+          if( pRes ) *pRes = 0;
+          return SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }
+      if( c<0 ){
+        lwr = pCur->idx+1;
+      }else{
+        upr = pCur->idx-1;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( lwr==upr+1 );
+    assert( pPage->isInit );
+    if( pPage->leaf ){
+      chldPg = 0;
+    }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
+      chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    }else{
+      chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
+    }
+    if( chldPg==0 ){
+      assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
+      if( pRes ) *pRes = c;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    pCur->idx = lwr;
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
+    if( rc ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+  /* NOT REACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
+**
+** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
+** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
+** the first entry.  TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
+  return pCur->isValid==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.  If
+** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+
+  assert( pRes!=0 );
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    *pRes = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  assert( pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+  pCur->idx++;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  if( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell ){
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+      *pRes = 0;
+      return rc;
+    }
+    do{
+      if( isRootPage(pPage) ){
+        *pRes = 1;
+        pCur->isValid = 0;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      moveToParent(pCur);
+      pPage = pCur->pPage;
+    }while( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell );
+    *pRes = 0;
+    if( pPage->leafData ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+  *pRes = 0;
+  if( pPage->leaf ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database.  If
+** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  Pgno pgno;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  if( pCur->isValid==0 ){
+    *pRes = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  assert( pCur->idx>=0 );
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    pgno = get4byte( findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) );
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+  }else{
+    while( pCur->idx==0 ){
+      if( isRootPage(pPage) ){
+        pCur->isValid = 0;
+        *pRes = 1;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      moveToParent(pCur);
+      pPage = pCur->pPage;
+    }
+    pCur->idx--;
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+    if( pPage->leafData ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  *pRes = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The TRACE macro will print high-level status information about the
+** btree operation when the global variable sqlite3_btree_trace is
+** enabled.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_TEST
+# define TRACE(X)   if( sqlite3_btree_trace )\
+                        { sqlite3DebugPrintf X; fflush(stdout); }
+#else
+# define TRACE(X)
+#endif
+int sqlite3_btree_trace=0;  /* True to enable tracing */
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new page from the database file.
+**
+** The new page is marked as dirty.  (In other words, sqlite3pager_write()
+** has already been called on the new page.)  The new page has also
+** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
+** sqlite3pager_unref() on the new page when it is done.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  Any other return value indicates
+** an error.  *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error.
+** Do not invoke sqlite3pager_unref() on *ppPage if an error is returned.
+**
+** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to 
+** locate a page close to the page number "nearby".  This can be used in an
+** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
+** which in turn can make database access faster.
+*/
+static int allocatePage(Btree *pBt, MemPage **ppPage, Pgno *pPgno, Pgno nearby){
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+  int rc;
+  int n;     /* Number of pages on the freelist */
+  int k;     /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
+
+  pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+  if( n>0 ){
+    /* There are pages on the freelist.  Reuse one of those pages. */
+    MemPage *pTrunk;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage1->aData);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);
+    rc = getPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]), &pTrunk);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(pTrunk->aData);
+    if( rc ){
+      releasePage(pTrunk);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
+    if( k==0 ){
+      /* The trunk has no leaves.  So extract the trunk page itself and
+      ** use it as the newly allocated page */
+      *pPgno = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
+      memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+      *ppPage = pTrunk;
+      TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
+    }else if( k>pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
+      /* Value of k is out of range.  Database corruption */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+    }else{
+      /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
+      int closest;
+      unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
+      if( nearby>0 ){
+        int i, dist;
+        closest = 0;
+        dist = get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby;
+        if( dist<0 ) dist = -dist;
+        for(i=1; i<k; i++){
+          int d2 = get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby;
+          if( d2<0 ) d2 = -d2;
+          if( d2<dist ) closest = i;
+        }
+      }else{
+        closest = 0;
+      }
+      *pPgno = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]);
+      if( *pPgno>sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
+        /* Free page off the end of the file */
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT; /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+      }
+      TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d: %d more free pages\n",
+             *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
+      if( closest<k-1 ){
+        memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
+      }
+      put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
+      rc = getPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage);
+      releasePage(pTrunk);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3pager_dont_rollback((*ppPage)->aData);
+        rc = sqlite3pager_write((*ppPage)->aData);
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the
+    ** end of the file */
+    *pPgno = sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager) + 1;
+    rc = getPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write((*ppPage)->aData);
+    TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a page of the database file to the freelist.
+**
+** sqlite3pager_unref() is NOT called for pPage.
+*/
+static int freePage(MemPage *pPage){
+  Btree *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  int rc, n, k;
+
+  /* Prepare the page for freeing */
+  assert( pPage->pgno>1 );
+  pPage->isInit = 0;
+  releasePage(pPage->pParent);
+  pPage->pParent = 0;
+
+  /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage1->aData);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n+1);
+
+  if( n==0 ){
+    /* This is the first free page */
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    memset(pPage->aData, 0, 8);
+    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno);
+    TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d first\n", pPage->pgno));
+  }else{
+    /* Other free pages already exist.  Retrive the first trunk page
+    ** of the freelist and find out how many leaves it has. */
+    MemPage *pTrunk;
+    rc = getPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]), &pTrunk);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
+    if( k>=pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
+      /* The trunk is full.  Turn the page being freed into a new
+      ** trunk page with no leaves. */
+      rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      put4byte(pPage->aData, pTrunk->pgno);
+      put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
+      put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno);
+      TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n",
+              pPage->pgno, pTrunk->pgno));
+    }else{
+      /* Add the newly freed page as a leaf on the current trunk */
+      rc = sqlite3pager_write(pTrunk->aData);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], k+1);
+      put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+k*4], pPage->pgno);
+      sqlite3pager_dont_write(pBt->pPager, pPage->pgno);
+      TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
+    }
+    releasePage(pTrunk);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.
+*/
+static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){
+  Btree *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  CellInfo info;
+  Pgno ovflPgno;
+  int rc;
+
+  parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;  /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
+  }
+  ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+  while( ovflPgno!=0 ){
+    MemPage *pOvfl;
+    rc = getPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    ovflPgno = get4byte(pOvfl->aData);
+    rc = freePage(pOvfl);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pOvfl->aData);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
+** and write that byte sequence into pCell[].  Overflow pages are
+** allocated and filled in as necessary.  The calling procedure
+** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
+** for pCell[].
+**
+** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
+** area.  pCell might point to some temporary storage.  The cell will
+** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
+** later.
+*/
+static int fillInCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,                /* The page that contains the cell */
+  unsigned char *pCell,          /* Complete text of the cell */
+  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key */
+  const void *pData,int nData,   /* The data */
+  int *pnSize                    /* Write cell size here */
+){
+  int nPayload;
+  const u8 *pSrc;
+  int nSrc, n, rc;
+  int spaceLeft;
+  MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
+  MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
+  unsigned char *pPrior;
+  unsigned char *pPayload;
+  Btree *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
+  int nHeader;
+  CellInfo info;
+
+  /* Fill in the header. */
+  nHeader = 0;
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    nHeader += 4;
+  }
+  if( pPage->hasData ){
+    nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData);
+  }else{
+    nData = 0;
+  }
+  nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
+  parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  assert( info.nHeader==nHeader );
+  assert( info.nKey==nKey );
+  assert( info.nData==nData );
+  
+  /* Fill in the payload */
+  nPayload = nData;
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    pSrc = pData;
+    nSrc = nData;
+    nData = 0;
+  }else{
+    nPayload += nKey;
+    pSrc = pKey;
+    nSrc = nKey;
+  }
+  *pnSize = info.nSize;
+  spaceLeft = info.nLocal;
+  pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
+  pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow];
+
+  while( nPayload>0 ){
+    if( spaceLeft==0 ){
+      rc =  allocatePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl);
+      if( rc ){
+        releasePage(pToRelease);
+        clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+        return rc;
+      }
+      put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
+      releasePage(pToRelease);
+      pToRelease = pOvfl;
+      pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
+      put4byte(pPrior, 0);
+      pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
+      spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+    }
+    n = nPayload;
+    if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
+    if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
+    memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
+    nPayload -= n;
+    pPayload += n;
+    pSrc += n;
+    nSrc -= n;
+    spaceLeft -= n;
+    if( nSrc==0 ){
+      nSrc = nData;
+      pSrc = pData;
+    }
+  }
+  releasePage(pToRelease);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the MemPage.pParent pointer on the page whose number is
+** given in the second argument so that MemPage.pParent holds the
+** pointer in the third argument.
+*/
+static void reparentPage(Btree *pBt, Pgno pgno, MemPage *pNewParent, int idx){
+  MemPage *pThis;
+  unsigned char *aData;
+
+  if( pgno==0 ) return;
+  assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  aData = sqlite3pager_lookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
+  if( aData ){
+    pThis = (MemPage*)&aData[pBt->pageSize];
+    assert( pThis->aData==aData );
+    if( pThis->isInit ){
+      if( pThis->pParent!=pNewParent ){
+        if( pThis->pParent ) sqlite3pager_unref(pThis->pParent->aData);
+        pThis->pParent = pNewParent;
+        if( pNewParent ) sqlite3pager_ref(pNewParent->aData);
+      }
+      pThis->idxParent = idx;
+    }
+    sqlite3pager_unref(aData);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the pParent pointer of all children of pPage to point back
+** to pPage.
+**
+** In other words, for every child of pPage, invoke reparentPage()
+** to make sure that each child knows that pPage is its parent.
+**
+** This routine gets called after you memcpy() one page into
+** another.
+*/
+static void reparentChildPages(MemPage *pPage){
+  int i;
+  Btree *pBt;
+
+  if( pPage->leaf ) return;
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+    reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(findCell(pPage,i)), pPage, i);
+  }
+  reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]), pPage, i);
+  pPage->idxShift = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the i-th cell from pPage.  This routine effects pPage only.
+** The cell content is not freed or deallocated.  It is assumed that
+** the cell content has been copied someplace else.  This routine just
+** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
+**
+** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
+*/
+static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz){
+  int i;          /* Loop counter */
+  int pc;         /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
+  u8 *data;       /* pPage->aData */
+  u8 *ptr;        /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
+
+  assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell );
+  assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pPage->aData) );
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx];
+  pc = get2byte(ptr);
+  assert( pc>10 && pc+sz<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
+  for(i=idx+1; i<pPage->nCell; i++, ptr+=2){
+    ptr[0] = ptr[2];
+    ptr[1] = ptr[3];
+  }
+  pPage->nCell--;
+  put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
+  pPage->nFree += 2;
+  pPage->idxShift = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i".  pCell points to the
+** content of the cell.
+**
+** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there.  If it
+** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
+** pTemp is not null.  Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
+** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
+** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. 
+** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that 
+** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
+*/
+static void insertCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,   /* Page into which we are copying */
+  int i,            /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
+  u8 *pCell,        /* Content of the new cell */
+  int sz,           /* Bytes of content in pCell */
+  u8 *pTemp         /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
+){
+  int idx;          /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
+  int j;            /* Loop counter */
+  int top;          /* First byte of content for any cell in data[] */
+  int end;          /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
+  int ins;          /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
+  int hdr;          /* Offset into data[] of the page header */
+  int cellOffset;   /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
+  u8 *data;         /* The content of the whole page */
+  u8 *ptr;          /* Used for moving information around in data[] */
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
+  assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) );
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pPage->aData) );
+  if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
+    if( pTemp ){
+      memcpy(pTemp, pCell, sz);
+      pCell = pTemp;
+    }
+    j = pPage->nOverflow++;
+    assert( j<sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]) );
+    pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell;
+    pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = i;
+    pPage->nFree = 0;
+  }else{
+    data = pPage->aData;
+    hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+    cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+    end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell + 2;
+    ins = cellOffset + 2*i;
+    if( end > top - sz ){
+      defragmentPage(pPage);
+      top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+      assert( end + sz <= top );
+    }
+    idx = allocateSpace(pPage, sz);
+    assert( idx>0 );
+    assert( end <= get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
+    pPage->nCell++;
+    pPage->nFree -= 2;
+    memcpy(&data[idx], pCell, sz);
+    for(j=end-2, ptr=&data[j]; j>ins; j-=2, ptr-=2){
+      ptr[0] = ptr[-2];
+      ptr[1] = ptr[-1];
+    }
+    put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
+    put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
+    pPage->idxShift = 1;
+    pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a list of cells to a page.  The page should be initially empty.
+** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
+*/
+static void assemblePage(
+  MemPage *pPage,   /* The page to be assemblied */
+  int nCell,        /* The number of cells to add to this page */
+  u8 **apCell,      /* Pointers to cell bodies */
+  int *aSize        /* Sizes of the cells */
+){
+  int i;            /* Loop counter */
+  int totalSize;    /* Total size of all cells */
+  int hdr;          /* Index of page header */
+  int cellptr;      /* Address of next cell pointer */
+  int cellbody;     /* Address of next cell body */
+  u8 *data;         /* Data for the page */
+
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  totalSize = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    totalSize += aSize[i];
+  }
+  assert( totalSize+2*nCell<=pPage->nFree );
+  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
+  cellptr = pPage->cellOffset;
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
+  cellbody = allocateSpace(pPage, totalSize);
+  assert( cellbody>0 );
+  assert( pPage->nFree >= 2*nCell );
+  pPage->nFree -= 2*nCell;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    put2byte(&data[cellptr], cellbody);
+    memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], aSize[i]);
+    cellptr += 2;
+    cellbody += aSize[i];
+  }
+  assert( cellbody==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  pPage->nCell = nCell;
+}
+
+/*
+** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
+** ourselves.
+*/
+#ifndef offsetof
+#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
+** in a balancing operation.  NN is the number of neighbors on either side
+** of the page that participate in the balancing operation.  NB is the
+** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
+** NN neighbors on either side.
+**
+** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course).  Increasing NN above 1
+** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
+** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
+** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
+*/
+#define NN 1             /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
+#define NB (NN*2+1)      /* Total pages involved in the balance */
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static int balance(MemPage*);
+
+/*
+** This routine redistributes Cells on pPage and up to NN*2 siblings
+** of pPage so that all pages have about the same amount of free space.
+** Usually NN siblings on either side of pPage is used in the balancing,
+** though more siblings might come from one side if pPage is the first
+** or last child of its parent.  If pPage has fewer than 2*NN siblings
+** (something which can only happen if pPage is the root page or a 
+** child of root) then all available siblings participate in the balancing.
+**
+** The number of siblings of pPage might be increased or decreased by one or
+** two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. The root page
+** is special and is allowed to be nearly empty. If pPage is 
+** the root page, then the depth of the tree might be increased
+** or decreased by one, as necessary, to keep the root page from being
+** overfull or completely empty.
+**
+** Note that when this routine is called, some of the Cells on pPage
+** might not actually be stored in pPage->aData[].  This can happen
+** if the page is overfull.  Part of the job of this routine is to
+** make sure all Cells for pPage once again fit in pPage->aData[].
+**
+** In the course of balancing the siblings of pPage, the parent of pPage
+** might become overfull or underfull.  If that happens, then this routine
+** is called recursively on the parent.
+**
+** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
+** in a corrupted state.  So if this routine fails, the database should
+** be rolled back.
+*/
+static int balance_nonroot(MemPage *pPage){
+  MemPage *pParent;            /* The parent of pPage */
+  Btree *pBt;                  /* The whole database */
+  int nCell = 0;               /* Number of cells in aCell[] */
+  int nOld;                    /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
+  int nNew;                    /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
+  int nDiv;                    /* Number of cells in apDiv[] */
+  int i, j, k;                 /* Loop counters */
+  int idx;                     /* Index of pPage in pParent->aCell[] */
+  int nxDiv;                   /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
+  int rc;                      /* The return code */
+  int leafCorrection;          /* 4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if not */
+  int leafData;                /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
+  int usableSpace;             /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
+  int pageFlags;               /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
+  int subtotal;                /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
+  int iSpace = 0;              /* First unused byte of aSpace[] */
+  int mxCellPerPage;           /* Maximum number of cells in one page */
+  MemPage *apOld[NB];          /* pPage and up to two siblings */
+  Pgno pgnoOld[NB];            /* Page numbers for each page in apOld[] */
+  MemPage *apCopy[NB];         /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */
+  MemPage *apNew[NB+2];        /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
+  Pgno pgnoNew[NB+2];          /* Page numbers for each page in apNew[] */
+  int idxDiv[NB];              /* Indices of divider cells in pParent */
+  u8 *apDiv[NB];               /* Divider cells in pParent */
+  int cntNew[NB+2];            /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */
+  int szNew[NB+2];             /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */
+  u8 **apCell;                 /* All cells begin balanced */
+  int *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
+  u8 *aCopy[NB];               /* Space for holding data of apCopy[] */
+  u8 *aSpace;                  /* Space to hold copies of dividers cells */
+
+  /* 
+  ** Find the parent page.
+  */
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pPage->aData) );
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  pParent = pPage->pParent;
+  sqlite3pager_write(pParent->aData);
+  assert( pParent );
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
+
+  /*
+  ** Allocate space for memory structures
+  */
+  mxCellPerPage = MX_CELL(pBt);
+  apCell = sqliteMallocRaw( 
+       (mxCellPerPage+2)*NB*(sizeof(u8*)+sizeof(int))
+     + sizeof(MemPage)*NB
+     + pBt->pageSize*(5+NB)
+  );
+  if( apCell==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  szCell = (int*)&apCell[(mxCellPerPage+2)*NB];
+  aCopy[0] = (u8*)&szCell[(mxCellPerPage+2)*NB];
+  for(i=1; i<NB; i++){
+    aCopy[i] = &aCopy[i-1][pBt->pageSize+sizeof(MemPage)];
+  }
+  aSpace = &aCopy[NB-1][pBt->pageSize+sizeof(MemPage)];
+  
+  /*
+  ** Find the cell in the parent page whose left child points back
+  ** to pPage.  The "idx" variable is the index of that cell.  If pPage
+  ** is the rightmost child of pParent then set idx to pParent->nCell 
+  */
+  if( pParent->idxShift ){
+    Pgno pgno;
+    pgno = pPage->pgno;
+    assert( pgno==sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage->aData) );
+    for(idx=0; idx<pParent->nCell; idx++){
+      if( get4byte(findCell(pParent, idx))==pgno ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( idx<pParent->nCell
+             || get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pgno );
+  }else{
+    idx = pPage->idxParent;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Initialize variables so that it will be safe to jump
+  ** directly to balance_cleanup at any moment.
+  */
+  nOld = nNew = 0;
+  sqlite3pager_ref(pParent->aData);
+
+  /*
+  ** Find sibling pages to pPage and the cells in pParent that divide
+  ** the siblings.  An attempt is made to find NN siblings on either
+  ** side of pPage.  More siblings are taken from one side, however, if
+  ** pPage there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side.  If pParent
+  ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.
+  */
+  nxDiv = idx - NN;
+  if( nxDiv + NB > pParent->nCell ){
+    nxDiv = pParent->nCell - NB + 1;
+  }
+  if( nxDiv<0 ){
+    nxDiv = 0;
+  }
+  nDiv = 0;
+  for(i=0, k=nxDiv; i<NB; i++, k++){
+    if( k<pParent->nCell ){
+      idxDiv[i] = k;
+      apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, k);
+      nDiv++;
+      assert( !pParent->leaf );
+      pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
+    }else if( k==pParent->nCell ){
+      pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]);
+    }else{
+      break;
+    }
+    rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgnoOld[i], &apOld[i], pParent);
+    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+    apOld[i]->idxParent = k;
+    apCopy[i] = 0;
+    assert( i==nOld );
+    nOld++;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Make copies of the content of pPage and its siblings into aOld[].
+  ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather
+  ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the
+  ** process of being overwritten.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    MemPage *p = apCopy[i] = (MemPage*)&aCopy[i][pBt->pageSize];
+    p->aData = &((u8*)p)[-pBt->pageSize];
+    memcpy(p->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize + sizeof(MemPage));
+    p->aData = &((u8*)p)[-pBt->pageSize];
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
+  ** into the local apCell[] array.  Make copies of the divider cells
+  ** into space obtained form aSpace[] and remove the the divider Cells
+  ** from pParent.
+  **
+  ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
+  ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
+  ** into aSpace[].  In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
+  ** child pointers.  If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
+  ** apCell[] include child pointers.  Either way, all cells in apCell[]
+  ** are alike.
+  **
+  ** leafCorrection:  4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if pPage is not a leaf.
+  **       leafData:  1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
+  */
+  nCell = 0;
+  leafCorrection = pPage->leaf*4;
+  leafData = pPage->leafData && pPage->leaf;
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    MemPage *pOld = apCopy[i];
+    int limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow;
+    for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
+      apCell[nCell] = findOverflowCell(pOld, j);
+      szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
+      nCell++;
+    }
+    if( i<nOld-1 ){
+      int sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
+      if( leafData ){
+        /* With the LEAFDATA flag, pParent cells hold only INTKEYs that
+        ** are duplicates of keys on the child pages.  We need to remove
+        ** the divider cells from pParent, but the dividers cells are not
+        ** added to apCell[] because they are duplicates of child cells.
+        */
+        dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz);
+      }else{
+        u8 *pTemp;
+        szCell[nCell] = sz;
+        pTemp = &aSpace[iSpace];
+        iSpace += sz;
+        assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 );
+        memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
+        apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
+        dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz);
+        szCell[nCell] -= leafCorrection;
+        assert( get4byte(pTemp)==pgnoOld[i] );
+        if( !pOld->leaf ){
+          assert( leafCorrection==0 );
+          /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
+          ** pointer of the divider cell */
+          memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[pOld->hdrOffset+8], 4);
+        }else{
+          assert( leafCorrection==4 );
+        }
+        nCell++;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells.
+  ** Store this number in "k".  Also compute szNew[] which is the total
+  ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
+  ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.  
+  ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell.
+  **
+  ** Values computed by this block:
+  **
+  **           k: The total number of sibling pages
+  **    szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
+  **   cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to
+  **              the right of the i-th sibling page.
+  ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
+  ** 
+  */
+  usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
+  for(subtotal=k=i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    subtotal += szCell[i] + 2;
+    if( subtotal > usableSpace ){
+      szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i];
+      cntNew[k] = i;
+      if( leafData ){ i--; }
+      subtotal = 0;
+      k++;
+    }
+  }
+  szNew[k] = subtotal;
+  cntNew[k] = nCell;
+  k++;
+
+  /*
+  ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
+  ** on the left side.  The left siblings are always nearly full, while the
+  ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty.  This block of code attempts
+  ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance.
+  **
+  ** This adjustment is more than an optimization.  The packing above might
+  ** be so out of balance as to be illegal.  For example, the right-most
+  ** sibling might be completely empty.  This adjustment is not optional.
+  */
+  for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
+    int szRight = szNew[i];  /* Size of sibling on the right */
+    int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
+    int r;              /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
+    int d;              /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */
+
+    r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
+    d = r + 1 - leafData;
+    while( szRight==0 || szRight+szCell[d]+2<=szLeft-(szCell[r]+2) ){
+      szRight += szCell[d] + 2;
+      szLeft -= szCell[r] + 2;
+      cntNew[i-1]--;
+      r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
+      d = r + 1 - leafData;
+    }
+    szNew[i] = szRight;
+    szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
+  }
+  assert( cntNew[0]>0 );
+
+  /*
+  ** Allocate k new pages.  Reuse old pages where possible.
+  */
+  assert( pPage->pgno>1 );
+  pageFlags = pPage->aData[0];
+  for(i=0; i<k; i++){
+    MemPage *pNew;
+    if( i<nOld ){
+      pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i];
+      pgnoNew[i] = pgnoOld[i];
+      apOld[i] = 0;
+      sqlite3pager_write(pNew->aData);
+    }else{
+      rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew[i], pgnoNew[i-1]);
+      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+      apNew[i] = pNew;
+    }
+    nNew++;
+    zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
+  }
+
+  /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
+  */
+  while( i<nOld ){
+    rc = freePage(apOld[i]);
+    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+    releasePage(apOld[i]);
+    apOld[i] = 0;
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Put the new pages in accending order.  This helps to
+  ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
+  ** of the table is a linear scan through the file.  That
+  ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages
+  ** from the disk more rapidly.
+  **
+  ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since
+  ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should
+  ** not be a problem.
+  **
+  ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database
+  ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<k-1; i++){
+    int minV = pgnoNew[i];
+    int minI = i;
+    for(j=i+1; j<k; j++){
+      if( pgnoNew[j]<(unsigned)minV ){
+        minI = j;
+        minV = pgnoNew[j];
+      }
+    }
+    if( minI>i ){
+      int t;
+      MemPage *pT;
+      t = pgnoNew[i];
+      pT = apNew[i];
+      pgnoNew[i] = pgnoNew[minI];
+      apNew[i] = apNew[minI];
+      pgnoNew[minI] = t;
+      apNew[minI] = pT;
+    }
+  }
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d  new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n",
+    pgnoOld[0], 
+    nOld>=2 ? pgnoOld[1] : 0,
+    nOld>=3 ? pgnoOld[2] : 0,
+    pgnoNew[0], szNew[0],
+    nNew>=2 ? pgnoNew[1] : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
+    nNew>=3 ? pgnoNew[2] : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
+    nNew>=4 ? pgnoNew[3] : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
+    nNew>=5 ? pgnoNew[4] : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0));
+
+
+  /*
+  ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages.
+  ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary.
+  */
+  j = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+    MemPage *pNew = apNew[i];
+    assert( pNew->pgno==pgnoNew[i] );
+    assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]);
+    j = cntNew[i];
+    assert( pNew->nCell>0 );
+    assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 );
+    if( i<nNew-1 && j<nCell ){
+      u8 *pCell;
+      u8 *pTemp;
+      int sz;
+      pCell = apCell[j];
+      sz = szCell[j] + leafCorrection;
+      if( !pNew->leaf ){
+        memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
+        pTemp = 0;
+      }else if( leafData ){
+        CellInfo info;
+        j--;
+        parseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
+        pCell = &aSpace[iSpace];
+        fillInCell(pParent, pCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, &sz);
+        iSpace += sz;
+        assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 );
+        pTemp = 0;
+      }else{
+        pCell -= 4;
+        pTemp = &aSpace[iSpace];
+        iSpace += sz;
+        assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 );
+      }
+      insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp);
+      put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,nxDiv), pNew->pgno);
+      j++;
+      nxDiv++;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( j==nCell );
+  if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){
+    memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8], 4);
+  }
+  if( nxDiv==pParent->nCell+pParent->nOverflow ){
+    /* Right-most sibling is the right-most child of pParent */
+    put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew[nNew-1]);
+  }else{
+    /* Right-most sibling is the left child of the first entry in pParent
+    ** past the right-most divider entry */
+    put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent, nxDiv), pgnoNew[nNew-1]);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Reparent children of all cells.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+    reparentChildPages(apNew[i]);
+  }
+  reparentChildPages(pParent);
+
+  /*
+  ** Balance the parent page.  Note that the current page (pPage) might
+  ** have been added to the freelist is it might no longer be initialized.
+  ** But the parent page will always be initialized.
+  */
+  assert( pParent->isInit );
+  /* assert( pPage->isInit ); // No! pPage might have been added to freelist */
+  /* pageIntegrity(pPage);    // No! pPage might have been added to freelist */ 
+  rc = balance(pParent);
+  
+  /*
+  ** Cleanup before returning.
+  */
+balance_cleanup:
+  sqliteFree(apCell);
+  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+    releasePage(apOld[i]);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+    releasePage(apNew[i]);
+  }
+  releasePage(pParent);
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: finished with %d: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
+          pPage->pgno, nOld, nNew, nCell));
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called for the root page of a btree when the root
+** page contains no cells.  This is an opportunity to make the tree
+** shallower by one level.
+*/
+static int balance_shallower(MemPage *pPage){
+  MemPage *pChild;             /* The only child page of pPage */
+  Pgno pgnoChild;              /* Page number for pChild */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code from subprocedures */
+  Btree *pBt;                  /* The main BTree structure */
+  int mxCellPerPage;           /* Maximum number of cells per page */
+  u8 **apCell;                 /* All cells from pages being balanced */
+  int *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells */
+
+  assert( pPage->pParent==0 );
+  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  mxCellPerPage = MX_CELL(pBt);
+  apCell = sqliteMallocRaw( mxCellPerPage*(sizeof(u8*)+sizeof(int)) );
+  if( apCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  szCell = (int*)&apCell[mxCellPerPage];
+  if( pPage->leaf ){
+    /* The table is completely empty */
+    TRACE(("BALANCE: empty table %d\n", pPage->pgno));
+  }else{
+    /* The root page is empty but has one child.  Transfer the
+    ** information from that one child into the root page if it 
+    ** will fit.  This reduces the depth of the tree by one.
+    **
+    ** If the root page is page 1, it has less space available than
+    ** its child (due to the 100 byte header that occurs at the beginning
+    ** of the database fle), so it might not be able to hold all of the 
+    ** information currently contained in the child.  If this is the 
+    ** case, then do not do the transfer.  Leave page 1 empty except
+    ** for the right-pointer to the child page.  The child page becomes
+    ** the virtual root of the tree.
+    */
+    pgnoChild = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    assert( pgnoChild>0 );
+    assert( pgnoChild<=sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPage->pBt->pPager) );
+    rc = getPage(pPage->pBt, pgnoChild, &pChild);
+    if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance;
+    if( pPage->pgno==1 ){
+      rc = initPage(pChild, pPage);
+      if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance;
+      assert( pChild->nOverflow==0 );
+      if( pChild->nFree>=100 ){
+        /* The child information will fit on the root page, so do the
+        ** copy */
+        int i;
+        zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0]);
+        for(i=0; i<pChild->nCell; i++){
+          apCell[i] = findCell(pChild,i);
+          szCell[i] = cellSizePtr(pChild, apCell[i]);
+        }
+        assemblePage(pPage, pChild->nCell, apCell, szCell);
+        freePage(pChild);
+        TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d transfer to page 1\n", pChild->pgno));
+      }else{
+        /* The child has more information that will fit on the root.
+        ** The tree is already balanced.  Do nothing. */
+        TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d will not fit on page 1\n", pChild->pgno));
+      }
+    }else{
+      memcpy(pPage->aData, pChild->aData, pPage->pBt->usableSize);
+      pPage->isInit = 0;
+      pPage->pParent = 0;
+      rc = initPage(pPage, 0);
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      freePage(pChild);
+      TRACE(("BALANCE: transfer child %d into root %d\n",
+              pChild->pgno, pPage->pgno));
+    }
+    reparentChildPages(pPage);
+    releasePage(pChild);
+  }
+end_shallow_balance:
+  sqliteFree(apCell);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The root page is overfull
+**
+** When this happens, Create a new child page and copy the
+** contents of the root into the child.  Then make the root
+** page an empty page with rightChild pointing to the new
+** child.   Finally, call balance_internal() on the new child
+** to cause it to split.
+*/
+static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pPage){
+  int rc;             /* Return value from subprocedures */
+  MemPage *pChild;    /* Pointer to a new child page */
+  Pgno pgnoChild;     /* Page number of the new child page */
+  Btree *pBt;         /* The BTree */
+  int usableSize;     /* Total usable size of a page */
+  u8 *data;           /* Content of the parent page */
+  u8 *cdata;          /* Content of the child page */
+  int hdr;            /* Offset to page header in parent */
+  int brk;            /* Offset to content of first cell in parent */
+
+  assert( pPage->pParent==0 );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow>0 );
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pChild, &pgnoChild, pPage->pgno);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pChild->aData) );
+  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  cdata = pChild->aData;
+  memcpy(cdata, &data[hdr], pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell-hdr);
+  memcpy(&cdata[brk], &data[brk], usableSize-brk);
+  rc = initPage(pChild, pPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pPage->aOvfl, pPage->nOverflow*sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]));
+  pChild->nOverflow = pPage->nOverflow;
+  if( pChild->nOverflow ){
+    pChild->nFree = 0;
+  }
+  assert( pChild->nCell==pPage->nCell );
+  zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
+  put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pPage->pgno, pChild->pgno));
+  rc = balance_nonroot(pChild);
+  releasePage(pChild);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decide if the page pPage needs to be balanced.  If balancing is
+** required, call the appropriate balancing routine.
+*/
+static int balance(MemPage *pPage){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPage->pParent==0 ){
+    if( pPage->nOverflow>0 ){
+      rc = balance_deeper(pPage);
+    }
+    if( pPage->nCell==0 ){
+      rc = balance_shallower(pPage);
+    }
+  }else{
+    if( pPage->nOverflow>0 || pPage->nFree>pPage->pBt->usableSize*2/3 ){
+      rc = balance_nonroot(pPage);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks all cursors that point to table pgnoRoot.
+** If any of those cursors other than pExclude were opened with 
+** wrFlag==0 then this routine returns SQLITE_LOCKED.  If all
+** cursors that point to pgnoRoot were opened with wrFlag==1
+** then this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** In addition to checking for read-locks (where a read-lock 
+** means a cursor opened with wrFlag==0) this routine also moves
+** all cursors other than pExclude so that they are pointing to the 
+** first Cell on root page.  This is necessary because an insert 
+** or delete might change the number of cells on a page or delete
+** a page entirely and we do not want to leave any cursors 
+** pointing to non-existant pages or cells.
+*/
+static int checkReadLocks(Btree *pBt, Pgno pgnoRoot, BtCursor *pExclude){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->pgnoRoot!=pgnoRoot || p==pExclude ) continue;
+    if( p->wrFlag==0 ) return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    if( p->pPage->pgno!=p->pgnoRoot ){
+      moveToRoot(p);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new record into the BTree.  The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
+** and the data is given by (pData,nData).  The cursor is used only to
+** define what table the record should be inserted into.  The cursor
+** is left pointing at a random location.
+**
+** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
+** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
+  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
+  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key of the new record */
+  const void *pData, int nData   /* The data of the new record */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int loc;
+  int szNew;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  Btree *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+  unsigned char *oldCell;
+  unsigned char *newCell = 0;
+
+  if( pCur->status ){
+    return pCur->status;  /* A rollback destroyed this cursor */
+  }
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    /* Must start a transaction before doing an insert */
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  assert( !pBt->readOnly );
+  if( !pCur->wrFlag ){
+    return SQLITE_PERM;   /* Cursor not open for writing */
+  }
+  if( checkReadLocks(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, &loc);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
+  assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->leafData );
+  TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
+          pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
+          loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  newCell = sqliteMallocRaw( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, &szNew);
+  if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+  assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
+  assert( szNew<=MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  if( loc==0 && pCur->isValid ){
+    int szOld;
+    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+    oldCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx);
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
+    }
+    szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell);
+    rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell);
+    if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+    dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, szOld);
+  }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
+    assert( pPage->leaf );
+    pCur->idx++;
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPage->leaf );
+  }
+  insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, newCell, szNew, 0);
+  rc = balance(pPage);
+  /* sqlite3BtreePageDump(pCur->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, 1); */
+  /* fflush(stdout); */
+  moveToRoot(pCur);
+end_insert:
+  sqliteFree(newCell);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.  The cursor
+** is left pointing at a random location.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
+  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  unsigned char *pCell;
+  int rc;
+  Pgno pgnoChild = 0;
+  Btree *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  if( pCur->status ){
+    return pCur->status;  /* A rollback destroyed this cursor */
+  }
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    /* Must start a transaction before doing a delete */
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  assert( !pBt->readOnly );
+  if( pCur->idx >= pPage->nCell ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;  /* The cursor is not pointing to anything */
+  }
+  if( !pCur->wrFlag ){
+    return SQLITE_PERM;   /* Did not open this cursor for writing */
+  }
+  if( checkReadLocks(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx);
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    pgnoChild = get4byte(pCell);
+  }
+  clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    /*
+    ** The entry we are about to delete is not a leaf so if we do not
+    ** do something we will leave a hole on an internal page.
+    ** We have to fill the hole by moving in a cell from a leaf.  The
+    ** next Cell after the one to be deleted is guaranteed to exist and
+    ** to be a leaf so we can use it.
+    */
+    BtCursor leafCur;
+    unsigned char *pNext;
+    int szNext;
+    int notUsed;
+    unsigned char *tempCell;
+    assert( !pPage->leafData );
+    getTempCursor(pCur, &leafCur);
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(&leafCur, &notUsed);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(leafCur.pPage->aData);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete internal from %d replace from leaf %d\n",
+       pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno, leafCur.pPage->pgno));
+    dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
+    pNext = findCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx);
+    szNext = cellSizePtr(leafCur.pPage, pNext);
+    assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)>=szNext+4 );
+    tempCell = sqliteMallocRaw( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+    if( tempCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, pNext-4, szNext+4, tempCell);
+    put4byte(findOverflowCell(pPage, pCur->idx), pgnoChild);
+    rc = balance(pPage);
+    sqliteFree(tempCell);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    dropCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx, szNext);
+    rc = balance(leafCur.pPage);
+    releaseTempCursor(&leafCur);
+  }else{
+    TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete from leaf %d\n",
+       pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno));
+    dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
+    rc = balance(pPage);
+  }
+  moveToRoot(pCur);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new BTree table.  Write into *piTable the page
+** number for the root page of the new table.
+**
+** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter.  Only the
+** following values of flags are currently in use.  Other values for
+** flags might not work:
+**
+**     BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA     Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
+**     BTREE_ZERODATA                  Used for SQL indices
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *pBt, int *piTable, int flags){
+  MemPage *pRoot;
+  Pgno pgnoRoot;
+  int rc;
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    /* Must start a transaction first */
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( pBt->readOnly ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+  rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pRoot->aData) );
+  zeroPage(pRoot, flags | PTF_LEAF);
+  sqlite3pager_unref(pRoot->aData);
+  *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase the given database page and all its children.  Return
+** the page to the freelist.
+*/
+static int clearDatabasePage(
+  Btree *pBt,           /* The BTree that contains the table */
+  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to clear */
+  MemPage *pParent,     /* Parent page.  NULL for the root */
+  int freePageFlag      /* Deallocate page if true */
+){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char *pCell;
+  int i;
+
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, pParent);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+    pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage->pParent, 1);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+    }
+    rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), pPage->pParent, 1);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+  }
+  if( freePageFlag ){
+    rc = freePage(pPage);
+  }else{
+    zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF);
+  }
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete all information from a single table in the database.  iTable is
+** the page number of the root of the table.  After this routine returns,
+** the root page is empty, but still exists.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** read cursors on the table.  Open write cursors are moved to the
+** root of the table.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *pBt, int iTable){
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    if( pCur->pgnoRoot==(Pgno)iTable ){
+      if( pCur->wrFlag==0 ) return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+      moveToRoot(pCur);
+    }
+  }
+  rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3BtreeRollback(pBt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
+** the freelist.  Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
+** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** cursors on the table.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *pBt, int iTable){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    if( pCur->pgnoRoot==(Pgno)iTable ){
+      return SQLITE_LOCKED;  /* Cannot drop a table that has a cursor */
+    }
+  }
+  rc = getPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pBt, iTable);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  if( iTable>1 ){
+    rc = freePage(pPage);
+  }else{
+    zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
+  }
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  return rc;  
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Read the meta-information out of a database file.  Meta[0]
+** is the number of free pages currently in the database.  Meta[1]
+** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers.  Meta[0]
+** is read-only, the others are read/write.
+** 
+** The schema layer numbers meta values differently.  At the schema
+** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
+** free pages is not visible.  So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBt, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char *pP1;
+
+  assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
+  rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBt->pPager, 1, (void**)&pP1);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  *pMeta = get4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4]);
+  sqlite3pager_unref(pP1);
+
+  /* The current implementation is unable to handle writes to an autovacuumed
+  ** database.  So make such a database readonly. */
+  if( idx==4 && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write meta-information back into the database.  Meta[0] is
+** read-only and may not be written.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *pBt, int idx, u32 iMeta){
+  unsigned char *pP1;
+  int rc;
+  assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
+  if( pBt->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
+  pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pP1);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the flag byte at the beginning of the page that the cursor
+** is currently pointing to.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor *pCur){
+  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  return pPage ? pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset] : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print a disassembly of the given page on standard output.  This routine
+** is used for debugging and testing only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree *pBt, int pgno, int recursive){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int i, j, c;
+  int nFree;
+  u16 idx;
+  int hdr;
+  int nCell;
+  int isInit;
+  unsigned char *data;
+  char range[20];
+  unsigned char payload[20];
+
+  rc = getPage(pBt, (Pgno)pgno, &pPage);
+  isInit = pPage->isInit;
+  if( pPage->isInit==0 ){
+    initPage(pPage, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  c = data[hdr];
+  pPage->intKey = (c & (PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA))!=0;
+  pPage->zeroData = (c & PTF_ZERODATA)!=0;
+  pPage->leafData = (c & PTF_LEAFDATA)!=0;
+  pPage->leaf = (c & PTF_LEAF)!=0;
+  pPage->hasData = !(pPage->zeroData || (!pPage->leaf && pPage->leafData));
+  nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("PAGE %d:  flags=0x%02x  frag=%d   parent=%d\n", pgno,
+    data[hdr], data[hdr+7], 
+    (pPage->isInit && pPage->pParent) ? pPage->pParent->pgno : 0);
+  assert( hdr == (pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
+  idx = hdr + 12 - pPage->leaf*4;
+  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+    CellInfo info;
+    Pgno child;
+    unsigned char *pCell;
+    int sz;
+    int addr;
+
+    addr = get2byte(&data[idx + 2*i]);
+    pCell = &data[addr];
+    parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+    sz = info.nSize;
+    sprintf(range,"%d..%d", addr, addr+sz-1);
+    if( pPage->leaf ){
+      child = 0;
+    }else{
+      child = get4byte(pCell);
+    }
+    sz = info.nData;
+    if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += info.nKey;
+    if( sz>sizeof(payload)-1 ) sz = sizeof(payload)-1;
+    memcpy(payload, &pCell[info.nHeader], sz);
+    for(j=0; j<sz; j++){
+      if( payload[j]<0x20 || payload[j]>0x7f ) payload[j] = '.';
+    }
+    payload[sz] = 0;
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf(
+      "cell %2d: i=%-10s chld=%-4d nk=%-4lld nd=%-4d payload=%s\n",
+      i, range, child, info.nKey, info.nData, payload
+    );
+  }
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("right_child: %d\n", get4byte(&data[hdr+8]));
+  }
+  nFree = 0;
+  i = 0;
+  idx = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+  while( idx>0 && idx<pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
+    int sz = get2byte(&data[idx+2]);
+    sprintf(range,"%d..%d", idx, idx+sz-1);
+    nFree += sz;
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("freeblock %2d: i=%-10s size=%-4d total=%d\n",
+       i, range, sz, nFree);
+    idx = get2byte(&data[idx]);
+    i++;
+  }
+  if( idx!=0 ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("ERROR: next freeblock index out of range: %d\n", idx);
+  }
+  if( recursive && !pPage->leaf ){
+    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+      unsigned char *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+      sqlite3BtreePageDump(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1);
+      idx = get2byte(pCell);
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreePageDump(pBt, get4byte(&data[hdr+8]), 1);
+  }
+  pPage->isInit = isInit;
+  sqlite3pager_unref(data);
+  fflush(stdout);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Fill aResult[] with information about the entry and page that the
+** cursor is pointing to.
+** 
+**   aResult[0] =  The page number
+**   aResult[1] =  The entry number
+**   aResult[2] =  Total number of entries on this page
+**   aResult[3] =  Cell size (local payload + header)
+**   aResult[4] =  Number of free bytes on this page
+**   aResult[5] =  Number of free blocks on the page
+**   aResult[6] =  Total payload size (local + overflow)
+**   aResult[7] =  Header size in bytes
+**   aResult[8] =  Local payload size
+**   aResult[9] =  Parent page number
+**
+** This routine is used for testing and debugging only.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor *pCur, int *aResult, int upCnt){
+  int cnt, idx;
+  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+  BtCursor tmpCur;
+
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  getTempCursor(pCur, &tmpCur);
+  while( upCnt-- ){
+    moveToParent(&tmpCur);
+  }
+  pPage = tmpCur.pPage;
+  pageIntegrity(pPage);
+  aResult[0] = sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage->aData);
+  assert( aResult[0]==pPage->pgno );
+  aResult[1] = tmpCur.idx;
+  aResult[2] = pPage->nCell;
+  if( tmpCur.idx>=0 && tmpCur.idx<pPage->nCell ){
+    getCellInfo(&tmpCur);
+    aResult[3] = tmpCur.info.nSize;
+    aResult[6] = tmpCur.info.nData;
+    aResult[7] = tmpCur.info.nHeader;
+    aResult[8] = tmpCur.info.nLocal;
+  }else{
+    aResult[3] = 0;
+    aResult[6] = 0;
+    aResult[7] = 0;
+    aResult[8] = 0;
+  }
+  aResult[4] = pPage->nFree;
+  cnt = 0;
+  idx = get2byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+1]);
+  while( idx>0 && idx<pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
+    cnt++;
+    idx = get2byte(&pPage->aData[idx]);
+  }
+  aResult[5] = cnt;
+  if( pPage->pParent==0 || isRootPage(pPage) ){
+    aResult[9] = 0;
+  }else{
+    aResult[9] = pPage->pParent->pgno;
+  }
+  releaseTempCursor(&tmpCur);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the pager associated with a BTree.  This routine is used for
+** testing and debugging only.
+*/
+Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *pBt){
+  return pBt->pPager;
+}
+
+/*
+** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
+** in order to keep track of some global state information.
+*/
+typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
+struct IntegrityCk {
+  Btree *pBt;    /* The tree being checked out */
+  Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager.  Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
+  int nPage;     /* Number of pages in the database */
+  int *anRef;    /* Number of times each page is referenced */
+  char *zErrMsg; /* An error message.  NULL of no errors seen. */
+};
+
+/*
+** Append a message to the error message string.
+*/
+static void checkAppendMsg(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,
+  char *zMsg1,
+  const char *zFormat,
+  ...
+){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *zMsg2;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  zMsg2 = sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( zMsg1==0 ) zMsg1 = "";
+  if( pCheck->zErrMsg ){
+    char *zOld = pCheck->zErrMsg;
+    pCheck->zErrMsg = 0;
+    sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zOld, "\n", zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0);
+    sqliteFree(zOld);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(zMsg2);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage.  If this is the second
+** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
+** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if
+** if this is the first reference to the page.
+**
+** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
+*/
+static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, int iPage, char *zContext){
+  if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
+  if( iPage>pCheck->nPage || iPage<0 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return  (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
+** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
+*/
+static void checkList(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Integrity checking context */
+  int isFreeList,       /* True for a freelist.  False for overflow page list */
+  int iPage,            /* Page number for first page in the list */
+  int N,                /* Expected number of pages in the list */
+  char *zContext        /* Context for error messages */
+){
+  int i;
+  int expected = N;
+  int iFirst = iPage;
+  while( N-- > 0 ){
+    unsigned char *pOvfl;
+    if( iPage<1 ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+         "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
+          N+1, expected, iFirst);
+      break;
+    }
+    if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break;
+    if( sqlite3pager_get(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, (void**)&pOvfl) ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
+      break;
+    }
+    if( isFreeList ){
+      int n = get4byte(&pOvfl[4]);
+      if( n>pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-8 ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+           "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
+        N--;
+      }else{
+        for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+          checkRef(pCheck, get4byte(&pOvfl[8+i*4]), zContext);
+        }
+        N -= n;
+      }
+    }
+    iPage = get4byte(pOvfl);
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pOvfl);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree.  Return
+** the tree depth.  Root pages return 0.  Parents of root pages
+** return 1, and so forth.
+** 
+** These checks are done:
+**
+**      1.  Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
+**          but combine to completely cover the page.
+**  NO  2.  Make sure cell keys are in order.
+**  NO  3.  Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound.
+**  NO  4.  Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound.
+**      5.  Check the integrity of overflow pages.
+**      6.  Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
+**      7.  Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
+**      8.  Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
+**          the root of the tree.
+*/
+static int checkTreePage(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Context for the sanity check */
+  int iPage,            /* Page number of the page to check */
+  MemPage *pParent,     /* Parent page */
+  char *zParentContext, /* Parent context */
+  char *zLowerBound,    /* All keys should be greater than this, if not NULL */
+  int nLower,           /* Number of characters in zLowerBound */
+  char *zUpperBound,    /* All keys should be less than this, if not NULL */
+  int nUpper            /* Number of characters in zUpperBound */
+){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
+  int hdr, cellStart;
+  int nCell;
+  u8 *data;
+  BtCursor cur;
+  Btree *pBt;
+  int maxLocal, usableSize;
+  char zContext[100];
+  char *hit;
+
+  /* Check that the page exists
+  */
+  cur.pBt = pBt = pCheck->pBt;
+  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+  if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
+  if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
+  if( (rc = getPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage))!=0 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+       "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  maxLocal = pPage->leafData ? pBt->maxLeaf : pBt->maxLocal;
+  if( (rc = initPage(pPage, pParent))!=0 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "initPage() returns error code %d", rc);
+    releasePage(pPage);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Check out all the cells.
+  */
+  depth = 0;
+  cur.pPage = pPage;
+  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+    u8 *pCell;
+    int sz;
+    CellInfo info;
+
+    /* Check payload overflow pages
+    */
+    sprintf(zContext, "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i);
+    pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
+    parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+    sz = info.nData;
+    if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += info.nKey;
+    if( sz>info.nLocal ){
+      int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
+      checkList(pCheck, 0, get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]),nPage,zContext);
+    }
+
+    /* Check sanity of left child page.
+    */
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      pgno = get4byte(pCell);
+      d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck,pgno,pPage,zContext,0,0,0,0);
+      if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs");
+      }
+      depth = d2;
+    }
+  }
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    sprintf(zContext, "On page %d at right child: ", iPage);
+    checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, pPage, zContext,0,0,0,0);
+  }
+ 
+  /* Check for complete coverage of the page
+  */
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  hit = sqliteMalloc( usableSize );
+  if( hit ){
+    memset(hit, 1, get2byte(&data[hdr+5]));
+    nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+    cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+      int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
+      int size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
+      int j;
+      for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
+    }
+    for(cnt=0, i=get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); i>0 && i<usableSize && cnt<10000; 
+           cnt++){
+      int size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
+      int j;
+      for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;
+      i = get2byte(&data[i]);
+    }
+    for(i=cnt=0; i<usableSize; i++){
+      if( hit[i]==0 ){
+        cnt++;
+      }else if( hit[i]>1 ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
+          "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
+          "Fragmented space is %d byte reported as %d on page %d",
+          cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
+    }
+  }
+  sqliteFree(hit);
+
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  return depth+1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file.  aRoot[] is
+** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
+** a table.  nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
+**
+** If everything checks out, this routine returns NULL.  If something is
+** amiss, an error message is written into memory obtained from malloc()
+** and a pointer to that error message is returned.  The calling function
+** is responsible for freeing the error message when it is done.
+*/
+char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree *pBt, int *aRoot, int nRoot){
+  int i;
+  int nRef;
+  IntegrityCk sCheck;
+
+  nRef = *sqlite3pager_stats(pBt->pPager);
+  if( lockBtree(pBt)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return sqliteStrDup("Unable to acquire a read lock on the database");
+  }
+  sCheck.pBt = pBt;
+  sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
+  sCheck.nPage = sqlite3pager_pagecount(sCheck.pPager);
+  if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
+    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sCheck.anRef = sqliteMallocRaw( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) );
+  for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; }
+  i = PENDING_BYTE/pBt->pageSize + 1;
+  if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){
+    sCheck.anRef[i] = 1;
+  }
+  sCheck.zErrMsg = 0;
+
+  /* Check the integrity of the freelist
+  */
+  checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
+            get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");
+
+  /* Check all the tables.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nRoot; i++){
+    if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
+    checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], 0, "List of tree roots: ", 0,0,0,0);
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
+  */
+  for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){
+    if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){
+      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages
+  */
+  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+  if( nRef != *sqlite3pager_stats(pBt->pPager) ){
+    checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, 
+      "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
+      nRef, *sqlite3pager_stats(pBt->pPager)
+    );
+  }
+
+  /* Clean  up and report errors.
+  */
+  sqliteFree(sCheck.anRef);
+  return sCheck.zErrMsg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *pBt){
+  assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3pager_filename(pBt->pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the pathname of the directory that contains the database file.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *pBt){
+  assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3pager_dirname(pBt->pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
+** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
+** has been created or not.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *pBt){
+  assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3pager_journalname(pBt->pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo.  A transaction
+** must be active for both files.
+**
+** The size of file pBtFrom may be reduced by this operation.
+** If anything goes wrong, the transaction on pBtFrom is rolled back.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pBtTo, Btree *pBtFrom){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Pgno i, nPage, nToPage;
+
+  if( pBtTo->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pBtFrom->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( pBtTo->pCursor ) return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  nToPage = sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBtTo->pPager);
+  nPage = sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBtFrom->pPager);
+  for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=nPage; i++){
+    void *pPage;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBtFrom->pPager, i, &pPage);
+    if( rc ) break;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_overwrite(pBtTo->pPager, i, pPage);
+    if( rc ) break;
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pPage);
+  }
+  for(i=nPage+1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=nToPage; i++){
+    void *pPage;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBtTo->pPager, i, &pPage);
+    if( rc ) break;
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage);
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pPage);
+    sqlite3pager_dont_write(pBtTo->pPager, i);
+  }
+  if( !rc && nPage<nToPage ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_truncate(pBtTo->pPager, nPage);
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3BtreeRollback(pBtTo);
+  }
+  return rc;  
+}
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *pBt){
+  return (pBt && (pBt->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
+}
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if a statement transaction is active.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree *pBt){
+  return (pBt && pBt->inStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
+**
+** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
+** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
+** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file 
+** (single database transaction).
+**
+** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
+** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
+**
+** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
+** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeSync(Btree *pBt, const char *zMaster){
+  if( pBt->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    return sqlite3pager_sync(pBt->pPager, zMaster);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/btree.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/btree.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48524aef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/btree.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
+** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
+** of what each interface routine does.
+**
+** @(#) $Id$
+*/
+#ifndef _BTREE_H_
+#define _BTREE_H_
+
+/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
+** needs to be revisited.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10
+
+/*
+** Forward declarations of structure
+*/
+typedef struct Btree Btree;
+typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
+
+
+int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of database file to open */
+  Btree **,                /* Return open Btree* here */
+  int flags                /* Flags */
+);
+
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
+** following values.
+*/
+#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not use journal.  No argument */
+#define BTREE_MEMORY        2  /* In-memory DB.  No argument */
+
+int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree*,BusyHandler*);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int);
+int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int);
+int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
+int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
+int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreeSync(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
+
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *);
+const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
+int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
+
+/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
+** of the following flags:
+*/
+#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
+#define BTREE_ZERODATA   2    /* Table has keys only - no data */
+#define BTREE_LEAFDATA   4    /* Data stored in leaves only.  Implies INTKEY */
+
+int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int);
+int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int);
+int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue);
+int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
+
+int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+  Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
+  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
+  int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
+  int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),  /* Key comparison function */
+  void*,                               /* First argument to compare function */
+  BtCursor **ppCursor                  /* Returned cursor */
+);
+
+void sqlite3BtreeSetCompare(
+  BtCursor *,
+  int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void*
+);
+
+int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
+int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
+int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
+                                  const void *pData, int nData);
+int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
+int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*);
+int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
+int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
+int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
+const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
+int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
+int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+
+char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot);
+struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
+void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
+int sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree*, int, int recursive);
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/build.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/build.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e5e08a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/build.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2564 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser
+** when syntax rules are reduced.  The routines in this file handle the
+** following kinds of SQL syntax:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE
+**     DROP TABLE
+**     CREATE INDEX
+**     DROP INDEX
+**     creating ID lists
+**     BEGIN TRANSACTION
+**     COMMIT
+**     ROLLBACK
+**     PRAGMA
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
+** be parsed.  Check to see if the schema for the database needs
+** to be read from the SQLITE_MASTER and SQLITE_TEMP_MASTER tables.
+** If it does, then read it.
+*/
+void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){
+  pParse->explain = explainFlag;
+  pParse->nVar = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
+** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
+** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
+** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
+** parse.
+**
+** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
+** no VDBE code was generated.
+*/
+void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+
+  /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
+  ** vdbe program
+  */
+  db = pParse->db;
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+
+    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
+    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
+    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
+    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
+    ** on each used database.
+    */
+    if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){
+      u32 mask;
+      int iDb;
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+      for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDb<db->nDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){
+        if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb]);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto);
+    }
+
+    /* Add a No-op that contains the complete text of the compiled SQL
+    ** statement as its P3 argument.  This does not change the functionality
+    ** of the program. 
+    **
+    ** This is used to implement sqlite3_trace() functionality.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Noop, 0, 0, pParse->zSql, pParse->zTail-pParse->zSql);
+  }
+
+
+  /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
+  */
+  if( v && pParse->nErr==0 ){
+    FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0;
+    sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace);
+    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem+3,
+                         pParse->nTab+3, pParse->explain);
+    pParse->rc = pParse->nErr ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
+    pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
+  }else if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pParse->nTab = 0;
+  pParse->nMem = 0;
+  pParse->nSet = 0;
+  pParse->nAgg = 0;
+  pParse->nVar = 0;
+  pParse->cookieMask = 0;
+  pParse->cookieGoto = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
+** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
+** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.
+**
+** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
+** first matching table is returned.  (No checking for duplicate table
+** names is done.)  The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any
+** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
+**
+** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
+*/
+Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
+  Table *p = 0;
+  int i;
+  assert( zName!=0 );
+  assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_Initialized) || db->init.busy );
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
+    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].tblHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1);
+    if( p ) break;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
+** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
+** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.  Also leave an
+** error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
+**
+** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this
+** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where
+** sqlite3FindTable() does not.
+*/
+Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, const char *zDbase){
+  Table *p;
+
+  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    if( zDbase ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s.%s", zDbase, zName);
+    }else if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, 0)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table \"%s\" is not in database \"%s\"",
+         zName, zDbase);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zName);
+    }
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes 
+** a particular index given the name of that index
+** and the name of the database that contains the index.
+** Return NULL if not found.
+**
+** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the
+** table and the first matching index is returned.  (No checking
+** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
+** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
+** using the ATTACH command.
+*/
+Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
+  Index *p = 0;
+  int i;
+  assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_Initialized) || db->init.busy );
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
+    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].idxHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1);
+    if( p ) break;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Reclaim the memory used by an index
+*/
+static void freeIndex(Index *p){
+  sqliteFree(p->zColAff);
+  sqliteFree(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the given index from the index hash table, and free
+** its memory structures.
+**
+** The index is removed from the database hash tables but
+** it is not unlinked from the Table that it indexes.
+** Unlinking from the Table must be done by the calling function.
+*/
+static void sqliteDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){
+  Index *pOld;
+
+  assert( db!=0 && p->zName!=0 );
+  pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[p->iDb].idxHash, p->zName,
+                          strlen(p->zName)+1, 0);
+  if( pOld!=0 && pOld!=p ){
+    sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[p->iDb].idxHash, pOld->zName,
+                     strlen(pOld->zName)+1, pOld);
+  }
+  freeIndex(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink the given index from its table, then remove
+** the index from the index hash table and free its memory
+** structures.
+*/
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
+  Index *pIndex;
+  int len;
+
+  len = strlen(zIdxName);
+  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[iDb].idxHash, zIdxName, len+1, 0);
+  if( pIndex ){
+    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
+      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
+    }else{
+      Index *p;
+      for(p=pIndex->pTable->pIndex; p && p->pNext!=pIndex; p=p->pNext){}
+      if( p && p->pNext==pIndex ){
+        p->pNext = pIndex->pNext;
+      }
+    }
+    freeIndex(pIndex);
+  }
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Erase all schema information from the in-memory hash tables of
+** a single database.  This routine is called to reclaim memory
+** before the database closes.  It is also called during a rollback
+** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a
+** schema-cookie mismatch occurs.
+**
+** If iDb<=0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database
+** files.  If iDb>=2 then reset the internal schema for only the
+** single file indicated.
+*/
+void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
+  HashElem *pElem;
+  Hash temp1;
+  Hash temp2;
+  int i, j;
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Initialized;
+  for(i=iDb; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    temp1 = pDb->tblHash;
+    temp2 = pDb->trigHash;
+    sqlite3HashInit(&pDb->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    sqlite3HashClear(&pDb->aFKey);
+    sqlite3HashClear(&pDb->idxHash);
+    for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+      Trigger *pTrigger = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+      sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrigger);
+    }
+    sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&pDb->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+      Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+      sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab);
+    }
+    sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
+    DbClearProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+    if( iDb>0 ) return;
+  }
+  assert( iDb==0 );
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
+
+  /* If one or more of the auxiliary database files has been closed,
+  ** then remove then from the auxiliary database list.  We take the
+  ** opportunity to do this here since we have just deleted all of the
+  ** schema hash tables and therefore do not have to make any changes
+  ** to any of those tables.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+      if( pDb->pAux && pDb->xFreeAux ) pDb->xFreeAux(pDb->pAux);
+      pDb->pAux = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=j=2; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+      sqliteFree(pDb->zName);
+      pDb->zName = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( j<i ){
+      db->aDb[j] = db->aDb[i];
+    }
+    j++;
+  }
+  memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j]));
+  db->nDb = j;
+  if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){
+    memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0]));
+    sqliteFree(db->aDb);
+    db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called whenever a rollback occurs.  If there were
+** schema changes during the transaction, then we have to reset the
+** internal hash tables and reload them from disk.
+*/
+void sqlite3RollbackInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_InternChanges ){
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when a commit occurs.
+*/
+void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the column names from a table or view.
+*/
+static void sqliteResetColumnNames(Table *pTable){
+  int i;
+  Column *pCol;
+  assert( pTable!=0 );
+  for(i=0, pCol=pTable->aCol; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    sqliteFree(pCol->zName);
+    sqliteFree(pCol->zDflt);
+    sqliteFree(pCol->zType);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pTable->aCol);
+  pTable->aCol = 0;
+  pTable->nCol = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
+** Table.  No changes are made to disk by this routine.
+**
+** This routine just deletes the data structure.  It does not unlink
+** the table data structure from the hash table.  Nor does it remove
+** foreign keys from the sqlite.aFKey hash table.  But it does destroy
+** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with 
+** the table.
+**
+** Indices associated with the table are unlinked from the "db"
+** data structure if db!=NULL.  If db==NULL, indices attached to
+** the table are deleted, but it is assumed they have already been
+** unlinked.
+*/
+void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
+  Index *pIndex, *pNext;
+  FKey *pFKey, *pNextFKey;
+
+  if( pTable==0 ) return;
+
+  /* Delete all indices associated with this table
+  */
+  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
+    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
+    assert( pIndex->iDb==pTable->iDb || (pTable->iDb==0 && pIndex->iDb==1) );
+    sqliteDeleteIndex(db, pIndex);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete all foreign keys associated with this table.  The keys
+  ** should have already been unlinked from the db->aFKey hash table 
+  */
+  for(pFKey=pTable->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNextFKey){
+    pNextFKey = pFKey->pNextFrom;
+    assert( pTable->iDb<db->nDb );
+    assert( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[pTable->iDb].aFKey,
+                           pFKey->zTo, strlen(pFKey->zTo)+1)!=pFKey );
+    sqliteFree(pFKey);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete the Table structure itself.
+  */
+  sqliteResetColumnNames(pTable);
+  sqliteFree(pTable->zName);
+  sqliteFree(pTable->zColAff);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pTable->pSelect);
+  sqliteFree(pTable);
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the
+** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys.
+*/
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){
+  Table *p;
+  FKey *pF1, *pF2;
+  Db *pDb;
+
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  assert( zTabName && zTabName[0] );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->tblHash, zTabName, strlen(zTabName)+1, 0);
+  if( p ){
+    for(pF1=p->pFKey; pF1; pF1=pF1->pNextFrom){
+      int nTo = strlen(pF1->zTo) + 1;
+      pF2 = sqlite3HashFind(&pDb->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo);
+      if( pF2==pF1 ){
+        sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo, pF1->pNextTo);
+      }else{
+        while( pF2 && pF2->pNextTo!=pF1 ){ pF2=pF2->pNextTo; }
+        if( pF2 ){
+          pF2->pNextTo = pF1->pNextTo;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
+  }
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
+** token with any quotations removed.  Space to hold the returned string
+** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling
+** function.
+**
+** Tokens are really just pointers into the original SQL text and so
+** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent.  The returned string
+** is \000 terminated and is persistent.
+*/
+char *sqlite3NameFromToken(Token *pName){
+  char *zName;
+  if( pName ){
+    zName = sqliteStrNDup(pName->z, pName->n);
+    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
+  }else{
+    zName = 0;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
+** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
+*/
+void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Vdbe *v, int iDb){
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 5); /* sqlite_master has 5 columns */
+}
+
+/*
+** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
+** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
+** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db 
+** does not exist.
+*/
+int findDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
+  int i;
+  Db *pDb;
+  for(pDb=db->aDb, i=0; i<db->nDb; i++, pDb++){
+    if( pName->n==strlen(pDb->zName) && 
+        0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pDb->zName, pName->z, pName->n) ){
+      return i;
+    }
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens
+** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
+** 
+** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
+** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
+**
+** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+**
+** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
+** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name.  The index of the
+** database "xxx" is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3TwoPartName(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Token *pName1,      /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */
+  Token *pName2,      /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */
+  Token **pUnqual     /* Write the unqualified object name here */
+){
+  int iDb;                    /* Database holding the object */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( pName2 && pName2->n>0 ){
+    assert( !db->init.busy );
+    *pUnqual = pName2;
+    iDb = findDb(db, pName1);
+    if( iDb<0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1);
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy );
+    iDb = db->init.iDb;
+    *pUnqual = pName1;
+  }
+  return iDb;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal
+** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or
+** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string
+** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace
+** is reserved for internal use.
+*/
+int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+  if( !pParse->db->init.busy && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory.  This is
+** the first of several action routines that get called in response
+** to a CREATE TABLE statement.  In particular, this routine is called
+** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name.  The
+** pStart token is the CREATE and pName is the table name.  The isTemp
+** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database
+** file instead of in the main database file.  This is normally the case
+** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between
+** CREATE and TABLE.
+**
+** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable.
+** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action
+** routines will be called to add more information to this record.
+** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine
+** is called to complete the construction of the new table record.
+*/
+void sqlite3StartTable(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
+  Token *pStart,   /* The "CREATE" token */
+  Token *pName1,   /* First part of the name of the table or view */
+  Token *pName2,   /* Second part of the name of the table or view */
+  int isTemp,      /* True if this is a TEMP table */
+  int isView       /* True if this is a VIEW */
+){
+  Table *pTable;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  char *zName;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int iDb;         /* Database number to create the table in */
+  Token *pName;    /* Unqualified name of the table to create */
+
+  /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens
+  ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
+  **
+  ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
+  ** 
+  ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
+  ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
+  **
+  ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
+  **
+  ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+  **
+  ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
+  ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is
+  ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be
+  ** created in.
+  */
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  if( isTemp && iDb>1 ){
+    /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified */
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    return;
+  }
+  if( isTemp ) iDb = 1;
+
+  pParse->sNameToken = *pName;
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+  if( zName==0 ) return;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    sqliteFree(zName);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp );
+  {
+    int code;
+    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
+      sqliteFree(zName);
+      return;
+    }
+    if( isView ){
+      if( isTemp ){
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW;
+      }
+    }else{
+      if( isTemp ){
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      sqliteFree(zName);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing
+  ** index or table name in the same database.  Issue an error message if
+  ** it does.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) return;
+  pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  if( pTable ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName);
+    sqliteFree(zName);
+    return;
+  }
+  if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, 0))!=0 && 
+      ( iDb==0 || !db->init.busy) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName);
+    sqliteFree(zName);
+    return;
+  }
+  pTable = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Table) );
+  if( pTable==0 ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    sqliteFree(zName);
+    return;
+  }
+  pTable->zName = zName;
+  pTable->nCol = 0;
+  pTable->aCol = 0;
+  pTable->iPKey = -1;
+  pTable->pIndex = 0;
+  pTable->iDb = iDb;
+  if( pParse->pNewTable ) sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
+  pParse->pNewTable = pTable;
+
+  /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into
+  ** the SQLITE_MASTER table.  Note in particular that we must go ahead
+  ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now.  Before any
+  ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed.  Those keywords will cause
+  ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the 
+  ** indices.  Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
+  ** now.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    /* Every time a new table is created the file-format
+    ** and encoding meta-values are set in the database, in
+    ** case this is the first table created.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, db->file_format, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, db->enc, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 4);
+
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, 0, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
+** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  sqlite3StartTable() gets called
+** first to get things going.  Then this routine is called for each
+** column.
+*/
+void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  char *z;
+  Column *pCol;
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, p->aCol[i].zName)==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
+      sqliteFree(z);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
+    Column *aNew;
+    aNew = sqliteRealloc( p->aCol, (p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
+    p->aCol = aNew;
+  }
+  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
+  memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+  pCol->zName = z;
+ 
+  /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
+  ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will
+  ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly.
+  */
+  pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  pCol->pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+  p->nCol++;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  A "NOT NULL" constraint has
+** been seen on a column.  This routine sets the notNull flag on
+** the column currently under construction.
+*/
+void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  i = p->nCol-1;
+  if( i>=0 ) p->aCol[i].notNull = onError;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  The pFirst token is the first
+** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the
+** column currently under construction.   pLast is the last token
+** in the sequence.  Use this information to construct a string
+** that contains the typename of the column and store that string
+** in zType.
+*/ 
+void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pFirst, Token *pLast){
+  Table *p;
+  int i, j;
+  int n;
+  char *z, **pz;
+  Column *pCol;
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  i = p->nCol-1;
+  if( i<0 ) return;
+  pCol = &p->aCol[i];
+  pz = &pCol->zType;
+  n = pLast->n + (pLast->z - pFirst->z);
+  assert( pCol->zType==0 );
+  z = pCol->zType = sqlite3MPrintf("%.*s", n, pFirst->z);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  for(i=j=0; z[i]; i++){
+    int c = z[i];
+    if( isspace(c) ) continue;
+    z[j++] = c;
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(z, n);
+}
+
+/*
+** The given token is the default value for the last column added to
+** the table currently under construction.  If "minusFlag" is true, it
+** means the value token was preceded by a minus sign.
+**
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.
+*/
+void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, Token *pVal, int minusFlag){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  char *z;
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  i = p->nCol-1;
+  if( i<0 ) return;
+  assert( p->aCol[i].zDflt==0 );
+  z = p->aCol[i].zDflt = sqlite3MPrintf("%s%T", minusFlag ? "-" : "", pVal);
+  sqlite3Dequote(z);
+}
+
+/*
+** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table.  pList is a list of names 
+** of columns that form the primary key.  If pList is NULL, then the
+** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
+**
+** A table can have at most one primary key.  If the table already has
+** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an
+** error.
+**
+** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER,
+** then we will try to use that column as the row id.  (Exception:
+** For backwards compatibility with older databases, do not do this
+** if the file format version number is less than 1.)  Set the Table.iPKey
+** field of the table under construction to be the index of the
+** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column.  Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is
+** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
+**
+** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique
+** index for the key.  No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs.
+*/
+void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, int onError){
+  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+  char *zType = 0;
+  int iCol = -1, i;
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto primary_key_exit;
+  if( pTab->hasPrimKey ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+      "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
+    goto primary_key_exit;
+  }
+  pTab->hasPrimKey = 1;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    iCol = pTab->nCol - 1;
+    pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( iCol<pTab->nCol ) pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
+    }
+    if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1;
+  }
+  if( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol ){
+    zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+  }
+  if( zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0 ){
+    pTab->iPKey = iCol;
+    pTab->keyConf = onError;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0);
+    pList = 0;
+  }
+
+primary_key_exit:
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column
+** to the CollSeq given.
+*/
+void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, const char *zType, int nType){
+  Table *p;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int i;
+
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  i = p->nCol-1;
+
+  pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zType, nType);
+  p->aCol[i].pColl = pColl;
+
+  /* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>",
+  ** then an index may have been created on this column before the
+  ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
+  */
+  for(pIdx = p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 );
+    if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ) pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[0] = pColl;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
+** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
+** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
+**
+** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
+** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
+** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
+**
+** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
+** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
+** each collation sequence structure.
+*/
+static CollSeq * findCollSeqEntry(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zName,
+  int nName,
+  int create
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
+  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
+
+  if( 0==pColl && create ){
+    pColl = sqliteMalloc( 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
+    if( pColl ){
+      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
+      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
+      sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);
+    }
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
+** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
+** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
+**
+** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
+** new entry.  Otherwise return NULL.
+*/
+CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  u8 enc,
+  const char *zName,
+  int nName,
+  int create
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, nName, create);
+  assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
+  assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
+** in the database text encoding of name zName, length nName.
+** If the collation sequence
+*/
+static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nName){
+  assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
+  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
+  if( db->xCollNeeded ){
+    char *zExternal = sqliteStrNDup(zName, nName);
+    if( !zExternal ) return;
+    db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)db->enc, zExternal);
+    sqliteFree(zExternal);
+  }
+  if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
+    char const *zExternal;
+    sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3GetTransientValue(db);
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+    if( !zExternal ) return;
+    db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)db->enc, zExternal);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
+** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
+** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
+** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
+** possible.
+*/
+static int synthCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
+  CollSeq *pColl2;
+  char *z = pColl->zName;
+  int n = strlen(z);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int i;
+  static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
+  for(i=0; i<3; i++){
+    pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, n, 0);
+    if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
+      memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %.*s", n, z);
+  }
+  pParse->nErr++;
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
+** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
+** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
+** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
+**
+** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
+** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, 
+** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
+** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
+*/
+int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
+  if( pColl && !pColl->xCmp ){
+    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
+    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
+    */
+    callCollNeeded(pParse->db, pColl->zName, strlen(pColl->zName));
+    if( !pColl->xCmp && synthCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3CheckCollSeq() for all collating sequences in an index,
+** in order to verify that all the necessary collating sequences are
+** loaded.
+*/
+int sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
+  if( pIdx ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+      if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[i]) ){
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text
+** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName.
+**
+** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available
+** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to
+** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence,
+** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is
+** returned instead.
+**
+** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or
+** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into
+** pParse.
+*/
+CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName){
+  u8 enc = pParse->db->enc;
+  u8 initbusy = pParse->db->init.busy;
+  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(pParse->db, enc, zName, nName, initbusy);
+  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
+  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
+    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
+    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
+    */
+    callCollNeeded(pParse->db, zName, nName);
+    pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(pParse->db, enc, zName, nName, 0);
+    if( pColl && !pColl->xCmp ){
+      /* There may be a version of the collation sequence that requires
+      ** translation between encodings. Search for it with synthCollSeq().
+      */
+      if( synthCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If nothing has been found, write the error message into pParse */
+  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
+    if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %.*s", nName, zName);
+    }
+    pColl = 0;
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
+** associated affinity type.
+*/
+char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zType, int nType){
+  int n, i;
+  static const struct {
+    const char *zSub;  /* Keywords substring to search for */
+    char nSub;         /* length of zSub */
+    char affinity;     /* Affinity to return if it matches */
+  } substrings[] = {
+    {"INT",  3, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER},
+    {"CHAR", 4, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT},
+    {"CLOB", 4, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT},
+    {"TEXT", 4, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT},
+    {"BLOB", 4, SQLITE_AFF_NONE},
+  };
+
+  if( nType==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(substrings)/sizeof(substrings[0]); i++){
+    int c1 = substrings[i].zSub[0];
+    int c2 = tolower(c1);
+    int limit = nType - substrings[i].nSub;
+    const char *z = substrings[i].zSub;
+    for(n=0; n<=limit; n++){
+      int c = zType[n];
+      if( (c==c1 || c==c2)
+             && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(&zType[n], z, substrings[i].nSub) ){
+        return substrings[i].affinity;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie.
+**
+** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the
+** database changes.  After each schema change, the cookie value
+** changes.  When a process first reads the schema it records the
+** cookie.  Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database,
+** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed
+** since it was last read.
+**
+** This plan is not completely bullet-proof.  It is possible for
+** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
+** set back to prior value.  But schema changes are infrequent
+** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
+** 1 chance in 2^32.  So we're safe enough.
+*/
+void sqlite3ChangeCookie(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *v, int iDb){
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].schema_cookie+1, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
+** identifier.  The number returned includes any quotes used
+** but does not include the null terminator.
+**
+** The estimate is conservative.  It might be larger that what is
+** really needed.
+*/
+static int identLength(const char *z){
+  int n;
+  for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){
+    if( *z=='"' ){ n++; }
+  }
+  return n + 2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write an identifier onto the end of the given string.  Add
+** quote characters as needed.
+*/
+static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){
+  unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent;
+  int i, j, needQuote;
+  i = *pIdx;
+  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
+    if( !isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
+  }
+  needQuote =  zIdent[j]!=0 || isdigit(zIdent[0])
+                  || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID;
+  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
+  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
+    z[i++] = zIdent[j];
+    if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"';
+  }
+  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
+  z[i] = 0;
+  *pIdx = i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given
+** table.  Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function.
+*/
+static char *createTableStmt(Table *p){
+  int i, k, n;
+  char *zStmt;
+  char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd, *z;
+  Column *pCol;
+  n = 0;
+  for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    n += identLength(pCol->zName);
+    z = pCol->zType;
+    if( z ){
+      n += (strlen(z) + 1);
+    }
+  }
+  n += identLength(p->zName);
+  if( n<50 ){
+    zSep = "";
+    zSep2 = ",";
+    zEnd = ")";
+  }else{
+    zSep = "\n  ";
+    zSep2 = ",\n  ";
+    zEnd = "\n)";
+  }
+  n += 35 + 6*p->nCol;
+  zStmt = sqliteMallocRaw( n );
+  if( zStmt==0 ) return 0;
+  strcpy(zStmt, p->iDb==1 ? "CREATE TEMP TABLE " : "CREATE TABLE ");
+  k = strlen(zStmt);
+  identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
+  zStmt[k++] = '(';
+  for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    strcpy(&zStmt[k], zSep);
+    k += strlen(&zStmt[k]);
+    zSep = zSep2;
+    identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
+    if( (z = pCol->zType)!=0 ){
+      zStmt[k++] = ' ';
+      strcpy(&zStmt[k], z);
+      k += strlen(z);
+    }
+  }
+  strcpy(&zStmt[k], zEnd);
+  return zStmt;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates
+** a CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** The table structure that other action routines have been building
+** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have
+** occurred.
+**
+** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless
+** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1.  When db->init.busy==1
+** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just
+** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has
+** recently changes, so the entry for this table already exists in
+** the sqlite_master table.  We do not want to create it again.
+**
+** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
+** was called to create a table generated from a 
+** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement.  The column names of
+** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
+*/
+void sqlite3EndTable(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd, Select *pSelect){
+  Table *p;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+
+  assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect );
+
+  /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
+  ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
+  ** So do not write to the disk again.  Extract the root page number
+  ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field.  (The page number
+  ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+  }
+
+  /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table
+  ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database.  The record number
+  ** for the new table entry should already be on the stack.
+  **
+  ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary
+  ** file instead of into the main database file.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    int n;
+    Vdbe *v;
+
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) return;
+
+    if( p->pSelect==0 ){
+      /* A regular table */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_CreateTable, p->iDb, 0);
+    }else{
+      /* A view */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+    }
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+
+    /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT
+    ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the
+    ** new table is on the top of the vdbe stack.
+    **
+    ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a
+    ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used
+    ** by the new table.
+    */
+    if( pSelect ){
+      Table *pSelTab;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, p->iDb, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, 0);
+      pParse->nTab = 2;
+      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Table, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 1, 0);
+      if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
+        pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSelect);
+        if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
+        assert( p->aCol==0 );
+        p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
+        p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
+        pSelTab->nCol = 0;
+        pSelTab->aCol = 0;
+        sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pSelTab);
+      }
+    }
+  
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, p->iDb);
+
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, p->pSelect==0?"table":"view",P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, p->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, p->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 3, 0);
+
+    if( pSelect ){
+      char *z = createTableStmt(p);
+      n = z ? strlen(z) : 0;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, z, n);
+      sqliteFree(z);
+    }else{
+      if( p->pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, "CREATE VIEW ", P3_STATIC);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, "CREATE TABLE ", P3_STATIC);
+      }
+      assert( pEnd!=0 );
+      n = Addr(pEnd->z) - Addr(pParse->sNameToken.z) + 1;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pParse->sNameToken.z, n);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Concat, 0, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 5, 0, "tttit", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, p->iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, p->iDb, 0,
+        sqlite3MPrintf("tbl_name='%q'",p->zName), P3_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+
+  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy && pParse->nErr==0 ){
+    Table *pOld;
+    FKey *pFKey; 
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->tblHash, p->zName, strlen(p->zName)+1, p);
+    if( pOld ){
+      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
+      return;
+    }
+    for(pFKey=p->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
+      int nTo = strlen(pFKey->zTo) + 1;
+      pFKey->pNextTo = sqlite3HashFind(&pDb->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo);
+      sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo, pFKey);
+    }
+    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
+    db->nTable++;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW
+*/
+void sqlite3CreateView(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* The parsing context */
+  Token *pBegin,     /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */
+  Token *pName1,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
+  Token *pName2,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
+  Select *pSelect,   /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */
+  int isTemp         /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */
+){
+  Table *p;
+  int n;
+  const unsigned char *z;
+  Token sEnd;
+  DbFixer sFix;
+  Token *pName;
+
+  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pBegin, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1);
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, p->iDb, "view", pName)
+    && sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect)
+  ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view.
+  ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically
+  ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that
+  ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns.
+  */
+  p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(pSelect);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
+  if( !pParse->db->init.busy ){
+    sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p);
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement.  Make sEnd point to
+  ** the end.
+  */
+  sEnd = pParse->sLastToken;
+  if( sEnd.z[0]!=0 && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){
+    sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
+  }
+  sEnd.n = 0;
+  n = sEnd.z - pBegin->z;
+  z = (const unsigned char*)pBegin->z;
+  while( n>0 && (z[n-1]==';' || isspace(z[n-1])) ){ n--; }
+  sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
+  sEnd.n = 1;
+
+  /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse, &sEnd, 0);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW.  Fill in the names of
+** the columns of the view in the pTable structure.  Return the number
+** of errors.  If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
+*/
+int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  Select *pSel;
+  Table *pSelTab;
+  int nErr = 0;
+
+  assert( pTable );
+
+  /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are
+  ** already known.
+  */
+  if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently
+  ** trying to compute the column names.  If we enter this routine with
+  ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this:
+  **
+  **     CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two;
+  **     CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one;
+  **
+  ** Actually, this error is caught previously and so the following test
+  ** should always fail.  But we will leave it in place just to be safe.
+  */
+  if( pTable->nCol<0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names.
+  */
+  assert( pTable->pSelect ); /* If nCol==0, then pTable must be a VIEW */
+  pSel = pTable->pSelect;
+
+  /* Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any
+  ** "*" elements in this list.  But we will need to restore the list
+  ** back to its original configuration afterwards, so we save a copy of
+  ** the original in pEList.
+  */
+  pEList = pSel->pEList;
+  pSel->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(pEList);
+  if( pSel->pEList==0 ){
+    pSel->pEList = pEList;
+    return 1;  /* Malloc failed */
+  }
+  pTable->nCol = -1;
+  pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSel);
+  if( pSelTab ){
+    assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
+    pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
+    pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
+    pSelTab->nCol = 0;
+    pSelTab->aCol = 0;
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pSelTab);
+    DbSetProperty(pParse->db, pTable->iDb, DB_UnresetViews);
+  }else{
+    pTable->nCol = 0;
+    nErr++;
+  }
+  sqlite3SelectUnbind(pSel);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pSel->pEList);
+  pSel->pEList = pEList;
+  return nErr;  
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx.
+*/
+static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){
+  HashElem *i;
+  if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return;
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
+    if( pTab->pSelect ){
+      sqliteResetColumnNames(pTab);
+    }
+  }
+  DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
+** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
+*/
+void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView){
+  Table *pTab;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int base;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto exit_drop_table;
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_drop_table;
+  iDb = pTab->iDb;
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(pTab->iDb);
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+    if( isView ){
+      if( iDb==1 ){
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW;
+      }
+    }else{
+      if( iDb==1 ){
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pTab->readOnly ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table
+  ** on disk.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    static const VdbeOpList dropTable[] = {
+      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(13), 0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,        0}, /* 1 */
+      { OP_MemStore,   1, 1,        0},
+      { OP_MemLoad,    1, 0,        0}, /* 3 */
+      { OP_Column,     0, 2,        0}, /* sqlite_master.tbl_name */
+      { OP_Ne,         0, ADDR(12), 0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,        "trigger"},
+      { OP_Column,     0, 2,        0}, /* sqlite_master.type */
+      { OP_Eq,         0, ADDR(12), 0},
+      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(13), 0},
+      { OP_Goto,       0, ADDR(3),  0},
+      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(3),  0}, /* 12 */
+    };
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Trigger *pTrigger;
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, pTab->iDb);
+
+    /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code
+    ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or
+    ** sqlite_temp_master if required.
+    */
+    pTrigger = pTab->pTrigger;
+    while( pTrigger ){
+      assert( pTrigger->iDb==pTab->iDb || pTrigger->iDb==1 );
+      sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger, 1);
+      pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
+    }
+
+    /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the
+    ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes
+    ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being
+    ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be
+    ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
+    ** database.
+    */
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, pTab->iDb);
+    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropTable), dropTable);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, base+1, pTab->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, pTab->iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Destroy, pTab->tnum, pTab->iDb);
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Destroy, pIdx->tnum, pIdx->iDb);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTable, pTab->iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+  }
+  sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);
+
+exit_drop_table:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table
+** currently under construction.  pFromCol determines which columns
+** in the current table point to the foreign key.  If pFromCol==0 then
+** connect the key to the last column inserted.  pTo is the name of
+** the table referred to.  pToCol is a list of tables in the other
+** pTo table that the foreign key points to.  flags contains all
+** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified
+** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses.
+**
+** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently
+** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field.  The new FKey
+** is not linked into db->aFKey at this point - that does not happen
+** until sqlite3EndTable().
+**
+** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing.  A subsequent call
+** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED.
+*/
+void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pFromCol,  /* Columns in this table that point to other table */
+  Token *pTo,          /* Name of the other table */
+  ExprList *pToCol,    /* Columns in the other table */
+  int flags            /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */
+){
+  Table *p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  int nByte;
+  int i;
+  int nCol;
+  char *z;
+  FKey *pFKey = 0;
+
+  assert( pTo!=0 );
+  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto fk_end;
+  if( pFromCol==0 ){
+    int iCol = p->nCol-1;
+    if( iCol<0 ) goto fk_end;
+    if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s"
+         " should reference only one column of table %T",
+         p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo);
+      goto fk_end;
+    }
+    nCol = 1;
+  }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of "
+        "columns in the referenced table");
+    goto fk_end;
+  }else{
+    nCol = pFromCol->nExpr;
+  }
+  nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + nCol*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
+  if( pToCol ){
+    for(i=0; i<pToCol->nExpr; i++){
+      nByte += strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
+    }
+  }
+  pFKey = sqliteMalloc( nByte );
+  if( pFKey==0 ) goto fk_end;
+  pFKey->pFrom = p;
+  pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey;
+  z = (char*)&pFKey[1];
+  pFKey->aCol = (struct sColMap*)z;
+  z += sizeof(struct sColMap)*nCol;
+  pFKey->zTo = z;
+  memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n);
+  z[pTo->n] = 0;
+  z += pTo->n+1;
+  pFKey->pNextTo = 0;
+  pFKey->nCol = nCol;
+  if( pFromCol==0 ){
+    pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1;
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      int j;
+      for(j=0; j<p->nCol; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+          pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j>=p->nCol ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+          "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", 
+          pFromCol->a[i].zName);
+        goto fk_end;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( pToCol ){
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      int n = strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName);
+      pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z;
+      memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n);
+      z[n] = 0;
+      z += n+1;
+    }
+  }
+  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
+  pFKey->deleteConf = flags & 0xff;
+  pFKey->updateConf = (flags >> 8 ) & 0xff;
+  pFKey->insertConf = (flags >> 16 ) & 0xff;
+
+  /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step.
+  */
+  p->pFKey = pFKey;
+  pFKey = 0;
+
+fk_end:
+  sqliteFree(pFKey);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pFromCol);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pToCol);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED
+** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition.  The isDeferred
+** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.
+** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted
+** accordingly.
+*/
+void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){
+  Table *pTab;
+  FKey *pFKey;
+  if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return;
+  pFKey->isDeferred = isDeferred;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new index for an SQL table.  pIndex is the name of the index 
+** and pTable is the name of the table that is to be indexed.  Both will 
+** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
+** UNIQUE constraint.  If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
+** as the table to be indexed.  pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
+** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** pList is a list of columns to be indexed.  pList will be NULL if this
+** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
+** to the table currently under construction.  
+*/
+void sqlite3CreateIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* All information about this parse */
+  Token *pName1,   /* First part of index name. May be NULL */
+  Token *pName2,   /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */
+  SrcList *pTblName,  /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */
+  ExprList *pList,   /* A list of columns to be indexed */
+  int onError,     /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
+  Token *pStart,   /* The CREATE token that begins a CREATE TABLE statement */
+  Token *pEnd      /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */
+){
+  Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */
+  Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */
+  char *zName = 0;
+  int i, j;
+  Token nullId;    /* Fake token for an empty ID list */
+  DbFixer sFix;    /* For assigning database names to pTable */
+  int isTemp;      /* True for a temporary index */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  int iDb;          /* Index of the database that is being written */
+  Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */
+
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto exit_create_index;
+
+  /*
+  ** Find the table that is to be indexed.  Return early if not found.
+  */
+  if( pTblName!=0 ){
+
+    /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database 
+    ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
+    ** before looking up the table.
+    */
+    assert( pName1 && pName2 );
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+    if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+
+    /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the the table
+    ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1.
+    */
+    pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName);
+    if( pName2 && pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->iDb==1 ){
+      iDb = 1;
+    }
+
+    if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) &&
+        sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName)
+    ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pTblName->a[0].zName, 
+        pTblName->a[0].zDatabase);
+    if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
+    assert( iDb==pTab->iDb );
+  }else{
+    assert( pName==0 );
+    pTab =  pParse->pNewTable;
+    iDb = pTab->iDb;
+  }
+
+  if( pTab==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index;
+  if( pTab->readOnly ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+  if( pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+  isTemp = pTab->iDb==1;
+
+  /*
+  ** Find the name of the index.  Make sure there is not already another
+  ** index or table with the same name.  
+  **
+  ** Exception:  If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
+  ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
+  ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or
+  ** index, then we will continue to process this index.
+  **
+  ** If pName==0 it means that we are
+  ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint.  We have to invent our
+  ** own name.
+  */
+  if( pName ){
+    zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index;
+    if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    if( !db->init.busy ){
+      Index *pISameName;    /* Another index with the same name */
+      Table *pTSameName;    /* A table with same name as the index */
+      if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index;
+      if( (pISameName = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName))!=0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName);
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+      if( (pTSameName = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0))!=0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName);
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+    }
+  }else if( pName==0 ){
+    char zBuf[30];
+    int n;
+    Index *pLoop;
+    for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){}
+    sprintf(zBuf,"_%d",n);
+    zName = 0;
+    sqlite3SetString(&zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", pTab->zName, zBuf, (char*)0);
+    if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+
+  /* Check for authorization to create an index.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX;
+    if( isTemp ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
+  ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
+  ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
+  */
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    nullId.z = pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName;
+    nullId.n = strlen(nullId.z);
+    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, 0, &nullId);
+    if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+
+  /* 
+  ** Allocate the index structure. 
+  */
+  pIndex = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Index) + strlen(zName) + 1 +
+                        (sizeof(int) + sizeof(CollSeq*))*pList->nExpr );
+  if( pIndex==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+  pIndex->aiColumn = (int*)&pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[pList->nExpr];
+  pIndex->zName = (char*)&pIndex->aiColumn[pList->nExpr];
+  strcpy(pIndex->zName, zName);
+  pIndex->pTable = pTab;
+  pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr;
+  pIndex->onError = onError;
+  pIndex->autoIndex = pName==0;
+  pIndex->iDb = iDb;
+
+  /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and
+  ** load the column indices into the Index structure.  Report an error
+  ** if any column is not found.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ) break;
+    }
+    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
+        pTab->zName, pList->a[i].zName);
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j;
+    if( pList->a[i].pExpr ){
+      assert( pList->a[i].pExpr->pColl );
+      pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[i] = pList->a[i].pExpr->pColl;
+    }else{
+      pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[i] = pTab->aCol[j].pColl;
+    }
+    assert( pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[i] );
+    if( !db->init.busy && 
+        sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[i]) 
+    ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }
+  pIndex->keyInfo.nField = pList->nExpr;
+
+  if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
+    /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a
+    ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or
+    ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions.
+    ** i.e. one of:
+    **
+    ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
+    ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y));
+    **
+    ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If
+    ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to
+    ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with
+    ** explicit indices.
+    */
+    Index *pIdx;
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      int k;
+      assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None );
+      assert( pIdx->autoIndex );
+      assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None );
+
+      if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue;
+      for(k=0; k<pIdx->nColumn; k++){
+        if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
+        if( pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[k]!=pIndex->keyInfo.aColl[k] ) break;
+      }
+      if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){
+        if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
+          /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
+          ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
+          ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this 
+          ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
+          ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
+          ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index.
+          */
+          if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+                "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
+          }
+          if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
+            pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError;
+          }
+        }
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
+  ** in-memory database structures. 
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Index *p;
+    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[pIndex->iDb].idxHash, 
+                         pIndex->zName, strlen(pIndex->zName)+1, pIndex);
+    if( p ){
+      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+    if( pTblName!=0 ){
+      pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk.  This
+  ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the
+  ** index with the current table contents.
+  **
+  ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX 
+  ** command.  db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and 
+  ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table.  In
+  ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why
+  ** we don't want to recreate it.
+  **
+  ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key
+  ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement.  Since the table
+  ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization
+  ** step can be skipped.
+  */
+  else if( db->init.busy==0 ){
+    int n;
+    Vdbe *v;
+    int lbl1, lbl2;
+
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    if( pTblName!=0 ){
+      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, iDb);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, "index", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, 0);
+    if( pTblName ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, 0,
+                     (char*)&pIndex->keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+    if( pStart && pEnd ){
+      if( onError==OE_None ){
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, "CREATE INDEX ", P3_STATIC);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, "CREATE UNIQUE INDEX ", P3_STATIC);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      n = Addr(pEnd->z) - Addr(pName->z) + 1;
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pName->z, n);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Concat, 0, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 5, 0, "tttit", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, 0, 0);
+    if( pTblName ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->iDb, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenRead, 2, pTab->tnum);
+      /* VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 2, pTab->nCol);
+      lbl2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, 2, lbl2);
+      lbl1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIndex, 2);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_IdxPut, 1, pIndex->onError!=OE_None,
+                      "indexed columns are not unique", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, 2, lbl1);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 2, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0,
+         sqlite3MPrintf("name='%q'", pIndex->zName), P3_DYNAMIC);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
+  ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled
+  ** OE_Ignore.  This is necessary for the correct operation of UPDATE
+  ** and INSERT.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
+    if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0
+         || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){
+      pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex;
+      pTab->pIndex = pIndex;
+    }else{
+      Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex;
+      while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){
+        pOther = pOther->pNext;
+      }
+      pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext;
+      pOther->pNext = pIndex;
+    }
+    pIndex = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up before exiting */
+exit_create_index:
+  if( pIndex ){
+    freeIndex(pIndex);
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTblName);
+  sqliteFree(zName);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine will drop an existing named index.  This routine
+** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
+*/
+void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName){
+  Index *pIndex;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) return;
+  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+  if( pIndex==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0);
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  if( pIndex->autoIndex ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE "
+      "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0);
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX;
+    Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pIndex->iDb].zName;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(pIndex->iDb);
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_index;
+    }
+    if( pIndex->iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_index;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    static const VdbeOpList dropIndex[] = {
+      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(9), 0}, 
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,       0}, /* 1 */
+      { OP_MemStore,   1, 1,       0},
+      { OP_MemLoad,    1, 0,       0}, /* 3 */
+      { OP_Column,     0, 1,       0},
+      { OP_Eq,         0, ADDR(8), 0},
+      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(3), 0},
+      { OP_Goto,       0, ADDR(9), 0},
+      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,       0}, /* 8 */
+    };
+    int base;
+
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, pIndex->iDb);
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, pIndex->iDb);
+    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropIndex), dropIndex);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, base+1, pIndex->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, pIndex->iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Destroy, pIndex->tnum, pIndex->iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropIndex, pIndex->iDb, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
+  }
+
+exit_drop_index:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a new element to the given IdList.  Create a new IdList if
+** need be.
+**
+** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
+*/
+IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(IdList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(IdList) );
+    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+    pList->nAlloc = 0;
+  }
+  if( pList->nId>=pList->nAlloc ){
+    struct IdList_item *a;
+    pList->nAlloc = pList->nAlloc*2 + 5;
+    a = sqliteRealloc(pList->a, pList->nAlloc*sizeof(pList->a[0]) );
+    if( a==0 ){
+      sqlite3IdListDelete(pList);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    pList->a = a;
+  }
+  memset(&pList->a[pList->nId], 0, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+  pList->a[pList->nId].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pToken);
+  pList->nId++;
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a new table name to the given SrcList.  Create a new SrcList if
+** need be.  A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pToken is NULL.
+**
+** A new SrcList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
+**
+** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional
+** database name prefix.  Like this:  "database.table".  The pDatabase
+** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
+** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
+** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.  
+** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
+** or with NULL if no database is specified.
+**
+** In other words, if call like this:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(A,B,0);
+**
+** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified.  If called
+** like this:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(A,B,C);
+**
+** Then C is the table name and B is the database name.
+*/
+SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(SrcList *pList, Token *pTable, Token *pDatabase){
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(SrcList) );
+    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+    pList->nAlloc = 1;
+  }
+  if( pList->nSrc>=pList->nAlloc ){
+    SrcList *pNew;
+    pList->nAlloc *= 2;
+    pNew = sqliteRealloc(pList,
+               sizeof(*pList) + (pList->nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pList->a[0]) );
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pList);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    pList = pNew;
+  }
+  pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc];
+  memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+  if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){
+    pDatabase = 0;
+  }
+  if( pDatabase && pTable ){
+    Token *pTemp = pDatabase;
+    pDatabase = pTable;
+    pTable = pTemp;
+  }
+  pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pTable);
+  pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(pDatabase);
+  pItem->iCursor = -1;
+  pList->nSrc++;
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign cursors to all tables in a SrcList
+*/
+void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++){
+    if( pList->a[i].iCursor<0 ){
+      pList->a[i].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an alias to the last identifier on the given identifier list.
+*/
+void sqlite3SrcListAddAlias(SrcList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  if( pList && pList->nSrc>0 ){
+    pList->a[pList->nSrc-1].zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(pToken);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an IdList.
+*/
+void sqlite3IdListDelete(IdList *pList){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
+    sqliteFree(pList->a[i].zName);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pList->a);
+  sqliteFree(pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId.  Return -1
+** if not found.
+*/
+int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return -1;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure.
+*/
+void sqlite3SrcListDelete(SrcList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    sqliteFree(pItem->zDatabase);
+    sqliteFree(pItem->zName);
+    sqliteFree(pItem->zAlias);
+    if( pItem->pTab && pItem->pTab->isTransient ){
+      sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pItem->pTab);
+    }
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pItem->pSelect);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pOn);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(pItem->pUsing);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a transaction
+*/
+void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int i;
+
+  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ) return;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) return;
+  if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit a transaction
+*/
+void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ) return;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback a transaction
+*/
+void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ) return;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use.  Return
+** the number of errors.  Leave any error messages in the pParse structure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
+    int rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 0, MAX_PAGES, &db->aDb[1].pBt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database "
+        "file for storing temporary tables");
+      pParse->rc = rc;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( db->flags & !db->autoCommit ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt, 1);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to get a write lock on "
+          "the temporary database file");
+        pParse->rc = rc;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start
+** a read-transaction for all named database files.
+**
+** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all
+** read transactions be started before anything else happens in
+** the VDBE program.  But this routine can be called after much other
+** code has been generated.  So here is what we do:
+**
+** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that
+** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program.  Then we
+** record every database that needs its schema verified in the
+** pParse->cookieMask field.  Later, after all other code has been
+** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and
+** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value
+** will be made to point to that subroutine.  The generation of the
+** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding().
+**
+** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the
+** schema on any databases.  This can be used to position the OP_Goto
+** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used.
+*/
+void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int mask;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return;  /* This only happens if there was a prior error */
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pParse->cookieGoto==0 ){
+    pParse->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1;
+  }
+  if( iDb>=0 ){
+    assert( iDb<db->nDb );
+    assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
+    assert( iDb<32 );
+    mask = 1<<iDb;
+    if( (pParse->cookieMask & mask)==0 ){
+      pParse->cookieMask |= mask;
+      pParse->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].schema_cookie;
+      if( iDb==1 ){
+        sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
+** might change the database.
+**
+** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within
+** a transaction.  If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint
+** is set if the setStatement parameter is true.  A checkpoint should
+** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of
+** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to
+** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
+** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
+** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
+**
+** Only database iDb and the temp database are made writable by this call.
+** If iDb==0, then the main and temp databases are made writable.   If
+** iDb==1 then only the temp database is made writable.  If iDb>1 then the
+** specified auxiliary database and the temp database are made writable.
+*/
+void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+  pParse->writeMask |= 1<<iDb;
+  if( setStatement ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Statement, iDb, 0);
+  }
+  if( iDb!=1 && pParse->db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, setStatement, 1);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the transient sqlite3_value object used for encoding conversions
+** during SQL compilation.
+*/
+sqlite3_value *sqlite3GetTransientValue(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( !db->pValue ){
+    db->pValue = sqlite3ValueNew();
+  }
+  return db->pValue;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/date.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/date.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..634e81d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/date.c
@@ -0,0 +1,893 @@
+/*
+** 2003 October 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
+** functions for SQLite.  
+**
+** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
+** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
+** All other code has file scope.
+**
+** $Id$
+**
+** NOTES:
+**
+** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers.  The
+** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
+** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
+** calendar system.
+**
+** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
+** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
+**
+** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
+** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
+** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
+** range of dates.
+**
+** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
+** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
+** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
+** dates afterwards, depending on locale.  Beware of this difference.
+**
+** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
+** in the following text:
+**
+**      Jean Meeus
+**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
+**      ISBM 0-943396-61-1
+**      Willmann-Bell, Inc
+**      Richmond, Virginia (USA)
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+
+/*
+** A structure for holding a single date and time.
+*/
+typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
+struct DateTime {
+  double rJD;      /* The julian day number */
+  int Y, M, D;     /* Year, month, and day */
+  int h, m;        /* Hour and minutes */
+  int tz;          /* Timezone offset in minutes */
+  double s;        /* Seconds */
+  char validYMD;   /* True if Y,M,D are valid */
+  char validHMS;   /* True if h,m,s are valid */
+  char validJD;    /* True if rJD is valid */
+  char validTZ;    /* True if tz is valid */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Convert zDate into one or more integers.  Additional arguments
+** come in groups of 5 as follows:
+**
+**       N       number of digits in the integer
+**       min     minimum allowed value of the integer
+**       max     maximum allowed value of the integer
+**       nextC   first character after the integer
+**       pVal    where to write the integers value.
+**
+** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
+** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
+*/
+static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int val;
+  int N;
+  int min;
+  int max;
+  int nextC;
+  int *pVal;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  va_start(ap, zDate);
+  do{
+    N = va_arg(ap, int);
+    min = va_arg(ap, int);
+    max = va_arg(ap, int);
+    nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
+    pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
+    val = 0;
+    while( N-- ){
+      if( !isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
+        return cnt;
+      }
+      val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
+      zDate++;
+    }
+    if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
+      return cnt;
+    }
+    *pVal = val;
+    zDate++;
+    cnt++;
+  }while( nextC );
+  return cnt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read text from z[] and convert into a floating point number.  Return
+** the number of digits converted.
+*/
+static int getValue(const char *z, double *pR){
+  const char *zEnd;
+  *pR = sqlite3AtoF(z, &zEnd);
+  return zEnd - z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
+** The extension is of the form:
+**
+**        (+/-)HH:MM
+**
+** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
+** of change in *pnMin and return 0.  If a parser error occurs,
+** return 0.
+**
+** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
+*/
+static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int sgn = 0;
+  int nHr, nMn;
+  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  p->tz = 0;
+  if( *zDate=='-' ){
+    sgn = -1;
+  }else if( *zDate=='+' ){
+    sgn = +1;
+  }else{
+    return *zDate!=0;
+  }
+  zDate++;
+  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 5;
+  p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
+  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  return *zDate!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
+** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits.  The
+** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
+**
+** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
+*/
+static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int h, m, s;
+  double ms = 0.0;
+  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 5;
+  if( *zDate==':' ){
+    zDate++;
+    if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    zDate += 2;
+    if( *zDate=='.' && isdigit((u8)zDate[1]) ){
+      double rScale = 1.0;
+      zDate++;
+      while( isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
+        ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
+        rScale *= 10.0;
+        zDate++;
+      }
+      ms /= rScale;
+    }
+  }else{
+    s = 0;
+  }
+  p->validJD = 0;
+  p->validHMS = 1;
+  p->h = h;
+  p->m = m;
+  p->s = s + ms;
+  if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
+  p->validTZ = p->tz!=0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day.  We always assume
+** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** Reference:  Meeus page 61
+*/
+static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
+  int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;
+
+  if( p->validJD ) return;
+  if( p->validYMD ){
+    Y = p->Y;
+    M = p->M;
+    D = p->D;
+  }else{
+    Y = 2000;  /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
+    M = 1;
+    D = 1;
+  }
+  if( M<=2 ){
+    Y--;
+    M += 12;
+  }
+  A = Y/100;
+  B = 2 - A + (A/4);
+  X1 = 365.25*(Y+4716);
+  X2 = 30.6001*(M+1);
+  p->rJD = X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5;
+  p->validJD = 1;
+  p->validYMD = 0;
+  if( p->validHMS ){
+    p->rJD += (p->h*3600.0 + p->m*60.0 + p->s)/86400.0;
+    if( p->validTZ ){
+      p->rJD += p->tz*60/86400.0;
+      p->validHMS = 0;
+      p->validTZ = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse dates of the form
+**
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
+**     YYYY-MM-DD
+**
+** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
+** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
+** date.
+*/
+static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  int Y, M, D, neg;
+
+  if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
+    zDate++;
+    neg = 1;
+  }else{
+    neg = 0;
+  }
+  if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  zDate += 10;
+  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+    /* We got the time */
+  }else if( *zDate==0 ){
+    p->validHMS = 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+  p->validJD = 0;
+  p->validYMD = 1;
+  p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
+  p->M = M;
+  p->D = D;
+  if( p->validTZ ){
+    computeJD(p);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number.  Return
+** the number of errors.
+**
+** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
+**
+**      YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF  +/-HH:MM
+**      DDDD.DD 
+**      now
+**
+** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional.  The fractional
+** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional.  The seconds portion
+** (":SS.FFF") is option.  The year and date can be omitted as long
+** as there is a time string.  The time string can be omitted as long
+** as there is a year and date.
+*/
+static int parseDateOrTime(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
+    double r;
+    if( sqlite3OsCurrentTime(&r)==0 ){
+      p->rJD = r;
+      p->validJD = 1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+  }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+    p->rJD = sqlite3AtoF(zDate, 0);
+    p->validJD = 1;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
+*/
+static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
+  int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
+  if( p->validYMD ) return;
+  if( !p->validJD ){
+    p->Y = 2000;
+    p->M = 1;
+    p->D = 1;
+  }else{
+    Z = p->rJD + 0.5;
+    A = (Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25;
+    A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
+    B = A + 1524;
+    C = (B - 122.1)/365.25;
+    D = 365.25*C;
+    E = (B-D)/30.6001;
+    X1 = 30.6001*E;
+    p->D = B - D - X1;
+    p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
+    p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
+  }
+  p->validYMD = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
+*/
+static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
+  int Z, s;
+  if( p->validHMS ) return;
+  Z = p->rJD + 0.5;
+  s = (p->rJD + 0.5 - Z)*86400000.0 + 0.5;
+  p->s = 0.001*s;
+  s = p->s;
+  p->s -= s;
+  p->h = s/3600;
+  s -= p->h*3600;
+  p->m = s/60;
+  p->s += s - p->m*60;
+  p->validHMS = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute both YMD and HMS
+*/
+static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
+  computeYMD(p);
+  computeHMS(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
+*/
+static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
+  p->validYMD = 0;
+  p->validHMS = 0;
+  p->validTZ = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the difference (in days) between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT)
+** for the time value p where p is in UTC.
+*/
+static double localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
+  DateTime x, y;
+  time_t t;
+  struct tm *pTm;
+  x = *p;
+  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+  if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
+    x.Y = 2000;
+    x.M = 1;
+    x.D = 1;
+    x.h = 0;
+    x.m = 0;
+    x.s = 0.0;
+  } else {
+    int s = x.s + 0.5;
+    x.s = s;
+  }
+  x.tz = 0;
+  x.validJD = 0;
+  computeJD(&x);
+  t = (x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5;
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  pTm = localtime(&t);
+  y.Y = pTm->tm_year + 1900;
+  y.M = pTm->tm_mon + 1;
+  y.D = pTm->tm_mday;
+  y.h = pTm->tm_hour;
+  y.m = pTm->tm_min;
+  y.s = pTm->tm_sec;
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  y.validYMD = 1;
+  y.validHMS = 1;
+  y.validJD = 0;
+  y.validTZ = 0;
+  computeJD(&y);
+  return y.rJD - x.rJD;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp.  The modifiers are
+** as follows:
+**
+**     NNN days
+**     NNN hours
+**     NNN minutes
+**     NNN.NNNN seconds
+**     NNN months
+**     NNN years
+**     start of month
+**     start of year
+**     start of week
+**     start of day
+**     weekday N
+**     unixepoch
+**     localtime
+**     utc
+**
+** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error.
+*/
+static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
+  int rc = 1;
+  int n;
+  double r;
+  char *z, zBuf[30];
+  z = zBuf;
+  for(n=0; n<sizeof(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
+    z[n] = tolower(zMod[n]);
+  }
+  z[n] = 0;
+  switch( z[0] ){
+    case 'l': {
+      /*    localtime
+      **
+      ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
+      ** show local time.
+      */
+      if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
+        computeJD(p);
+        p->rJD += localtimeOffset(p);
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case 'u': {
+      /*
+      **    unixepoch
+      **
+      ** Treat the current value of p->rJD as the number of
+      ** seconds since 1970.  Convert to a real julian day number.
+      */
+      if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
+        p->rJD = p->rJD/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
+        double c1;
+        computeJD(p);
+        c1 = localtimeOffset(p);
+        p->rJD -= c1;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        p->rJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case 'w': {
+      /*
+      **    weekday N
+      **
+      ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
+      ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth.  If the
+      ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
+      */
+      if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && getValue(&z[8],&r)>0
+                 && (n=r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
+        int Z;
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->validTZ = 0;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+        Z = p->rJD + 1.5;
+        Z %= 7;
+        if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
+        p->rJD += n - Z;
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case 's': {
+      /*
+      **    start of TTTTT
+      **
+      ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
+      ** or month or year.
+      */
+      if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
+      z += 9;
+      computeYMD(p);
+      p->validHMS = 1;
+      p->h = p->m = 0;
+      p->s = 0.0;
+      p->validTZ = 0;
+      p->validJD = 0;
+      if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+        p->D = 1;
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+        computeYMD(p);
+        p->M = 1;
+        p->D = 1;
+        rc = 0;
+      }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+        rc = 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case '+':
+    case '-':
+    case '0':
+    case '1':
+    case '2':
+    case '3':
+    case '4':
+    case '5':
+    case '6':
+    case '7':
+    case '8':
+    case '9': {
+      n = getValue(z, &r);
+      if( n<=0 ) break;
+      if( z[n]==':' ){
+        /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
+        ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
+        ** to the time.  The ".FFF" may be omitted.  The ":SS.FFF" may be
+        ** omitted.
+        */
+        const char *z2 = z;
+        DateTime tx;
+        int day;
+        if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z2) ) z2++;
+        memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
+        if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
+        computeJD(&tx);
+        tx.rJD -= 0.5;
+        day = (int)tx.rJD;
+        tx.rJD -= day;
+        if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.rJD = -tx.rJD;
+        computeJD(p);
+        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+       p->rJD += tx.rJD;
+        rc = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      z += n;
+      while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
+      n = strlen(z);
+      if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
+      if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
+      computeJD(p);
+      rc = 0;
+      if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+        p->rJD += r;
+      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
+        p->rJD += r/24.0;
+      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
+        p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0);
+      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
+        p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0*60.0);
+      }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+        int x, y;
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->M += r;
+        x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
+        p->Y += x;
+        p->M -= x*12;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+        y = r;
+        if( y!=r ){
+          p->rJD += (r - y)*30.0;
+        }
+      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+        computeYMD_HMS(p);
+        p->Y += r;
+        p->validJD = 0;
+        computeJD(p);
+      }else{
+        rc = 1;
+      }
+      clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process time function arguments.  argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
+** argv[1] and following are modifiers.  Parse them all and write
+** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p.  Return 0
+** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
+*/
+static int isDate(int argc, sqlite3_value **argv, DateTime *p){
+  int i;
+  if( argc==0 ) return 1;
+  if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) || 
+      parseDateOrTime(sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), p) ) return 1;
+  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[i]) || 
+        parseModifier(sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]), p) ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+
+/*
+**    julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
+*/
+static void juliandayFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    computeJD(&x);
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, x.rJD);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+*/
+static void datetimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m,
+           (int)(x.s));
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return HH:MM:SS
+*/
+static void timeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeHMS(&x);
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD
+*/
+static void dateFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+    char zBuf[100];
+    computeYMD(&x);
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+**    strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return a string described by FORMAT.  Conversions as follows:
+**
+**   %d  day of month
+**   %f  ** fractional seconds  SS.SSS
+**   %H  hour 00-24
+**   %j  day of year 000-366
+**   %J  ** Julian day number
+**   %m  month 01-12
+**   %M  minute 00-59
+**   %s  seconds since 1970-01-01
+**   %S  seconds 00-59
+**   %w  day of week 0-6  sunday==0
+**   %W  week of year 00-53
+**   %Y  year 0000-9999
+**   %%  %
+*/
+static void strftimeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  DateTime x;
+  int n, i, j;
+  char *z;
+  const char *zFmt = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  char zBuf[100];
+  if( zFmt==0 || isDate(argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return;
+  for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){
+    if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){
+      switch( zFmt[i+1] ){
+        case 'd':
+        case 'H':
+        case 'm':
+        case 'M':
+        case 'S':
+        case 'W':
+          n++;
+          /* fall thru */
+        case 'w':
+        case '%':
+          break;
+        case 'f':
+          n += 8;
+          break;
+        case 'j':
+          n += 3;
+          break;
+        case 'Y':
+          n += 8;
+          break;
+        case 's':
+        case 'J':
+          n += 50;
+          break;
+        default:
+          return;  /* ERROR.  return a NULL */
+      }
+      i++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){
+    z = zBuf;
+  }else{
+    z = sqliteMalloc( n );
+    if( z==0 ) return;
+  }
+  computeJD(&x);
+  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+  for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){
+    if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){
+      z[j++] = zFmt[i];
+    }else{
+      i++;
+      switch( zFmt[i] ){
+        case 'd':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break;
+        case 'f': {
+          int s = x.s;
+          int ms = (x.s - s)*1000.0;
+          sprintf(&z[j],"%02d.%03d",s,ms);
+          j += strlen(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'H':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
+        case 'W': /* Fall thru */
+        case 'j': {
+          int n;             /* Number of days since 1st day of year */
+          DateTime y = x;
+          y.validJD = 0;
+          y.M = 1;
+          y.D = 1;
+          computeJD(&y);
+          n = x.rJD - y.rJD;
+          if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
+            int wd;   /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
+            wd = ((int)(x.rJD+0.5)) % 7;
+            sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",(n+7-wd)/7);
+            j += 2;
+          }else{
+            sprintf(&z[j],"%03d",n+1);
+            j += 3;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'J':  sprintf(&z[j],"%.16g",x.rJD); j+=strlen(&z[j]); break;
+        case 'm':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
+        case 'M':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
+        case 's': {
+          sprintf(&z[j],"%d",(int)((x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5));
+          j += strlen(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'S':  sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",(int)(x.s+0.5)); j+=2; break;
+        case 'w':  z[j++] = (((int)(x.rJD+1.5)) % 7) + '0'; break;
+        case 'Y':  sprintf(&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=strlen(&z[j]); break;
+        case '%':  z[j++] = '%'; break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  if( z!=zBuf ){
+    sqliteFree(z);
+  }
+}
+
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */
+
+/*
+** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
+** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
+** external linkage.
+*/
+void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+  static const struct {
+     char *zName;
+     int nArg;
+     void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  } aFuncs[] = {
+    { "julianday", -1, juliandayFunc   },
+    { "date",      -1, dateFunc        },
+    { "time",      -1, timeFunc        },
+    { "datetime",  -1, datetimeFunc    },
+    { "strftime",  -1, strftimeFunc    },
+  };
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0]); i++){
+    sqlite3_create_function(db, aFuncs[i].zName, aFuncs[i].nArg,
+        SQLITE_UTF8, 0, aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/delete.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/delete.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..866da61d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/delete.c
@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle DELETE FROM statements.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Look up every table that is named in pSrc.  If any table is not found,
+** add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and return NULL.  If all tables
+** are found, return a pointer to the last table.
+*/
+Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
+  Table *pTab = 0;
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pSrc->a; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
+    pItem->pTab = pTab;
+  }
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to make sure the given table is writable.  If it is not
+** writable, generate an error message and return 1.  If it is
+** writable return 0;
+*/
+int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
+  if( pTab->readOnly ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will open a table for reading.
+*/
+void sqlite3OpenTableForReading(
+  Vdbe *v,        /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
+  Table *pTab     /* The table to be opened */
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->iDb, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pTab->tnum);
+  VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pTab->zName));
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iCur, pTab->nCol);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Process a DELETE FROM statement.
+*/
+void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table from which we should delete things */
+  Expr *pWhere           /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
+  Table *pTab;           /* The table from which records will be deleted */
+  const char *zDb;       /* Name of database holding pTab */
+  int end, addr = 0;     /* A couple addresses of generated code */
+  int i;                 /* Loop counter */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices of the table */
+  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* Main database structure */
+  int isView;            /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
+  AuthContext sContext;  /* Authorization context */
+
+  int row_triggers_exist = 0;  /* True if any triggers exist */
+  int before_triggers;         /* True if there are BEFORE triggers */
+  int after_triggers;          /* True if there are AFTER triggers */
+  int oldIdx = -1;             /* Cursor for the OLD table of AFTER triggers */
+
+  sContext.pParse = 0;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    pTabList = 0;
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Locate the table which we want to delete.  This table has to be
+  ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
+  ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
+  ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 )  goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  before_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, 
+                         TK_DELETE, TK_BEFORE, TK_ROW, 0);
+  after_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, 
+                         TK_DELETE, TK_AFTER, TK_ROW, 0);
+  row_triggers_exist = before_triggers || after_triggers;
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, before_triggers) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( pTab->iDb<db->nDb );
+  zDb = db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+  */
+  if( isView && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a cursor used to store the old.* data for a trigger.
+  */
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){ 
+    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions.
+  */
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+  iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+  if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, 0, pWhere, 0, 0) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Start the view context
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, row_triggers_exist, pTab->iDb);
+
+  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, construct that view into
+  ** a temporary table.
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    Select *pView = sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect);
+    sqlite3Select(pParse, pView, SRT_TempTable, iCur, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pView);
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
+  ** we are counting rows.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
+  ** It is easier just to erase the whole table.  Note, however, that
+  ** this means that the row change count will be incorrect.
+  */
+  if( pWhere==0 && !row_triggers_exist ){
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+      /* If counting rows deleted, just count the total number of
+      ** entries in the table. */
+      int endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      int addr;
+      if( !isView ){
+        sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, iCur, pTab);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+    }
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, pTab->iDb);
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, pIdx->iDb);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through
+  ** the table and pick which records to delete.
+  */
+  else{
+    /* Ensure all required collation sequences are available. */
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      if( sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(pParse, pIdx) ){
+        goto delete_from_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Begin the database scan
+    */
+    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 1, 0);
+    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
+
+    /* Remember the key of every item to be deleted.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListWrite, 0, 0);
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* End the database scan loop.
+    */
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+
+    /* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers.
+    */
+    if( row_triggers_exist ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, oldIdx, pTab->nCol);
+    }
+
+    /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the
+    ** database scan.  We have to delete items after the scan is complete
+    ** because deleting an item can change the scan order.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRewind, 0, 0);
+    end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+    /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are
+    ** row triggers.
+    */
+    if( row_triggers_exist ){
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRead, 0, end);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      if( !isView ){
+        sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, iCur, pTab);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, oldIdx, 0);
+      if( !isView ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+      }
+
+      sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TK_BEFORE, pTab, -1, 
+          oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default,
+	  addr);
+    }
+
+    if( !isView ){
+      /* Open cursors for the table we are deleting from and all its
+      ** indices.  If there are row triggers, this happens inside the
+      ** OP_ListRead loop because the cursor have to all be closed
+      ** before the trigger fires.  If there are no row triggers, the
+      ** cursors are opened only once on the outside the loop.
+      */
+      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite);
+
+      /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are no
+      ** row triggers */
+      if( !row_triggers_exist ){ 
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRead, 0, end);
+      }
+
+      /* Delete the row */
+      sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, 1);
+    }
+
+    /* If there are row triggers, close all cursors then invoke
+    ** the AFTER triggers
+    */
+    if( row_triggers_exist ){
+      if( !isView ){
+        for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TK_AFTER, pTab, -1, 
+          oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default,
+	  addr);
+    }
+
+    /* End of the delete loop */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListReset, 0, 0);
+
+    /* Close the cursors after the loop if there are no row triggers */
+    if( !row_triggers_exist ){
+      for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows that were deleted.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "rows deleted", P3_STATIC);
+  }
+
+delete_from_cleanup:
+  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
+** single table to be deleted.
+**
+** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
+** These are the requirements:
+**
+**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
+**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "base".
+**
+**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+**       cursor number base+i for the i-th index.
+**
+**   3.  The record number of the row to be deleted must be on the top
+**       of the stack.
+**
+** This routine pops the top of the stack to remove the record number
+** and then generates code to remove both the table record and all index
+** entries that point to that record.
+*/
+void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* The database containing the index */
+  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
+  int count          /* Increment the row change counter */
+){
+  int addr;
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0);
+  sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
+** index entries associated with a single row of a single table.
+**
+** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
+** These are the requirements:
+**
+**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
+**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur".
+**
+**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+**       cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index.
+**
+**   3.  The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be
+**       deleted.
+*/
+void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* The database containing the index */
+  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
+  char *aIdxUsed     /* Only delete if aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i]!=0 */
+){
+  int i;
+  Index *pIdx;
+
+  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i-1]==0 ) continue;
+    sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, iCur);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it on the top
+** of the tack.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
+** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
+** the entry that needs indexing.
+*/
+void sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
+  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  Index *pIdx,       /* The index for which to generate a key */
+  int iCur           /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */
+){
+  int j;
+  Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, iCur, 0);
+  for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
+    int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
+    if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, j, 0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIdx->nColumn, (1<<24));
+  sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/encode.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/encode.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b10c96b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/encode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+/*
+** 2002 April 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains helper routines used to translate binary data into
+** a null-terminated string (suitable for use in SQLite) and back again.
+** These are convenience routines for use by people who want to store binary
+** data in an SQLite database.  The code in this file is not used by any other
+** part of the SQLite library.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+/*
+** How This Encoder Works
+**
+** The output is allowed to contain any character except 0x27 (') and
+** 0x00.  This is accomplished by using an escape character to encode
+** 0x27 and 0x00 as a two-byte sequence.  The escape character is always
+** 0x01.  An 0x00 is encoded as the two byte sequence 0x01 0x01.  The
+** 0x27 character is encoded as the two byte sequence 0x01 0x28.  Finally,
+** the escape character itself is encoded as the two-character sequence
+** 0x01 0x02.
+**
+** To summarize, the encoder works by using an escape sequences as follows:
+**
+**       0x00  ->  0x01 0x01
+**       0x01  ->  0x01 0x02
+**       0x27  ->  0x01 0x28
+**
+** If that were all the encoder did, it would work, but in certain cases
+** it could double the size of the encoded string.  For example, to
+** encode a string of 100 0x27 characters would require 100 instances of
+** the 0x01 0x03 escape sequence resulting in a 200-character output.
+** We would prefer to keep the size of the encoded string smaller than
+** this.
+**
+** To minimize the encoding size, we first add a fixed offset value to each 
+** byte in the sequence.  The addition is modulo 256.  (That is to say, if
+** the sum of the original character value and the offset exceeds 256, then
+** the higher order bits are truncated.)  The offset is chosen to minimize
+** the number of characters in the string that need to be escaped.  For
+** example, in the case above where the string was composed of 100 0x27
+** characters, the offset might be 0x01.  Each of the 0x27 characters would
+** then be converted into an 0x28 character which would not need to be
+** escaped at all and so the 100 character input string would be converted
+** into just 100 characters of output.  Actually 101 characters of output - 
+** we have to record the offset used as the first byte in the sequence so
+** that the string can be decoded.  Since the offset value is stored as
+** part of the output string and the output string is not allowed to contain
+** characters 0x00 or 0x27, the offset cannot be 0x00 or 0x27.
+**
+** Here, then, are the encoding steps:
+**
+**     (1)   Choose an offset value and make it the first character of
+**           output.
+**
+**     (2)   Copy each input character into the output buffer, one by
+**           one, adding the offset value as you copy.
+**
+**     (3)   If the value of an input character plus offset is 0x00, replace
+**           that one character by the two-character sequence 0x01 0x01.
+**           If the sum is 0x01, replace it with 0x01 0x02.  If the sum
+**           is 0x27, replace it with 0x01 0x03.
+**
+**     (4)   Put a 0x00 terminator at the end of the output.
+**
+** Decoding is obvious:
+**
+**     (5)   Copy encoded characters except the first into the decode 
+**           buffer.  Set the first encoded character aside for use as
+**           the offset in step 7 below.
+**
+**     (6)   Convert each 0x01 0x01 sequence into a single character 0x00.
+**           Convert 0x01 0x02 into 0x01.  Convert 0x01 0x28 into 0x27.
+**
+**     (7)   Subtract the offset value that was the first character of
+**           the encoded buffer from all characters in the output buffer.
+**
+** The only tricky part is step (1) - how to compute an offset value to
+** minimize the size of the output buffer.  This is accomplished by testing
+** all offset values and picking the one that results in the fewest number
+** of escapes.  To do that, we first scan the entire input and count the
+** number of occurances of each character value in the input.  Suppose
+** the number of 0x00 characters is N(0), the number of occurances of 0x01
+** is N(1), and so forth up to the number of occurances of 0xff is N(255).
+** An offset of 0 is not allowed so we don't have to test it.  The number
+** of escapes required for an offset of 1 is N(1)+N(2)+N(40).  The number
+** of escapes required for an offset of 2 is N(2)+N(3)+N(41).  And so forth.
+** In this way we find the offset that gives the minimum number of escapes,
+** and thus minimizes the length of the output string.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Encode a binary buffer "in" of size n bytes so that it contains
+** no instances of characters '\'' or '\000'.  The output is 
+** null-terminated and can be used as a string value in an INSERT
+** or UPDATE statement.  Use sqlite_decode_binary() to convert the
+** string back into its original binary.
+**
+** The result is written into a preallocated output buffer "out".
+** "out" must be able to hold at least 2 +(257*n)/254 bytes.
+** In other words, the output will be expanded by as much as 3
+** bytes for every 254 bytes of input plus 2 bytes of fixed overhead.
+** (This is approximately 2 + 1.0118*n or about a 1.2% size increase.)
+**
+** The return value is the number of characters in the encoded
+** string, excluding the "\000" terminator.
+**
+** If out==NULL then no output is generated but the routine still returns
+** the number of characters that would have been generated if out had
+** not been NULL.
+*/
+int sqlite_encode_binary(const unsigned char *in, int n, unsigned char *out){
+  int i, j, e, m;
+  unsigned char x;
+  int cnt[256];
+  if( n<=0 ){
+    if( out ){
+      out[0] = 'x';
+      out[1] = 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+  }
+  memset(cnt, 0, sizeof(cnt));
+  for(i=n-1; i>=0; i--){ cnt[in[i]]++; }
+  m = n;
+  for(i=1; i<256; i++){
+    int sum;
+    if( i=='\'' ) continue;
+    sum = cnt[i] + cnt[(i+1)&0xff] + cnt[(i+'\'')&0xff];
+    if( sum<m ){
+      m = sum;
+      e = i;
+      if( m==0 ) break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( out==0 ){
+    return n+m+1;
+  }
+  out[0] = e;
+  j = 1;
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+    x = in[i] - e;
+    if( x==0 || x==1 || x=='\''){
+      out[j++] = 1;
+      x++;
+    }
+    out[j++] = x;
+  }
+  out[j] = 0;
+  assert( j==n+m+1 );
+  return j;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode the string "in" into binary data and write it into "out".
+** This routine reverses the encoding created by sqlite_encode_binary().
+** The output will always be a few bytes less than the input.  The number
+** of bytes of output is returned.  If the input is not a well-formed
+** encoding, -1 is returned.
+**
+** The "in" and "out" parameters may point to the same buffer in order
+** to decode a string in place.
+*/
+int sqlite_decode_binary(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out){
+  int i, e;
+  unsigned char c;
+  e = *(in++);
+  i = 0;
+  while( (c = *(in++))!=0 ){
+    if( c==1 ){
+      c = *(in++) - 1;
+    }
+    out[i++] = c + e;
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+
+#ifdef ENCODER_TEST
+#include <stdio.h>
+/*
+** The subroutines above are not tested by the usual test suite.  To test
+** these routines, compile just this one file with a -DENCODER_TEST=1 option
+** and run the result.
+*/
+int main(int argc, char **argv){
+  int i, j, n, m, nOut, nByteIn, nByteOut;
+  unsigned char in[30000];
+  unsigned char out[33000];
+
+  nByteIn = nByteOut = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(in); i++){
+    printf("Test %d: ", i+1);
+    n = rand() % (i+1);
+    if( i%100==0 ){
+      int k;
+      for(j=k=0; j<n; j++){
+        /* if( k==0 || k=='\'' ) k++; */
+        in[j] = k;
+        k = (k+1)&0xff;
+      }
+    }else{
+      for(j=0; j<n; j++) in[j] = rand() & 0xff;
+    }
+    nByteIn += n;
+    nOut = sqlite_encode_binary(in, n, out);
+    nByteOut += nOut;
+    if( nOut!=strlen(out) ){
+      printf(" ERROR return value is %d instead of %d\n", nOut, strlen(out));
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    if( nOut!=sqlite_encode_binary(in, n, 0) ){
+      printf(" ERROR actual output size disagrees with predicted size\n");
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    m = (256*n + 1262)/253;
+    printf("size %d->%d (max %d)", n, strlen(out)+1, m);
+    if( strlen(out)+1>m ){
+      printf(" ERROR output too big\n");
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    for(j=0; out[j]; j++){
+      if( out[j]=='\'' ){
+        printf(" ERROR contains (')\n");
+        exit(1);
+      }
+    }
+    j = sqlite_decode_binary(out, out);
+    if( j!=n ){
+      printf(" ERROR decode size %d\n", j);
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    if( memcmp(in, out, n)!=0 ){
+      printf(" ERROR decode mismatch\n");
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    printf(" OK\n");
+  }
+  fprintf(stderr,"Finished.  Total encoding: %d->%d bytes\n",
+          nByteIn, nByteOut);
+  fprintf(stderr,"Avg size increase: %.3f%%\n",
+    (nByteOut-nByteIn)*100.0/(double)nByteIn);
+}
+#endif /* ENCODER_TEST */
+
+
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/expr.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/expr.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2da3645b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/expr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1927 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
+** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
+**
+** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
+** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
+** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
+** indicating no affinity for the expression.
+**
+** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all
+** have an affinity:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
+** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
+*/
+char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_AS ){
+    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+  }
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
+    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
+  }
+  return pExpr->affinity;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If
+** there is no default collation type, return 0.
+*/
+CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+  if( pExpr ){
+    pColl = pExpr->pColl;
+    if( pExpr->op==TK_AS && !pColl ){
+      return sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+    }
+  }
+  if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ 
+    pColl = 0;
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is the left operand of a comparison operator.  aff2 is the
+** type affinity of the right operand.  This routine returns the
+** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator.
+*/
+char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
+  char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr);
+  if( aff1 && aff2 ){
+    /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric or
+    ** integer affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity.
+    */
+    if( aff1==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff2==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ){
+      return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+    }else if( aff1==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff2==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+    }
+  }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){
+    /* Neither side of the comparison is a column.  Compare the
+    ** results directly.
+    */
+    /* return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;  // Ticket #805 */
+    return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  }else{
+    /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */
+    return (aff1 + aff2);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is a comparison operator.  Return the type affinity that should
+** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison.
+*/
+static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+  char aff;
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT ||
+          pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE ||
+          pExpr->op==TK_NE );
+  assert( pExpr->pLeft );
+  aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+  if( pExpr->pRight ){
+    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff);
+  }
+  else if( pExpr->pSelect ){
+    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
+  }
+  else if( !aff ){
+    aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+  }
+  return aff;
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc.
+** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true
+** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement
+** the comparison in pExpr.
+*/
+int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
+  char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+  return 
+    (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE) ||
+    (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC && idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER) ||
+    (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER && idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) ||
+    (aff==idx_affinity);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the P1 value that should be used for a binary comparison
+** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2.
+** If jumpIfNull is true, then set the low byte of the returned
+** P1 value to tell the opcode to jump if either expression
+** evaluates to NULL.
+*/
+static int binaryCompareP1(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
+  char aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
+  return (((int)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff))<<8)+(jumpIfNull?1:0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by
+** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight.
+**
+** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is
+** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression
+** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating
+** type.
+*/
+static CollSeq* binaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
+  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
+  if( !pColl ){
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a comparison operator.
+*/
+static int codeCompare(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* The parsing (and code generating) context */
+  Expr *pLeft,      /* The left operand */
+  Expr *pRight,     /* The right operand */
+  int opcode,       /* The comparison opcode */
+  int dest,         /* Jump here if true.  */
+  int jumpIfNull    /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */
+){
+  int p1 = binaryCompareP1(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull);
+  CollSeq *p3 = binaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight);
+  return sqlite3VdbeOp3(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, p1, dest, (void*)p3, P3_COLLSEQ);
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it.  Memory
+** for this node is obtained from sqliteMalloc().  The calling function
+** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed.
+*/
+Expr *sqlite3Expr(int op, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight, Token *pToken){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Expr) );
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    /* When malloc fails, we leak memory from pLeft and pRight */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pNew->op = op;
+  pNew->pLeft = pLeft;
+  pNew->pRight = pRight;
+  if( pToken ){
+    assert( pToken->dyn==0 );
+    pNew->span = pNew->token = *pToken;
+  }else if( pLeft && pRight ){
+    sqlite3ExprSpan(pNew, &pLeft->span, &pRight->span);
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Join two expressions using an AND operator.  If either expression is
+** NULL, then just return the other expression.
+*/
+Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
+  if( pLeft==0 ){
+    return pRight;
+  }else if( pRight==0 ){
+    return pLeft;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3Expr(TK_AND, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the Expr.span field of the given expression to span all
+** text between the two given tokens.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr *pExpr, Token *pLeft, Token *pRight){
+  assert( pRight!=0 );
+  assert( pLeft!=0 );
+  if( !sqlite3_malloc_failed && pRight->z && pLeft->z ){
+    assert( pLeft->dyn==0 || pLeft->z[pLeft->n]==0 );
+    if( pLeft->dyn==0 && pRight->dyn==0 ){
+      pExpr->span.z = pLeft->z;
+      pExpr->span.n = pRight->n + Addr(pRight->z) - Addr(pLeft->z);
+    }else{
+      pExpr->span.z = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple
+** arguments.
+*/
+Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Expr) );
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    /* sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); // Leak pList when malloc fails */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pNew->op = TK_FUNCTION;
+  pNew->pList = pList;
+  if( pToken ){
+    assert( pToken->dyn==0 );
+    pNew->token = *pToken;
+  }else{
+    pNew->token.z = 0;
+  }
+  pNew->span = pNew->token;
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
+** in the original SQL statement.  
+**
+** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
+** variable number.
+**
+** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn".  We make
+** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
+** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
+**
+** Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
+** as the previous instance of the same wildcard.  Or if this is the first
+** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is
+** assigned.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  Token *pToken;
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+  pToken = &pExpr->token;
+  assert( pToken->n>=1 );
+  assert( pToken->z!=0 );
+  assert( pToken->z[0]!=0 );
+  if( pToken->n==1 ){
+    /* Wildcard of the form "?".  Assign the next variable number */
+    pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
+  }else if( pToken->z[0]=='?' ){
+    /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn".  Convert "nnn" to an integer and
+    ** use it as the variable number */
+    int i;
+    pExpr->iTable = i = atoi(&pToken->z[1]);
+    if( i<1 || i>SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
+          SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER);
+    }
+    if( i>pParse->nVar ){
+      pParse->nVar = i;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa".  Reuse the same variable
+    ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
+    ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
+    */
+    int i, n;
+    n = pToken->n;
+    for(i=0; i<pParse->nVarExpr; i++){
+      Expr *pE;
+      if( (pE = pParse->apVarExpr[i])!=0
+          && pE->token.n==n
+          && memcmp(pE->token.z, pToken->z, n)==0 ){
+        pExpr->iTable = pE->iTable;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i>=pParse->nVarExpr ){
+      pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
+      if( pParse->nVarExpr>=pParse->nVarExprAlloc-1 ){
+        pParse->nVarExprAlloc += pParse->nVarExprAlloc + 10;
+        pParse->apVarExpr = sqliteRealloc(pParse->apVarExpr,
+                       pParse->nVarExprAlloc*sizeof(pParse->apVarExpr[0]) );
+      }
+      if( !sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+        assert( pParse->apVarExpr!=0 );
+        pParse->apVarExpr[pParse->nVarExpr++] = pExpr;
+      }
+    }
+  } 
+}
+
+/*
+** Recursively delete an expression tree.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprDelete(Expr *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( p->span.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)p->span.z);
+  if( p->token.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)p->token.z);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLeft);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pRight);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pList);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pSelect);
+  sqliteFree(p);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions,
+** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements.  The copies can
+** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines)
+** without effecting the originals.
+**
+** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(),
+** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded 
+** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
+**
+** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
+*/
+Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(Expr *p){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  memcpy(pNew, p, sizeof(*pNew));
+  if( p->token.z!=0 ){
+    pNew->token.z = sqliteStrDup(p->token.z);
+    pNew->token.dyn = 1;
+  }else{
+    assert( pNew->token.z==0 );
+  }
+  pNew->span.z = 0;
+  pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pLeft);
+  pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pRight);
+  pNew->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pList);
+  pNew->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(p->pSelect);
+  return pNew;
+}
+void sqlite3TokenCopy(Token *pTo, Token *pFrom){
+  if( pTo->dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)pTo->z);
+  if( pFrom->z ){
+    pTo->n = pFrom->n;
+    pTo->z = sqliteStrNDup(pFrom->z, pFrom->n);
+    pTo->dyn = 1;
+  }else{
+    pTo->z = 0;
+  }
+}
+ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(ExprList *p){
+  ExprList *pNew;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem;
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nExpr = pNew->nAlloc = p->nExpr;
+  pNew->a = pItem = sqliteMalloc( p->nExpr*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
+  if( pItem==0 ){
+    sqliteFree(pNew);
+    return 0;
+  } 
+  pOldItem = p->a;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){
+    Expr *pNewExpr, *pOldExpr;
+    pItem->pExpr = pNewExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr);
+    if( pOldExpr->span.z!=0 && pNewExpr ){
+      /* Always make a copy of the span for top-level expressions in the
+      ** expression list.  The logic in SELECT processing that determines
+      ** the names of columns in the result set needs this information */
+      sqlite3TokenCopy(&pNewExpr->span, &pOldExpr->span);
+    }
+    assert( pNewExpr==0 || pNewExpr->span.z!=0 
+            || pOldExpr->span.z==0 || sqlite3_malloc_failed );
+    pItem->zName = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName);
+    pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
+    pItem->isAgg = pOldItem->isAgg;
+    pItem->done = 0;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(SrcList *p){
+  SrcList *pNew;
+  int i;
+  int nByte;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0);
+  pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( nByte );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nSrc; i++){
+    struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
+    struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
+    pNewItem->zDatabase = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zDatabase);
+    pNewItem->zName = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName);
+    pNewItem->zAlias = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zAlias);
+    pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
+    pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
+    pNewItem->pTab = 0;
+    pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(pOldItem->pSelect);
+    pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(pOldItem->pOn);
+    pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(pOldItem->pUsing);
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(IdList *p){
+  IdList *pNew;
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nId = pNew->nAlloc = p->nId;
+  pNew->a = sqliteMallocRaw( p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
+  if( pNew->a==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nId; i++){
+    struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
+    struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
+    pNewItem->zName = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName);
+    pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+Select *sqlite3SelectDup(Select *p){
+  Select *pNew;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
+  pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pEList);
+  pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(p->pSrc);
+  pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pWhere);
+  pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pGroupBy);
+  pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pHaving);
+  pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pOrderBy);
+  pNew->op = p->op;
+  pNew->pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(p->pPrior);
+  pNew->nLimit = p->nLimit;
+  pNew->nOffset = p->nOffset;
+  pNew->zSelect = 0;
+  pNew->iLimit = -1;
+  pNew->iOffset = -1;
+  pNew->ppOpenTemp = 0;
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the end of an expression list.  If pList is
+** initially NULL, then create a new expression list.
+*/
+ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(ExprList *pList, Expr *pExpr, Token *pName){
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(ExprList) );
+    if( pList==0 ){
+      /* sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr); // Leak memory if malloc fails */
+      return 0;
+    }
+    assert( pList->nAlloc==0 );
+  }
+  if( pList->nAlloc<=pList->nExpr ){
+    pList->nAlloc = pList->nAlloc*2 + 4;
+    pList->a = sqliteRealloc(pList->a, pList->nAlloc*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+    if( pList->a==0 ){
+      /* sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr); // Leak memory if malloc fails */
+      pList->nExpr = pList->nAlloc = 0;
+      return pList;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( pList->a!=0 );
+  if( pExpr || pName ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++];
+    memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem));
+    pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
+    pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+  }
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire expression list.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprListDelete(ExprList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) );
+  assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc );
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pExpr);
+    sqliteFree(pItem->zName);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pList->a);
+  sqliteFree(pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** and 0 if it involves variables.
+**
+** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
+** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
+** a constant.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_ID:
+    case TK_COLUMN:
+    case TK_DOT:
+    case TK_FUNCTION:
+      return 0;
+    case TK_NULL:
+    case TK_STRING:
+    case TK_BLOB:
+    case TK_INTEGER:
+    case TK_FLOAT:
+    case TK_VARIABLE:
+      return 1;
+    default: {
+      if( p->pLeft && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p->pLeft) ) return 0;
+      if( p->pRight && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p->pRight) ) return 0;
+      if( p->pList ){
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; i<p->pList->nExpr; i++){
+          if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p->pList->a[i].pExpr) ) return 0;
+        }
+      }
+      return p->pLeft!=0 || p->pRight!=0 || (p->pList && p->pList->nExpr>0);
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the given expression codes a constant integer that is small enough
+** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
+** in *pValue.  If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
+** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      if( sqlite3GetInt32(p->token.z, pValue) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      const u8 *z = (u8*)p->token.z;
+      int n = p->token.n;
+      if( n>0 && z[0]=='-' ){ z++; n--; }
+      while( n>0 && *z && isdigit(*z) ){ z++; n--; }
+      if( n==0 && sqlite3GetInt32(p->token.z, pValue) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UPLUS: {
+      return sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
+    }
+    case TK_UMINUS: {
+      int v;
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
+        *pValue = -v;
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
+*/
+int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
+** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr 
+** expression node refer back to that source column.  The following changes
+** are made to pExpr:
+**
+**    pExpr->iDb           Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database holding
+**                         the table.
+**    pExpr->iTable        Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
+**                         from pSrcList.
+**    pExpr->iColumn       Set to the column number within the table.
+**    pExpr->op            Set to TK_COLUMN.
+**    pExpr->pLeft         Any expression this points to is deleted
+**    pExpr->pRight        Any expression this points to is deleted.
+**
+** The pDbToken is the name of the database (the "X").  This value may be
+** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z.  Any available database
+** can be used.  The pTableToken is the name of the table (the "Y").  This
+** value can be NULL if pDbToken is also NULL.  If pTableToken is NULL it
+** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
+** can be used.
+**
+** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
+** in pParse and return non-zero.  Return zero on success.
+*/
+static int lookupName(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context */
+  Token *pDbToken,     /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
+  Token *pTableToken,  /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
+  Token *pColumnToken, /* Name of the column. */
+  SrcList *pSrcList,   /* List of tables used to resolve column names */
+  ExprList *pEList,    /* List of expressions used to resolve "AS" */
+  Expr *pExpr          /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
+){
+  char *zDb = 0;       /* Name of the database.  The "X" in X.Y.Z */
+  char *zTab = 0;      /* Name of the table.  The "Y" in X.Y.Z or Y.Z */
+  char *zCol = 0;      /* Name of the column.  The "Z" */
+  int i, j;            /* Loop counters */
+  int cnt = 0;         /* Number of matching column names */
+  int cntTab = 0;      /* Number of matching table names */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database */
+
+  assert( pColumnToken && pColumnToken->z ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
+  zDb = sqlite3NameFromToken(pDbToken);
+  zTab = sqlite3NameFromToken(pTableToken);
+  zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(pColumnToken);
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return 1;  /* Leak memory (zDb and zTab) if malloc fails */
+  }
+  assert( zTab==0 || pEList==0 );
+
+  pExpr->iTable = -1;
+  for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrcList->a[i];
+    Table *pTab = pItem->pTab;
+    Column *pCol;
+
+    if( pTab==0 ) continue;
+    assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
+    if( zTab ){
+      if( pItem->zAlias ){
+        char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias;
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
+      }else{
+        char *zTabName = pTab->zName;
+        if( zTabName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
+        if( zDb!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){
+          continue;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
+      pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+      pExpr->iDb = pTab->iDb;
+    }
+    for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+        cnt++;
+        pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+        pExpr->iDb = pTab->iDb;
+        /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+        pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : j;
+        pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
+        pExpr->pColl = pTab->aCol[j].pColl;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe 
+  ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
+  */
+  if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->trigStack!=0 ){
+    TriggerStack *pTriggerStack = pParse->trigStack;
+    Table *pTab = 0;
+    if( pTriggerStack->newIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("new", zTab) == 0 ){
+      pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->newIdx;
+      assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
+      pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
+    }else if( pTriggerStack->oldIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("old", zTab) == 0 ){
+      pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->oldIdx;
+      assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
+      pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
+    }
+
+    if( pTab ){ 
+      int j;
+      Column *pCol = pTab->aCol;
+      
+      pExpr->iDb = pTab->iDb;
+      cntTab++;
+      for(j=0; j < pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++) {
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+          cnt++;
+          pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : j;
+          pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
+          pExpr->pColl = pTab->aCol[j].pColl;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
+  */
+  if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
+    cnt = 1;
+    pExpr->iColumn = -1;
+    pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
+  ** might refer to an result-set alias.  This happens, for example, when
+  ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
+  **
+  **     SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
+  **
+  ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
+  ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
+  ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
+  ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
+  */
+  if( cnt==0 && pEList!=0 ){
+    for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
+      char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
+      if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
+        assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
+        pExpr->op = TK_AS;
+        pExpr->iColumn = j;
+        pExpr->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(pEList->a[j].pExpr);
+        sqliteFree(zCol);
+        assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
+        return 0;
+      }
+    } 
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
+  ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
+  ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names.  In that
+  ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
+  ** pExpr.
+  */
+  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && pColumnToken->z[0]=='"' ){
+    sqliteFree(zCol);
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** cnt==0 means there was not match.  cnt>1 means there were two or
+  ** more matches.  Either way, we have an error.
+  */
+  if( cnt!=1 ){
+    char *z = 0;
+    char *zErr;
+    zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column: %s" : "ambiguous column name: %s";
+    if( zDb ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&z, zDb, ".", zTab, ".", zCol, 0);
+    }else if( zTab ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&z, zTab, ".", zCol, 0);
+    }else{
+      z = sqliteStrDup(zCol);
+    }
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, zErr, z);
+    sqliteFree(z);
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up and return
+  */
+  sqliteFree(zDb);
+  sqliteFree(zTab);
+  sqliteFree(zCol);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr->pLeft);
+  pExpr->pLeft = 0;
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr->pRight);
+  pExpr->pRight = 0;
+  pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
+  sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSrcList);
+  return cnt!=1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
+** table columns.  Nodes of the form ID.ID or ID resolve into an
+** index to the table in the table list and a column offset.  The 
+** Expr.opcode for such nodes is changed to TK_COLUMN.  The Expr.iTable
+** value is changed to the index of the referenced table in pTabList
+** plus the "base" value.  The base value will ultimately become the
+** VDBE cursor number for a cursor that is pointing into the referenced
+** table.  The Expr.iColumn value is changed to the index of the column 
+** of the referenced table.  The Expr.iColumn value for the special
+** ROWID column is -1.  Any INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is tried as an
+** alias for ROWID.
+**
+** We also check for instances of the IN operator.  IN comes in two
+** forms:
+**
+**           expr IN (exprlist)
+** and
+**           expr IN (SELECT ...)
+**
+** The first form is handled by creating a set holding the list
+** of allowed values.  The second form causes the SELECT to generate 
+** a temporary table.
+**
+** This routine also looks for scalar SELECTs that are part of an expression.
+** If it finds any, it generates code to write the value of that select
+** into a memory cell.
+**
+** Unknown columns or tables provoke an error.  The function returns
+** the number of errors seen and leaves an error message on pParse->zErrMsg.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprResolveIds(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pSrcList, /* List of tables used to resolve column names */
+  ExprList *pEList,  /* List of expressions used to resolve "AS" */
+  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be analyzed. */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  if( pExpr==0 || pSrcList==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
+    assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursor<pParse->nTab );
+  }
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    /* Double-quoted strings (ex: "abc") are used as identifiers if
+    ** possible.  Otherwise they remain as strings.  Single-quoted
+    ** strings (ex: 'abc') are always string literals.
+    */
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      if( pExpr->token.z[0]=='\'' ) break;
+      /* Fall thru into the TK_ID case if this is a double-quoted string */
+    }
+    /* A lone identifier is the name of a columnd.
+    */
+    case TK_ID: {
+      if( lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, &pExpr->token, pSrcList, pEList, pExpr) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break; 
+    }
+  
+    /* A table name and column name:     ID.ID
+    ** Or a database, table and column:  ID.ID.ID
+    */
+    case TK_DOT: {
+      Token *pColumn;
+      Token *pTable;
+      Token *pDb;
+      Expr *pRight;
+
+      pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+      if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
+        pDb = 0;
+        pTable = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
+        pColumn = &pRight->token;
+      }else{
+        assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
+        pDb = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
+        pTable = &pRight->pLeft->token;
+        pColumn = &pRight->pRight->token;
+      }
+      if( lookupName(pParse, pDb, pTable, pColumn, pSrcList, 0, pExpr) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TK_IN: {
+      char affinity;
+      Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      KeyInfo keyInfo;
+      int addr;        /* Address of OP_OpenTemp instruction */
+
+      if( v==0 ) return 1;
+      if( sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse, pSrcList, pEList, pExpr->pLeft) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+
+      /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
+      ** expression it is handled the same way. A temporary table is 
+      ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
+      ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>.
+      **
+      ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT...
+      ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that
+      ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the
+      ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used
+      ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither
+      ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity
+      ** is used.
+      */
+      pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, pExpr->iTable, 0);
+      memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo));
+      keyInfo.nField = 1;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, pExpr->iTable, 1);
+
+      if( pExpr->pSelect ){
+        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
+        **
+        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
+        ** table allocated and opened above.
+        */
+        int iParm = pExpr->iTable +  (((int)affinity)<<16);
+        ExprList *pEList;
+        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
+        sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, SRT_Set, iParm, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+        pEList = pExpr->pSelect->pEList;
+        if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>0 ){ 
+          keyInfo.aColl[0] = binaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
+              pEList->a[0].pExpr);
+        }
+      }else if( pExpr->pList ){
+        /* Case 2:     expr IN (exprlist)
+        **
+	** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and
+        ** store it in the temporary table. If <expr> is a column, then use
+        ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If <expr> is not
+        ** a column, use numeric affinity.
+        */
+        int i;
+        if( !affinity ){
+          affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+        }
+        keyInfo.aColl[0] = pExpr->pLeft->pColl;
+
+        /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
+        for(i=0; i<pExpr->pList->nExpr; i++){
+          Expr *pE2 = pExpr->pList->a[i].pExpr;
+
+          /* Check that the expression is constant and valid. */
+          if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+              "right-hand side of IN operator must be constant");
+            return 1;
+          }
+          if( sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pE2, 0, 0) ){
+            return 1;
+          }
+
+          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
+          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pE2);
+          sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutStrKey, pExpr->iTable, 0);
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      /* This has to be a scalar SELECT.  Generate code to put the
+      ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number
+      ** of the memory cell in iColumn.
+      */
+      pExpr->iColumn = pParse->nMem++;
+      if(sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, SRT_Mem,pExpr->iColumn,0,0,0,0)){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* For all else, just recursively walk the tree */
+    default: {
+      if( pExpr->pLeft
+      && sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse, pSrcList, pEList, pExpr->pLeft) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      if( pExpr->pRight 
+      && sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse, pSrcList, pEList, pExpr->pRight) ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      if( pExpr->pList ){
+        int i;
+        ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
+        for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+          Expr *pArg = pList->a[i].pExpr;
+          if( sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse, pSrcList, pEList, pArg) ){
+            return 1;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr is a node that defines a function of some kind.  It might
+** be a syntactic function like "count(x)" or it might be a function
+** that implements an operator, like "a LIKE b".  
+**
+** This routine makes *pzName point to the name of the function and 
+** *pnName hold the number of characters in the function name.
+*/
+static void getFunctionName(Expr *pExpr, const char **pzName, int *pnName){
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      *pzName = pExpr->token.z;
+      *pnName = pExpr->token.n;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LIKE: {
+      *pzName = "like";
+      *pnName = 4;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_GLOB: {
+      *pzName = "glob";
+      *pnName = 4;
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      *pzName = "can't happen";
+      *pnName = 12;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Error check the functions in an expression.  Make sure all
+** function names are recognized and all functions have the correct
+** number of arguments.  Leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg
+** if anything is amiss.  Return the number of errors.
+**
+** if pIsAgg is not null and this expression is an aggregate function
+** (like count(*) or max(value)) then write a 1 into *pIsAgg.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprCheck(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int allowAgg, int *pIsAgg){
+  int nErr = 0;
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_GLOB:
+    case TK_LIKE:
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      int n = pExpr->pList ? pExpr->pList->nExpr : 0;  /* Number of arguments */
+      int no_such_func = 0;       /* True if no such function exists */
+      int wrong_num_args = 0;     /* True if wrong number of arguments */
+      int is_agg = 0;             /* True if is an aggregate function */
+      int i;
+      int nId;                    /* Number of characters in function name */
+      const char *zId;            /* The function name. */
+      FuncDef *pDef;
+      int enc = pParse->db->enc;
+
+      getFunctionName(pExpr, &zId, &nId);
+      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0);
+      if( pDef==0 ){
+        pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, enc, 0);
+        if( pDef==0 ){
+          no_such_func = 1;
+        }else{
+          wrong_num_args = 1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
+      }
+      if( is_agg && !allowAgg ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId, zId);
+        nErr++;
+        is_agg = 0;
+      }else if( no_such_func ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
+        nErr++;
+      }else if( wrong_num_args ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
+             nId, zId);
+        nErr++;
+      }
+      if( is_agg ){
+        pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
+        if( pIsAgg ) *pIsAgg = 1;
+      }
+      for(i=0; nErr==0 && i<n; i++){
+        nErr = sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pExpr->pList->a[i].pExpr,
+                               allowAgg && !is_agg, pIsAgg);
+      }
+      /* FIX ME:  Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
+      ** type of the function 
+      */
+    }
+    default: {
+      if( pExpr->pLeft ){
+        nErr = sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, allowAgg, pIsAgg);
+      }
+      if( nErr==0 && pExpr->pRight ){
+        nErr = sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pExpr->pRight, allowAgg, pIsAgg);
+      }
+      if( nErr==0 && pExpr->pList ){
+        int n = pExpr->pList->nExpr;
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; nErr==0 && i<n; i++){
+          Expr *pE2 = pExpr->pList->a[i].pExpr;
+          nErr = sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pE2, allowAgg, pIsAgg);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return nErr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3ExprResolveIds() followed by sqlite3ExprCheck().
+**
+** This routine is provided as a convenience since it is very common
+** to call ResolveIds() and Check() back to back.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pSrcList, /* List of tables used to resolve column names */
+  ExprList *pEList,  /* List of expressions used to resolve "AS" */
+  Expr *pExpr,       /* The expression to be analyzed. */
+  int allowAgg,      /* True to allow aggregate expressions */
+  int *pIsAgg        /* Set to TRUE if aggregates are found */
+){
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+  if( sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse,pSrcList,pEList,pExpr) ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return sqlite3ExprCheck(pParse, pExpr, allowAgg, pIsAgg);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
+** text z[0..n-1] on the stack.
+*/
+static void codeInteger(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n){
+  int i;
+  if( sqlite3GetInt32(z, &i) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+  }else if( sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(z) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0, z, n);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Real, 0, 0, z, n);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
+** expression and leave the result on the top of stack.
+**
+** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
+** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
+** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
+** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
+** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op;
+  if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      if( pParse->useAgg ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggGet, 0, pExpr->iAgg);
+      }else if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( pExpr->span.z && pExpr->span.n>0 && pExpr->span.n<100 ){
+          VdbeComment((v, "# %T", &pExpr->span));
+        }
+#endif
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, pExpr->iTable, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      codeInteger(v, pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_FLOAT:
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      assert( TK_FLOAT==OP_Real );
+      assert( TK_STRING==OP_String8 );
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, 0, 0, pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
+      sqlite3VdbeDequoteP3(v, -1);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BLOB: {
+      assert( TK_BLOB==OP_HexBlob );
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, 0, 0, pExpr->token.z+1, pExpr->token.n-1);
+      sqlite3VdbeDequoteP3(v, -1);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NULL: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_VARIABLE: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iTable, 0);
+      if( pExpr->token.n>1 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
+      assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
+      assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
+      assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
+      assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
+      assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AND:
+    case TK_OR:
+    case TK_PLUS:
+    case TK_STAR:
+    case TK_MINUS:
+    case TK_REM:
+    case TK_BITAND:
+    case TK_BITOR:
+    case TK_SLASH:
+    case TK_LSHIFT:
+    case TK_RSHIFT: 
+    case TK_CONCAT: {
+      assert( TK_AND==OP_And );
+      assert( TK_OR==OP_Or );
+      assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add );
+      assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract );
+      assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder );
+      assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd );
+      assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr );
+      assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide );
+      assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft );
+      assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight );
+      assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat );
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UMINUS: {
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      assert( pLeft );
+      if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
+        Token *p = &pLeft->token;
+        char *z = sqliteMalloc( p->n + 2 );
+        sprintf(z, "-%.*s", p->n, p->z);
+        if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
+          sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Real, 0, 0, z, p->n+1);
+        }else{
+          codeInteger(v, z, p->n+1);
+        }
+        sqliteFree(z);
+        break;
+      }
+      /* Fall through into TK_NOT */
+    }
+    case TK_BITNOT:
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot );
+      assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      int dest;
+      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
+      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      dest = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggGet, 0, pExpr->iAgg);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_GLOB:
+    case TK_LIKE:
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
+      int nExpr = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
+      FuncDef *pDef;
+      int nId;
+      const char *zId;
+      int p2 = 0;
+      int i;
+      u8 enc = pParse->db->enc;
+      CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+      getFunctionName(pExpr, &zId, &nId);
+      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, nExpr, enc, 0);
+      assert( pDef!=0 );
+      nExpr = sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList);
+      for(i=0; i<nExpr && i<32; i++){
+        if( sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
+          p2 |= (1<<i);
+        }
+        if( pDef->needCollSeq && !pColl ){
+          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
+        }
+      }
+      if( pDef->needCollSeq ){
+        if( !pColl ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; 
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P3_COLLSEQ);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Function, nExpr, p2, (char*)pDef, P3_FUNCDEF);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pExpr->iColumn, 0);
+      VdbeComment((v, "# load subquery result"));
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IN: {
+      int addr;
+      char affinity;
+
+      /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
+      ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
+      ** P3 of OP_MakeRecord.
+      */
+      affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0);
+
+      /* Code the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". The temporary table
+      ** pExpr->iTable contains the values that make up the (...) set.
+      */
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr+4);            /* addr + 0 */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 2, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+7);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);   /* addr + 4 */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, addr+7);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0);                  /* addr + 6 */
+
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->pList->a;
+      Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+      pLItem++;
+      pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_And, 0, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UPLUS:
+    case TK_AS: {
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_CASE: {
+      int expr_end_label;
+      int jumpInst;
+      int addr;
+      int nExpr;
+      int i;
+      ExprList *pEList;
+      struct ExprList_item *aListelem;
+
+      assert(pExpr->pList);
+      assert((pExpr->pList->nExpr % 2) == 0);
+      assert(pExpr->pList->nExpr > 0);
+      pEList = pExpr->pList;
+      aListelem = pEList->a;
+      nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
+      expr_end_label = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      if( pExpr->pLeft ){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<nExpr; i=i+2){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i].pExpr);
+        if( pExpr->pLeft ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 1);
+          jumpInst = codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, aListelem[i].pExpr,
+                                 OP_Ne, 0, 1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+        }else{
+          jumpInst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, 1, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, expr_end_label);
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jumpInst, addr);
+      }
+      if( pExpr->pLeft ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      }
+      if( pExpr->pRight ){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, expr_end_label);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_RAISE: {
+      if( !pParse->trigStack ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+                       "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
+	return;
+      }
+      if( pExpr->iColumn!=OE_Ignore ){
+         assert( pExpr->iColumn==OE_Rollback ||
+                 pExpr->iColumn == OE_Abort ||
+                 pExpr->iColumn == OE_Fail );
+         sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, pExpr->iColumn,
+                        pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
+         sqlite3VdbeDequoteP3(v, -1);
+      } else {
+         assert( pExpr->iColumn == OE_Ignore );
+         sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
+         sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->trigStack->ignoreJump);
+         VdbeComment((v, "# raise(IGNORE)"));
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
+** expression list onto the stack.
+**
+** Return the number of elements pushed onto the stack.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList    /* The expression list to be coded */
+){
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  int i, n;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  n = pList->nExpr;
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<n; i++, pItem++){
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
+** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
+** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
+**
+** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then
+** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is true.
+**
+** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
+** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
+** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
+** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
+** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op = 0;
+  if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_AND: {
+      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, !jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_OR: {
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
+      assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
+      assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
+      assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
+      assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
+      assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
+      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      /* The expression "x BETWEEN y AND z" is implemented as:
+      **
+      ** 1 IF (x < y) GOTO 3
+      ** 2 IF (x <= z) GOTO <dest>
+      ** 3 ...
+      */
+      int addr;
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      Expr *pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      addr = codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Lt, 0, !jumpIfNull);
+
+      pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, dest, jumpIfNull);
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, jumpIfNull, dest);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
+** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution
+** continues straight thru if the expression is true.
+**
+** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then
+** jump if jumpIfNull is true or fall through if jumpIfNull is false.
+*/
+void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op = 0;
+  if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
+
+  /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
+  **
+  **       pExpr->op            op
+  **       ---------          ----------
+  **       TK_ISNULL          OP_NotNull
+  **       TK_NOTNULL         OP_IsNull
+  **       TK_NE              OP_Eq
+  **       TK_EQ              OP_Ne
+  **       TK_GT              OP_Le
+  **       TK_LE              OP_Gt
+  **       TK_GE              OP_Lt
+  **       TK_LT              OP_Ge
+  **
+  ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused.
+  ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we
+  ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression.
+  ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct.
+  */
+  op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1);
+
+  /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants
+  */
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt );
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_AND: {
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_OR: {
+      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, !jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      /* The expression is "x BETWEEN y AND z". It is implemented as:
+      **
+      ** 1 IF (x >= y) GOTO 3
+      ** 2 GOTO <dest>
+      ** 3 IF (x > z) GOTO <dest>
+      */
+      int addr;
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      Expr *pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, addr+3, !jumpIfNull);
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
+      pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Gt, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, jumpIfNull, dest);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees.  Return TRUE (non-zero)
+** if they are identical and return FALSE if they differ in any way.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){
+  int i;
+  if( pA==0 ){
+    return pB==0;
+  }else if( pB==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 0;
+  if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 0;
+  if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 0;
+  if( pA->pList ){
+    if( pB->pList==0 ) return 0;
+    if( pA->pList->nExpr!=pB->pList->nExpr ) return 0;
+    for(i=0; i<pA->pList->nExpr; i++){
+      if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pList->a[i].pExpr, pB->pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }else if( pB->pList ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( pA->pSelect || pB->pSelect ) return 0;
+  if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 0;
+  if( pA->token.z ){
+    if( pB->token.z==0 ) return 0;
+    if( pB->token.n!=pA->token.n ) return 0;
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pA->token.z, pB->token.z, pB->token.n)!=0 ) return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the pParse->aAgg[] array and return its index.
+*/
+static int appendAggInfo(Parse *pParse){
+  if( (pParse->nAgg & 0x7)==0 ){
+    int amt = pParse->nAgg + 8;
+    AggExpr *aAgg = sqliteRealloc(pParse->aAgg, amt*sizeof(pParse->aAgg[0]));
+    if( aAgg==0 ){
+      return -1;
+    }
+    pParse->aAgg = aAgg;
+  }
+  memset(&pParse->aAgg[pParse->nAgg], 0, sizeof(pParse->aAgg[0]));
+  return pParse->nAgg++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and
+** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array.
+** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary.
+**
+** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
+** analyzed by sqlite3ExprResolveIds() and sqlite3ExprCheck().
+**
+** If errors are seen, leave an error message in zErrMsg and return
+** the number of errors.
+*/
+int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  int i;
+  AggExpr *aAgg;
+  int nErr = 0;
+
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      aAgg = pParse->aAgg;
+      for(i=0; i<pParse->nAgg; i++){
+        if( aAgg[i].isAgg ) continue;
+        if( aAgg[i].pExpr->iTable==pExpr->iTable
+         && aAgg[i].pExpr->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( i>=pParse->nAgg ){
+        i = appendAggInfo(pParse);
+        if( i<0 ) return 1;
+        pParse->aAgg[i].isAgg = 0;
+        pParse->aAgg[i].pExpr = pExpr;
+      }
+      pExpr->iAgg = i;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
+      aAgg = pParse->aAgg;
+      for(i=0; i<pParse->nAgg; i++){
+        if( !aAgg[i].isAgg ) continue;
+        if( sqlite3ExprCompare(aAgg[i].pExpr, pExpr) ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( i>=pParse->nAgg ){
+        u8 enc = pParse->db->enc;
+        i = appendAggInfo(pParse);
+        if( i<0 ) return 1;
+        pParse->aAgg[i].isAgg = 1;
+        pParse->aAgg[i].pExpr = pExpr;
+        pParse->aAgg[i].pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
+             pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n,
+             pExpr->pList ? pExpr->pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
+      }
+      pExpr->iAgg = i;
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      if( pExpr->pLeft ){
+        nErr = sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+      }
+      if( nErr==0 && pExpr->pRight ){
+        nErr = sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+      }
+      if( nErr==0 && pExpr->pList ){
+        int n = pExpr->pList->nExpr;
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; nErr==0 && i<n; i++){
+          nErr = sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pExpr->pList->a[i].pExpr);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return nErr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
+** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8.  Return a
+** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
+** NULL if the function does not exist.
+**
+** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
+** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
+** no matching function previously existed.  When createFlag is true
+** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts
+** any number of arguments will be returned.
+**
+** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid
+** function found is returned.  A function is valid if either xFunc
+** or xStep is non-zero.
+**
+** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
+** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
+** match that requested.
+*/
+FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* An open database */
+  const char *zName, /* Name of the function.  Not null-terminated */
+  int nName,         /* Number of characters in the name */
+  int nArg,          /* Number of arguments.  -1 means any number */
+  u8 enc,            /* Preferred text encoding */
+  int createFlag     /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
+){
+  FuncDef *p;         /* Iterator variable */
+  FuncDef *pFirst;    /* First function with this name */
+  FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
+  int bestmatch = 0;  
+
+
+  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( nArg<-1 ) nArg = -1;
+
+  pFirst = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aFunc, zName, nName);
+  for(p=pFirst; p; p=p->pNext){
+    /* During the search for the best function definition, bestmatch is set
+    ** as follows to indicate the quality of the match with the definition
+    ** pointed to by pBest:
+    **
+    ** 0: pBest is NULL. No match has been found.
+    ** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16
+    **    encoding is requested, or vice versa.
+    ** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is
+    **    requested, or vice versa.
+    ** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding.
+    ** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
+    **    prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa.
+    ** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
+    **    prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa.
+    ** 6: An exact match.
+    **
+    ** A larger value of 'matchqual' indicates a more desirable match.
+    */
+    if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
+      int match = 1;          /* Quality of this match */
+      if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
+        match = 4;
+      }
+      if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){
+        match += 2;
+      }
+      else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) ||
+               (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){
+        match += 1;
+      }
+
+      if( match>bestmatch ){
+        pBest = p;
+        bestmatch = match;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the createFlag parameter is true, and the seach did not reveal an
+  ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
+  ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
+  */
+  if( createFlag && bestmatch<6 && 
+      (pBest = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1)) ){
+    pBest->nArg = nArg;
+    pBest->pNext = pFirst;
+    pBest->zName = (char*)&pBest[1];
+    pBest->iPrefEnc = enc;
+    memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
+    pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
+    sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest->zName, nName, (void*)pBest);
+  }
+
+  if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
+    return pBest;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/func.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/func.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f61bdae3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/func.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1018 @@
+/*
+** 2002 February 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
+** functions of SQLite.  
+**
+** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
+** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
+** All other code has file scope.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+
+static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
+  return context->pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
+*/
+static void minmaxFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  int mask;    /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */
+  int iBest;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+
+  if( argc==0 ) return;
+  mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1;
+  pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+  assert( pColl );
+  assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 );
+  iBest = 0;
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+    if( (sqlite3MemCompare(argv[iBest], argv[i], pColl)^mask)>=0 ){
+      iBest = i;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the type of the argument.
+*/
+static void typeofFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *z = 0;
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_NULL:    z = "null";    break;
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break;
+    case SQLITE_TEXT:    z = "text";    break;
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT:   z = "real";    break;
+    case SQLITE_BLOB:    z = "blob";    break;
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the length() function
+*/
+static void lengthFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int len;
+
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_BLOB:
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      const char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+      for(len=0; *z; z++){ if( (0xc0&*z)!=0x80 ) len++; }
+      sqlite3_result_int(context, len);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      sqlite3_result_null(context);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the abs() function
+*/
+static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+      i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+      if( iVal<0 ) iVal = iVal * -1;
+      sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_NULL: {
+      sqlite3_result_null(context);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+      if( rVal<0 ) rVal = rVal * -1.0;
+      sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the substr() function
+*/
+static void substrFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *z;
+  const char *z2;
+  int i;
+  int p1, p2, len;
+
+  assert( argc==3 );
+  z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+  p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
+  for(len=0, z2=z; *z2; z2++){ if( (0xc0&*z2)!=0x80 ) len++; }
+  if( p1<0 ){
+    p1 += len;
+    if( p1<0 ){
+      p2 += p1;
+      p1 = 0;
+    }
+  }else if( p1>0 ){
+    p1--;
+  }
+  if( p1+p2>len ){
+    p2 = len-p1;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<p1 && z[i]; i++){
+    if( (z[i]&0xc0)==0x80 ) p1++;
+  }
+  while( z[i] && (z[i]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ i++; p1++; }
+  for(; i<p1+p2 && z[i]; i++){
+    if( (z[i]&0xc0)==0x80 ) p2++;
+  }
+  while( z[i] && (z[i]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ i++; p2++; }
+  if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, &z[p1], p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the round() function
+*/
+static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  int n = 0;
+  double r;
+  char zBuf[100];
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return;
+    n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+    if( n>30 ) n = 30;
+    if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
+  r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+  sprintf(zBuf,"%.*f",n,r);
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions.
+*/
+static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  unsigned char *z;
+  int i;
+  if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
+  z = sqliteMalloc(sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  strcpy(z, sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]));
+  for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
+    z[i] = toupper(z[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  sqliteFree(z);
+}
+static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  unsigned char *z;
+  int i;
+  if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
+  z = sqliteMalloc(sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  strcpy(z, sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]));
+  for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
+    z[i] = tolower(z[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  sqliteFree(z);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions.  
+** All three do the same thing.  They return the first non-NULL
+** argument.
+*/
+static void ifnullFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[i]) ){
+      sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[i]);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of random().  Return a random integer.  
+*/
+static void randomFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int r;
+  sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, r);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function.  The return
+** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function.
+*/
+static void last_insert_rowid(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int arg, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the changes() SQL function.  The return value is the
+** same as the sqlite3_changes() API function.
+*/
+static void changes(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int arg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function.  The return value is
+** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function.
+*/
+static void total_changes(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int arg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db));
+}
+
+/*
+** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons.
+*/
+struct compareInfo {
+  u8 matchAll;
+  u8 matchOne;
+  u8 matchSet;
+  u8 noCase;
+};
+static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
+static const struct compareInfo likeInfo = { '%', '_',   0, 1 };
+
+/*
+** X is a pointer to the first byte of a UTF-8 character.  Increment
+** X so that it points to the next character.  This only works right
+** if X points to a well-formed UTF-8 string.
+*/
+#define sqliteNextChar(X)  while( (0xc0&*++(X))==0x80 ){}
+#define sqliteCharVal(X)   sqlite3ReadUtf8(X)
+
+
+/*
+** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can
+** potentially be a "glob" expression.  Return true (1) if they
+** are the same and false (0) if they are different.
+**
+** Globbing rules:
+**
+**      '*'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
+**
+**      '?'       Matches exactly one character.
+**
+**     [...]      Matches one character from the enclosed list of
+**                characters.
+**
+**     [^...]     Matches one character not in the enclosed list.
+**
+** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included
+** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'.  A
+** range of characters can be specified using '-'.  Example:
+** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter.  To match a '-', make
+** it the last character in the list.
+**
+** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case.
+**
+** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]".  Like this:
+**
+**         abc[*]xyz        Matches "abc*xyz" only
+*/
+int patternCompare(
+  const u8 *zPattern,              /* The glob pattern */
+  const u8 *zString,               /* The string to compare against the glob */
+  const struct compareInfo *pInfo  /* Information about how to do the compare */
+){
+  register int c;
+  int invert;
+  int seen;
+  int c2;
+  u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne;
+  u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;
+  u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet;
+  u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; 
+
+  while( (c = *zPattern)!=0 ){
+    if( c==matchAll ){
+      while( (c=zPattern[1]) == matchAll || c == matchOne ){
+        if( c==matchOne ){
+          if( *zString==0 ) return 0;
+          sqliteNextChar(zString);
+        }
+        zPattern++;
+      }
+      if( c==0 ) return 1;
+      if( c==matchSet ){
+        while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[1],zString,pInfo)==0 ){
+          sqliteNextChar(zString);
+        }
+        return *zString!=0;
+      }else{
+        while( (c2 = *zString)!=0 ){
+          if( noCase ){
+            c2 = sqlite3UpperToLower[c2];
+            c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
+            while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ c2 = sqlite3UpperToLower[*++zString]; }
+          }else{
+            while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ c2 = *++zString; }
+          }
+          if( c2==0 ) return 0;
+          if( patternCompare(&zPattern[1],zString,pInfo) ) return 1;
+          sqliteNextChar(zString);
+        }
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }else if( c==matchOne ){
+      if( *zString==0 ) return 0;
+      sqliteNextChar(zString);
+      zPattern++;
+    }else if( c==matchSet ){
+      int prior_c = 0;
+      seen = 0;
+      invert = 0;
+      c = sqliteCharVal(zString);
+      if( c==0 ) return 0;
+      c2 = *++zPattern;
+      if( c2=='^' ){ invert = 1; c2 = *++zPattern; }
+      if( c2==']' ){
+        if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
+        c2 = *++zPattern;
+      }
+      while( (c2 = sqliteCharVal(zPattern))!=0 && c2!=']' ){
+        if( c2=='-' && zPattern[1]!=']' && zPattern[1]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
+          zPattern++;
+          c2 = sqliteCharVal(zPattern);
+          if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
+          prior_c = 0;
+        }else if( c==c2 ){
+          seen = 1;
+          prior_c = c2;
+        }else{
+          prior_c = c2;
+        }
+        sqliteNextChar(zPattern);
+      }
+      if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ) return 0;
+      sqliteNextChar(zString);
+      zPattern++;
+    }else{
+      if( noCase ){
+        if( sqlite3UpperToLower[c] != sqlite3UpperToLower[*zString] ) return 0;
+      }else{
+        if( c != *zString ) return 0;
+      }
+      zPattern++;
+      zString++;
+    }
+  }
+  return *zString==0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
+** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
+** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
+**
+**       A LIKE B
+**
+** is implemented as like(B,A).
+**
+** If the pointer retrieved by via a call to sqlite3_user_data() is
+** not NULL, then this function uses UTF-16. Otherwise UTF-8.
+*/
+static void likeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  if( zA && zB ){
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zA, zB, &likeInfo));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the glob() SQL function.  This function implements
+** the build-in GLOB operator.  The first argument to the function is the
+** string and the second argument is the pattern.  So, the SQL statements:
+**
+**       A GLOB B
+**
+** is implemented as glob(A,B).
+*/
+static void globFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int arg, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  if( zA && zB ){
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zA, zB, &globInfo));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function.  The result is the first
+** argument if the arguments are different.  The result is NULL if the
+** arguments are equal to each other.
+*/
+static void nullifFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+  if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the VERSION(*) function.  The result is the version
+** of the SQLite library that is running.
+*/
+static void versionFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_version, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function.  The interface may
+** change.  This function may disappear.  Do not write code that depends
+** on this function.
+**
+** Implementation of the QUOTE() function.  This function takes a single
+** argument.  If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as
+** the argument.  If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string
+** "NULL".  Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with
+** single-quote escapes.
+*/
+static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_NULL: {
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+      static const char hexdigits[] = { 
+        '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
+        '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' 
+      };
+      char *zText = 0;
+      int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+      char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+
+      zText = (char *)sqliteMalloc((2*nBlob)+4); 
+      if( !zText ){
+        sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
+      }else{
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){
+          zText[(i*2)+2] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i]>>4)&0x0F];
+          zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F];
+        }
+        zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\'';
+        zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0';
+        zText[0] = 'X';
+        zText[1] = '\'';
+        sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+        sqliteFree(zText);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      int i,j,n;
+      const char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+      char *z;
+
+      for(i=n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; }
+      z = sqliteMalloc( i+n+3 );
+      if( z==0 ) return;
+      z[0] = '\'';
+      for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){
+        z[j++] = zArg[i];
+        if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){
+          z[j++] = '\'';
+        }
+      }
+      z[j++] = '\'';
+      z[j] = 0;
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      sqliteFree(z);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+/*
+** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
+*/
+static void soundexFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  char zResult[8];
+  const u8 *zIn;
+  int i, j;
+  static const unsigned char iCode[] = {
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
+    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
+    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  };
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  for(i=0; zIn[i] && !isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
+  if( zIn[i] ){
+    zResult[0] = toupper(zIn[i]);
+    for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){
+      int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
+      if( code>0 ){
+        zResult[j++] = code + '0';
+      }
+    }
+    while( j<4 ){
+      zResult[j++] = '0';
+    }
+    zResult[j] = 0;
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** This function generates a string of random characters.  Used for
+** generating test data.
+*/
+static void randStr(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  static const unsigned char zSrc[] = 
+     "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+     "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+     "0123456789"
+     ".-!,:*^+=_|?/<> ";
+  int iMin, iMax, n, r, i;
+  unsigned char zBuf[1000];
+  if( argc>=1 ){
+    iMin = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
+    if( iMin<0 ) iMin = 0;
+    if( iMin>=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMin = sizeof(zBuf)-1;
+  }else{
+    iMin = 1;
+  }
+  if( argc>=2 ){
+    iMax = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+    if( iMax<iMin ) iMax = iMin;
+    if( iMax>=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMax = sizeof(zBuf)-1;
+  }else{
+    iMax = 50;
+  }
+  n = iMin;
+  if( iMax>iMin ){
+    sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
+    r &= 0x7fffffff;
+    n += r%(iMax + 1 - iMin);
+  }
+  assert( n<sizeof(zBuf) );
+  sqlite3Randomness(n, zBuf);
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+    zBuf[i] = zSrc[zBuf[i]%(sizeof(zSrc)-1)];
+  }
+  zBuf[n] = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** The following two SQL functions are used to test returning a text
+** result with a destructor. Function 'test_destructor' takes one argument
+** and returns the same argument interpreted as TEXT. A destructor is
+** passed with the sqlite3_result_text() call.
+**
+** SQL function 'test_destructor_count' returns the number of outstanding 
+** allocations made by 'test_destructor';
+**
+** WARNING: Not threadsafe.
+*/
+static int test_destructor_count_var = 0;
+static void destructor(void *p){
+  char *zVal = (char *)p;
+  assert(zVal);
+  zVal--;
+  sqliteFree(zVal);
+  test_destructor_count_var--;
+}
+static void test_destructor(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int nArg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  char *zVal;
+  int len;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(pCtx);
+ 
+  test_destructor_count_var++;
+  assert( nArg==1 );
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  len = sqlite3ValueBytes(argv[0], db->enc); 
+  zVal = sqliteMalloc(len+3);
+  zVal[len] = 0;
+  zVal[len-1] = 0;
+  assert( zVal );
+  zVal++;
+  memcpy(zVal, sqlite3ValueText(argv[0], db->enc), len);
+  if( db->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zVal, -1, destructor);
+  }else if( db->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+    sqlite3_result_text16le(pCtx, zVal, -1, destructor);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text16be(pCtx, zVal, -1, destructor);
+  }
+}
+static void test_destructor_count(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int nArg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, test_destructor_count_var);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Routines for testing the sqlite3_get_auxdata() and sqlite3_set_auxdata()
+** interface.
+**
+** The test_auxdata() SQL function attempts to register each of its arguments
+** as auxiliary data.  If there are no prior registrations of aux data for
+** that argument (meaning the argument is not a constant or this is its first
+** call) then the result for that argument is 0.  If there is a prior
+** registration, the result for that argument is 1.  The overall result
+** is the individual argument results separated by spaces.
+*/
+static void free_test_auxdata(void *p) {sqliteFree(p);}
+static void test_auxdata(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int nArg,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  char *zRet = sqliteMalloc(nArg*2);
+  if( !zRet ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+    char const *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+    if( z ){
+      char *zAux = sqlite3_get_auxdata(pCtx, i);
+      if( zAux ){
+        zRet[i*2] = '1';
+        if( strcmp(zAux, z) ){
+          sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "Auxilary data corruption", -1);
+          return;
+        }
+      }else{
+        zRet[i*2] = '0';
+        zAux = sqliteStrDup(z);
+        sqlite3_set_auxdata(pCtx, i, zAux, free_test_auxdata);
+      }
+      zRet[i*2+1] = ' ';
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zRet, 2*nArg-1, free_test_auxdata);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
+** sum() or avg() aggregate computation.
+*/
+typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx;
+struct SumCtx {
+  double sum;     /* Sum of terms */
+  int cnt;        /* Number of elements summed */
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines used to compute the sum or average.
+*/
+static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    p->sum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+    p->cnt++;
+  }
+}
+static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->sum : 0.0);
+}
+static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, p->sum/(double)p->cnt);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
+** variance or standard deviation computation.
+*/
+typedef struct StdDevCtx StdDevCtx;
+struct StdDevCtx {
+  double sum;     /* Sum of terms */
+  double sum2;    /* Sum of the squares of terms */
+  int cnt;        /* Number of terms counted */
+};
+
+#if 0   /* Omit because math library is required */
+/*
+** Routines used to compute the standard deviation as an aggregate.
+*/
+static void stdDevStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, const char **argv){
+  StdDevCtx *p;
+  double x;
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p && argv[0] ){
+    x = sqlite3AtoF(argv[0], 0);
+    p->sum += x;
+    p->sum2 += x*x;
+    p->cnt++;
+  }
+}
+static void stdDevFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  double rN = sqlite3_aggregate_count(context);
+  StdDevCtx *p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p && p->cnt>1 ){
+    double rCnt = cnt;
+    sqlite3_set_result_double(context, 
+       sqrt((p->sum2 - p->sum*p->sum/rCnt)/(rCnt-1.0)));
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following structure keeps track of state information for the
+** count() aggregate function.
+*/
+typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx;
+struct CountCtx {
+  int n;
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function.
+*/
+static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  CountCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){
+    p->n++;
+  }
+}   
+static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  CountCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  sqlite3_result_int(context, p ? p->n : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function tracks state information for the min() and max()
+** aggregate functions.
+*/
+typedef struct MinMaxCtx MinMaxCtx;
+struct MinMaxCtx {
+  char *z;         /* The best so far */
+  char zBuf[28];   /* Space that can be used for storage */
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
+*/
+static void minmaxStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  Mem *pArg  = (Mem *)argv[0];
+  Mem *pBest;
+
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest));
+  if( !pBest ) return;
+
+  if( pBest->flags ){
+    int max;
+    int cmp;
+    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+    /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates,
+    ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the
+    ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the
+    ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it
+    ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer.
+    ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max()
+    ** aggregate, or 0 for min().
+    */
+    max = ((sqlite3_user_data(context)==(void *)-1)?1:0);
+    cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
+    if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
+  }
+}
+static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  sqlite3_value *pRes;
+  pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(Mem));
+  if( pRes->flags ){
+    sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
+** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
+** external linkage.
+*/
+void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const struct {
+     char *zName;
+     signed char nArg;
+     u8 argType;           /* 0: none.  1: db  2: (-1) */
+     u8 eTextRep;          /* 1: UTF-16.  0: UTF-8 */
+     u8 needCollSeq;
+     void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **);
+  } aFuncs[] = {
+    { "min",               -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, minmaxFunc },
+    { "min",                0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, 0          },
+    { "max",               -1, 2, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, minmaxFunc },
+    { "max",                0, 2, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, 0          },
+    { "typeof",             1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, typeofFunc },
+    { "length",             1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, lengthFunc },
+    { "substr",             3, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, substrFunc },
+    { "substr",             3, 0, SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, sqlite3utf16Substr },
+    { "abs",                1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, absFunc    },
+    { "round",              1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, roundFunc  },
+    { "round",              2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, roundFunc  },
+    { "upper",              1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, upperFunc  },
+    { "lower",              1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, lowerFunc  },
+    { "coalesce",          -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, ifnullFunc },
+    { "coalesce",           0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, 0          },
+    { "coalesce",           1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, 0          },
+    { "ifnull",             2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, ifnullFunc },
+    { "random",            -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, randomFunc },
+    { "like",               2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, likeFunc   },
+    { "glob",               2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, globFunc   },
+    { "nullif",             2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    1, nullifFunc },
+    { "sqlite_version",     0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, versionFunc},
+    { "quote",              1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, quoteFunc  },
+    { "last_insert_rowid",  0, 1, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, last_insert_rowid },
+    { "changes",            0, 1, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, changes    },
+    { "total_changes",      0, 1, SQLITE_UTF8,    0, total_changes },
+#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+    { "soundex",            1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, soundexFunc},
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    { "randstr",               2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randStr    },
+    { "test_destructor",       1, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_destructor},
+    { "test_destructor_count", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_destructor_count},
+    { "test_auxdata",         -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_auxdata},
+#endif
+  };
+  static const struct {
+    char *zName;
+    signed char nArg;
+    u8 argType;
+    u8 needCollSeq;
+    void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+    void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);
+  } aAggs[] = {
+    { "min",    1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,   minMaxFinalize },
+    { "max",    1, 2, 1, minmaxStep,   minMaxFinalize },
+    { "sum",    1, 0, 0, sumStep,      sumFinalize    },
+    { "avg",    1, 0, 0, sumStep,      avgFinalize    },
+    { "count",  0, 0, 0, countStep,    countFinalize  },
+    { "count",  1, 0, 0, countStep,    countFinalize  },
+#if 0
+    { "stddev", 1, 0, stdDevStep,   stdDevFinalize },
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0]); i++){
+    void *pArg = 0;
+    switch( aFuncs[i].argType ){
+      case 1: pArg = db; break;
+      case 2: pArg = (void *)(-1); break;
+    }
+    sqlite3_create_function(db, aFuncs[i].zName, aFuncs[i].nArg,
+        aFuncs[i].eTextRep, pArg, aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
+    if( aFuncs[i].needCollSeq ){
+      FuncDef *pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, aFuncs[i].zName, 
+          strlen(aFuncs[i].zName), aFuncs[i].nArg, aFuncs[i].eTextRep, 0);
+      if( pFunc && aFuncs[i].needCollSeq ){
+        pFunc->needCollSeq = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aAggs)/sizeof(aAggs[0]); i++){
+    void *pArg = 0;
+    switch( aAggs[i].argType ){
+      case 1: pArg = db; break;
+      case 2: pArg = (void *)(-1); break;
+    }
+    sqlite3_create_function(db, aAggs[i].zName, aAggs[i].nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 
+        pArg, 0, aAggs[i].xStep, aAggs[i].xFinalize);
+    if( aAggs[i].needCollSeq ){
+      FuncDef *pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction( db, aAggs[i].zName,
+          strlen(aAggs[i].zName), aAggs[i].nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+      if( pFunc && aAggs[i].needCollSeq ){
+        pFunc->needCollSeq = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(db);
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/hash.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/hash.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..23e2e197
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/hash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
+** used in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants SQLITE_HASH_INT, SQLITE_HASH_POINTER,
+** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, or SQLITE_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.  CopyKey only makes
+** sense for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY and is ignored
+** for other key classes.
+*/
+void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  assert( keyClass>=SQLITE_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
+  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+#if 0
+  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_POINTER || keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_INT ) copyKey = 0;
+#endif
+  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
+  HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  if( pH->ht ) sqliteFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+      sqliteFree(elem->pKey);
+    }
+    sqliteFree(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_INT
+*/
+static int intHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  return nKey ^ (nKey<<8) ^ (nKey>>8);
+}
+static int intCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  return n2 - n1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_POINTER
+*/
+static int ptrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  uptr x = Addr(pKey);
+  return x ^ (x<<8) ^ (x>>8);
+}
+static int ptrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( pKey1==pKey2 ) return 0;
+  if( pKey1<pKey2 ) return -1;
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_STRING
+*/
+static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  return sqlite3HashNoCase((const char*)pKey, nKey); 
+}
+static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
+*/
+static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h = 0;
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "hashFunction".  The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of hashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
+** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+#if 0  /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
+  switch( keyClass ){
+    case SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intHash;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrHash;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strHash;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binHash;;
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+#else
+  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strHash;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binHash;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
+*/
+static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
+  switch( keyClass ){
+    case SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intCompare;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrCompare;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strCompare;
+    case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binCompare;
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+#else
+  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strCompare;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binCompare;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Link an element into the hash table
+*/
+static void insertElement(
+  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
+  pHead = pEntry->chain;
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+  pEntry->count++;
+  pEntry->chain = pNew;
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
+** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+*/
+static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){
+  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
+  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
+  new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqliteMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
+  if( pH->ht ) sqliteFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
+  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,
+  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+    xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+    while( count-- && elem ){
+      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+        return elem;
+      }
+      elem = elem->next;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void removeElementGivenHash(
+  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  int h             /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+  }
+  pEntry->count--;
+  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+    pEntry->chain = 0;
+  }
+  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+    sqliteFree(elem->pKey);
+  }
+  sqliteFree( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+}
+
+/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h;             /* A hash on key */
+  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
+  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
+  int hraw;             /* Raw hash value of the key */
+  int h;                /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+    }
+    return old_data;
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqliteMalloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+    new_elem->pKey = sqliteMallocRaw( nKey );
+    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+      sqliteFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
+  }else{
+    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+  }
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  pH->count++;
+  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+    rehash(pH,8);
+    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+      pH->count = 0;
+      sqliteFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
+    rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
+  }
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/hash.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/hash.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf004ddc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/hash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
+** used in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
+#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct Hash Hash;
+typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct Hash {
+  char keyClass;          /* SQLITE_HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
+  HashElem *first;        /* The first element of the array */
+  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  struct _ht {            /* the hash table */
+    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    HashElem *chain;         /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct HashElem {
+  HashElem *next, *prev;   /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;              /* Data associated with this element */
+  void *pKey; int nKey;    /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** There are 4 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_INT         nKey is used as the key and pKey is ignored.
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_POINTER     pKey is used as the key and nKey is ignored.
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_STRING      pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
+**                           is ignored in comparisons.
+**
+**   SQLITE_HASH_BINARY      pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
+**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
+** if the copyKey parameter to HashInit is 1.  
+*/
+/* #define SQLITE_HASH_INT       1 // NOT USED */
+/* #define SQLITE_HASH_POINTER   2 // NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_HASH_STRING    3
+#define SQLITE_HASH_BINARY    4
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
+void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   Hash h;
+**   HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+#define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
+#define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/insert.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/insert.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..65cbdc8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/insert.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1018 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Set P3 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
+** string for index pIdx. A column affinity string has one character
+** for each column in the table, according to the affinity of the column:
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'n'            NUMERIC
+**  'i'            INTEGER
+**  't'            TEXT
+**  'o'            NONE
+*/
+void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){
+  if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+    /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
+    ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
+    ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
+    **
+    ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
+    ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
+    ** up.
+    */
+    int n;
+    Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+    pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqliteMalloc(pIdx->nColumn+1);
+    if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+      return;
+    }
+    for(n=0; n<pIdx->nColumn; n++){
+      pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity;
+    }
+    pIdx->zColAff[pIdx->nColumn] = '\0';
+  }
+ 
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pIdx->zColAff, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set P3 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
+** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character
+** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the
+** column:
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'n'            NUMERIC
+**  'i'            INTEGER
+**  't'            TEXT
+**  'o'            NONE
+*/
+void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){
+  /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table
+  ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then 
+  ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use.
+  **
+  ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
+  ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up.
+  */
+  if( !pTab->zColAff ){
+    char *zColAff;
+    int i;
+
+    zColAff = (char *)sqliteMalloc(pTab->nCol+1);
+    if( !zColAff ){
+      return;
+    }
+
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity;
+    }
+    zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0';
+
+    pTab->zColAff = zColAff;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, 0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms:
+**
+**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST)
+**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select
+**
+** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional.  If omitted,
+** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted.  The IDLIST
+** appears in the pColumn parameter.  pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted.
+**
+** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT
+** statement above, and pSelect is NULL.  For the second form, pList is
+** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate
+** data for the insert.
+**
+** The code generated follows one of three templates.  For a simple
+** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes
+** once straight down through.  The template looks like this:
+**
+**         open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**         puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack
+**         write the resulting record into <table>
+**         cleanup
+**
+** If the statement is of the form
+**
+**   INSERT INTO <table> SELECT ...
+**
+** And the SELECT clause does not read from <table> at any time, then
+** the generated code follows this template:
+**
+**         goto B
+**      A: setup for the SELECT
+**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
+**           gosub C
+**         end loop
+**         cleanup after the SELECT
+**         goto D
+**      B: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**         goto A
+**      C: insert the select result into <table>
+**         return
+**      D: cleanup
+**
+** The third template is used if the insert statement takes its
+** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
+** that is also read as part of the SELECT.  In the third form,
+** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of
+** the select.  The template is like this:
+**
+**         goto B
+**      A: setup for the SELECT
+**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
+**           gosub C
+**         end loop
+**         cleanup after the SELECT
+**         goto D
+**      C: insert the select result into the intermediate table
+**         return
+**      B: open a cursor to an intermediate table
+**         goto A
+**      D: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
+**         loop over the intermediate table
+**           transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
+**         end the loop
+**         cleanup
+*/
+void sqlite3Insert(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,    /* Name of table into which we are inserting */
+  ExprList *pList,      /* List of values to be inserted */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+  IdList *pColumn,      /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */
+  int onError           /* How to handle constraint errors */
+){
+  Table *pTab;          /* The table to insert into */
+  char *zTab;           /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */
+  const char *zDb;      /* Name of the database holding this table */
+  int i, j, idx;        /* Loop counters */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
+  Index *pIdx;          /* For looping over indices of the table */
+  int nColumn;          /* Number of columns in the data */
+  int base = 0;         /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
+  int iCont=0,iBreak=0; /* Beginning and end of the loop over srcTab */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* The main database structure */
+  int keyColumn = -1;   /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+  int endOfLoop;        /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
+  int useTempTable;     /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
+  int srcTab = 0;       /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
+  int iSelectLoop = 0;  /* Address of code that implements the SELECT */
+  int iCleanup = 0;     /* Address of the cleanup code */
+  int iInsertBlock = 0; /* Address of the subroutine used to insert data */
+  int iCntMem = 0;      /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
+  int isView;           /* True if attempting to insert into a view */
+
+  int row_triggers_exist = 0; /* True if there are FOR EACH ROW triggers */
+  int before_triggers;        /* True if there are BEFORE triggers */
+  int after_triggers;         /* True if there are AFTER triggers */
+  int newIdx = -1;            /* Cursor for the NEW table */
+
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  db = pParse->db;
+
+  /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information.
+  */
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+  zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName;
+  if( zTab==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( pTab->iDb<db->nDb );
+  zDb = db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure that:
+  *  (a) the table is not read-only, 
+  *  (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist
+  */
+  before_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 
+                                       TK_BEFORE, TK_ROW, 0);
+  after_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, TK_INSERT,
+                                       TK_AFTER, TK_ROW, 0);
+  row_triggers_exist = before_triggers || after_triggers;
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, before_triggers) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
+
+  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+  */
+  if( isView && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure all required collation sequences are available. */
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(pParse, pIdx) ){
+      goto insert_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a VDBE
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || row_triggers_exist, pTab->iDb);
+
+  /* if there are row triggers, allocate a temp table for new.* references. */
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied.  If the data
+  ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then this step also generates
+  ** all the code to implement the SELECT statement and invoke a subroutine
+  ** to process each row of the result. (Template 2.) If the SELECT
+  ** statement uses the the table that is being inserted into, then the
+  ** subroutine is also coded here.  That subroutine stores the SELECT
+  ** results in a temporary table. (Template 3.)
+  */
+  if( pSelect ){
+    /* Data is coming from a SELECT.  Generate code to implement that SELECT
+    */
+    int rc, iInitCode;
+    iInitCode = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
+    iSelectLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    iInsertBlock = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Subroutine, iInsertBlock, 0,0,0,0);
+    if( rc || pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto insert_cleanup;
+    iCleanup = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iCleanup);
+    assert( pSelect->pEList );
+    nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
+
+    /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement
+    ** should be written into a temporary table.  Set to FALSE if each
+    ** row of the SELECT can be written directly into the result table.
+    **
+    ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
+    ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement.  Also use a 
+    ** temp table in the case of row triggers.
+    */
+    if( row_triggers_exist ){
+      useTempTable = 1;
+    }else{
+      int addr = 0;
+      useTempTable = 0;
+      while( useTempTable==0 ){
+        VdbeOp *pOp;
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeFindOp(v, addr, OP_OpenRead, pTab->tnum);
+        if( addr==0 ) break;
+        pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addr-2);
+        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Integer && pOp->p1==pTab->iDb ){
+          useTempTable = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( useTempTable ){
+      /* Generate the subroutine that SELECT calls to process each row of
+      ** the result.  Store the result in a temporary table
+      */
+      srcTab = pParse->nTab++;
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
+      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, srcTab, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, srcTab, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
+
+      /* The following code runs first because the GOTO at the very top
+      ** of the program jumps to it.  Create the temporary table, then jump
+      ** back up and execute the SELECT code above.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iInitCode, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, srcTab, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, srcTab, nColumn);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iInitCode, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES
+    ** clause
+    */
+    SrcList dummy;
+    assert( pList!=0 );
+    srcTab = -1;
+    useTempTable = 0;
+    assert( pList );
+    nColumn = pList->nExpr;
+    dummy.nSrc = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+      if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse,&dummy,0,pList->a[i].pExpr,0,0) ){
+        goto insert_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
+  ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
+  */
+  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn!=pTab->nCol ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+       "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
+       pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol, nColumn);
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
+  ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and 
+  ** remember the column indices.
+  **
+  ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
+  ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable
+  ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column.  keyColumn is
+  ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as
+  ** is appears in the original table.  (The index of the primary
+  ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.)
+  */
+  if( pColumn ){
+    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
+      pColumn->a[i].idx = -1;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
+      for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){
+          pColumn->a[i].idx = j;
+          if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+            keyColumn = i;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+        if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){
+          keyColumn = i;
+        }else{
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s",
+              pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName);
+          pParse->nErr++;
+          goto insert_cleanup;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
+  ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index
+  ** in the original table definition.
+  */
+  if( pColumn==0 ){
+    keyColumn = pTab->iPKey;
+  }
+
+  /* Open the temp table for FOR EACH ROW triggers
+  */
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, newIdx, pTab->nCol);
+  }
+    
+  /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    iCntMem = pParse->nMem++;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iCntMem, 1);
+  }
+
+  /* Open tables and indices if there are no row triggers */
+  if( !row_triggers_exist ){
+    base = pParse->nTab;
+    sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, base, OP_OpenWrite);
+  }
+
+  /* If the data source is a temporary table, then we have to create
+  ** a loop because there might be multiple rows of data.  If the data
+  ** source is a subroutine call from the SELECT statement, then we need
+  ** to launch the SELECT statement processing.
+  */
+  if( useTempTable ){
+    iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab, iBreak);
+    iCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  }else if( pSelect ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock);
+  }
+
+  /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any
+  */
+  endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  if( before_triggers ){
+
+    /* build the NEW.* reference row.  Note that if there is an INTEGER
+    ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be
+    ** translated into a unique ID for the row.  But on a BEFORE trigger,
+    ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
+    ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
+    */
+    if( keyColumn<0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0);
+    }else if( useTempTable ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn);
+    }else if( pSelect ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nColumn - keyColumn - 1, 1);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Create the new column data
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( pColumn==0 ){
+        j = i;
+      }else{
+        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
+          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[i].zDflt, P3_STATIC);
+      }else if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j); 
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nColumn-j-1, 1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0);
+
+    /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
+    ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
+    ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
+    ** table column affinities.
+    */
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, newIdx, 0);
+
+    /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
+    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TK_BEFORE, pTab, 
+        newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop) ){
+      goto insert_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If any triggers exists, the opening of tables and indices is deferred
+  ** until now.
+  */
+  if( row_triggers_exist && !isView ){
+    base = pParse->nTab;
+    sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, base, OP_OpenWrite);
+  }
+
+  /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack.  The
+  ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRecno
+  ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which
+  ** case the record number is the same as that column. 
+  */
+  if( !isView ){
+    if( keyColumn>=0 ){
+      if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn);
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nColumn - keyColumn - 1, 1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr);
+      }
+      /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRecno
+      ** to generate a unique primary key value.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, base, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, base, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning
+    ** with the first column.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+        /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL.
+        ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted
+        ** in its place.  So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid
+        ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+        continue;
+      }
+      if( pColumn==0 ){
+        j = i;
+      }else{
+        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
+          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[i].zDflt, P3_STATIC);
+      }else if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j); 
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+nColumn-j, 1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and
+    ** do the insertion.
+    */
+    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, base, 0, keyColumn>=0,
+                                   0, onError, endOfLoop);
+    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, base, 0,0,0,
+                            after_triggers ? newIdx : -1);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, iCntMem, 0);
+  }
+
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    /* Close all tables opened */
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0);
+      for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, idx+base, 0);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Code AFTER triggers */
+    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TK_AFTER, pTab, newIdx, -1, 
+          onError, endOfLoop) ){
+      goto insert_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The bottom of the loop, if the data source is a SELECT statement
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
+  if( useTempTable ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, srcTab, iCont);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, srcTab, 0);
+  }else if( pSelect ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup);
+  }
+
+  if( !row_triggers_exist ){
+    /* Close all tables opened */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0);
+    for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, idx+base, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows inserted.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iCntMem, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "rows inserted", P3_STATIC);
+  }
+
+insert_cleanup:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
+  if( pList ) sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
+  if( pSelect ) sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumn);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to do a constraint check prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE.
+**
+** When this routine is called, the stack contains (from bottom to top)
+** the following values:
+**
+**    1.  The recno of the row to be updated before the update.  This
+**        value is omitted unless we are doing an UPDATE that involves a
+**        change to the record number.
+**
+**    2.  The recno of the row after the update.
+**
+**    3.  The data in the first column of the entry after the update.
+**
+**    i.  Data from middle columns...
+**
+**    N.  The data in the last column of the entry after the update.
+**
+** The old recno shown as entry (1) above is omitted unless both isUpdate
+** and recnoChng are 1.  isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for
+** INSERTs and recnoChng is true if the record number is being changed.
+**
+** The code generated by this routine pushes additional entries onto
+** the stack which are the keys for new index entries for the new record.
+** The order of index keys is the same as the order of the indices on
+** the pTable->pIndex list.  A key is only created for index i if 
+** aIdxUsed!=0 and aIdxUsed[i]!=0.
+**
+** This routine also generates code to check constraints.  NOT NULL,
+** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked.  If a constraint fails,
+** then the appropriate action is performed.  There are five possible
+** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE.
+**
+**  Constraint type  Action       What Happens
+**  ---------------  ----------   ----------------------------------------
+**  any              ROLLBACK     The current transaction is rolled back and
+**                                sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a
+**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+**
+**  any              ABORT        Back out changes from the current command
+**                                only (do not do a complete rollback) then
+**                                cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately
+**                                with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+**
+**  any              FAIL         Sqlite_exec() returns immediately with a
+**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.  The
+**                                transaction is not rolled back and any
+**                                prior changes are retained.
+**
+**  any              IGNORE       The record number and data is popped from
+**                                the stack and there is an immediate jump
+**                                to label ignoreDest.
+**
+**  NOT NULL         REPLACE      The NULL value is replace by the default
+**                                value for that column.  If the default value
+**                                is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT.
+**
+**  UNIQUE           REPLACE      The other row that conflicts with the row
+**                                being inserted is removed.
+**
+**  CHECK            REPLACE      Illegal.  The results in an exception.
+**
+** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter.
+** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter
+** is used.  Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value
+** for the constraint is used.
+**
+** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with
+** cursor number "base".  All indices of pTab must also have open
+** read/write cursors with cursor number base+i for the i-th cursor.
+** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then
+** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aIdxUsed[i]==0.
+**
+** If the isUpdate flag is true, it means that the "base" cursor is
+** initially pointing to an entry that is being updated.  The isUpdate
+** flag causes extra code to be generated so that the "base" cursor
+** is still pointing at the same entry after the routine returns.
+** Without the isUpdate flag, the "base" cursor might be moved.
+*/
+void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
+  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
+  int base,           /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
+  char *aIdxUsed,     /* Which indices are used.  NULL means all are used */
+  int recnoChng,      /* True if the record number will change */
+  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
+  int overrideError,  /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
+  int ignoreDest      /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */
+){
+  int i;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int nCol;
+  int onError;
+  int addr;
+  int extra;
+  int iCur;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int seenReplace = 0;
+  int jumpInst1=0, jumpInst2;
+  int contAddr;
+  int hasTwoRecnos = (isUpdate && recnoChng);
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
+  nCol = pTab->nCol;
+
+  /* Test all NOT NULL constraints.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+      continue;
+    }
+    onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull;
+    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].zDflt==0 ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol-1-i, 1);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, 1, 0);
+    switch( onError ){
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        char *zMsg = 0;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError);
+        sqlite3SetString(&zMsg, pTab->zName, ".", pTab->aCol[i].zName,
+                        " may not be NULL", (char*)0);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, zMsg, P3_DYNAMIC);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRecnos, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Replace: {
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[i].zDflt, P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Push, nCol-i, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      default: assert(0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+  }
+
+  /* Test all CHECK constraints
+  */
+  /**** TBD ****/
+
+  /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key
+  ** of the new record does not previously exist.  Except, if this
+  ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK.
+  */
+  if( recnoChng ){
+    onError = pTab->keyConf;
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    
+    if( isUpdate ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1);
+      jumpInst1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Eq, 0, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol, 1);
+    jumpInst2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, base, 0);
+    switch( onError ){
+      default: {
+        onError = OE_Abort;
+        /* Fall thru into the next case */
+      }
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError,
+                         "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P3_STATIC);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Replace: {
+        sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse->db, v, pTab, base, 0);
+        if( isUpdate ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+hasTwoRecnos, 1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
+        }
+        seenReplace = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        assert( seenReplace==0 );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRecnos, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    contAddr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jumpInst2, contAddr);
+    if( isUpdate ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jumpInst1, contAddr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE
+  ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist.
+  ** Add the new records to the indices as we go.
+  */
+  extra = -1;
+  for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){
+    if( aIdxUsed && aIdxUsed[iCur]==0 ) continue;  /* Skip unused indices */
+    extra++;
+
+    /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+extra, 1);
+    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+      int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+      if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+extra+nCol+1, 1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+extra+nCol-idx, 1);
+      }
+    }
+    jumpInst1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIdx->nColumn, (1<<24));
+    sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
+
+    /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */
+    onError = pIdx->onError;
+    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;  /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    if( seenReplace ){
+      if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace;
+      else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    
+
+    /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, extra+nCol+1+hasTwoRecnos, 1);
+    jumpInst2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsUnique, base+iCur+1, 0);
+
+    /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
+    switch( onError ){
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        int j, n1, n2;
+        char zErrMsg[200];
+        strcpy(zErrMsg, pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column ");
+        n1 = strlen(zErrMsg);
+        for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn && n1<sizeof(zErrMsg)-30; j++){
+          char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
+          n2 = strlen(zCol);
+          if( j>0 ){
+            strcpy(&zErrMsg[n1], ", ");
+            n1 += 2;
+          }
+          if( n1+n2>sizeof(zErrMsg)-30 ){
+            strcpy(&zErrMsg[n1], "...");
+            n1 += 3;
+            break;
+          }else{
+            strcpy(&zErrMsg[n1], zCol);
+            n1 += n2;
+          }
+        }
+        strcpy(&zErrMsg[n1], 
+            pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique");
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, zErrMsg, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        assert( seenReplace==0 );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+extra+3+hasTwoRecnos, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Replace: {
+        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse->db, v, pTab, base, 0);
+        if( isUpdate ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+extra+1+hasTwoRecnos, 1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
+        }
+        seenReplace = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: assert(0);
+    }
+    contAddr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    assert( contAddr<(1<<24) );
+#if NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jumpInst1, contAddr | (1<<24));
+#endif
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jumpInst2, contAddr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
+** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
+** The stack must contain keys for all active indices followed by data
+** and the recno for the new entry.  This routine creates the new
+** entries in all indices and in the main table.
+**
+** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
+** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
+*/
+void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
+  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
+  int base,           /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
+  char *aIdxUsed,     /* Which indices are used.  NULL means all are used */
+  int recnoChng,      /* True if the record number will change */
+  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
+  int newIdx          /* Index of NEW table for triggers.  -1 if none */
+){
+  int i;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int nIdx;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int pik_flags;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
+  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
+  for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){
+    if( aIdxUsed && aIdxUsed[i]==0 ) continue;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxPut, base+i+1, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0);
+  sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+  if( newIdx>=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, newIdx, 0);
+  }
+  pik_flags = (OPFLAG_NCHANGE|(isUpdate?0:OPFLAG_LASTROWID));
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, base, pik_flags);
+  
+  if( isUpdate && recnoChng ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all
+** indices of that table.  The "base" parameter is the cursor number used
+** for the table.  Indices are opened on subsequent cursors.
+*/
+void sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pTab,     /* Table to be opened */
+  int base,        /* Cursor number assigned to the table */
+  int op           /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
+){
+  int i;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->iDb, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, base, pTab->tnum);
+  VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pTab->zName));
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, base, pTab->nCol);
+  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->iDb, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, i+base, pIdx->tnum,
+                   (char*)&pIdx->keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+  }
+  if( pParse->nTab<=base+i ){
+    pParse->nTab = base+i;
+  }
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/legacy.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/legacy.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f575f1f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/legacy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** Execute SQL code.  Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
+** codes.  Also write an error message into memory obtained from
+** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
+**
+** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
+** the xCallback() function is called.  pArg becomes the first
+** argument to xCallback().  If xCallback=NULL then no callback
+** is invoked, even for queries.
+*/
+int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
+  sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
+  void *pArg,                 /* First argument to xCallback() */
+  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  const char *zLeftover;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+  char **azCols = 0;
+
+  int nRetry = 0;
+  int nChange = 0;
+  int nCallback;
+
+  if( zSql==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){
+    int nCol;
+    char **azVals = 0;
+
+    pStmt = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( pStmt ) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( !pStmt ){
+      /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
+      zSql = zLeftover;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    db->nChange += nChange;
+    nCallback = 0;
+
+    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+    azCols = sqliteMalloc(2*nCol*sizeof(const char *));
+    if( nCol && !azCols ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto exec_out;
+    }
+
+    while( 1 ){
+      int i;
+      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+
+      /* Invoke the callback function if required */
+      if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || 
+          (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !nCallback && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
+        if( 0==nCallback ){
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
+          }
+          nCallback++;
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+          azVals = &azCols[nCol];
+          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+            azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
+          }
+        }
+        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
+          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+          goto exec_out;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+        rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+        pStmt = 0;
+        if( db->pVdbe==0 ){
+          nChange = db->nChange;
+        }
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+          nRetry = 0;
+          zSql = zLeftover;
+          while( isspace((unsigned char)zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqliteFree(azCols);
+    azCols = 0;
+  }
+
+exec_out:
+  if( pStmt ) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  if( azCols ) sqliteFree(azCols);
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc==sqlite3_errcode(db) && pzErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = malloc(1+strlen(sqlite3_errmsg(db)));
+    if( *pzErrMsg ){
+      strcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    }
+  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/lempar.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/lempar.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee1edbfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/lempar.c
@@ -0,0 +1,687 @@
+/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+*/
+/* First off, code is include which follows the "include" declaration
+** in the input file. */
+#include <stdio.h>
+%%
+/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
+** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
+*/
+/* 
+** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
+** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
+** understands. 
+**
+** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
+*/
+%%
+/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef INTERFACE
+# define INTERFACE 1
+#endif
+/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
+** various aspects of the generated parser.
+**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
+**                       and nonterminals.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
+**                       to no legal terminal or nonterminal number.  This
+**                       number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash 
+**                       table.
+**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
+**                       have fall-back values which should be used if the
+**                       original value of the token will not parse.
+**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
+**                       states combined.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    ParseTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor tokens given 
+**                       directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
+**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor tokens.
+**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
+**                       which is ParseTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
+**                       for base tokens is called "yy0".
+**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.
+**    ParseARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    ParseARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    ParseARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
+**    ParseARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
+**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
+**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
+**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
+**                       defined, then do no error processing.
+*/
+%%
+#define YY_NO_ACTION      (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
+#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION  (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1)
+#define YY_ERROR_ACTION   (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE)
+
+/* Next are that tables used to determine what action to take based on the
+** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
+** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
+** action integer.  
+**
+** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
+** follows
+**
+**   0 <= N < YYNSTATE                  Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
+**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
+**
+**   YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE   Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE              A syntax error has occurred.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1            The parser accepts its input.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2            No such action.  Denotes unused
+**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
+**
+** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
+** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
+**
+**      yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
+**
+** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
+** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
+** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
+** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.  
+**
+** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
+** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
+** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
+** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
+** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+**
+** The following are the tables generated in this section:
+**
+**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
+**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
+**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
+**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting terminals.
+**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
+**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
+*/
+%%
+#define YY_SZ_ACTTAB (sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0]))
+
+/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens.  If a construct
+** like the following:
+** 
+**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
+**
+** appears in the grammer, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
+** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
+** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
+** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
+*/
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
+%%
+};
+#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
+
+/* The following structure represents a single element of the
+** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
+**
+**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
+**
+**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
+**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
+**
+**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
+**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
+**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
+*/
+struct yyStackEntry {
+  int stateno;       /* The state-number */
+  int major;         /* The major token value.  This is the code
+                     ** number for the token at this stack level */
+  YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
+                     ** is the value of the token  */
+};
+typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;
+
+/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
+** the following structure */
+struct yyParser {
+  int yyidx;                    /* Index of top element in stack */
+  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
+  ParseARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
+  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
+};
+typedef struct yyParser yyParser;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
+static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* 
+** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
+** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
+** by making either argument NULL 
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
+**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
+** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
+**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
+**      turned off.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+void ParseTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
+  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
+  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
+  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
+  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
+** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
+static const char *yyTokenName[] = { 
+%%
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
+*/
+static const char *yyRuleName[] = {
+%%
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+/*
+** This function returns the symbolic name associated with a token
+** value.
+*/
+const char *ParseTokenName(int tokenType){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( tokenType>0 && tokenType<(sizeof(yyTokenName)/sizeof(yyTokenName[0])) ){
+    return yyTokenName[tokenType];
+  }else{
+    return "Unknown";
+  }
+#else
+  return "";
+#endif
+}
+
+/* 
+** This function allocates a new parser.
+** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
+** malloc.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
+**
+** Outputs:
+** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
+** to Parse and ParseFree.
+*/
+void *ParseAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){
+  yyParser *pParser;
+  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) );
+  if( pParser ){
+    pParser->yyidx = -1;
+  }
+  return pParser;
+}
+
+/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
+** symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
+** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
+** the value.
+*/
+static void yy_destructor(YYCODETYPE yymajor, YYMINORTYPE *yypminor){
+  switch( yymajor ){
+    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
+    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
+    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
+    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
+    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
+    **
+    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
+    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
+    ** inside the C code.
+    */
+%%
+    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop the parser's stack once.
+**
+** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
+** is popped from the stack, then call it.
+**
+** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
+*/
+static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
+  YYCODETYPE yymajor;
+  yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];
+
+  if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return 0;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
+      yyTracePrompt,
+      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
+  }
+#endif
+  yymajor = yytos->major;
+  yy_destructor( yymajor, &yytos->minor);
+  pParser->yyidx--;
+  return yymajor;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are all called for
+** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li>  A pointer to the parser.  This should be a pointer
+**       obtained from ParseAlloc.
+** <li>  A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
+**       from malloc.
+** </ul>
+*/
+void ParseFree(
+  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
+  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
+){
+  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
+  if( pParser==0 ) return;
+  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
+  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_shift_action(
+  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
+  int iLookAhead            /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
+ 
+  /* if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return YY_NO_ACTION;  */
+  i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
+  if( i==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+  if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){
+    return YY_NO_ACTION;
+  }
+  i += iLookAhead;
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+    int iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
+    if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
+           && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
+           yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
+      }
+#endif
+      return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);
+    }
+#endif
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }else{
+    return yy_action[i];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_reduce_action(
+  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
+  int iLookAhead            /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
+ 
+  i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
+  if( i==YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+  if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){
+    return YY_NO_ACTION;
+  }
+  i += iLookAhead;
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }else{
+    return yy_action[i];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Perform a shift action.
+*/
+static void yy_shift(
+  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
+  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
+  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
+  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer ot the minor token to shift in */
+){
+  yyStackEntry *yytos;
+  yypParser->yyidx++;
+  if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
+     ParseARG_FETCH;
+     yypParser->yyidx--;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+     if( yyTraceFILE ){
+       fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+     }
+#endif
+     while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+     /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
+     ** stack every overflows */
+%%
+     ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
+     return;
+  }
+  yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+  yytos->stateno = yyNewState;
+  yytos->major = yyMajor;
+  yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){
+    int i;
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
+    for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
+      fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* The following table contains information about every rule that
+** is used during the reduce.
+*/
+static struct {
+  YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
+  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
+} yyRuleInfo[] = {
+%%
+};
+
+static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */
+
+/*
+** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
+** follow the reduce.
+*/
+static void yy_reduce(
+  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
+  int yyruleno                 /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
+){
+  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
+  int yyact;                      /* The next action */
+  YYMINORTYPE yygotominor;        /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
+  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
+  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
+  ParseARG_FETCH;
+  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
+        && yyruleno<sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0]) ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt,
+      yyRuleName[yyruleno]);
+  }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+  switch( yyruleno ){
+  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
+  ** follows:
+  **   case 0:
+  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
+  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
+  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
+  **     break;
+  */
+%%
+  };
+  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
+  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
+  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
+  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yypParser,yygoto);
+  if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){
+    yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
+  }else if( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ){
+    yy_accept(yypParser);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when the parse fails
+*/
+static void yy_parse_failed(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  ParseARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser fails */
+%%
+  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
+*/
+static void yy_syntax_error(
+  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
+){
+  ParseARG_FETCH;
+#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
+%%
+  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/*
+** The following is executed when the parser accepts
+*/
+static void yy_accept(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  ParseARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser accepts */
+%%
+  ParseARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/* The main parser program.
+** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
+** "ParseAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
+** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
+** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
+** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
+** use by the action routines.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
+** <li> The major token number.
+** <li> The minor token number.
+** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+void Parse(
+  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
+  ParseTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
+  ParseARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
+){
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
+  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */
+  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
+  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
+  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */
+
+  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
+  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
+  if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
+    if( yymajor==0 ) return;
+    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
+    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
+  }
+  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
+  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
+  ParseARG_STORE;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  do{
+    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,yymajor);
+    if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){
+      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
+      if( yyendofinput && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ){
+        yymajor = 0;
+      }else{
+        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      }
+    }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
+      yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
+    }else if( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ){
+      int yymx;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+      }
+#endif
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+      /* A syntax error has occurred.
+      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
+      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
+      **
+      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
+      **
+      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
+      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
+      **    the error symbol.
+      **
+      **  * Set the error count to three.
+      **
+      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
+      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
+      **    shifted successfully.
+      **
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
+      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( yyTraceFILE ){
+          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
+             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+        }
+#endif
+        yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      }else{
+         while(
+          yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
+          yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
+          (yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
+        ){
+          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+        }
+        if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
+          yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
+          YYMINORTYPE u2;
+          u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
+          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
+        }
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yyerrorhit = 1;
+#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
+      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
+      **
+      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
+      **
+      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
+      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      if( yyendofinput ){
+        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+      }
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      yy_accept(yypParser);
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+    }
+  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/main.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ae7e1b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1346 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
+** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
+*/
+const int sqlite3one = 1;
+
+/*
+** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
+** that the database is corrupt.
+*/
+static void corruptSchema(InitData *pData, const char *zExtra){
+  if( !sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, "malformed database schema",
+       zExtra!=0 && zExtra[0]!=0 ? " - " : (char*)0, zExtra, (char*)0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the
+** database.  See sqlite3Init() below for additional information.
+** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE.
+**
+** Each callback contains the following information:
+**
+**     argv[0] = name of thing being created
+**     argv[1] = root page number for table or index.  NULL for trigger or view.
+**     argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
+**     argv[3] = "1" for temporary files, "0" for main database, "2" or more
+**               for auxiliary database files.
+**
+*/
+int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **azColName){
+  InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
+  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  assert( argc==4 );
+  if( argv==0 ) return 0;   /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
+  if( argv[1]==0 || argv[3]==0 ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, 0);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  iDb = atoi(argv[3]);
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
+    /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
+    ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
+    ** or executed.  All the parser does is build the internal data
+    ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
+    */
+    char *zErr;
+    int rc;
+    assert( db->init.busy );
+    db->init.iDb = iDb;
+    db->init.newTnum = atoi(argv[1]);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, &zErr);
+    db->init.iDb = 0;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+      corruptSchema(pData, zErr);
+      sqlite3_free(zErr);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
+    ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
+    ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE.  The index should have already
+    ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE.  All we have
+    ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
+    */
+    Index *pIndex;
+    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+    if( pIndex==0 || pIndex->tnum!=0 ){
+      /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which
+      ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index.  Since
+      ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also
+      ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table.
+      */
+      /* Do Nothing */;
+    }else{
+      pIndex->tnum = atoi(argv[1]);
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal
+** data structures for a single database file.  The index of the
+** database file is given by iDb.  iDb==0 is used for the main
+** database.  iDb==1 should never be used.  iDb>=2 is used for
+** auxiliary databases.  Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to
+** indicate success or failure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *curMain;
+  int size;
+  Table *pTab;
+  char const *azArg[5];
+  char zDbNum[30];
+  int meta[10];
+  InitData initData;
+  char const *zMasterSchema;
+  char const *zMasterName;
+
+  /*
+  ** The master database table has a structure like this
+  */
+  static const char master_schema[] = 
+     "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n"
+     "  type text,\n"
+     "  name text,\n"
+     "  tbl_name text,\n"
+     "  rootpage integer,\n"
+     "  sql text\n"
+     ")"
+  ;
+  static const char temp_master_schema[] = 
+     "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n"
+     "  type text,\n"
+     "  name text,\n"
+     "  tbl_name text,\n"
+     "  rootpage integer,\n"
+     "  sql text\n"
+     ")"
+  ;
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+
+  /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema
+  ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being
+  ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table.
+  */
+  if( iDb==1 ){
+    zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema;
+    zMasterName = TEMP_MASTER_NAME;
+  }else{
+    zMasterSchema = master_schema;
+    zMasterName = MASTER_NAME;
+  }
+
+  /* Construct the schema tables.  */
+  sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+  azArg[0] = zMasterName;
+  azArg[1] = "1";
+  azArg[2] = zMasterSchema;
+  sprintf(zDbNum, "%d", iDb);
+  azArg[3] = zDbNum;
+  azArg[4] = 0;
+  initData.db = db;
+  initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
+  rc = sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 4, (char **)azArg, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  if( pTab ){
+    pTab->readOnly = 1;
+  }
+  sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+
+  /* Create a cursor to hold the database open
+  */
+  if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt==0 ){
+    if( iDb==1 ) DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, 0, &curMain);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_EMPTY ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the database meta information.
+  **
+  ** Meta values are as follows:
+  **    meta[0]   Schema cookie.  Changes with each schema change.
+  **    meta[1]   File format of schema layer.
+  **    meta[2]   Size of the page cache.
+  **    meta[3]   Use freelist if 0.  Autovacuum if greater than zero.
+  **    meta[4]   Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 3:UTF-16 LE 4:UTF-16 BE
+  **    meta[5]
+  **    meta[6]   
+  **    meta[7]
+  **    meta[8]
+  **    meta[9]
+  **
+  ** Note: The hash defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
+  ** the possible values of meta[4].
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<sizeof(meta)/sizeof(meta[0]); i++){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
+    }
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
+      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }else{
+    memset(meta, 0, sizeof(meta));
+  }
+  db->aDb[iDb].schema_cookie = meta[0];
+
+  /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
+  ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
+  ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
+  ** as sqlite3.enc.
+  */
+  if( meta[4] ){  /* text encoding */
+    if( iDb==0 ){
+      /* If opening the main database, set db->enc. */
+      db->enc = (u8)meta[4];
+      db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, db->enc, "BINARY", 6, 0);
+    }else{
+      /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match db->enc */
+      if( meta[4]!=db->enc ){
+        sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
+        sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "attached databases must use the same"
+            " text encoding as main database", (char*)0);
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  size = meta[2];
+  if( size==0 ){ size = MAX_PAGES; }
+  db->aDb[iDb].cache_size = size;
+
+  if( iDb==0 ){
+    db->file_format = meta[1];
+    if( db->file_format==0 ){
+      /* This happens if the database was initially empty */
+      db->file_format = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  **  file_format==1    Version 3.0.0.
+  */
+  if( meta[1]>1 ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "unsupported file format", (char*)0);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, db->aDb[iDb].cache_size);
+
+  /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
+  */
+  assert( db->init.busy );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){
+    /* For an empty database, there is nothing to read */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    char *zSql;
+    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(
+        "SELECT name, rootpage, sql, %s FROM '%q'.%s",
+        zDbNum, db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
+    sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
+    sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    sqliteFree(zSql);
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0);
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, iDb);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
+** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
+** created using ATTACH statements.  Return a success code.  If an
+** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
+**
+** After the database is initialized, the SQLITE_Initialized
+** bit is set in the flags field of the sqlite structure. 
+*/
+int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int i, rc;
+  
+  if( db->init.busy ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_Initialized)==0 );
+  rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  db->init.busy = 1;
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+    if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
+    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema
+  ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
+  ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->nDb>1 && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  db->init.busy = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_Initialized;
+    sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Initialized;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised.
+** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    if( (db->flags & SQLITE_Initialized)==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg);
+    }
+  }
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (db->flags & SQLITE_Initialized)||db->init.busy );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->rc = rc;
+    pParse->nErr++;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The version of the library
+*/
+const char rcsid3[] = "@(#) \044Id: SQLite version " SQLITE_VERSION " $";
+const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
+const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
+
+/*
+** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
+** available.
+*/
+static int binaryCollatingFunc(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  int rc, n;
+  n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2;
+  rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    rc = nKey1 - nKey2;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. 
+**
+** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independant
+** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
+** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language.
+**
+** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation.
+*/
+static int nocaseCollatingFunc(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  int r = sqlite3StrNICmp(
+      (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2);
+  if( 0==r ){
+    r = nKey1-nKey2;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert
+*/
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->lastRowid;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec().
+*/
+int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
+*/
+int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->nTotalChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an existing SQLite database
+*/
+int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){
+  HashElem *i;
+  int j;
+
+  if( !db ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */
+  if( db->pVdbe ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
+        "Unable to close due to unfinalised statements");
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  assert( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) );
+
+  /* FIX ME: db->magic may be set to SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED if the database
+  ** cannot be opened for some reason. So this routine needs to run in
+  ** that case. But maybe there should be an extra magic value for the
+  ** "failed to open" state.
+  */
+  if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED && sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+    /* printf("DID NOT CLOSE\n"); fflush(stdout); */
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
+    if( pDb->pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+      pDb->pBt = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  assert( db->nDb<=2 );
+  assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aFunc); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    FuncDef *pFunc, *pNext;
+    for(pFunc = (FuncDef*)sqliteHashData(i); pFunc; pFunc=pNext){
+      pNext = pFunc->pNext;
+      sqliteFree(pFunc);
+    }
+  }
+
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
+    sqliteFree(pColl);
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
+
+  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aFunc);
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
+  if( db->pValue ){
+    sqlite3ValueFree(db->pValue);
+  }
+  if( db->pErr ){
+    sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
+  }
+
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+  sqliteFree(db);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback all database files.
+*/
+void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt);
+      db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
+** argument.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
+  const char *z;
+  switch( rc ){
+    case SQLITE_ROW:
+    case SQLITE_DONE:
+    case SQLITE_OK:         z = "not an error";                          break;
+    case SQLITE_ERROR:      z = "SQL logic error or missing database";   break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERNAL:   z = "internal SQLite implementation flaw";   break;
+    case SQLITE_PERM:       z = "access permission denied";              break;
+    case SQLITE_ABORT:      z = "callback requested query abort";        break;
+    case SQLITE_BUSY:       z = "database is locked";                    break;
+    case SQLITE_LOCKED:     z = "database table is locked";              break;
+    case SQLITE_NOMEM:      z = "out of memory";                         break;
+    case SQLITE_READONLY:   z = "attempt to write a readonly database";  break;
+    case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:  z = "interrupted";                           break;
+    case SQLITE_IOERR:      z = "disk I/O error";                        break;
+    case SQLITE_CORRUPT:    z = "database disk image is malformed";      break;
+    case SQLITE_NOTFOUND:   z = "table or record not found";             break;
+    case SQLITE_FULL:       z = "database is full";                      break;
+    case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:   z = "unable to open database file";          break;
+    case SQLITE_PROTOCOL:   z = "database locking protocol failure";     break;
+    case SQLITE_EMPTY:      z = "table contains no data";                break;
+    case SQLITE_SCHEMA:     z = "database schema has changed";           break;
+    case SQLITE_TOOBIG:     z = "too much data for one table row";       break;
+    case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: z = "constraint failed";                     break;
+    case SQLITE_MISMATCH:   z = "datatype mismatch";                     break;
+    case SQLITE_MISUSE:     z = "library routine called out of sequence";break;
+    case SQLITE_NOLFS:      z = "kernel lacks large file support";       break;
+    case SQLITE_AUTH:       z = "authorization denied";                  break;
+    case SQLITE_FORMAT:     z = "auxiliary database format error";       break;
+    case SQLITE_RANGE:      z = "bind index out of range";               break;
+    case SQLITE_NOTADB:     z = "file is encrypted or is not a database";break;
+    default:                z = "unknown error";                         break;
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
+** again until a timeout value is reached.  The timeout value is
+** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
+** argument.
+*/
+static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
+ void *Timeout,           /* Maximum amount of time to wait */
+ int count                /* Number of times table has been busy */
+){
+#if SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS==1
+  static const char delays[] =
+     { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25,  25,  50,  50,  50, 100};
+  static const short int totals[] =
+     { 0, 1, 3,  8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228, 287};
+# define NDELAY (sizeof(delays)/sizeof(delays[0]))
+  ptr timeout = (ptr)Timeout;
+  ptr delay, prior;
+
+  if( count <= NDELAY ){
+    delay = delays[count-1];
+    prior = totals[count-1];
+  }else{
+    delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
+    prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-NDELAY-1);
+  }
+  if( prior + delay > timeout ){
+    delay = timeout - prior;
+    if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSleep(delay);
+  return 1;
+#else
+  int timeout = (int)Timeout;
+  if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSleep(1000);
+  return 1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument.
+*/
+int sqlite3_busy_handler(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
+  db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+/*
+** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
+** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
+*/
+void sqlite3_progress_handler(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  int nOps,
+  int (*xProgress)(void*), 
+  void *pArg
+){
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    if( nOps>0 ){
+      db->xProgress = xProgress;
+      db->nProgressOps = nOps;
+      db->pProgressArg = pArg;
+    }else{
+      db->xProgress = 0;
+      db->nProgressOps = 0;
+      db->pProgressArg = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
+** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
+  if( ms>0 ){
+    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)(ptr)ms);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
+*/
+void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_Interrupt;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Windows systems should call this routine to free memory that
+** is returned in the in the errmsg parameter of sqlite3_open() when
+** SQLite is a DLL.  For some reason, it does not work to call free()
+** directly.
+**
+** Note that we need to call free() not sqliteFree() here.
+*/
+void sqlite3_free(char *p){ free(p); }
+
+/*
+** Create new user functions.
+*/
+int sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int enc,
+  void *pUserData,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+  FuncDef *p;
+  int nName;
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( zFunctionName==0 ||
+      (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || 
+      (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
+      (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
+      (nArg<-1 || nArg>127) ||
+      (255<(nName = strlen(zFunctionName))) ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  
+  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+  **
+  ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
+  ** to the hash table.
+  */
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+  }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){
+    int rc;
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
+         pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE,
+        pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+  }
+
+  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, enc, 1);
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  p->xFunc = xFunc;
+  p->xStep = xStep;
+  p->xFinalize = xFinal;
+  p->pUserData = pUserData;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+int sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pUserData,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  char const *zFunc8;
+  sqlite3_value *pTmp;
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  pTmp = sqlite3GetTransientValue(db);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zFunctionName, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE,SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zFunc8 = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF8);
+
+  if( !zFunc8 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, 
+      pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a trace function.  The pArg from the previously registered trace
+** is returned.  
+**
+** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes.  A non-NULL
+** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
+** sqlite3_exec().
+*/
+void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
+  void *pOld = db->pTraceArg;
+  db->xTrace = xTrace;
+  db->pTraceArg = pArg;
+  return pOld;
+}
+
+/*** EXPERIMENTAL ***
+**
+** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments.
+** If either function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
+** rollback.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_commit_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
+  int (*xCallback)(void*),  /* Function to invoke on each commit */
+  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
+){
+  void *pOld = db->pCommitArg;
+  db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pCommitArg = pArg;
+  return pOld;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to create a connection to a database BTree
+** driver.  If zFilename is the name of a file, then that file is
+** opened and used.  If zFilename is the magic name ":memory:" then
+** the database is stored in memory (and is thus forgotten as soon as
+** the connection is closed.)  If zFilename is NULL then the database
+** is for temporary use only and is deleted as soon as the connection
+** is closed.
+**
+** A temporary database can be either a disk file (that is automatically
+** deleted when the file is closed) or a set of red-black trees held in memory,
+** depending on the values of the TEMP_STORE compile-time macro and the
+** db->temp_store variable, according to the following chart:
+**
+**       TEMP_STORE     db->temp_store     Location of temporary database
+**       ----------     --------------     ------------------------------
+**           0               any             file
+**           1                1              file
+**           1                2              memory
+**           1                0              file
+**           2                1              file
+**           2                2              memory
+**           2                0              memory
+**           3               any             memory
+*/
+int sqlite3BtreeFactory(
+  const sqlite3 *db,        /* Main database when opening aux otherwise 0 */
+  const char *zFilename,    /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
+  int omitJournal,          /* if TRUE then do not journal this file */
+  int nCache,               /* How many pages in the page cache */
+  Btree **ppBtree           /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
+){
+  int btree_flags = 0;
+  int rc;
+  
+  assert( ppBtree != 0);
+  if( omitJournal ){
+    btree_flags |= BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL;
+  }
+  if( zFilename==0 ){
+#ifndef TEMP_STORE
+# define TEMP_STORE 1
+#endif
+#if TEMP_STORE==0
+    /* Do nothing */
+#endif
+#if TEMP_STORE==1
+    if( db->temp_store==2 ) zFilename = ":memory:";
+#endif
+#if TEMP_STORE==2
+    if( db->temp_store!=1 ) zFilename = ":memory:";
+#endif
+#if TEMP_STORE==3
+    zFilename = ":memory:";
+#endif
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFilename, ppBtree, btree_flags);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(*ppBtree, (void*)&db->busyHandler);
+    sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(*ppBtree, nCache);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){
+  const char *z;
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) || db->errCode==SQLITE_MISUSE ){
+    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE);
+  }
+  z = sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
+  if( z==0 ){
+    z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){
+  /* Because all the characters in the string are in the unicode
+  ** range 0x00-0xFF, if we pad the big-endian string with a 
+  ** zero byte, we can obtain the little-endian string with
+  ** &big_endian[1].
+  */
+  static const char outOfMemBe[] = {
+    0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'm', 0, 'e', 0, 'm', 0, 'o', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, 0, 0
+  };
+  static const char misuseBe [] = {
+    0, 'l', 0, 'i', 0, 'b', 0, 'r', 0, 'a', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'r', 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, 'i', 0, 'n', 0, 'e', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'c', 0, 'a', 0, 'l', 0, 'l', 0, 'e', 0, 'd', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', 
+    0, 's', 0, 'e', 0, 'q', 0, 'u', 0, 'e', 0, 'n', 0, 'c', 0, 'e', 0, 0, 0
+  };
+
+  const void *z;
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return (void *)(&outOfMemBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) || db->errCode==SQLITE_MISUSE ){
+    return (void *)(&misuseBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]);
+  }
+  z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+  if( z==0 ){
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode),
+         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine.
+*/
+int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  return db->errCode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check schema cookies in all databases.  If any cookie is out
+** of date, return 0.  If all schema cookies are current, return 1.
+*/
+static int schemaIsValid(sqlite3 *db){
+  int iDb;
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *curTemp;
+  int cookie;
+  int allOk = 1;
+
+  for(iDb=0; allOk && iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
+    Btree *pBt;
+    pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+    if( pBt==0 ) continue;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, 0, &curTemp);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&cookie);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].schema_cookie ){
+        allOk = 0;
+      }
+      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curTemp);
+    }
+  }
+  return allOk;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char** pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  Parse sParse;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  assert( ppStmt );
+  *ppStmt = 0;
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse));
+  sParse.db = db;
+  sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InTrans;
+    goto prepare_out;
+  }
+  if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_DONE ) sParse.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( sParse.rc!=SQLITE_OK && sParse.checkSchema && !schemaIsValid(db) ){
+    sParse.rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+  }
+  if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  if( pzTail ) *pzTail = sParse.zTail;
+  rc = sParse.rc;
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.pVdbe && sParse.explain ){
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 5);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, "addr", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, "opcode", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, "p1", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 3, "p2", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 4, "p3", P3_STATIC);
+  } 
+
+prepare_out:
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe;
+  }else if( sParse.pVdbe ){
+    sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe);
+  }
+
+  if( zErrMsg ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
+    sqliteFree(zErrMsg);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
+  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16
+  ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The
+  ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
+  */
+  char const *zSql8 = 0;
+  char const *zTail8 = 0;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_value *pTmp;
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  pTmp = sqlite3GetTransientValue(db);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( !zSql8 ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql8, -1, ppStmt, &zTail8);
+
+  if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
+    /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the
+    ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode
+    ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
+    ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
+    */
+    int chars_parsed = sqlite3utf8CharLen(zSql8, zTail8-zSql8);
+    *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
+  }
+ 
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"  
+** is UTF-8 encoded. The fourth argument, "def_enc" is one of the TEXT_*
+** macros from sqliteInt.h. If we end up creating a new database file
+** (not opening an existing one), the text encoding of the database
+** will be set to this value.
+*/
+static int openDatabase(
+  const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb         /* OUT: Returned database handle */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc, i;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
+  db = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(sqlite3) );
+  if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
+  db->priorNewRowid = 0;
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
+  db->nDb = 2;
+  db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+  db->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  db->autoCommit = 1;
+  /* db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames; */
+  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aFunc, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    sqlite3HashInit(&db->aDb[i].tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&db->aDb[i].idxHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&db->aDb[i].trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&db->aDb[i].aFKey, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 1);
+  }
+  
+  /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
+  ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
+  ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
+  */
+  sqlite3_create_collation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0,binaryCollatingFunc);
+  sqlite3_create_collation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0,binaryCollatingFunc);
+  sqlite3_create_collation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0,binaryCollatingFunc);
+  db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, db->enc, "BINARY", 6, 0);
+  if( !db->pDfltColl ){
+    rc = db->errCode;
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */
+  sqlite3_create_collation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc);
+
+  /* Open the backend database driver */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFilename, 0, MAX_PAGES, &db->aDb[0].pBt);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+  db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
+  db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
+
+  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full' for the temp
+  ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.  */
+  db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
+  db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
+
+  /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
+  ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
+  ** is accessed.
+  */
+  sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg, 0);
+    if( zErrMsg ) sqliteFree(zErrMsg);
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
+  }
+
+opendb_out:
+  if( sqlite3_errcode(db)==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+  }
+  *ppDb = db;
+  return sqlite3_errcode(db);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a new database handle.
+*/
+int sqlite3_open(
+  const char *zFilename, 
+  sqlite3 **ppDb 
+){
+  return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a new database handle.
+*/
+int sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *zFilename, 
+  sqlite3 **ppDb
+){
+  char const *zFilename8;   /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+
+  assert( ppDb );
+  *ppDb = 0;
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( zFilename8 ){
+    rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppDb ){
+      sqlite3_exec(*ppDb, "PRAGMA encoding = 'UTF-16'", 0, 0, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  if( pVal ){
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
+** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
+** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
+** machine.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
+** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
+** the prior execution is returned.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset((Vdbe*)pStmt);
+    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady((Vdbe*)pStmt, -1, 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+int sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+  */
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+  }
+
+  if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc!=SQLITE_UTF16LE && enc!=SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 
+        "Param 3 to sqlite3_create_collation() must be one of "
+        "SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE"
+    );
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc, zName, strlen(zName), 1);
+  if( 0==pColl ){
+   rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
+    pColl->pUser = pCtx;
+    pColl->enc = enc;
+  }
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+){
+  char const *zName8;
+  sqlite3_value *pTmp;
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  pTmp = sqlite3GetTransientValue(db);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zName8 = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  return sqlite3_create_collation(db, zName8, enc, pCtx, xCompare);
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+*/
+int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  void *pCollNeededArg, 
+  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+){
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
+  db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
+  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+*/
+int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  void *pCollNeededArg, 
+  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+){
+  if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  db->xCollNeeded = 0;
+  db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
+  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/opcodes.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/opcodes.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b6f01219
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/opcodes.c
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
+/* See the mkopcodec.h script for details. */
+const char *const sqlite3OpcodeNames[] = { "?",
+  "ContextPop",
+  "IntegrityCk",
+  "DropTrigger",
+  "DropIndex",
+  "Recno",
+  "KeyAsData",
+  "Delete",
+  "MoveGt",
+  "VerifyCookie",
+  "Push",
+  "Dup",
+  "Blob",
+  "IdxGT",
+  "IdxRecno",
+  "RowKey",
+  "PutStrKey",
+  "IsUnique",
+  "SetNumColumns",
+  "IdxIsNull",
+  "NullRow",
+  "OpenPseudo",
+  "OpenWrite",
+  "OpenRead",
+  "Transaction",
+  "AutoCommit",
+  "Pop",
+  "Halt",
+  "Vacuum",
+  "ListRead",
+  "RowData",
+  "NotExists",
+  "MoveLe",
+  "SetCookie",
+  "Variable",
+  "AggNext",
+  "AggReset",
+  "Sort",
+  "IdxDelete",
+  "ResetCount",
+  "OpenTemp",
+  "IdxColumn",
+  "Integer",
+  "AggSet",
+  "CreateIndex",
+  "IdxPut",
+  "MoveLt",
+  "Return",
+  "MemLoad",
+  "SortNext",
+  "IdxLT",
+  "Rewind",
+  "AddImm",
+  "AggFunc",
+  "AggInit",
+  "MemIncr",
+  "ListReset",
+  "Clear",
+  "Or",
+  "And",
+  "Not",
+  "PutIntKey",
+  "If",
+  "Callback",
+  "IsNull",
+  "NotNull",
+  "Ne",
+  "Eq",
+  "Gt",
+  "Le",
+  "Lt",
+  "Ge",
+  "BitAnd",
+  "BitOr",
+  "ShiftLeft",
+  "ShiftRight",
+  "Add",
+  "Subtract",
+  "Multiply",
+  "Divide",
+  "Remainder",
+  "Concat",
+  "Negative",
+  "SortReset",
+  "BitNot",
+  "String8",
+  "SortPut",
+  "Last",
+  "NotFound",
+  "MakeRecord",
+  "String",
+  "Goto",
+  "AggFocus",
+  "DropTable",
+  "Column",
+  "Noop",
+  "AggGet",
+  "CreateTable",
+  "NewRecno",
+  "Found",
+  "Distinct",
+  "Close",
+  "Statement",
+  "IfNot",
+  "Pull",
+  "MemStore",
+  "Next",
+  "Prev",
+  "MoveGe",
+  "MustBeInt",
+  "ForceInt",
+  "CollSeq",
+  "Gosub",
+  "ContextPush",
+  "ListRewind",
+  "ListWrite",
+  "ParseSchema",
+  "Destroy",
+  "IdxGE",
+  "FullKey",
+  "ReadCookie",
+  "AbsValue",
+  "Real",
+  "HexBlob",
+  "Function",
+};
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/opcodes.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/opcodes.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7b792c5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/opcodes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
+/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */
+#define OP_ContextPop                  1
+#define OP_IntegrityCk                 2
+#define OP_DropTrigger                 3
+#define OP_DropIndex                   4
+#define OP_Recno                       5
+#define OP_KeyAsData                   6
+#define OP_Delete                      7
+#define OP_MoveGt                      8
+#define OP_VerifyCookie                9
+#define OP_Push                        10
+#define OP_Dup                         11
+#define OP_Blob                        12
+#define OP_IdxGT                       13
+#define OP_IdxRecno                    14
+#define OP_RowKey                      15
+#define OP_PutStrKey                   16
+#define OP_IsUnique                    17
+#define OP_SetNumColumns               18
+#define OP_Eq                          67
+#define OP_IdxIsNull                   19
+#define OP_NullRow                     20
+#define OP_OpenPseudo                  21
+#define OP_OpenWrite                   22
+#define OP_OpenRead                    23
+#define OP_Transaction                 24
+#define OP_AutoCommit                  25
+#define OP_Negative                    82
+#define OP_Pop                         26
+#define OP_Halt                        27
+#define OP_Vacuum                      28
+#define OP_ListRead                    29
+#define OP_RowData                     30
+#define OP_NotExists                   31
+#define OP_MoveLe                      32
+#define OP_SetCookie                   33
+#define OP_Variable                    34
+#define OP_AggNext                     35
+#define OP_AggReset                    36
+#define OP_Sort                        37
+#define OP_IdxDelete                   38
+#define OP_ResetCount                  39
+#define OP_OpenTemp                    40
+#define OP_IdxColumn                   41
+#define OP_NotNull                     65
+#define OP_Ge                          71
+#define OP_Remainder                   80
+#define OP_Divide                      79
+#define OP_Integer                     42
+#define OP_AggSet                      43
+#define OP_CreateIndex                 44
+#define OP_IdxPut                      45
+#define OP_MoveLt                      46
+#define OP_And                         59
+#define OP_ShiftLeft                   74
+#define OP_Real                        122
+#define OP_Return                      47
+#define OP_MemLoad                     48
+#define OP_SortNext                    49
+#define OP_IdxLT                       50
+#define OP_Rewind                      51
+#define OP_Gt                          68
+#define OP_AddImm                      52
+#define OP_Subtract                    77
+#define OP_AggFunc                     53
+#define OP_AggInit                     54
+#define OP_MemIncr                     55
+#define OP_ListReset                   56
+#define OP_Clear                       57
+#define OP_PutIntKey                   61
+#define OP_IsNull                      64
+#define OP_If                          62
+#define OP_Callback                    63
+#define OP_SortReset                   83
+#define OP_SortPut                     86
+#define OP_Last                        87
+#define OP_NotFound                    88
+#define OP_MakeRecord                  89
+#define OP_BitAnd                      72
+#define OP_Add                         76
+#define OP_HexBlob                     123
+#define OP_String                      90
+#define OP_Goto                        91
+#define OP_AggFocus                    92
+#define OP_DropTable                   93
+#define OP_Column                      94
+#define OP_Noop                        95
+#define OP_Not                         60
+#define OP_Le                          69
+#define OP_BitOr                       73
+#define OP_Multiply                    78
+#define OP_String8                     85
+#define OP_AggGet                      96
+#define OP_CreateTable                 97
+#define OP_NewRecno                    98
+#define OP_Found                       99
+#define OP_Distinct                    100
+#define OP_Close                       101
+#define OP_Statement                   102
+#define OP_IfNot                       103
+#define OP_Pull                        104
+#define OP_MemStore                    105
+#define OP_Next                        106
+#define OP_Prev                        107
+#define OP_MoveGe                      108
+#define OP_Lt                          70
+#define OP_Ne                          66
+#define OP_MustBeInt                   109
+#define OP_ForceInt                    110
+#define OP_ShiftRight                  75
+#define OP_CollSeq                     111
+#define OP_Gosub                       112
+#define OP_ContextPush                 113
+#define OP_ListRewind                  114
+#define OP_ListWrite                   115
+#define OP_ParseSchema                 116
+#define OP_Destroy                     117
+#define OP_IdxGE                       118
+#define OP_FullKey                     119
+#define OP_ReadCookie                  120
+#define OP_BitNot                      84
+#define OP_AbsValue                    121
+#define OP_Or                          58
+#define OP_Function                    124
+#define OP_Concat                      81
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc478baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os.h
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
+** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
+** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
+
+/*
+** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows or MacOS.
+**
+** N.B. MacOS means Mac Classic (or Carbon). Treat Darwin (OS X) as Unix.
+**      The MacOS build is designed to use CodeWarrior (tested with v8)
+*/
+#if !defined(OS_UNIX) && !defined(OS_TEST)
+# ifndef OS_WIN
+#  ifndef OS_MAC
+#    if defined(__MACOS__)
+#      define OS_MAC 1
+#      define OS_WIN 0
+#      define OS_UNIX 0
+#    elif defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#      define OS_MAC 0
+#      define OS_WIN 1
+#      define OS_UNIX 0
+#    else
+#      define OS_MAC 0
+#      define OS_WIN 0
+#      define OS_UNIX 1
+#    endif
+#  else
+#    define OS_WIN 0
+#    define OS_UNIX 0
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define OS_MAC 0
+#  define OS_UNIX 0
+# endif
+#else
+# define OS_MAC 0
+# ifndef OS_WIN
+#  define OS_WIN 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Invoke the appropriate operating-system specific header file.
+*/
+#if OS_TEST
+# include "os_test.h"
+#endif
+#if OS_UNIX
+# include "os_unix.h"
+#endif
+#if OS_WIN
+# include "os_win.h"
+#endif
+#if OS_MAC
+# include "os_mac.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
+** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
+** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
+** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
+** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
+** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
+** using -DTEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
+*/
+#ifndef TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
+# define TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "sqlite_"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
+** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
+**
+** SHARED:    Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
+** RESERVED:  A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
+**            any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
+** PENDING:   A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
+**            any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
+**            SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
+** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
+**
+** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
+** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
+** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
+** sqlite3OsLock().
+*/
+#define NO_LOCK         0
+#define SHARED_LOCK     1
+#define RESERVED_LOCK   2
+#define PENDING_LOCK    3
+#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  4
+
+/*
+** File Locking Notes:  (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
+**
+** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
+** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
+** UnlockFile().
+**
+** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
+** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
+** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
+** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
+** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
+** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
+** There can only be one writer.  A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
+** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
+** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
+** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
+**
+** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
+** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader/writer locks
+** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
+** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
+** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
+** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
+** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
+**
+** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
+** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
+** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
+** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
+**
+** These #defines are available in os.h so that Unix can use the same
+** byte ranges for locking.  This leaves open the possiblity of having
+** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
+** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
+** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
+** windows and unix.  I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
+** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
+**
+** Locking in windows is manditory.  For this reason, we cannot store
+** actual data in the bytes used for locking.  The pager never allocates
+** the pages involved in locking therefore.  SHARED_SIZE is selected so
+** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
+** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks.  By default PENDING_BYTE
+** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
+** for very large databases.  But one should test the page skipping logic 
+** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
+**
+** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
+** file format.  Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
+** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
+** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
+** 1GB boundary.
+**
+*/
+#define PENDING_BYTE      0x40000000  /* First byte past the 1GB boundary */
+/* #define PENDING_BYTE     0x5400   // Page 20 - for testing */
+#define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
+#define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
+#define SHARED_SIZE       510
+
+
+int sqlite3OsDelete(const char*);
+int sqlite3OsFileExists(const char*);
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(const char*, OsFile*, int*);
+int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char*, OsFile*, int);
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char*, OsFile*);
+int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(const char*, OsFile*);
+int sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char*);
+int sqlite3OsTempFileName(char*);
+int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile*);
+int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile*, void*, int amt);
+int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile*, const void*, int amt);
+int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile*, i64 offset);
+int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile*);
+int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile*, i64 size);
+int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile*, i64 *pSize);
+int sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char*);
+int sqlite3OsSleep(int ms);
+int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double*);
+int sqlite3OsFileModTime(OsFile*, double*);
+void sqlite3OsEnterMutex(void);
+void sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(void);
+char *sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char*);
+int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile*, int);
+int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile*, int);
+int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id);
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_common.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_common.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94311b96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
+**
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
+*/
+
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+
+int sqlite3_os_trace = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int last_page = 0;
+#define SEEK(X)           last_page=(X)
+#define TRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
+#define TRACE2(X,Y)       if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
+#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
+#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define TRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define TRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define TRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
+    if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#else
+#define SEEK(X)
+#define TRACE1(X)
+#define TRACE2(X,Y)
+#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z)
+#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define TRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define TRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define TRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
+  unsigned long long int x;
+  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
+          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
+          :"=A" (x));
+  return x;
+}
+static unsigned long long int g_start;
+static unsigned int elapse;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         elapse=hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     elapse
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;
+int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
+#define SimulateIOError(A)  \
+   if( sqlite3_io_error_pending ) \
+     if( sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ){ local_ioerr(); return A; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+  sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;  /* Really just a place to set a breakpoint */
+}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError \
+   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ) \
+     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending-- == 1 ){ local_ioerr(); return SQLITE_FULL; }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
+#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_mac.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_mac.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f84c168d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_mac.c
@@ -0,0 +1,738 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific classic mac.  Mac OS X
+** uses the os_unix.c file, not this one.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#if OS_MAC               /* This file used on classic mac only */
+
+#include <extras.h>
+#include <path2fss.h>
+#include <TextUtils.h>
+#include <FinderRegistry.h>
+#include <Folders.h>
+#include <Timer.h>
+#include <OSUtils.h>
+
+/*
+** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
+*/
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
+# include <Multiprocessing.h>
+# define SQLITE_MACOS_MULTITASKING 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+#include "os_common.h"
+
+/*
+** Delete the named file
+*/
+int sqlite3OsDelete(const char *zFilename){
+  unlink(zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileExists(const char *zFilename){
+  return access(zFilename, 0)==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing.  If that
+** fails, try opening it read-only.  If the file does not exist,
+** try to create it.
+**
+** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
+** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
+** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only.  The function returns
+** SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(
+  const char *zFilename,
+  OsFile *id,
+  int *pReadonly
+){
+  FSSpec fsSpec;
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  HFSUniStr255 dfName;
+  FSRef fsRef;
+  if( __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec) != noErr ){
+    if( HCreate(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, 'SQLI', cDocumentFile) != noErr )
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  if( FSpMakeFSRef(&fsSpec, &fsRef) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  FSGetDataForkName(&dfName);
+  if( FSOpenFork(&fsRef, dfName.length, dfName.unicode,
+                 fsRdWrShPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr ){
+    if( FSOpenFork(&fsRef, dfName.length, dfName.unicode,
+                   fsRdWrPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr ){
+      if (FSOpenFork(&fsRef, dfName.length, dfName.unicode,
+                   fsRdPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+        return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+      else
+        *pReadonly = 1;
+    } else
+      *pReadonly = 0;
+  } else
+    *pReadonly = 0;
+# else
+  __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec);
+  if( !sqlite3OsFileExists(zFilename) ){
+    if( HCreate(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, 'SQLI', cDocumentFile) != noErr )
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  if( HOpenDF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdWrShPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr ){
+    if( HOpenDF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdWrPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr ){
+      if( HOpenDF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+        return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+      else
+        *pReadonly = 1;
+    } else
+      *pReadonly = 0;
+  } else
+    *pReadonly = 0;
+# endif
+  if( HOpenRF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdWrShPerm, &(id->refNumRF)) != noErr){
+    id->refNumRF = -1;
+  }
+  id->locked = 0;
+  id->delOnClose = 0;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
+** The file will be opened for both reading and writing.  To avoid
+** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
+** previously existed.  Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
+** link.
+**
+** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
+** the file when it is closed.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id, int delFlag){
+  FSSpec fsSpec;
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  HFSUniStr255 dfName;
+  FSRef fsRef;
+  __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec);
+  if( HCreate(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, 'SQLI', cDocumentFile) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  if( FSpMakeFSRef(&fsSpec, &fsRef) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  FSGetDataForkName(&dfName);
+  if( FSOpenFork(&fsRef, dfName.length, dfName.unicode,
+                 fsRdWrPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+# else
+  __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec);
+  if( HCreate(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, 'SQLI', cDocumentFile) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  if( HOpenDF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdWrPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+# endif
+  id->refNumRF = -1;
+  id->locked = 0;
+  id->delOnClose = delFlag;
+  if (delFlag)
+    id->pathToDel = sqlite3OsFullPathname(zFilename);
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id){
+  FSSpec fsSpec;
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  HFSUniStr255 dfName;
+  FSRef fsRef;
+  if( __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  if( FSpMakeFSRef(&fsSpec, &fsRef) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  FSGetDataForkName(&dfName);
+  if( FSOpenFork(&fsRef, dfName.length, dfName.unicode,
+                 fsRdPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+# else
+  __path2fss(zFilename, &fsSpec);
+  if( HOpenDF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdPerm, &(id->refNum)) != noErr )
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+# endif
+  if( HOpenRF(fsSpec.vRefNum, fsSpec.parID, fsSpec.name, fsRdWrShPerm, &(id->refNumRF)) != noErr){
+    id->refNumRF = -1;
+  }
+  id->locked = 0;
+  id->delOnClose = 0;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
+** file.  This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
+** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
+** to disk.
+**
+** This routine is only meaningful for Unix.  It is a no-op under
+** windows since windows does not support hard links.
+**
+** On success, a handle for a previously open file is at *id is
+** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is
+** returned.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(
+  const char *zDirname,
+  OsFile *id
+){
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
+** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTempFileName(char *zBuf){
+  static char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i, j;
+  char zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
+  char zdirName[32];
+  CInfoPBRec infoRec;
+  Str31 dirName;
+  memset(&infoRec, 0, sizeof(infoRec));
+  memset(zTempPath, 0, SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE);
+  if( FindFolder(kOnSystemDisk, kTemporaryFolderType,  kCreateFolder,
+       &(infoRec.dirInfo.ioVRefNum), &(infoRec.dirInfo.ioDrParID)) == noErr ){
+    infoRec.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = dirName;
+    do{
+      infoRec.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
+      infoRec.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = infoRec.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
+      if( PBGetCatInfoSync(&infoRec) == noErr ){
+        CopyPascalStringToC(dirName, zdirName);
+        i = strlen(zdirName);
+        memmove(&(zTempPath[i+1]), zTempPath, strlen(zTempPath));
+        strcpy(zTempPath, zdirName);
+        zTempPath[i] = ':';
+      }else{
+        *zTempPath = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+    } while( infoRec.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID );
+  }
+  if( *zTempPath == 0 )
+    getcwd(zTempPath, SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-24);
+  for(;;){
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%s"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
+    j = strlen(zBuf);
+    sqlite3Randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+    }
+    zBuf[j] = 0;
+    if( !sqlite3OsFileExists(zBuf) ) break;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile *id){
+  if( id->refNumRF!=-1 )
+    FSClose(id->refNumRF);
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  FSCloseFork(id->refNum);
+# else
+  FSClose(id->refNum);
+# endif
+  if( id->delOnClose ){
+    unlink(id->pathToDel);
+    sqliteFree(id->pathToDel);
+  }
+  OpenCounter(-1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
+  int got;
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  TRACE2("READ %d\n", last_page);
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  FSReadFork(id->refNum, fsAtMark, 0, (ByteCount)amt, pBuf, (ByteCount*)&got);
+# else
+  got = amt;
+  FSRead(id->refNum, &got, pBuf);
+# endif
+  if( got==amt ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
+  OSErr oserr;
+  int wrote = 0;
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  TRACE2("WRITE %d\n", last_page);
+  while( amt>0 ){
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+    oserr = FSWriteFork(id->refNum, fsAtMark, 0,
+                        (ByteCount)amt, pBuf, (ByteCount*)&wrote);
+# else
+    wrote = amt;
+    oserr = FSWrite(id->refNum, &wrote, pBuf);
+# endif
+    if( wrote == 0 || oserr != noErr)
+      break;
+    amt -= wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+  if( oserr != noErr || amt>wrote ){
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile *id, off_t offset){
+  off_t curSize;
+  SEEK(offset/1024 + 1);
+  if( sqlite3OsFileSize(id, &curSize) != SQLITE_OK ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+  if( offset >= curSize ){
+    if( sqlite3OsTruncate(id, offset+1) != SQLITE_OK ){
+      return SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+  }
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  if( FSSetForkPosition(id->refNum, fsFromStart, offset) != noErr ){
+# else
+  if( SetFPos(id->refNum, fsFromStart, offset) != noErr ){
+# endif
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+**
+** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
+** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
+** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
+** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
+** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
+** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
+** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile *id){
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  if( FSFlushFork(id->refNum) != noErr ){
+# else
+  ParamBlockRec params;
+  memset(&params, 0, sizeof(ParamBlockRec));
+  params.ioParam.ioRefNum = id->refNum;
+  if( PBFlushFileSync(&params) != noErr ){
+# endif
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
+** than UNIX.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char *zDirname){
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile *id, off_t nByte){
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  if( FSSetForkSize(id->refNum, fsFromStart, nByte) != noErr){
+# else
+  if( SetEOF(id->refNum, nByte) != noErr ){
+# endif
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile *id, off_t *pSize){
+# ifdef _LARGE_FILE
+  if( FSGetForkSize(id->refNum, pSize) != noErr){
+# else
+  if( GetEOF(id->refNum, pSize) != noErr ){
+# endif
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Windows file locking notes:  [similar issues apply to MacOS]
+**
+** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
+** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
+** UnlockFile().
+**
+** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
+** (This is a design error on the part of Windows, but there is nothing
+** we can do about that.)  So the region used for locking is at the
+** end of the file where it is unlikely to ever interfere with an
+** actual read attempt.
+**
+** A database read lock is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
+** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
+** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
+** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
+** A database write lock is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
+** There can only be one writer.
+**
+** A lock is obtained on the first byte of the lock range before acquiring
+** either a read lock or a write lock.  This prevents two processes from
+** attempting to get a lock at a same time.  The semantics of 
+** sqlite3OsReadLock() require that if there is already a write lock, that
+** lock is converted into a read lock atomically.  The lock on the first
+** byte allows us to drop the old write lock and get the read lock without
+** another process jumping into the middle and messing us up.  The same
+** argument applies to sqlite3OsWriteLock().
+**
+** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
+** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader writer locks
+** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
+** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
+** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
+** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
+** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
+**
+** Note: On MacOS we use the resource fork for locking.
+**
+** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
+** N_LOCKBYTE is the number of bytes available for doing the locking.
+** The first byte used to hold the lock while the lock is changing does
+** not count toward this number.  FIRST_LOCKBYTE is the address of
+** the first byte in the range of bytes used for locking.
+*/
+#define N_LOCKBYTE       10239
+#define FIRST_LOCKBYTE   (0x000fffff - N_LOCKBYTE)
+
+/*
+** Change the status of the lock on the file "id" to be a readlock.
+** If the file was write locked, then this reduces the lock to a read.
+** If the file was read locked, then this acquires a new read lock.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_BUSY on failure.  If this
+** library was compiled with large file support (LFS) but LFS is not
+** available on the host, then an SQLITE_NOLFS is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsReadLock(OsFile *id){
+  int rc;
+  if( id->locked>0 || id->refNumRF == -1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    int lk;
+    OSErr res;
+    int cnt = 5;
+    ParamBlockRec params;
+    sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
+    lk = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%N_LOCKBYTE + 1;
+    memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
+    params.ioParam.ioRefNum = id->refNumRF;
+    params.ioParam.ioPosMode = fsFromStart;
+    params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE;
+    params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+    while( cnt-->0 && (res = PBLockRangeSync(&params))!=noErr ){
+      UInt32 finalTicks;
+      Delay(1, &finalTicks); /* 1/60 sec */
+    }
+    if( res == noErr ){
+      params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE+1;
+      params.ioParam.ioReqCount = N_LOCKBYTE;
+      PBUnlockRangeSync(&params);
+      params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE+lk;
+      params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+      res = PBLockRangeSync(&params);
+      params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE;
+      params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+      PBUnlockRangeSync(&params);
+    }
+    if( res == noErr ){
+      id->locked = lk;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the lock status to be an exclusive or write lock.  Return
+** SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_BUSY on a failure.  If this
+** library was compiled with large file support (LFS) but LFS is not
+** available on the host, then an SQLITE_NOLFS is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsWriteLock(OsFile *id){
+  int rc;
+  if( id->locked<0 || id->refNumRF == -1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    OSErr res;
+    int cnt = 5;
+    ParamBlockRec params;
+    memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
+    params.ioParam.ioRefNum = id->refNumRF;
+    params.ioParam.ioPosMode = fsFromStart;
+    params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE;
+    params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+    while( cnt-->0 && (res = PBLockRangeSync(&params))!=noErr ){
+      UInt32 finalTicks;
+      Delay(1, &finalTicks); /* 1/60 sec */
+    }
+    if( res == noErr ){
+      params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE + id->locked;
+      params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+      if( id->locked==0 
+            || PBUnlockRangeSync(&params)==noErr ){
+        params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE+1;
+        params.ioParam.ioReqCount = N_LOCKBYTE;
+        res = PBLockRangeSync(&params);
+      }else{
+        res = afpRangeNotLocked;
+      }
+      params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE;
+      params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+      PBUnlockRangeSync(&params);
+    }
+    if( res == noErr ){
+      id->locked = -1;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlock the given file descriptor.  If the file descriptor was
+** not previously locked, then this routine is a no-op.  If this
+** library was compiled with large file support (LFS) but LFS is not
+** available on the host, then an SQLITE_NOLFS is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile *id){
+  int rc;
+  ParamBlockRec params;
+  memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
+  params.ioParam.ioRefNum = id->refNumRF;
+  params.ioParam.ioPosMode = fsFromStart;
+  if( id->locked==0 || id->refNumRF == -1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( id->locked<0 ){
+    params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE+1;
+    params.ioParam.ioReqCount = N_LOCKBYTE;
+    PBUnlockRangeSync(&params);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    id->locked = 0;
+  }else{
+    params.ioParam.ioPosOffset = FIRST_LOCKBYTE+id->locked;
+    params.ioParam.ioReqCount = 1;
+    PBUnlockRangeSync(&params);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    id->locked = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get information to seed the random number generator.  The seed
+** is written into the buffer zBuf[256].  The calling function must
+** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char *zBuf){
+  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+  ** in the random seed.
+  **
+  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
+  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.* This makes the
+  ** tests repeatable.
+  */
+  memset(zBuf, 0, 256);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  {
+    int pid;
+    Microseconds((UnsignedWide*)zBuf);
+    pid = getpid();
+    memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(UnsignedWide)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSleep(int ms){
+  UInt32 finalTicks;
+  UInt32 ticks = (((UInt32)ms+16)*3)/50;  /* 1/60 sec per tick */
+  Delay(ticks, &finalTicks);
+  return (int)((ticks*50)/3);
+}
+
+/*
+** Static variables used for thread synchronization
+*/
+static int inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_MACOS_MULTITASKING
+  static MPCriticalRegionID criticalRegion;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following pair of routine implement mutual exclusion for
+** multi-threaded processes.  Only a single thread is allowed to
+** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
+**
+** SQLite uses only a single Mutex.  There is not much critical
+** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
+*/
+void sqlite3OsEnterMutex(){
+#ifdef SQLITE_MACOS_MULTITASKING
+  static volatile int notInit = 1;
+  if( notInit ){
+    if( notInit == 2 ) /* as close as you can get to thread safe init */
+      MPYield();
+    else{
+      notInit = 2;
+      MPCreateCriticalRegion(&criticalRegion);
+      notInit = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  MPEnterCriticalRegion(criticalRegion, kDurationForever);
+#endif
+  assert( !inMutex );
+  inMutex = 1;
+}
+void sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(){
+  assert( inMutex );
+  inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_MACOS_MULTITASKING
+  MPExitCriticalRegion(criticalRegion);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Return a pointer
+** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
+** is no longer needed.
+*/
+char *sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char *zRelative){
+  char *zFull = 0;
+  if( zRelative[0]==':' ){
+    char zBuf[_MAX_PATH+1];
+    sqlite3SetString(&zFull, getcwd(zBuf, sizeof(zBuf)), &(zRelative[1]),
+                    (char*)0);
+  }else{
+    if( strchr(zRelative, ':') ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&zFull, zRelative, (char*)0);
+    }else{
+    char zBuf[_MAX_PATH+1];
+      sqlite3SetString(&zFull, getcwd(zBuf, sizeof(zBuf)), zRelative, (char*)0);
+    }
+  }
+  return zFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
+** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double *prNow){
+  *prNow = 0.0;   /**** FIX ME *****/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* OS_MAC */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_mac.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_mac.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b60f818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_mac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file defines OS-specific features of classic Mac.
+** OS X uses the os_unix.h file, not this one.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_MAC_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_MAC_H_
+
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <Files.h>
+#define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE _MAX_PATH
+#define SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS 17
+
+/*
+** The OsFile structure is a operating-system independing representation
+** of an open file handle.  It is defined differently for each architecture.
+**
+** This is the definition for class Mac.
+*/
+typedef struct OsFile OsFile;
+struct OsFile {
+  SInt16 refNum;           /* Data fork/file reference number */
+  SInt16 refNumRF;         /* Resource fork reference number (for locking) */
+  int locked;              /* 0: unlocked, <0: write lock, >0: read lock */
+  int delOnClose;          /* True if file is to be deleted on close */
+  char *pathToDel;         /* Name of file to delete on close */
+};
+
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_MAC_H_ */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_unix.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_unix.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94fca701
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_unix.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1276 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to Unix systems.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#if OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */
+
+
+#include <time.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# undef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
+# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
+#endif
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
+** lacks the fcntl() system call.  So redefine fcntl() to be something
+** that always succeeds.  This means that locking does not occur under
+** DJGPP.  But its DOS - what did you expect?
+*/
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# define fcntl(A,B,C) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.  The
+** SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro is defined if we are synchronizing for
+** Posix threads and SQLITE_W32_THREADS is defined if we are
+** synchronizing using Win32 threads.
+*/
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
+# include <pthread.h>
+# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+#include "os_common.h"
+
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
+#define getpid pthread_self
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Here is the dirt on POSIX advisory locks:  ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
+** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
+** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
+** by the same process.  It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
+** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
+** file descriptor.  Consider this test case:
+**
+**       int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+**       int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+**
+** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
+** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
+** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
+** on fd2, it works.  I would have expected the second lock to
+** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
+** But not so.  Since both locks came from the same process, the
+** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
+** file descriptors opened on different file names.
+**
+** Bummer.  If you ask me, this is broken.  Badly broken.  It means
+** that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access among
+** competing threads of the same process.  POSIX locks will work fine
+** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
+** threads within the same process.
+**
+** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
+** on its own.  Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
+** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
+** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
+** and check for locks already existing on that inode.  When locks are
+** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
+** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
+** inode.
+**
+** The OsFile structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
+** descriptor.  It is now a structure that holds the integer file
+** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
+** locks on the corresponding inode.  There is one locking structure
+** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both OsFile structures
+** point to the same locking structure.  The locking structure keeps
+** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
+** field that tells us its internal lock status.  cnt==0 means the
+** file is unlocked.  cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
+** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
+**
+** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
+** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a 
+** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
+** a locked and an unlocked state.
+**
+** 2004-Jan-11:
+** More recent discoveries about POSIX advisory locks.  (The more
+** I discover, the more I realize the a POSIX advisory locks are
+** an abomination.)
+**
+** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
+** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
+** released.  To work around this problem, each OsFile structure contains
+** a pointer to an openCnt structure.  There is one openCnt structure
+** per open inode, which means that multiple OsFiles can point to a single
+** openCnt.  When an attempt is made to close an OsFile, if there are
+** other OsFiles open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
+** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
+** The openCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
+** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
+** clears.
+**
+** First, under Linux threads, because each thread has a separate
+** process ID, lock operations in one thread do not override locks
+** to the same file in other threads.  Linux threads behave like
+** separate processes in this respect.  But, if you close a file
+** descriptor in linux threads, all locks are cleared, even locks
+** on other threads and even though the other threads have different
+** process IDs.  Linux threads is inconsistent in this respect.
+** (I'm beginning to think that linux threads is an abomination too.)
+** The consequence of this all is that the hash table for the lockInfo
+** structure has to include the process id as part of its key because
+** locks in different threads are treated as distinct.  But the 
+** openCnt structure should not include the process id in its
+** key because close() clears lock on all threads, not just the current
+** thread.  Were it not for this goofiness in linux threads, we could
+** combine the lockInfo and openCnt structures into a single structure.
+**
+** 2004-Jun-28:
+** On some versions of linux, threads can override each others locks.
+** On others not.  Sometimes you can change the behavior on the same
+** system by setting the LD_ASSUME_KERNEL environment variable.  The
+** POSIX standard is silent as to which behavior is correct, as far
+** as I can tell, so other versions of unix might show the same
+** inconsistency.  There is no little doubt in my mind that posix
+** advisory locks and linux threads are profoundly broken.
+**
+** To work around the inconsistencies, we have to test at runtime 
+** whether or not threads can override each others locks.  This test
+** is run once, the first time any lock is attempted.  A static 
+** variable is set to record the results of this test for future
+** use.
+*/
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
+** to locate a particular lockInfo structure given its inode.
+**
+** If threads cannot override each others locks, then we set the
+** lockKey.tid field to the thread ID.  If threads can override
+** each others locks then tid is always set to zero.  tid is also
+** set to zero if we compile without threading support.
+*/
+struct lockKey {
+  dev_t dev;       /* Device number */
+  ino_t ino;       /* Inode number */
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+  pthread_t tid;   /* Thread ID or zero if threads cannot override each other */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
+** inode on each thread with a different process ID.  (Threads have
+** different process IDs on linux, but not on most other unixes.)
+**
+** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each OsFile
+** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
+** object keeps a count of the number of OsFiles pointing to it.
+*/
+struct lockInfo {
+  struct lockKey key;  /* The lookup key */
+  int cnt;             /* Number of SHARED locks held */
+  int locktype;        /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
+  int nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
+** to locate a particular openCnt structure given its inode.  This
+** is the same as the lockKey except that the thread ID is omitted.
+*/
+struct openKey {
+  dev_t dev;   /* Device number */
+  ino_t ino;   /* Inode number */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
+** inode.  This structure keeps track of the number of locks on that
+** inode.  If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding
+** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the
+** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list.
+*/
+struct openCnt {
+  struct openKey key;   /* The lookup key */
+  int nRef;             /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+  int nLock;            /* Number of outstanding locks */
+  int nPending;         /* Number of pending close() operations */
+  int *aPending;        /* Malloced space holding fd's awaiting a close() */
+};
+
+/* 
+** These hash table maps inodes and process IDs into lockInfo and openCnt
+** structures.  Access to these hash tables must be protected by a mutex.
+*/
+static Hash lockHash = { SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+static Hash openHash = { SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+/*
+** This variable records whether or not threads can override each others
+** locks.
+**
+**    0:  No.  Threads cannot override each others locks.
+**    1:  Yes.  Threads can override each others locks.
+**   -1:  We don't know yet.
+*/
+static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = -1;
+
+/*
+** This structure holds information passed into individual test
+** threads by the testThreadLockingBehavior() routine.
+*/
+struct threadTestData {
+  int fd;                /* File to be locked */
+  struct flock lock;     /* The locking operation */
+  int result;            /* Result of the locking operation */
+};
+
+/*
+** The testThreadLockingBehavior() routine launches two separate
+** threads on this routine.  This routine attempts to lock a file
+** descriptor then returns.  The success or failure of that attempt
+** allows the testThreadLockingBehavior() procedure to determine
+** whether or not threads can override each others locks.
+*/
+static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){
+  struct threadTestData *pData = (struct threadTestData*)pArg;
+  pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_SETLK, &pData->lock);
+  return pArg;
+}
+
+/*
+** This procedure attempts to determine whether or not threads
+** can override each others locks then sets the 
+** threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable appropriately.
+*/
+static void testThreadLockingBehavior(fd_orig){
+  int fd;
+  struct threadTestData d[2];
+  pthread_t t[2];
+
+  fd = dup(fd_orig);
+  if( fd<0 ) return;
+  memset(d, 0, sizeof(d));
+  d[0].fd = fd;
+  d[0].lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+  d[0].lock.l_len = 1;
+  d[0].lock.l_start = 0;
+  d[0].lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  d[1] = d[0];
+  d[1].lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+  pthread_create(&t[0], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[0]);
+  pthread_create(&t[1], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[1]);
+  pthread_join(t[0], 0);
+  pthread_join(t[1], 0);
+  close(fd);
+  threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks =  d[0].result==0 && d[1].result==0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS */
+
+/*
+** Release a lockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
+*/
+static void releaseLockInfo(struct lockInfo *pLock){
+  pLock->nRef--;
+  if( pLock->nRef==0 ){
+    sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(pLock->key), 0);
+    sqliteFree(pLock);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a openCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
+*/
+static void releaseOpenCnt(struct openCnt *pOpen){
+  pOpen->nRef--;
+  if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){
+    sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(pOpen->key), 0);
+    sqliteFree(pOpen->aPending);
+    sqliteFree(pOpen);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a file descriptor, locate lockInfo and openCnt structures that
+** describes that file descriptor.  Create a new ones if necessary.  The
+** return values might be unset if an error occurs.
+**
+** Return the number of errors.
+*/
+static int findLockInfo(
+  int fd,                      /* The file descriptor used in the key */
+  struct lockInfo **ppLock,    /* Return the lockInfo structure here */
+  struct openCnt **ppOpen      /* Return the openCnt structure here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  struct lockKey key1;
+  struct openKey key2;
+  struct stat statbuf;
+  struct lockInfo *pLock;
+  struct openCnt *pOpen;
+  rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
+  if( rc!=0 ) return 1;
+  memset(&key1, 0, sizeof(key1));
+  key1.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+  key1.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+  if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks<0 ){
+    testThreadLockingBehavior(fd);
+  }
+  key1.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self();
+#endif
+  memset(&key2, 0, sizeof(key2));
+  key2.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+  key2.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+  pLock = (struct lockInfo*)sqlite3HashFind(&lockHash, &key1, sizeof(key1));
+  if( pLock==0 ){
+    struct lockInfo *pOld;
+    pLock = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pLock) );
+    if( pLock==0 ) return 1;
+    pLock->key = key1;
+    pLock->nRef = 1;
+    pLock->cnt = 0;
+    pLock->locktype = 0;
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(key1), pLock);
+    if( pOld!=0 ){
+      assert( pOld==pLock );
+      sqliteFree(pLock);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pLock->nRef++;
+  }
+  *ppLock = pLock;
+  pOpen = (struct openCnt*)sqlite3HashFind(&openHash, &key2, sizeof(key2));
+  if( pOpen==0 ){
+    struct openCnt *pOld;
+    pOpen = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pOpen) );
+    if( pOpen==0 ){
+      releaseLockInfo(pLock);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pOpen->key = key2;
+    pOpen->nRef = 1;
+    pOpen->nLock = 0;
+    pOpen->nPending = 0;
+    pOpen->aPending = 0;
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(key2), pOpen);
+    if( pOld!=0 ){
+      assert( pOld==pOpen );
+      sqliteFree(pOpen);
+      releaseLockInfo(pLock);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pOpen->nRef++;
+  }
+  *ppOpen = pOpen;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the named file
+*/
+int sqlite3OsDelete(const char *zFilename){
+  unlink(zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileExists(const char *zFilename){
+  return access(zFilename, 0)==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing.  If that
+** fails, try opening it read-only.  If the file does not exist,
+** try to create it.
+**
+** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
+** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
+** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only.  The function returns
+** SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(
+  const char *zFilename,
+  OsFile *id,
+  int *pReadonly
+){
+  int rc;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  id->dirfd = -1;
+  id->h = open(zFilename, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY, 0644);
+  if( id->h<0 ){
+#ifdef EISDIR
+    if( errno==EISDIR ){
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+    }
+#endif
+    id->h = open(zFilename, O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
+    if( id->h<0 ){
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 
+    }
+    *pReadonly = 1;
+  }else{
+    *pReadonly = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  rc = findLockInfo(id->h, &id->pLock, &id->pOpen);
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  if( rc ){
+    close(id->h);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  id->locktype = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  TRACE3("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", id->h, zFilename);
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
+** The file will be opened for both reading and writing.  To avoid
+** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
+** previously existed.  Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
+** link.
+**
+** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
+** the file when it is closed.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id, int delFlag){
+  int rc;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  if( access(zFilename, 0)==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  id->dirfd = -1;
+  id->h = open(zFilename,
+                O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY, 0600);
+  if( id->h<0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  rc = findLockInfo(id->h, &id->pLock, &id->pOpen);
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  if( rc ){
+    close(id->h);
+    unlink(zFilename);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  id->locktype = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  if( delFlag ){
+    unlink(zFilename);
+  }
+  TRACE3("OPEN-EX %-3d %s\n", id->h, zFilename);
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id){
+  int rc;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  id->dirfd = -1;
+  id->h = open(zFilename, O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
+  if( id->h<0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  rc = findLockInfo(id->h, &id->pLock, &id->pOpen);
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  if( rc ){
+    close(id->h);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  id->locktype = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  TRACE3("OPEN-RO %-3d %s\n", id->h, zFilename);
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
+** file.  This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
+** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
+** to disk.
+**
+** This routine is only meaningful for Unix.  It is a no-op under
+** windows since windows does not support hard links.
+**
+** On success, a handle for a previously open file is at *id is
+** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is
+** returned.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(
+  const char *zDirname,
+  OsFile *id
+){
+  if( !id->isOpen ){
+    /* Do not open the directory if the corresponding file is not already
+    ** open. */
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  assert( id->dirfd<0 );
+  id->dirfd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0644);
+  if( id->dirfd<0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 
+  }
+  TRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", id->dirfd, zDirname);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** temporary files.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
+** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTempFileName(char *zBuf){
+  static const char *azDirs[] = {
+     0,
+     "/var/tmp",
+     "/usr/tmp",
+     "/tmp",
+     ".",
+  };
+  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i, j;
+  struct stat buf;
+  const char *zDir = ".";
+  azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); i++){
+    if( azDirs[i]==0 ) continue;
+    if( stat(azDirs[i], &buf) ) continue;
+    if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
+    if( access(azDirs[i], 07) ) continue;
+    zDir = azDirs[i];
+    break;
+  }
+  do{
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%s/"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
+    j = strlen(zBuf);
+    sqlite3Randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+    }
+    zBuf[j] = 0;
+  }while( access(zBuf,0)==0 );
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
+  int got;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  TIMER_START;
+  got = read(id->h, pBuf, amt);
+  TIMER_END;
+  TRACE4("READ    %-3d %7d %d\n", id->h, last_page, TIMER_ELAPSED);
+  SEEK(0);
+  /* if( got<0 ) got = 0; */
+  if( got==amt ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
+  int wrote = 0;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  SimulateDiskfullError;
+  TIMER_START;
+  while( amt>0 && (wrote = write(id->h, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
+    amt -= wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+  TIMER_END;
+  TRACE4("WRITE   %-3d %7d %d\n", id->h, last_page, TIMER_ELAPSED);
+  SEEK(0);
+  if( amt>0 ){
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SEEK(offset/1024 + 1);
+  lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
+** unix systems.  The following procedure is an attempt to make
+** it work better.
+*/
+static int full_fsync(int fd){
+  int rc;
+#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
+  rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
+  if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
+#else
+  rc = fsync(fd);
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+**
+** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
+** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
+** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
+** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
+** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
+** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
+** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile *id){
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  TRACE2("SYNC    %-3d\n", id->h);
+  if( full_fsync(id->h) ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+  if( id->dirfd>=0 ){
+    TRACE2("DIRSYNC %-3d\n", id->dirfd);
+    full_fsync(id->dirfd);
+    close(id->dirfd);  /* Only need to sync once, so close the directory */
+    id->dirfd = -1;    /* when we are done. */
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
+** than UNIX.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char *zDirname){
+  int fd;
+  int r;
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0644);
+  TRACE3("DIRSYNC %-3d (%s)\n", fd, zDirname);
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 
+  }
+  r = fsync(fd);
+  close(fd);
+  return ((r==0)?SQLITE_OK:SQLITE_IOERR);
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 nByte){
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  return ftruncate(id->h, nByte)==0 ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
+  struct stat buf;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  if( fstat(id->h, &buf)!=0 ){
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+  *pSize = buf.st_size;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
+** non-zero.  If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then
+** return zero.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
+  int r = 0;
+
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); /* Needed because id->pLock is shared across threads */
+
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( id->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    r = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
+  */
+  if( !r ){
+    struct flock lock;
+    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 1;
+    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+    fcntl(id->h, F_GETLK, &lock);
+    if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
+      r = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  TRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", id->h, r);
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
+** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
+** integer lock-type.
+*/
+static const char * locktypeName(int locktype){
+  switch( locktype ){
+  case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
+  case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
+  case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
+  case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
+  case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
+  }
+  return "ERROR";
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
+  /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
+  ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
+  ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
+  ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated
+  ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously
+  ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required.
+  **
+  ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved
+  ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte
+  ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset.
+  **
+  ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending
+  ** byte'.  If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte
+  ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released.
+  **
+  ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
+  ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
+  ** 'reserved byte'. 
+  **
+  ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
+  ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
+  ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be
+  ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process
+  ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock.
+  ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file
+  ** after a crash.
+  **
+  ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is
+  ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
+  ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
+  ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
+  ** database. 
+  **
+  ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte
+  ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By
+  ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
+  ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
+  */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  struct lockInfo *pLock = id->pLock;
+  struct flock lock;
+  int s;
+
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  TRACE7("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d\n", id->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
+      locktypeName(id->locktype), locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt
+      ,getpid() );
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( id->locktype>=locktype ){
+    TRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", id->h, locktypeName(locktype));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  */
+  assert( id->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || id->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  /* This mutex is needed because id->pLock is shared across threads
+  */
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+
+  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different OsFile*
+  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
+  */
+  if( (id->locktype!=pLock->locktype && 
+          (pLock->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK || locktype>SHARED_LOCK))
+  ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    goto end_lock;
+  }
+
+  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
+  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
+  ** return SQLITE_OK.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && 
+      (pLock->locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
+    assert( locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+    assert( id->locktype==0 );
+    assert( pLock->cnt>0 );
+    id->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    pLock->cnt++;
+    id->pOpen->nLock++;
+    goto end_lock;
+  }
+
+  lock.l_len = 1L;
+  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+
+  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
+  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
+  ** be released.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK 
+      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && id->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
+  ){
+    lock.l_type = (locktype==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    s = fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    if( s ){
+      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
+      goto end_lock;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
+  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    assert( pLock->cnt==0 );
+    assert( pLock->locktype==0 );
+
+    /* Now get the read-lock */
+    lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+    s = fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+
+    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 1L;
+    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+    fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    if( s ){
+      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+      id->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+      id->pOpen->nLock++;
+      pLock->cnt = 1;
+    }
+  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pLock->cnt>1 ){
+    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+    ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else{
+    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
+    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
+    ** already.
+    */
+    assert( 0!=id->locktype );
+    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+    switch( locktype ){
+      case RESERVED_LOCK:
+        lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+        break;
+      case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK:
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+        break;
+      default:
+        assert(0);
+    }
+    s = fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    if( s ){
+      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    id->locktype = locktype;
+    pLock->locktype = locktype;
+  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    id->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+    pLock->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+  }
+
+end_lock:
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  TRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", id->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
+      rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
+** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK, this routine
+** might return SQLITE_IOERR instead of SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
+  struct lockInfo *pLock;
+  struct flock lock;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  TRACE7("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d\n", id->h, locktype, id->locktype, 
+      id->pLock->locktype, id->pLock->cnt, getpid());
+
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  if( id->locktype<=locktype ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  pLock = id->pLock;
+  assert( pLock->cnt!=0 );
+  if( id->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    assert( pLock->locktype==id->locktype );
+    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+      lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+      if( fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){
+        /* This should never happen */
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
+      }
+    }
+    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
+    fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+  }
+  if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
+    struct openCnt *pOpen;
+
+    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
+    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
+    ** the lock.
+    */
+    pLock->cnt--;
+    if( pLock->cnt==0 ){
+      lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
+      fcntl(id->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+      pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+    }
+
+    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
+    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
+    ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
+    */
+    pOpen = id->pOpen;
+    pOpen->nLock--;
+    assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
+    if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; i<pOpen->nPending; i++){
+        close(pOpen->aPending[i]);
+      }
+      sqliteFree(pOpen->aPending);
+      pOpen->nPending = 0;
+      pOpen->aPending = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  id->locktype = locktype;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile *id){
+  if( !id->isOpen ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3OsUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+  if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
+  id->dirfd = -1;
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  if( id->pOpen->nLock ){
+    /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
+    ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
+    ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
+    ** the last lock is cleared.
+    */
+    int *aNew;
+    struct openCnt *pOpen = id->pOpen;
+    pOpen->nPending++;
+    aNew = sqliteRealloc( pOpen->aPending, pOpen->nPending*sizeof(int) );
+    if( aNew==0 ){
+      /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */
+    }else{
+      pOpen->aPending = aNew;
+      pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending-1] = id->h;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* There are no outstanding locks so we can close the file immediately */
+    close(id->h);
+  }
+  releaseLockInfo(id->pLock);
+  releaseOpenCnt(id->pOpen);
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+  id->isOpen = 0;
+  TRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", id->h);
+  OpenCounter(-1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get information to seed the random number generator.  The seed
+** is written into the buffer zBuf[256].  The calling function must
+** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char *zBuf){
+  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+  ** in the random seed.
+  **
+  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
+  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.* This makes the
+  ** tests repeatable.
+  */
+  memset(zBuf, 0, 256);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  {
+    int pid;
+    time((time_t*)zBuf);
+    pid = getpid();
+    memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(time_t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSleep(int ms){
+#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
+  usleep(ms*1000);
+  return ms;
+#else
+  sleep((ms+999)/1000);
+  return 1000*((ms+999)/1000);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Static variables used for thread synchronization
+*/
+static int inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+static pthread_mutex_t mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following pair of routine implement mutual exclusion for
+** multi-threaded processes.  Only a single thread is allowed to
+** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
+**
+** SQLite uses only a single Mutex.  There is not much critical
+** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
+*/
+void sqlite3OsEnterMutex(){
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+  pthread_mutex_lock(&mutex);
+#endif
+  assert( !inMutex );
+  inMutex = 1;
+}
+void sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(){
+  assert( inMutex );
+  inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
+  pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutex);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Return a pointer
+** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
+** is no longer needed.
+*/
+char *sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char *zRelative){
+  char *zFull = 0;
+  if( zRelative[0]=='/' ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&zFull, zRelative, (char*)0);
+  }else{
+    char zBuf[5000];
+    sqlite3SetString(&zFull, getcwd(zBuf, sizeof(zBuf)), "/", zRelative,
+                    (char*)0);
+  }
+  return zFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
+** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double *prNow){
+  time_t t;
+  time(&t);
+  *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Find the time that the file was last modified.  Write the
+** modification time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the modification
+** time cannot be found.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileModTime(OsFile *id, double *prNow){
+  int rc;
+  struct stat statbuf;
+  if( fstat(id->h, &statbuf)==0 ){
+    *prNow = statbuf.st_mtime/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* NOT USED */
+
+#endif /* OS_UNIX */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_unix.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_unix.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..72f818be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_unix.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file defined OS-specific features for Unix.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_UNIX_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_UNIX_H_
+
+/*
+** Helpful hint:  To get this to compile on HP/UX, add -D_INCLUDE_POSIX_SOURCE
+** to the compiler command line.
+*/
+
+/*
+** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
+** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
+** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
+**
+** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
+** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
+** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
+** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0).  If you compile on RedHat 7.2
+** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
+** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
+** portability you should omit LFS.
+**
+** Similar is true for MacOS.  LFS is only supported on MacOS 9 and later.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# define _LARGE_FILE       1
+# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+# endif
+# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** standard include files.
+*/
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/*
+** The OsFile structure is a operating-system independing representation
+** of an open file handle.  It is defined differently for each architecture.
+**
+** This is the definition for Unix.
+**
+** OsFile.locktype takes one of the values SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK,
+** PENDING_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+*/
+typedef struct OsFile OsFile;
+struct OsFile {
+  struct Pager *pPager;     /* The pager that owns this OsFile.  Might be 0 */
+  struct openCnt *pOpen;    /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */
+  struct lockInfo *pLock;   /* Info about locks on this inode */
+  int h;                    /* The file descriptor */
+  unsigned char locktype;   /* The type of lock held on this fd */
+  unsigned char isOpen;     /* True if needs to be closed */
+  int dirfd;                /* File descriptor for the directory */
+};
+
+/*
+** Maximum number of characters in a temporary file name
+*/
+#define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200
+
+/*
+** Minimum interval supported by sqlite3OsSleep().
+*/
+#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
+# define SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS 1000
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_UNIX_H_ */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_win.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_win.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f6e3e3ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_win.c
@@ -0,0 +1,747 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to windows.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#if OS_WIN               /* This file is used for windows only */
+
+#include <winbase.h>
+
+/*
+** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
+*/
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
+# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+*/
+#include "os_common.h"
+
+/*
+** Delete the named file
+*/
+int sqlite3OsDelete(const char *zFilename){
+  DeleteFileA(zFilename);
+  TRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileExists(const char *zFilename){
+  return GetFileAttributesA(zFilename) != 0xffffffff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing.  If that
+** fails, try opening it read-only.  If the file does not exist,
+** try to create it.
+**
+** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
+** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
+** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only.  The function returns
+** SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(
+  const char *zFilename,
+  OsFile *id,
+  int *pReadonly
+){
+  HANDLE h;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  h = CreateFileA(zFilename,
+     GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
+     FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
+     NULL,
+     OPEN_ALWAYS,
+     FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
+     NULL
+  );
+  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+    h = CreateFileA(zFilename,
+       GENERIC_READ,
+       FILE_SHARE_READ,
+       NULL,
+       OPEN_ALWAYS,
+       FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
+       NULL
+    );
+    if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+    }
+    *pReadonly = 1;
+  }else{
+    *pReadonly = 0;
+  }
+  id->h = h;
+  id->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+  id->sharedLockByte = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  TRACE3("OPEN R/W %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
+** The file will be opened for both reading and writing.  To avoid
+** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
+** previously existed.  Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
+** link.
+**
+** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
+** the file when it is closed.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id, int delFlag){
+  HANDLE h;
+  int fileflags;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  if( delFlag ){
+    fileflags = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS 
+                     | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
+  }else{
+    fileflags = FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
+  }
+  h = CreateFileA(zFilename,
+     GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
+     0,
+     NULL,
+     CREATE_ALWAYS,
+     fileflags,
+     NULL
+  );
+  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  id->h = h;
+  id->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+  id->sharedLockByte = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  TRACE3("OPEN EX %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
+**
+** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile *id){
+  HANDLE h;
+  assert( !id->isOpen );
+  h = CreateFileA(zFilename,
+     GENERIC_READ,
+     0,
+     NULL,
+     OPEN_EXISTING,
+     FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
+     NULL
+  );
+  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+  }
+  id->h = h;
+  id->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+  id->sharedLockByte = 0;
+  id->isOpen = 1;
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  TRACE3("OPEN RO %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
+** file.  This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
+** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
+** to disk.
+**
+** This routine is only meaningful for Unix.  It is a no-op under
+** windows since windows does not support hard links.
+**
+** On success, a handle for a previously open file is at *id is
+** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is
+** returned.
+**
+** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
+** *id unchanged.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(
+  const char *zDirname,
+  OsFile *id
+){
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** temporary files.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
+** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTempFileName(char *zBuf){
+  static char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i, j;
+  char zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
+  if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+    strncpy(zTempPath, sqlite3_temp_directory, SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30);
+    zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30] = 0;
+  }else{
+    GetTempPathA(SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30, zTempPath);
+  }
+  for(i=strlen(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){}
+  zTempPath[i] = 0;
+  for(;;){
+    sprintf(zBuf, "%s\\"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
+    j = strlen(zBuf);
+    sqlite3Randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+    }
+    zBuf[j] = 0;
+    if( !sqlite3OsFileExists(zBuf) ) break;
+  }
+  TRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf);
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile *id){
+  if( id->isOpen ){
+    TRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", id->h);
+    CloseHandle(id->h);
+    OpenCounter(-1);
+    id->isOpen = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
+  DWORD got;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  TRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", id->h, id->locktype);
+  if( !ReadFile(id->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){
+    got = 0;
+  }
+  if( got==(DWORD)amt ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
+  int rc;
+  DWORD wrote;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  SimulateDiskfullError;
+  TRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", id->h, id->locktype);
+  while( amt>0 && (rc = WriteFile(id->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0 && wrote>0 ){
+    amt -= wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+  if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
+  LONG upperBits = offset>>32;
+  LONG lowerBits = offset & 0xffffffff;
+  DWORD rc;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SEEK(offset/1024 + 1);
+  rc = SetFilePointer(id->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+  TRACE3("SEEK %d %lld\n", id->h, offset);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile *id){
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  TRACE3("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", id->h, id->locktype);
+  if( FlushFileBuffers(id->h) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
+** than UNIX.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char *zDirname){
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
+*/
+int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 nByte){
+  LONG upperBits = nByte>>32;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  TRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", id->h, nByte);
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  SetFilePointer(id->h, nByte, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+  SetEndOfFile(id->h);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
+  DWORD upperBits, lowerBits;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  SimulateIOError(SQLITE_IOERR);
+  lowerBits = GetFileSize(id->h, &upperBits);
+  *pSize = (((i64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K or WinXP.
+** Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
+**
+** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
+** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
+** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
+** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
+** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
+** the LockFileEx() API.
+*/
+static int isNT(void){
+  static int osType = 0;   /* 0=unknown 1=win95 2=winNT */
+  if( osType==0 ){
+    OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
+    sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
+    GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
+    osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
+  }
+  return osType==2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a reader lock.
+** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
+** is Win95 or WinNT.
+*/
+static int getReadLock(OsFile *id){
+  int res;
+  if( isNT() ){
+    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
+    ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST;
+    ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0;
+    ovlp.hEvent = 0;
+    res = LockFileEx(id->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY, 0, SHARED_SIZE,0,&ovlp);
+  }else{
+    int lk;
+    sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
+    id->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
+    res = LockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST+id->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Undo a readlock
+*/
+static int unlockReadLock(OsFile *id){
+  int res;
+  if( isNT() ){
+    res = UnlockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+  }else{
+    res = UnlockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST + id->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  The sqlite3OsUnlock() routine
+** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
+** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
+** must go straight to locking level 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
+  int res = 1;           /* Result of a windows lock call */
+  int newLocktype;       /* Set id->locktype to this value before exiting */
+  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
+
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  TRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n",
+          id->h, locktype, id->locktype, id->sharedLockByte);
+
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( id->locktype>=locktype ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  */
+  assert( id->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || id->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
+  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
+  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
+  */
+  newLocktype = id->locktype;
+  if( id->locktype==NO_LOCK
+   || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && id->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)
+  ){
+    int cnt = 3;
+    while( cnt-->0 && (res = LockFile(id->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
+      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  The pending lock might be
+      ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily.
+      */
+      TRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt);
+      Sleep(1);
+    }
+    gotPendingLock = res;
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a shared lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( id->locktype==NO_LOCK );
+    res = getReadLock(id);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( id->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = LockFile(id->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+    gotPendingLock = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( id->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = unlockReadLock(id);
+    TRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res);
+    res = LockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      TRACE2("error-code = %d\n", GetLastError());
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
+  ** release it now.
+  */
+  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(id->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
+  ** return the appropriate result code.
+  */
+  if( res ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    TRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", id->h,
+           locktype, newLocktype);
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  id->locktype = newLocktype;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
+** non-zero, otherwise zero.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
+  int rc;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  if( id->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    rc = 1;
+    TRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", id->h, rc);
+  }else{
+    rc = LockFile(id->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    if( rc ){
+      UnlockFile(id->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    }
+    rc = !rc;
+    TRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", id->h, rc);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
+** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
+** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
+*/
+int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
+  int type;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( id->isOpen );
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  TRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", id->h, locktype,
+          id->locktype, id->sharedLockByte);
+  type = id->locktype;
+  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(id) ){
+      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
+      ** reacquire the read lock */
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+  }
+  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(id->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
+    unlockReadLock(id);
+  }
+  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(id->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  id->locktype = locktype;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get information to seed the random number generator.  The seed
+** is written into the buffer zBuf[256].  The calling function must
+** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char *zBuf){
+  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+  ** in the random seed.
+  **
+  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
+  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.* This makes the
+  ** tests repeatable.
+  */
+  memset(zBuf, 0, 256);
+  GetSystemTime((LPSYSTEMTIME)zBuf);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsSleep(int ms){
+  Sleep(ms);
+  return ms;
+}
+
+/*
+** Static variables used for thread synchronization
+*/
+static int inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS
+  static CRITICAL_SECTION cs;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following pair of routine implement mutual exclusion for
+** multi-threaded processes.  Only a single thread is allowed to
+** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
+**
+** SQLite uses only a single Mutex.  There is not much critical
+** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
+*/
+void sqlite3OsEnterMutex(){
+#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS
+  static int isInit = 0;
+  while( !isInit ){
+    static long lock = 0;
+    if( InterlockedIncrement(&lock)==1 ){
+      InitializeCriticalSection(&cs);
+      isInit = 1;
+    }else{
+      Sleep(1);
+    }
+  }
+  EnterCriticalSection(&cs);
+#endif
+  assert( !inMutex );
+  inMutex = 1;
+}
+void sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(){
+  assert( inMutex );
+  inMutex = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS
+  LeaveCriticalSection(&cs);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Return a pointer
+** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
+** is no longer needed.
+*/
+char *sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char *zRelative){
+  char *zNotUsed;
+  char *zFull;
+  int nByte;
+  nByte = GetFullPathNameA(zRelative, 0, 0, &zNotUsed) + 1;
+  zFull = sqliteMalloc( nByte );
+  if( zFull==0 ) return 0;
+  GetFullPathNameA(zRelative, nByte, zFull, &zNotUsed);
+  return zFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
+** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double *prNow){
+  FILETIME ft;
+  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 
+     100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). 
+  */
+  double now;
+  GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
+  now = ((double)ft.dwHighDateTime) * 4294967296.0; 
+  *prNow = (now + ft.dwLowDateTime)/864000000000.0 + 2305813.5;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the time that the file was last modified.  Write the
+** modification time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return SQLITE_OK.  Return SQLITE_ERROR if the modification
+** time cannot be found.
+*/
+int sqlite3OsFileModTime(OsFile *id, double *prMTime){
+  int rc;
+  FILETIME ft;
+  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 
+  ** 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). 
+  */
+  if( GetFileTime(id->h, 0, 0, &ft) ){
+    double t;
+    t = ((double)ft.dwHighDateTime) * 4294967296.0; 
+    *prMTime = (t + ft.dwLowDateTime)/864000000000.0 + 2305813.5;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* OS_WIN */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_win.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_win.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..baf937b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/os_win.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file defines OS-specific features for Win32
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_WIN_H_
+#define _SQLITE_OS_WIN_H_
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <winbase.h>
+
+/*
+** The OsFile structure is a operating-system independing representation
+** of an open file handle.  It is defined differently for each architecture.
+**
+** This is the definition for Win32.
+*/
+typedef struct OsFile OsFile;
+struct OsFile {
+  HANDLE h;               /* Handle for accessing the file */
+  unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
+  unsigned char isOpen;   /* True if needs to be closed */
+  short sharedLockByte;   /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
+};
+
+
+#define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50)
+#define SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS 1
+
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_WIN_H_ */
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pager.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pager.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a374562b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3205 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
+** 
+** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
+** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
+** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
+** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
+** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
+** another is writing.
+**
+** @(#) $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "pager.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
+*/
+#if 0
+#define TRACE1(X)       sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
+#define TRACE2(X,Y)     sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
+#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z)   sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
+#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,W) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W)
+#else
+#define TRACE1(X)
+#define TRACE2(X,Y)
+#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z)
+#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,W)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The page cache as a whole is always in one of the following
+** states:
+**
+**   PAGER_UNLOCK        The page cache is not currently reading or 
+**                       writing the database file.  There is no
+**                       data held in memory.  This is the initial
+**                       state.
+**
+**   PAGER_SHARED        The page cache is reading the database.
+**                       Writing is not permitted.  There can be
+**                       multiple readers accessing the same database
+**                       file at the same time.
+**
+**   PAGER_RESERVED      This process has reserved the database for writing
+**                       but has not yet made any changes.  Only one process
+**                       at a time can reserve the database.  The original
+**                       database file has not been modified so other
+**                       processes may still be reading the on-disk
+**                       database file.
+**
+**   PAGER_EXCLUSIVE     The page cache is writing the database.
+**                       Access is exclusive.  No other processes or
+**                       threads can be reading or writing while one
+**                       process is writing.
+**
+**   PAGER_SYNCED        The pager moves to this state from PAGER_EXCLUSIVE
+**                       after all dirty pages have been written to the
+**                       database file and the file has been synced to
+**                       disk. All that remains to do is to remove the
+**                       journal file and the transaction will be
+**                       committed.
+**
+** The page cache comes up in PAGER_UNLOCK.  The first time a
+** sqlite3pager_get() occurs, the state transitions to PAGER_SHARED.
+** After all pages have been released using sqlite_page_unref(),
+** the state transitions back to PAGER_UNLOCK.  The first time
+** that sqlite3pager_write() is called, the state transitions to
+** PAGER_RESERVED.  (Note that sqlite_page_write() can only be
+** called on an outstanding page which means that the pager must
+** be in PAGER_SHARED before it transitions to PAGER_RESERVED.)
+** The transition to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE occurs when before any changes
+** are made to the database file.  After an sqlite3pager_rollback()
+** or sqlite_pager_commit(), the state goes back to PAGER_SHARED.
+*/
+#define PAGER_UNLOCK      0
+#define PAGER_SHARED      1   /* same as SHARED_LOCK */
+#define PAGER_RESERVED    2   /* same as RESERVED_LOCK */
+#define PAGER_EXCLUSIVE   4   /* same as EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */
+#define PAGER_SYNCED      5
+
+/*
+** If the SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK macro is set to true at compile-time,
+** then failed attempts to get a reserved lock will invoke the busy callback.
+** This is off by default.  To see why, consider the following scenario:
+** 
+** Suppose thread A already has a shared lock and wants a reserved lock.
+** Thread B already has a reserved lock and wants an exclusive lock.  If
+** both threads are using their busy callbacks, it might be a long time
+** be for one of the threads give up and allows the other to proceed.
+** But if the thread trying to get the reserved lock gives up quickly
+** (if it never invokes its busy callback) then the contention will be
+** resolved quickly.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK
+# define SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Each in-memory image of a page begins with the following header.
+** This header is only visible to this pager module.  The client
+** code that calls pager sees only the data that follows the header.
+**
+** Client code should call sqlite3pager_write() on a page prior to making
+** any modifications to that page.  The first time sqlite3pager_write()
+** is called, the original page contents are written into the rollback
+** journal and PgHdr.inJournal and PgHdr.needSync are set.  Later, once
+** the journal page has made it onto the disk surface, PgHdr.needSync
+** is cleared.  The modified page cannot be written back into the original
+** database file until the journal pages has been synced to disk and the
+** PgHdr.needSync has been cleared.
+**
+** The PgHdr.dirty flag is set when sqlite3pager_write() is called and
+** is cleared again when the page content is written back to the original
+** database file.
+*/
+typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
+struct PgHdr {
+  Pager *pPager;                 /* The pager to which this page belongs */
+  Pgno pgno;                     /* The page number for this page */
+  PgHdr *pNextHash, *pPrevHash;  /* Hash collision chain for PgHdr.pgno */
+  PgHdr *pNextFree, *pPrevFree;  /* Freelist of pages where nRef==0 */
+  PgHdr *pNextAll;               /* A list of all pages */
+  PgHdr *pNextStmt, *pPrevStmt;  /* List of pages in the statement journal */
+  u8 inJournal;                  /* TRUE if has been written to journal */
+  u8 inStmt;                     /* TRUE if in the statement subjournal */
+  u8 dirty;                      /* TRUE if we need to write back changes */
+  u8 needSync;                   /* Sync journal before writing this page */
+  u8 alwaysRollback;             /* Disable dont_rollback() for this page */
+  short int nRef;                /* Number of users of this page */
+  PgHdr *pDirty;                 /* Dirty pages sorted by PgHdr.pgno */
+  /* pPager->pageSize bytes of page data follow this header */
+  /* Pager.nExtra bytes of local data follow the page data */
+};
+
+/*
+** For an in-memory only database, some extra information is recorded about
+** each page so that changes can be rolled back.  (Journal files are not
+** used for in-memory databases.)  The following information is added to
+** the end of every EXTRA block for in-memory databases.
+**
+** This information could have been added directly to the PgHdr structure.
+** But then it would take up an extra 8 bytes of storage on every PgHdr
+** even for disk-based databases.  Splitting it out saves 8 bytes.  This
+** is only a savings of 0.8% but those percentages add up.
+*/
+typedef struct PgHistory PgHistory;
+struct PgHistory {
+  u8 *pOrig;     /* Original page text.  Restore to this on a full rollback */
+  u8 *pStmt;     /* Text as it was at the beginning of the current statement */
+};
+
+/*
+** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+# define CODEC(P,D,N,X) if( P->xCodec ){ P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X); }
+#else
+# define CODEC(P,D,N,X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Convert a pointer to a PgHdr into a pointer to its data
+** and back again.
+*/
+#define PGHDR_TO_DATA(P)  ((void*)(&(P)[1]))
+#define DATA_TO_PGHDR(D)  (&((PgHdr*)(D))[-1])
+#define PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(G,P) ((void*)&((char*)(&(G)[1]))[(P)->pageSize])
+#define PGHDR_TO_HIST(P,PGR)  \
+            ((PgHistory*)&((char*)(&(P)[1]))[(PGR)->pageSize+(PGR)->nExtra])
+
+/*
+** How big to make the hash table used for locating in-memory pages
+** by page number.
+*/
+#define N_PG_HASH 2048
+
+/*
+** Hash a page number
+*/
+#define pager_hash(PN)  ((PN)&(N_PG_HASH-1))
+
+/*
+** A open page cache is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct Pager {
+  char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
+  char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
+  char *zDirectory;           /* Directory hold database and journal files */
+  OsFile fd, jfd;             /* File descriptors for database and journal */
+  OsFile stfd;                /* File descriptor for the statement subjournal*/
+  int dbSize;                 /* Number of pages in the file */
+  int origDbSize;             /* dbSize before the current change */
+  int stmtSize;               /* Size of database (in pages) at stmt_begin() */
+  i64 stmtJSize;              /* Size of journal at stmt_begin() */
+  int nRec;                   /* Number of pages written to the journal */
+  u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
+  int stmtNRec;               /* Number of records in stmt subjournal */
+  int nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
+  void (*xDestructor)(void*,int); /* Call this routine when freeing pages */
+  void (*xReiniter)(void*,int);   /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
+  int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
+  int nPage;                  /* Total number of in-memory pages */
+  int nRef;                   /* Number of in-memory pages with PgHdr.nRef>0 */
+  int mxPage;                 /* Maximum number of pages to hold in cache */
+  int nHit, nMiss, nOvfl;     /* Cache hits, missing, and LRU overflows */
+  void (*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
+  void *pCodecArg;            /* First argument to xCodec() */
+  u8 journalOpen;             /* True if journal file descriptors is valid */
+  u8 journalStarted;          /* True if header of journal is synced */
+  u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
+  u8 stmtOpen;                /* True if the statement subjournal is open */
+  u8 stmtInUse;               /* True we are in a statement subtransaction */
+  u8 stmtAutoopen;            /* Open stmt journal when main journal is opened*/
+  u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
+  u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
+  u8 state;                   /* PAGER_UNLOCK, _SHARED, _RESERVED, etc. */
+  u8 errMask;                 /* One of several kinds of errors */
+  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary file */
+  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
+  u8 needSync;                /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */
+  u8 dirtyCache;              /* True if cached pages have changed */
+  u8 alwaysRollback;          /* Disable dont_rollback() for all pages */
+  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
+  u8 *aInJournal;             /* One bit for each page in the database file */
+  u8 *aInStmt;                /* One bit for each page in the database */
+  u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
+  BusyHandler *pBusyHandler;  /* Pointer to sqlite.busyHandler */
+  PgHdr *pFirst, *pLast;      /* List of free pages */
+  PgHdr *pFirstSynced;        /* First free page with PgHdr.needSync==0 */
+  PgHdr *pAll;                /* List of all pages */
+  PgHdr *pStmt;               /* List of pages in the statement subjournal */
+  i64 journalOff;             /* Current byte offset in the journal file */
+  i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
+  i64 stmtHdrOff;             /* First journal header written this statement */
+  i64 stmtCksum;              /* cksumInit when statement was started */
+  int sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
+  PgHdr *aHash[N_PG_HASH];    /* Hash table to map page number to PgHdr */
+};
+
+/*
+** These are bits that can be set in Pager.errMask.
+*/
+#define PAGER_ERR_FULL     0x01  /* a write() failed */
+#define PAGER_ERR_MEM      0x02  /* malloc() failed */
+#define PAGER_ERR_LOCK     0x04  /* error in the locking protocol */
+#define PAGER_ERR_CORRUPT  0x08  /* database or journal corruption */
+#define PAGER_ERR_DISK     0x10  /* general disk I/O error - bad hard drive? */
+
+/*
+** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
+** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
+**
+** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
+** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is begin
+** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
+** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
+** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
+** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
+** journal and ignore it.
+**
+** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
+** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
+** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
+** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
+** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
+** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
+** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
+** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
+** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
+** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
+*/
+static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
+  0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
+};
+
+/*
+** The size of the header and of each page in the journal is determined
+** by the following macros.
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
+
+/*
+** The journal header size for this pager. In the future, this could be
+** set to some value read from the disk controller. The important
+** characteristic is that it is the same size as a disk sector.
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
+
+#define PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE 512
+
+/*
+** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
+** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
+** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file 
+** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
+** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() for details.
+*/
+#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) (PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))
+
+/*
+** Enable reference count tracking (for debugging) here:
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  int pager3_refinfo_enable = 0;
+  static void pager_refinfo(PgHdr *p){
+    static int cnt = 0;
+    if( !pager3_refinfo_enable ) return;
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf(
+       "REFCNT: %4d addr=%p nRef=%d\n",
+       p->pgno, PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), p->nRef
+    );
+    cnt++;   /* Something to set a breakpoint on */
+  }
+# define REFINFO(X)  pager_refinfo(X)
+#else
+# define REFINFO(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
+** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
+** error code is something goes wrong.
+**
+** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
+*/
+static int read32bits(OsFile *fd, u32 *pRes){
+  u32 res;
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, &res, sizeof(res));
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    unsigned char ac[4];
+    memcpy(ac, &res, 4);
+    res = (ac[0]<<24) | (ac[1]<<16) | (ac[2]<<8) | ac[3];
+  }
+  *pRes = res;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
+*/
+static int write32bits(OsFile *fd, u32 val){
+  unsigned char ac[4];
+  ac[0] = (val>>24) & 0xff;
+  ac[1] = (val>>16) & 0xff;
+  ac[2] = (val>>8) & 0xff;
+  ac[3] = val & 0xff;
+  return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the 32-bit integer 'val' into the page identified by page header
+** 'p' at offset 'offset'.
+*/
+static void store32bits(u32 val, PgHdr *p, int offset){
+  unsigned char *ac;
+  ac = &((unsigned char*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(p))[offset];
+  ac[0] = (val>>24) & 0xff;
+  ac[1] = (val>>16) & 0xff;
+  ac[2] = (val>>8) & 0xff;
+  ac[3] = val & 0xff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit integer at offset 'offset' from the page identified by
+** page header 'p'.
+*/
+static u32 retrieve32bits(PgHdr *p, int offset){
+  unsigned char *ac;
+  ac = &((unsigned char*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(p))[offset];
+  return (ac[0]<<24) | (ac[1]<<16) | (ac[2]<<8) | ac[3];
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Convert the bits in the pPager->errMask into an approprate
+** return code.
+*/
+static int pager_errcode(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPager->errMask & PAGER_ERR_LOCK )    rc = SQLITE_PROTOCOL;
+  if( pPager->errMask & PAGER_ERR_DISK )    rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
+  if( pPager->errMask & PAGER_ERR_FULL )    rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+  if( pPager->errMask & PAGER_ERR_MEM )     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  if( pPager->errMask & PAGER_ERR_CORRUPT ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
+** The master journal file name is read from the end of the file and 
+** written into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). *pzMaster is
+** set to point at the memory and SQLITE_OK returned. The caller must
+** sqliteFree() *pzMaster.
+**
+** If no master journal file name is present *pzMaster is set to 0 and
+** SQLITE_OK returned.
+*/
+static int readMasterJournal(OsFile *pJrnl, char **pzMaster){
+  int rc;
+  u32 len;
+  i64 szJ;
+  u32 cksum;
+  int i;
+  unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+
+  *pzMaster = 0;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ<16 ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pJrnl, szJ-16);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ 
+  rc = read32bits(pJrnl, &len);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = read32bits(pJrnl, &cksum);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pJrnl, szJ-16-len);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  *pzMaster = (char *)sqliteMalloc(len+1);
+  if( !*pzMaster ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, *pzMaster, len);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqliteFree(*pzMaster);
+    *pzMaster = 0;
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
+  for(i=0; i<len; i++){
+    cksum -= (*pzMaster)[i];
+  }
+  if( cksum ){
+    /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
+    ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
+    ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
+    ** master-journal filename.
+    */
+    sqliteFree(*pzMaster);
+    *pzMaster = 0;
+  }
+  (*pzMaster)[len] = '\0';
+   
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Seek the journal file descriptor to the next sector boundary where a
+** journal header may be read or written. Pager.journalOff is updated with
+** the new seek offset.
+**
+** i.e for a sector size of 512:
+**
+** Input Offset              Output Offset
+** ---------------------------------------
+** 0                         0
+** 512                       512
+** 100                       512
+** 2000                      2048
+** 
+*/
+static int seekJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
+  i64 offset = 0;
+  i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
+  if( c ){
+    offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  }
+  assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
+  assert( offset>=c );
+  assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+  pPager->journalOff = offset;
+  return sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
+** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
+** current location.
+**
+** The format for the journal header is as follows:
+** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
+** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
+** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
+** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
+** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
+** 
+** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 24) bytes of unused space.
+*/
+static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
+
+  int rc = seekJournalHdr(pPager);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
+  if( pPager->stmtHdrOff==0 ){
+    pPager->stmtHdrOff = pPager->journalHdr;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+
+  /* FIX ME: 
+  **
+  ** Possibly for a pager not in no-sync mode, the journal magic should not
+  ** be written until nRec is filled in as part of next syncJournal(). 
+  **
+  ** Actually maybe the whole journal header should be delayed until that
+  ** point. Think about this.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* The nRec Field. 0xFFFFFFFF for no-sync journals. */
+    rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, pPager->noSync ? 0xffffffff : 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* The random check-hash initialiser */ 
+    sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
+    rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, pPager->cksumInit);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* The initial database size */
+    rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, pPager->dbSize);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* The assumed sector size for this process */
+    rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, pPager->sectorSize);
+  }
+
+  /* The journal header has been written successfully. Seek the journal
+  ** file descriptor to the end of the journal header sector.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff-1);
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->jfd, "\000", 1);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
+** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
+** file. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for a description of
+** the journal header format.
+**
+** If the header is read successfully, *nRec is set to the number of
+** page records following this header and *dbSize is set to the size of the
+** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
+** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
+** in this case.
+**
+** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
+** returned and *nRec and *dbSize are not set.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
+** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
+*/
+static int readJournalHdr(
+  Pager *pPager, 
+  i64 journalSize,
+  u32 *pNRec, 
+  u32 *pDbSize
+){
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+
+  rc = seekJournalHdr(pPager);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(&pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic));
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+
+  rc = read32bits(&pPager->jfd, pNRec);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  rc = read32bits(&pPager->jfd, &pPager->cksumInit);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  rc = read32bits(&pPager->jfd, pDbSize);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 
+  ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
+  ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
+  ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
+  ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
+  */
+  rc = read32bits(&pPager->jfd, (u32 *)&pPager->sectorSize);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  rc = sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
+** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
+** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
+** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
+** anything is written. The format is:
+**
+** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
+** + N bytes: length of master journal name.
+** + 4 bytes: N
+** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
+** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
+**
+** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
+** journal name.
+*/
+static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+  int rc;
+  int len; 
+  int i; 
+  u32 cksum = 0; 
+
+  if( !zMaster || pPager->setMaster) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pPager->setMaster = 1;
+
+  len = strlen(zMaster);
+  for(i=0; i<len; i++){
+    cksum += zMaster[i];
+  }
+
+  /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
+  ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
+  ** the journal has already been synced.
+  */
+  if( pPager->fullSync ){
+    rc = seekJournalHdr(pPager);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff += (len+20);
+
+  rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->jfd, zMaster, len);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, len);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, cksum);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+  pPager->needSync = 1;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add or remove a page from the list of all pages that are in the
+** statement journal.
+**
+** The Pager keeps a separate list of pages that are currently in
+** the statement journal.  This helps the sqlite3pager_stmt_commit()
+** routine run MUCH faster for the common case where there are many
+** pages in memory but only a few are in the statement journal.
+*/
+static void page_add_to_stmt_list(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  if( pPg->inStmt ) return;
+  assert( pPg->pPrevStmt==0 && pPg->pNextStmt==0 );
+  pPg->pPrevStmt = 0;
+  if( pPager->pStmt ){
+    pPager->pStmt->pPrevStmt = pPg;
+  }
+  pPg->pNextStmt = pPager->pStmt;
+  pPager->pStmt = pPg;
+  pPg->inStmt = 1;
+}
+static void page_remove_from_stmt_list(PgHdr *pPg){
+  if( !pPg->inStmt ) return;
+  if( pPg->pPrevStmt ){
+    assert( pPg->pPrevStmt->pNextStmt==pPg );
+    pPg->pPrevStmt->pNextStmt = pPg->pNextStmt;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPg->pPager->pStmt==pPg );
+    pPg->pPager->pStmt = pPg->pNextStmt;
+  }
+  if( pPg->pNextStmt ){
+    assert( pPg->pNextStmt->pPrevStmt==pPg );
+    pPg->pNextStmt->pPrevStmt = pPg->pPrevStmt;
+  }
+  pPg->pNextStmt = 0;
+  pPg->pPrevStmt = 0;
+  pPg->inStmt = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find a page in the hash table given its page number.  Return
+** a pointer to the page or NULL if not found.
+*/
+static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  PgHdr *p = pPager->aHash[pager_hash(pgno)];
+  while( p && p->pgno!=pgno ){
+    p = p->pNextHash;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlock the database and clear the in-memory cache.  This routine
+** sets the state of the pager back to what it was when it was first
+** opened.  Any outstanding pages are invalidated and subsequent attempts
+** to access those pages will likely result in a coredump.
+*/
+static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg, *pNext;
+  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pNext){
+    pNext = pPg->pNextAll;
+    sqliteFree(pPg);
+  }
+  pPager->pFirst = 0;
+  pPager->pFirstSynced = 0;
+  pPager->pLast = 0;
+  pPager->pAll = 0;
+  memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash));
+  pPager->nPage = 0;
+  if( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ){
+    sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+  }
+  sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+  pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+  pPager->dbSize = -1;
+  pPager->nRef = 0;
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen==0 );
+}
+
+/*
+** When this routine is called, the pager has the journal file open and
+** a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database.  This routine releases
+** the database lock and acquires a SHARED lock in its place.  The journal
+** file is deleted and closed.
+**
+** TODO: Consider keeping the journal file open for temporary databases.
+** This might give a performance improvement on windows where opening
+** a file is an expensive operation.
+*/
+static int pager_unwritelock(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  int rc;
+  assert( !pPager->memDb );
+  if( pPager->state<PAGER_RESERVED ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(pPager);
+  if( pPager->stmtOpen ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->stfd);
+    pPager->stmtOpen = 0;
+  }
+  if( pPager->journalOpen ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->jfd);
+    pPager->journalOpen = 0;
+    sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zJournal);
+    sqliteFree( pPager->aInJournal );
+    pPager->aInJournal = 0;
+    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+      pPg->inJournal = 0;
+      pPg->dirty = 0;
+      pPg->needSync = 0;
+    }
+    pPager->dirtyCache = 0;
+    pPager->nRec = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPager->dirtyCache==0 || pPager->useJournal==0 );
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK);
+  pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+  pPager->origDbSize = 0;
+  pPager->setMaster = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute and return a checksum for the page of data.
+**
+** This is not a real checksum.  It is really just the sum of the 
+** random initial value and the page number.  We experimented with
+** a checksum of the entire data, but that was found to be too slow.
+**
+** Note that the page number is stored at the beginning of data and
+** the checksum is stored at the end.  This is important.  If journal
+** corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely scenario
+** is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.  It is
+** much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
+** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
+** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
+**
+** FIX ME:  Consider adding every 200th (or so) byte of the data to the
+** checksum.  That way if a single page spans 3 or more disk sectors and
+** only the middle sector is corrupt, we will still have a reasonable
+** chance of failing the checksum and thus detecting the problem.
+*/
+static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, const char *aData){
+  u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;
+  int i = pPager->pageSize-200;
+  while( i>0 ){
+    cksum += aData[i];
+    i -= 200;
+  }
+  return cksum;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a single page from the journal file opened on file descriptor
+** jfd.  Playback this one page.
+**
+** If useCksum==0 it means this journal does not use checksums.  Checksums
+** are not used in statement journals because statement journals do not
+** need to survive power failures.
+*/
+static int pager_playback_one_page(Pager *pPager, OsFile *jfd, int useCksum){
+  int rc;
+  PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
+  Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
+  u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
+  u8 aData[SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE];  /* Temp storage for a page */
+
+  rc = read32bits(jfd, &pgno);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, &aData, pPager->pageSize);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize + 4;
+
+  /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
+  ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
+  ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
+  ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
+  */
+  if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  if( pgno>(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( useCksum ){
+    rc = read32bits(jfd, &cksum);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    pPager->journalOff += 4;
+    if( pager_cksum(pPager, pgno, aData)!=cksum ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE );
+
+  /* If the pager is in RESERVED state, then there must be a copy of this
+  ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
+  ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
+  **
+  ** If in EXCLUSIVE state, then we update the pager cache if it exists
+  ** and the main file. The page is then marked not dirty.
+  */
+  pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE || pPg );
+  TRACE3("PLAYBACK %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pgno);
+  if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
+    sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->fd, (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize);
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->fd, aData, pPager->pageSize);
+  }
+  if( pPg ){
+    /* No page should ever be rolled back that is in use, except for page
+    ** 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the database
+    ** active.
+    */
+    void *pData;
+    assert( pPg->nRef==0 || pPg->pgno==1 );
+    pData = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
+    memcpy(pData, aData, pPager->pageSize);
+    if( pPager->xDestructor ){  /*** FIX ME:  Should this be xReinit? ***/
+      pPager->xDestructor(pData, pPager->pageSize);
+    }
+    if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
+      pPg->dirty = 0;
+      pPg->needSync = 0;
+    }
+    CODEC(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
+** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
+** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
+** and does so if it is.
+**
+** The master journal file contains the names of all child journals.
+** To tell if a master journal can be deleted, check to each of the
+** children.  If all children are either missing or do not refer to
+** a different master journal, then this master journal can be deleted.
+*/
+static int pager_delmaster(const char *zMaster){
+  int rc;
+  int master_open = 0;
+  OsFile master;
+  char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
+  i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
+
+  /* Open the master journal file exclusively in case some other process
+  ** is running this routine also. Not that it makes too much difference.
+  */
+  memset(&master, 0, sizeof(master));
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(zMaster, &master);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+  master_open = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(&master, &nMasterJournal);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+
+  if( nMasterJournal>0 ){
+    char *zJournal;
+    char *zMasterPtr = 0;
+
+    /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
+    ** sqliteMalloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. 
+    */
+    zMasterJournal = (char *)sqliteMalloc(nMasterJournal);
+    if( !zMasterJournal ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto delmaster_out;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(&master, zMasterJournal, nMasterJournal);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+
+    zJournal = zMasterJournal;
+    while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
+      if( sqlite3OsFileExists(zJournal) ){
+        /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
+        ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
+        ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
+        */
+        OsFile journal;
+
+        memset(&journal, 0, sizeof(journal));
+        rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(zJournal, &journal);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto delmaster_out;
+        }
+
+        rc = readMasterJournal(&journal, &zMasterPtr);
+        sqlite3OsClose(&journal);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto delmaster_out;
+        }
+
+        if( zMasterPtr && !strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster) ){
+          /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
+          goto delmaster_out;
+        }
+      }
+      zJournal += (strlen(zJournal)+1);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  sqlite3OsDelete(zMaster);
+
+delmaster_out:
+  if( zMasterJournal ){
+    sqliteFree(zMasterJournal);
+  }  
+  if( master_open ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make every page in the cache agree with what is on disk.  In other words,
+** reread the disk to reset the state of the cache.
+**
+** This routine is called after a rollback in which some of the dirty cache
+** pages had never been written out to disk.  We need to roll back the
+** cache content and the easiest way to do that is to reread the old content
+** back from the disk.
+*/
+static int pager_reload_cache(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+    char zBuf[SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE];
+    if( !pPg->dirty ) continue;
+    if( (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){
+      sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->fd, pPager->pageSize*(i64)(pPg->pgno-1));
+      rc = sqlite3OsRead(&pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize);
+      TRACE3("REFETCH %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno);
+      if( rc ) break;
+      CODEC(pPager, zBuf, pPg->pgno, 2);
+    }else{
+      memset(zBuf, 0, pPager->pageSize);
+    }
+    if( pPg->nRef==0 || memcmp(zBuf, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize) ){
+      memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), zBuf, pPager->pageSize);
+      if( pPager->xReiniter ){
+        pPager->xReiniter(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
+      }else{
+        memset(PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager), 0, pPager->nExtra);
+      }
+    }
+    pPg->needSync = 0;
+    pPg->dirty = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate the main file of the given pager to the number of pages
+** indicated.
+*/
+static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, int nPage){
+  return sqlite3OsTruncate(&pPager->fd, pPager->pageSize*(i64)nPage);
+}
+
+/*
+** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
+** the state it was in before we started making changes.  
+**
+** The journal file format is as follows: 
+**
+**  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
+**  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
+**       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
+**       number of page records from the journal size.
+**  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 
+**       sanity checksum.
+**  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
+**       database to during a rollback.
+**  (5)  4 byte integer which is the number of bytes in the master journal
+**       name.  The value may be zero (indicate that there is no master
+**       journal.)
+**  (6)  N bytes of the master journal name.  The name will be nul-terminated
+**       and might be shorter than the value read from (5).  If the first byte
+**       of the name is \000 then there is no master journal.  The master
+**       journal name is stored in UTF-8.
+**  (7)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
+**        +  4 byte page number.
+**        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
+**        +  4 byte checksum
+**
+** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 6 items above.
+** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 7th item.
+**
+** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
+** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
+** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
+** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
+** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
+** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
+** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
+** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
+**
+** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
+** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
+** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
+** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
+** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.  
+**
+** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
+** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
+** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
+** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
+** been encountered.
+**
+** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
+** and an error code is returned.
+*/
+static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager){
+  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
+  u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
+  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
+  Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
+  int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
+  char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
+
+  /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
+  ** the journal is empty.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->jfd, &szJ);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto end_playback;
+  }
+
+  /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
+  ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
+  ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
+  ** played back.
+  */
+  rc = readMasterJournal(&pPager->jfd, &zMaster);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (zMaster && !sqlite3OsFileExists(zMaster)) ){
+    sqliteFree(zMaster);
+    zMaster = 0;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    goto end_playback;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, 0);
+  pPager->journalOff = 0;
+
+  /* This loop terminates either when the readJournalHdr() call returns
+  ** SQLITE_DONE or an IO error occurs. */
+  while( 1 ){
+
+    /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
+    ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
+    ** it is corrupted, then a process must of failed while writing it.
+    ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
+    */
+    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      goto end_playback;
+    }
+
+    /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
+    ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
+    ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
+    ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
+    */
+    if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
+      assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+      nRec = (szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
+    }
+
+    /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
+    ** database file back to it's original size.
+    */
+    if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
+      assert( pPager->origDbSize==0 || pPager->origDbSize==mxPg );
+      rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto end_playback;
+      }
+      pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
+    }
+
+    /* rc = sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)); */
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_playback;
+  
+    /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the database file.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<nRec; i++){
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->jfd, 1);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+          break;
+        }else{
+          goto end_playback;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Pages that have been written to the journal but never synced
+  ** where not restored by the loop above.  We have to restore those
+  ** pages by reading them back from the original database.
+  */
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  pager_reload_cache(pPager);
+
+end_playback:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+  }
+  if( zMaster ){
+    /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return true,
+    ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. If errors 
+    ** occur during this process, ignore them.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pager_delmaster(zMaster);
+    }
+    sqliteFree(zMaster);
+  }
+
+  /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
+  ** back a journal created by a process with a different PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE
+  ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
+  */
+  pPager->sectorSize = PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Playback the statement journal.
+**
+** This is similar to playing back the transaction journal but with
+** a few extra twists.
+**
+**    (1)  The number of pages in the database file at the start of
+**         the statement is stored in pPager->stmtSize, not in the
+**         journal file itself.
+**
+**    (2)  In addition to playing back the statement journal, also
+**         playback all pages of the transaction journal beginning
+**         at offset pPager->stmtJSize.
+*/
+static int pager_stmt_playback(Pager *pPager){
+  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the full journal */
+  i64 hdrOff;
+  int nRec;                /* Number of Records */
+  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
+  int rc;
+
+  szJ = pPager->journalOff;
+#ifndef NDEBUG 
+  {
+    i64 os_szJ;
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->jfd, &os_szJ);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    assert( szJ==os_szJ );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Set hdrOff to be the offset to the first journal header written
+  ** this statement transaction, or the end of the file if no journal
+  ** header was written.
+  */
+  hdrOff = pPager->stmtHdrOff;
+  assert( pPager->fullSync || !hdrOff );
+  if( !hdrOff ){
+    hdrOff = szJ;
+  }
+  
+
+  /* Truncate the database back to its original size.
+  */
+  rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->stmtSize);
+  pPager->dbSize = pPager->stmtSize;
+
+  /* Figure out how many records are in the statement journal.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->stmtInUse && pPager->journalOpen );
+  sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->stfd, 0);
+  nRec = pPager->stmtNRec;
+  
+  /* Copy original pages out of the statement journal and back into the
+  ** database file.  Note that the statement journal omits checksums from
+  ** each record since power-failure recovery is not important to statement
+  ** journals.
+  */
+  for(i=nRec-1; i>=0; i--){
+    rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->stfd, 0);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
+  }
+
+  /* Now roll some pages back from the transaction journal. Pager.stmtJSize
+  ** was the size of the journal file when this statement was started, so
+  ** everything after that needs to be rolled back, either into the
+  ** database, the memory cache, or both.
+  **
+  ** If it is not zero, then Pager.stmtHdrOff is the offset to the start
+  ** of the first journal header written during this statement transaction.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->stmtJSize);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto end_stmt_playback;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff = pPager->stmtJSize;
+  pPager->cksumInit = pPager->stmtCksum;
+  assert( JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)<(pPager->pageSize+8) );
+  while( pPager->journalOff <= (hdrOff-(pPager->pageSize+8)) ){
+    rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->jfd, 1);
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
+  }
+
+  while( pPager->journalOff < szJ ){
+    u32 nRec;
+    u32 dummy;
+    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nRec, &dummy);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+      goto end_stmt_playback;
+    }
+    if( nRec==0 ){
+      nRec = (szJ - pPager->journalOff) / (pPager->pageSize+8);
+    }
+    for(i=nRec-1; i>=0 && pPager->journalOff < szJ; i--){
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->jfd, 1);
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+  
+end_stmt_playback:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_CORRUPT;
+    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+  }else{
+    pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+    /* pager_reload_cache(pPager); */
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
+**
+** The maximum number is the absolute value of the mxPage parameter.
+** If mxPage is negative, the noSync flag is also set.  noSync bypasses
+** calls to sqlite3OsSync().  The pager runs much faster with noSync on,
+** but if the operating system crashes or there is an abrupt power 
+** failure, the database file might be left in an inconsistent and
+** unrepairable state.  
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_cachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+  if( mxPage>=0 ){
+    pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
+    if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0; 
+  }else{
+    pPager->noSync = 1;
+    mxPage = -mxPage;
+  }
+  if( mxPage>10 ){
+    pPager->mxPage = mxPage;
+  }else{
+    pPager->mxPage = 10;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes
+** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing
+** the rollback journal.  There are three levels:
+**
+**    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
+**              for temporary and transient files.
+**
+**    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
+**              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
+**              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
+**              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
+**              in a state which would cause damage to the database
+**              when it is rolled back.
+**
+**    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
+**              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
+**              of the journal header - being written in between the two
+**              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
+**              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
+**              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
+**              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
+**
+** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
+** and FULL=3.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_safety_level(Pager *pPager, int level){
+  pPager->noSync =  level==1 || pPager->tempFile;
+  pPager->fullSync = level==3 && !pPager->tempFile;
+  if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a temporary file.  Write the name of the file into zName
+** (zName must be at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE bytes long.)  Write
+** the file descriptor into *fd.  Return SQLITE_OK on success or some
+** other error code if we fail.
+**
+** The OS will automatically delete the temporary file when it is
+** closed.
+*/
+static int sqlite3pager_opentemp(char *zFile, OsFile *fd){
+  int cnt = 8;
+  int rc;
+  do{
+    cnt--;
+    sqlite3OsTempFileName(zFile);
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(zFile, fd, 1);
+  }while( cnt>0 && rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new page cache and put a pointer to the page cache in *ppPager.
+** The file to be cached need not exist.  The file is not locked until
+** the first call to sqlite3pager_get() and is only held open until the
+** last page is released using sqlite3pager_unref().
+**
+** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
+** and used as the file to be cached.  The file will be deleted
+** automatically when it is closed.
+**
+** If zFilename is ":memory:" then all information is held in cache.
+** It is never written to disk.  This can be used to implement an
+** in-memory database.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_open(
+  Pager **ppPager,         /* Return the Pager structure here */
+  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
+  int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
+  int useJournal           /* TRUE to use a rollback journal on this file */
+){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  char *zFullPathname = 0;
+  int nameLen;
+  OsFile fd;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+  int tempFile = 0;
+  int memDb = 0;
+  int readOnly = 0;
+  char zTemp[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
+
+  *ppPager = 0;
+  memset(&fd, 0, sizeof(fd));
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+    if( strcmp(zFilename,":memory:")==0 ){
+      memDb = 1;
+      zFullPathname = sqliteStrDup("");
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      zFullPathname = sqlite3OsFullPathname(zFilename);
+      if( zFullPathname ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(zFullPathname, &fd, &readOnly);
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3pager_opentemp(zTemp, &fd);
+    zFilename = zTemp;
+    zFullPathname = sqlite3OsFullPathname(zFilename);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      tempFile = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if( !zFullPathname ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&fd);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&fd);
+    sqliteFree(zFullPathname);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  nameLen = strlen(zFullPathname);
+  pPager = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pPager) + nameLen*3 + 30 );
+  if( pPager==0 ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(&fd);
+    sqliteFree(zFullPathname);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  TRACE3("OPEN %d %s\n", fd.h, zFullPathname);
+  pPager->zFilename = (char*)&pPager[1];
+  pPager->zDirectory = &pPager->zFilename[nameLen+1];
+  pPager->zJournal = &pPager->zDirectory[nameLen+1];
+  strcpy(pPager->zFilename, zFullPathname);
+  strcpy(pPager->zDirectory, zFullPathname);
+  for(i=nameLen; i>0 && pPager->zDirectory[i-1]!='/'; i--){}
+  if( i>0 ) pPager->zDirectory[i-1] = 0;
+  strcpy(pPager->zJournal, zFullPathname);
+  sqliteFree(zFullPathname);
+  strcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nameLen], "-journal");
+  pPager->fd = fd;
+#if OS_UNIX
+  pPager->fd.pPager = pPager;
+#endif
+  pPager->journalOpen = 0;
+  pPager->useJournal = useJournal && !memDb;
+  pPager->stmtOpen = 0;
+  pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
+  pPager->nRef = 0;
+  pPager->dbSize = memDb-1;
+  pPager->pageSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
+  pPager->stmtSize = 0;
+  pPager->stmtJSize = 0;
+  pPager->nPage = 0;
+  pPager->mxPage = 100;
+  pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+  pPager->errMask = 0;
+  pPager->tempFile = tempFile;
+  pPager->memDb = memDb;
+  pPager->readOnly = readOnly;
+  pPager->needSync = 0;
+  pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile || !useJournal;
+  pPager->fullSync = (pPager->noSync?0:1);
+  pPager->pFirst = 0;
+  pPager->pFirstSynced = 0;
+  pPager->pLast = 0;
+  pPager->nExtra = nExtra;
+  pPager->sectorSize = PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE;
+  pPager->pBusyHandler = 0;
+  memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash));
+  *ppPager = pPager;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the busy handler function.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_busyhandler(Pager *pPager, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler){
+  pPager->pBusyHandler = pBusyHandler;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the destructor for this pager.  If not NULL, the destructor is called
+** when the reference count on each page reaches zero.  The destructor can
+** be used to clean up information in the extra segment appended to each page.
+**
+** The destructor is not called as a result sqlite3pager_close().  
+** Destructors are only called by sqlite3pager_unref().
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_destructor(Pager *pPager, void (*xDesc)(void*,int)){
+  pPager->xDestructor = xDesc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the reinitializer for this pager.  If not NULL, the reinitializer
+** is called when the content of a page in cache is restored to its original
+** value as a result of a rollback.  The callback gives higher-level code
+** an opportunity to restore the EXTRA section to agree with the restored
+** page data.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_reiniter(Pager *pPager, void (*xReinit)(void*,int)){
+  pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the page size.
+**
+** The page size must only be changed when the cache is empty.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(Pager *pPager, int pageSize){
+  assert( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
+  pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
+** that pDest points to.  No error checking is done.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_read_fileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
+  memset(pDest, 0, N);
+  if( pPager->memDb==0 ){
+    sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->fd, 0);
+    sqlite3OsRead(&pPager->fd, pDest, N);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the total number of pages in the disk file associated with
+** pPager.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_pagecount(Pager *pPager){
+  i64 n;
+  assert( pPager!=0 );
+  if( pPager->dbSize>=0 ){
+    return pPager->dbSize;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->fd, &n)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_DISK;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  n /= pPager->pageSize;
+  if( !pPager->memDb && n==PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize ){
+    n++;
+  }
+  if( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ){
+    pPager->dbSize = n;
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Forward declaration
+*/
+static int syncJournal(Pager*);
+
+
+/*
+** Unlink a page from the free list (the list of all pages where nRef==0)
+** and from its hash collision chain.
+*/
+static void unlinkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+
+  /* Keep the pFirstSynced pointer pointing at the first synchronized page */
+  if( pPg==pPager->pFirstSynced ){
+    PgHdr *p = pPg->pNextFree;
+    while( p && p->needSync ){ p = p->pNextFree; }
+    pPager->pFirstSynced = p;
+  }
+
+  /* Unlink from the freelist */
+  if( pPg->pPrevFree ){
+    pPg->pPrevFree->pNextFree = pPg->pNextFree;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPager->pFirst==pPg );
+    pPager->pFirst = pPg->pNextFree;
+  }
+  if( pPg->pNextFree ){
+    pPg->pNextFree->pPrevFree = pPg->pPrevFree;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPager->pLast==pPg );
+    pPager->pLast = pPg->pPrevFree;
+  }
+  pPg->pNextFree = pPg->pPrevFree = 0;
+
+  /* Unlink from the pgno hash table */
+  if( pPg->pNextHash ){
+    pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg->pPrevHash;
+  }
+  if( pPg->pPrevHash ){
+    pPg->pPrevHash->pNextHash = pPg->pNextHash;
+  }else{
+    int h = pager_hash(pPg->pgno);
+    assert( pPager->aHash[h]==pPg );
+    pPager->aHash[h] = pPg->pNextHash;
+  }
+  pPg->pNextHash = pPg->pPrevHash = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is used to truncate an in-memory database.  Delete
+** all pages whose pgno is larger than pPager->dbSize and is unreferenced.
+** Referenced pages larger than pPager->dbSize are zeroed.
+*/
+static void memoryTruncate(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  PgHdr **ppPg;
+  int dbSize = pPager->dbSize;
+
+  ppPg = &pPager->pAll;
+  while( (pPg = *ppPg)!=0 ){
+    if( pPg->pgno<=dbSize ){
+      ppPg = &pPg->pNextAll;
+    }else if( pPg->nRef>0 ){
+      memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize);
+      ppPg = &pPg->pNextAll;
+    }else{
+      *ppPg = pPg->pNextAll;
+      unlinkPage(pPg);
+      sqliteFree(pPg);
+      pPager->nPage--;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate the file to the number of pages specified.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPager);
+  if( pPager->errMask!=0 ){
+    rc = pager_errcode(pPager);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( nPage>=(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( pPager->memDb ){
+    pPager->dbSize = nPage;
+    memoryTruncate(pPager);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = syncJournal(pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->dbSize = nPage;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
+**
+** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
+** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
+** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
+** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
+** result in a coredump.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_close(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg, *pNext;
+  switch( pPager->state ){
+    case PAGER_RESERVED:
+    case PAGER_SYNCED: 
+    case PAGER_EXCLUSIVE: {
+      sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+      if( !pPager->memDb ){
+        sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+      }
+      assert( pPager->journalOpen==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case PAGER_SHARED: {
+      if( !pPager->memDb ){
+        sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      /* Do nothing */
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pNext){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    if( pPager->memDb ){
+      PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+      assert( !pPg->alwaysRollback );
+      assert( !pHist->pOrig );
+      assert( !pHist->pStmt );
+    }
+#endif
+    pNext = pPg->pNextAll;
+    sqliteFree(pPg);
+  }
+  TRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+  sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->fd);
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen==0 );
+  /* Temp files are automatically deleted by the OS
+  ** if( pPager->tempFile ){
+  **   sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zFilename);
+  ** }
+  */
+  if( pPager->zFilename!=(char*)&pPager[1] ){
+    assert( 0 );  /* Cannot happen */
+    sqliteFree(pPager->zFilename);
+    sqliteFree(pPager->zJournal);
+    sqliteFree(pPager->zDirectory);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pPager);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the page number for the given page data.
+*/
+Pgno sqlite3pager_pagenumber(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *p = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  return p->pgno;
+}
+
+/*
+** The page_ref() function increments the reference count for a page.
+** If the page is currently on the freelist (the reference count is zero) then
+** remove it from the freelist.
+**
+** For non-test systems, page_ref() is a macro that calls _page_ref()
+** online of the reference count is zero.  For test systems, page_ref()
+** is a real function so that we can set breakpoints and trace it.
+*/
+static void _page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){
+  if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
+    /* The page is currently on the freelist.  Remove it. */
+    if( pPg==pPg->pPager->pFirstSynced ){
+      PgHdr *p = pPg->pNextFree;
+      while( p && p->needSync ){ p = p->pNextFree; }
+      pPg->pPager->pFirstSynced = p;
+    }
+    if( pPg->pPrevFree ){
+      pPg->pPrevFree->pNextFree = pPg->pNextFree;
+    }else{
+      pPg->pPager->pFirst = pPg->pNextFree;
+    }
+    if( pPg->pNextFree ){
+      pPg->pNextFree->pPrevFree = pPg->pPrevFree;
+    }else{
+      pPg->pPager->pLast = pPg->pPrevFree;
+    }
+    pPg->pPager->nRef++;
+  }
+  pPg->nRef++;
+  REFINFO(pPg);
+}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  static void page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){
+    if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
+      _page_ref(pPg);
+    }else{
+      pPg->nRef++;
+      REFINFO(pPg);
+    }
+  }
+#else
+# define page_ref(P)   ((P)->nRef==0?_page_ref(P):(void)(P)->nRef++)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Increment the reference count for a page.  The input pointer is
+** a reference to the page data.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_ref(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  page_ref(pPg);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the journal.  In other words, make sure all the pages that have
+** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
+** disk.  It is not safe to modify the original database file until after
+** the journal has been synced.  If the original database is modified before
+** the journal is synced and a power failure occurs, the unsynced journal
+** data would be lost and we would be unable to completely rollback the
+** database changes.  Database corruption would occur.
+** 
+** This routine also updates the nRec field in the header of the journal.
+** (See comments on the pager_playback() routine for additional information.)
+** If the sync mode is FULL, two syncs will occur.  First the whole journal
+** is synced, then the nRec field is updated, then a second sync occurs.
+**
+** For temporary databases, we do not care if we are able to rollback
+** after a power failure, so sync occurs.
+**
+** This routine clears the needSync field of every page current held in
+** memory.
+*/
+static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Sync the journal before modifying the main database
+  ** (assuming there is a journal and it needs to be synced.)
+  */
+  if( pPager->needSync ){
+    if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+      assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+      /* assert( !pPager->noSync ); // noSync might be set if synchronous
+      ** was turned off after the transaction was started.  Ticket #615 */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      {
+        /* Make sure the pPager->nRec counter we are keeping agrees
+        ** with the nRec computed from the size of the journal file.
+        */
+        i64 jSz;
+        rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->jfd, &jSz);
+        if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
+        assert( pPager->journalOff==jSz );
+      }
+#endif
+      {
+        /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
+        ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
+        ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
+        ** it as a candidate for rollback. 
+        */
+        if( pPager->fullSync ){
+          TRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+          rc = sqlite3OsSync(&pPager->jfd);
+          if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
+        }
+        sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+        rc = write32bits(&pPager->jfd, pPager->nRec);
+        if( rc ) return rc;
+
+        sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
+      }
+      TRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(&pPager->jfd);
+      if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
+      pPager->journalStarted = 1;
+    }
+    pPager->needSync = 0;
+
+    /* Erase the needSync flag from every page.
+    */
+    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+      pPg->needSync = 0;
+    }
+    pPager->pFirstSynced = pPager->pFirst;
+  }
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* If the Pager.needSync flag is clear then the PgHdr.needSync
+  ** flag must also be clear for all pages.  Verify that this
+  ** invariant is true.
+  */
+  else{
+    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+      assert( pPg->needSync==0 );
+    }
+    assert( pPager->pFirstSynced==pPager->pFirst );
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to obtain a lock on a file.  Invoke the busy callback if the lock
+** is currently not available.  Repeate until the busy callback returns
+** false or until the lock succeeds.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
+** the lock.
+*/
+static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
+  int rc;
+  assert( PAGER_SHARED==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( PAGER_RESERVED==RESERVED_LOCK );
+  assert( PAGER_EXCLUSIVE==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+  if( pPager->state>=locktype ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    int busy = 1;
+    do {
+      rc = sqlite3OsLock(&pPager->fd, locktype);
+    }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && 
+        pPager->pBusyHandler && 
+        pPager->pBusyHandler->xFunc && 
+        pPager->pBusyHandler->xFunc(pPager->pBusyHandler->pArg, busy++)
+    );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pPager->state = locktype;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a list of pages (connected by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer) write
+** every one of those pages out to the database file and mark them all
+** as clean.
+*/
+static int pager_write_pagelist(PgHdr *pList){
+  Pager *pPager;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( pList==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pPager = pList->pPager;
+
+  /* At this point there may be either a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the
+  ** database file. If there is already an EXCLUSIVE lock, the following
+  ** calls to sqlite3OsLock() are no-ops.
+  **
+  ** Moving the lock from RESERVED to EXCLUSIVE actually involves going
+  ** through an intermediate state PENDING.   A PENDING lock prevents new
+  ** readers from attaching to the database but is unsufficient for us to
+  ** write.  The idea of a PENDING lock is to prevent new readers from
+  ** coming in while we wait for existing readers to clear.
+  **
+  ** While the pager is in the RESERVED state, the original database file
+  ** is unchanged and we can rollback without having to playback the
+  ** journal into the original database file.  Once we transition to
+  ** EXCLUSIVE, it means the database file has been changed and any rollback
+  ** will require a journal playback.
+  */
+  rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  while( pList ){
+    assert( pList->dirty );
+    sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->fd, (pList->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize);
+    CODEC(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pList), pList->pgno, 6);
+    TRACE3("STORE %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pList->pgno);
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->fd, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pList), pPager->pageSize);
+    CODEC(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pList), pList->pgno, 0);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    pList->dirty = 0;
+    pList = pList->pDirty;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Collect every dirty page into a dirty list and
+** return a pointer to the head of that list.  All pages are
+** collected even if they are still in use.
+*/
+static PgHdr *pager_get_all_dirty_pages(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *p, *pList;
+  pList = 0;
+  for(p=pPager->pAll; p; p=p->pNextAll){
+    if( p->dirty ){
+      p->pDirty = pList;
+      pList = p;
+    }
+  }
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a page.
+**
+** A read lock on the disk file is obtained when the first page is acquired. 
+** This read lock is dropped when the last page is released.
+**
+** A _get works for any page number greater than 0.  If the database
+** file is smaller than the requested page, then no actual disk
+** read occurs and the memory image of the page is initialized to
+** all zeros.  The extra data appended to a page is always initialized
+** to zeros the first time a page is loaded into memory.
+**
+** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
+** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
+**
+** See also sqlite3pager_lookup().  Both this routine and _lookup() attempt
+** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
+** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas _lookup()
+** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
+** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
+** Since _lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
+** or journal files.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_get(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void **ppPage){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Make sure we have not hit any critical errors.
+  */ 
+  assert( pPager!=0 );
+  assert( pgno!=0 );
+  *ppPage = 0;
+  if( pPager->errMask & ~(PAGER_ERR_FULL) ){
+    return pager_errcode(pPager);
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the first page accessed, then get a SHARED lock
+  ** on the database file.
+  */
+  if( pPager->nRef==0 && !pPager->memDb ){
+    rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
+    ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
+    */
+    if( pPager->useJournal && 
+        sqlite3OsFileExists(pPager->zJournal) &&
+        !sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(&pPager->fd) 
+    ){
+       int rc;
+
+       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
+       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
+       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
+       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
+       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling it 
+       ** back.
+       ** 
+       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, the
+       ** second process will get to this point in the code and fail to
+       ** obtain it's own EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
+       */
+       rc = sqlite3OsLock(&pPager->fd, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+         sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+         pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+         return rc;
+       }
+       pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
+
+       /* Open the journal for reading only.  Return SQLITE_BUSY if
+       ** we are unable to open the journal file. 
+       **
+       ** The journal file does not need to be locked itself.  The
+       ** journal file is never open unless the main database file holds
+       ** a write lock, so there is never any chance of two or more
+       ** processes opening the journal at the same time.
+       */
+       rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(pPager->zJournal, &pPager->jfd);
+       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+         sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+         pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+         return SQLITE_BUSY;
+       }
+       pPager->journalOpen = 1;
+       pPager->journalStarted = 0;
+       pPager->journalOff = 0;
+       pPager->setMaster = 0;
+       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+
+       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
+       ** lock and reacquire the read lock.
+       */
+       rc = pager_playback(pPager);
+       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+         return rc;
+       }
+    }
+    pPg = 0;
+  }else{
+    /* Search for page in cache */
+    pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+    if( pPager->memDb && pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){
+      pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pPg==0 ){
+    /* The requested page is not in the page cache. */
+    int h;
+    pPager->nMiss++;
+    if( pPager->nPage<pPager->mxPage || pPager->pFirst==0 || pPager->memDb ){
+      /* Create a new page */
+      pPg = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pPg) + pPager->pageSize 
+                              + sizeof(u32) + pPager->nExtra
+                              + pPager->memDb*sizeof(PgHistory) );
+      if( pPg==0 ){
+        if( !pPager->memDb ){
+          pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+        }
+        pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_MEM;
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      memset(pPg, 0, sizeof(*pPg));
+      if( pPager->memDb ){
+        memset(PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager), 0, sizeof(PgHistory));
+      }
+      pPg->pPager = pPager;
+      pPg->pNextAll = pPager->pAll;
+      pPager->pAll = pPg;
+      pPager->nPage++;
+    }else{
+      /* Find a page to recycle.  Try to locate a page that does not
+      ** require us to do an fsync() on the journal.
+      */
+      pPg = pPager->pFirstSynced;
+
+      /* If we could not find a page that does not require an fsync()
+      ** on the journal file then fsync the journal file.  This is a
+      ** very slow operation, so we work hard to avoid it.  But sometimes
+      ** it can't be helped.
+      */
+      if( pPg==0 ){
+        int rc = syncJournal(pPager);
+        if( rc!=0 ){
+          sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+          return SQLITE_IOERR;
+        }
+        if( pPager->fullSync ){
+          /* If in full-sync mode, write a new journal header into the
+	  ** journal file. This is done to avoid ever modifying a journal
+	  ** header that is involved in the rollback of pages that have
+	  ** already been written to the database (in case the header is
+	  ** trashed when the nRec field is updated).
+          */
+          pPager->nRec = 0;
+          assert( pPager->journalOff > 0 );
+          rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+          if( rc!=0 ){
+            sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+            return SQLITE_IOERR;
+          }
+        }
+        pPg = pPager->pFirst;
+      }
+      assert( pPg->nRef==0 );
+
+      /* Write the page to the database file if it is dirty.
+      */
+      if( pPg->dirty ){
+        assert( pPg->needSync==0 );
+        pPg->pDirty = 0;
+        rc = pager_write_pagelist( pPg );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+          return SQLITE_IOERR;
+        }
+      }
+      assert( pPg->dirty==0 );
+
+      /* If the page we are recycling is marked as alwaysRollback, then
+      ** set the global alwaysRollback flag, thus disabling the
+      ** sqlite_dont_rollback() optimization for the rest of this transaction.
+      ** It is necessary to do this because the page marked alwaysRollback
+      ** might be reloaded at a later time but at that point we won't remember
+      ** that is was marked alwaysRollback.  This means that all pages must
+      ** be marked as alwaysRollback from here on out.
+      */
+      if( pPg->alwaysRollback ){
+        pPager->alwaysRollback = 1;
+      }
+
+      /* Unlink the old page from the free list and the hash table
+      */
+      unlinkPage(pPg);
+      pPager->nOvfl++;
+    }
+    pPg->pgno = pgno;
+    if( pPager->aInJournal && (int)pgno<=pPager->origDbSize ){
+      sqlite3CheckMemory(pPager->aInJournal, pgno/8);
+      assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+      pPg->inJournal = (pPager->aInJournal[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))!=0;
+      pPg->needSync = 0;
+    }else{
+      pPg->inJournal = 0;
+      pPg->needSync = 0;
+    }
+    if( pPager->aInStmt && (int)pgno<=pPager->stmtSize
+             && (pPager->aInStmt[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))!=0 ){
+      page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
+    }else{
+      page_remove_from_stmt_list(pPg);
+    }
+    pPg->dirty = 0;
+    pPg->nRef = 1;
+    REFINFO(pPg);
+    pPager->nRef++;
+    h = pager_hash(pgno);
+    pPg->pNextHash = pPager->aHash[h];
+    pPager->aHash[h] = pPg;
+    if( pPg->pNextHash ){
+      assert( pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash==0 );
+      pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg;
+    }
+    if( pPager->nExtra>0 ){
+      memset(PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager), 0, pPager->nExtra);
+    }
+    sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPager);
+    if( pPager->errMask!=0 ){
+      sqlite3pager_unref(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg));
+      rc = pager_errcode(pPager);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( pPager->dbSize<(int)pgno ){
+      memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize);
+    }else{
+      int rc;
+      assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
+      sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->fd, (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize);
+      rc = sqlite3OsRead(&pPager->fd, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
+      TRACE3("FETCH %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno);
+      CODEC(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->pgno, 3);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        i64 fileSize;
+        if( sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->fd,&fileSize)!=SQLITE_OK
+               || fileSize>=pgno*pPager->pageSize ){
+          sqlite3pager_unref(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg));
+          return rc;
+        }else{
+          memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* The requested page is in the page cache. */
+    pPager->nHit++;
+    page_ref(pPg);
+  }
+  *ppPage = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
+** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
+** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
+**
+** See also sqlite3pager_get().  The difference between this routine
+** and sqlite3pager_get() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
+** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
+** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 
+** has ever happened.
+*/
+void *sqlite3pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+
+  assert( pPager!=0 );
+  assert( pgno!=0 );
+  if( pPager->errMask & ~(PAGER_ERR_FULL) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  if( pPg==0 ) return 0;
+  page_ref(pPg);
+  return PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a page.
+**
+** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
+** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
+** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
+** removed.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_unref(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+
+  /* Decrement the reference count for this page
+  */
+  pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
+  pPg->nRef--;
+  REFINFO(pPg);
+
+  /* When the number of references to a page reach 0, call the
+  ** destructor and add the page to the freelist.
+  */
+  if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
+    Pager *pPager;
+    pPager = pPg->pPager;
+    pPg->pNextFree = 0;
+    pPg->pPrevFree = pPager->pLast;
+    pPager->pLast = pPg;
+    if( pPg->pPrevFree ){
+      pPg->pPrevFree->pNextFree = pPg;
+    }else{
+      pPager->pFirst = pPg;
+    }
+    if( pPg->needSync==0 && pPager->pFirstSynced==0 ){
+      pPager->pFirstSynced = pPg;
+    }
+    if( pPager->xDestructor ){
+      pPager->xDestructor(pData, pPager->pageSize);
+    }
+  
+    /* When all pages reach the freelist, drop the read lock from
+    ** the database file.
+    */
+    pPager->nRef--;
+    assert( pPager->nRef>=0 );
+    if( pPager->nRef==0 && !pPager->memDb ){
+      pager_reset(pPager);
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a journal file for pPager.  There should already be a RESERVED
+** or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file when this routine is called.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything.  Return an error code and release the
+** write lock if anything goes wrong.
+*/
+static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;
+  assert( !pPager->memDb );
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen==0 );
+  assert( pPager->useJournal );
+  sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPager);
+  pPager->aInJournal = sqliteMalloc( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 );
+  if( pPager->aInJournal==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto failed_to_open_journal;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(pPager->zJournal, &pPager->jfd,pPager->tempFile);
+  pPager->journalOff = 0;
+  pPager->setMaster = 0;
+  pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto failed_to_open_journal;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(pPager->zDirectory, &pPager->jfd);
+  pPager->journalOpen = 1;
+  pPager->journalStarted = 0;
+  pPager->needSync = 0;
+  pPager->alwaysRollback = 0;
+  pPager->nRec = 0;
+  if( pPager->errMask!=0 ){
+    rc = pager_errcode(pPager);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
+
+  rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+
+  if( pPager->stmtAutoopen && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_begin(pPager);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+
+failed_to_open_journal:
+  sqliteFree(pPager->aInJournal);
+  pPager->aInJournal = 0;
+  sqlite3OsUnlock(&pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+  pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Acquire a write-lock on the database.  The lock is removed when
+** the any of the following happen:
+**
+**   *  sqlite3pager_commit() is called.
+**   *  sqlite3pager_rollback() is called.
+**   *  sqlite3pager_close() is called.
+**   *  sqlite3pager_unref() is called to on every outstanding page.
+**
+** The first parameter to this routine is a pointer to any open page of the
+** database file.  Nothing changes about the page - it is used merely to
+** acquire a pointer to the Pager structure and as proof that there is
+** already a read-lock on the database.
+**
+** The second parameter indicates how much space in bytes to reserve for a
+** master journal file-name at the start of the journal when it is created.
+**
+** A journal file is opened if this is not a temporary file.  For temporary
+** files, the opening of the journal file is deferred until there is an
+** actual need to write to the journal.
+**
+** If the database is already reserved for writing, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** If exFlag is true, go ahead and get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the file
+** immediately instead of waiting until we try to flush the cache.  The
+** exFlag is ignored if a transaction is already active.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_begin(void *pData, int exFlag){
+  PgHdr *pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
+  assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
+  if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){
+    assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 );
+    if( pPager->memDb ){
+      pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
+      pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
+    }else{
+      if( SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK || exFlag ){
+        rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3OsLock(&pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pPager->state = PAGER_RESERVED;
+        if( exFlag ){
+          rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      pPager->dirtyCache = 0;
+      TRACE2("TRANSACTION %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+      if( pPager->useJournal && !pPager->tempFile ){
+        rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark a data page as writeable.  The page is written into the journal 
+** if it is not there already.  This routine must be called before making
+** changes to a page.
+**
+** The first time this routine is called, the pager creates a new
+** journal and acquires a RESERVED lock on the database.  If the RESERVED
+** lock could not be acquired, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY.  The
+** calling routine must check for that return value and be careful not to
+** change any page data until this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If the journal file could not be written because the disk is full,
+** then this routine returns SQLITE_FULL and does an immediate rollback.
+** All subsequent write attempts also return SQLITE_FULL until there
+** is a call to sqlite3pager_commit() or sqlite3pager_rollback() to
+** reset.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_write(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Check for errors
+  */
+  if( pPager->errMask ){ 
+    return pager_errcode(pPager);
+  }
+  if( pPager->readOnly ){
+    return SQLITE_PERM;
+  }
+
+  assert( !pPager->setMaster );
+
+  /* Mark the page as dirty.  If the page has already been written
+  ** to the journal then we can return right away.
+  */
+  pPg->dirty = 1;
+  if( pPg->inJournal && (pPg->inStmt || pPager->stmtInUse==0) ){
+    pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means that the page needs to be
+  ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal
+  ** or both.
+  **
+  ** First check to see that the transaction journal exists and
+  ** create it if it does not.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
+  rc = sqlite3pager_begin(pData, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+  if( !pPager->journalOpen && pPager->useJournal ){
+    rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen || !pPager->useJournal );
+  pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
+
+  /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
+  ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file.  Write the current page to
+  ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
+  */
+  if( !pPg->inJournal && (pPager->useJournal || pPager->memDb) ){
+    if( (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){
+      int szPg;
+      u32 saved;
+      if( pPager->memDb ){
+        PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+        TRACE3("JOURNAL %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno);
+        assert( pHist->pOrig==0 );
+        pHist->pOrig = sqliteMallocRaw( pPager->pageSize );
+        if( pHist->pOrig ){
+          memcpy(pHist->pOrig, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
+        }
+      }else{
+        u32 cksum;
+        CODEC(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7);
+        cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, pPg->pgno, pData);
+        saved = *(u32*)PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager);
+        store32bits(cksum, pPg, pPager->pageSize);
+        szPg = pPager->pageSize+8;
+        store32bits(pPg->pgno, pPg, -4);
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->jfd, &((char*)pData)[-4], szPg);
+        pPager->journalOff += szPg;
+        TRACE4("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
+                pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync);
+        CODEC(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 0);
+        *(u32*)PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager) = saved;
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+          pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_FULL;
+          return rc;
+        }
+        pPager->nRec++;
+        assert( pPager->aInJournal!=0 );
+        pPager->aInJournal[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+        pPg->needSync = !pPager->noSync;
+        if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
+          pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+          page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      pPg->needSync = !pPager->journalStarted && !pPager->noSync;
+      TRACE4("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
+              pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync);
+    }
+    if( pPg->needSync ){
+      pPager->needSync = 1;
+    }
+    pPg->inJournal = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
+  ** then write the current page to the statement journal.  Note that
+  ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
+  ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
+  */
+  if( pPager->stmtInUse && !pPg->inStmt && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize ){
+    assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize );
+    if( pPager->memDb ){
+      PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+      assert( pHist->pStmt==0 );
+      pHist->pStmt = sqliteMallocRaw( pPager->pageSize );
+      if( pHist->pStmt ){
+        memcpy(pHist->pStmt, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
+      }
+      TRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno);
+    }else{
+      store32bits(pPg->pgno, pPg, -4);
+      CODEC(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7);
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&pPager->stfd, ((char*)pData)-4, pPager->pageSize+4);
+      TRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", pPager->fd.h, pPg->pgno);
+      CODEC(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+        pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_FULL;
+        return rc;
+      }
+      pPager->stmtNRec++;
+      assert( pPager->aInStmt!=0 );
+      pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+    }
+    page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the database size and return.
+  */
+  if( pPager->dbSize<(int)pPg->pgno ){
+    pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
+    if( !pPager->memDb && pPager->dbSize==PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize ){
+      pPager->dbSize++;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
+** to sqlite3pager_write().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
+** to change the content of the page.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_iswriteable(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  return pPg->dirty;
+}
+
+/*
+** Replace the content of a single page with the information in the third
+** argument.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_overwrite(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void *pData){
+  void *pPage;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3pager_get(pPager, pgno, &pPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      memcpy(pPage, pData, pPager->pageSize);
+    }
+    sqlite3pager_unref(pPage);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
+** write the information on page "pgno" back to the disk, even though
+** that page might be marked as dirty.
+**
+** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
+** on the given page is unused.  The pager marks the page as clean so
+** that it does not get written to disk.
+**
+** Tests show that this optimization, together with the
+** sqlite3pager_dont_rollback() below, more than double the speed
+** of large INSERT operations and quadruple the speed of large DELETEs.
+**
+** When this routine is called, set the alwaysRollback flag to true.
+** Subsequent calls to sqlite3pager_dont_rollback() for the same page
+** will thereafter be ignored.  This is necessary to avoid a problem
+** where a page with data is added to the freelist during one part of
+** a transaction then removed from the freelist during a later part
+** of the same transaction and reused for some other purpose.  When it
+** is first added to the freelist, this routine is called.  When reused,
+** the dont_rollback() routine is called.  But because the page contains
+** critical data, we still need to be sure it gets rolled back in spite
+** of the dont_rollback() call.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_dont_write(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+
+  if( pPager->memDb ) return;
+
+  pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  pPg->alwaysRollback = 1;
+  if( pPg && pPg->dirty ){
+    if( pPager->dbSize==(int)pPg->pgno && pPager->origDbSize<pPager->dbSize ){
+      /* If this pages is the last page in the file and the file has grown
+      ** during the current transaction, then do NOT mark the page as clean.
+      ** When the database file grows, we must make sure that the last page
+      ** gets written at least once so that the disk file will be the correct
+      ** size. If you do not write this page and the size of the file
+      ** on the disk ends up being too small, that can lead to database
+      ** corruption during the next transaction.
+      */
+    }else{
+      TRACE3("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pgno, pPager->fd.h);
+      pPg->dirty = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** A call to this routine tells the pager that if a rollback occurs,
+** it is not necessary to restore the data on the given page.  This
+** means that the pager does not have to record the given page in the
+** rollback journal.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_dont_rollback(void *pData){
+  PgHdr *pPg = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pData);
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+
+  if( pPager->state!=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE || pPager->journalOpen==0 ) return;
+  if( pPg->alwaysRollback || pPager->alwaysRollback || pPager->memDb ) return;
+  if( !pPg->inJournal && (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){
+    assert( pPager->aInJournal!=0 );
+    pPager->aInJournal[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+    pPg->inJournal = 1;
+    if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
+      pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+      page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
+    }
+    TRACE3("DONT_ROLLBACK page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, pPager->fd.h);
+  }
+  if( pPager->stmtInUse && !pPg->inStmt && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize ){
+    assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize );
+    assert( pPager->aInStmt!=0 );
+    pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
+    page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Clear a PgHistory block
+*/
+static void clearHistory(PgHistory *pHist){
+  sqliteFree(pHist->pOrig);
+  sqliteFree(pHist->pStmt);
+  pHist->pOrig = 0;
+  pHist->pStmt = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit all changes to the database and release the write lock.
+**
+** If the commit fails for any reason, a rollback attempt is made
+** and an error code is returned.  If the commit worked, SQLITE_OK
+** is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_commit(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+
+  if( pPager->errMask==PAGER_ERR_FULL ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+    }
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( pPager->errMask!=0 ){
+    rc = pager_errcode(pPager);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( pPager->state<PAGER_RESERVED ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  TRACE2("COMMIT %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+  if( pPager->memDb ){
+    pPg = pager_get_all_dirty_pages(pPager);
+    while( pPg ){
+      clearHistory(PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager));
+      pPg->dirty = 0;
+      pPg->inJournal = 0;
+      pPg->inStmt = 0;
+      pPg->pPrevStmt = pPg->pNextStmt = 0;
+      pPg = pPg->pDirty;
+    }
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+      PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+      assert( !pPg->alwaysRollback );
+      assert( !pHist->pOrig );
+      assert( !pHist->pStmt );
+    }
+#endif
+    pPager->pStmt = 0;
+    pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( pPager->dirtyCache==0 ){
+    /* Exit early (without doing the time-consuming sqlite3OsSync() calls)
+    ** if there have been no changes to the database file. */
+    assert( pPager->needSync==0 );
+    rc = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+    pPager->dbSize = -1;
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+  rc = sqlite3pager_sync(pPager, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto commit_abort;
+  }
+  rc = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+  pPager->dbSize = -1;
+  return rc;
+
+  /* Jump here if anything goes wrong during the commit process.
+  */
+commit_abort:
+  sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback all changes.  The database falls back to PAGER_SHARED mode.
+** All in-memory cache pages revert to their original data contents.
+** The journal is deleted.
+**
+** This routine cannot fail unless some other process is not following
+** the correct locking protocol (SQLITE_PROTOCOL) or unless some other
+** process is writing trash into the journal file (SQLITE_CORRUPT) or
+** unless a prior malloc() failed (SQLITE_NOMEM).  Appropriate error
+** codes are returned for all these occasions.  Otherwise,
+** SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_rollback(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;
+  TRACE2("ROLLBACK %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+  if( pPager->memDb ){
+    PgHdr *p;
+    for(p=pPager->pAll; p; p=p->pNextAll){
+      PgHistory *pHist;
+      assert( !p->alwaysRollback );
+      if( !p->dirty ){
+        assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pOrig );
+        assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pStmt );
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager);
+      if( pHist->pOrig ){
+        memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), pHist->pOrig, pPager->pageSize);
+        TRACE3("ROLLBACK-PAGE %d of %d\n", p->pgno, pPager->fd.h);
+      }else{
+        TRACE3("PAGE %d is clean on %d\n", p->pgno, pPager->fd.h);
+      }
+      clearHistory(pHist);
+      p->dirty = 0;
+      p->inJournal = 0;
+      p->inStmt = 0;
+      p->pPrevStmt = p->pNextStmt = 0;
+
+      if( pPager->xReiniter ){
+        pPager->xReiniter(PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), pPager->pageSize);
+      }
+      
+    }
+    pPager->pStmt = 0;
+    pPager->dbSize = pPager->origDbSize;
+    memoryTruncate(pPager);
+    pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
+    pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  if( !pPager->dirtyCache || !pPager->journalOpen ){
+    rc = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+    pPager->dbSize = -1;
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  if( pPager->errMask!=0 && pPager->errMask!=PAGER_ERR_FULL ){
+    if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
+      pager_playback(pPager);
+    }
+    return pager_errcode(pPager);
+  }
+  if( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED ){
+    int rc2, rc3;
+    rc = pager_reload_cache(pPager);
+    rc2 = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->origDbSize);
+    rc3 = pager_unwritelock(pPager);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = rc2;
+      if( rc3 ) rc = rc3;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = pager_playback(pPager);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* bkpt-CORRUPT */
+    pPager->errMask |= PAGER_ERR_CORRUPT;
+  }
+  pPager->dbSize = -1;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
+** if the database is (in theory) writable.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_isreadonly(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->readOnly;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
+*/
+int *sqlite3pager_stats(Pager *pPager){
+  static int a[9];
+  a[0] = pPager->nRef;
+  a[1] = pPager->nPage;
+  a[2] = pPager->mxPage;
+  a[3] = pPager->dbSize;
+  a[4] = pPager->state;
+  a[5] = pPager->errMask;
+  a[6] = pPager->nHit;
+  a[7] = pPager->nMiss;
+  a[8] = pPager->nOvfl;
+  return a;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the statement rollback point.
+**
+** This routine should be called with the transaction journal already
+** open.  A new statement journal is created that can be used to rollback
+** changes of a single SQL command within a larger transaction.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_begin(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;
+  char zTemp[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
+  assert( !pPager->stmtInUse );
+  assert( pPager->dbSize>=0 );
+  TRACE2("STMT-BEGIN %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+  if( pPager->memDb ){
+    pPager->stmtInUse = 1;
+    pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( !pPager->journalOpen ){
+    pPager->stmtAutoopen = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+  pPager->aInStmt = sqliteMalloc( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 );
+  if( pPager->aInStmt==0 ){
+    sqlite3OsLock(&pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(&pPager->jfd, &pPager->stmtJSize);
+  if( rc ) goto stmt_begin_failed;
+  assert( pPager->stmtJSize == pPager->journalOff );
+#endif
+  pPager->stmtJSize = pPager->journalOff;
+  pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize;
+  pPager->stmtHdrOff = 0;
+  pPager->stmtCksum = pPager->cksumInit;
+  if( !pPager->stmtOpen ){
+    rc = sqlite3pager_opentemp(zTemp, &pPager->stfd);
+    if( rc ) goto stmt_begin_failed;
+    pPager->stmtOpen = 1;
+    pPager->stmtNRec = 0;
+  }
+  pPager->stmtInUse = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+ 
+stmt_begin_failed:
+  if( pPager->aInStmt ){
+    sqliteFree(pPager->aInStmt);
+    pPager->aInStmt = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit a statement.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(Pager *pPager){
+  if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
+    PgHdr *pPg, *pNext;
+    TRACE2("STMT-COMMIT %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+    if( !pPager->memDb ){
+      sqlite3OsSeek(&pPager->stfd, 0);
+      /* sqlite3OsTruncate(&pPager->stfd, 0); */
+      sqliteFree( pPager->aInStmt );
+      pPager->aInStmt = 0;
+    }
+    for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pNext){
+      pNext = pPg->pNextStmt;
+      assert( pPg->inStmt );
+      pPg->inStmt = 0;
+      pPg->pPrevStmt = pPg->pNextStmt = 0;
+      if( pPager->memDb ){
+        PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+        sqliteFree(pHist->pStmt);
+        pHist->pStmt = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    pPager->stmtNRec = 0;
+    pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
+    pPager->pStmt = 0;
+  }
+  pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback a statement.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_rollback(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;
+  if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
+    TRACE2("STMT-ROLLBACK %d\n", pPager->fd.h);
+    if( pPager->memDb ){
+      PgHdr *pPg;
+      for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextStmt){
+        PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
+        if( pHist->pStmt ){
+          memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pHist->pStmt, pPager->pageSize);
+          sqliteFree(pHist->pStmt);
+          pHist->pStmt = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      pPager->dbSize = pPager->stmtSize;
+      memoryTruncate(pPager);
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      rc = pager_stmt_playback(pPager);
+    }
+    sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(pPager);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the database file.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3pager_filename(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->zFilename;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the directory of the database file.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3pager_dirname(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->zDirectory;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3pager_journalname(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->zJournal;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the codec for this pager
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_set_codec(
+  Pager *pPager,
+  void (*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
+  void *pCodecArg
+){
+  pPager->xCodec = xCodec;
+  pPager->pCodecArg = pCodecArg;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to increment the database file change-counter,
+** stored at byte 24 of the pager file.
+*/
+static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager){
+  void *pPage;
+  PgHdr *pPgHdr;
+  u32 change_counter;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
+  rc = sqlite3pager_get(pPager, 1, &pPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Read the current value at byte 24. */
+  pPgHdr = DATA_TO_PGHDR(pPage);
+  change_counter = retrieve32bits(pPgHdr, 24);
+
+  /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
+  change_counter++;
+  store32bits(change_counter, pPgHdr, 24);
+
+  /* Release the page reference. */
+  sqlite3pager_unref(pPage);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
+** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
+** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
+** journal (a single database transaction).
+**
+** This routine ensures that the journal is synced, all dirty pages written
+** to the database file and the database file synced. The only thing that
+** remains to commit the transaction is to delete the journal file (or
+** master journal file if specified).
+**
+** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
+** passed to an sqlite3pager_sync() call.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_sync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
+  ** function has already been called, it is a no-op.
+  */
+  if( pPager->state!=PAGER_SYNCED && !pPager->memDb && pPager->dirtyCache ){
+    PgHdr *pPg;
+    assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+
+    /* If a master journal file name has already been written to the
+    ** journal file, then no sync is required. This happens when it is
+    ** written, then the process fails to upgrade from a RESERVED to an
+    ** EXCLUSIVE lock. The next time the process tries to commit the
+    ** transaction the m-j name will have already been written.
+    */
+    if( !pPager->setMaster ){
+      rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
+      rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
+      rc = syncJournal(pPager);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Write all dirty pages to the database file */
+    pPg = pager_get_all_dirty_pages(pPager);
+    rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPg);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
+
+    /* Sync the database file. */
+    if( !pPager->noSync ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(&pPager->fd);
+    }
+
+    pPager->state = PAGER_SYNCED;
+  }
+
+sync_exit:
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** Return the current state of the file lock for the given pager.
+** The return value is one of NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK,
+** PENDING_LOCK, or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_lockstate(Pager *pPager){
+#ifdef OS_TEST
+  return pPager->fd->fd.locktype;
+#else
+  return pPager->fd.locktype;
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Print a listing of all referenced pages and their ref count.
+*/
+void sqlite3pager_refdump(Pager *pPager){
+  PgHdr *pPg;
+  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
+    if( pPg->nRef<=0 ) continue;
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("PAGE %3d addr=%p nRef=%d\n", 
+       pPg->pgno, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->nRef);
+  }
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pager.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pager.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0231e27a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
+** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
+**
+** @(#) $Id$
+*/
+
+/*
+** The default size of a database page.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+#endif
+
+/* Maximum page size.  The upper bound on this value is 65536 (a limit
+** imposed by the 2-byte size of cell array pointers.)  The
+** maximum page size determines the amount of stack space allocated
+** by many of the routines in pager.c and btree.c  On embedded architectures
+** or any machine where memory and especially stack memory is limited,
+** one may wish to chose a smaller value for the maximum page size.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 8192
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum number of pages in one database.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE 1073741823
+
+/*
+** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
+** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
+*/
+typedef unsigned int Pgno;
+
+/*
+** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Pager Pager;
+
+
+/*
+** See source code comments for a detailed description of the following
+** routines:
+*/
+int sqlite3pager_open(Pager **ppPager, const char *zFilename,
+                     int nExtra, int useJournal);
+void sqlite3pager_set_busyhandler(Pager*, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler);
+void sqlite3pager_set_destructor(Pager*, void(*)(void*,int));
+void sqlite3pager_set_reiniter(Pager*, void(*)(void*,int));
+void sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(Pager*, int);
+void sqlite3pager_read_fileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
+void sqlite3pager_set_cachesize(Pager*, int);
+int sqlite3pager_close(Pager *pPager);
+int sqlite3pager_get(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void **ppPage);
+void *sqlite3pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
+int sqlite3pager_ref(void*);
+int sqlite3pager_unref(void*);
+Pgno sqlite3pager_pagenumber(void*);
+int sqlite3pager_write(void*);
+int sqlite3pager_iswriteable(void*);
+int sqlite3pager_overwrite(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void*);
+int sqlite3pager_pagecount(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_truncate(Pager*,Pgno);
+int sqlite3pager_begin(void*, int exFlag);
+int sqlite3pager_commit(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_sync(Pager*,const char *zMaster);
+int sqlite3pager_rollback(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_isreadonly(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_begin(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_stmt_rollback(Pager*);
+void sqlite3pager_dont_rollback(void*);
+void sqlite3pager_dont_write(Pager*, Pgno);
+int *sqlite3pager_stats(Pager*);
+void sqlite3pager_set_safety_level(Pager*,int);
+const char *sqlite3pager_filename(Pager*);
+const char *sqlite3pager_dirname(Pager*);
+const char *sqlite3pager_journalname(Pager*);
+int sqlite3pager_rename(Pager*, const char *zNewName);
+void sqlite3pager_set_codec(Pager*,void(*)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),void*);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+int sqlite3pager_lockstate(Pager*);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+void sqlite3pager_refdump(Pager*);
+int pager3_refinfo_enable;
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/parse.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/parse.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d3e68e02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/parse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3143 @@
+/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+*/
+/* First off, code is include which follows the "include" declaration
+** in the input file. */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#line 33 "parse.y"
+
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "parse.h"
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure holds information about the
+** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct LimitVal {
+  int limit;    /* The LIMIT value.  -1 if there is no limit */
+  int offset;   /* The OFFSET.  0 if there is none */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE,
+** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators.
+*/
+struct LikeOp {
+  int opcode;   /* Either TK_GLOB or TK_LIKE */
+  int not;      /* True if the NOT keyword is present */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a
+** TRIGGER.  "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT,
+** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD.  If the event is of the form
+**
+**      UPDATE ON (a,b,c)
+**
+** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c".
+*/
+struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; };
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type.
+*/
+struct AttachKey { int type;  Token key; };
+
+#line 48 "parse.c"
+/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
+** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
+*/
+/* 
+** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
+** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
+** understands. 
+**
+** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
+*/
+/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef INTERFACE
+# define INTERFACE 1
+#endif
+/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
+** various aspects of the generated parser.
+**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
+**                       and nonterminals.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
+**                       to no legal terminal or nonterminal number.  This
+**                       number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash 
+**                       table.
+**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
+**                       have fall-back values which should be used if the
+**                       original value of the token will not parse.
+**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
+**                       states combined.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor tokens given 
+**                       directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
+**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor tokens.
+**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
+**                       which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
+**                       for base tokens is called "yy0".
+**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
+**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
+**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
+**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
+**                       defined, then do no error processing.
+*/
+#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
+#define YYNOCODE 225
+#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
+#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token
+typedef union {
+  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0;
+  struct {int value; int mask;} yy47;
+  TriggerStep* yy91;
+  Token yy98;
+  Select* yy107;
+  struct TrigEvent yy146;
+  ExprList* yy210;
+  Expr* yy258;
+  SrcList* yy259;
+  IdList* yy272;
+  int yy284;
+  struct AttachKey yy292;
+  struct LikeOp yy342;
+  struct LimitVal yy404;
+  int yy449;
+} YYMINORTYPE;
+#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse;
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse
+#define YYNSTATE 537
+#define YYNRULE 292
+#define YYERRORSYMBOL 130
+#define YYERRSYMDT yy449
+#define YYFALLBACK 1
+#define YY_NO_ACTION      (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
+#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION  (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1)
+#define YY_ERROR_ACTION   (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE)
+
+/* Next are that tables used to determine what action to take based on the
+** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
+** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
+** action integer.  
+**
+** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
+** follows
+**
+**   0 <= N < YYNSTATE                  Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
+**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
+**
+**   YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE   Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE              A syntax error has occurred.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1            The parser accepts its input.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2            No such action.  Denotes unused
+**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
+**
+** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
+** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
+**
+**      yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
+**
+** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
+** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
+** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
+** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.  
+**
+** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
+** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
+** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
+** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
+** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+**
+** The following are the tables generated in this section:
+**
+**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
+**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
+**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
+**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting terminals.
+**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
+**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
+*/
+static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
+ /*     0 */   257,  325,  255,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,
+ /*    10 */   152,  154,  156,   89,   87,   88,  159,   12,    4,    6,
+ /*    20 */   158,  537,   38,   24,  830,    1,  536,    3,  329,  488,
+ /*    30 */   534,  535,  319,   50,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,
+ /*    40 */   168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,
+ /*    50 */   142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,   26,   73,
+ /*    60 */   384,  256,   39,   58,   64,   66,  299,  330,  612,  611,
+ /*    70 */   351,   30,   92,  332,  326,  159,   13,   14,  353,  158,
+ /*    80 */     5,  355,  361,  366,  499,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,
+ /*    90 */   156,   12,  369,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,
+ /*   100 */   173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,
+ /*   110 */   144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,  128,  130,  126,
+ /*   120 */   132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,
+ /*   130 */   156,  659,  353,  244,   62,  355,  361,  366,   79,   12,
+ /*   140 */    63,   98,   96,  289,  159,  280,  369,  349,  158,  181,
+ /*   150 */    13,   14,   27,   12,  546,  383,   32,   10,  368,  273,
+ /*   160 */   515,  765,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,  173,
+ /*   170 */   134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,  144,
+ /*   180 */   146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,  810,  349,   47,   73,
+ /*   190 */   222,  763,  223,  114,  246,   31,   32,   48,   13,   14,
+ /*   200 */    74,  274,  252,  166,  175,  180,  275,  304,   49,    8,
+ /*   210 */   255,   45,   13,   14,  159,  290,  350,  382,  158,  245,
+ /*   220 */   441,   46,  378,  183,  247,  185,  186,   15,   16,   17,
+ /*   230 */    73,  205,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,  173,
+ /*   240 */   134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,  144,
+ /*   250 */   146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,  542,  306,  438,  159,
+ /*   260 */    98,   96,  332,  158,  272,  475,  447,  437,   12,  256,
+ /*   270 */   288,   12,  304,  339,  287,   50,   77,  124,  112,  160,
+ /*   280 */   169,  174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,
+ /*   290 */   132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,
+ /*   300 */   156,  547,   36,  335,   39,   58,   64,   66,  299,  330,
+ /*   310 */    35,  334,  291,  545,  114,  332,  114,  329,   12,  625,
+ /*   320 */   353,  187,  306,  355,  361,  366,  422,   13,   14,  159,
+ /*   330 */    13,   14,  184,  158,  369,  636,  188,  259,  188,  764,
+ /*   340 */    91,   87,   88,  100,   87,   88,  219,  124,  112,  160,
+ /*   350 */   169,  174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,
+ /*   360 */   132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,
+ /*   370 */   156,  297,  282,  114,  292,   51,  237,   13,   14,  150,
+ /*   380 */   152,  154,  156,  114,   12,  225,   53,  225,  159,  166,
+ /*   390 */   175,  180,  158,  380,  303,  111,  433,  658,   69,   92,
+ /*   400 */   379,  183,   92,  185,  186,  111,  124,  112,  160,  169,
+ /*   410 */   174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,
+ /*   420 */   138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,
+ /*   430 */   103,  230,  561,  159,  773,   12,  286,  158,  631,  534,
+ /*   440 */   535,  105,  815,   13,   14,  166,  175,  180,  203,  808,
+ /*   450 */   215,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,  173,  134,
+ /*   460 */   136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,
+ /*   470 */   148,  150,  152,  154,  156,    2,    3,  183,  159,  185,
+ /*   480 */   186,  813,  158,   43,   44,  569,   33,  633,   41,  348,
+ /*   490 */   340,  413,  415,  414,   13,   14,  124,  112,  160,  169,
+ /*   500 */   174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,
+ /*   510 */   138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,
+ /*   520 */   249,  336,  697,  159,  337,  338,  183,  158,  185,  186,
+ /*   530 */    56,   57,  183,   11,  185,  186,  183,  416,  185,  186,
+ /*   540 */   402,  124,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,  173,  134,
+ /*   550 */   136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,
+ /*   560 */   148,  150,  152,  154,  156,  342,   87,   88,  159,  345,
+ /*   570 */    87,   88,  158,   98,   96,  183,  404,  185,  186,  240,
+ /*   580 */     9,  183,   92,  185,  186,  802,  124,  177,  160,  169,
+ /*   590 */   174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,
+ /*   600 */   138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,
+ /*   610 */   787,  341,  257,  159,  255,  255,  183,  158,  185,  186,
+ /*   620 */    94,   95,  480,  518,   92,  307,  314,  316,   92,  548,
+ /*   630 */   325,  171,  112,  160,  169,  174,  179,  168,  173,  134,
+ /*   640 */   136,  128,  130,  126,  132,  138,  140,  142,  144,  146,
+ /*   650 */   148,  150,  152,  154,  156,  255,   25,  486,  159,  482,
+ /*   660 */   170,  358,  158,   19,  241,  242,  252,  266,  513,  267,
+ /*   670 */   259,  553,   72,  256,  256,  402,   68,  244,  160,  169,
+ /*   680 */   174,  179,  168,  173,  134,  136,  128,  130,  126,  132,
+ /*   690 */   138,  140,  142,  144,  146,  148,  150,  152,  154,  156,
+ /*   700 */   207,  255,   72,  326,  780,  260,   68,  267,  514,   47,
+ /*   710 */   189,  428,  388,  385,  256,  325,  259,   21,   48,  162,
+ /*   720 */   395,   12,  114,  161,  516,  517,  195,  193,  294,   49,
+ /*   730 */   207,  484,  209,  312,  191,   70,   71,  387,  246,  113,
+ /*   740 */   189,  164,  165,   73,  198,  114,  363,  396,  114,  391,
+ /*   750 */    73,  277,  529,  313,  436,  182,  195,  193,   72,  467,
+ /*   760 */   256,  623,   68,  245,  191,   70,   71,  188,  163,  113,
+ /*   770 */   188,  119,  120,  121,  122,  197,  114,  803,  691,   72,
+ /*   780 */    13,   14,   92,   68,   73,   73,  207,   77,  326,   73,
+ /*   790 */   199,  807,   99,  436,  452,  293,  189,  223,  474,  325,
+ /*   800 */   309,  119,  120,  121,  122,  197,  423,  207,  221,  460,
+ /*   810 */   434,  419,  195,  193,  418,   90,  224,  189,   77,  225,
+ /*   820 */   191,   70,   71,   73,  442,  113,  420,  114,  325,  444,
+ /*   830 */   372,  468,  114,  195,  193,  283,  325,  311,  310,  402,
+ /*   840 */   470,  191,   70,   71,  114,    7,  113,   41,  460,  474,
+ /*   850 */    18,   20,   22,  386,  296,  114,  457,  119,  120,  121,
+ /*   860 */   122,  197,  766,  446,  521,  554,  123,  430,  444,   23,
+ /*   870 */   531,  114,  326,  114,  114,  481,  114,  125,  119,  120,
+ /*   880 */   121,  122,  197,  510,   72,  441,  114,  238,   68,  114,
+ /*   890 */   508,  506,  114,  127,  114,  129,  131,  114,  133,  411,
+ /*   900 */   412,  322,  114,  114,  114,  114,  407,  114,  135,  326,
+ /*   910 */   660,  137,  207,  114,  139,  114,  141,  451,  114,  143,
+ /*   920 */   114,  114,  189,  114,  145,  147,  149,  151,  114,  153,
+ /*   930 */   489,  493,  437,  114,  114,  155,  479,  157,  195,  193,
+ /*   940 */   167,   77,  176,  178,  114,  190,  191,   70,   71,  114,
+ /*   950 */   192,  113,  114,  114,  114,  194,  196,  114,  691,  114,
+ /*   960 */   269,  320,  343,  321,  344,  269,  204,  114,  359,  284,
+ /*   970 */   321,  206,  114,  555,  216,  218,  220,  114,  364,  234,
+ /*   980 */   321,  239,  660,  119,  120,  121,  122,  197,  373,  271,
+ /*   990 */   321,  281,  114,  114,  367,  227,  227,  269,  431,  408,
+ /*  1000 */   321,  503,  439,   44,  465,  473,  267,  471,  114,   77,
+ /*  1010 */   402,  402,  402,  402,  455,  459,  265,  457,  402,  402,
+ /*  1020 */   823,  417,  504,  507,  556,  471,   28,   29,  560,   37,
+ /*  1030 */   472,   73,   34,   55,   40,   41,   42,   54,   59,   67,
+ /*  1040 */   570,  571,   52,   75,   60,   78,  483,  485,  487,  491,
+ /*  1050 */    61,   65,   76,  464,  495,  501,  101,  527,   77,  238,
+ /*  1060 */   233,  235,   85,   93,   86,   80,   97,  238,  102,   81,
+ /*  1070 */   104,   82,  108,  107,  109,  110,   83,  115,  497,   84,
+ /*  1080 */   117,  116,  156,  172,  637,  217,  638,  118,  202,  226,
+ /*  1090 */   639,  208,  106,  211,  227,  210,  213,  214,  212,  229,
+ /*  1100 */   228,  231,  236,  223,  200,  243,  201,  251,  248,  250,
+ /*  1110 */   254,  253,  232,  258,  261,  270,  264,  263,  262,  268,
+ /*  1120 */   276,  278,  285,  295,  318,  279,  300,  303,  301,  305,
+ /*  1130 */   333,  346,  298,  323,  327,  356,  357,  362,  370,  302,
+ /*  1140 */   371,   53,  374,  394,  399,  354,  331,  375,  401,  409,
+ /*  1150 */   308,  347,  315,  324,  406,  317,  405,  328,  795,  390,
+ /*  1160 */   389,  392,  397,  410,  421,  800,  360,  381,  365,  393,
+ /*  1170 */   398,  352,  376,  403,  801,  377,  400,  425,  426,  424,
+ /*  1180 */   427,  429,  771,  432,  772,  435,  440,  698,  443,  794,
+ /*  1190 */   445,  438,  809,  449,  699,  450,  453,  448,  454,  456,
+ /*  1200 */   811,  458,  461,  462,  463,  469,  812,  814,  476,  630,
+ /*  1210 */   478,  632,  779,  821,  490,  477,  690,  492,  494,  496,
+ /*  1220 */   498,  693,  500,  505,  696,  509,  781,  511,  782,  783,
+ /*  1230 */   466,  784,  785,  502,  512,  786,  520,  822,  519,  530,
+ /*  1240 */   524,  824,  523,  825,  525,  528,  533,  828,  518,  518,
+ /*  1250 */   518,  518,  518,  518,  522,  518,  526,  518,  518,  532,
+};
+static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
+ /*     0 */    24,  139,   26,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
+ /*    10 */    79,   80,   81,  154,  155,  156,   40,   26,  135,  136,
+ /*    20 */    44,    0,  158,  140,  131,  132,  133,  134,  164,  146,
+ /*    30 */     9,   10,  170,   60,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,
+ /*    40 */    64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,
+ /*    50 */    74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   22,  176,
+ /*    60 */    24,   85,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   23,   23,
+ /*    70 */    25,   25,  213,  100,  212,   40,   85,   86,   87,   44,
+ /*    80 */     9,   90,   91,   92,  201,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*    90 */    81,   26,  101,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,
+ /*   100 */    65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,
+ /*   110 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   68,   69,   70,
+ /*   120 */    71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*   130 */    81,   23,   87,   25,   29,   90,   91,   92,  179,   26,
+ /*   140 */    35,   76,   77,   23,   40,  186,  101,  139,   44,   22,
+ /*   150 */    85,   86,  144,   26,    9,  147,  148,   12,  159,  146,
+ /*   160 */    95,  126,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,
+ /*   170 */    66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,
+ /*   180 */    76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   17,  139,   18,  176,
+ /*   190 */    23,   17,   25,  139,   86,  147,  148,   27,   85,   86,
+ /*   200 */   146,  188,  189,  204,  205,  206,  193,   45,   38,  137,
+ /*   210 */    26,   41,   85,   86,   40,  161,  168,  169,   44,  111,
+ /*   220 */    51,   51,   60,  103,  111,  105,  106,   13,   14,   15,
+ /*   230 */   176,  127,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,
+ /*   240 */    66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,
+ /*   250 */    76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,    9,   95,   58,   40,
+ /*   260 */    76,   77,  100,   44,   22,   96,   97,   98,   26,   85,
+ /*   270 */   104,   26,   45,   89,  108,   60,  107,   58,   59,   60,
+ /*   280 */    61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,
+ /*   290 */    71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*   300 */    81,    9,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   93,   94,
+ /*   310 */   157,  158,   23,    9,  139,  100,  139,  164,   26,  119,
+ /*   320 */    87,   23,   95,   90,   91,   92,   21,   85,   86,   40,
+ /*   330 */    85,   86,  104,   44,  101,  107,  161,  152,  161,   17,
+ /*   340 */   154,  155,  156,  154,  155,  156,  127,   58,   59,   60,
+ /*   350 */    61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,
+ /*   360 */    71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*   370 */    81,   23,  187,  139,  199,   89,  199,   85,   86,   78,
+ /*   380 */    79,   80,   81,  139,   26,  210,  100,  210,   40,  204,
+ /*   390 */   205,  206,   44,  164,  165,  161,   91,   23,   22,  213,
+ /*   400 */   171,  103,  213,  105,  106,  161,   58,   59,   60,   61,
+ /*   410 */    62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,
+ /*   420 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
+ /*   430 */   196,  197,    9,   40,  129,   26,   78,   44,    9,    9,
+ /*   440 */    10,  197,    9,   85,   86,  204,  205,  206,  126,   11,
+ /*   450 */   128,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
+ /*   460 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
+ /*   470 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,  133,  134,  103,   40,  105,
+ /*   480 */   106,    9,   44,  173,  174,  109,  149,    9,   95,  152,
+ /*   490 */   153,   96,   97,   98,   85,   86,   58,   59,   60,   61,
+ /*   500 */    62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,
+ /*   510 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
+ /*   520 */   111,  152,    9,   40,  155,  156,  103,   44,  105,  106,
+ /*   530 */    13,   14,  103,  139,  105,  106,  103,   47,  105,  106,
+ /*   540 */   139,   58,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
+ /*   550 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
+ /*   560 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,  154,  155,  156,   40,  154,
+ /*   570 */   155,  156,   44,   76,   77,  103,  175,  105,  106,   25,
+ /*   580 */   138,  103,  213,  105,  106,   95,   58,   59,   60,   61,
+ /*   590 */    62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,
+ /*   600 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
+ /*   610 */     9,   22,   24,   40,   26,   26,  103,   44,  105,  106,
+ /*   620 */   121,  122,   20,   22,  213,   96,   97,   98,  213,    9,
+ /*   630 */   139,   60,   59,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
+ /*   640 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
+ /*   650 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   26,  141,   55,   40,   57,
+ /*   660 */    89,  170,   44,  138,  110,  188,  189,   23,   67,   25,
+ /*   670 */   152,    9,   22,   85,   85,  139,   26,   25,   60,   61,
+ /*   680 */    62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,
+ /*   690 */    72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
+ /*   700 */    50,   26,   22,  212,    9,  187,   26,   25,  139,   18,
+ /*   710 */    60,  175,   20,  146,   85,  139,  152,  138,   27,   40,
+ /*   720 */   146,   26,  139,   44,  155,  156,   76,   77,   78,   38,
+ /*   730 */    50,  129,   41,   32,   84,   85,   86,  142,   86,   89,
+ /*   740 */    60,   62,   63,  176,  161,  139,  170,   55,  139,   57,
+ /*   750 */   176,  187,  123,   52,  146,  146,   76,   77,   22,  146,
+ /*   760 */    85,    9,   26,  111,   84,   85,   86,  161,   89,   89,
+ /*   770 */   161,  121,  122,  123,  124,  125,  139,   95,    9,   22,
+ /*   780 */    85,   86,  213,   26,  176,  176,   50,  107,  212,  176,
+ /*   790 */   207,   11,   25,  146,   25,   23,   60,   25,  161,  139,
+ /*   800 */    99,  121,  122,  123,  124,  125,  211,   50,  199,  201,
+ /*   810 */   215,   28,   76,   77,   31,   48,  210,   60,  107,  210,
+ /*   820 */    84,   85,   86,  176,  216,   89,   43,  139,  139,  221,
+ /*   830 */   170,  120,  139,   76,   77,   78,  139,   88,   89,  139,
+ /*   840 */   203,   84,   85,   86,  139,   11,   89,   95,  201,  161,
+ /*   850 */    16,   17,   18,   19,  161,  139,  139,  121,  122,  123,
+ /*   860 */   124,  125,  126,  216,   30,    9,  161,  170,  221,  138,
+ /*   870 */    36,  139,  212,  139,  139,  175,  139,  161,  121,  122,
+ /*   880 */   123,  124,  125,   49,   22,   51,  139,  118,   26,  139,
+ /*   890 */    56,  203,  139,  161,  139,  161,  161,  139,  161,   53,
+ /*   900 */    54,  212,  139,  139,  139,  139,  126,  139,  161,  212,
+ /*   910 */    24,  161,   50,  139,  161,  139,  161,  200,  139,  161,
+ /*   920 */   139,  139,   60,  139,  161,  161,  161,  161,  139,  161,
+ /*   930 */    96,   97,   98,  139,  139,  161,  102,  161,   76,   77,
+ /*   940 */   161,  107,  161,  161,  139,  161,   84,   85,   86,  139,
+ /*   950 */   161,   89,  139,  139,  139,  161,  161,  139,    9,  139,
+ /*   960 */   139,   23,   23,   25,   25,  139,  161,  139,   23,  139,
+ /*   970 */    25,  161,  139,    9,  161,  161,  161,  139,   23,  161,
+ /*   980 */    25,  161,   95,  121,  122,  123,  124,  125,   23,  161,
+ /*   990 */    25,  161,  139,  139,  161,  109,  109,  139,   23,  161,
+ /*  1000 */    25,  146,  173,  174,   23,   23,   25,   25,  139,  107,
+ /*  1010 */   139,  139,  139,  139,  161,  161,  195,  139,  139,  139,
+ /*  1020 */     9,  195,  120,   23,    9,   25,  145,   23,    9,  139,
+ /*  1030 */   161,  176,  150,   42,  159,   95,   33,  167,   46,   22,
+ /*  1040 */   109,  109,  159,  177,  160,  178,  175,  175,  175,  175,
+ /*  1050 */   159,  159,  176,  195,  175,  175,  113,   46,  107,  118,
+ /*  1060 */   116,  115,  185,  214,  117,  180,  214,  118,  114,  181,
+ /*  1070 */    25,  182,   94,  160,   26,  151,  183,  109,  200,  184,
+ /*  1080 */   109,  139,   81,   89,  107,  126,  107,  139,   17,  139,
+ /*  1090 */   107,   22,  198,  174,  109,   23,  139,   23,   25,  143,
+ /*  1100 */   139,  198,  114,   25,  208,  190,  209,  111,  139,  139,
+ /*  1110 */   143,  139,  160,  139,  191,   95,   22,  112,  192,  139,
+ /*  1120 */    23,  191,  109,   23,   22,  192,  139,  165,  162,  139,
+ /*  1130 */   167,   23,  159,  198,  198,   46,   22,   22,   46,  163,
+ /*  1140 */    22,  100,   93,   24,  217,  139,  151,  139,   95,   39,
+ /*  1150 */   166,  152,  166,  160,  220,  166,  219,  160,   11,  143,
+ /*  1160 */   139,  139,  139,   37,   47,   95,  159,  169,  159,  143,
+ /*  1170 */   143,  169,  162,  143,   95,  163,  218,  139,  143,  129,
+ /*  1180 */    95,   22,    9,  159,  129,   11,  172,  119,   17,    9,
+ /*  1190 */     9,   58,   17,  139,  119,   99,  139,  172,   67,  181,
+ /*  1200 */     9,   67,  119,  139,   22,   22,    9,    9,  110,    9,
+ /*  1210 */   181,    9,    9,    9,  110,  139,    9,  181,  172,   99,
+ /*  1220 */   181,    9,  119,   22,    9,  139,    9,  139,    9,    9,
+ /*  1230 */   202,    9,    9,  202,  143,    9,   23,    9,  139,   34,
+ /*  1240 */    24,    9,  152,    9,  139,  152,  139,    9,  224,  224,
+ /*  1250 */   224,  224,  224,  224,  222,  224,  223,  224,  224,  222,
+};
+#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-70)
+static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = {
+ /*     0 */   430,   21,  -70,  834,   71,  -70,  247,  214,  145,  304,
+ /*    10 */   292,  620,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  145,  662,
+ /*    20 */   145,  856,  145,  964,   36, 1015,  245,   46, 1004, 1019,
+ /*    30 */    -9,  -70,  675,  -70,  215,  -70,  245,  -27,  -70,  940,
+ /*    40 */   -70, 1003,  170,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+ /*    50 */   286,  940,  -70,  991,  -70,  517,  -70,  -70,  992,  105,
+ /*    60 */   940,  -70,  -70,  -70,  940,  -70, 1017,  862,  376,  650,
+ /*    70 */   931,  932,  680,  -70,  120,  951,  -70,  166,  -70,  554,
+ /*    80 */   941,  946,  944,  943,  947,  -70,  497,  -70,  -70,  767,
+ /*    90 */   497,  -70,  499,  -70,  -70,  -70,  499,  -70,  -70,  497,
+ /*   100 */   -70,  954,  862, 1045,  862,  978,  105,  -70, 1048,  -70,
+ /*   110 */   -70,  483,  862,  -70,  968,  245,  971,  245,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   120 */   -70,  -70,  -70,  618,  862,  573,  862,  -69,  862,  -69,
+ /*   130 */   862,  -69,  862,  -69,  862,   49,  862,   49,  862,    9,
+ /*   140 */   862,    9,  862,    9,  862,    9,  862,  301,  862,  301,
+ /*   150 */   862, 1001,  862, 1001,  862, 1001,  862,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   160 */   679,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  862,   49,  -70,  571,
+ /*   170 */   -70,  994,  -70,  -70,  -70,  862,  528,  862,   49,  -70,
+ /*   180 */   127,  680,  298,  228,  977,  979,  983,  -70,  483,  862,
+ /*   190 */   618,  862,  -70,  862,  -70,  862,  -70,  736,   35,  959,
+ /*   200 */   322, 1071,  -70,  862,  104,  862,  483, 1069,  691, 1072,
+ /*   210 */   -70, 1073,  245, 1074,  -70,  862,  174,  862,  219,  862,
+ /*   220 */   483,  167,  -70,  862,  -70,  -70,  985,  245,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   230 */   978,  105,  -70,  862,  483,  988,  862, 1078,  862,  483,
+ /*   240 */   -70,  -70,  652,  -70,  -70,  -70,  113,  -70,  409,  -70,
+ /*   250 */   996,  -70,  242,  985,  588,  -70,  -70,  245,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   260 */  1020, 1005,  -70, 1094,  245,  644,  -70,  245,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   270 */   862,  483,  951,  374,  108, 1097,  588, 1020, 1005,  -70,
+ /*   280 */   757,  -24,  -70,  -70, 1013,  358,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   290 */   289,  -70,  772,  -70, 1100,  -70,  348,  940,  -70,  245,
+ /*   300 */  1102,  -70,  227,  -70,  245,  -70,  529,  701,  -70,  749,
+ /*   310 */   -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  701,  -70,  701,  -70,  245,  938,
+ /*   320 */   -70,  245,  978,  105,  -70,  -70,  978,  105,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   330 */  1048,  -70,  991,  -70,  -70,  184,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   340 */   589,  497,  939,  -70,  497, 1108,  -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   350 */    45,  233,  -70,  245,  -70, 1089, 1114,  245,  945,  940,
+ /*   360 */   -70, 1115,  245,  955,  940,  -70,  862,  393,  -70, 1092,
+ /*   370 */  1118,  245,  965, 1049,  245, 1102,  -70,  162, 1041,  -70,
+ /*   380 */   -70,  -70,  -70,  -70,  951,  423,  305,  692,  245,  985,
+ /*   390 */   -70,  245,  886, 1119,  951,  429,  245,  985,  783,  395,
+ /*   400 */  1053,  245,  985,  -70, 1110,  780, 1147,  862,  438, 1126,
+ /*   410 */   846,  -70,  -70, 1070, 1079,  490,  245,  682,  -70,  -70,
+ /*   420 */  1117,  -70,  -70, 1050,  245,  887, 1085,  245, 1159,  245,
+ /*   430 */   975,  752, 1173, 1055, 1174,  169,  433,  200,  170,  -70,
+ /*   440 */  1068, 1075, 1171, 1180, 1181,  169, 1175, 1133,  245, 1096,
+ /*   450 */   245,  769,  245, 1131,  862,  483, 1191, 1134,  862,  483,
+ /*   460 */  1083,  245, 1182,  245,  981,  -70,  711,  472, 1183,  862,
+ /*   470 */   982,  862,  483, 1197,  483, 1098,  245,  949, 1198,  602,
+ /*   480 */   245, 1200,  245, 1202,  245, 1203,  245, 1204,  478, 1104,
+ /*   490 */   245,  949, 1207, 1133,  245, 1120,  245,  769, 1212, 1103,
+ /*   500 */   245, 1182,  902,  513, 1201,  862, 1000, 1215,  695, 1217,
+ /*   510 */   245,  985,  601,   65, 1219, 1220, 1222, 1223,  245, 1213,
+ /*   520 */  1226, 1205,  675, 1216,  245, 1011, 1228,  629, 1232, 1234,
+ /*   530 */   -70, 1205,  245, 1238,  -70,  -70,  -70,
+};
+#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-142)
+static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
+ /*     0 */  -107,  342, -142, -117, -142, -142, -142,   72,  442, -142,
+ /*    10 */   394, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  525, -142,
+ /*    20 */   579, -142,  731, -142,  515, -142,    8,  881, -142, -142,
+ /*    30 */    48, -142,  337,  882,  153, -142,  890, -136, -142,  875,
+ /*    40 */  -142, -142,  310, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*    50 */  -142,  883, -142,  870, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  884,
+ /*    60 */   891, -142, -142, -142,  892, -142, -142,  693, -142,  175,
+ /*    70 */  -142, -142,   54, -142,  866,  876, -142,  867,  -41,  885,
+ /*    80 */   888,  889,  893,  895,  877, -142, -141, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*    90 */   186, -142,  849, -142, -142, -142,  852, -142, -142,  189,
+ /*   100 */  -142, -142,  234, -142,  244,  894,  913, -142,  924, -142,
+ /*   110 */  -142,  241,  705, -142, -142,  942, -142,  948, -142, -142,
+ /*   120 */  -142, -142, -142,  241,  716,  241,  732,  241,  734,  241,
+ /*   130 */   735,  241,  737,  241,  747,  241,  750,  241,  753,  241,
+ /*   140 */   755,  241,  758,  241,  763,  241,  764,  241,  765,  241,
+ /*   150 */   766,  241,  768,  241,  774,  241,  776,  241, -142, -142,
+ /*   160 */  -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  779,  241, -142, -142,
+ /*   170 */  -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  781,  241,  782,  241, -142,
+ /*   180 */   950,  609,  866, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  241,  784,
+ /*   190 */   241,  789,  241,  794,  241,  795,  241,  583,  241,  896,
+ /*   200 */   897, -142, -142,  805,  241,  810,  241, -142,  919, -142,
+ /*   210 */  -142, -142,  957, -142, -142,  813,  241,  814,  241,  815,
+ /*   220 */   241, -142, -142,  606, -142, -142,  956,  961, -142, -142,
+ /*   230 */   903,  952, -142,  818,  241, -142,  177, -142,  820,  241,
+ /*   240 */  -142,  477,  915, -142, -142, -142,  969, -142,  970, -142,
+ /*   250 */  -142, -142,  972,  967,  518, -142, -142,  974, -142, -142,
+ /*   260 */   923,  926, -142, -142,  821, -142, -142,  980, -142, -142,
+ /*   270 */   828,  241,   13,  866,  915, -142,  564,  930,  933, -142,
+ /*   280 */   830,  185, -142, -142, -142,  942, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*   290 */   241, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  241,  973, -142,  987,
+ /*   300 */   966,  976,  962, -142,  990, -142, -142,  984, -142, -142,
+ /*   310 */  -142, -142, -142, -142,  986, -142,  989, -142, -138, -142,
+ /*   320 */  -142,  689,  935,  993, -142, -142,  936,  997, -142, -142,
+ /*   330 */   995, -142,  963, -142, -142,  369, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*   340 */   999,  411, -142, -142,  415, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*   350 */   998, 1002, -142, 1006, -142, -142, -142,  491, -142, 1007,
+ /*   360 */  -142, -142,  576, -142, 1009, -142,  833,   -1, -142, -142,
+ /*   370 */  -142,  660, -142, -142, 1008, 1010, 1012,  229, -142, -142,
+ /*   380 */  -142, -142, -142, -142,  567,  866,  595, -142, 1021, 1016,
+ /*   390 */  -142, 1022, 1026, -142,  574,  866, 1023, 1027,  927,  958,
+ /*   400 */  -142,  401, 1030, -142,  937,  934, -142,  838,  241, -142,
+ /*   410 */  -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  826, -142, -142, -142,
+ /*   420 */  -142, -142, -142, -142, 1038, 1035, -142,  536, -142,  697,
+ /*   430 */  -142, 1024, -142, -142, -142,  608,  866, 1014,  829, -142,
+ /*   440 */  -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,  647, -142, 1025, 1054, -142,
+ /*   450 */   717, 1018, 1057, -142,  853,  241, -142, -142,  854,  241,
+ /*   460 */  -142, 1064, 1028,  858, -142, -142,  613,  866, -142,  637,
+ /*   470 */  -142,  869,  241, -142,  241, -142, 1076, 1029, -142, -142,
+ /*   480 */   700, -142,  871, -142,  872, -142,  873, -142,  866, -142,
+ /*   490 */   874, 1036, -142, 1046,  879, -142,  878, 1039, -142, -142,
+ /*   500 */   880, 1031,  855,  866, -142,  688, -142, -142, 1086, -142,
+ /*   510 */  1088, 1091, -142,  569, -142, -142, -142, -142, 1099, -142,
+ /*   520 */  -142, 1032, 1090, -142, 1105, 1033, -142, 1093, -142, -142,
+ /*   530 */  -142, 1037, 1107, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+};
+static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
+ /*     0 */   544,  544,  538,  829,  829,  540,  829,  549,  829,  829,
+ /*    10 */   829,  829,  569,  570,  571,  550,  551,  552,  829,  829,
+ /*    20 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*    30 */   829,  562,  572,  581,  564,  580,  829,  829,  582,  623,
+ /*    40 */   588,  829,  829,  624,  627,  628,  629,  818,  819,  820,
+ /*    50 */   829,  623,  589,  608,  606,  829,  609,  610,  829,  679,
+ /*    60 */   623,  590,  677,  678,  623,  591,  829,  829,  708,  770,
+ /*    70 */   714,  709,  829,  634,  829,  829,  635,  643,  645,  652,
+ /*    80 */   691,  682,  684,  672,  686,  640,  793,  578,  579,  687,
+ /*    90 */   793,  688,  829,  788,  790,  791,  829,  789,  792,  793,
+ /*   100 */   689,  829,  829,  673,  829,  680,  679,  674,  829,  566,
+ /*   110 */   681,  676,  829,  707,  829,  829,  710,  829,  711,  712,
+ /*   120 */   713,  715,  716,  719,  829,  720,  829,  721,  829,  722,
+ /*   130 */   829,  723,  829,  724,  829,  725,  829,  726,  829,  727,
+ /*   140 */   829,  728,  829,  729,  829,  730,  829,  731,  829,  732,
+ /*   150 */   829,  733,  829,  734,  829,  735,  829,  736,  737,  738,
+ /*   160 */   829,  739,  740,  745,  753,  756,  829,  741,  742,  829,
+ /*   170 */   743,  829,  746,  744,  752,  829,  829,  829,  754,  755,
+ /*   180 */   829,  770,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  758,  769,  829,
+ /*   190 */   747,  829,  748,  829,  749,  829,  750,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   200 */   829,  829,  760,  829,  829,  829,  761,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   210 */   816,  829,  829,  829,  817,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   220 */   762,  829,  757,  770,  767,  768,  660,  829,  661,  759,
+ /*   230 */   680,  679,  675,  829,  685,  829,  770,  683,  829,  692,
+ /*   240 */   644,  655,  653,  654,  663,  664,  829,  665,  829,  666,
+ /*   250 */   829,  667,  829,  660,  651,  567,  568,  829,  649,  650,
+ /*   260 */   669,  671,  656,  829,  829,  829,  670,  829,  704,  705,
+ /*   270 */   829,  668,  655,  829,  829,  829,  651,  669,  671,  657,
+ /*   280 */   829,  651,  646,  647,  829,  829,  648,  641,  642,  751,
+ /*   290 */   829,  706,  829,  717,  829,  718,  829,  623,  592,  829,
+ /*   300 */   774,  596,  593,  597,  829,  598,  829,  829,  599,  829,
+ /*   310 */   602,  603,  604,  605,  829,  600,  829,  601,  829,  829,
+ /*   320 */   775,  829,  680,  679,  776,  778,  680,  679,  777,  594,
+ /*   330 */   829,  595,  608,  607,  583,  793,  584,  585,  586,  587,
+ /*   340 */   573,  793,  829,  574,  793,  829,  575,  577,  576,  565,
+ /*   350 */   829,  829,  613,  829,  616,  829,  829,  829,  829,  623,
+ /*   360 */   617,  829,  829,  829,  623,  618,  829,  623,  619,  829,
+ /*   370 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  774,  596,  621,  829,  620,
+ /*   380 */   622,  614,  615,  563,  829,  829,  559,  829,  829,  660,
+ /*   390 */   557,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  660,  799,  829,
+ /*   400 */   829,  829,  660,  662,  804,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   410 */   829,  805,  806,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  796,  797,
+ /*   420 */   829,  798,  558,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   430 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  626,
+ /*   440 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  625,  829,  829,
+ /*   450 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  694,  829,  829,  829,  695,
+ /*   460 */   829,  829,  702,  829,  829,  703,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   470 */   829,  829,  700,  829,  701,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   480 */   829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   490 */   829,  829,  829,  625,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   500 */   829,  702,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   510 */   829,  660,  829,  793,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   520 */   829,  827,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,  829,
+ /*   530 */   826,  827,  829,  829,  541,  543,  539,
+};
+#define YY_SZ_ACTTAB (sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0]))
+
+/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens.  If a construct
+** like the following:
+** 
+**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
+**
+** appears in the grammer, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
+** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
+** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
+** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
+*/
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
+    0,  /*          $ => nothing */
+    0,  /* END_OF_FILE => nothing */
+    0,  /*    ILLEGAL => nothing */
+    0,  /*      SPACE => nothing */
+    0,  /* UNCLOSED_STRING => nothing */
+    0,  /*    COMMENT => nothing */
+    0,  /*   FUNCTION => nothing */
+    0,  /*     COLUMN => nothing */
+    0,  /* AGG_FUNCTION => nothing */
+    0,  /*       SEMI => nothing */
+   26,  /*    EXPLAIN => ID */
+   26,  /*      BEGIN => ID */
+    0,  /* TRANSACTION => nothing */
+   26,  /*   DEFERRED => ID */
+   26,  /*  IMMEDIATE => ID */
+   26,  /*  EXCLUSIVE => ID */
+    0,  /*     COMMIT => nothing */
+   26,  /*        END => ID */
+    0,  /*   ROLLBACK => nothing */
+    0,  /*     CREATE => nothing */
+    0,  /*      TABLE => nothing */
+   26,  /*       TEMP => ID */
+    0,  /*         LP => nothing */
+    0,  /*         RP => nothing */
+    0,  /*         AS => nothing */
+    0,  /*      COMMA => nothing */
+    0,  /*         ID => nothing */
+   26,  /*      ABORT => ID */
+   26,  /*      AFTER => ID */
+   26,  /*        ASC => ID */
+   26,  /*     ATTACH => ID */
+   26,  /*     BEFORE => ID */
+   26,  /*    CASCADE => ID */
+   26,  /*   CONFLICT => ID */
+   26,  /*   DATABASE => ID */
+   26,  /*       DESC => ID */
+   26,  /*     DETACH => ID */
+   26,  /*       EACH => ID */
+   26,  /*       FAIL => ID */
+   26,  /*        FOR => ID */
+   26,  /*       GLOB => ID */
+   26,  /*     IGNORE => ID */
+   26,  /*  INITIALLY => ID */
+   26,  /*    INSTEAD => ID */
+   26,  /*       LIKE => ID */
+   26,  /*      MATCH => ID */
+   26,  /*        KEY => ID */
+   26,  /*         OF => ID */
+   26,  /*     OFFSET => ID */
+   26,  /*     PRAGMA => ID */
+   26,  /*      RAISE => ID */
+   26,  /*    REPLACE => ID */
+   26,  /*   RESTRICT => ID */
+   26,  /*        ROW => ID */
+   26,  /*  STATEMENT => ID */
+   26,  /*    TRIGGER => ID */
+   26,  /*     VACUUM => ID */
+   26,  /*       VIEW => ID */
+    0,  /*         OR => nothing */
+    0,  /*        AND => nothing */
+    0,  /*        NOT => nothing */
+    0,  /*         IS => nothing */
+    0,  /*    BETWEEN => nothing */
+    0,  /*         IN => nothing */
+    0,  /*     ISNULL => nothing */
+    0,  /*    NOTNULL => nothing */
+    0,  /*         NE => nothing */
+    0,  /*         EQ => nothing */
+    0,  /*         GT => nothing */
+    0,  /*         LE => nothing */
+    0,  /*         LT => nothing */
+    0,  /*         GE => nothing */
+    0,  /*     BITAND => nothing */
+    0,  /*      BITOR => nothing */
+    0,  /*     LSHIFT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     RSHIFT => nothing */
+    0,  /*       PLUS => nothing */
+    0,  /*      MINUS => nothing */
+    0,  /*       STAR => nothing */
+    0,  /*      SLASH => nothing */
+    0,  /*        REM => nothing */
+    0,  /*     CONCAT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     UMINUS => nothing */
+    0,  /*      UPLUS => nothing */
+    0,  /*     BITNOT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     STRING => nothing */
+    0,  /*    JOIN_KW => nothing */
+    0,  /* CONSTRAINT => nothing */
+    0,  /*    DEFAULT => nothing */
+    0,  /*       NULL => nothing */
+    0,  /*    PRIMARY => nothing */
+    0,  /*     UNIQUE => nothing */
+    0,  /*      CHECK => nothing */
+    0,  /* REFERENCES => nothing */
+    0,  /*    COLLATE => nothing */
+    0,  /*         ON => nothing */
+    0,  /*     DELETE => nothing */
+    0,  /*     UPDATE => nothing */
+    0,  /*     INSERT => nothing */
+    0,  /*        SET => nothing */
+    0,  /* DEFERRABLE => nothing */
+    0,  /*    FOREIGN => nothing */
+    0,  /*       DROP => nothing */
+    0,  /*      UNION => nothing */
+    0,  /*        ALL => nothing */
+    0,  /*  INTERSECT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     EXCEPT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     SELECT => nothing */
+    0,  /*   DISTINCT => nothing */
+    0,  /*        DOT => nothing */
+    0,  /*       FROM => nothing */
+    0,  /*       JOIN => nothing */
+    0,  /*      USING => nothing */
+    0,  /*      ORDER => nothing */
+    0,  /*         BY => nothing */
+    0,  /*      GROUP => nothing */
+    0,  /*     HAVING => nothing */
+    0,  /*      LIMIT => nothing */
+    0,  /*      WHERE => nothing */
+    0,  /*       INTO => nothing */
+    0,  /*     VALUES => nothing */
+    0,  /*    INTEGER => nothing */
+    0,  /*      FLOAT => nothing */
+    0,  /*       BLOB => nothing */
+    0,  /*   VARIABLE => nothing */
+    0,  /*       CASE => nothing */
+    0,  /*       WHEN => nothing */
+    0,  /*       THEN => nothing */
+    0,  /*       ELSE => nothing */
+    0,  /*      INDEX => nothing */
+};
+#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
+
+/* The following structure represents a single element of the
+** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
+**
+**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
+**
+**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
+**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
+**
+**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
+**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
+**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
+*/
+struct yyStackEntry {
+  int stateno;       /* The state-number */
+  int major;         /* The major token value.  This is the code
+                     ** number for the token at this stack level */
+  YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
+                     ** is the value of the token  */
+};
+typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;
+
+/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
+** the following structure */
+struct yyParser {
+  int yyidx;                    /* Index of top element in stack */
+  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
+  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
+};
+typedef struct yyParser yyParser;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
+static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* 
+** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
+** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
+** by making either argument NULL 
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
+**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
+** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
+**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
+**      turned off.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
+  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
+  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
+  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
+  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
+** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
+static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { 
+  "$",             "END_OF_FILE",   "ILLEGAL",       "SPACE",       
+  "UNCLOSED_STRING",  "COMMENT",       "FUNCTION",      "COLUMN",      
+  "AGG_FUNCTION",  "SEMI",          "EXPLAIN",       "BEGIN",       
+  "TRANSACTION",   "DEFERRED",      "IMMEDIATE",     "EXCLUSIVE",   
+  "COMMIT",        "END",           "ROLLBACK",      "CREATE",      
+  "TABLE",         "TEMP",          "LP",            "RP",          
+  "AS",            "COMMA",         "ID",            "ABORT",       
+  "AFTER",         "ASC",           "ATTACH",        "BEFORE",      
+  "CASCADE",       "CONFLICT",      "DATABASE",      "DESC",        
+  "DETACH",        "EACH",          "FAIL",          "FOR",         
+  "GLOB",          "IGNORE",        "INITIALLY",     "INSTEAD",     
+  "LIKE",          "MATCH",         "KEY",           "OF",          
+  "OFFSET",        "PRAGMA",        "RAISE",         "REPLACE",     
+  "RESTRICT",      "ROW",           "STATEMENT",     "TRIGGER",     
+  "VACUUM",        "VIEW",          "OR",            "AND",         
+  "NOT",           "IS",            "BETWEEN",       "IN",          
+  "ISNULL",        "NOTNULL",       "NE",            "EQ",          
+  "GT",            "LE",            "LT",            "GE",          
+  "BITAND",        "BITOR",         "LSHIFT",        "RSHIFT",      
+  "PLUS",          "MINUS",         "STAR",          "SLASH",       
+  "REM",           "CONCAT",        "UMINUS",        "UPLUS",       
+  "BITNOT",        "STRING",        "JOIN_KW",       "CONSTRAINT",  
+  "DEFAULT",       "NULL",          "PRIMARY",       "UNIQUE",      
+  "CHECK",         "REFERENCES",    "COLLATE",       "ON",          
+  "DELETE",        "UPDATE",        "INSERT",        "SET",         
+  "DEFERRABLE",    "FOREIGN",       "DROP",          "UNION",       
+  "ALL",           "INTERSECT",     "EXCEPT",        "SELECT",      
+  "DISTINCT",      "DOT",           "FROM",          "JOIN",        
+  "USING",         "ORDER",         "BY",            "GROUP",       
+  "HAVING",        "LIMIT",         "WHERE",         "INTO",        
+  "VALUES",        "INTEGER",       "FLOAT",         "BLOB",        
+  "VARIABLE",      "CASE",          "WHEN",          "THEN",        
+  "ELSE",          "INDEX",         "error",         "input",       
+  "cmdlist",       "ecmd",          "explain",       "cmdx",        
+  "cmd",           "transtype",     "trans_opt",     "nm",          
+  "create_table",  "create_table_args",  "temp",          "dbnm",        
+  "columnlist",    "conslist_opt",  "select",        "column",      
+  "columnid",      "type",          "carglist",      "id",          
+  "ids",           "typename",      "signed",        "plus_num",    
+  "minus_num",     "carg",          "ccons",         "onconf",      
+  "sortorder",     "expr",          "idxlist_opt",   "refargs",     
+  "defer_subclause",  "refarg",        "refact",        "init_deferred_pred_opt",
+  "conslist",      "tcons",         "idxlist",       "defer_subclause_opt",
+  "orconf",        "resolvetype",   "raisetype",     "fullname",    
+  "oneselect",     "multiselect_op",  "distinct",      "selcollist",  
+  "from",          "where_opt",     "groupby_opt",   "having_opt",  
+  "orderby_opt",   "limit_opt",     "sclp",          "as",          
+  "seltablist",    "stl_prefix",    "joinop",        "on_opt",      
+  "using_opt",     "seltablist_paren",  "joinop2",       "inscollist",  
+  "sortlist",      "sortitem",      "collate",       "exprlist",    
+  "setlist",       "insert_cmd",    "inscollist_opt",  "itemlist",    
+  "likeop",        "between_op",    "in_op",         "case_operand",
+  "case_exprlist",  "case_else",     "expritem",      "uniqueflag",  
+  "idxitem",       "plus_opt",      "number",        "trigger_decl",
+  "trigger_cmd_list",  "trigger_time",  "trigger_event",  "foreach_clause",
+  "when_clause",   "trigger_cmd",   "database_kw_opt",  "key_opt",     
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
+*/
+static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
+ /*   0 */ "input ::= cmdlist",
+ /*   1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd",
+ /*   2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd",
+ /*   3 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
+ /*   4 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
+ /*   5 */ "cmdx ::= cmd",
+ /*   6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN",
+ /*   7 */ "explain ::=",
+ /*   8 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt",
+ /*   9 */ "trans_opt ::=",
+ /*  10 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION",
+ /*  11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm",
+ /*  12 */ "transtype ::=",
+ /*  13 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED",
+ /*  14 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE",
+ /*  15 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE",
+ /*  16 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt",
+ /*  17 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt",
+ /*  18 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt",
+ /*  19 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
+ /*  20 */ "create_table ::= CREATE temp TABLE nm dbnm",
+ /*  21 */ "temp ::= TEMP",
+ /*  22 */ "temp ::=",
+ /*  23 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP",
+ /*  24 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select",
+ /*  25 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column",
+ /*  26 */ "columnlist ::= column",
+ /*  27 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist",
+ /*  28 */ "columnid ::= nm",
+ /*  29 */ "id ::= ID",
+ /*  30 */ "ids ::= ID",
+ /*  31 */ "ids ::= STRING",
+ /*  32 */ "nm ::= ID",
+ /*  33 */ "nm ::= STRING",
+ /*  34 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /*  35 */ "type ::=",
+ /*  36 */ "type ::= typename",
+ /*  37 */ "type ::= typename LP signed RP",
+ /*  38 */ "type ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP",
+ /*  39 */ "typename ::= ids",
+ /*  40 */ "typename ::= typename ids",
+ /*  41 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
+ /*  42 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
+ /*  43 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg",
+ /*  44 */ "carglist ::=",
+ /*  45 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons",
+ /*  46 */ "carg ::= ccons",
+ /*  47 */ "carg ::= DEFAULT ids",
+ /*  48 */ "carg ::= DEFAULT plus_num",
+ /*  49 */ "carg ::= DEFAULT minus_num",
+ /*  50 */ "carg ::= DEFAULT NULL",
+ /*  51 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
+ /*  52 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
+ /*  53 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf",
+ /*  54 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
+ /*  55 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
+ /*  56 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs",
+ /*  57 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
+ /*  58 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE id",
+ /*  59 */ "refargs ::=",
+ /*  60 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
+ /*  61 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
+ /*  62 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
+ /*  63 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
+ /*  64 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
+ /*  65 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
+ /*  66 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
+ /*  67 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
+ /*  68 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
+ /*  69 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /*  70 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /*  71 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
+ /*  72 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
+ /*  73 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
+ /*  74 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
+ /*  75 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
+ /*  76 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons",
+ /*  77 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons",
+ /*  78 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
+ /*  79 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
+ /*  80 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist RP onconf",
+ /*  81 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf",
+ /*  82 */ "tcons ::= CHECK expr onconf",
+ /*  83 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
+ /*  84 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
+ /*  85 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
+ /*  86 */ "onconf ::=",
+ /*  87 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
+ /*  88 */ "orconf ::=",
+ /*  89 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
+ /*  90 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
+ /*  91 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
+ /*  92 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
+ /*  93 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE fullname",
+ /*  94 */ "cmd ::= CREATE temp VIEW nm dbnm AS select",
+ /*  95 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW fullname",
+ /*  96 */ "cmd ::= select",
+ /*  97 */ "select ::= oneselect",
+ /*  98 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect",
+ /*  99 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
+ /* 100 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
+ /* 101 */ "multiselect_op ::= INTERSECT",
+ /* 102 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT",
+ /* 103 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
+ /* 104 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
+ /* 105 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
+ /* 106 */ "distinct ::=",
+ /* 107 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
+ /* 108 */ "sclp ::=",
+ /* 109 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
+ /* 110 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
+ /* 111 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
+ /* 112 */ "as ::= AS nm",
+ /* 113 */ "as ::= ids",
+ /* 114 */ "as ::=",
+ /* 115 */ "from ::=",
+ /* 116 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
+ /* 117 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
+ /* 118 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
+ /* 119 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 120 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist_paren RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 121 */ "seltablist_paren ::= select",
+ /* 122 */ "seltablist_paren ::= seltablist",
+ /* 123 */ "dbnm ::=",
+ /* 124 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
+ /* 125 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
+ /* 126 */ "joinop ::= COMMA",
+ /* 127 */ "joinop ::= JOIN",
+ /* 128 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
+ /* 129 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
+ /* 130 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
+ /* 131 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
+ /* 132 */ "on_opt ::=",
+ /* 133 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP",
+ /* 134 */ "using_opt ::=",
+ /* 135 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
+ /* 136 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
+ /* 137 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem collate sortorder",
+ /* 138 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem collate sortorder",
+ /* 139 */ "sortitem ::= expr",
+ /* 140 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
+ /* 141 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
+ /* 142 */ "sortorder ::=",
+ /* 143 */ "collate ::=",
+ /* 144 */ "collate ::= COLLATE id",
+ /* 145 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
+ /* 146 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY exprlist",
+ /* 147 */ "having_opt ::=",
+ /* 148 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
+ /* 149 */ "limit_opt ::=",
+ /* 150 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT signed",
+ /* 151 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT signed OFFSET signed",
+ /* 152 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT signed COMMA signed",
+ /* 153 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname where_opt",
+ /* 154 */ "where_opt ::=",
+ /* 155 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
+ /* 156 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 157 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
+ /* 158 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
+ /* 159 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
+ /* 160 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 161 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
+ /* 162 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 163 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr",
+ /* 164 */ "itemlist ::= expr",
+ /* 165 */ "inscollist_opt ::=",
+ /* 166 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP",
+ /* 167 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm",
+ /* 168 */ "inscollist ::= nm",
+ /* 169 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
+ /* 170 */ "expr ::= NULL",
+ /* 171 */ "expr ::= ID",
+ /* 172 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /* 173 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 174 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
+ /* 175 */ "expr ::= INTEGER",
+ /* 176 */ "expr ::= FLOAT",
+ /* 177 */ "expr ::= STRING",
+ /* 178 */ "expr ::= BLOB",
+ /* 179 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
+ /* 180 */ "expr ::= ID LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 181 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP",
+ /* 182 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
+ /* 183 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
+ /* 184 */ "expr ::= expr LT expr",
+ /* 185 */ "expr ::= expr GT expr",
+ /* 186 */ "expr ::= expr LE expr",
+ /* 187 */ "expr ::= expr GE expr",
+ /* 188 */ "expr ::= expr NE expr",
+ /* 189 */ "expr ::= expr EQ expr",
+ /* 190 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND expr",
+ /* 191 */ "expr ::= expr BITOR expr",
+ /* 192 */ "expr ::= expr LSHIFT expr",
+ /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr RSHIFT expr",
+ /* 194 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS expr",
+ /* 195 */ "expr ::= expr MINUS expr",
+ /* 196 */ "expr ::= expr STAR expr",
+ /* 197 */ "expr ::= expr SLASH expr",
+ /* 198 */ "expr ::= expr REM expr",
+ /* 199 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
+ /* 200 */ "likeop ::= LIKE",
+ /* 201 */ "likeop ::= GLOB",
+ /* 202 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE",
+ /* 203 */ "likeop ::= NOT GLOB",
+ /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr",
+ /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL",
+ /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr IS NULL",
+ /* 207 */ "expr ::= expr NOTNULL",
+ /* 208 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
+ /* 209 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT NULL",
+ /* 210 */ "expr ::= NOT expr",
+ /* 211 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr",
+ /* 212 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
+ /* 213 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
+ /* 214 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
+ /* 215 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
+ /* 216 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
+ /* 217 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
+ /* 218 */ "in_op ::= IN",
+ /* 219 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
+ /* 220 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 221 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
+ /* 222 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm",
+ /* 223 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
+ /* 224 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 225 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 226 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
+ /* 227 */ "case_else ::=",
+ /* 228 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
+ /* 229 */ "case_operand ::=",
+ /* 230 */ "exprlist ::= exprlist COMMA expritem",
+ /* 231 */ "exprlist ::= expritem",
+ /* 232 */ "expritem ::= expr",
+ /* 233 */ "expritem ::=",
+ /* 234 */ "cmd ::= CREATE uniqueflag INDEX nm dbnm ON fullname LP idxlist RP onconf",
+ /* 235 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
+ /* 236 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
+ /* 237 */ "idxlist_opt ::=",
+ /* 238 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP",
+ /* 239 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA idxitem collate sortorder",
+ /* 240 */ "idxlist ::= idxitem collate sortorder",
+ /* 241 */ "idxitem ::= nm",
+ /* 242 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX fullname",
+ /* 243 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
+ /* 244 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
+ /* 245 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nm",
+ /* 246 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ ON",
+ /* 247 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ plus_num",
+ /* 248 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
+ /* 249 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nm RP",
+ /* 250 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
+ /* 251 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number",
+ /* 252 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number",
+ /* 253 */ "number ::= INTEGER",
+ /* 254 */ "number ::= FLOAT",
+ /* 255 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS",
+ /* 256 */ "plus_opt ::=",
+ /* 257 */ "cmd ::= CREATE trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
+ /* 258 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
+ /* 259 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE",
+ /* 260 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER",
+ /* 261 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
+ /* 262 */ "trigger_time ::=",
+ /* 263 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE",
+ /* 264 */ "trigger_event ::= INSERT",
+ /* 265 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
+ /* 266 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist",
+ /* 267 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
+ /* 268 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
+ /* 269 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH STATEMENT",
+ /* 270 */ "when_clause ::=",
+ /* 271 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
+ /* 272 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI trigger_cmd_list",
+ /* 273 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::=",
+ /* 274 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf nm SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 275 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
+ /* 276 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 277 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM nm where_opt",
+ /* 278 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select",
+ /* 279 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
+ /* 280 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
+ /* 281 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
+ /* 282 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
+ /* 283 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
+ /* 284 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER fullname",
+ /* 285 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt ids AS nm key_opt",
+ /* 286 */ "key_opt ::=",
+ /* 287 */ "key_opt ::= KEY ids",
+ /* 288 */ "key_opt ::= KEY BLOB",
+ /* 289 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
+ /* 290 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
+ /* 291 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt nm",
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+/*
+** This function returns the symbolic name associated with a token
+** value.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3ParserTokenName(int tokenType){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( tokenType>0 && tokenType<(sizeof(yyTokenName)/sizeof(yyTokenName[0])) ){
+    return yyTokenName[tokenType];
+  }else{
+    return "Unknown";
+  }
+#else
+  return "";
+#endif
+}
+
+/* 
+** This function allocates a new parser.
+** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
+** malloc.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
+**
+** Outputs:
+** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
+** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree.
+*/
+void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){
+  yyParser *pParser;
+  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) );
+  if( pParser ){
+    pParser->yyidx = -1;
+  }
+  return pParser;
+}
+
+/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
+** symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
+** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
+** the value.
+*/
+static void yy_destructor(YYCODETYPE yymajor, YYMINORTYPE *yypminor){
+  switch( yymajor ){
+    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
+    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
+    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
+    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
+    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
+    **
+    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
+    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
+    ** inside the C code.
+    */
+    case 146:
+    case 176:
+    case 193:
+#line 303 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3SelectDelete((yypminor->yy107));}
+#line 1236 "parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 161:
+    case 181:
+    case 183:
+    case 191:
+    case 197:
+    case 210:
+#line 552 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy258));}
+#line 1246 "parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 162:
+    case 170:
+    case 179:
+    case 182:
+    case 184:
+    case 186:
+    case 196:
+    case 199:
+    case 200:
+    case 203:
+    case 208:
+#line 744 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy210));}
+#line 1261 "parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 175:
+    case 180:
+    case 188:
+    case 189:
+#line 428 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3SrcListDelete((yypminor->yy259));}
+#line 1269 "parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 192:
+    case 195:
+    case 202:
+#line 446 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3IdListDelete((yypminor->yy272));}
+#line 1276 "parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 216:
+    case 221:
+#line 833 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep((yypminor->yy91));}
+#line 1282 "parse.c"
+      break;
+    case 218:
+#line 817 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3IdListDelete((yypminor->yy146).b);}
+#line 1287 "parse.c"
+      break;
+    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop the parser's stack once.
+**
+** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
+** is popped from the stack, then call it.
+**
+** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
+*/
+static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
+  YYCODETYPE yymajor;
+  yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];
+
+  if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return 0;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
+      yyTracePrompt,
+      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
+  }
+#endif
+  yymajor = yytos->major;
+  yy_destructor( yymajor, &yytos->minor);
+  pParser->yyidx--;
+  return yymajor;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are all called for
+** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li>  A pointer to the parser.  This should be a pointer
+**       obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc.
+** <li>  A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
+**       from malloc.
+** </ul>
+*/
+void sqlite3ParserFree(
+  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
+  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
+){
+  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
+  if( pParser==0 ) return;
+  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
+  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_shift_action(
+  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
+  int iLookAhead            /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
+ 
+  /* if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return YY_NO_ACTION;  */
+  i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno];
+  if( i==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+  if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){
+    return YY_NO_ACTION;
+  }
+  i += iLookAhead;
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+    int iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
+    if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
+           && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
+           yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
+      }
+#endif
+      return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);
+    }
+#endif
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }else{
+    return yy_action[i];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
+**
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+*/
+static int yy_find_reduce_action(
+  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
+  int iLookAhead            /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
+ 
+  i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
+  if( i==YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+  if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){
+    return YY_NO_ACTION;
+  }
+  i += iLookAhead;
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }else{
+    return yy_action[i];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Perform a shift action.
+*/
+static void yy_shift(
+  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
+  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
+  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
+  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer ot the minor token to shift in */
+){
+  yyStackEntry *yytos;
+  yypParser->yyidx++;
+  if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
+     sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+     yypParser->yyidx--;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+     if( yyTraceFILE ){
+       fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+     }
+#endif
+     while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+     /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
+     ** stack every overflows */
+     sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
+     return;
+  }
+  yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+  yytos->stateno = yyNewState;
+  yytos->major = yyMajor;
+  yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){
+    int i;
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
+    for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
+      fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* The following table contains information about every rule that
+** is used during the reduce.
+*/
+static const struct {
+  YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
+  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
+} yyRuleInfo[] = {
+  { 131, 1 },
+  { 132, 2 },
+  { 132, 1 },
+  { 133, 3 },
+  { 133, 1 },
+  { 135, 1 },
+  { 134, 1 },
+  { 134, 0 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 138, 0 },
+  { 138, 1 },
+  { 138, 2 },
+  { 137, 0 },
+  { 137, 1 },
+  { 137, 1 },
+  { 137, 1 },
+  { 136, 2 },
+  { 136, 2 },
+  { 136, 2 },
+  { 136, 2 },
+  { 140, 5 },
+  { 142, 1 },
+  { 142, 0 },
+  { 141, 4 },
+  { 141, 2 },
+  { 144, 3 },
+  { 144, 1 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 148, 1 },
+  { 151, 1 },
+  { 152, 1 },
+  { 152, 1 },
+  { 139, 1 },
+  { 139, 1 },
+  { 139, 1 },
+  { 149, 0 },
+  { 149, 1 },
+  { 149, 4 },
+  { 149, 6 },
+  { 153, 1 },
+  { 153, 2 },
+  { 154, 1 },
+  { 154, 1 },
+  { 150, 2 },
+  { 150, 0 },
+  { 157, 3 },
+  { 157, 1 },
+  { 157, 2 },
+  { 157, 2 },
+  { 157, 2 },
+  { 157, 2 },
+  { 158, 2 },
+  { 158, 3 },
+  { 158, 4 },
+  { 158, 2 },
+  { 158, 5 },
+  { 158, 4 },
+  { 158, 1 },
+  { 158, 2 },
+  { 163, 0 },
+  { 163, 2 },
+  { 165, 2 },
+  { 165, 3 },
+  { 165, 3 },
+  { 165, 3 },
+  { 166, 2 },
+  { 166, 2 },
+  { 166, 1 },
+  { 166, 1 },
+  { 164, 3 },
+  { 164, 2 },
+  { 167, 0 },
+  { 167, 2 },
+  { 167, 2 },
+  { 145, 0 },
+  { 145, 2 },
+  { 168, 3 },
+  { 168, 2 },
+  { 168, 1 },
+  { 169, 2 },
+  { 169, 6 },
+  { 169, 5 },
+  { 169, 3 },
+  { 169, 10 },
+  { 171, 0 },
+  { 171, 1 },
+  { 159, 0 },
+  { 159, 3 },
+  { 172, 0 },
+  { 172, 2 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 136, 7 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 136, 1 },
+  { 146, 1 },
+  { 146, 3 },
+  { 177, 1 },
+  { 177, 2 },
+  { 177, 1 },
+  { 177, 1 },
+  { 176, 9 },
+  { 178, 1 },
+  { 178, 1 },
+  { 178, 0 },
+  { 186, 2 },
+  { 186, 0 },
+  { 179, 3 },
+  { 179, 2 },
+  { 179, 4 },
+  { 187, 2 },
+  { 187, 1 },
+  { 187, 0 },
+  { 180, 0 },
+  { 180, 2 },
+  { 189, 2 },
+  { 189, 0 },
+  { 188, 6 },
+  { 188, 7 },
+  { 193, 1 },
+  { 193, 1 },
+  { 143, 0 },
+  { 143, 2 },
+  { 175, 2 },
+  { 190, 1 },
+  { 190, 1 },
+  { 190, 2 },
+  { 190, 3 },
+  { 190, 4 },
+  { 191, 2 },
+  { 191, 0 },
+  { 192, 4 },
+  { 192, 0 },
+  { 184, 0 },
+  { 184, 3 },
+  { 196, 5 },
+  { 196, 3 },
+  { 197, 1 },
+  { 160, 1 },
+  { 160, 1 },
+  { 160, 0 },
+  { 198, 0 },
+  { 198, 2 },
+  { 182, 0 },
+  { 182, 3 },
+  { 183, 0 },
+  { 183, 2 },
+  { 185, 0 },
+  { 185, 2 },
+  { 185, 4 },
+  { 185, 4 },
+  { 136, 4 },
+  { 181, 0 },
+  { 181, 2 },
+  { 136, 6 },
+  { 200, 5 },
+  { 200, 3 },
+  { 136, 8 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 201, 2 },
+  { 201, 1 },
+  { 203, 3 },
+  { 203, 1 },
+  { 202, 0 },
+  { 202, 3 },
+  { 195, 3 },
+  { 195, 1 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 5 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 1 },
+  { 161, 4 },
+  { 161, 4 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 204, 1 },
+  { 204, 1 },
+  { 204, 2 },
+  { 204, 2 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 161, 4 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 2 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 205, 1 },
+  { 205, 2 },
+  { 161, 5 },
+  { 206, 1 },
+  { 206, 2 },
+  { 161, 5 },
+  { 161, 5 },
+  { 161, 4 },
+  { 161, 5 },
+  { 208, 5 },
+  { 208, 4 },
+  { 209, 2 },
+  { 209, 0 },
+  { 207, 1 },
+  { 207, 0 },
+  { 199, 3 },
+  { 199, 1 },
+  { 210, 1 },
+  { 210, 0 },
+  { 136, 11 },
+  { 211, 1 },
+  { 211, 0 },
+  { 162, 0 },
+  { 162, 3 },
+  { 170, 5 },
+  { 170, 3 },
+  { 212, 1 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 136, 1 },
+  { 136, 2 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 136, 6 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 155, 2 },
+  { 156, 2 },
+  { 214, 1 },
+  { 214, 1 },
+  { 213, 1 },
+  { 213, 0 },
+  { 136, 5 },
+  { 215, 10 },
+  { 217, 1 },
+  { 217, 1 },
+  { 217, 2 },
+  { 217, 0 },
+  { 218, 1 },
+  { 218, 1 },
+  { 218, 1 },
+  { 218, 3 },
+  { 219, 0 },
+  { 219, 3 },
+  { 219, 3 },
+  { 220, 0 },
+  { 220, 2 },
+  { 216, 3 },
+  { 216, 0 },
+  { 221, 6 },
+  { 221, 8 },
+  { 221, 5 },
+  { 221, 4 },
+  { 221, 1 },
+  { 161, 4 },
+  { 161, 6 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+  { 136, 6 },
+  { 223, 0 },
+  { 223, 2 },
+  { 223, 2 },
+  { 222, 1 },
+  { 222, 0 },
+  { 136, 3 },
+};
+
+static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */
+
+/*
+** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
+** follow the reduce.
+*/
+static void yy_reduce(
+  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
+  int yyruleno                 /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
+){
+  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
+  int yyact;                      /* The next action */
+  YYMINORTYPE yygotominor;        /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
+  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
+  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
+        && yyruleno<sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0]) ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt,
+      yyRuleName[yyruleno]);
+  }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+  switch( yyruleno ){
+  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
+  ** follows:
+  **   case 0:
+  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
+  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
+  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
+  **     break;
+  */
+      case 5:
+#line 86 "parse.y"
+{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
+#line 1794 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 6:
+#line 87 "parse.y"
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); }
+#line 1799 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 7:
+#line 88 "parse.y"
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); }
+#line 1804 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 8:
+#line 93 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy284);}
+#line 1809 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 12:
+#line 98 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = TK_DEFERRED;}
+#line 1814 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 13:
+      case 14:
+      case 15:
+      case 99:
+      case 101:
+      case 102:
+#line 99 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = yymsp[0].major;}
+#line 1824 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 16:
+      case 17:
+#line 102 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
+#line 1830 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 18:
+#line 104 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);}
+#line 1835 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 20:
+#line 109 "parse.y"
+{
+   sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,yymsp[-3].minor.yy284,0);
+}
+#line 1842 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 21:
+      case 72:
+      case 104:
+      case 216:
+      case 219:
+#line 113 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = 1;}
+#line 1851 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 22:
+      case 71:
+      case 73:
+      case 84:
+      case 105:
+      case 106:
+      case 215:
+      case 218:
+#line 114 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = 0;}
+#line 1863 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 23:
+#line 115 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);
+}
+#line 1870 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 24:
+#line 118 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy107);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy107);
+}
+#line 1878 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 28:
+#line 130 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);}
+#line 1883 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 29:
+      case 30:
+      case 31:
+      case 32:
+      case 33:
+      case 34:
+      case 253:
+      case 254:
+#line 136 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
+#line 1895 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 36:
+#line 185 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);}
+#line 1900 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 37:
+#line 186 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+#line 1905 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 38:
+#line 188 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+#line 1910 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 39:
+      case 112:
+      case 113:
+      case 124:
+      case 144:
+      case 241:
+      case 251:
+      case 252:
+#line 190 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98 = yymsp[0].minor.yy98;}
+#line 1922 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 40:
+#line 191 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.z; yygotominor.yy98.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy98.n+(yymsp[0].minor.yy98.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.z);}
+#line 1927 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 41:
+#line 193 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = atoi(yymsp[0].minor.yy98.z); }
+#line 1932 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 42:
+#line 194 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = -atoi(yymsp[0].minor.yy98.z); }
+#line 1937 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 47:
+      case 48:
+#line 199 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,0);}
+#line 1943 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 49:
+#line 201 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,1);}
+#line 1948 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 52:
+#line 208 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy284);}
+#line 1953 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 53:
+#line 209 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy284);}
+#line 1958 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 54:
+#line 210 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy284,0,0);}
+#line 1963 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 56:
+#line 213 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98,yymsp[-1].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy284);}
+#line 1968 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 57:
+#line 214 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy284);}
+#line 1973 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 58:
+#line 215 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy98.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy98.n);}
+#line 1978 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 59:
+#line 223 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Restrict * 0x010101; }
+#line 1983 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 60:
+#line 224 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy284 & yymsp[0].minor.yy47.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy47.value; }
+#line 1988 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 61:
+#line 226 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy47.value = 0;     yygotominor.yy47.mask = 0x000000; }
+#line 1993 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 62:
+#line 227 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy47.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;     yygotominor.yy47.mask = 0x0000ff; }
+#line 1998 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 63:
+#line 228 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy47.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy284<<8;  yygotominor.yy47.mask = 0x00ff00; }
+#line 2003 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 64:
+#line 229 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy47.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy284<<16; yygotominor.yy47.mask = 0xff0000; }
+#line 2008 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 65:
+#line 231 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = OE_SetNull; }
+#line 2013 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 66:
+#line 232 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = OE_SetDflt; }
+#line 2018 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 67:
+#line 233 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Cascade; }
+#line 2023 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 68:
+#line 234 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Restrict; }
+#line 2028 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 69:
+      case 70:
+      case 85:
+      case 87:
+      case 89:
+      case 90:
+      case 161:
+#line 236 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;}
+#line 2039 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 80:
+#line 253 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2044 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 81:
+#line 255 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy284,0,0);}
+#line 2049 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 83:
+#line 258 "parse.y"
+{
+    sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy210, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy98, yymsp[-2].minor.yy210, yymsp[-1].minor.yy284);
+    sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy284);
+}
+#line 2057 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 86:
+      case 88:
+#line 272 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Default;}
+#line 2063 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 91:
+#line 277 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Ignore;}
+#line 2068 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 92:
+      case 162:
+#line 278 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Replace;}
+#line 2074 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 93:
+#line 282 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 0);
+}
+#line 2081 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 94:
+#line 288 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy98, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98, yymsp[0].minor.yy107, yymsp[-5].minor.yy284);
+}
+#line 2088 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 95:
+#line 291 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 1);
+}
+#line 2095 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 96:
+#line 297 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy107, SRT_Callback, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy107);
+}
+#line 2103 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 97:
+      case 121:
+#line 307 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy107 = yymsp[0].minor.yy107;}
+#line 2109 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 98:
+#line 308 "parse.y"
+{
+  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy107 ){
+    yymsp[0].minor.yy107->op = yymsp[-1].minor.yy284;
+    yymsp[0].minor.yy107->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy107;
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy107 = yymsp[0].minor.yy107;
+}
+#line 2120 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 100:
+#line 317 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = TK_ALL;}
+#line 2125 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 103:
+#line 321 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy107 = sqlite3SelectNew(yymsp[-6].minor.yy210,yymsp[-5].minor.yy259,yymsp[-4].minor.yy258,yymsp[-3].minor.yy210,yymsp[-2].minor.yy258,yymsp[-1].minor.yy210,yymsp[-7].minor.yy284,yymsp[0].minor.yy404.limit,yymsp[0].minor.yy404.offset);
+}
+#line 2132 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 107:
+      case 238:
+#line 342 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy210;}
+#line 2138 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 108:
+      case 135:
+      case 145:
+      case 237:
+#line 343 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = 0;}
+#line 2146 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 109:
+#line 344 "parse.y"
+{
+   yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-2].minor.yy210,yymsp[-1].minor.yy258,yymsp[0].minor.yy98.n?&yymsp[0].minor.yy98:0);
+}
+#line 2153 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 110:
+#line 347 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-1].minor.yy210, sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0), 0);
+}
+#line 2160 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 111:
+#line 350 "parse.y"
+{
+  Expr *pRight = sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0);
+  Expr *pLeft = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-3].minor.yy210, sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0), 0);
+}
+#line 2169 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 114:
+#line 362 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98.n = 0;}
+#line 2174 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 115:
+#line 374 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy259 = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*yygotominor.yy259));}
+#line 2179 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 116:
+#line 375 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[0].minor.yy259;}
+#line 2184 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 117:
+#line 380 "parse.y"
+{
+   yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy259;
+   if( yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>0 ) yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-1].jointype = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;
+}
+#line 2192 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 118:
+#line 384 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy259 = 0;}
+#line 2197 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 119:
+#line 385 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(yymsp[-5].minor.yy259,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98);
+  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy98.n ) sqlite3SrcListAddAlias(yygotominor.yy259,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy258 ){
+    if( yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>1 ){ yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-2].pOn = yymsp[-1].minor.yy258; }
+    else { sqlite3ExprDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy258); }
+  }
+  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy272 ){
+    if( yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>1 ){ yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-2].pUsing = yymsp[0].minor.yy272; }
+    else { sqlite3IdListDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy272); }
+  }
+}
+#line 2213 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 120:
+#line 398 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,0,0);
+  yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-1].pSelect = yymsp[-4].minor.yy107;
+  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy98.n ) sqlite3SrcListAddAlias(yygotominor.yy259,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy258 ){
+    if( yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>1 ){ yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-2].pOn = yymsp[-1].minor.yy258; }
+    else { sqlite3ExprDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy258); }
+  }
+  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy272 ){
+    if( yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>1 ){ yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-2].pUsing = yymsp[0].minor.yy272; }
+    else { sqlite3IdListDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy272); }
+  }
+}
+#line 2230 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 122:
+#line 419 "parse.y"
+{
+   yygotominor.yy107 = sqlite3SelectNew(0,yymsp[0].minor.yy259,0,0,0,0,0,-1,0);
+}
+#line 2237 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 123:
+#line 424 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98.z=0; yygotominor.yy98.n=0;}
+#line 2242 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 125:
+#line 429 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);}
+#line 2247 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 126:
+      case 127:
+#line 433 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = JT_INNER; }
+#line 2253 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 128:
+#line 435 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); }
+#line 2258 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 129:
+#line 436 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,0); }
+#line 2263 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 130:
+#line 438 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98); }
+#line 2268 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 131:
+      case 139:
+      case 148:
+      case 155:
+      case 226:
+      case 228:
+      case 232:
+#line 442 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = yymsp[0].minor.yy258;}
+#line 2279 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 132:
+      case 147:
+      case 154:
+      case 227:
+      case 229:
+      case 233:
+#line 443 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = 0;}
+#line 2289 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 133:
+      case 166:
+#line 447 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy272 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy272;}
+#line 2295 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 134:
+      case 165:
+#line 448 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy272 = 0;}
+#line 2301 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 136:
+      case 146:
+#line 459 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = yymsp[0].minor.yy210;}
+#line 2307 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 137:
+#line 460 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy210,yymsp[-2].minor.yy258,yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n>0?&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98:0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy210 ) yygotominor.yy210->a[yygotominor.yy210->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;
+}
+#line 2315 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 138:
+#line 464 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy258,yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n>0?&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98:0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy210 && yygotominor.yy210->a ) yygotominor.yy210->a[0].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;
+}
+#line 2323 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 140:
+      case 142:
+#line 473 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
+#line 2329 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 141:
+#line 474 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
+#line 2334 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 143:
+#line 476 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy98.z = 0; yygotominor.yy98.n = 0;}
+#line 2339 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 149:
+#line 490 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy404.limit = -1; yygotominor.yy404.offset = 0;}
+#line 2344 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 150:
+#line 491 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy404.limit = yymsp[0].minor.yy284; yygotominor.yy404.offset = 0;}
+#line 2349 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 151:
+#line 493 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy404.limit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy284; yygotominor.yy404.offset = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;}
+#line 2354 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 152:
+#line 495 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy404.limit = yymsp[0].minor.yy284; yygotominor.yy404.offset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy284;}
+#line 2359 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 153:
+#line 499 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy259,yymsp[0].minor.yy258);}
+#line 2364 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 156:
+#line 513 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy259,yymsp[-1].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy258,yymsp[-4].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2369 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 157:
+#line 516 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);}
+#line 2374 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 158:
+#line 517 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,yymsp[0].minor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);}
+#line 2379 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 159:
+#line 523 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy210, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy272, yymsp[-7].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2384 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 160:
+#line 525 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy107, yymsp[-1].minor.yy272, yymsp[-4].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2389 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 163:
+      case 230:
+#line 535 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-2].minor.yy210,yymsp[0].minor.yy258,0);}
+#line 2395 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 164:
+      case 231:
+#line 536 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,yymsp[0].minor.yy258,0);}
+#line 2401 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 167:
+#line 545 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy272 = sqlite3IdListAppend(yymsp[-2].minor.yy272,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);}
+#line 2406 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 168:
+#line 546 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy272 = sqlite3IdListAppend(0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);}
+#line 2411 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 169:
+#line 554 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy258; sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); }
+#line 2416 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 170:
+      case 175:
+      case 176:
+      case 177:
+      case 178:
+#line 555 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(yymsp[0].major, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+#line 2425 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 171:
+      case 172:
+#line 556 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+#line 2431 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 173:
+#line 558 "parse.y"
+{
+  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy98);
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
+}
+#line 2440 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 174:
+#line 563 "parse.y"
+{
+  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy98);
+  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+  Expr *temp3 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy98);
+  Expr *temp4 = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
+}
+#line 2451 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 179:
+#line 574 "parse.y"
+{
+  Token *pToken = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+  Expr *pExpr = yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_VARIABLE, 0, 0, pToken);
+  sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, pExpr);
+}
+#line 2460 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 180:
+#line 579 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3ExprFunction(yymsp[-1].minor.yy210, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2468 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 181:
+#line 583 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3ExprFunction(0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2476 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 182:
+      case 183:
+      case 184:
+      case 185:
+      case 186:
+      case 187:
+      case 188:
+      case 189:
+      case 190:
+      case 191:
+      case 192:
+      case 193:
+      case 194:
+      case 195:
+      case 196:
+      case 197:
+      case 198:
+      case 199:
+#line 587 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0);}
+#line 2498 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 200:
+#line 606 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy342.opcode = TK_LIKE; yygotominor.yy342.not = 0;}
+#line 2503 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 201:
+#line 607 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy342.opcode = TK_GLOB; yygotominor.yy342.not = 0;}
+#line 2508 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 202:
+#line 608 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy342.opcode = TK_LIKE; yygotominor.yy342.not = 1;}
+#line 2513 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 203:
+#line 609 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy342.opcode = TK_GLOB; yygotominor.yy342.not = 1;}
+#line 2518 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 204:
+#line 610 "parse.y"
+{
+  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pList, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->op = yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.opcode;
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.not ) yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy258->span, &yymsp[0].minor.yy258->span);
+}
+#line 2530 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 205:
+#line 618 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ISNULL, yymsp[-1].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2538 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 206:
+#line 622 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ISNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2546 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 207:
+#line 626 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-1].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2554 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 208:
+#line 630 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2562 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 209:
+#line 634 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-3].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2570 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 210:
+      case 211:
+#line 638 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy258->span);
+}
+#line 2579 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 212:
+#line 646 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy258->span);
+}
+#line 2587 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 213:
+#line 650 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_UPLUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy258->span);
+}
+#line 2595 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 214:
+#line 654 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy107;
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2604 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 217:
+#line 662 "parse.y"
+{
+  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pList = pList;
+  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy284 ) yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy258->span);
+}
+#line 2616 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 220:
+#line 673 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy210;
+  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy284 ) yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2626 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 221:
+#line 679 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy107;
+  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy284 ) yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy258->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2636 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 222:
+#line 685 "parse.y"
+{
+  SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98);
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,-1,0);
+  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy284 ) yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy258, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy258->span,yymsp[0].minor.yy98.z?&yymsp[0].minor.yy98:&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98);
+}
+#line 2647 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 223:
+#line 695 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy258, yymsp[-1].minor.yy258, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy258 ) yygotominor.yy258->pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy210;
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2656 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 224:
+#line 702 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy210, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yygotominor.yy210, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0);
+}
+#line 2664 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 225:
+#line 706 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy258, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yygotominor.yy210, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, 0);
+}
+#line 2672 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 234:
+#line 731 "parse.y"
+{
+  if( yymsp[-9].minor.yy284!=OE_None ) yymsp[-9].minor.yy284 = yymsp[0].minor.yy284;
+  if( yymsp[-9].minor.yy284==OE_Default) yymsp[-9].minor.yy284 = OE_Abort;
+  sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy98, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy98, yymsp[-4].minor.yy259, yymsp[-2].minor.yy210, yymsp[-9].minor.yy284, &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2681 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 235:
+      case 282:
+#line 738 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Abort;}
+#line 2687 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 236:
+#line 739 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_None;}
+#line 2692 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 239:
+#line 749 "parse.y"
+{
+  Expr *p = 0;
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n>0 ){
+    p = sqlite3Expr(TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( p ) p->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.z, yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy210, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+}
+#line 2704 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 240:
+#line 757 "parse.y"
+{
+  Expr *p = 0;
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n>0 ){
+    p = sqlite3Expr(TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( p ) p->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.z, yymsp[-1].minor.yy98.n);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy210 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy98);
+}
+#line 2716 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 242:
+#line 770 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259);}
+#line 2721 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 243:
+      case 244:
+#line 774 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse,0);}
+#line 2727 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 245:
+      case 247:
+#line 779 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,0);}
+#line 2733 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 246:
+#line 780 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);}
+#line 2738 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 248:
+#line 782 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,1);
+}
+#line 2745 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 249:
+#line 785 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,0);}
+#line 2750 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 250:
+#line 786 "parse.y"
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98,&yymsp[0].minor.yy98,0,0);}
+#line 2755 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 257:
+#line 796 "parse.y"
+{
+  Token all;
+  all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy98.z;
+  all.n = (yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy98.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
+  sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy91, &all);
+}
+#line 2765 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 258:
+#line 805 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy98, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy98, yymsp[-5].minor.yy284, yymsp[-4].minor.yy146.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy146.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy284, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, yymsp[-9].minor.yy284);
+  yygotominor.yy98 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy98.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy98:yymsp[-6].minor.yy98);
+}
+#line 2773 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 259:
+      case 262:
+#line 811 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = TK_BEFORE; }
+#line 2779 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 260:
+#line 812 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = TK_AFTER;  }
+#line 2784 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 261:
+#line 813 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = TK_INSTEAD;}
+#line 2789 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 263:
+      case 264:
+      case 265:
+#line 818 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy146.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy146.b = 0;}
+#line 2796 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 266:
+#line 821 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy146.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy146.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy272;}
+#line 2801 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 267:
+      case 268:
+#line 824 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = TK_ROW; }
+#line 2807 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 269:
+#line 826 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy284 = TK_STATEMENT; }
+#line 2812 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 270:
+#line 829 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy258 = 0; }
+#line 2817 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 271:
+#line 830 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy258 = yymsp[0].minor.yy258; }
+#line 2822 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 272:
+#line 834 "parse.y"
+{
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy91->pNext = yymsp[0].minor.yy91;
+  yygotominor.yy91 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy91;
+}
+#line 2830 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 273:
+#line 838 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy91 = 0; }
+#line 2835 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 274:
+#line 844 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy91 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(&yymsp[-3].minor.yy98, yymsp[-1].minor.yy210, yymsp[0].minor.yy258, yymsp[-4].minor.yy284); }
+#line 2840 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 275:
+#line 849 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy91 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(&yymsp[-5].minor.yy98, yymsp[-4].minor.yy272, yymsp[-1].minor.yy210, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2845 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 276:
+#line 852 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy91 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(&yymsp[-2].minor.yy98, yymsp[-1].minor.yy272, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy107, yymsp[-4].minor.yy284);}
+#line 2850 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 277:
+#line 856 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy91 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(&yymsp[-1].minor.yy98, yymsp[0].minor.yy258);}
+#line 2855 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 278:
+#line 859 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy91 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(yymsp[0].minor.yy107); }
+#line 2860 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 279:
+#line 862 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); 
+  yygotominor.yy258->iColumn = OE_Ignore;
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2869 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 280:
+#line 867 "parse.y"
+{
+  yygotominor.yy258 = sqlite3Expr(TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy98); 
+  yygotominor.yy258->iColumn = yymsp[-3].minor.yy284;
+  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy258, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+#line 2878 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 281:
+#line 873 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Rollback;}
+#line 2883 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 283:
+#line 875 "parse.y"
+{yygotominor.yy284 = OE_Fail;}
+#line 2888 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 284:
+#line 879 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy259);
+}
+#line 2895 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 285:
+#line 884 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3Attach(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy98, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy98, yymsp[0].minor.yy292.type, &yymsp[0].minor.yy292.key);
+}
+#line 2902 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 286:
+#line 888 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy292.type = 0; }
+#line 2907 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 287:
+#line 889 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy292.type=1; yygotominor.yy292.key = yymsp[0].minor.yy98; }
+#line 2912 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 288:
+#line 890 "parse.y"
+{ yygotominor.yy292.type=2; yygotominor.yy292.key = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; }
+#line 2917 "parse.c"
+        break;
+      case 291:
+#line 896 "parse.y"
+{
+  sqlite3Detach(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy98);
+}
+#line 2924 "parse.c"
+        break;
+  };
+  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
+  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
+  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
+  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yypParser,yygoto);
+  if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){
+    yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
+  }else if( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ){
+    yy_accept(yypParser);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when the parse fails
+*/
+static void yy_parse_failed(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser fails */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/*
+** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
+*/
+static void yy_syntax_error(
+  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
+#line 23 "parse.y"
+
+  if( pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
+    if( TOKEN.z[0] ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "incomplete SQL statement");
+    }
+  }
+#line 2976 "parse.c"
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/*
+** The following is executed when the parser accepts
+*/
+static void yy_accept(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+  }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser accepts */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/* The main parser program.
+** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
+** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
+** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
+** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
+** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
+** use by the action routines.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
+** <li> The major token number.
+** <li> The minor token number.
+** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+void sqlite3Parser(
+  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
+  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
+){
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
+  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */
+  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
+  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
+  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */
+
+  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
+  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
+  if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
+    if( yymajor==0 ) return;
+    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
+    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
+  }
+  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
+  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  do{
+    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,yymajor);
+    if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){
+      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
+      if( yyendofinput && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ){
+        yymajor = 0;
+      }else{
+        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      }
+    }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
+      yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
+    }else if( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ){
+      int yymx;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+      }
+#endif
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+      /* A syntax error has occurred.
+      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
+      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
+      **
+      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
+      **
+      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
+      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
+      **    the error symbol.
+      **
+      **  * Set the error count to three.
+      **
+      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
+      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
+      **    shifted successfully.
+      **
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
+      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( yyTraceFILE ){
+          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
+             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+        }
+#endif
+        yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      }else{
+         while(
+          yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
+          yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
+          (yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
+        ){
+          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+        }
+        if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
+          yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
+          YYMINORTYPE u2;
+          u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
+          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
+        }
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yyerrorhit = 1;
+#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
+      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
+      **
+      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
+      **
+      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
+      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      if( yyendofinput ){
+        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+      }
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      yy_accept(yypParser);
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+    }
+  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/parse.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/parse.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..547319ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/parse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+#define TK_END_OF_FILE                     1
+#define TK_ILLEGAL                         2
+#define TK_SPACE                           3
+#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                 4
+#define TK_COMMENT                         5
+#define TK_FUNCTION                        6
+#define TK_COLUMN                          7
+#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                    8
+#define TK_SEMI                            9
+#define TK_EXPLAIN                        10
+#define TK_BEGIN                          11
+#define TK_TRANSACTION                    12
+#define TK_DEFERRED                       13
+#define TK_IMMEDIATE                      14
+#define TK_EXCLUSIVE                      15
+#define TK_COMMIT                         16
+#define TK_END                            17
+#define TK_ROLLBACK                       18
+#define TK_CREATE                         19
+#define TK_TABLE                          20
+#define TK_TEMP                           21
+#define TK_LP                             22
+#define TK_RP                             23
+#define TK_AS                             24
+#define TK_COMMA                          25
+#define TK_ID                             26
+#define TK_ABORT                          27
+#define TK_AFTER                          28
+#define TK_ASC                            29
+#define TK_ATTACH                         30
+#define TK_BEFORE                         31
+#define TK_CASCADE                        32
+#define TK_CONFLICT                       33
+#define TK_DATABASE                       34
+#define TK_DESC                           35
+#define TK_DETACH                         36
+#define TK_EACH                           37
+#define TK_FAIL                           38
+#define TK_FOR                            39
+#define TK_GLOB                           40
+#define TK_IGNORE                         41
+#define TK_INITIALLY                      42
+#define TK_INSTEAD                        43
+#define TK_LIKE                           44
+#define TK_MATCH                          45
+#define TK_KEY                            46
+#define TK_OF                             47
+#define TK_OFFSET                         48
+#define TK_PRAGMA                         49
+#define TK_RAISE                          50
+#define TK_REPLACE                        51
+#define TK_RESTRICT                       52
+#define TK_ROW                            53
+#define TK_STATEMENT                      54
+#define TK_TRIGGER                        55
+#define TK_VACUUM                         56
+#define TK_VIEW                           57
+#define TK_OR                             58
+#define TK_AND                            59
+#define TK_NOT                            60
+#define TK_IS                             61
+#define TK_BETWEEN                        62
+#define TK_IN                             63
+#define TK_ISNULL                         64
+#define TK_NOTNULL                        65
+#define TK_NE                             66
+#define TK_EQ                             67
+#define TK_GT                             68
+#define TK_LE                             69
+#define TK_LT                             70
+#define TK_GE                             71
+#define TK_BITAND                         72
+#define TK_BITOR                          73
+#define TK_LSHIFT                         74
+#define TK_RSHIFT                         75
+#define TK_PLUS                           76
+#define TK_MINUS                          77
+#define TK_STAR                           78
+#define TK_SLASH                          79
+#define TK_REM                            80
+#define TK_CONCAT                         81
+#define TK_UMINUS                         82
+#define TK_UPLUS                          83
+#define TK_BITNOT                         84
+#define TK_STRING                         85
+#define TK_JOIN_KW                        86
+#define TK_CONSTRAINT                     87
+#define TK_DEFAULT                        88
+#define TK_NULL                           89
+#define TK_PRIMARY                        90
+#define TK_UNIQUE                         91
+#define TK_CHECK                          92
+#define TK_REFERENCES                     93
+#define TK_COLLATE                        94
+#define TK_ON                             95
+#define TK_DELETE                         96
+#define TK_UPDATE                         97
+#define TK_INSERT                         98
+#define TK_SET                            99
+#define TK_DEFERRABLE                     100
+#define TK_FOREIGN                        101
+#define TK_DROP                           102
+#define TK_UNION                          103
+#define TK_ALL                            104
+#define TK_INTERSECT                      105
+#define TK_EXCEPT                         106
+#define TK_SELECT                         107
+#define TK_DISTINCT                       108
+#define TK_DOT                            109
+#define TK_FROM                           110
+#define TK_JOIN                           111
+#define TK_USING                          112
+#define TK_ORDER                          113
+#define TK_BY                             114
+#define TK_GROUP                          115
+#define TK_HAVING                         116
+#define TK_LIMIT                          117
+#define TK_WHERE                          118
+#define TK_INTO                           119
+#define TK_VALUES                         120
+#define TK_INTEGER                        121
+#define TK_FLOAT                          122
+#define TK_BLOB                           123
+#define TK_VARIABLE                       124
+#define TK_CASE                           125
+#define TK_WHEN                           126
+#define TK_THEN                           127
+#define TK_ELSE                           128
+#define TK_INDEX                          129
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pragma.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pragma.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..94a21863
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/pragma.c
@@ -0,0 +1,754 @@
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+# include "pager.h"
+# include "btree.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
+*/
+static int getBoolean(const u8 *z){
+  static const u8 *azTrue[] = { "yes", "on", "true" };
+  int i;
+  if( z[0]==0 ) return 0;
+  if( sqlite3IsNumber(z, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+    return atoi(z);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azTrue)/sizeof(azTrue[0]); i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(z,azTrue[i])==0 ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a safety level.  Return 0 for OFF,
+** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL.  Return 1 for an empty or 
+** unrecognized string argument.
+**
+** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
+** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
+** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
+** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
+*/
+static int getSafetyLevel(u8 *z){
+  static const struct {
+    const u8 *zWord;
+    int val;
+  } aKey[] = {
+    { "no",    0 },
+    { "off",   0 },
+    { "false", 0 },
+    { "yes",   1 },
+    { "on",    1 },
+    { "true",  1 },
+    { "full",  2 },
+  };
+  int i;
+  if( z[0]==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3IsNumber(z, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+    return atoi(z);
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aKey)/sizeof(aKey[0]); i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(z,aKey[i].zWord)==0 ) return aKey[i].val;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file
+** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database
+** and 0 to use the compile-time default.
+*/
+static int getTempStore(const char *z){
+  if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){
+    return z[0] - '0';
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){
+    return 1;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){
+    return 2;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema
+** as needing reloading.  This must be done when using the TEMP_STORE
+** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas.
+*/
+static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){
+  int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_InTrans ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed "
+        "from within a transaction");
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt);
+    db->aDb[1].pBt = 0;
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  db->temp_store = ts;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code to return a single integer value.
+*/
+static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, int value){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, value, 0);
+  if( pParse->explain==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, zLabel, P3_STATIC);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries
+** or changes one of the flags in db->flags.  Return 1 if so and 0 if not.
+** Also, implement the pragma.
+*/
+static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
+  static const struct {
+    const char *zName;  /* Name of the pragma */
+    int mask;           /* Mask for the db->flags value */
+  } aPragma[] = {
+    { "vdbe_trace",               SQLITE_VdbeTrace     },
+    { "sql_trace",                SQLITE_SqlTrace      },
+    { "vdbe_listing",             SQLITE_VdbeListing   },
+#if 1  /* FIX ME:  Remove the following pragmas */
+    { "full_column_names",        SQLITE_FullColNames  },
+    { "short_column_names",       SQLITE_ShortColNames },
+    { "count_changes",            SQLITE_CountRows     },
+    { "empty_result_callbacks",   SQLITE_NullCallback  },
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aPragma)/sizeof(aPragma[0]); i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, aPragma[i].zName)==0 ){
+      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+      Vdbe *v;
+      if( zRight==0 ){
+        v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+        if( v ){
+          returnSingleInt(pParse,
+               aPragma[i].zName, (db->flags&aPragma[i].mask)!=0);
+        }
+      }else if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
+        db->flags |= aPragma[i].mask;
+      }else{
+        db->flags &= ~aPragma[i].mask;
+      }
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Process a pragma statement.  
+**
+** Pragmas are of this form:
+**
+**      PRAGMA [database.]id [= value]
+**
+** The identifier might also be a string.  The value is a string, and
+** identifier, or a number.  If minusFlag is true, then the value is
+** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
+**
+** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
+** and pId2 is the id.  If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
+** id and pId2 is any empty string.
+*/
+void sqlite3Pragma(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  Token *pId1,        /* First part of [database.]id field */
+  Token *pId2,        /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */
+  Token *pValue,      /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
+  int minusFlag       /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */
+){
+  char *zLeft = 0;       /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */
+  char *zRight = 0;      /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */
+  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
+  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to <id> token */
+  int iDb;               /* Database index for <database> */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Db *pDb;
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+
+  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
+  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(pId);
+  if( !zLeft ) return;
+  if( minusFlag ){
+    zRight = sqlite3MPrintf("-%T", pValue);
+  }else{
+    zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(pValue);
+  }
+
+  zDb = ((iDb>0)?pDb->zName:0);
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){
+    goto pragma_out;
+  }
+ 
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
+  ** page cache size.  The value returned is the maximum number of
+  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets both the current
+  ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
+  ** stored in the database file.
+  **
+  ** The default cache size is stored in meta-value 2 of page 1 of the
+  ** database file.  The cache size is actually the absolute value of
+  ** this memory location.  The sign of meta-value 2 determines the
+  ** synchronous setting.  A negative value means synchronous is off
+  ** and a positive value means synchronous is on.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){
+    static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = {
+      { OP_ReadCookie,  0, 2,        0},  /* 0 */
+      { OP_AbsValue,    0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Dup,         0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Ne,          0, 6,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},  /* 5 */
+      { OP_Callback,    1, 0,        0},
+    };
+    int addr;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "cache_size", P3_STATIC);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+5, MAX_PAGES);
+    }else{
+      int size = atoi(zRight);
+      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
+      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, size, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 2);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ge, 0, addr+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Negative, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 2);
+      pDb->cache_size = size;
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->cache_size);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+  ** database page size in bytes.  The second form sets the
+  ** database page size value.  The value can only be set if
+  ** the database has not yet been created.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      int size = pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, atoi(zRight), sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pBt));
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
+  ** page cache size.  The local setting can be different from
+  ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database
+  ** file itself.  The value returned is the maximum number of
+  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets the local
+  ** page cache size value.  It does not change the persistent
+  ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert
+  ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened.
+  ** N should be a positive integer.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->cache_size);
+    }else{
+      int size = atoi(zRight);
+      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
+      pDb->cache_size = size;
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->cache_size);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag.  Changing
+  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default
+  ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened.
+  **
+  ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to
+  ** override this setting
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store);
+    }else{
+      changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag.  Changing
+  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
+  ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
+  ** opened.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1);
+    }else{
+      if( !db->autoCommit ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+            "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
+      }else{
+        pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1;
+        sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+#if 0  /* Used once during development.  No longer needed */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "trigger_overhead_test")==0 ){
+    if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
+      sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup = 1;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup = 0;
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){
+    /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code
+    ** there is nothing more to do here */
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA table_info(<table>)
+  **
+  ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of
+  ** the returned data set are:
+  **
+  ** cid:        Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0)
+  ** name:       Column name
+  ** type:       Column declaration type.
+  ** notnull:    True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration
+  ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      int i;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "cid", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "name", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, "type", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, "notnull", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, "dflt_value", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, "pk", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
+      for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[i].zName, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+           pTab->aCol[i].zType ? pTab->aCol[i].zType : "numeric", 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->aCol[i].notNull, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+           pTab->aCol[i].zDflt, P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->aCol[i].isPrimKey, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 6, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pIdx ){
+      int i;
+      pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "seqno", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "cid", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, "name", P3_STATIC);
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+        int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 0);
+        assert( pTab->nCol>cnum );
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      pIdx = pTab->pIndex;
+      if( pIdx ){
+        int i = 0; 
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "seq", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "name", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, "unique", P3_STATIC);
+        while(pIdx){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0);
+          ++i;
+          pIdx = pIdx->pNext;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){
+    FKey *pFK;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      pFK = pTab->pFKey;
+      if( pFK ){
+        int i = 0; 
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 5);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "id", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "seq", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, "table", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, "from", P3_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, "to", P3_STATIC);
+        while(pFK){
+          int j;
+          for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, j, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pFK->zTo, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+                             pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pFK->aCol[j].zCol, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 5, 0);
+          }
+          ++i;
+          pFK = pFK->pNextFrom;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){
+    int i;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "seq", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "name", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, "file", P3_STATIC);
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue;
+      assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+           sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0);
+    }
+  }else
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){
+    extern void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
+    if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
+      sqlite3ParserTrace(stdout, "parser: ");
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0 ){
+    int i, j, addr;
+
+    /* Code that initializes the integrity check program.  Set the
+    ** error count 0
+    */
+    static const VdbeOpList initCode[] = {
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_MemStore,    0, 1,        0},
+    };
+
+    /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check.  If no error
+    ** messages have been generated, output OK.  Otherwise output the
+    ** error message
+    */
+    static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {
+      { OP_MemLoad,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Ne,          0, 0,        0},    /* 2 */
+      { OP_String8,     0, 0,        "ok"},
+      { OP_Callback,    1, 0,        0},
+    };
+
+    /* Initialize the VDBE program */
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "integrity_check", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(initCode), initCode);
+
+    /* Do an integrity check on each database file */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      HashElem *x;
+      int cnt = 0;
+
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+
+      /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree
+      */
+      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[i].tblHash); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 0);
+        cnt++;
+        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          if( sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(pParse, pIdx) ) goto pragma_out;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 0);
+          cnt++;
+        }
+      }
+      assert( cnt>0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IntegrityCk, cnt, i);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 1);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, "ok", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Eq, 0, addr+6);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
+         sqlite3MPrintf("*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName),
+         P3_DYNAMIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Concat, 0, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+
+      /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly.
+      */
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[i].tblHash); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx;
+        int loopTop;
+
+        if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue;
+        sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, 1, 1);
+        loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, 0);
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          int jmp2;
+          static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = {
+            { OP_MemIncr,     0,  0,  0},
+            { OP_String8,     0,  0,  "rowid "},
+            { OP_Recno,       1,  0,  0},
+            { OP_String8,     0,  0,  " missing from index "},
+            { OP_String8,     0,  0,  0},    /* 4 */
+            { OP_Concat,      2,  0,  0},
+            { OP_Callback,    1,  0,  0},
+          };
+          sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, 1);
+          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0);
+          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P3_STATIC);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, jmp2, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, loopTop, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = {
+             { OP_Integer,      0,  0,  0},
+             { OP_MemStore,     2,  1,  0},
+             { OP_Rewind,       0,  0,  0},  /* 2 */
+             { OP_MemIncr,      2,  0,  0},
+             { OP_Next,         0,  0,  0},  /* 4 */
+             { OP_MemLoad,      1,  0,  0},
+             { OP_MemLoad,      2,  0,  0},
+             { OP_Eq,           0,  0,  0},  /* 7 */
+             { OP_MemIncr,      0,  0,  0},
+             { OP_String8,      0,  0,  "wrong # of entries in index "},
+             { OP_String8,      0,  0,  0},  /* 10 */
+             { OP_Concat,       0,  0,  0},
+             { OP_Callback,     1,  0,  0},
+          };
+          if( pIdx->tnum==0 ) continue;
+          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, j+2);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, addr+5);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+4, j+2);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+4, addr+3);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+7, addr+ArraySize(cntIdx));
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+10, pIdx->zName, P3_STATIC);
+        }
+      } 
+    }
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, addr+ArraySize(endCode));
+  }else
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA encoding
+  **   PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be"
+  **
+  ** In it's first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main
+  ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now.
+  **
+  ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file
+  ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default
+  ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
+  ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
+  ** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
+  ** 
+  ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
+  ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
+  ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
+  ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation.
+  **
+  ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in
+  ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only
+  ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){
+    static struct EncName {
+      char *zName;
+      u8 enc;
+    } encnames[] = {
+      { "UTF-8",    SQLITE_UTF8        },
+      { "UTF8",     SQLITE_UTF8        },
+      { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
+      { "UTF16le",  SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
+      { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
+      { "UTF16be",  SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
+      { "UTF-16",   0 /* Filled in at run-time */ },
+      { "UTF16",    0 /* Filled in at run-time */ },
+      { 0, 0 }
+    };
+    struct EncName *pEnc;
+    encnames[6].enc = encnames[7].enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+    if( !zRight ){    /* "PRAGMA encoding" */
+      if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "encoding", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
+        if( pEnc->enc==pParse->db->enc ){
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pEnc->zName, P3_STATIC);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+    }else{                        /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */
+      /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not
+      ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value
+      ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
+      ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
+      */
+      if( !(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_Initialized) ){
+        for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
+          if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
+            pParse->db->enc = pEnc->enc;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( !pEnc->zName ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  /*
+  ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){
+    static const char *const azLockName[] = {
+      "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive"
+    };
+    int i;
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "database", P3_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, "status", P3_STATIC);
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt;
+      Pager *pPager;
+      if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue;
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String, 0, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P3_STATIC);
+      pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String, 0, 0, "closed", P3_STATIC);
+      }else{
+        int j = sqlite3pager_lockstate(pPager);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String, 0, 0, 
+            (j>=0 && j<=4) ? azLockName[j] : "unknown", P3_STATIC);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 2, 0);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  {}
+pragma_out:
+  sqliteFree(zLeft);
+  sqliteFree(zRight);
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/printf.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/printf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43e12863
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/printf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,825 @@
+/*
+** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
+** the public domain.  The original comments are included here for
+** completeness.  They are very out-of-date but might be useful as
+** an historical reference.  Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
+** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
+**
+**************************************************************************
+**
+** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines
+** found in the standard C library.  The following enhancements are
+** supported:
+**
+**      +  Additional functions.  The standard set of "printf" functions
+**         includes printf, fprintf, sprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, and
+**         vsprintf.  This module adds the following:
+**
+**           *  snprintf -- Works like sprintf, but has an extra argument
+**                          which is the size of the buffer written to.
+**
+**           *  mprintf --  Similar to sprintf.  Writes output to memory
+**                          obtained from malloc.
+**
+**           *  xprintf --  Calls a function to dispose of output.
+**
+**           *  nprintf --  No output, but returns the number of characters
+**                          that would have been output by printf.
+**
+**           *  A v- version (ex: vsnprintf) of every function is also
+**              supplied.
+**
+**      +  A few extensions to the formatting notation are supported:
+**
+**           *  The "=" flag (similar to "-") causes the output to be
+**              be centered in the appropriately sized field.
+**
+**           *  The %b field outputs an integer in binary notation.
+**
+**           *  The %c field now accepts a precision.  The character output
+**              is repeated by the number of times the precision specifies.
+**
+**           *  The %' field works like %c, but takes as its character the
+**              next character of the format string, instead of the next
+**              argument.  For example,  printf("%.78'-")  prints 78 minus
+**              signs, the same as  printf("%.78c",'-').
+**
+**      +  When compiled using GCC on a SPARC, this version of printf is
+**         faster than the library printf for SUN OS 4.1.
+**
+**      +  All functions are fully reentrant.
+**
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
+** following enumeration.
+*/
+#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
+#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */
+#define etEXP         3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */
+#define etGENERIC     4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */
+#define etSIZE        5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */
+#define etSTRING      6 /* Strings. %s */
+#define etDYNSTRING   7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */
+#define etPERCENT     8 /* Percent symbol. %% */
+#define etCHARX       9 /* Characters. %c */
+#define etERROR      10 /* Used to indicate no such conversion type */
+/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */
+#define etCHARLIT    11 /* Literal characters.  %' */
+#define etSQLESCAPE  12 /* Strings with '\'' doubled.  %q */
+#define etSQLESCAPE2 13 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
+                          NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
+#define etTOKEN      14 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
+#define etSRCLIST    15 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
+#define etPOINTER    16 /* The %p conversion */
+
+
+/*
+** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
+*/
+typedef unsigned char etByte;
+
+/*
+** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described
+** by an instance of the following structure
+*/
+typedef struct et_info {   /* Information about each format field */
+  char fmttype;            /* The format field code letter */
+  etByte base;             /* The base for radix conversion */
+  etByte flags;            /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */
+  etByte type;             /* Conversion paradigm */
+  etByte charset;          /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */
+  etByte prefix;           /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */
+} et_info;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for et_info.flags
+*/
+#define FLAG_SIGNED  1     /* True if the value to convert is signed */
+#define FLAG_INTERN  2     /* True if for internal use only */
+
+
+/*
+** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the
+** most frequently used conversion types first.
+*/
+static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef";
+static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0";
+static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
+  {  'd', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  's',  0, 0, etSTRING,     0,  0 },
+  {  'z',  0, 2, etDYNSTRING,  0,  0 },
+  {  'q',  0, 0, etSQLESCAPE,  0,  0 },
+  {  'Q',  0, 0, etSQLESCAPE2, 0,  0 },
+  {  'c',  0, 0, etCHARX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'o',  8, 0, etRADIX,      0,  2 },
+  {  'u', 10, 0, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'x', 16, 0, etRADIX,      16, 1 },
+  {  'X', 16, 0, etRADIX,      0,  4 },
+  {  'f',  0, 1, etFLOAT,      0,  0 },
+  {  'e',  0, 1, etEXP,        30, 0 },
+  {  'E',  0, 1, etEXP,        14, 0 },
+  {  'g',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    30, 0 },
+  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
+  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
+  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
+  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
+  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },
+  {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
+  {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
+};
+#define etNINFO  (sizeof(fmtinfo)/sizeof(fmtinfo[0]))
+
+/*
+** If NOFLOATINGPOINT is defined, then none of the floating point
+** conversions will work.
+*/
+#ifndef etNOFLOATINGPOINT
+/*
+** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
+** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
+** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
+**
+** Example:
+**     input:     *val = 3.14159
+**     output:    *val = 1.4159    function return = '3'
+**
+** The counter *cnt is incremented each time.  After counter exceeds
+** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
+** always returned.
+*/
+static int et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
+  int digit;
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
+  if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0';
+  digit = (int)*val;
+  d = digit;
+  digit += '0';
+  *val = (*val - d)*10.0;
+  return digit;
+}
+#endif
+
+#define etBUFSIZE 1000  /* Size of the output buffer */
+
+/*
+** The root program.  All variations call this core.
+**
+** INPUTS:
+**   func   This is a pointer to a function taking three arguments
+**            1. A pointer to anything.  Same as the "arg" parameter.
+**            2. A pointer to the list of characters to be output
+**               (Note, this list is NOT null terminated.)
+**            3. An integer number of characters to be output.
+**               (Note: This number might be zero.)
+**
+**   arg    This is the pointer to anything which will be passed as the
+**          first argument to "func".  Use it for whatever you like.
+**
+**   fmt    This is the format string, as in the usual print.
+**
+**   ap     This is a pointer to a list of arguments.  Same as in
+**          vfprint.
+**
+** OUTPUTS:
+**          The return value is the total number of characters sent to
+**          the function "func".  Returns -1 on a error.
+**
+** Note that the order in which automatic variables are declared below
+** seems to make a big difference in determining how fast this beast
+** will run.
+*/
+static int vxprintf(
+  void (*func)(void*,const char*,int),     /* Consumer of text */
+  void *arg,                         /* First argument to the consumer */
+  int useExtended,                   /* Allow extended %-conversions */
+  const char *fmt,                   /* Format string */
+  va_list ap                         /* arguments */
+){
+  int c;                     /* Next character in the format string */
+  char *bufpt;               /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */
+  int precision;             /* Precision of the current field */
+  int length;                /* Length of the field */
+  int idx;                   /* A general purpose loop counter */
+  int count;                 /* Total number of characters output */
+  int width;                 /* Width of the current field */
+  etByte flag_leftjustify;   /* True if "-" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_plussign;      /* True if "+" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_blanksign;     /* True if " " flag is present */
+  etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_zeropad;       /* True if field width constant starts with zero */
+  etByte flag_long;          /* True if "l" flag is present */
+  etByte flag_longlong;      /* True if the "ll" flag is present */
+  UINT64_TYPE longvalue;     /* Value for integer types */
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
+  const et_info *infop;      /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
+  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */
+  char prefix;               /* Prefix character.  "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
+  etByte errorflag = 0;      /* True if an error is encountered */
+  etByte xtype;              /* Conversion paradigm */
+  char *zExtra;              /* Extra memory used for etTCLESCAPE conversions */
+  static const char spaces[] =
+   "                                                                         ";
+#define etSPACESIZE (sizeof(spaces)-1)
+#ifndef etNOFLOATINGPOINT
+  int  exp;                  /* exponent of real numbers */
+  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
+  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
+  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
+  etByte flag_exp;           /* True to force display of the exponent */
+  int nsd;                   /* Number of significant digits returned */
+#endif
+
+  func(arg,"",0);
+  count = length = 0;
+  bufpt = 0;
+  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
+    if( c!='%' ){
+      int amt;
+      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
+      amt = 1;
+      while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++;
+      (*func)(arg,bufpt,amt);
+      count += amt;
+      if( c==0 ) break;
+    }
+    if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
+      errorflag = 1;
+      (*func)(arg,"%",1);
+      count++;
+      break;
+    }
+    /* Find out what flags are present */
+    flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = 
+     flag_alternateform = flag_zeropad = 0;
+    do{
+      switch( c ){
+        case '-':   flag_leftjustify = 1;     c = 0;   break;
+        case '+':   flag_plussign = 1;        c = 0;   break;
+        case ' ':   flag_blanksign = 1;       c = 0;   break;
+        case '#':   flag_alternateform = 1;   c = 0;   break;
+        case '0':   flag_zeropad = 1;         c = 0;   break;
+        default:                                       break;
+      }
+    }while( c==0 && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 );
+    /* Get the field width */
+    width = 0;
+    if( c=='*' ){
+      width = va_arg(ap,int);
+      if( width<0 ){
+        flag_leftjustify = 1;
+        width = -width;
+      }
+      c = *++fmt;
+    }else{
+      while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+        width = width*10 + c - '0';
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }
+    }
+    if( width > etBUFSIZE-10 ){
+      width = etBUFSIZE-10;
+    }
+    /* Get the precision */
+    if( c=='.' ){
+      precision = 0;
+      c = *++fmt;
+      if( c=='*' ){
+        precision = va_arg(ap,int);
+        if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision;
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }else{
+        while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
+          precision = precision*10 + c - '0';
+          c = *++fmt;
+        }
+      }
+      /* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */
+      if( precision>etBUFSIZE-40 ) precision = etBUFSIZE-40;
+    }else{
+      precision = -1;
+    }
+    /* Get the conversion type modifier */
+    if( c=='l' ){
+      flag_long = 1;
+      c = *++fmt;
+      if( c=='l' ){
+        flag_longlong = 1;
+        c = *++fmt;
+      }else{
+        flag_longlong = 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
+    }
+    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
+    infop = 0;
+    xtype = etERROR;
+    for(idx=0; idx<etNINFO; idx++){
+      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
+        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
+        if( useExtended || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
+          xtype = infop->type;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    zExtra = 0;
+
+    /*
+    ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
+    **
+    **   flag_alternateform          TRUE if a '#' is present.
+    **   flag_plussign               TRUE if a '+' is present.
+    **   flag_leftjustify            TRUE if a '-' is present or if the
+    **                               field width was negative.
+    **   flag_zeropad                TRUE if the width began with 0.
+    **   flag_long                   TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed
+    **                               the conversion character.
+    **   flag_longlong               TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed
+    **                               the conversion character.
+    **   flag_blanksign              TRUE if a ' ' is present.
+    **   width                       The specified field width.  This is
+    **                               always non-negative.  Zero is the default.
+    **   precision                   The specified precision.  The default
+    **                               is -1.
+    **   xtype                       The class of the conversion.
+    **   infop                       Pointer to the appropriate info struct.
+    */
+    switch( xtype ){
+      case etPOINTER:
+        flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64);
+        flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int);
+        /* Fall through into the next case */
+      case etRADIX:
+        if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
+          i64 v;
+          if( flag_longlong )   v = va_arg(ap,i64);
+          else if( flag_long )  v = va_arg(ap,long int);
+          else                  v = va_arg(ap,int);
+          if( v<0 ){
+            longvalue = -v;
+            prefix = '-';
+          }else{
+            longvalue = v;
+            if( flag_plussign )        prefix = '+';
+            else if( flag_blanksign )  prefix = ' ';
+            else                       prefix = 0;
+          }
+        }else{
+          if( flag_longlong )   longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
+          else if( flag_long )  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
+          else                  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
+          prefix = 0;
+        }
+        if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
+        if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
+          precision = width-(prefix!=0);
+        }
+        bufpt = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1];
+        {
+          register const char *cset;      /* Use registers for speed */
+          register int base;
+          cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
+          base = infop->base;
+          do{                                           /* Convert to ascii */
+            *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base];
+            longvalue = longvalue/base;
+          }while( longvalue>0 );
+        }
+        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
+        for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
+          *(--bufpt) = '0';                             /* Zero pad */
+        }
+        if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix;               /* Add sign */
+        if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){      /* Add "0" or "0x" */
+          const char *pre;
+          char x;
+          pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
+          if( *bufpt!=pre[0] ){
+            for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
+          }
+        }
+        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
+        break;
+      case etFLOAT:
+      case etEXP:
+      case etGENERIC:
+        realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
+#ifndef etNOFLOATINGPOINT
+        if( precision<0 ) precision = 6;         /* Set default precision */
+        if( precision>etBUFSIZE-10 ) precision = etBUFSIZE-10;
+        if( realvalue<0.0 ){
+          realvalue = -realvalue;
+          prefix = '-';
+        }else{
+          if( flag_plussign )          prefix = '+';
+          else if( flag_blanksign )    prefix = ' ';
+          else                         prefix = 0;
+        }
+        if( infop->type==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--;
+        rounder = 0.0;
+#if 0
+        /* Rounding works like BSD when the constant 0.4999 is used.  Wierd! */
+        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.4999; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1);
+#else
+        /* It makes more sense to use 0.5 */
+        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1);
+#endif
+        if( infop->type==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
+        /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
+        exp = 0;
+        if( realvalue>0.0 ){
+          while( realvalue>=1e8 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-8; exp+=8; }
+          while( realvalue>=10.0 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
+          while( realvalue<1e-8 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
+          while( realvalue<1.0 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
+          if( exp>350 || exp<-350 ){
+            bufpt = "NaN";
+            length = 3;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        bufpt = buf;
+        /*
+        ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP
+        ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate.
+        */
+        flag_exp = xtype==etEXP;
+        if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){
+          realvalue += rounder;
+          if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
+        }
+        if( xtype==etGENERIC ){
+          flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform;
+          if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){
+            xtype = etEXP;
+          }else{
+            precision = precision - exp;
+            xtype = etFLOAT;
+          }
+        }else{
+          flag_rtz = 0;
+        }
+        /*
+        ** The "exp+precision" test causes output to be of type etEXP if
+        ** the precision is too large to fit in buf[].
+        */
+        nsd = 0;
+        if( xtype==etFLOAT && exp+precision<etBUFSIZE-30 ){
+          flag_dp = (precision>0 || flag_alternateform);
+          if( prefix ) *(bufpt++) = prefix;         /* Sign */
+          if( exp<0 )  *(bufpt++) = '0';            /* Digits before "." */
+          else for(; exp>=0; exp--) *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+          if( flag_dp ) *(bufpt++) = '.';           /* The decimal point */
+          for(exp++; exp<0 && precision>0; precision--, exp++){
+            *(bufpt++) = '0';
+          }
+          while( (precision--)>0 ) *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+          *(bufpt--) = 0;                           /* Null terminate */
+          if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){     /* Remove trailing zeros and "." */
+            while( bufpt>=buf && *bufpt=='0' ) *(bufpt--) = 0;
+            if( bufpt>=buf && *bufpt=='.' ) *(bufpt--) = 0;
+          }
+          bufpt++;                            /* point to next free slot */
+        }else{    /* etEXP or etGENERIC */
+          flag_dp = (precision>0 || flag_alternateform);
+          if( prefix ) *(bufpt++) = prefix;   /* Sign */
+          *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);  /* First digit */
+          if( flag_dp ) *(bufpt++) = '.';     /* Decimal point */
+          while( (precision--)>0 ) *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
+          bufpt--;                            /* point to last digit */
+          if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){          /* Remove tail zeros */
+            while( bufpt>=buf && *bufpt=='0' ) *(bufpt--) = 0;
+            if( bufpt>=buf && *bufpt=='.' ) *(bufpt--) = 0;
+          }
+          bufpt++;                            /* point to next free slot */
+          if( exp || flag_exp ){
+            *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
+            if( exp<0 ){ *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp; } /* sign of exp */
+            else       { *(bufpt++) = '+'; }
+            if( exp>=100 ){
+              *(bufpt++) = (exp/100)+'0';                /* 100's digit */
+              exp %= 100;
+            }
+            *(bufpt++) = exp/10+'0';                     /* 10's digit */
+            *(bufpt++) = exp%10+'0';                     /* 1's digit */
+          }
+        }
+        /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
+        ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
+        ** integer conversions. */
+        length = bufpt-buf;
+        bufpt = buf;
+
+        /* Special case:  Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
+        ** set and we are not left justified */
+        if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){
+          int i;
+          int nPad = width - length;
+          for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){
+            bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad];
+          }
+          i = prefix!=0;
+          while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0';
+          length = width;
+        }
+#endif
+        break;
+      case etSIZE:
+        *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = count;
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      case etPERCENT:
+        buf[0] = '%';
+        bufpt = buf;
+        length = 1;
+        break;
+      case etCHARLIT:
+      case etCHARX:
+        c = buf[0] = (xtype==etCHARX ? va_arg(ap,int) : *++fmt);
+        if( precision>=0 ){
+          for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = c;
+          length = precision;
+        }else{
+          length =1;
+        }
+        bufpt = buf;
+        break;
+      case etSTRING:
+      case etDYNSTRING:
+        bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
+        if( bufpt==0 ){
+          bufpt = "";
+        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){
+          zExtra = bufpt;
+        }
+        length = strlen(bufpt);
+        if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision;
+        break;
+      case etSQLESCAPE:
+      case etSQLESCAPE2:
+        {
+          int i, j, n, c, isnull;
+          char *arg = va_arg(ap,char*);
+          isnull = arg==0;
+          if( isnull ) arg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
+          for(i=n=0; (c=arg[i])!=0; i++){
+            if( c=='\'' )  n++;
+          }
+          n += i + 1 + ((!isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2) ? 2 : 0);
+          if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
+            bufpt = zExtra = sqliteMalloc( n );
+            if( bufpt==0 ) return -1;
+          }else{
+            bufpt = buf;
+          }
+          j = 0;
+          if( !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ) bufpt[j++] = '\'';
+          for(i=0; (c=arg[i])!=0; i++){
+            bufpt[j++] = c;
+            if( c=='\'' ) bufpt[j++] = c;
+          }
+          if( !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ) bufpt[j++] = '\'';
+          bufpt[j] = 0;
+          length = j;
+          if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision;
+        }
+        break;
+      case etTOKEN: {
+        Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
+        if( pToken && pToken->z ){
+          (*func)(arg, pToken->z, pToken->n);
+        }
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      case etSRCLIST: {
+        SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
+        int k = va_arg(ap, int);
+        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
+        assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
+        if( pItem->zDatabase && pItem->zDatabase[0] ){
+          (*func)(arg, pItem->zDatabase, strlen(pItem->zDatabase));
+          (*func)(arg, ".", 1);
+        }
+        (*func)(arg, pItem->zName, strlen(pItem->zName));
+        length = width = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+      case etERROR:
+        buf[0] = '%';
+        buf[1] = c;
+        errorflag = 0;
+        idx = 1+(c!=0);
+        (*func)(arg,"%",idx);
+        count += idx;
+        if( c==0 ) fmt--;
+        break;
+    }/* End switch over the format type */
+    /*
+    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
+    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
+    ** the output.
+    */
+    if( !flag_leftjustify ){
+      register int nspace;
+      nspace = width-length;
+      if( nspace>0 ){
+        count += nspace;
+        while( nspace>=etSPACESIZE ){
+          (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE);
+          nspace -= etSPACESIZE;
+        }
+        if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace);
+      }
+    }
+    if( length>0 ){
+      (*func)(arg,bufpt,length);
+      count += length;
+    }
+    if( flag_leftjustify ){
+      register int nspace;
+      nspace = width-length;
+      if( nspace>0 ){
+        count += nspace;
+        while( nspace>=etSPACESIZE ){
+          (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE);
+          nspace -= etSPACESIZE;
+        }
+        if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace);
+      }
+    }
+    if( zExtra ){
+      sqliteFree(zExtra);
+    }
+  }/* End for loop over the format string */
+  return errorflag ? -1 : count;
+} /* End of function */
+
+
+/* This structure is used to store state information about the
+** write to memory that is currently in progress.
+*/
+struct sgMprintf {
+  char *zBase;     /* A base allocation */
+  char *zText;     /* The string collected so far */
+  int  nChar;      /* Length of the string so far */
+  int  nTotal;     /* Output size if unconstrained */
+  int  nAlloc;     /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Function used to realloc memory */
+};
+
+/* 
+** This function implements the callback from vxprintf. 
+**
+** This routine add nNewChar characters of text in zNewText to
+** the sgMprintf structure pointed to by "arg".
+*/
+static void mout(void *arg, const char *zNewText, int nNewChar){
+  struct sgMprintf *pM = (struct sgMprintf*)arg;
+  pM->nTotal += nNewChar;
+  if( pM->nChar + nNewChar + 1 > pM->nAlloc ){
+    if( pM->xRealloc==0 ){
+      nNewChar =  pM->nAlloc - pM->nChar - 1;
+    }else{
+      pM->nAlloc = pM->nChar + nNewChar*2 + 1;
+      if( pM->zText==pM->zBase ){
+        pM->zText = pM->xRealloc(0, pM->nAlloc);
+        if( pM->zText && pM->nChar ){
+          memcpy(pM->zText, pM->zBase, pM->nChar);
+        }
+      }else{
+        pM->zText = pM->xRealloc(pM->zText, pM->nAlloc);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( pM->zText ){
+    if( nNewChar>0 ){
+      memcpy(&pM->zText[pM->nChar], zNewText, nNewChar);
+      pM->nChar += nNewChar;
+    }
+    pM->zText[pM->nChar] = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a wrapper around xprintf() that invokes mout() as
+** the consumer.  
+*/
+static char *base_vprintf(
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int),   /* Routine to realloc memory. May be NULL */
+  int useInternal,                /* Use internal %-conversions if true */
+  char *zInitBuf,                 /* Initially write here, before mallocing */
+  int nInitBuf,                   /* Size of zInitBuf[] */
+  const char *zFormat,            /* format string */
+  va_list ap                      /* arguments */
+){
+  struct sgMprintf sM;
+  sM.zBase = sM.zText = zInitBuf;
+  sM.nChar = sM.nTotal = 0;
+  sM.nAlloc = nInitBuf;
+  sM.xRealloc = xRealloc;
+  vxprintf(mout, &sM, useInternal, zFormat, ap);
+  if( xRealloc ){
+    if( sM.zText==sM.zBase ){
+      sM.zText = xRealloc(0, sM.nChar+1);
+      if( sM.zText ){
+        memcpy(sM.zText, sM.zBase, sM.nChar+1);
+      }
+    }else if( sM.nAlloc>sM.nChar+10 ){
+      sM.zText = xRealloc(sM.zText, sM.nChar+1);
+    }
+  }
+  return sM.zText;
+}
+
+/*
+** Realloc that is a real function, not a macro.
+*/
+static void *printf_realloc(void *old, int size){
+  return sqliteRealloc(old,size);
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+char *sqlite3VMPrintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  char zBase[1000];
+  return base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap);
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.
+*/
+char *sqlite3MPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  char zBase[1000];
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print into memory obtained from malloc().  Do not use the internal
+** %-conversion extensions.  This routine is for use by external users.
+*/
+char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  char zBuf[200];
+
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  z = base_vprintf((void*(*)(void*,int))realloc, 0, 
+                   zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/* This is the varargs version of sqlite3_mprintf.  
+*/
+char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+  char zBuf[200];
+  return base_vprintf((void*(*)(void*,int))realloc, 0,
+                      zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), zFormat, ap);
+}
+
+/*
+** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the
+** current locale settings.  This is important for SQLite because we
+** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as
+** specified by some locales.
+*/
+char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  char *z;
+  va_list ap;
+
+  va_start(ap,zFormat);
+  z = base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, n, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return z;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** A version of printf() that understands %lld.  Used for debugging.
+** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld
+** and segfaults if you give it a long long int.
+*/
+void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
+  extern int getpid(void);
+  va_list ap;
+  char zBuf[500];
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  fprintf(stdout,"%d: %s", getpid(), zBuf);
+  fflush(stdout);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/random.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/random.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de74e291
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/random.c
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number
+** generator (PRNG) for SQLite.
+**
+** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
+** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+
+
+/*
+** Get a single 8-bit random value from the RC4 PRNG.  The Mutex
+** must be held while executing this routine.
+**
+** Why not just use a library random generator like lrand48() for this?
+** Because the OP_NewRecno opcode in the VDBE depends on having a very
+** good source of random numbers.  The lrand48() library function may
+** well be good enough.  But maybe not.  Or maybe lrand48() has some
+** subtle problems on some systems that could cause problems.  It is hard
+** to know.  To minimize the risk of problems due to bad lrand48()
+** implementations, SQLite uses this random number generator based
+** on RC4, which we know works very well.
+*/
+static int randomByte(){
+  unsigned char t;
+
+  /* All threads share a single random number generator.
+  ** This structure is the current state of the generator.
+  */
+  static struct {
+    unsigned char isInit;          /* True if initialized */
+    unsigned char i, j;            /* State variables */
+    unsigned char s[256];          /* State variables */
+  } prng;
+
+  /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
+  ** the first time this routine is called.  The seed value does
+  ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
+  ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that...
+  **
+  ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of
+  ** encryption.  The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
+  ** number generator) not as an encryption device.
+  */
+  if( !prng.isInit ){
+    int i;
+    char k[256];
+    prng.j = 0;
+    prng.i = 0;
+    sqlite3OsRandomSeed(k);
+    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
+      prng.s[i] = i;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
+      prng.j += prng.s[i] + k[i];
+      t = prng.s[prng.j];
+      prng.s[prng.j] = prng.s[i];
+      prng.s[i] = t;
+    }
+    prng.isInit = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate and return single random byte
+  */
+  prng.i++;
+  t = prng.s[prng.i];
+  prng.j += t;
+  prng.s[prng.i] = prng.s[prng.j];
+  prng.s[prng.j] = t;
+  t += prng.s[prng.i];
+  return prng.s[t];
+}
+
+/*
+** Return N random bytes.
+*/
+void sqlite3Randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
+  unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
+  sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
+  while( N-- ){
+    *(zBuf++) = randomByte();
+  }
+  sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/select.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/select.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8bee7897
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/select.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2628 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that
+** structure.
+*/
+Select *sqlite3SelectNew(
+  ExprList *pEList,     /* which columns to include in the result */
+  SrcList *pSrc,        /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
+  Expr *pWhere,         /* the WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy,   /* the GROUP BY clause */
+  Expr *pHaving,        /* the HAVING clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* the ORDER BY clause */
+  int isDistinct,       /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  int nLimit,           /* LIMIT value.  -1 means not used */
+  int nOffset           /* OFFSET value.  0 means no offset */
+){
+  Select *pNew;
+  pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList);
+    sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pGroupBy);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pHaving);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pOrderBy);
+  }else{
+    if( pEList==0 ){
+      pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL,0,0,0), 0);
+    }
+    pNew->pEList = pEList;
+    pNew->pSrc = pSrc;
+    pNew->pWhere = pWhere;
+    pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
+    pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
+    pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+    pNew->isDistinct = isDistinct;
+    pNew->op = TK_SELECT;
+    pNew->nLimit = nLimit;
+    pNew->nOffset = nOffset;
+    pNew->iLimit = -1;
+    pNew->iOffset = -1;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the
+** type of join.  Return an integer constant that expresses that type
+** in terms of the following bit values:
+**
+**     JT_INNER
+**     JT_OUTER
+**     JT_NATURAL
+**     JT_LEFT
+**     JT_RIGHT
+**
+** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT.
+**
+** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return
+** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure.
+*/
+int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){
+  int jointype = 0;
+  Token *apAll[3];
+  Token *p;
+  static const struct {
+    const char *zKeyword;
+    u8 nChar;
+    u8 code;
+  } keywords[] = {
+    { "natural", 7, JT_NATURAL },
+    { "left",    4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER },
+    { "right",   5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
+    { "full",    4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
+    { "outer",   5, JT_OUTER },
+    { "inner",   5, JT_INNER },
+    { "cross",   5, JT_INNER },
+  };
+  int i, j;
+  apAll[0] = pA;
+  apAll[1] = pB;
+  apAll[2] = pC;
+  for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
+    p = apAll[i];
+    for(j=0; j<sizeof(keywords)/sizeof(keywords[0]); j++){
+      if( p->n==keywords[j].nChar 
+          && sqlite3StrNICmp(p->z, keywords[j].zKeyword, p->n)==0 ){
+        jointype |= keywords[j].code;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( j>=sizeof(keywords)/sizeof(keywords[0]) ){
+      jointype |= JT_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if(
+     (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) ||
+     (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0
+  ){
+    const char *zSp1 = " ";
+    const char *zSp2 = " ";
+    if( pB==0 ){ zSp1++; }
+    if( pC==0 ){ zSp2++; }
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: "
+       "%T%s%T%s%T", pA, zSp1, pB, zSp2, pC);
+    jointype = JT_INNER;
+  }else if( jointype & JT_RIGHT ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+      "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported");
+    jointype = JT_INNER;
+  }
+  return jointype;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index of a column in a table.  Return -1 if the column
+** is not contained in the table.
+*/
+static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the value of a token to a '\000'-terminated string.
+*/
+static void setToken(Token *p, const char *z){
+  p->z = z;
+  p->n = strlen(z);
+  p->dyn = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Add a term to the WHERE expression in *ppExpr that requires the
+** zCol column to be equal in the two tables pTab1 and pTab2.
+*/
+static void addWhereTerm(
+  const char *zCol,        /* Name of the column */
+  const Table *pTab1,      /* First table */
+  const Table *pTab2,      /* Second table */
+  Expr **ppExpr            /* Add the equality term to this expression */
+){
+  Token dummy;
+  Expr *pE1a, *pE1b, *pE1c;
+  Expr *pE2a, *pE2b, *pE2c;
+  Expr *pE;
+
+  setToken(&dummy, zCol);
+  pE1a = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy);
+  pE2a = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy);
+  setToken(&dummy, pTab1->zName);
+  pE1b = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy);
+  setToken(&dummy, pTab2->zName);
+  pE2b = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy);
+  pE1c = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pE1b, pE1a, 0);
+  pE2c = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pE2b, pE2a, 0);
+  pE = sqlite3Expr(TK_EQ, pE1c, pE2c, 0);
+  ExprSetProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin);
+  *ppExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(*ppExpr, pE);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression.
+**
+** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell
+** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the
+** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part
+** of the more general WHERE clause.  These terms are moved over to the
+** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they
+** originated in the ON or USING clause.
+*/
+static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p){
+  while( p ){
+    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin);
+    setJoinExpr(p->pLeft);
+    p = p->pRight;
+  } 
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement.
+** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause.
+** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms.
+**
+** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure.
+** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc.  The right-most
+** table is the last entry.  The join operator is held in the entry to
+** the left.  Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between
+** entries 0 and 1.  Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are
+** also attached to the left entry.
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors encountered.
+*/
+static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+  SrcList *pSrc;                  /* All tables in the FROM clause */
+  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
+  struct SrcList_item *pLeft;     /* Left table being joined */
+  struct SrcList_item *pRight;    /* Right table being joined */
+
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  pLeft = &pSrc->a[0];
+  pRight = &pLeft[1];
+  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){
+    Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab;
+    Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab;
+
+    if( pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0 ) continue;
+
+    /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for
+    ** every column that the two tables have in common.
+    */
+    if( pLeft->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
+      if( pLeft->pOn || pLeft->pUsing ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have "
+           "an ON or USING clause", 0);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(j=0; j<pLeftTab->nCol; j++){
+        char *zName = pLeftTab->aCol[j].zName;
+        if( columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)>=0 ){
+          addWhereTerm(zName, pLeftTab, pRightTab, &p->pWhere);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join
+    */
+    if( pLeft->pOn && pLeft->pUsing ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING "
+        "clauses in the same join");
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by
+    ** an AND operator.
+    */
+    if( pLeft->pOn ){
+      setJoinExpr(pLeft->pOn);
+      p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(p->pWhere, pLeft->pOn);
+      pLeft->pOn = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named
+    ** in the USING clause.  Example: If the two tables to be joined are 
+    ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this
+    ** to the WHERE clause:    A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z
+    ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is
+    ** not contained in both tables to be joined.
+    */
+    if( pLeft->pUsing ){
+      IdList *pList = pLeft->pUsing;
+      for(j=0; j<pList->nId; j++){
+        char *zName = pList->a[j].zName;
+        if( columnIndex(pLeftTab, zName)<0 || columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)<0 ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column "
+            "not present in both tables", zName);
+          return 1;
+        }
+        addWhereTerm(zName, pLeftTab, pRightTab, &p->pWhere);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures.
+*/
+void sqlite3SelectDelete(Select *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pEList);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(p->pSrc);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pWhere);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pGroupBy);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pHaving);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pOrderBy);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pPrior);
+  sqliteFree(p->zSelect);
+  sqliteFree(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the aggregate information from the parse structure.
+*/
+static void sqliteAggregateInfoReset(Parse *pParse){
+  sqliteFree(pParse->aAgg);
+  pParse->aAgg = 0;
+  pParse->nAgg = 0;
+  pParse->useAgg = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the
+** stack into the sorter.
+*/
+static void pushOntoSorter(Parse *pParse, Vdbe *v, ExprList *pOrderBy){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pOrderBy->nExpr, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SortPut, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add code to implement the OFFSET and LIMIT
+*/
+static void codeLimiter(
+  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VM */
+  Select *p,        /* The SELECT statement being coded */
+  int iContinue,    /* Jump here to skip the current record */
+  int iBreak,       /* Jump here to end the loop */
+  int nPop          /* Number of times to pop stack when jumping */
+){
+  if( p->iOffset>=0 ){
+    int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2;
+    if( nPop>0 ) addr++;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, p->iOffset, addr);
+    if( nPop>0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nPop, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
+    VdbeComment((v, "# skip OFFSET records"));
+  }
+  if( p->iLimit>=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, p->iLimit, iBreak);
+    VdbeComment((v, "# exit when LIMIT reached"));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop
+** of a SELECT.
+**
+** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions
+** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row.  If nColumn>0
+** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the
+** datatypes for each column.
+*/
+static int selectInnerLoop(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,              /* The complete select statement being coded */
+  ExprList *pEList,       /* List of values being extracted */
+  int srcTab,             /* Pull data from this table */
+  int nColumn,            /* Number of columns in the source table */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */
+  int distinct,           /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */
+  int eDest,              /* How to dispose of the results */
+  int iParm,              /* An argument to the disposal method */
+  int iContinue,          /* Jump here to continue with next row */
+  int iBreak,             /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */
+  char *aff               /* affinity string if eDest is SRT_Union */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  int hasDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+
+  if( v==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );
+
+  /* If there was a LIMIT clause on the SELECT statement, then do the check
+  ** to see if this row should be output.
+  */
+  hasDistinct = distinct>=0 && pEList && pEList->nExpr>0;
+  if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){
+    codeLimiter(v, p, iContinue, iBreak, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Pull the requested columns.
+  */
+  if( nColumn>0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, i);
+    }
+  }else{
+    nColumn = pEList->nExpr;
+    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEList->a[i].pExpr);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement
+  ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row
+  ** part of the result.
+  */
+  if( hasDistinct ){
+#if NULL_ALWAYS_DISTINCT
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, -pEList->nExpr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+7);
+#endif
+    /* Deliberately leave the affinity string off of the following
+    ** OP_MakeRecord */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pEList->nExpr * -1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Distinct, distinct, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, pEList->nExpr+1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
+    VdbeComment((v, "# skip indistinct records"));
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutStrKey, distinct, 0);
+    if( pOrderBy==0 ){
+      codeLimiter(v, p, iContinue, iBreak, nColumn);
+    }
+  }
+
+  switch( eDest ){
+    /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
+    ** table iParm.
+    */
+    case SRT_Union: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, NULL_ALWAYS_DISTINCT);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, aff, P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutStrKey, iParm, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
+    */
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_TempTable: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, v, pOrderBy);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, iParm, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, iParm, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of
+    ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from
+    ** the temporary table iParm.
+    */
+    case SRT_Except: {
+      int addr;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, NULL_ALWAYS_DISTINCT);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, aff, P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotFound, iParm, addr+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iParm, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
+    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
+    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
+    */
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      int addr2;
+
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr1+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, v, pOrderBy);
+      }else{
+        char aff = (iParm>>16)&0xFF;
+        aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &aff, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutStrKey, (iParm&0x0000FFFF), 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr2, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
+    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
+    ** of the scan loop.
+    */
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, v, pOrderBy);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Send the data to the callback function.
+    */
+    case SRT_Callback:
+    case SRT_Sorter: {
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, v, pOrderBy);
+      }else{
+        assert( eDest==SRT_Callback );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, nColumn, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Invoke a subroutine to handle the results.  The subroutine itself
+    ** is responsible for popping the results off of the stack.
+    */
+    case SRT_Subroutine: {
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, v, pOrderBy);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, iParm);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Discard the results.  This is used for SELECT statements inside
+    ** the body of a TRIGGER.  The purpose of such selects is to call
+    ** user-defined functions that have side effects.  We do not care
+    ** about the actual results of the select.
+    */
+    default: {
+      assert( eDest==SRT_Discard );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument,
+** then the results were placed in a sorter.  After the loop is terminated
+** we need to run the sorter and output the results.  The following
+** routine generates the code needed to do that.
+*/
+static void generateSortTail(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* The parsing context */
+  Select *p,       /* The SELECT statement */
+  Vdbe *v,         /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  int nColumn,     /* Number of columns of data */
+  int eDest,       /* Write the sorted results here */
+  int iParm        /* Optional parameter associated with eDest */
+){
+  int end1 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  int end2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  int addr;
+  KeyInfo *pInfo;
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;
+  int nCol, i;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( eDest==SRT_Sorter ) return;
+  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  nCol = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+  pInfo = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pInfo) + nCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) );
+  if( pInfo==0 ) return;
+  pInfo->aSortOrder = (char*)&pInfo->aColl[nCol];
+  pInfo->nField = nCol;
+  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+    /* If a collation sequence was specified explicity, then it
+    ** is stored in pOrderBy->a[i].zName. Otherwise, use the default
+    ** collation type for the expression.
+    */
+    pInfo->aColl[i] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr);
+    if( !pInfo->aColl[i] ){
+      pInfo->aColl[i] = db->pDfltColl;
+    }
+    pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Sort, 0, 0, (char*)pInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SortNext, 0, end1);
+  codeLimiter(v, p, addr, end2, 1);
+  switch( eDest ){
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_TempTable: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRecno, iParm, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, iParm, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, "n", P3_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutStrKey, (iParm&0x0000FFFF), 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, end1);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SRT_Callback:
+    case SRT_Subroutine: {
+      int i;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, p->pEList->nExpr, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
+      for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, -1-i, i);
+      }
+      if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, nColumn, 0);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, iParm);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 2, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      /* Do nothing */
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end2);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SortReset, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the
+** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller.
+**
+** If the declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from
+** the original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column.
+** 
+** The declaration type for an expression is either TEXT, NUMERIC or ANY.
+** The declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER.
+*/
+static const char *columnType(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pTabList, Expr *pExpr){
+  char const *zType;
+  int j;
+  if( pExpr==0 || pTabList==0 ) return 0;
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      Table *pTab;
+      int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
+      for(j=0; j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable; j++){}
+      assert( j<pTabList->nSrc );
+      pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
+      if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+      assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
+      if( iCol<0 ){
+        zType = "INTEGER";
+      }else{
+        zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AS:
+      zType = columnType(pParse, pTabList, pExpr->pLeft); 
+      break;
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      Select *pS = pExpr->pSelect;
+      zType = columnType(pParse, pS->pSrc, pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr); 
+      break;
+    }
+    default:
+      zType = 0;
+  }
+  
+  return zType;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns
+** in the result set.
+*/
+static void generateColumnTypes(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    const char *zType = columnType(pParse, pTabList, p);
+    if( zType==0 ) continue;
+    /* The vdbe must make it's own copy of the column-type, in case the 
+    ** schema is reset before this virtual machine is deleted.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i+pEList->nExpr, zType, strlen(zType));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns
+** in the result set.  This information is used to provide the
+** azCol[] values in the callback.
+*/
+static void generateColumnNames(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i, j;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int fullNames, shortNames;
+
+  /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */
+  if( pParse->explain ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  if( pParse->colNamesSet || v==0 || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return;
+  pParse->colNamesSet = 1;
+  fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0;
+  shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0;
+  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr);
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p;
+    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( p==0 ) continue;
+    if( pEList->a[i].zName ){
+      char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, zName, strlen(zName));
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && pTabList ){
+      Table *pTab;
+      char *zCol;
+      int iCol = p->iColumn;
+      for(j=0; j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=p->iTable; j++){}
+      assert( j<pTabList->nSrc );
+      pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
+      if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+      assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
+      if( iCol<0 ){
+        zCol = "_ROWID_";
+      }else{
+        zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+      }
+      if( !shortNames && !fullNames && p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, p->span.z, p->span.n);
+      }else if( fullNames || (!shortNames && pTabList->nSrc>1) ){
+        char *zName = 0;
+        char *zTab;
+ 
+        zTab = pTabList->a[j].zAlias;
+        if( fullNames || zTab==0 ) zTab = pTab->zName;
+        sqlite3SetString(&zName, zTab, ".", zCol, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, zName, P3_DYNAMIC);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, zCol, 0);
+      }
+    }else if( p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, p->span.z, p->span.n);
+      /* sqlite3VdbeCompressSpace(v, addr); */
+    }else{
+      char zName[30];
+      assert( p->op!=TK_COLUMN || pTabList==0 );
+      sprintf(zName, "column%d", i+1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, zName, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages.
+*/
+static const char *selectOpName(int id){
+  char *z;
+  switch( id ){
+    case TK_ALL:       z = "UNION ALL";   break;
+    case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT";   break;
+    case TK_EXCEPT:    z = "EXCEPT";      break;
+    default:           z = "UNION";       break;
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Forward declaration
+*/
+static int fillInColumnList(Parse*, Select*);
+
+/*
+** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes
+** the result set of that SELECT.
+*/
+Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, char *zTabName, Select *pSelect){
+  Table *pTab;
+  int i, j;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  Column *aCol, *pCol;
+
+  if( fillInColumnList(pParse, pSelect) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTab = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Table) );
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTab->zName = zTabName ? sqliteStrDup(zTabName) : 0;
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+  pTab->nCol = pEList->nExpr;
+  assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
+  pTab->aCol = aCol = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(pTab->aCol[0])*pTab->nCol );
+  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
+    Expr *pR;
+    char *zType;
+    char *zName;
+    Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    assert( p->pRight==0 || p->pRight->token.z==0 || p->pRight->token.z[0]!=0 );
+    if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
+      zName = sqliteStrDup(zName);
+    }else if( p->op==TK_DOT 
+               && (pR=p->pRight)!=0 && pR->token.z && pR->token.z[0] ){
+      int cnt;
+      zName = sqlite3MPrintf("%T", &pR->token);
+      for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){
+          sqliteFree(zName);
+          zName = sqlite3MPrintf("%T_%d", &pR->token, ++cnt);
+          j = -1;
+        }
+      }
+    }else if( p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){
+      zName = sqlite3MPrintf("%T", &p->span);
+    }else{
+      zName = sqlite3MPrintf("column%d", i+1);
+    }
+    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
+    pCol->zName = zName;
+
+    zType = sqliteStrDup(columnType(pParse, pSelect->pSrc ,p));
+    pCol->zType = zType;
+    pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+    if( zType ){
+      pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(zType, strlen(zType));
+    }
+    pCol->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
+    if( !pCol->pColl ){
+      pCol->pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+    }
+  }
+  pTab->iPKey = -1;
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** For the given SELECT statement, do three things.
+**
+**    (1)  Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that 
+**         defines the set of tables that should be scanned.  For views,
+**         fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
+**         that implements the view.  A copy is made of the view's SELECT
+**         statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
+**         without worrying about messing up the presistent representation
+**         of the view.
+**
+**    (2)  Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword
+**         on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
+**
+**    (3)  Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
+**         for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
+**         If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
+**         and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
+**
+** Return 0 on success.  If there are problems, leave an error message
+** in pParse and return non-zero.
+*/
+static int fillInColumnList(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+  int i, j, k, rc;
+  SrcList *pTabList;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  Table *pTab;
+  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
+
+  if( p==0 || p->pSrc==0 ) return 1;
+  pTabList = p->pSrc;
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+
+  /* Look up every table in the table list.
+  */
+  for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+    if( pFrom->pTab ){
+      /* This routine has run before!  No need to continue */
+      return 0;
+    }
+    if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
+      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
+      assert( pFrom->pSelect!=0 );
+      if( pFrom->zAlias==0 ){
+        pFrom->zAlias =
+          sqlite3MPrintf("sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pFrom->pSelect);
+      }
+      pFrom->pTab = pTab = 
+        sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pFrom->zAlias, pFrom->pSelect);
+      if( pTab==0 ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      /* The isTransient flag indicates that the Table structure has been
+      ** dynamically allocated and may be freed at any time.  In other words,
+      ** pTab is not pointing to a persistent table structure that defines
+      ** part of the schema. */
+      pTab->isTransient = 1;
+    }else{
+      /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */
+      pFrom->pTab = pTab = 
+        sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase);
+      if( pTab==0 ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      if( pTab->pSelect ){
+        /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */
+        if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+          return 1;
+        }
+        /* If pFrom->pSelect!=0 it means we are dealing with a
+        ** view within a view.  The SELECT structure has already been
+        ** copied by the outer view so we can skip the copy step here
+        ** in the inner view.
+        */
+        if( pFrom->pSelect==0 ){
+          pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins.
+  */
+  if( sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ) return 1;
+
+  /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
+  ** all columns in all tables.  And for every TABLE.* insert the names
+  ** of all columns in TABLE.  The parser inserted a special expression
+  ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list.
+  ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand
+  ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables.
+  **
+  ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
+  ** that need expanding.
+  */
+  for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
+    Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
+    if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break;
+    if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL
+         && pE->pLeft && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID ) break;
+  }
+  rc = 0;
+  if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
+    /*
+    ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
+    ** operators that need to be expanded.  Loop through each expression
+    ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
+    */
+    struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a;
+    ExprList *pNew = 0;
+    for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
+      Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr;
+      if( pE->op!=TK_ALL &&
+           (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight==0 || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){
+        /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
+        */
+        pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pNew, a[k].pExpr, 0);
+        pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
+        a[k].pExpr = 0;
+        a[k].zName = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be
+        ** expanded. */
+        int tableSeen = 0;      /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */
+        char *zTName;            /* text of name of TABLE */
+        if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pLeft ){
+          zTName = sqlite3NameFromToken(&pE->pLeft->token);
+        }else{
+          zTName = 0;
+        }
+        for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+          Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+          char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias;
+          if( zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 ){ 
+            zTabName = pTab->zName;
+          }
+          if( zTName && (zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 || 
+                 sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0) ){
+            continue;
+          }
+          tableSeen = 1;
+          for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+            Expr *pExpr, *pLeft, *pRight;
+            char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName;
+
+            if( i>0 ){
+              struct SrcList_item *pLeft = &pTabList->a[i-1];
+              if( (pLeft->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 &&
+                        columnIndex(pLeft->pTab, zName)>=0 ){
+                /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the 
+                ** table on the right */
+                continue;
+              }
+              if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pLeft->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
+                /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
+                ** using clause from the table on the right. */
+                continue;
+              }
+            }
+            pRight = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
+            if( pRight==0 ) break;
+            setToken(&pRight->token, zName);
+            if( zTabName && pTabList->nSrc>1 ){
+              pLeft = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
+              pExpr = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+              if( pExpr==0 ) break;
+              setToken(&pLeft->token, zTabName);
+              setToken(&pExpr->span, sqlite3MPrintf("%s.%s", zTabName, zName));
+              pExpr->span.dyn = 1;
+              pExpr->token.z = 0;
+              pExpr->token.n = 0;
+              pExpr->token.dyn = 0;
+            }else{
+              pExpr = pRight;
+              pExpr->span = pExpr->token;
+            }
+            pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pNew, pExpr, 0);
+          }
+        }
+        if( !tableSeen ){
+          if( zTName ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName);
+          }else{
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified");
+          }
+          rc = 1;
+        }
+        sqliteFree(zTName);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList);
+    p->pEList = pNew;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine recursively unlinks the Select.pSrc.a[].pTab pointers
+** in a select structure.  It just sets the pointers to NULL.  This
+** routine is recursive in the sense that if the Select.pSrc.a[].pSelect
+** pointer is not NULL, this routine is called recursively on that pointer.
+**
+** This routine is called on the Select structure that defines a
+** VIEW in order to undo any bindings to tables.  This is necessary
+** because those tables might be DROPed by a subsequent SQL command.
+** If the bindings are not removed, then the Select.pSrc->a[].pTab field
+** will be left pointing to a deallocated Table structure after the
+** DROP and a coredump will occur the next time the VIEW is used.
+*/
+void sqlite3SelectUnbind(Select *p){
+  int i;
+  SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  Table *pTab;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pSrc->a; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    if( (pTab = pItem->pTab)!=0 ){
+      if( pTab->isTransient ){
+        sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
+      }
+      pItem->pTab = 0;
+      if( pItem->pSelect ){
+        sqlite3SelectUnbind(pItem->pSelect);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine associates entries in an ORDER BY expression list with
+** columns in a result.  For each ORDER BY expression, the opcode of
+** the top-level node is changed to TK_COLUMN and the iColumn value of
+** the top-level node is filled in with column number and the iTable
+** value of the top-level node is filled with iTable parameter.
+**
+** If there are prior SELECT clauses, they are processed first.  A match
+** in an earlier SELECT takes precedence over a later SELECT.
+**
+** Any entry that does not match is flagged as an error.  The number
+** of errors is returned.
+*/
+static int matchOrderbyToColumn(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* A place to leave error messages */
+  Select *pSelect,        /* Match to result columns of this SELECT */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* The ORDER BY values to match against columns */
+  int iTable,             /* Insert this value in iTable */
+  int mustComplete        /* If TRUE all ORDER BYs must match */
+){
+  int nErr = 0;
+  int i, j;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+
+  if( pSelect==0 || pOrderBy==0 ) return 1;
+  if( mustComplete ){
+    for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){ pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0; }
+  }
+  if( fillInColumnList(pParse, pSelect) ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pPrior ){
+    if( matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse, pSelect->pPrior, pOrderBy, iTable, 0) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+    int iCol = -1;
+    if( pOrderBy->a[i].done ) continue;
+    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
+      if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+          "ORDER BY position %d should be between 1 and %d",
+          iCol, pEList->nExpr);
+        nErr++;
+        break;
+      }
+      if( !mustComplete ) continue;
+      iCol--;
+    }
+    for(j=0; iCol<0 && j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
+      if( pEList->a[j].zName && (pE->op==TK_ID || pE->op==TK_STRING) ){
+        char *zName, *zLabel;
+        zName = pEList->a[j].zName;
+        zLabel = sqlite3NameFromToken(&pE->token);
+        assert( zLabel!=0 );
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, zLabel)==0 ){ 
+          iCol = j;
+        }
+        sqliteFree(zLabel);
+      }
+      if( iCol<0 && sqlite3ExprCompare(pE, pEList->a[j].pExpr) ){
+        iCol = j;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iCol>=0 ){
+      pE->op = TK_COLUMN;
+      pE->iColumn = iCol;
+      pE->iTable = iTable;
+      pOrderBy->a[i].done = 1;
+    }
+    if( iCol<0 && mustComplete ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "ORDER BY term number %d does not match any result column", i+1);
+      nErr++;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return nErr;  
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a VDBE for the given parser context.  Create a new one if necessary.
+** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse.
+*/
+Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  if( v==0 ){
+    v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db);
+  }
+  return v;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
+** nLimit and nOffset fields.  nLimit and nOffset hold the integers
+** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
+** keywords.  Or that hold -1 and 0 if those keywords are omitted.
+** iLimit and iOffset are the integer memory register numbers for
+** counters used to compute the limit and offset.  If there is no
+** limit and/or offset, then iLimit and iOffset are negative.
+**
+** This routine changes the values if iLimit and iOffset only if
+** a limit or offset is defined by nLimit and nOffset.  iLimit and
+** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values
+** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine.
+** Only if nLimit>=0 or nOffset>0 do the limit registers get
+** redefined.  The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force
+** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple
+** SELECT statements.
+*/
+static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+  /* 
+  ** If the comparison is p->nLimit>0 then "LIMIT 0" shows
+  ** all rows.  It is the same as no limit. If the comparision is
+  ** p->nLimit>=0 then "LIMIT 0" show no rows at all.
+  ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows.  There is some
+  ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be.
+  ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
+  ** no rows.
+  */
+  if( p->nLimit>=0 ){
+    int iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) return;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -p->nLimit, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem, 1);
+    VdbeComment((v, "# LIMIT counter"));
+    p->iLimit = iMem;
+  }
+  if( p->nOffset>0 ){
+    int iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) return;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -p->nOffset, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem, 1);
+    VdbeComment((v, "# OFFSET counter"));
+    p->iOffset = iMem;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE instructions that will open a transient table that
+** will be used for an index or to store keyed results for a compound
+** select.  In other words, open a transient table that needs a
+** KeyInfo structure.  The number of columns in the KeyInfo is determined
+** by the result set of the SELECT statement in the second argument.
+**
+** Specifically, this routine is called to open an index table for
+** DISTINCT, UNION, INTERSECT and EXCEPT select statements (but not 
+** UNION ALL).
+**
+** Make the new table a KeyAsData table if keyAsData is true.
+**
+** The value returned is the address of the OP_OpenTemp instruction.
+*/
+static int openTempIndex(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iTab, int keyAsData){
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  int nColumn;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int i;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int addr;
+
+  if( fillInColumnList(pParse, p) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nColumn = p->pEList->nExpr;
+  pKeyInfo = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nColumn*sizeof(CollSeq*) );
+  if( pKeyInfo==0 ) return 0;
+  pKeyInfo->enc = db->enc;
+  pKeyInfo->nField = nColumn;
+  for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
+    pKeyInfo->aColl[i] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[i].pExpr);
+    if( !pKeyInfo->aColl[i] ){
+      pKeyInfo->aColl[i] = db->pDfltColl;
+    }
+  }
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenTemp, iTab, 0, 
+      (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+  if( keyAsData ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_KeyAsData, iTab, 1);
+  }
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add the address "addr" to the set of all OpenTemp opcode addresses
+** that are being accumulated in p->ppOpenTemp.
+*/
+static int multiSelectOpenTempAddr(Select *p, int addr){
+  IdList *pList = *p->ppOpenTemp = sqlite3IdListAppend(*p->ppOpenTemp, 0);
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pList->a[pList->nId-1].idx = addr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of
+** the result set for the compound-select statement "p".  Return NULL if
+** the column has no default collating sequence.
+**
+** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the
+** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence.
+*/
+static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){
+  CollSeq *pRet;
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol);
+  }else{
+    pRet = 0;
+  }
+  if( pRet==0 ){
+    pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr);
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to process a query that is really the union
+** or intersection of two or more separate queries.
+**
+** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries.  the query on the
+** left is p->pPrior.  The left query could also be a compound query
+** in which case this routine will be called recursively. 
+**
+** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination
+** of type eDest with parameter iParm.
+**
+** Example 1:  Consider a three-way compound SQL statement.
+**
+**     SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3
+**
+** This statement is parsed up as follows:
+**
+**     SELECT c FROM t3
+**      |
+**      `----->  SELECT b FROM t2
+**                |
+**                `------>  SELECT a FROM t1
+**
+** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer.
+** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then
+** pPrior will be the t2 query.  p->op will be TK_UNION in this case.
+**
+** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the
+** individual selects always group from left to right.
+*/
+static int multiSelect(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+  int eDest,            /* \___  Store query results as specified */
+  int iParm,            /* /     by these two parameters.         */
+  char *aff             /* If eDest is SRT_Union, the affinity string */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Success code from a subroutine */
+  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
+  IdList *pOpenTemp = 0;/* OP_OpenTemp opcodes that need a KeyInfo */
+  int aAddr[5];         /* Addresses of SetNumColumns operators */
+  int nAddr = 0;        /* Number used */
+  int nCol;             /* Number of columns in the result set */
+
+  /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs.  Only
+  ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT.
+  */
+  if( p==0 || p->pPrior==0 ){
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+  pPrior = p->pPrior;
+  if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before",
+      selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+  if( pPrior->nLimit>=0 || pPrior->nOffset>0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before",
+      selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure we have a valid query engine.  If not, create a new one.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ){
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* If *p this is the right-most select statement, then initialize
+  ** p->ppOpenTemp to point to pOpenTemp.  If *p is not the right most
+  ** statement then p->ppOpenTemp will have already been initialized
+  ** by a prior call to this same procedure.  Pass along the pOpenTemp
+  ** pointer to pPrior, the next statement to our left.
+  */
+  if( p->ppOpenTemp==0 ){
+    p->ppOpenTemp = &pOpenTemp;
+  }
+  pPrior->ppOpenTemp = p->ppOpenTemp;
+
+  /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary
+  */
+  if( eDest==SRT_TempTable ){
+    assert( p->pEList );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, iParm, 0);
+    assert( nAddr==0 );
+    aAddr[nAddr++] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iParm, 0);
+    eDest = SRT_Table;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements.
+  */
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_ALL: {
+      if( p->pOrderBy==0 ){
+        pPrior->nLimit = p->nLimit;
+        pPrior->nOffset = p->nOffset;
+        rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, eDest, iParm, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+        if( rc ){
+          goto multi_select_end;
+        }
+        p->pPrior = 0;
+        p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit;
+        p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset;
+        p->nLimit = -1;
+        p->nOffset = 0;
+        rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, eDest, iParm, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+        p->pPrior = pPrior;
+        if( rc ){
+          goto multi_select_end;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      /* For UNION ALL ... ORDER BY fall through to the next case */
+    }
+    case TK_EXCEPT:
+    case TK_UNION: {
+      int unionTab;    /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */
+      int op = 0;      /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
+      int priorOp;     /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */
+      int nLimit, nOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */
+      ExprList *pOrderBy;  /* The ORDER BY clause for the right SELECT */
+      int addr;
+
+      priorOp = p->op==TK_ALL ? SRT_Table : SRT_Union;
+      if( eDest==priorOp && p->pOrderBy==0 && p->nLimit<0 && p->nOffset==0 ){
+        /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our
+        ** right.
+        */
+        unionTab = iParm;
+      }else{
+        /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the
+        ** intermediate results.
+        */
+        unionTab = pParse->nTab++;
+        if( p->pOrderBy 
+        && matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, unionTab, 1) ){
+          rc = 1;
+          goto multi_select_end;
+        }
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, unionTab, 0);
+        if( p->op!=TK_ALL ){
+          rc = multiSelectOpenTempAddr(p, addr);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            goto multi_select_end;
+          }
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_KeyAsData, unionTab, 1);
+        }
+	assert( nAddr<sizeof(aAddr)/sizeof(aAddr[0]) );
+        aAddr[nAddr++] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, unionTab, 0);
+        assert( p->pEList );
+      }
+
+      /* Code the SELECT statements to our left
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, priorOp, unionTab, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      /* Code the current SELECT statement
+      */
+      switch( p->op ){
+         case TK_EXCEPT:  op = SRT_Except;   break;
+         case TK_UNION:   op = SRT_Union;    break;
+         case TK_ALL:     op = SRT_Table;    break;
+      }
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+      p->pOrderBy = 0;
+      nLimit = p->nLimit;
+      p->nLimit = -1;
+      nOffset = p->nOffset;
+      p->nOffset = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, op, unionTab, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+      p->nLimit = nLimit;
+      p->nOffset = nOffset;
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+
+      /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form
+      ** it is that we currently need.
+      */      
+      if( eDest!=priorOp || unionTab!=iParm ){
+        int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
+        assert( p->pEList );
+        if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+          generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, p->pEList);
+        }
+        iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak);
+        computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p);
+        iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+        rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr,
+                             p->pOrderBy, -1, eDest, iParm, 
+                             iCont, iBreak, 0);
+        if( rc ){
+          rc = 1;
+          goto multi_select_end;
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_INTERSECT: {
+      int tab1, tab2;
+      int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
+      int nLimit, nOffset;
+      int addr;
+
+      /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires
+      ** two temporary tables.  Hence it has its own case.  Begin
+      ** by allocating the tables we will need.
+      */
+      tab1 = pParse->nTab++;
+      tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
+      if( p->pOrderBy && matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse,p,p->pOrderBy,tab1,1) ){
+        rc = 1;
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, tab1, 0);
+      rc = multiSelectOpenTempAddr(p, addr);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_KeyAsData, tab1, 1);
+      assert( nAddr<sizeof(aAddr)/sizeof(aAddr[0]) );
+      aAddr[nAddr++] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, tab1, 0);
+      assert( p->pEList );
+
+      /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, SRT_Union, tab1, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2"
+      */
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, tab2, 0);
+      rc = multiSelectOpenTempAddr(p, addr);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_KeyAsData, tab2, 1);
+      assert( nAddr<sizeof(aAddr)/sizeof(aAddr[0]) );
+      aAddr[nAddr++] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, tab2, 0);
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      nLimit = p->nLimit;
+      p->nLimit = -1;
+      nOffset = p->nOffset;
+      p->nOffset = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, SRT_Union, tab2, 0, 0, 0, aff);
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      p->nLimit = nLimit;
+      p->nOffset = nOffset;
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+
+      /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary
+      ** tables.
+      */
+      assert( p->pEList );
+      if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+        generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, p->pEList);
+      }
+      iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak);
+      computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p);
+      iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FullKey, tab1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont);
+      rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr,
+                             p->pOrderBy, -1, eDest, iParm, 
+                             iCont, iBreak, 0);
+      if( rc ){
+        rc = 1;
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements
+  ** in their result sets.
+  */
+  assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList );
+  if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s"
+      " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the number of columns in temporary tables
+  */
+  nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;
+  while( nAddr>0 ){
+    nAddr--;
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, aAddr[nAddr], nCol);
+  }
+
+  /* Compute collating sequences used by either the ORDER BY clause or
+  ** by any temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
+  ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.  Invoke the
+  ** ORDER BY processing if there is an ORDER BY clause.
+  **
+  ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only.
+  ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part.  The right-most
+  ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and
+  ** no temp tables are required.
+  */
+  if( p->pOrderBy || (pOpenTemp && pOpenTemp->nId>0) ){
+    int i;                        /* Loop counter */
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;            /* Collating sequence for the result set */
+
+    assert( p->ppOpenTemp == &pOpenTemp );
+    pKeyInfo = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nCol*sizeof(CollSeq*));
+    if( !pKeyInfo ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto multi_select_end;
+    }
+
+    pKeyInfo->enc = pParse->db->enc;
+    pKeyInfo->nField = nCol;
+
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      pKeyInfo->aColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
+      if( !pKeyInfo->aColl[i] ){
+        pKeyInfo->aColl[i] = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+      }
+    }
+
+    for(i=0; pOpenTemp && i<pOpenTemp->nId; i++){
+      int p3type = (i==0?P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF:P3_KEYINFO);
+      int addr = pOpenTemp->a[i].idx;
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (char *)pKeyInfo, p3type);
+    }
+
+    if( p->pOrderBy ){
+      struct ExprList_item *pOrderByTerm = p->pOrderBy->a;
+      for(i=0; i<p->pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pOrderByTerm++){
+        Expr *pExpr = pOrderByTerm->pExpr;
+        char *zName = pOrderByTerm->zName;
+        assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iColumn<nCol );
+        assert( !pExpr->pColl );
+        if( zName ){
+          pExpr->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zName, -1);
+        }else{
+          pExpr->pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[pExpr->iColumn];
+        }
+      }
+      generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, p->pEList->nExpr, eDest, iParm);
+    }
+
+    if( !pOpenTemp ){
+      /* This happens for UNION ALL ... ORDER BY */
+      sqliteFree(pKeyInfo);
+    }
+  }
+
+multi_select_end:
+  if( pOpenTemp ){
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(pOpenTemp);
+  }
+  p->ppOpenTemp = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Scan through the expression pExpr.  Replace every reference to
+** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
+** entry in pEList.  (But leave references to the ROWID column 
+** unchanged.)
+**
+** This routine is part of the flattening procedure.  A subquery
+** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
+** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
+** FORM clause entry is iTable.  This routine make the necessary 
+** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
+** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
+*/
+static void substExprList(ExprList*,int,ExprList*);  /* Forward Decl */
+static void substExpr(Expr *pExpr, int iTable, ExprList *pEList){
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){
+    if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
+      pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+    }else{
+      Expr *pNew;
+      assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumn<pEList->nExpr );
+      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 && pExpr->pList==0 );
+      pNew = pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr;
+      assert( pNew!=0 );
+      pExpr->op = pNew->op;
+      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 );
+      pExpr->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(pNew->pLeft);
+      assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
+      pExpr->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(pNew->pRight);
+      assert( pExpr->pList==0 );
+      pExpr->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(pNew->pList);
+      pExpr->iTable = pNew->iTable;
+      pExpr->iColumn = pNew->iColumn;
+      pExpr->iAgg = pNew->iAgg;
+      sqlite3TokenCopy(&pExpr->token, &pNew->token);
+      sqlite3TokenCopy(&pExpr->span, &pNew->span);
+    }
+  }else{
+    substExpr(pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
+    substExpr(pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList);
+    substExprList(pExpr->pList, iTable, pEList);
+  }
+}
+static void 
+substExprList(ExprList *pList, int iTable, ExprList *pEList){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    substExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries in order to speed
+** execution.  It returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening
+** occurs.
+**
+** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following
+** query:
+**
+**     SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5
+**
+** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the
+** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then
+** run the outer query on that temporary table.  This requires two
+** passes over the data.  Furthermore, because the temporary table
+** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be
+** optimized.
+**
+** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into
+** a single flat select, like this:
+**
+**     SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
+**
+** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result
+** but only has to scan the data once.  And because indices might 
+** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
+** avoided.
+**
+** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
+**
+**   (1)  The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
+**
+**   (2)  The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (3)  The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join, or
+**        the subquery is not itself a join.  (Ticket #306)
+**
+**   (4)  The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (5)  The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query does not use
+**        aggregates.
+**
+**   (6)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not
+**        DISTINCT.
+**
+**   (7)  The subquery has a FROM clause.
+**
+**   (8)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (9)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use
+**        aggregates.
+**
+**  (10)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not
+**        use LIMIT.
+**
+**  (11)  The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
+**
+**  (12)  The subquery is not the right term of a LEFT OUTER JOIN or the
+**        subquery has no WHERE clause.  (added by ticket #350)
+**
+** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
+** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom].  isAgg is true if the outer query
+** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
+**
+** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
+** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
+**
+** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and
+** the subquery before this routine runs.
+*/
+static int flattenSubquery(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  Select *p,           /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */
+  int iFrom,           /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */
+  int isAgg,           /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */
+  int subqueryIsAgg    /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */
+){
+  Select *pSub;       /* The inner query or "subquery" */
+  SrcList *pSrc;      /* The FROM clause of the outer query */
+  SrcList *pSubSrc;   /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
+  ExprList *pList;    /* The result set of the outer query */
+  int iParent;        /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
+  int i;              /* Loop counter */
+  Expr *pWhere;                    /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSubitem;   /* The subquery */
+
+  /* Check to see if flattening is permitted.  Return 0 if not.
+  */
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc );
+  pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
+  pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
+  assert( pSub!=0 );
+  if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;
+  if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0;
+  pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
+  assert( pSubSrc );
+  if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0;
+  if( (pSub->isDistinct || pSub->nLimit>=0) &&  (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){
+     return 0;
+  }
+  if( (p->isDistinct || p->nLimit>=0) && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;
+  if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0;
+
+  /* Restriction 3:  If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is 
+  ** not used as the right operand of an outer join.  Examples of why this
+  ** is not allowed:
+  **
+  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3)
+  **
+  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
+  **
+  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3
+  **
+  ** which is not at all the same thing.
+  */
+  if( pSubSrc->nSrc>1 && iFrom>0 && (pSrc->a[iFrom-1].jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Restriction 12:  If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer
+  ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause.
+  ** An examples of why this is not allowed:
+  **
+  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0)
+  **
+  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
+  **
+  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0
+  **
+  ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which
+  ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN.
+  */
+  if( iFrom>0 && (pSrc->a[iFrom-1].jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 
+      && pSub->pWhere!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If we reach this point, it means flattening is permitted for the
+  ** iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause in the outer query.
+  */
+
+  /* Move all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
+  ** the FROM clause of the outer query.  Before doing this, remember
+  ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
+  ** iParent.  The iParent cursor will never be used.  Subsequent code
+  ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
+  ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
+  ** elements we are now copying in.
+  */
+  iParent = pSubitem->iCursor;
+  {
+    int nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc;
+    int jointype = pSubitem->jointype;
+    Table *pTab = pSubitem->pTab;
+
+    if( pTab && pTab->isTransient ){
+      sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pSubitem->pTab);
+    }
+    sqliteFree(pSubitem->zDatabase);
+    sqliteFree(pSubitem->zName);
+    sqliteFree(pSubitem->zAlias);
+    if( nSubSrc>1 ){
+      int extra = nSubSrc - 1;
+      for(i=1; i<nSubSrc; i++){
+        pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pSrc, 0, 0);
+      }
+      p->pSrc = pSrc;
+      for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i-extra>=iFrom; i--){
+        pSrc->a[i] = pSrc->a[i-extra];
+      }
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){
+      pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i];
+      memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
+    }
+    pSrc->a[iFrom+nSubSrc-1].jointype = jointype;
+  }
+
+  /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for 
+  ** references to the iParent in the outer query.
+  ** 
+  ** Example:
+  **
+  **   SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b;
+  **   \                     \_____________ subquery __________/          /
+  **    \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/
+  **
+  ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see
+  ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10".
+  */
+  substExprList(p->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+  pList = p->pEList;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *pExpr;
+    if( pList->a[i].zName==0 && (pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr)->span.z!=0 ){
+      pList->a[i].zName = sqliteStrNDup(pExpr->span.z, pExpr->span.n);
+    }
+  }
+  if( isAgg ){
+    substExprList(p->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    substExpr(p->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+  }
+  if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
+    assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
+    p->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
+    pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
+  }else if( p->pOrderBy ){
+    substExprList(p->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+  }
+  if( pSub->pWhere ){
+    pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(pSub->pWhere);
+  }else{
+    pWhere = 0;
+  }
+  if( subqueryIsAgg ){
+    assert( p->pHaving==0 );
+    p->pHaving = p->pWhere;
+    p->pWhere = pWhere;
+    substExpr(p->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    p->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(p->pHaving, sqlite3ExprDup(pSub->pHaving));
+    assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );
+    p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pSub->pGroupBy);
+  }else{
+    substExpr(p->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(p->pWhere, pWhere);
+  }
+
+  /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the
+  ** outer query is distinct. 
+  */
+  p->isDistinct = p->isDistinct || pSub->isDistinct;
+
+  /* Transfer the limit expression from the subquery to the outer
+  ** query.
+  */
+  if( pSub->nLimit>=0 ){
+    if( p->nLimit<0 ){
+      p->nLimit = pSub->nLimit;
+    }else if( p->nLimit+p->nOffset > pSub->nLimit+pSub->nOffset ){
+      p->nLimit = pSub->nLimit + pSub->nOffset - p->nOffset;
+    }
+  }
+  p->nOffset += pSub->nOffset;
+
+  /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return
+  ** success.
+  */
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pSub);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Analyze the SELECT statement passed in as an argument to see if it
+** is a simple min() or max() query.  If it is and this query can be
+** satisfied using a single seek to the beginning or end of an index,
+** then generate the code for this SELECT and return 1.  If this is not a 
+** simple min() or max() query, then return 0;
+**
+** A simply min() or max() query looks like this:
+**
+**    SELECT min(a) FROM table;
+**    SELECT max(a) FROM table;
+**
+** The query may have only a single table in its FROM argument.  There
+** can be no GROUP BY or HAVING or WHERE clauses.  The result set must
+** be the min() or max() of a single column of the table.  The column
+** in the min() or max() function must be indexed.
+**
+** The parameters to this routine are the same as for sqlite3Select().
+** See the header comment on that routine for additional information.
+*/
+static int simpleMinMaxQuery(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int eDest, int iParm){
+  Expr *pExpr;
+  int iCol;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int base;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int seekOp;
+  int cont;
+  ExprList *pEList, *pList, eList;
+  struct ExprList_item eListItem;
+  SrcList *pSrc;
+  
+
+  /* Check to see if this query is a simple min() or max() query.  Return
+  ** zero if it is  not.
+  */
+  if( p->pGroupBy || p->pHaving || p->pWhere ) return 0;
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;
+  pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0;
+  pList = pExpr->pList;
+  if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;
+  if( pExpr->token.n!=3 ) return 0;
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pExpr->token.z,"min",3)==0 ){
+    seekOp = OP_Rewind;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pExpr->token.z,"max",3)==0 ){
+    seekOp = OP_Last;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pExpr = pList->a[0].pExpr;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0;
+  iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
+  pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+
+  /* If we get to here, it means the query is of the correct form.
+  ** Check to make sure we have an index and make pIdx point to the
+  ** appropriate index.  If the min() or max() is on an INTEGER PRIMARY
+  ** key column, no index is necessary so set pIdx to NULL.  If no
+  ** usable index is found, return 0.
+  */
+  if( iCol<0 ){
+    pIdx = 0;
+  }else{
+    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr);
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      assert( pIdx->nColumn>=1 );
+      if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol && pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[0]==pColl ) break;
+    }
+    if( pIdx==0 ) return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Identify column types if we will be using the callback.  This
+  ** step is skipped if the output is going to a table or a memory cell.
+  ** The column names have already been generated in the calling function.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
+  */
+  if( eDest==SRT_TempTable ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, iParm, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iParm, 1);
+  }
+
+  /* Generating code to find the min or the max.  Basically all we have
+  ** to do is find the first or the last entry in the chosen index.  If
+  ** the min() or max() is on the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then find the first
+  ** or last entry in the main table.
+  */
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, pTab->iDb);
+  base = pSrc->a[0].iCursor;
+  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p);
+  if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect==0 ){
+    sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, base, pTab);
+  }
+  cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  if( pIdx==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, seekOp, base, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->iDb, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, base+1, pIdx->tnum,
+                   (char*)&pIdx->keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+    if( seekOp==OP_Rewind ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0);
+      seekOp = OP_MoveGt;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, seekOp, base+1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRecno, base+1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base+1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
+  }
+  eList.nExpr = 1;
+  memset(&eListItem, 0, sizeof(eListItem));
+  eList.a = &eListItem;
+  eList.a[0].pExpr = pExpr;
+  selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, &eList, 0, 0, 0, -1, eDest, iParm, cont, cont, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, cont);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0);
+  
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Analyze and ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in a SELECT statement.  Return
+** the number of errors seen.
+**
+** An ORDER BY or GROUP BY is a list of expressions.  If any expression
+** is an integer constant, then that expression is replaced by the
+** corresponding entry in the result set.
+*/
+static int processOrderGroupBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */
+  SrcList *pTabList,    /* The FROM clause */
+  ExprList *pEList,     /* The result set */
+  int isAgg,            /* True if aggregate functions are involved */
+  const char *zType     /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    int iCol;
+    Expr *pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) && iCol>0 && iCol<=pEList->nExpr ){
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(pE);
+      pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pEList->a[iCol-1].pExpr);
+    }
+    if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, pEList, pE, isAgg, 0) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE) ){
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol)==0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+          "%s BY terms must not be non-integer constants", zType);
+        return 1;
+      }else if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+           "%s BY column number %d out of range - should be "
+           "between 1 and %d", zType, iCol, pEList->nExpr);
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the given SELECT statement.
+**
+** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the
+** value of eDest and iParm.
+**
+**     eDest Value       Result
+**     ------------    -------------------------------------------
+**     SRT_Callback    Invoke the callback for each row of the result.
+**
+**     SRT_Mem         Store first result in memory cell iParm
+**
+**     SRT_Set         Store results as keys of table iParm.
+**
+**     SRT_Union       Store results as a key in a temporary table iParm
+**
+**     SRT_Except      Remove results from the temporary table iParm.
+**
+**     SRT_Table       Store results in temporary table iParm
+**
+** The table above is incomplete.  Additional eDist value have be added
+** since this comment was written.  See the selectInnerLoop() function for
+** a complete listing of the allowed values of eDest and their meanings.
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors.  If any errors are
+** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in
+** pParse->zErrMsg.
+**
+** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in.  The
+** calling function needs to do that.
+**
+** The pParent, parentTab, and *pParentAgg fields are filled in if this
+** SELECT is a subquery.  This routine may try to combine this SELECT
+** with its parent to form a single flat query.  In so doing, it might
+** change the parent query from a non-aggregate to an aggregate query.
+** For that reason, the pParentAgg flag is passed as a pointer, so it
+** can be changed.
+**
+** Example 1:   The meaning of the pParent parameter.
+**
+**    SELECT * FROM t1 JOIN (SELECT x, count(*) FROM t2) JOIN t3;
+**    \                      \_______ subquery _______/        /
+**     \                                                      /
+**      \____________________ outer query ___________________/
+**
+** This routine is called for the outer query first.   For that call,
+** pParent will be NULL.  During the processing of the outer query, this 
+** routine is called recursively to handle the subquery.  For the recursive
+** call, pParent will point to the outer query.  Because the subquery is
+** the second element in a three-way join, the parentTab parameter will
+** be 1 (the 2nd value of a 0-indexed array.)
+*/
+int sqlite3Select(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+  int eDest,             /* How to dispose of the results */
+  int iParm,             /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
+  Select *pParent,       /* Another SELECT for which this is a sub-query */
+  int parentTab,         /* Index in pParent->pSrc of this query */
+  int *pParentAgg,       /* True if pParent uses aggregate functions */
+  char *aff              /* If eDest is SRT_Union, the affinity string */
+){
+  int i;
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int isAgg = 0;         /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */
+  ExprList *pEList;      /* List of columns to extract. */
+  SrcList *pTabList;     /* List of tables to select from */
+  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause.  May be NULL */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause.  May be NULL */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause.  May be NULL */
+  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause.  May be NULL */
+  int isDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  int distinct;          /* Table to use for the distinct set */
+  int rc = 1;            /* Value to return from this function */
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed || pParse->nErr || p==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
+
+  /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first.
+  */
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    return multiSelect(pParse, p, eDest, iParm, aff);
+  }
+
+  /* Make local copies of the parameters for this query.
+  */
+  pTabList = p->pSrc;
+  pWhere = p->pWhere;
+  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+  pHaving = p->pHaving;
+  isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
+
+  /* Allocate VDBE cursors for each table in the FROM clause
+  */
+  sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList);
+
+  /* 
+  ** Do not even attempt to generate any code if we have already seen
+  ** errors before this routine starts.
+  */
+  if( pParse->nErr>0 ) goto select_end;
+
+  /* Expand any "*" terms in the result set.  (For example the "*" in
+  ** "SELECT * FROM t1")  The fillInColumnlist() routine also does some
+  ** other housekeeping - see the header comment for details.
+  */
+  if( fillInColumnList(pParse, p) ){
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+  pWhere = p->pWhere;
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+  if( pEList==0 ) goto select_end;
+
+  /* If writing to memory or generating a set
+  ** only a single column may be output.
+  */
+  if( (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) && pEList->nExpr>1 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for "
+       "a SELECT that is part of an expression");
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* ORDER BY is ignored for some destinations.
+  */
+  switch( eDest ){
+    case SRT_Union:
+    case SRT_Except:
+    case SRT_Discard:
+      pOrderBy = 0;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+
+  /* At this point, we should have allocated all the cursors that we
+  ** need to handle subquerys and temporary tables.  
+  **
+  ** Resolve the column names and do a semantics check on all the expressions.
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+    if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, 0, pEList->a[i].pExpr,
+                                    1, &isAgg) ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+  }
+  if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, pEList, pWhere, 0, 0) ){
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+  if( pHaving ){
+    if( pGroupBy==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, pEList,pHaving,1,&isAgg) ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+  }
+  if( processOrderGroupBy(pParse, pOrderBy, pTabList, pEList, isAgg, "ORDER")
+   || processOrderGroupBy(pParse, pGroupBy, pTabList, pEList, isAgg, "GROUP")
+  ){
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto select_end;
+
+  /* Identify column names if we will be using them in a callback.  This
+  ** step is skipped if the output is going to some other destination.
+  */
+  if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+    generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
+  }
+
+  /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause
+  */
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    const char *zSavedAuthContext = 0;
+    int needRestoreContext;
+
+    if( pTabList->a[i].pSelect==0 ) continue;
+    if( pTabList->a[i].zName!=0 ){
+      zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+      pParse->zAuthContext = pTabList->a[i].zName;
+      needRestoreContext = 1;
+    }else{
+      needRestoreContext = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3Select(pParse, pTabList->a[i].pSelect, SRT_TempTable, 
+                 pTabList->a[i].iCursor, p, i, &isAgg, 0);
+    if( needRestoreContext ){
+      pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
+    }
+    pTabList = p->pSrc;
+    pWhere = p->pWhere;
+    if( eDest!=SRT_Union && eDest!=SRT_Except && eDest!=SRT_Discard ){
+      pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+    }
+    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+    pHaving = p->pHaving;
+    isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
+  }
+
+  /* Check for the special case of a min() or max() function by itself
+  ** in the result set.
+  */
+  if( simpleMinMaxQuery(pParse, p, eDest, iParm) ){
+    rc = 0;
+    goto select_end;
+  }
+
+  /* Check to see if this is a subquery that can be "flattened" into its parent.
+  ** If flattening is a possiblity, do so and return immediately.  
+  */
+  if( pParent && pParentAgg &&
+      flattenSubquery(pParse, pParent, parentTab, *pParentAgg, isAgg) ){
+    if( isAgg ) *pParentAgg = 1;
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, resolve any collation sequences
+  ** names that have been explicitly specified.
+  */
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+      if( pOrderBy->a[i].zName ){
+        pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr->pColl = 
+            sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].zName, -1);
+      }
+    }
+    if( pParse->nErr ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Set the limiter.
+  */
+  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p);
+
+  /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
+  */
+  if( eDest==SRT_TempTable ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenTemp, iParm, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iParm, pEList->nExpr);
+  }
+
+  /* Do an analysis of aggregate expressions.
+  */
+  sqliteAggregateInfoReset(pParse);
+  if( isAgg || pGroupBy ){
+    assert( pParse->nAgg==0 );
+    isAgg = 1;
+    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+      if( sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pEList->a[i].pExpr) ){
+        goto select_end;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      for(i=0; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++){
+        if( sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pGroupBy->a[i].pExpr) ){
+          goto select_end;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( pHaving && sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pHaving) ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+    if( pOrderBy ){
+      for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+        if( sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr) ){
+          goto select_end;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Reset the aggregator
+  */
+  if( isAgg ){
+    int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggReset, (pGroupBy?0:1), pParse->nAgg);
+    for(i=0; i<pParse->nAgg; i++){
+      FuncDef *pFunc;
+      if( (pFunc = pParse->aAgg[i].pFunc)!=0 && pFunc->xFinalize!=0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_AggInit, 0, i, (char*)pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF);
+      }
+    }
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      int sz = sizeof(KeyInfo) + pGroupBy->nExpr*sizeof(CollSeq*);
+      KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqliteMalloc(sz);
+      if( 0==pKey ){
+        goto select_end;
+      }
+      pKey->enc = pParse->db->enc;
+      pKey->nField = pGroupBy->nExpr;
+      for(i=0; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++){
+        pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pGroupBy->a[i].pExpr);
+        if( !pKey->aColl[i] ){
+          pKey->aColl[i] = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (char *)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the memory cell to NULL
+  */
+  if( eDest==SRT_Mem ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1);
+  }
+
+  /* Open a temporary table to use for the distinct set.
+  */
+  if( isDistinct ){
+    distinct = pParse->nTab++;
+    openTempIndex(pParse, p, distinct, 0);
+  }else{
+    distinct = -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Begin the database scan
+  */
+  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 
+                            pGroupBy ? 0 : &pOrderBy);
+  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
+
+  /* Use the standard inner loop if we are not dealing with
+  ** aggregates
+  */
+  if( !isAgg ){
+    if( selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, distinct, eDest,
+                    iParm, pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak, aff) ){
+       goto select_end;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we are dealing with aggregates, then do the special aggregate
+  ** processing.  
+  */
+  else{
+    AggExpr *pAgg;
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      int lbl1;
+      for(i=0; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[i].pExpr);
+      }
+      /* No affinity string is attached to the following OP_MakeRecord 
+      ** because we do not need to do any coercion of datatypes. */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pGroupBy->nExpr, 0);
+      lbl1 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggFocus, 0, lbl1);
+      for(i=0, pAgg=pParse->aAgg; i<pParse->nAgg; i++, pAgg++){
+        if( pAgg->isAgg ) continue;
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pAgg->pExpr);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggSet, 0, i);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl1);
+    }
+    for(i=0, pAgg=pParse->aAgg; i<pParse->nAgg; i++, pAgg++){
+      Expr *pE;
+      int nExpr;
+      FuncDef *pDef;
+      if( !pAgg->isAgg ) continue;
+      assert( pAgg->pFunc!=0 );
+      assert( pAgg->pFunc->xStep!=0 );
+      pDef = pAgg->pFunc;
+      pE = pAgg->pExpr;
+      assert( pE!=0 );
+      assert( pE->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+      nExpr = sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pE->pList);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
+      if( pDef->needCollSeq ){
+        CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+        int j;
+        for(j=0; !pColl && j<nExpr; j++){
+          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pE->pList->a[j].pExpr);
+        }
+        if( !pColl ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P3_COLLSEQ);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_AggFunc, 0, nExpr, (char*)pDef, P3_POINTER);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* End the database scan loop.
+  */
+  sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+
+  /* If we are processing aggregates, we need to set up a second loop
+  ** over all of the aggregate values and process them.
+  */
+  if( isAgg ){
+    int endagg = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    int startagg;
+    startagg = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AggNext, 0, endagg);
+    pParse->useAgg = 1;
+    if( pHaving ){
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, startagg, 1);
+    }
+    if( selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, distinct, eDest,
+                    iParm, startagg, endagg, aff) ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, startagg);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endagg);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Noop, 0, 0);
+    pParse->useAgg = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results
+  ** and send them to the callback one by one.
+  */
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, eDest, iParm);
+  }
+
+  /* If this was a subquery, we have now converted the subquery into a
+  ** temporary table.  So delete the subquery structure from the parent
+  ** to prevent this subquery from being evaluated again and to force the
+  ** the use of the temporary table.
+  */
+  if( pParent ){
+    assert( pParent->pSrc->nSrc>parentTab );
+    assert( pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].pSelect==p );
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(p);
+    pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].pSelect = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* The SELECT was successfully coded.   Set the return code to 0
+  ** to indicate no errors.
+  */
+  rc = 0;
+
+  /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon
+  ** successful coding of the SELECT.
+  */
+select_end:
+  sqliteAggregateInfoReset(pParse);
+  return rc;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/shell.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/shell.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bdd13cc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/shell.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1786 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code to implement the "sqlite" command line
+** utility for accessing SQLite databases.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__MACOS__)
+# include <signal.h>
+# include <pwd.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __MACOS__
+# include <console.h>
+# include <signal.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <extras.h>
+# include <Files.h>
+# include <Folders.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HAVE_READLINE) && HAVE_READLINE==1
+# include <readline/readline.h>
+# include <readline/history.h>
+#else
+# define readline(p) local_getline(p,stdin)
+# define add_history(X)
+# define read_history(X)
+# define write_history(X)
+# define stifle_history(X)
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure isatty() has a prototype.
+*/
+extern int isatty();
+
+/*
+** The following is the open SQLite database.  We make a pointer
+** to this database a static variable so that it can be accessed
+** by the SIGINT handler to interrupt database processing.
+*/
+static sqlite3 *db = 0;
+
+/*
+** True if an interrupt (Control-C) has been received.
+*/
+static int seenInterrupt = 0;
+
+/*
+** This is the name of our program. It is set in main(), used
+** in a number of other places, mostly for error messages.
+*/
+static char *Argv0;
+
+/*
+** Prompt strings. Initialized in main. Settable with
+**   .prompt main continue
+*/
+static char mainPrompt[20];     /* First line prompt. default: "sqlite> "*/
+static char continuePrompt[20]; /* Continuation prompt. default: "   ...> " */
+
+
+/*
+** Determines if a string is a number of not.
+*/
+static int isNumber(const unsigned char *z, int *realnum){
+  if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z++;
+  if( !isdigit(*z) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  z++;
+  if( realnum ) *realnum = 0;
+  while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z=='.' ){
+    z++;
+    if( !isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
+    while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; }
+    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+  }
+  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
+    z++;
+    if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z++;
+    if( !isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
+    while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; }
+    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+  }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** A global char* and an SQL function to access its current value 
+** from within an SQL statement. This program used to use the 
+** sqlite_exec_printf() API to substitue a string into an SQL statement.
+** The correct way to do this with sqlite3 is to use the bind API, but
+** since the shell is built around the callback paradigm it would be a lot
+** of work. Instead just use this hack, which is quite harmless.
+*/
+static const char *zShellStatic = 0;
+static void shellstaticFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  assert( 0==argc );
+  assert( zShellStatic );
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zShellStatic, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine reads a line of text from FILE in, stores
+** the text in memory obtained from malloc() and returns a pointer
+** to the text.  NULL is returned at end of file, or if malloc()
+** fails.
+**
+** The interface is like "readline" but no command-line editing
+** is done.
+*/
+static char *local_getline(char *zPrompt, FILE *in){
+  char *zLine;
+  int nLine;
+  int n;
+  int eol;
+
+  if( zPrompt && *zPrompt ){
+    printf("%s",zPrompt);
+    fflush(stdout);
+  }
+  nLine = 100;
+  zLine = malloc( nLine );
+  if( zLine==0 ) return 0;
+  n = 0;
+  eol = 0;
+  while( !eol ){
+    if( n+100>nLine ){
+      nLine = nLine*2 + 100;
+      zLine = realloc(zLine, nLine);
+      if( zLine==0 ) return 0;
+    }
+    if( fgets(&zLine[n], nLine - n, in)==0 ){
+      if( n==0 ){
+        free(zLine);
+        return 0;
+      }
+      zLine[n] = 0;
+      eol = 1;
+      break;
+    }
+    while( zLine[n] ){ n++; }
+    if( n>0 && zLine[n-1]=='\n' ){
+      n--;
+      zLine[n] = 0;
+      eol = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  zLine = realloc( zLine, n+1 );
+  return zLine;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve a single line of input text.  "isatty" is true if text
+** is coming from a terminal.  In that case, we issue a prompt and
+** attempt to use "readline" for command-line editing.  If "isatty"
+** is false, use "local_getline" instead of "readline" and issue no prompt.
+**
+** zPrior is a string of prior text retrieved.  If not the empty
+** string, then issue a continuation prompt.
+*/
+static char *one_input_line(const char *zPrior, FILE *in){
+  char *zPrompt;
+  char *zResult;
+  if( in!=0 ){
+    return local_getline(0, in);
+  }
+  if( zPrior && zPrior[0] ){
+    zPrompt = continuePrompt;
+  }else{
+    zPrompt = mainPrompt;
+  }
+  zResult = readline(zPrompt);
+  if( zResult ) add_history(zResult);
+  return zResult;
+}
+
+struct previous_mode_data {
+  int valid;        /* Is there legit data in here? */
+  int mode;
+  int showHeader;
+  int colWidth[100];
+};
+/*
+** An pointer to an instance of this structure is passed from
+** the main program to the callback.  This is used to communicate
+** state and mode information.
+*/
+struct callback_data {
+  sqlite3 *db;            /* The database */
+  int echoOn;            /* True to echo input commands */
+  int cnt;               /* Number of records displayed so far */
+  FILE *out;             /* Write results here */
+  int mode;              /* An output mode setting */
+  int showHeader;        /* True to show column names in List or Column mode */
+  char *zDestTable;      /* Name of destination table when MODE_Insert */
+  char separator[20];    /* Separator character for MODE_List */
+  int colWidth[100];     /* Requested width of each column when in column mode*/
+  int actualWidth[100];  /* Actual width of each column */
+  char nullvalue[20];    /* The text to print when a NULL comes back from
+                         ** the database */
+  struct previous_mode_data explainPrev;
+                         /* Holds the mode information just before
+                         ** .explain ON */
+  char outfile[FILENAME_MAX]; /* Filename for *out */
+  const char *zDbFilename;    /* name of the database file */
+  char *zKey;                 /* Encryption key */
+};
+
+/*
+** These are the allowed modes.
+*/
+#define MODE_Line     0  /* One column per line.  Blank line between records */
+#define MODE_Column   1  /* One record per line in neat columns */
+#define MODE_List     2  /* One record per line with a separator */
+#define MODE_Semi     3  /* Same as MODE_List but append ";" to each line */
+#define MODE_Html     4  /* Generate an XHTML table */
+#define MODE_Insert   5  /* Generate SQL "insert" statements */
+#define MODE_Tcl      6  /* Generate ANSI-C or TCL quoted elements */
+#define MODE_Csv      7  /* Quote strings, numbers are plain */
+#define MODE_NUM_OF   8  /* The number of modes (not a mode itself) */
+
+char *modeDescr[MODE_NUM_OF] = {
+  "line",
+  "column",
+  "list",
+  "semi",
+  "html",
+  "insert",
+  "tcl",
+  "csv",
+};
+
+/*
+** Number of elements in an array
+*/
+#define ArraySize(X)  (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))
+
+/*
+** Output the given string as a quoted string using SQL quoting conventions.
+*/
+static void output_quoted_string(FILE *out, const char *z){
+  int i;
+  int nSingle = 0;
+  for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
+    if( z[i]=='\'' ) nSingle++;
+  }
+  if( nSingle==0 ){
+    fprintf(out,"'%s'",z);
+  }else{
+    fprintf(out,"'");
+    while( *z ){
+      for(i=0; z[i] && z[i]!='\''; i++){}
+      if( i==0 ){
+        fprintf(out,"''");
+        z++;
+      }else if( z[i]=='\'' ){
+        fprintf(out,"%.*s''",i,z);
+        z += i+1;
+      }else{
+        fprintf(out,"%s",z);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    fprintf(out,"'");
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Output the given string as a quoted according to C or TCL quoting rules.
+*/
+static void output_c_string(FILE *out, const char *z){
+  unsigned int c;
+  fputc('"', out);
+  while( (c = *(z++))!=0 ){
+    if( c=='\\' ){
+      fputc(c, out);
+      fputc(c, out);
+    }else if( c=='\t' ){
+      fputc('\\', out);
+      fputc('t', out);
+    }else if( c=='\n' ){
+      fputc('\\', out);
+      fputc('n', out);
+    }else if( c=='\r' ){
+      fputc('\\', out);
+      fputc('r', out);
+    }else if( !isprint(c) ){
+      fprintf(out, "\\%03o", c);
+    }else{
+      fputc(c, out);
+    }
+  }
+  fputc('"', out);
+}
+
+/*
+** Output the given string with characters that are special to
+** HTML escaped.
+*/
+static void output_html_string(FILE *out, const char *z){
+  int i;
+  while( *z ){
+    for(i=0; z[i] && z[i]!='<' && z[i]!='&'; i++){}
+    if( i>0 ){
+      fprintf(out,"%.*s",i,z);
+    }
+    if( z[i]=='<' ){
+      fprintf(out,"&lt;");
+    }else if( z[i]=='&' ){
+      fprintf(out,"&amp;");
+    }else{
+      break;
+    }
+    z += i + 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Output a single term of CSV.  Actually, p->separator is used for
+** the separator, which may or may not be a comma.  p->nullvalue is
+** the null value.  Strings are quoted using ANSI-C rules.  Numbers
+** appear outside of quotes.
+*/
+static void output_csv(struct callback_data *p, const char *z, int bSep){
+  if( z==0 ){
+    fprintf(p->out,"%s",p->nullvalue);
+  }else if( isNumber(z, 0) ){
+    fprintf(p->out,"%s",z);
+  }else{
+    output_c_string(p->out, z);
+  }
+  if( bSep ){
+    fprintf(p->out, p->separator);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine runs when the user presses Ctrl-C
+*/
+static void interrupt_handler(int NotUsed){
+  seenInterrupt = 1;
+  if( db ) sqlite3_interrupt(db);
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the callback routine that the SQLite library
+** invokes for each row of a query result.
+*/
+static int callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){
+  int i;
+  struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data*)pArg;
+  switch( p->mode ){
+    case MODE_Line: {
+      int w = 5;
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        int len = strlen(azCol[i]);
+        if( len>w ) w = len;
+      }
+      if( p->cnt++>0 ) fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        fprintf(p->out,"%*s = %s\n", w, azCol[i], 
+                azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Column: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          int w, n;
+          if( i<ArraySize(p->colWidth) ){
+             w = p->colWidth[i];
+          }else{
+             w = 0;
+          }
+          if( w<=0 ){
+            w = strlen(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : "");
+            if( w<10 ) w = 10;
+            n = strlen(azArg && azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue);
+            if( w<n ) w = n;
+          }
+          if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){
+            p->actualWidth[i] = w;
+          }
+          if( p->showHeader ){
+            fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,azCol[i], i==nArg-1 ? "\n": "  ");
+          }
+        }
+        if( p->showHeader ){
+          for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+            int w;
+            if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){
+               w = p->actualWidth[i];
+            }else{
+               w = 10;
+            }
+            fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,"-----------------------------------"
+                   "----------------------------------------------------------",
+                    i==nArg-1 ? "\n": "  ");
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        int w;
+        if( i<ArraySize(p->actualWidth) ){
+           w = p->actualWidth[i];
+        }else{
+           w = 10;
+        }
+        fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,
+            azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue, i==nArg-1 ? "\n": "  ");
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Semi:
+    case MODE_List: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          fprintf(p->out,"%s%s",azCol[i], i==nArg-1 ? "\n" : p->separator);
+        }
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        char *z = azArg[i];
+        if( z==0 ) z = p->nullvalue;
+        fprintf(p->out, "%s", z);
+        if( i<nArg-1 ){
+          fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator);
+        }else if( p->mode==MODE_Semi ){
+          fprintf(p->out, ";\n");
+        }else{
+          fprintf(p->out, "\n");
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Html: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        fprintf(p->out,"<TR>");
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          fprintf(p->out,"<TH>%s</TH>",azCol[i]);
+        }
+        fprintf(p->out,"</TR>\n");
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      fprintf(p->out,"<TR>");
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        fprintf(p->out,"<TD>");
+        output_html_string(p->out, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue);
+        fprintf(p->out,"</TD>\n");
+      }
+      fprintf(p->out,"</TR>\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Tcl: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          output_c_string(p->out,azCol[i]);
+          fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator);
+        }
+        fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        output_c_string(p->out, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue);
+        fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator);
+      }
+      fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Csv: {
+      if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){
+        for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+          output_csv(p, azCol[i], i<nArg-1);
+        }
+        fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+      }
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        output_csv(p, azArg[i], i<nArg-1);
+      }
+      fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+      break;
+    }
+    case MODE_Insert: {
+      if( azArg==0 ) break;
+      fprintf(p->out,"INSERT INTO %s VALUES(",p->zDestTable);
+      for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+        char *zSep = i>0 ? ",": "";
+        if( azArg[i]==0 ){
+          fprintf(p->out,"%sNULL",zSep);
+        }else if( isNumber(azArg[i], 0) ){
+          fprintf(p->out,"%s%s",zSep, azArg[i]);
+        }else{
+          if( zSep[0] ) fprintf(p->out,"%s",zSep);
+          output_quoted_string(p->out, azArg[i]);
+        }
+      }
+      fprintf(p->out,");\n");
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the destination table field of the callback_data structure to
+** the name of the table given.  Escape any quote characters in the
+** table name.
+*/
+static void set_table_name(struct callback_data *p, const char *zName){
+  int i, n;
+  int needQuote;
+  char *z;
+
+  if( p->zDestTable ){
+    free(p->zDestTable);
+    p->zDestTable = 0;
+  }
+  if( zName==0 ) return;
+  needQuote = !isalpha((unsigned char)*zName) && *zName!='_';
+  for(i=n=0; zName[i]; i++, n++){
+    if( !isalnum((unsigned char)zName[i]) && zName[i]!='_' ){
+      needQuote = 1;
+      if( zName[i]=='\'' ) n++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( needQuote ) n += 2;
+  z = p->zDestTable = malloc( n+1 );
+  if( z==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Out of memory!\n");
+    exit(1);
+  }
+  n = 0;
+  if( needQuote ) z[n++] = '\'';
+  for(i=0; zName[i]; i++){
+    z[n++] = zName[i];
+    if( zName[i]=='\'' ) z[n++] = '\'';
+  }
+  if( needQuote ) z[n++] = '\'';
+  z[n] = 0;
+}
+
+/* zIn is either a pointer to a NULL-terminated string in memory obtained
+** from malloc(), or a NULL pointer. The string pointed to by zAppend is
+** added to zIn, and the result returned in memory obtained from malloc().
+** zIn, if it was not NULL, is freed.
+**
+** If the third argument, quote, is not '\0', then it is used as a 
+** quote character for zAppend.
+*/
+static char * appendText(char *zIn, char const *zAppend, char quote){
+  int len;
+  int i;
+  int nAppend = strlen(zAppend);
+  int nIn = (zIn?strlen(zIn):0);
+
+  len = nAppend+nIn+1;
+  if( quote ){
+    len += 2;
+    for(i=0; i<nAppend; i++){
+      if( zAppend[i]==quote ) len++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  zIn = (char *)realloc(zIn, len);
+  if( !zIn ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if( quote ){
+    char *zCsr = &zIn[nIn];
+    *zCsr++ = quote;
+    for(i=0; i<nAppend; i++){
+      *zCsr++ = zAppend[i];
+      if( zAppend[i]==quote ) *zCsr++ = quote;
+    }
+    *zCsr++ = quote;
+    *zCsr++ = '\0';
+    assert( (zCsr-zIn)==len );
+  }else{
+    memcpy(&zIn[nIn], zAppend, nAppend);
+    zIn[len-1] = '\0';
+  }
+
+  return zIn;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Execute a query statement that has a single result column.  Print
+** that result column on a line by itself with a semicolon terminator.
+*/
+static int run_table_dump_query(FILE *out, sqlite3 *db, const char *zSelect){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSelect, -1, &pSelect, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pSelect ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect);
+  while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    fprintf(out, "%s;\n", sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, 0));
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect);
+  }
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pSelect);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This is a different callback routine used for dumping the database.
+** Each row received by this callback consists of a table name,
+** the table type ("index" or "table") and SQL to create the table.
+** This routine should print text sufficient to recreate the table.
+*/
+static int dump_callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){
+  int rc;
+  const char *zTable;
+  const char *zType;
+  const char *zSql;
+  struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data *)pArg;
+
+  if( nArg!=3 ) return 1;
+  zTable = azArg[0];
+  zType = azArg[1];
+  zSql = azArg[2];
+  
+  fprintf(p->out, "%s;\n", zSql);
+
+  if( strcmp(zType, "table")==0 ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pTableInfo = 0;
+    char *zSelect = 0;
+    char *zTableInfo = 0;
+    char *zTmp = 0;
+   
+    zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, "PRAGMA table_info(", 0);
+    zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, zTable, '"');
+    zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, ");", 0);
+
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zTableInfo, -1, &pTableInfo, 0);
+    if( zTableInfo ) free(zTableInfo);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pTableInfo ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+    zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "SELECT 'INSERT INTO ' || ", 0);
+    zTmp = appendText(zTmp, zTable, '"');
+    if( zTmp ){
+      zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zTmp, '\'');
+    }
+    zSelect = appendText(zSelect, " || ' VALUES(' || ", 0);
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pTableInfo);
+    while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "quote(", 0);
+      zSelect = appendText(zSelect, sqlite3_column_text(pTableInfo, 1), '"');
+      rc = sqlite3_step(pTableInfo);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+        zSelect = appendText(zSelect, ") || ', ' || ", 0);
+      }else{
+        zSelect = appendText(zSelect, ") ", 0);
+      }
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_finalize(pTableInfo);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( zSelect ) free(zSelect);
+      return 1;
+    }
+    zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "|| ')' FROM  ", 0);
+    zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zTable, '"');
+
+    rc = run_table_dump_query(p->out, p->db, zSelect);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){
+      zSelect = appendText(zSelect, " ORDER BY rowid DESC", 0);
+      rc = run_table_dump_query(p->out, p->db, zSelect);
+    }
+    if( zSelect ) free(zSelect);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run zQuery.  Update dump_callback() as the callback routine.
+** If we get a SQLITE_CORRUPT error, rerun the query after appending
+** "ORDER BY rowid DESC" to the end.
+*/
+static int run_schema_dump_query(
+  struct callback_data *p, 
+  const char *zQuery,
+  char **pzErrMsg
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQuery, dump_callback, p, pzErrMsg);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){
+    char *zQ2;
+    int len = strlen(zQuery);
+    if( pzErrMsg ) sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
+    zQ2 = malloc( len+100 );
+    if( zQ2==0 ) return rc;
+    sprintf(zQ2, "%s ORDER BY rowid DESC", zQuery);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQ2, dump_callback, p, pzErrMsg);
+    free(zQ2);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Text of a help message
+*/
+static char zHelp[] =
+  ".databases             List names and files of attached databases\n"
+  ".dump ?TABLE? ...      Dump the database in an SQL text format\n"
+  ".echo ON|OFF           Turn command echo on or off\n"
+  ".exit                  Exit this program\n"
+  ".explain ON|OFF        Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off.\n"
+  ".header(s) ON|OFF      Turn display of headers on or off\n"
+  ".help                  Show this message\n"
+  ".import FILE TABLE     Import data from FILE into TABLE\n"
+  ".indices TABLE         Show names of all indices on TABLE\n"
+  ".mode MODE ?TABLE?     Set output mode where MODE is on of:\n"
+  "                         csv      Comma-separated values\n"
+  "                         column   Left-aligned columns.  (See .width)\n"
+  "                         html     HTML <table> code\n"
+  "                         insert   SQL insert statements for TABLE\n"
+  "                         line     One value per line\n"
+  "                         list     Values delimited by .separator string\n"
+  "                         tabs     Tab-separated values\n"
+  "                         tcl      TCL list elements\n"
+  ".nullvalue STRING      Print STRING in place of NULL values\n"
+  ".output FILENAME       Send output to FILENAME\n"
+  ".output stdout         Send output to the screen\n"
+  ".prompt MAIN CONTINUE  Replace the standard prompts\n"
+  ".quit                  Exit this program\n"
+  ".read FILENAME         Execute SQL in FILENAME\n"
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  ".rekey OLD NEW NEW     Change the encryption key\n"
+#endif
+  ".schema ?TABLE?        Show the CREATE statements\n"
+  ".separator STRING      Change separator used by output mode and .import\n"
+  ".show                  Show the current values for various settings\n"
+  ".tables ?PATTERN?      List names of tables matching a LIKE pattern\n"
+  ".timeout MS            Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds\n"
+  ".width NUM NUM ...     Set column widths for \"column\" mode\n"
+;
+
+/* Forward reference */
+static void process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in);
+
+/*
+** Make sure the database is open.  If it is not, then open it.  If
+** the database fails to open, print an error message and exit.
+*/
+static void open_db(struct callback_data *p){
+  if( p->db==0 ){
+    sqlite3_open(p->zDbFilename, &p->db);
+    db = p->db;
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+    sqlite3_key(p->db, p->zKey, p->zKey ? strlen(p->zKey) : 0);
+#endif
+    sqlite3_create_function(db, "shellstatic", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
+        shellstaticFunc, 0, 0);
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(db) ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Unable to open database \"%s\": %s\n", 
+          p->zDbFilename, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+      exit(1);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Do C-language style dequoting.
+**
+**    \t    -> tab
+**    \n    -> newline
+**    \r    -> carriage return
+**    \NNN  -> ascii character NNN in octal
+**    \\    -> backslash
+*/
+static void resolve_backslashes(char *z){
+  int i, j, c;
+  for(i=j=0; (c = z[i])!=0; i++, j++){
+    if( c=='\\' ){
+      c = z[++i];
+      if( c=='n' ){
+        c = '\n';
+      }else if( c=='t' ){
+        c = '\t';
+      }else if( c=='r' ){
+        c = '\r';
+      }else if( c>='0' && c<='7' ){
+        c =- '0';
+        if( z[i+1]>='0' && z[i+1]<='7' ){
+          i++;
+          c = (c<<3) + z[i] - '0';
+          if( z[i+1]>='0' && z[i+1]<='7' ){
+            i++;
+            c = (c<<3) + z[i] - '0';
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    z[j] = c;
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** If an input line begins with "." then invoke this routine to
+** process that line.
+**
+** Return 1 to exit and 0 to continue.
+*/
+static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){
+  int i = 1;
+  int nArg = 0;
+  int n, c;
+  int rc = 0;
+  char *azArg[50];
+
+  /* Parse the input line into tokens.
+  */
+  while( zLine[i] && nArg<ArraySize(azArg) ){
+    while( isspace((unsigned char)zLine[i]) ){ i++; }
+    if( zLine[i]==0 ) break;
+    if( zLine[i]=='\'' || zLine[i]=='"' ){
+      int delim = zLine[i++];
+      azArg[nArg++] = &zLine[i];
+      while( zLine[i] && zLine[i]!=delim ){ i++; }
+      if( zLine[i]==delim ){
+        zLine[i++] = 0;
+      }
+      if( delim=='"' ) resolve_backslashes(azArg[nArg-1]);
+    }else{
+      azArg[nArg++] = &zLine[i];
+      while( zLine[i] && !isspace((unsigned char)zLine[i]) ){ i++; }
+      if( zLine[i] ) zLine[i++] = 0;
+      resolve_backslashes(azArg[nArg-1]);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process the input line.
+  */
+  if( nArg==0 ) return rc;
+  n = strlen(azArg[0]);
+  c = azArg[0][0];
+  if( c=='d' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "databases", n)==0 ){
+    struct callback_data data;
+    char *zErrMsg = 0;
+    open_db(p);
+    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
+    data.showHeader = 1;
+    data.mode = MODE_Column;
+    data.colWidth[0] = 3;
+    data.colWidth[1] = 15;
+    data.colWidth[2] = 58;
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA database_list; ", callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='d' && strncmp(azArg[0], "dump", n)==0 ){
+    char *zErrMsg = 0;
+    open_db(p);
+    fprintf(p->out, "BEGIN TRANSACTION;\n");
+    if( nArg==1 ){
+      run_schema_dump_query(p, 
+        "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type=='table'", 0
+      );
+      run_schema_dump_query(p, 
+        "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type!='table' AND type!='meta'", 0
+      );
+    }else{
+      int i;
+      for(i=1; i<nArg; i++){
+        zShellStatic = azArg[i];
+        run_schema_dump_query(p,
+          "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master "
+          "WHERE tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() AND type=='table'"
+          "  AND sql NOT NULL", 0);
+        run_schema_dump_query(p,
+          "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master "
+          "WHERE tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() AND type!='table'"
+          "  AND type!='meta' AND sql NOT NULL", 0);
+        zShellStatic = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    }else{
+      fprintf(p->out, "COMMIT;\n");
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "echo", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){
+    int j;
+    char *z = azArg[1];
+    int val = atoi(azArg[1]);
+    for(j=0; z[j]; j++){
+      z[j] = tolower((unsigned char)z[j]);
+    }
+    if( strcmp(z,"on")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"yes")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }
+    p->echoOn = val;
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "exit", n)==0 ){
+    rc = 1;
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "explain", n)==0 ){
+    int j;
+    static char zOne[] = "1";
+    char *z = nArg>=2 ? azArg[1] : zOne;
+    int val = atoi(z);
+    for(j=0; z[j]; j++){
+      z[j] = tolower((unsigned char)z[j]);
+    }
+    if( strcmp(z,"on")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"yes")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }
+    if(val == 1) {
+      if(!p->explainPrev.valid) {
+        p->explainPrev.valid = 1;
+        p->explainPrev.mode = p->mode;
+        p->explainPrev.showHeader = p->showHeader;
+        memcpy(p->explainPrev.colWidth,p->colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth));
+      }
+      /* We could put this code under the !p->explainValid
+      ** condition so that it does not execute if we are already in
+      ** explain mode. However, always executing it allows us an easy
+      ** was to reset to explain mode in case the user previously
+      ** did an .explain followed by a .width, .mode or .header
+      ** command.
+      */
+      p->mode = MODE_Column;
+      p->showHeader = 1;
+      memset(p->colWidth,0,ArraySize(p->colWidth));
+      p->colWidth[0] = 4;
+      p->colWidth[1] = 12;
+      p->colWidth[2] = 10;
+      p->colWidth[3] = 10;
+      p->colWidth[4] = 35;
+    }else if (p->explainPrev.valid) {
+      p->explainPrev.valid = 0;
+      p->mode = p->explainPrev.mode;
+      p->showHeader = p->explainPrev.showHeader;
+      memcpy(p->colWidth,p->explainPrev.colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth));
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='h' && (strncmp(azArg[0], "header", n)==0
+                 ||
+                 strncmp(azArg[0], "headers", n)==0 )&& nArg>1 ){
+    int j;
+    char *z = azArg[1];
+    int val = atoi(azArg[1]);
+    for(j=0; z[j]; j++){
+      z[j] = tolower((unsigned char)z[j]);
+    }
+    if( strcmp(z,"on")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"yes")==0 ){
+      val = 1;
+    }
+    p->showHeader = val;
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='h' && strncmp(azArg[0], "help", n)==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,zHelp);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "import", n)==0 && nArg>=3 ){
+    char *zTable = azArg[2];    /* Insert data into this table */
+    char *zFile = azArg[1];     /* The file from which to extract data */
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;        /* A statement */
+    int rc;                     /* Result code */
+    int nCol;                   /* Number of columns in the table */
+    int nByte;                  /* Number of bytes in an SQL string */
+    int i, j;                   /* Loop counters */
+    int nSep;                   /* Number of bytes in p->separator[] */
+    char *zSql;                 /* An SQL statement */
+    char *zLine;                /* A single line of input from the file */
+    char **azCol;               /* zLine[] broken up into columns */
+    char *zCommit;              /* How to commit changes */   
+    FILE *in;                   /* The input file */
+    int lineno = 0;             /* Line number of input file */
+
+    nSep = strlen(p->separator);
+    if( nSep==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "non-null separator required for import\n");
+      return 0;
+    }
+    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM '%q'", zTable);
+    if( zSql==0 ) return 0;
+    nByte = strlen(zSql);
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, 0, &pStmt, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+    if( rc ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+      nCol = 0;
+    }else{
+      nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+    }
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    if( nCol==0 ) return 0;
+    zSql = malloc( nByte + 20 + nCol*2 );
+    if( zSql==0 ) return 0;
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte+20, zSql, "INSERT INTO '%q' VALUES(?", zTable);
+    j = strlen(zSql);
+    for(i=1; i<nCol; i++){
+      zSql[j++] = ',';
+      zSql[j++] = '?';
+    }
+    zSql[j++] = ')';
+    zSql[j] = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, 0, &pStmt, 0);
+    free(zSql);
+    if( rc ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    in = fopen(zFile, "rb");
+    if( in==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr, "cannot open file: %s\n", zFile);
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    azCol = malloc( sizeof(azCol[0])*(nCol+1) );
+    if( azCol==0 ) return 0;
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0);
+    zCommit = "COMMIT";
+    while( (zLine = local_getline(0, in))!=0 ){
+      char *z;
+      i = 0;
+      lineno++;
+      azCol[0] = zLine;
+      for(i=0, z=zLine; *z && *z!='\n' && *z!='\r'; z++){
+        if( *z==p->separator[0] && strncmp(z, p->separator, nSep)==0 ){
+          *z = 0;
+          i++;
+          if( i<nCol ){
+            azCol[i] = &z[nSep];
+            z += nSep-1;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( i+1!=nCol ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"%s line %d: expected %d columns of data but found %d\n",
+           zFile, lineno, nCol, i+1);
+        zCommit = "ROLLBACK";
+        break;
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+        sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, i+1, azCol[i], -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      }
+      sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+      free(zLine);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+        zCommit = "ROLLBACK";
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    free(azCol);
+    fclose(in);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db, zCommit, 0, 0, 0);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "indices", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){
+    struct callback_data data;
+    char *zErrMsg = 0;
+    open_db(p);
+    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
+    data.showHeader = 0;
+    data.mode = MODE_List;
+    zShellStatic = azArg[1];
+    sqlite3_exec(p->db,
+      "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master "
+      "WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() "
+      "UNION ALL "
+      "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master "
+      "WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() "
+      "ORDER BY 1",
+      callback, &data, &zErrMsg
+    );
+    zShellStatic = 0;
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='m' && strncmp(azArg[0], "mode", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){
+    int n2 = strlen(azArg[1]);
+    if( strncmp(azArg[1],"line",n2)==0
+        ||
+        strncmp(azArg[1],"lines",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Line;
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"column",n2)==0
+              ||
+              strncmp(azArg[1],"columns",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Column;
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"list",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_List;
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"html",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Html;
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"tcl",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Tcl;
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"csv",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Csv;
+      strcpy(p->separator, ",");
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"tabs",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_List;
+      strcpy(p->separator, "\t");
+    }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"insert",n2)==0 ){
+      p->mode = MODE_Insert;
+      if( nArg>=3 ){
+        set_table_name(p, azArg[2]);
+      }else{
+        set_table_name(p, "table");
+      }
+    }else {
+      fprintf(stderr,"mode should be on of: "
+         "column csv html insert line list tabs tcl\n");
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='n' && strncmp(azArg[0], "nullvalue", n)==0 && nArg==2 ) {
+    sprintf(p->nullvalue, "%.*s", (int)ArraySize(p->nullvalue)-1, azArg[1]);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='o' && strncmp(azArg[0], "output", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){
+    if( p->out!=stdout ){
+      fclose(p->out);
+    }
+    if( strcmp(azArg[1],"stdout")==0 ){
+      p->out = stdout;
+      strcpy(p->outfile,"stdout");
+    }else{
+      p->out = fopen(azArg[1], "wb");
+      if( p->out==0 ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"can't write to \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]);
+        p->out = stdout;
+      } else {
+         strcpy(p->outfile,azArg[1]);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='p' && strncmp(azArg[0], "prompt", n)==0 && (nArg==2 || nArg==3)){
+    if( nArg >= 2) {
+      strncpy(mainPrompt,azArg[1],(int)ArraySize(mainPrompt)-1);
+    }
+    if( nArg >= 3) {
+      strncpy(continuePrompt,azArg[2],(int)ArraySize(continuePrompt)-1);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='q' && strncmp(azArg[0], "quit", n)==0 ){
+    rc = 1;
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='r' && strncmp(azArg[0], "read", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){
+    FILE *alt = fopen(azArg[1], "rb");
+    if( alt==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"can't open \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]);
+    }else{
+      process_input(p, alt);
+      fclose(alt);
+    }
+  }else
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( c=='r' && strncmp(azArg[0],"rekey", n)==0 && nArg==4 ){
+    char *zOld = p->zKey;
+    if( zOld==0 ) zOld = "";
+    if( strcmp(azArg[1],zOld) ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"old key is incorrect\n");
+    }else if( strcmp(azArg[2], azArg[3]) ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"2nd copy of new key does not match the 1st\n");
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_free(p->zKey);
+      p->zKey = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", azArg[2]);
+      sqlite3_rekey(p->db, p->zKey, strlen(p->zKey));
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "schema", n)==0 ){
+    struct callback_data data;
+    char *zErrMsg = 0;
+    open_db(p);
+    memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data));
+    data.showHeader = 0;
+    data.mode = MODE_Semi;
+    if( nArg>1 ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; azArg[1][i]; i++) azArg[1][i] = tolower(azArg[1][i]);
+      if( strcmp(azArg[1],"sqlite_master")==0 ){
+        char *new_argv[2], *new_colv[2];
+        new_argv[0] = "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master (\n"
+                      "  type text,\n"
+                      "  name text,\n"
+                      "  tbl_name text,\n"
+                      "  rootpage integer,\n"
+                      "  sql text\n"
+                      ")";
+        new_argv[1] = 0;
+        new_colv[0] = "sql";
+        new_colv[1] = 0;
+        callback(&data, 1, new_argv, new_colv);
+      }else if( strcmp(azArg[1],"sqlite_temp_master")==0 ){
+        char *new_argv[2], *new_colv[2];
+        new_argv[0] = "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master (\n"
+                      "  type text,\n"
+                      "  name text,\n"
+                      "  tbl_name text,\n"
+                      "  rootpage integer,\n"
+                      "  sql text\n"
+                      ")";
+        new_argv[1] = 0;
+        new_colv[0] = "sql";
+        new_colv[1] = 0;
+        callback(&data, 1, new_argv, new_colv);
+      }else{
+        zShellStatic = azArg[1];
+        sqlite3_exec(p->db,
+          "SELECT sql FROM "
+          "  (SELECT * FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
+          "   SELECT * FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
+          "WHERE tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() AND type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL "
+          "ORDER BY substr(type,2,1), name",
+          callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
+        zShellStatic = 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_exec(p->db,
+         "SELECT sql FROM "
+         "  (SELECT * FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL"
+         "   SELECT * FROM sqlite_temp_master) "
+         "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL "
+         "ORDER BY substr(type,2,1), name",
+         callback, &data, &zErrMsg
+      );
+    }
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "separator", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){
+    sprintf(p->separator, "%.*s", (int)ArraySize(p->separator)-1, azArg[1]);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "show", n)==0){
+    int i;
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","echo", p->echoOn ? "on" : "off");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","explain", p->explainPrev.valid ? "on" :"off");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","headers", p->showHeader ? "on" : "off");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","mode", modeDescr[p->mode]);
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ", "nullvalue");
+      output_c_string(p->out, p->nullvalue);
+      fprintf(p->out, "\n");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","output",
+                                 strlen(p->outfile) ? p->outfile : "stdout");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ", "separator");
+      output_c_string(p->out, p->separator);
+      fprintf(p->out, "\n");
+    fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ","width");
+    for (i=0;i<(int)ArraySize(p->colWidth) && p->colWidth[i] != 0;i++) {
+      fprintf(p->out,"%d ",p->colWidth[i]);
+    }
+    fprintf(p->out,"\n");
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='t' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "tables", n)==0 ){
+    char **azResult;
+    int nRow, rc;
+    char *zErrMsg;
+    open_db(p);
+    if( nArg==1 ){
+      rc = sqlite3_get_table(p->db,
+        "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE type IN ('table','view') "
+        "UNION ALL "
+        "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master "
+        "WHERE type IN ('table','view') "
+        "ORDER BY 1",
+        &azResult, &nRow, 0, &zErrMsg
+      );
+    }else{
+      zShellStatic = azArg[1];
+      rc = sqlite3_get_table(p->db,
+        "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master "
+        "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name LIKE '%'||shellstatic()||'%' "
+        "UNION ALL "
+        "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master "
+        "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name LIKE '%'||shellstatic()||'%' "
+        "ORDER BY 1",
+        &azResult, &nRow, 0, &zErrMsg
+      );
+      zShellStatic = 0;
+    }
+    if( zErrMsg ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int len, maxlen = 0;
+      int i, j;
+      int nPrintCol, nPrintRow;
+      for(i=1; i<=nRow; i++){
+        if( azResult[i]==0 ) continue;
+        len = strlen(azResult[i]);
+        if( len>maxlen ) maxlen = len;
+      }
+      nPrintCol = 80/(maxlen+2);
+      if( nPrintCol<1 ) nPrintCol = 1;
+      nPrintRow = (nRow + nPrintCol - 1)/nPrintCol;
+      for(i=0; i<nPrintRow; i++){
+        for(j=i+1; j<=nRow; j+=nPrintRow){
+          char *zSp = j<=nPrintRow ? "" : "  ";
+          printf("%s%-*s", zSp, maxlen, azResult[j] ? azResult[j] : "");
+        }
+        printf("\n");
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3_free_table(azResult);
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='t' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "timeout", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){
+    open_db(p);
+    sqlite3_busy_timeout(p->db, atoi(azArg[1]));
+  }else
+
+  if( c=='w' && strncmp(azArg[0], "width", n)==0 ){
+    int j;
+    for(j=1; j<nArg && j<ArraySize(p->colWidth); j++){
+      p->colWidth[j-1] = atoi(azArg[j]);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  {
+    fprintf(stderr, "unknown command or invalid arguments: "
+      " \"%s\". Enter \".help\" for help\n", azArg[0]);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the last non-whitespace character in z[] is a semicolon.
+** z[] is N characters long.
+*/
+static int _ends_with_semicolon(const char *z, int N){
+  while( N>0 && isspace((unsigned char)z[N-1]) ){ N--; }
+  return N>0 && z[N-1]==';';
+}
+
+/*
+** Test to see if a line consists entirely of whitespace.
+*/
+static int _all_whitespace(const char *z){
+  for(; *z; z++){
+    if( isspace(*(unsigned char*)z) ) continue;
+    if( *z=='/' && z[1]=='*' ){
+      z += 2;
+      while( *z && (*z!='*' || z[1]!='/') ){ z++; }
+      if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+      z++;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( *z=='-' && z[1]=='-' ){
+      z += 2;
+      while( *z && *z!='\n' ){ z++; }
+      if( *z==0 ) return 1;
+      continue;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the line typed in is an SQL command terminator other
+** than a semi-colon.  The SQL Server style "go" command is understood
+** as is the Oracle "/".
+*/
+static int _is_command_terminator(const char *zLine){
+  while( isspace(*(unsigned char*)zLine) ){ zLine++; };
+  if( zLine[0]=='/' && _all_whitespace(&zLine[1]) ) return 1;  /* Oracle */
+  if( tolower(zLine[0])=='g' && tolower(zLine[1])=='o'
+         && _all_whitespace(&zLine[2]) ){
+    return 1;  /* SQL Server */
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read input from *in and process it.  If *in==0 then input
+** is interactive - the user is typing it it.  Otherwise, input
+** is coming from a file or device.  A prompt is issued and history
+** is saved only if input is interactive.  An interrupt signal will
+** cause this routine to exit immediately, unless input is interactive.
+*/
+static void process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in){
+  char *zLine;
+  char *zSql = 0;
+  int nSql = 0;
+  char *zErrMsg;
+  int rc;
+  while( fflush(p->out), (zLine = one_input_line(zSql, in))!=0 ){
+    if( seenInterrupt ){
+      if( in!=0 ) break;
+      seenInterrupt = 0;
+    }
+    if( p->echoOn ) printf("%s\n", zLine);
+    if( (zSql==0 || zSql[0]==0) && _all_whitespace(zLine) ) continue;
+    if( zLine && zLine[0]=='.' && nSql==0 ){
+      int rc = do_meta_command(zLine, p);
+      free(zLine);
+      if( rc ) break;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( _is_command_terminator(zLine) ){
+      strcpy(zLine,";");
+    }
+    if( zSql==0 ){
+      int i;
+      for(i=0; zLine[i] && isspace((unsigned char)zLine[i]); i++){}
+      if( zLine[i]!=0 ){
+        nSql = strlen(zLine);
+        zSql = malloc( nSql+1 );
+        strcpy(zSql, zLine);
+      }
+    }else{
+      int len = strlen(zLine);
+      zSql = realloc( zSql, nSql + len + 2 );
+      if( zSql==0 ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"%s: out of memory!\n", Argv0);
+        exit(1);
+      }
+      strcpy(&zSql[nSql++], "\n");
+      strcpy(&zSql[nSql], zLine);
+      nSql += len;
+    }
+    free(zLine);
+    if( zSql && _ends_with_semicolon(zSql, nSql) && sqlite3_complete(zSql) ){
+      p->cnt = 0;
+      open_db(p);
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, callback, p, &zErrMsg);
+      if( rc || zErrMsg ){
+        if( in!=0 && !p->echoOn ) printf("%s\n",zSql);
+        if( zErrMsg!=0 ){
+          printf("SQL error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+          sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+          zErrMsg = 0;
+        }else{
+          printf("SQL error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+        }
+      }
+      free(zSql);
+      zSql = 0;
+      nSql = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( zSql ){
+    if( !_all_whitespace(zSql) ) printf("Incomplete SQL: %s\n", zSql);
+    free(zSql);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pathname which is the user's home directory.  A
+** 0 return indicates an error of some kind.  Space to hold the
+** resulting string is obtained from malloc().  The calling
+** function should free the result.
+*/
+static char *find_home_dir(void){
+  char *home_dir = NULL;
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__MACOS__)
+  struct passwd *pwent;
+  uid_t uid = getuid();
+  if( (pwent=getpwuid(uid)) != NULL) {
+    home_dir = pwent->pw_dir;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __MACOS__
+  char home_path[_MAX_PATH+1];
+  home_dir = getcwd(home_path, _MAX_PATH);
+#endif
+
+  if (!home_dir) {
+    home_dir = getenv("HOME");
+    if (!home_dir) {
+      home_dir = getenv("HOMEPATH"); /* Windows? */
+    }
+  }
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)
+  if (!home_dir) {
+    home_dir = "c:";
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( home_dir ){
+    char *z = malloc( strlen(home_dir)+1 );
+    if( z ) strcpy(z, home_dir);
+    home_dir = z;
+  }
+
+  return home_dir;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read input from the file given by sqliterc_override.  Or if that
+** parameter is NULL, take input from ~/.sqliterc
+*/
+static void process_sqliterc(
+  struct callback_data *p,        /* Configuration data */
+  const char *sqliterc_override   /* Name of config file. NULL to use default */
+){
+  char *home_dir = NULL;
+  const char *sqliterc = sqliterc_override;
+  char *zBuf;
+  FILE *in = NULL;
+
+  if (sqliterc == NULL) {
+    home_dir = find_home_dir();
+    if( home_dir==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"%s: cannot locate your home directory!\n", Argv0);
+      return;
+    }
+    zBuf = malloc(strlen(home_dir) + 15);
+    if( zBuf==0 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"%s: out of memory!\n", Argv0);
+      exit(1);
+    }
+    sprintf(zBuf,"%s/.sqliterc",home_dir);
+    free(home_dir);
+    sqliterc = (const char*)zBuf;
+  }
+  in = fopen(sqliterc,"rb");
+  if( in ){
+    if( isatty(fileno(stdout)) ){
+      printf("Loading resources from %s\n",sqliterc);
+    }
+    process_input(p,in);
+    fclose(in);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Show available command line options
+*/
+static const char zOptions[] = 
+  "   -init filename       read/process named file\n"
+  "   -echo                print commands before execution\n"
+  "   -[no]header          turn headers on or off\n"
+  "   -column              set output mode to 'column'\n"
+  "   -html                set output mode to HTML\n"
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  "   -key KEY             encryption key\n"
+#endif                 
+  "   -line                set output mode to 'line'\n"
+  "   -list                set output mode to 'list'\n"
+  "   -separator 'x'       set output field separator (|)\n"
+  "   -nullvalue 'text'    set text string for NULL values\n"
+  "   -version             show SQLite version\n"
+  "   -help                show this text, also show dot-commands\n"
+;
+static void usage(int showDetail){
+  fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILENAME [SQL]\n", Argv0);
+  if( showDetail ){
+    fprintf(stderr, "Options are:\n%s", zOptions);
+  }else{
+    fprintf(stderr, "Use the -help option for additional information\n");
+  }
+  exit(1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the state information in data
+*/
+void main_init(struct callback_data *data) {
+  memset(data, 0, sizeof(*data));
+  data->mode = MODE_List;
+  strcpy(data->separator,"|");
+  data->showHeader = 0;
+  strcpy(mainPrompt,"sqlite> ");
+  strcpy(continuePrompt,"   ...> ");
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv){
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  struct callback_data data;
+  const char *zInitFile = 0;
+  char *zFirstCmd = 0;
+  int i;
+
+#ifdef __MACOS__
+  argc = ccommand(&argv);
+#endif
+
+  Argv0 = argv[0];
+  main_init(&data);
+
+  /* Make sure we have a valid signal handler early, before anything
+  ** else is done.
+  */
+#ifdef SIGINT
+  signal(SIGINT, interrupt_handler);
+#endif
+
+  /* Do an initial pass through the command-line argument to locate
+  ** the name of the database file, the name of the initialization file,
+  ** and the first command to execute.
+  */
+  for(i=1; i<argc-1; i++){
+    if( argv[i][0]!='-' ) break;
+    if( strcmp(argv[i],"-separator")==0 || strcmp(argv[i],"-nullvalue")==0 ){
+      i++;
+    }else if( strcmp(argv[i],"-init")==0 ){
+      i++;
+      zInitFile = argv[i];
+    }else if( strcmp(argv[i],"-key")==0 ){
+      i++;
+      data.zKey = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",argv[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  if( i<argc ){
+    data.zDbFilename = argv[i++];
+  }else{
+    data.zDbFilename = ":memory:";
+  }
+  if( i<argc ){
+    zFirstCmd = argv[i++];
+  }
+  data.out = stdout;
+
+  /* Go ahead and open the database file if it already exists.  If the
+  ** file does not exist, delay opening it.  This prevents empty database
+  ** files from being created if a user mistypes the database name argument
+  ** to the sqlite command-line tool.
+  */
+  if( access(data.zDbFilename, 0)==0 ){
+    open_db(&data);
+  }
+
+  /* Process the initialization file if there is one.  If no -init option
+  ** is given on the command line, look for a file named ~/.sqliterc and
+  ** try to process it.
+  */
+  process_sqliterc(&data,zInitFile);
+
+  /* Make a second pass through the command-line argument and set
+  ** options.  This second pass is delayed until after the initialization
+  ** file is processed so that the command-line arguments will override
+  ** settings in the initialization file.
+  */
+  for(i=1; i<argc && argv[i][0]=='-'; i++){
+    char *z = argv[i];
+    if( strcmp(z,"-init")==0 || strcmp(z,"-key")==0 ){
+      i++;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-html")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Html;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-list")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_List;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-line")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Line;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-column")==0 ){
+      data.mode = MODE_Column;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-separator")==0 ){
+      i++;
+      sprintf(data.separator,"%.*s",(int)sizeof(data.separator)-1,argv[i]);
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-nullvalue")==0 ){
+      i++;
+      sprintf(data.nullvalue,"%.*s",(int)sizeof(data.nullvalue)-1,argv[i]);
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-header")==0 ){
+      data.showHeader = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-noheader")==0 ){
+      data.showHeader = 0;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-echo")==0 ){
+      data.echoOn = 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-version")==0 ){
+      printf("%s\n", sqlite3_libversion());
+      return 1;
+    }else if( strcmp(z,"-help")==0 ){
+      usage(1);
+    }else{
+      fprintf(stderr,"%s: unknown option: %s\n", Argv0, z);
+      fprintf(stderr,"Use -help for a list of options.\n");
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( zFirstCmd ){
+    /* Run just the command that follows the database name
+    */
+    if( zFirstCmd[0]=='.' ){
+      do_meta_command(zFirstCmd, &data);
+      exit(0);
+    }else{
+      int rc;
+      open_db(&data);
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(data.db, zFirstCmd, callback, &data, &zErrMsg);
+      if( rc!=0 && zErrMsg!=0 ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"SQL error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+        exit(1);
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Run commands received from standard input
+    */
+    if( isatty(fileno(stdout)) && isatty(fileno(stdin)) ){
+      char *zHome;
+      char *zHistory = 0;
+      printf(
+        "SQLite version %s\n"
+        "Enter \".help\" for instructions\n",
+        sqlite3_libversion()
+      );
+      zHome = find_home_dir();
+      if( zHome && (zHistory = malloc(strlen(zHome)+20))!=0 ){
+        sprintf(zHistory,"%s/.sqlite_history", zHome);
+      }
+      if( zHistory ) read_history(zHistory);
+      process_input(&data, 0);
+      if( zHistory ){
+        stifle_history(100);
+        write_history(zHistory);
+      }
+    }else{
+      process_input(&data, stdin);
+    }
+  }
+  set_table_name(&data, 0);
+  if( db ) sqlite3_close(db);
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/sqlite3.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/sqlite3.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d6b99049
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/sqlite3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1166 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
+** presents to client programs.
+**
+** @(#) $Id$
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
+#define _SQLITE3_H_
+#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
+
+/*
+** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
+*/
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The version of the SQLite library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION
+#else
+# define SQLITE_VERSION         "3.0.8"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The version string is also compiled into the library so that a program
+** can check to make sure that the lib*.a file and the *.h file are from
+** the same version.  The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer
+** to the sqlite3_version variable - useful in DLLs which cannot access
+** global variables.
+*/
+extern const char sqlite3_version[];
+const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
+
+/*
+** Each open sqlite database is represented by an instance of the
+** following opaque structure.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
+
+
+/*
+** Some compilers do not support the "long long" datatype.  So we have
+** to do a typedef that for 64-bit integers that depends on what compiler
+** is being used.
+*/
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
+#else
+  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** A function to close the database.
+**
+** Call this function with a pointer to a structure that was previously
+** returned from sqlite3_open() and the corresponding database will by closed.
+**
+** All SQL statements prepared using sqlite3_prepare() or
+** sqlite3_prepare16() must be deallocated using sqlite3_finalize() before
+** this routine is called. Otherwise, SQLITE_BUSY is returned and the
+** database connection remains open.
+*/
+int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *);
+
+/*
+** The type for a callback function.
+*/
+typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
+
+/*
+** A function to executes one or more statements of SQL.
+**
+** If one or more of the SQL statements are queries, then
+** the callback function specified by the 3rd parameter is
+** invoked once for each row of the query result.  This callback
+** should normally return 0.  If the callback returns a non-zero
+** value then the query is aborted, all subsequent SQL statements
+** are skipped and the sqlite3_exec() function returns the SQLITE_ABORT.
+**
+** The 4th parameter is an arbitrary pointer that is passed
+** to the callback function as its first parameter.
+**
+** The 2nd parameter to the callback function is the number of
+** columns in the query result.  The 3rd parameter to the callback
+** is an array of strings holding the values for each column.
+** The 4th parameter to the callback is an array of strings holding
+** the names of each column.
+**
+** The callback function may be NULL, even for queries.  A NULL
+** callback is not an error.  It just means that no callback
+** will be invoked.
+**
+** If an error occurs while parsing or evaluating the SQL (but
+** not while executing the callback) then an appropriate error
+** message is written into memory obtained from malloc() and
+** *errmsg is made to point to that message.  The calling function
+** is responsible for freeing the memory that holds the error
+** message.   Use sqlite3_free() for this.  If errmsg==NULL,
+** then no error message is ever written.
+**
+** The return value is is SQLITE_OK if there are no errors and
+** some other return code if there is an error.  The particular
+** return value depends on the type of error. 
+**
+** If the query could not be executed because a database file is
+** locked or busy, then this function returns SQLITE_BUSY.  (This
+** behavior can be modified somewhat using the sqlite3_busy_handler()
+** and sqlite3_busy_timeout() functions below.)
+*/
+int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3*,                     /* An open database */
+  const char *sql,              /* SQL to be executed */
+  sqlite3_callback,             /* Callback function */
+  void *,                       /* 1st argument to callback function */
+  char **errmsg                 /* Error msg written here */
+);
+
+/*
+** Return values for sqlite3_exec() and sqlite3_step()
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
+#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* An internal logic error in SQLite */
+#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
+#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
+#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
+#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
+#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
+#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* (Internal Only) Table or record not found */
+#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
+#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* Database lock protocol error */
+#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
+#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* Too much data for one row of a table */
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to contraint violation */
+#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
+#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
+#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
+#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
+#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
+#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
+#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
+#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
+#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
+
+/*
+** Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique integer key.  (The key is
+** the value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column if there is such a column,
+** otherwise the key is generated at random.  The unique key is always
+** available as the ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ column.)  The following routine
+** returns the integer key of the most recent insert in the database.
+**
+** This function is similar to the mysql_insert_id() function from MySQL.
+*/
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
+** (or inserted or deleted) by the most recent called sqlite3_exec().
+**
+** All changes are counted, even if they were later undone by a
+** ROLLBACK or ABORT.  Except, changes associated with creating and
+** dropping tables are not counted.
+**
+** If a callback invokes sqlite3_exec() recursively, then the changes
+** in the inner, recursive call are counted together with the changes
+** in the outer call.
+**
+** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
+** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
+** through and deleting individual elements form the table.)  Because of
+** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be
+** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the
+** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
+** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
+*/
+int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** This function returns the number of database rows that have been
+** modified by INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statements since the database handle
+** was opened. This includes UPDATE, INSERT and DELETE statements executed
+** as part of trigger programs. All changes are counted as soon as the
+** statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle is
+** passed to sqlite3_reset() or sqlite_finalise()).
+**
+** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
+** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
+** through and deleting individual elements form the table.)  Because of
+** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be
+** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the
+** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
+** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
+*/
+int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/* This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
+** return at its earliest opportunity.  This routine is typically
+** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
+** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
+** immediately.
+*/
+void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
+
+
+/* These functions return true if the given input string comprises
+** one or more complete SQL statements. For the sqlite3_complete() call,
+** the parameter must be a nul-terminated UTF-8 string. For
+** sqlite3_complete16(), a nul-terminated machine byte order UTF-16 string
+** is required.
+**
+** The algorithm is simple.  If the last token other than spaces
+** and comments is a semicolon, then return true.  otherwise return
+** false.
+*/
+int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
+int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
+
+/*
+** This routine identifies a callback function that is invoked
+** whenever an attempt is made to open a database table that is
+** currently locked by another process or thread.  If the busy callback
+** is NULL, then sqlite3_exec() returns SQLITE_BUSY immediately if
+** it finds a locked table.  If the busy callback is not NULL, then
+** sqlite3_exec() invokes the callback with three arguments.  The
+** second argument is the name of the locked table and the third
+** argument is the number of times the table has been busy.  If the
+** busy callback returns 0, then sqlite3_exec() immediately returns
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  If the callback returns non-zero, then sqlite3_exec()
+** tries to open the table again and the cycle repeats.
+**
+** The default busy callback is NULL.
+**
+** Sqlite is re-entrant, so the busy handler may start a new query. 
+** (It is not clear why anyone would every want to do this, but it
+** is allowed, in theory.)  But the busy handler may not close the
+** database.  Closing the database from a busy handler will delete 
+** data structures out from under the executing query and will 
+** probably result in a coredump.
+*/
+int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
+
+/*
+** This routine sets a busy handler that sleeps for a while when a
+** table is locked.  The handler will sleep multiple times until 
+** at least "ms" milleseconds of sleeping have been done.  After
+** "ms" milleseconds of sleeping, the handler returns 0 which
+** causes sqlite3_exec() to return SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
+** turns off all busy handlers.
+*/
+int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
+
+/*
+** This next routine is really just a wrapper around sqlite3_exec().
+** Instead of invoking a user-supplied callback for each row of the
+** result, this routine remembers each row of the result in memory
+** obtained from malloc(), then returns all of the result after the
+** query has finished. 
+**
+** As an example, suppose the query result where this table:
+**
+**        Name        | Age
+**        -----------------------
+**        Alice       | 43
+**        Bob         | 28
+**        Cindy       | 21
+**
+** If the 3rd argument were &azResult then after the function returns
+** azResult will contain the following data:
+**
+**        azResult[0] = "Name";
+**        azResult[1] = "Age";
+**        azResult[2] = "Alice";
+**        azResult[3] = "43";
+**        azResult[4] = "Bob";
+**        azResult[5] = "28";
+**        azResult[6] = "Cindy";
+**        azResult[7] = "21";
+**
+** Notice that there is an extra row of data containing the column
+** headers.  But the *nrow return value is still 3.  *ncolumn is
+** set to 2.  In general, the number of values inserted into azResult
+** will be ((*nrow) + 1)*(*ncolumn).
+**
+** After the calling function has finished using the result, it should 
+** pass the result data pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to 
+** release the memory that was malloc-ed.  Because of the way the 
+** malloc() happens, the calling function must not try to call 
+** malloc() directly.  Only sqlite3_free_table() is able to release 
+** the memory properly and safely.
+**
+** The return value of this routine is the same as from sqlite3_exec().
+*/
+int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3*,               /* An open database */
+  const char *sql,       /* SQL to be executed */
+  char ***resultp,       /* Result written to a char *[]  that this points to */
+  int *nrow,             /* Number of result rows written here */
+  int *ncolumn,          /* Number of result columns written here */
+  char **errmsg          /* Error msg written here */
+);
+
+/*
+** Call this routine to free the memory that sqlite3_get_table() allocated.
+*/
+void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
+
+/*
+** The following routines are variants of the "sprintf()" from the
+** standard C library.  The resulting string is written into memory
+** obtained from malloc() so that there is never a possiblity of buffer
+** overflow.  These routines also implement some additional formatting
+** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
+**
+** The strings returned by these routines should be freed by calling
+** sqlite3_free().
+**
+** All of the usual printf formatting options apply.  In addition, there
+** is a "%q" option.  %q works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated
+** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
+** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.  By doubling each '\''
+** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
+** the string.
+**
+** For example, so some string variable contains text as follows:
+**
+**      char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
+**
+** We can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
+**
+**      sqlite3_exec_printf(db, "INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')",
+**          callback1, 0, 0, zText);
+**
+** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
+** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
+**
+**      INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
+**
+** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
+** would have looked like this:
+**
+**      INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
+**
+** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you
+** should always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string 
+** literal.
+*/
+char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
+char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
+void sqlite3_free(char *z);
+char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+/*
+** This routine registers a callback with the SQLite library.  The
+** callback is invoked (at compile-time, not at run-time) for each
+** attempt to access a column of a table in the database.  The callback
+** returns SQLITE_OK if access is allowed, SQLITE_DENY if the entire
+** SQL statement should be aborted with an error and SQLITE_IGNORE
+** if the column should be treated as a NULL value.
+*/
+int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3*,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pUserData
+);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The second parameter to the access authorization function above will
+** be one of the values below.  These values signify what kind of operation
+** is to be authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
+** function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of the following
+** codes is used as the second parameter.  The 5th parameter is the name
+** of the database ("main", "temp", etc.) if applicable.  The 6th parameter
+** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
+** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from 
+** input SQL code.
+**
+**                                          Arg-3           Arg-4
+*/
+#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* Table Name      File Name       */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
+#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* NULL            NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
+
+
+/*
+** The return value of the authorization function should be one of the
+** following constants:
+*/
+/* #define SQLITE_OK  0   // Allow access (This is actually defined above) */
+#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
+#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
+
+/*
+** Register a function that is called at every invocation of sqlite3_exec()
+** or sqlite3_prepare().  This function can be used (for example) to generate
+** a log file of all SQL executed against a database.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
+
+/*
+** This routine configures a callback function - the progress callback - that
+** is invoked periodically during long running calls to sqlite3_exec(),
+** sqlite3_step() and sqlite3_get_table(). An example use for this API is to keep
+** a GUI updated during a large query.
+**
+** The progress callback is invoked once for every N virtual machine opcodes,
+** where N is the second argument to this function. The progress callback
+** itself is identified by the third argument to this function. The fourth
+** argument to this function is a void pointer passed to the progress callback
+** function each time it is invoked.
+**
+** If a call to sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_step() or sqlite3_get_table() results 
+** in less than N opcodes being executed, then the progress callback is not
+** invoked.
+** 
+** To remove the progress callback altogether, pass NULL as the third
+** argument to this function.
+**
+** If the progress callback returns a result other than 0, then the current 
+** query is immediately terminated and any database changes rolled back. If the
+** query was part of a larger transaction, then the transaction is not rolled
+** back and remains active. The sqlite3_exec() call returns SQLITE_ABORT. 
+**
+******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
+*/
+void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
+
+/*
+** Register a callback function to be invoked whenever a new transaction
+** is committed.  The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
+** callback.  If the callback function returns non-zero, then the commit
+** is converted into a rollback.
+**
+** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value is returned.
+** Otherwise NULL is returned.
+**
+** Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
+**
+******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
+*/
+void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
+
+/*
+** Open the sqlite database file "filename".  The "filename" is UTF-8
+** encoded for sqlite3_open() and UTF-16 encoded in the native byte order
+** for sqlite3_open16().  An sqlite3* handle is returned in *ppDb, even
+** if an error occurs. If the database is opened (or created) successfully,
+** then SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an error code is returned. The
+** sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_errmsg16()  routines can be used to obtain
+** an English language description of the error.
+**
+** If the database file does not exist, then a new database is created.
+** The encoding for the database is UTF-8 if sqlite3_open() is called and
+** UTF-16 if sqlite3_open16 is used.
+**
+** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources associated
+** with the sqlite3* handle should be released by passing it to
+** sqlite3_close() when it is no longer required.
+*/
+int sqlite3_open(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+int sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+
+/*
+** Return the error code for the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated
+** with sqlite3 handle 'db'. SQLITE_OK is returned if the most recent 
+** API call was successful.
+**
+** Calls to many sqlite3_* functions set the error code and string returned
+** by sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16()
+** (overwriting the previous values). Note that calls to sqlite3_errcode(),
+** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() themselves do not affect the
+** results of future invocations.
+**
+** Assuming no other intervening sqlite3_* API calls are made, the error
+** code returned by this function is associated with the same error as
+** the strings  returned by sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a UTF-8 encoded string describing in english the
+** error condition for the most recent sqlite3_* API call. The returned
+** string is always terminated by an 0x00 byte.
+**
+** The string "not an error" is returned when the most recent API call was
+** successful.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a UTF-16 native byte order encoded string describing
+** in english the error condition for the most recent sqlite3_* API call.
+** The returned string is always terminated by a pair of 0x00 bytes.
+**
+** The string "not an error" is returned when the most recent API call was
+** successful.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following opaque structure is used to represent
+** a compiled SQL statment.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
+
+/*
+** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
+** program using one of the following routines. The only difference between
+** them is that the second argument, specifying the SQL statement to
+** compile, is assumed to be encoded in UTF-8 for the sqlite3_prepare()
+** function and UTF-16 for sqlite3_prepare16().
+**
+** The first parameter "db" is an SQLite database handle. The second
+** parameter "zSql" is the statement to be compiled, encoded as either
+** UTF-8 or UTF-16 (see above). If the next parameter, "nBytes", is less
+** than zero, then zSql is read up to the first nul terminator.  If
+** "nBytes" is not less than zero, then it is the length of the string zSql
+** in bytes (not characters).
+**
+** *pzTail is made to point to the first byte past the end of the first
+** SQL statement in zSql.  This routine only compiles the first statement
+** in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to what remains uncompiled.
+**
+** *ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled SQL statement that can be
+** executed using sqlite3_step().  Or if there is an error, *ppStmt may be
+** set to NULL.  If the input text contained no SQL (if the input is and
+** empty string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
+**
+** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned.  Otherwise an error code is returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nBytes,             /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nBytes,             /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+
+/*
+** Pointers to the following two opaque structures are used to communicate
+** with the implementations of user-defined functions.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
+typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
+
+/*
+** In the SQL strings input to sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare16(),
+** one or more literals can be replace by a wildcard "?" or ":N:" where
+** N is an integer.  These value of these wildcard literals can be set
+** using the routines listed below.
+**
+** In every case, the first parameter is a pointer to the sqlite3_stmt
+** structure returned from sqlite3_prepare().  The second parameter is the
+** index of the wildcard.  The first "?" has an index of 1.  ":N:" wildcards
+** use the index N.
+**
+** The fifth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
+** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
+** text after SQLite has finished with it.  If the fifth argument is the
+** special value SQLITE_STATIC, then the library assumes that the information
+** is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.  If the
+** fifth argument has the value SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then SQLite makes its
+** own private copy of the data.
+**
+** The sqlite3_bind_* routine must be called before sqlite3_step() after
+** an sqlite3_prepare() or sqlite3_reset().  Unbound wildcards are interpreted
+** as NULL.
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
+int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
+int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite_int64);
+int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** Return the number of wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.  This
+** routine was added to support DBD::SQLite.
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the i-th parameter.  Ordinary wildcards "?" are
+** nameless and a NULL is returned.  For wildcards of the form :N or
+** $vvvv the complete text of the wildcard is returned.
+** NULL is returned if the index is out of range.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+
+/*
+** Return the index of a parameter with the given name.  The name
+** must match exactly.  If no parameter with the given name is found,
+** return 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
+
+/*
+** Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the compiled
+** SQL statement. This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL statement
+** that does not return data (for example an UPDATE).
+*/
+int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** The first parameter is a compiled SQL statement. This function returns
+** the column heading for the Nth column of that statement, where N is the
+** second function parameter.  The string returned is UTF-8 for
+** sqlite3_column_name() and UTF-16 for sqlite3_column_name16().
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** The first parameter is a compiled SQL statement. If this statement
+** is a SELECT statement, the Nth column of the returned result set 
+** of the SELECT is a table column then the declared type of the table
+** column is returned. If the Nth column of the result set is not at table
+** column, then a NULL pointer is returned. The returned string is always
+** UTF-8 encoded. For example, in the database schema:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
+**
+** And the following statement compiled:
+**
+** SELECT c1 + 1, 0 FROM t1;
+**
+** Then this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second
+** result column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column
+** (i==0).
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *, int i);
+
+/*
+** The first parameter is a compiled SQL statement. If this statement
+** is a SELECT statement, the Nth column of the returned result set 
+** of the SELECT is a table column then the declared type of the table
+** column is returned. If the Nth column of the result set is not at table
+** column, then a NULL pointer is returned. The returned string is always
+** UTF-16 encoded. For example, in the database schema:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 INTEGER);
+**
+** And the following statement compiled:
+**
+** SELECT c1 + 1, 0 FROM t1;
+**
+** Then this routine would return the string "INTEGER" for the second
+** result column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column
+** (i==0).
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/* 
+** After an SQL query has been compiled with a call to either
+** sqlite3_prepare() or sqlite3_prepare16(), then this function must be
+** called one or more times to execute the statement.
+**
+** The return value will be either SQLITE_BUSY, SQLITE_DONE, 
+** SQLITE_ROW, SQLITE_ERROR, or SQLITE_MISUSE.
+**
+** SQLITE_BUSY means that the database engine attempted to open
+** a locked database and there is no busy callback registered.
+** Call sqlite3_step() again to retry the open.
+**
+** SQLITE_DONE means that the statement has finished executing
+** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
+** machine.
+**
+** If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then 
+** SQLITE_ROW is returned each time a new row of data is ready
+** for processing by the caller. The values may be accessed using
+** the sqlite3_column_*() functions described below. sqlite3_step()
+** is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
+** 
+** SQLITE_ERROR means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
+** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
+** the VM. More information may be found by calling sqlite3_errmsg().
+**
+** SQLITE_MISUSE means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
+** Perhaps it was called on a virtual machine that had already been
+** finalized or on one that had previously returned SQLITE_ERROR or
+** SQLITE_DONE.  Or it could be the case the the same database connection
+** is being used simulataneously by two or more threads.
+*/
+int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** Return the number of values in the current row of the result set.
+**
+** After a call to sqlite3_step() that returns SQLITE_ROW, this routine
+** will return the same value as the sqlite3_column_count() function.
+** After sqlite3_step() has returned an SQLITE_DONE, SQLITE_BUSY or
+** error code, or before sqlite3_step() has been called on a 
+** compiled SQL statement, this routine returns zero.
+*/
+int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** Values are stored in the database in one of the following fundamental
+** types.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
+#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
+/* #define SQLITE_TEXT  3  // See below */
+#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
+#define SQLITE_NULL     5
+
+/*
+** SQLite version 2 defines SQLITE_TEXT differently.  To allow both
+** version 2 and version 3 to be included, undefine them both if a
+** conflict is seen.  Define SQLITE3_TEXT to be the version 3 value.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
+# undef SQLITE_TEXT
+#else
+# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
+#endif
+#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
+
+/*
+** The next group of routines returns information about the information
+** in a single column of the current result row of a query.  In every
+** case the first parameter is a pointer to the SQL statement that is being
+** executed (the sqlite_stmt* that was returned from sqlite3_prepare()) and
+** the second argument is the index of the column for which information 
+** should be returned.  iCol is zero-indexed.  The left-most column as an
+** index of 0.
+**
+** If the SQL statement is not currently point to a valid row, or if the
+** the colulmn index is out of range, the result is undefined.
+**
+** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  For
+** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
+** is requested, sprintf() is used internally to do the conversion
+** automatically.  The following table details the conversions that
+** are applied:
+**
+**    Internal Type    Requested Type     Conversion
+**    -------------    --------------    --------------------------
+**       NULL             INTEGER         Result is 0
+**       NULL             FLOAT           Result is 0.0
+**       NULL             TEXT            Result is an empty string
+**       NULL             BLOB            Result is a zero-length BLOB
+**       INTEGER          FLOAT           Convert from integer to float
+**       INTEGER          TEXT            ASCII rendering of the integer
+**       INTEGER          BLOB            Same as for INTEGER->TEXT
+**       FLOAT            INTEGER         Convert from float to integer
+**       FLOAT            TEXT            ASCII rendering of the float
+**       FLOAT            BLOB            Same as FLOAT->TEXT
+**       TEXT             INTEGER         Use atoi()
+**       TEXT             FLOAT           Use atof()
+**       TEXT             BLOB            No change
+**       BLOB             INTEGER         Convert to TEXT then use atoi()
+**       BLOB             FLOAT           Convert to TEXT then use atof()
+**       BLOB             TEXT            Add a \000 terminator if needed
+**
+** The following access routines are provided:
+**
+** _type()     Return the datatype of the result.  This is one of
+**             SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_FLOAT, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_BLOB,
+**             or SQLITE_NULL.
+** _blob()     Return the value of a BLOB.
+** _bytes()    Return the number of bytes in a BLOB value or the number
+**             of bytes in a TEXT value represented as UTF-8.  The \000
+**             terminator is included in the byte count for TEXT values.
+** _bytes16()  Return the number of bytes in a BLOB value or the number
+**             of bytes in a TEXT value represented as UTF-16.  The \u0000
+**             terminator is included in the byte count for TEXT values.
+** _double()   Return a FLOAT value.
+** _int()      Return an INTEGER value in the host computer's native
+**             integer representation.  This might be either a 32- or 64-bit
+**             integer depending on the host.
+** _int64()    Return an INTEGER value as a 64-bit signed integer.
+** _text()     Return the value as UTF-8 text.
+** _text16()   Return the value as UTF-16 text.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a compiled
+** SQL statement obtained by a previous call to sqlite3_prepare()
+** or sqlite3_prepare16(). If the statement was executed successfully, or
+** not executed at all, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If execution of the
+** statement failed then an error code is returned. 
+**
+** This routine can be called at any point during the execution of the
+** virtual machine.  If the virtual machine has not completed execution
+** when this routine is called, that is like encountering an error or
+** an interrupt.  (See sqlite3_interrupt().)  Incomplete updates may be
+** rolled back and transactions cancelled,  depending on the circumstances,
+** and the result code returned will be SQLITE_ABORT.
+*/
+int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a compiled SQL
+** statement obtained by a previous call to sqlite3_prepare() or
+** sqlite3_prepare16() back to it's initial state, ready to be re-executed.
+** Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
+** the sqlite3_bind_*() API retain their values.
+*/
+int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** The following two functions are used to add user functions or aggregates
+** implemented in C to the SQL langauge interpreted by SQLite. The
+** difference only between the two is that the second parameter, the
+** name of the (scalar) function or aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for
+** sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16 for sqlite3_create_function16().
+**
+** The first argument is the database handle that the new function or
+** aggregate is to be added to. If a single program uses more than one
+** database handle internally, then user functions or aggregates must 
+** be added individually to each database handle with which they will be
+** used.
+**
+** The third parameter is the number of arguments that the function or
+** aggregate takes. If this parameter is negative, then the function or
+** aggregate may take any number of arguments.
+**
+** The fourth parameter is one of SQLITE_UTF* values defined below,
+** indicating the encoding that the function is most likely to handle
+** values in.  This does not change the behaviour of the programming
+** interface. However, if two versions of the same function are registered
+** with different encoding values, SQLite invokes the version likely to
+** minimize conversions between text encodings.
+**
+** The seventh, eighth and ninth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
+** pointers to user implemented C functions that implement the user
+** function or aggregate. A scalar function requires an implementation of
+** the xFunc callback only, NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep
+** and xFinal parameters. An aggregate function requires an implementation
+** of xStep and xFinal, but NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an
+** existing user function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function
+** callback. Specifying an inconstent set of callback values, such as an
+** xFunc and an xFinal, or an xStep but no xFinal, SQLITE_ERROR is
+** returned.
+*/
+int sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void*,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+int sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3*,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void*,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+
+/*
+** The next routine returns the number of calls to xStep for a particular
+** aggregate function instance.  The current call to xStep counts so this
+** routine always returns at least 1.
+*/
+int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** The next group of routines returns information about parameters to
+** a user-defined function.  Function implementations use these routines
+** to access their parameters.  These routines are the same as the
+** sqlite3_column_* routines except that these routines take a single
+** sqlite3_value* pointer instead of an sqlite3_stmt* and an integer
+** column number.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
+int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
+int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
+double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
+int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
+const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
+int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** Aggregate functions use the following routine to allocate
+** a structure for storing their state.  The first time this routine
+** is called for a particular aggregate, a new structure of size nBytes
+** is allocated, zeroed, and returned.  On subsequent calls (for the
+** same aggregate instance) the same buffer is returned.  The implementation
+** of the aggregate can use the returned buffer to accumulate data.
+**
+** The buffer allocated is freed automatically by SQLite.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
+
+/*
+** The pUserData parameter to the sqlite3_create_function() and
+** sqlite3_create_aggregate() routines used to register user functions
+** is available to the implementation of the function using this
+** call.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** The following two functions may be used by scalar user functions to
+** associate meta-data with argument values. If the same value is passed to
+** multiple invocations of the user-function during query execution, under
+** some circumstances the associated meta-data may be preserved. This may
+** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar
+** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as
+** meta-data associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression
+** pattern.
+**
+** Calling sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a pointer to the meta data
+** associated with the Nth argument value to the current user function
+** call, where N is the second parameter. If no meta-data has been set for
+** that value, then a NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** The sqlite3_set_auxdata() is used to associate meta data with a user
+** function argument. The third parameter is a pointer to the meta data
+** to be associated with the Nth user function argument value. The fourth
+** parameter specifies a 'delete function' that will be called on the meta
+** data pointer to release it when it is no longer required. If the delete
+** function pointer is NULL, it is not invoked.
+**
+** In practice, meta-data is preserved between function calls for
+** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal
+** values and SQL variables.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int);
+void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int, void*, void (*)(void*));
+
+
+/*
+** These are special value for the destructor that is passed in as the
+** final argument to routines like sqlite3_result_blob().  If the destructor
+** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
+** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  The 
+** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
+** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
+** the content before returning.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((void(*)(void *))0)
+#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((void(*)(void *))-1)
+
+/*
+** User-defined functions invoke the following routines in order to
+** set their return value.
+*/
+void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
+void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
+void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
+void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
+void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite_int64);
+void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
+void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** These are the allowed values for the eTextRep argument to
+** sqlite3_create_collation and sqlite3_create_function.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_UTF8    1
+#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2
+#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3
+#define SQLITE_UTF16   4    /* Use native byte order */
+#define SQLITE_ANY     5    /* sqlite3_create_function only */
+
+/*
+** These two functions are used to add new collation sequences to the
+** sqlite3 handle specified as the first argument. 
+**
+** The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string
+** for sqlite3_create_collation() and a UTF-16 string for
+** sqlite3_create_collation16(). In both cases the name is passed as the
+** second function argument.
+**
+** The third argument must be one of the constants SQLITE_UTF8,
+** SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE, indicating that the user-supplied
+** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8,
+** UTF-16 little-endian or UTF-16 big-endian respectively.
+**
+** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth
+** argument. If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation
+** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore). Each time the user
+** supplied function is invoked, it is passed a copy of the void* passed as
+** the fourth argument to sqlite3_create_collation() or
+** sqlite3_create_collation16() as its first parameter.
+**
+** The remaining arguments to the user-supplied routine are two strings,
+** each represented by a [length, data] pair and encoded in the encoding
+** that was passed as the third argument when the collation sequence was
+** registered. The user routine should return negative, zero or positive if
+** the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second
+** string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2).
+*/
+int sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void*,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void*,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
+** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
+** database handle to be called whenever an undefined collation sequence is
+** required.
+**
+** If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
+** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
+** encoded in UTF-8. If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, the names
+** are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. A call to either
+** function replaces any existing callback.
+**
+** When the user-function is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
+** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
+** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database
+** handle. The third argument is one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or
+** SQLITE_UTF16LE, indicating the most desirable form of the collation
+** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the
+** required collation sequence.
+**
+** The collation sequence is returned to SQLite by a collation-needed
+** callback using the sqlite3_create_collation() or
+** sqlite3_create_collation16() APIs, described above.
+*/
+int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*, 
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+);
+int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*,
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
+** called right after sqlite3_open().
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+int sqlite3_key(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
+);
+
+/*
+** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
+** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
+** database is decrypted.
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+int sqlite3_rekey(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
+);
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable is made to point to a constant
+** string which is the name of a directory, then all temporary files
+** created by SQLite will be placed in that directory.  If this variable
+** is NULL pointer, then SQLite does a search for an appropriate temporary
+** file directory.
+**
+** This variable should only be changed when there are no open databases.
+** Once sqlite3_open() has been called, this variable should not be changed
+** until all database connections are closed.
+*/
+extern const char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/sqliteInt.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/sqliteInt.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b4fa474b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/sqliteInt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1419 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
+**
+** @(#) $Id$
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
+#define _SQLITEINT_H_
+
+/*
+** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
+** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
+** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
+**
+** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
+** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
+** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
+** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0).  If you compile on RedHat 7.2
+** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
+** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
+** portability you should omit LFS.
+**
+** Similar is true for MacOS.  LFS is only supported on MacOS 9 and later.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+# define _LARGE_FILE       1
+# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+# endif
+# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+#include "hash.h"
+#include "parse.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database
+** table and for temporary tables.
+*/
+#define MAX_PAGES   2000
+#define TEMP_PAGES   500
+
+/*
+** If the following macro is set to 1, then NULL values are considered
+** distinct for the SELECT DISTINCT statement and for UNION or EXCEPT
+** compound queries.  No other SQL database engine (among those tested) 
+** works this way except for OCELOT.  But the SQL92 spec implies that
+** this is how things should work.
+**
+** If the following macro is set to 0, then NULLs are indistinct for
+** SELECT DISTINCT and for UNION.
+*/
+#define NULL_ALWAYS_DISTINCT 0
+
+/*
+** If the following macro is set to 1, then NULL values are considered
+** distinct when determining whether or not two entries are the same
+** in a UNIQUE index.  This is the way PostgreSQL, Oracle, DB2, MySQL,
+** OCELOT, and Firebird all work.  The SQL92 spec explicitly says this
+** is the way things are suppose to work.
+**
+** If the following macro is set to 0, the NULLs are indistinct for
+** a UNIQUE index.  In this mode, you can only have a single NULL entry
+** for a column declared UNIQUE.  This is the way Informix and SQL Server
+** work.
+*/
+#define NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE 1
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of attached databases.  This must be at least 2
+** in order to support the main database file (0) and the file used to
+** hold temporary tables (1).  And it must be less than 32 because
+** we use a bitmask of databases with a u32 in places (for example
+** the Parse.cookieMask field).
+*/
+#define MAX_ATTACHED 10
+
+/*
+** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
+
+/*
+** When building SQLite for embedded systems where memory is scarce,
+** you can define one or more of the following macros to omit extra
+** features of the library and thus keep the size of the library to
+** a minimum.
+*/
+/* #define SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION  1 */
+/* #define SQLITE_OMIT_INMEMORYDB     1 */
+/* #define SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM         1 */
+/* #define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 */
+/* #define SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK 1 */
+
+/*
+** Integers of known sizes.  These typedefs might change for architectures
+** where the sizes very.  Preprocessor macros are available so that the
+** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type.  Like this:
+**
+**         cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ...
+*/
+#ifndef UINT64_TYPE
+# if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#   define UINT64_TYPE unsigned __int64
+# else
+#   define UINT64_TYPE unsigned long long int
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT32_TYPE
+# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT16_TYPE
+# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int
+#endif
+#ifndef INT16_TYPE
+# define INT16_TYPE short int
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT8_TYPE
+# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char
+#endif
+#ifndef INT8_TYPE
+# define INT8_TYPE signed char
+#endif
+#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE
+# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double
+#endif
+#ifndef INTPTR_TYPE
+# if SQLITE_PTR_SZ==4
+#   define INTPTR_TYPE int
+# else
+#   define INTPTR_TYPE sqlite_int64
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifndef UINTPTR_TYPE
+# if SQLITE_PTR_SZ==4
+#   define UINTPTR_TYPE unsigned int
+# else
+#   define UINTPTR_TYPE sqlite_uint64
+# endif
+#endif
+typedef sqlite_int64 i64;          /* 8-byte signed integer */
+typedef UINT64_TYPE u64;           /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT32_TYPE u32;           /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT16_TYPE u16;           /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef INT16_TYPE i16;            /* 2-byte signed integer */
+typedef UINT8_TYPE u8;             /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef UINT8_TYPE i8;             /* 1-byte signed integer */
+typedef INTPTR_TYPE ptr;           /* Big enough to hold a pointer */
+typedef UINTPTR_TYPE uptr;         /* Big enough to hold a pointer */
+
+/*
+** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
+** evaluated at runtime.
+*/
+extern const int sqlite3one;
+#define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0)
+#define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1)
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
+** callback for a given sqlite handle. 
+**
+** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
+** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
+** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
+** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
+*/
+typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
+struct BusyHandler {
+  int (*xFunc)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */
+  void *pArg;                /* First arg to busy callback */
+};
+
+/*
+** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and 
+** "BusyHandler typedefs.
+*/
+#include "vdbe.h"
+#include "btree.h"
+
+/*
+** This macro casts a pointer to an integer.  Useful for doing
+** pointer arithmetic.
+*/
+#define Addr(X)  ((uptr)X)
+
+/*
+** If memory allocation problems are found, recompile with
+**
+**      -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
+**
+** to enable some sanity checking on malloc() and free().  To
+** check for memory leaks, recompile with
+**
+**      -DSQLITE_DEBUG=2
+**
+** and a line of text will be written to standard error for
+** each malloc() and free().  This output can be analyzed
+** by an AWK script to determine if there are any leaks.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define sqliteMalloc(X)    sqlite3Malloc_(X,1,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+# define sqliteMallocRaw(X) sqlite3Malloc_(X,0,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+# define sqliteFree(X)      sqlite3Free_(X,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+# define sqliteRealloc(X,Y) sqlite3Realloc_(X,Y,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+# define sqliteStrDup(X)    sqlite3StrDup_(X,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+# define sqliteStrNDup(X,Y) sqlite3StrNDup_(X,Y,__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#else
+# define sqliteFree          sqlite3FreeX
+# define sqliteMalloc        sqlite3Malloc
+# define sqliteMallocRaw     sqlite3MallocRaw
+# define sqliteRealloc       sqlite3Realloc
+# define sqliteStrDup        sqlite3StrDup
+# define sqliteStrNDup       sqlite3StrNDup
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This variable gets set if malloc() ever fails.  After it gets set,
+** the SQLite library shuts down permanently.
+*/
+extern int sqlite3_malloc_failed;
+
+/*
+** The following global variables are used for testing and debugging
+** only.  They only work if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+extern int sqlite3_nMalloc;       /* Number of sqliteMalloc() calls */
+extern int sqlite3_nFree;         /* Number of sqliteFree() calls */
+extern int sqlite3_iMallocFail;   /* Fail sqliteMalloc() after this many calls */
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
+** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
+** user tables and indices.
+*/
+#define MASTER_NAME       "sqlite_master"
+#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME  "sqlite_temp_master"
+
+/*
+** The root-page of the master database table.
+*/
+#define MASTER_ROOT       1
+
+/*
+** The name of the schema table.
+*/
+#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x)  (x==1?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)
+
+/*
+** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
+** an array.
+*/
+#define ArraySize(X)    (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))
+
+/*
+** Forward references to structures
+*/
+typedef struct Column Column;
+typedef struct Table Table;
+typedef struct Index Index;
+typedef struct Instruction Instruction;
+typedef struct Expr Expr;
+typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
+typedef struct Parse Parse;
+typedef struct Token Token;
+typedef struct IdList IdList;
+typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
+typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
+typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;
+typedef struct Select Select;
+typedef struct AggExpr AggExpr;
+typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
+typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
+typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
+typedef struct TriggerStack TriggerStack;
+typedef struct FKey FKey;
+typedef struct Db Db;
+typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
+typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
+typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
+typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
+
+/*
+** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance
+** of the following structure.  There are normally two of these structures
+** in the sqlite.aDb[] array.  aDb[0] is the main database file and
+** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables.  Additional
+** databases may be attached.
+*/
+struct Db {
+  char *zName;         /* Name of this database */
+  Btree *pBt;          /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
+  int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */
+  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
+  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
+  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
+  Hash aFKey;          /* Foreign keys indexed by to-table */
+  u16 flags;           /* Flags associated with this database */
+  u8 inTrans;          /* 0: not writable.  1: Transaction.  2: Checkpoint */
+  u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at synching data to disk */
+  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
+  void *pAux;          /* Auxiliary data.  Usually NULL */
+  void (*xFreeAux)(void*);  /* Routine to free pAux */
+};
+
+/*
+** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
+** Db.flags field.
+*/
+#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].flags&(P))==(P))
+#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].flags&(P))!=0)
+#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].flags|=(P)
+#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].flags&=~(P)
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for the DB.flags field.
+**
+** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
+** read into internal hash tables.
+**
+** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
+** have been filled out.  If the schema changes, these column names might
+** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
+*/
+#define DB_SchemaLoaded    0x0001  /* The schema has been loaded */
+#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
+
+#define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE)
+
+/*
+** Each database is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** The sqlite.lastRowid records the last insert rowid generated by an
+** insert statement.  Inserts on views do not affect its value.  Each
+** trigger has its own context, so that lastRowid can be updated inside
+** triggers as usual.  The previous value will be restored once the trigger
+** exits.  Upon entering a before or instead of trigger, lastRowid is no
+** longer (since after version 2.8.12) reset to -1.
+**
+** The sqlite.nChange does not count changes within triggers and keeps no
+** context.  It is reset at start of sqlite3_exec.
+** The sqlite.lsChange represents the number of changes made by the last
+** insert, update, or delete statement.  It remains constant throughout the
+** length of a statement and is then updated by OP_SetCounts.  It keeps a
+** context stack just like lastRowid so that the count of changes
+** within a trigger is not seen outside the trigger.  Changes to views do not
+** affect the value of lsChange.
+** The sqlite.csChange keeps track of the number of current changes (since
+** the last statement) and is used to update sqlite_lsChange.
+**
+** The member variables sqlite.errCode, sqlite.zErrMsg and sqlite.zErrMsg16
+** store the most recent error code and, if applicable, string. The
+** internal function sqlite3Error() is used to set these variables
+** consistently.
+*/
+struct sqlite3 {
+  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
+  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
+  Db aDbStatic[2];              /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
+  int flags;                    /* Miscellanous flags. See below */
+  u8 file_format;               /* What file format version is this database? */
+  u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
+  int nTable;                   /* Number of tables in the database */
+  BusyHandler busyHandler;      /* Busy callback */
+  void *pCommitArg;             /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */   
+  int (*xCommitCallback)(void*);/* Invoked at every commit. */
+  Hash aFunc;                   /* All functions that can be in SQL exprs */
+  Hash aCollSeq;                /* All collating sequences */
+  CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
+  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
+  i64 priorNewRowid;            /* Last randomly generated ROWID */
+  int magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
+  int nChange;                  /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
+  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
+  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
+    int iDb;                    /* When back is being initialized */
+    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
+    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
+  } init;
+  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
+  int activeVdbeCnt;            /* Number of vdbes currently executing */
+  void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*);     /* Trace function */
+  void *pTraceArg;                       /* Argument to the trace function */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
+                                /* Access authorization function */
+  void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */
+  void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */
+  int nProgressOps;             /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
+#endif
+
+  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
+  u8 enc;                       /* Text encoding for this database. */
+  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
+  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
+  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
+  void *pCollNeededArg;
+  sqlite3_value *pValue;        /* Value used for transient conversions */
+  sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */
+
+  char *zErrMsg;                /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */
+  char *zErrMsg16;              /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */
+};
+
+/*
+** Possible values for the sqlite.flags and or Db.flags fields.
+**
+** On sqlite.flags, the SQLITE_InTrans value means that we have
+** executed a BEGIN.  On Db.flags, SQLITE_InTrans means a statement
+** transaction is active on that particular database file.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace      0x00000001  /* True to trace VDBE execution */
+#define SQLITE_Initialized    0x00000002  /* True after initialization */
+#define SQLITE_Interrupt      0x00000004  /* Cancel current operation */
+#define SQLITE_InTrans        0x00000008  /* True if in a transaction */
+#define SQLITE_InternChanges  0x00000010  /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
+#define SQLITE_FullColNames   0x00000020  /* Show full column names on SELECT */
+#define SQLITE_ShortColNames  0x00000040  /* Show short columns names */
+#define SQLITE_CountRows      0x00000080  /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
+                                          /*   DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
+                                          /*   the count using a callback. */
+#define SQLITE_NullCallback   0x00000100  /* Invoke the callback once if the */
+                                          /*   result set is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SqlTrace       0x00000200  /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
+#define SQLITE_VdbeListing    0x00000400  /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
+
+/*
+** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
+** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
+** than being distinct from one another.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN     0xa029a697  /* Database is open */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED   0x9f3c2d33  /* Database is closed */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY     0xf03b7906  /* Database currently in use */
+#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR    0xb5357930  /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */
+
+/*
+** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following
+** structure.  A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc
+** hash table.  When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table
+** points to a linked list of these structures.
+*/
+struct FuncDef {
+  char *zName;         /* SQL name of the function */
+  int nArg;            /* Number of arguments.  -1 means unlimited */
+  u8 iPrefEnc;         /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */
+  void *pUserData;     /* User data parameter */
+  FuncDef *pNext;      /* Next function with same name */
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */
+  void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);                /* Aggregate finializer */
+  u8 needCollSeq;      /* True if sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
+};
+
+/*
+** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
+** of this structure.
+*/
+struct Column {
+  char *zName;     /* Name of this column */
+  char *zDflt;     /* Default value of this column */
+  char *zType;     /* Data type for this column */
+  CollSeq *pColl;  /* Collating sequence.  If NULL, use the default */
+  u8 notNull;      /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */
+  u8 isPrimKey;    /* True if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY */
+  char affinity;   /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */
+};
+
+/*
+** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
+** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
+** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
+**
+** There may two seperate implementations of the collation function, one
+** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that
+** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine
+** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects
+** the version that will require the least expensive encoding
+** transalations, if any.
+**
+** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in
+** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp.
+** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function,
+** xCmp16.
+**
+** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the
+** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined
+** collating sequence may not be read or written.
+*/
+struct CollSeq {
+  char *zName;         /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
+  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
+  void *pUser;         /* First argument to xCmp() */
+  int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*);
+};
+
+/*
+** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SO_ASC       0  /* Sort in ascending order */
+#define SQLITE_SO_DESC      1  /* Sort in ascending order */
+
+/*
+** Column affinity types.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  'i'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  'n'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     't'
+#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE     'o'
+
+
+/*
+** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the
+** following structure.
+**
+** Table.zName is the name of the table.  The case of the original
+** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for
+** comparisons.
+**
+** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table.  Table.aCol is a
+** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column.
+**
+** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of
+** the column that is that key.   Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative.  Note
+** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to
+** be set.  An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of
+** the table.  If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid
+** is generated for each row of the table.  Table.hasPrimKey is true if
+** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise.
+**
+** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the
+** database file.  If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend
+** in sqlite.aDb[].  0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that
+** holds temporary tables and indices.  If Table.isTransient
+** is true, then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
+** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed.  In this case Table.tnum 
+** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root
+** page number.  Transient tables are used to hold the results of a
+** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause 
+** of a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct Table {
+  char *zName;     /* Name of the table */
+  int nCol;        /* Number of columns in this table */
+  Column *aCol;    /* Information about each column */
+  int iPKey;       /* If not less then 0, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
+  Index *pIndex;   /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
+  int tnum;        /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
+  Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables.  Points to definition if a view. */
+  u8 readOnly;     /* True if this table should not be written by the user */
+  u8 iDb;          /* Index into sqlite.aDb[] of the backend for this table */
+  u8 isTransient;  /* True if automatically deleted when VDBE finishes */
+  u8 hasPrimKey;   /* True if there exists a primary key */
+  u8 keyConf;      /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
+  Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of SQL triggers on this table */
+  FKey *pFKey;       /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
+  char *zColAff;     /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** A foreign key is associated with two tables.  The "from" table is
+** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign
+** key.  The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause.
+** Consider this example:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE ex1(
+**       a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
+**       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
+**     );
+**
+** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
+**
+** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
+** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
+** the from-table is created.  The existance of the to-table is not checked
+** until an attempt is made to insert data into the from-table.
+**
+** The sqlite.aFKey hash table stores pointers to this structure
+** given the name of a to-table.  For each to-table, all foreign keys
+** associated with that table are on a linked list using the FKey.pNextTo
+** field.
+*/
+struct FKey {
+  Table *pFrom;     /* The table that constains the REFERENCES clause */
+  FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next foreign key in pFrom */
+  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to */
+  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next foreign key that points to zTo */
+  int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */
+  struct sColMap {  /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
+    int iFrom;         /* Index of column in pFrom */
+    char *zCol;        /* Name of column in zTo.  If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */
+  } *aCol;          /* One entry for each of nCol column s */
+  u8 isDeferred;    /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
+  u8 updateConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on UPDATE */
+  u8 deleteConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on DELETE */
+  u8 insertConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on INSERT */
+};
+
+/*
+** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a contraint
+** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
+** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
+** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process
+** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out,
+** but the transaction is not rolled back.  FAIL processing means that
+** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code.  But prior
+** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback
+** occurs.  IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint
+** error is not inserted or updated.  Processing continues and no error
+** is returned.  REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused
+** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or
+** update can proceed.  Processing continues and no error is reported.
+**
+** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys.
+** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the
+** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys.  SETNULL means that the foreign
+** key is set to NULL.  CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the
+** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the
+** foreign key.
+** 
+** The following symbolic values are used to record which type
+** of action to take.
+*/
+#define OE_None     0   /* There is no constraint to check */
+#define OE_Rollback 1   /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */
+#define OE_Abort    2   /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */
+#define OE_Fail     3   /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */
+#define OE_Ignore   4   /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */
+#define OE_Replace  5   /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */
+
+#define OE_Restrict 6   /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */
+#define OE_SetNull  7   /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */
+#define OE_SetDflt  8   /* Set the foreign key value to its default */
+#define OE_Cascade  9   /* Cascade the changes */
+
+#define OE_Default  99  /* Do whatever the default action is */
+
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
+** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the 
+** comparison of the two index keys.
+**
+** If the KeyInfo.incrKey value is true and the comparison would
+** otherwise be equal, then return a result as if the second key larger.
+*/
+struct KeyInfo {
+  u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the TEXT_Utf* values */
+  u8 incrKey;         /* Increase 2nd key by epsilon before comparison */
+  int nField;         /* Number of entries in aColl[] */
+  u8 *aSortOrder;     /* If defined an aSortOrder[i] is true, sort DESC */
+  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
+** instance of the following structure.
+**
+** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
+** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose
+** we have the following table and index:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text);
+**     CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1);
+**
+** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are
+** three columns in the table.  In the Index structure describing
+** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed.
+** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}.  aiColumn[0]==2 because the 
+** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[].
+** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in
+** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0.
+**
+** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns
+** must be unique and what to do if they are not.  When Index.onError=OE_None,
+** it means this is not a unique index.  Otherwise it is a unique index
+** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution 
+** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique
+** element.
+*/
+struct Index {
+  char *zName;     /* Name of this index */
+  int nColumn;     /* Number of columns in the table used by this index */
+  int *aiColumn;   /* Which columns are used by this index.  1st is 0 */
+  Table *pTable;   /* The SQL table being indexed */
+  int tnum;        /* Page containing root of this index in database file */
+  u8 onError;      /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
+  u8 autoIndex;    /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */
+  u8 iDb;          /* Index in sqlite.aDb[] of where this index is stored */
+  char *zColAff;   /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+  Index *pNext;    /* The next index associated with the same table */
+  KeyInfo keyInfo; /* Info on how to order keys.  MUST BE LAST */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
+** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
+**
+** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
+** may contain random values.  Do not make any assuptions about Token.dyn
+** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
+*/
+struct Token {
+  const unsigned char *z; /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
+  unsigned dyn  : 1;      /* True for malloced memory, false for static */
+  unsigned n    : 31;     /* Number of characters in this token */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
+** of this structure.
+**
+** Expr.op is the opcode.  The integer parser token codes are reused
+** as opcodes here.  For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
+** code representing the ">=" operator.  This same integer code is reused
+** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
+** tree.
+**
+** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are subexpressions.  Expr.pList is a list
+** of argument if the expression is a function.
+**
+** Expr.token is the operator token for this node.  For some expressions
+** that have subexpressions, Expr.token can be the complete text that gave
+** rise to the Expr.  In the latter case, the token is marked as being
+** a compound token.
+**
+** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
+** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
+** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
+** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column.  If the
+** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
+** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
+** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
+**
+** If the expression is a function, the Expr.iTable is an integer code
+** representing which function.  If the expression is an unbound variable
+** marker (a question mark character '?' in the original SQL) then the
+** Expr.iTable holds the index number for that variable.
+**
+** The Expr.pSelect field points to a SELECT statement.  The SELECT might
+** be the right operand of an IN operator.  Or, if a scalar SELECT appears
+** in an expression the opcode is TK_SELECT and Expr.pSelect is the only
+** operand.
+*/
+struct Expr {
+  u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
+  char affinity;         /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
+  u8 iDb;                /* Database referenced by this expression */
+  u8 flags;              /* Various flags.  See below */
+  CollSeq *pColl;        /* The collation type of the column or 0 */
+  Expr *pLeft, *pRight;  /* Left and right subnodes */
+  ExprList *pList;       /* A list of expressions used as function arguments
+                         ** or in "<expr> IN (<expr-list)" */
+  Token token;           /* An operand token */
+  Token span;            /* Complete text of the expression */
+  int iTable, iColumn;   /* When op==TK_COLUMN, then this expr node means the
+                         ** iColumn-th field of the iTable-th table. */
+  int iAgg;              /* When op==TK_COLUMN and pParse->useAgg==TRUE, pull
+                         ** result from the iAgg-th element of the aggregator */
+  Select *pSelect;       /* When the expression is a sub-select.  Also the
+                         ** right side of "<expr> IN (<select>)" */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
+*/
+#define EP_FromJoin     0x0001  /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */
+
+/*
+** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
+** Expr.flags field.
+*/
+#define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
+#define ExprHasAnyProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
+#define ExprSetProperty(E,P)     (E)->flags|=(P)
+#define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)
+
+/*
+** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
+** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
+** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
+** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can
+** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
+** field is not used.
+*/
+struct ExprList {
+  int nExpr;             /* Number of expressions on the list */
+  int nAlloc;            /* Number of entries allocated below */
+  struct ExprList_item {
+    Expr *pExpr;           /* The list of expressions */
+    char *zName;           /* Token associated with this expression */
+    u8 sortOrder;          /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
+    u8 isAgg;              /* True if this is an aggregate like count(*) */
+    u8 done;               /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
+  } *a;                  /* One entry for each expression */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
+** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
+**
+**      INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...;
+**      CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c);
+**      CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...;
+**
+** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of
+** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement.  In the statement
+**
+**     INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ...
+**
+** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k.
+*/
+struct IdList {
+  int nId;         /* Number of identifiers on the list */
+  int nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated for a[] below */
+  struct IdList_item {
+    char *zName;      /* Name of the identifier */
+    int idx;          /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */
+  } *a;
+};
+
+/*
+** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
+** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
+** the SrcList.a[] array.
+**
+** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure
+** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that
+** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  In standard SQL,
+** such a table must be a simple name: ID.  But in SQLite, the table can
+** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID.
+*/
+struct SrcList {
+  i16 nSrc;        /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
+  i16 nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */
+  struct SrcList_item {
+    char *zDatabase;  /* Name of database holding this table */
+    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
+    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
+    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
+    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
+    int jointype;     /* Type of join between this table and the next */
+    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
+    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
+    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
+  } a[1];             /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
+};
+
+/*
+** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field
+*/
+#define JT_INNER     0x0001    /* Any kind of inner or cross join */
+#define JT_NATURAL   0x0002    /* True for a "natural" join */
+#define JT_LEFT      0x0004    /* Left outer join */
+#define JT_RIGHT     0x0008    /* Right outer join */
+#define JT_OUTER     0x0010    /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
+#define JT_ERROR     0x0020    /* unknown or unsupported join type */
+
+/*
+** For each nested loop in a WHERE clause implementation, the WhereInfo
+** structure contains a single instance of this structure.  This structure
+** is intended to be private the the where.c module and should not be
+** access or modified by other modules.
+*/
+struct WhereLevel {
+  int iMem;            /* Memory cell used by this level */
+  Index *pIdx;         /* Index used */
+  int iCur;            /* Cursor number used for this index */
+  int score;           /* How well this indexed scored */
+  int brk;             /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int cont;            /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
+  int op, p1, p2;      /* Opcode used to terminate the loop */
+  int iLeftJoin;       /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
+  int top;             /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
+  int inOp, inP1, inP2;/* Opcode used to implement an IN operator */
+  int bRev;            /* Do the scan in the reverse direction */
+};
+
+/*
+** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves.  The
+** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second
+** half does the tail of the WHERE loop.  An instance of
+** this structure is returned by the first half and passed
+** into the second half to give some continuity.
+*/
+struct WhereInfo {
+  Parse *pParse;
+  SrcList *pTabList;   /* List of tables in the join */
+  int iContinue;       /* Jump here to continue with next record */
+  int iBreak;          /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int nLevel;          /* Number of nested loop */
+  WhereLevel a[1];     /* Information about each nest loop in the WHERE */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure contains all information
+** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
+**
+** The zSelect field is used when the Select structure must be persistent.
+** Normally, the expression tree points to tokens in the original input
+** string that encodes the select.  But if the Select structure must live
+** longer than its input string (for example when it is used to describe
+** a VIEW) we have to make a copy of the input string so that the nodes
+** of the expression tree will have something to point to.  zSelect is used
+** to hold that copy.
+**
+** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause.  nOffset is set to 0.
+** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
+** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not
+** offset).  But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations
+** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters.
+*/
+struct Select {
+  ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
+  u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
+  u8 isDistinct;         /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
+  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
+  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  Select *pPrior;        /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
+  int nLimit, nOffset;   /* LIMIT and OFFSET values.  -1 means not used */
+  int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
+  char *zSelect;         /* Complete text of the SELECT command */
+  IdList **ppOpenTemp;   /* OP_OpenTemp addresses used by multi-selects */
+};
+
+/*
+** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways.
+*/
+#define SRT_Callback     1  /* Invoke a callback with each row of result */
+#define SRT_Mem          2  /* Store result in a memory cell */
+#define SRT_Set          3  /* Store result as unique keys in a table */
+#define SRT_Union        5  /* Store result as keys in a table */
+#define SRT_Except       6  /* Remove result from a UNION table */
+#define SRT_Table        7  /* Store result as data with a unique key */
+#define SRT_TempTable    8  /* Store result in a trasient table */
+#define SRT_Discard      9  /* Do not save the results anywhere */
+#define SRT_Sorter      10  /* Store results in the sorter */
+#define SRT_Subroutine  11  /* Call a subroutine to handle results */
+
+/*
+** When a SELECT uses aggregate functions (like "count(*)" or "avg(f1)")
+** we have to do some additional analysis of expressions.  An instance
+** of the following structure holds information about a single subexpression
+** somewhere in the SELECT statement.  An array of these structures holds
+** all the information we need to generate code for aggregate
+** expressions.
+**
+** Note that when analyzing a SELECT containing aggregates, both
+** non-aggregate field variables and aggregate functions are stored
+** in the AggExpr array of the Parser structure.
+**
+** The pExpr field points to an expression that is part of either the
+** field list, the GROUP BY clause, the HAVING clause or the ORDER BY
+** clause.  The expression will be freed when those clauses are cleaned
+** up.  Do not try to delete the expression attached to AggExpr.pExpr.
+**
+** If AggExpr.pExpr==0, that means the expression is "count(*)".
+*/
+struct AggExpr {
+  int isAgg;        /* if TRUE contains an aggregate function */
+  Expr *pExpr;      /* The expression */
+  FuncDef *pFunc;   /* Information about the aggregate function */
+};
+
+/*
+** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
+** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
+** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
+*/
+struct Parse {
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* The main database structure */
+  int rc;              /* Return code from execution */
+  char *zErrMsg;       /* An error message */
+  Token sErrToken;     /* The token at which the error occurred */
+  Token sNameToken;    /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
+  Token sLastToken;    /* The last token parsed */
+  const char *zSql;    /* All SQL text */
+  const char *zTail;   /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
+  Table *pNewTable;    /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
+  Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* An engine for executing database bytecode */
+  u8 colNamesSet;      /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */
+  u8 explain;          /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
+  u8 nameClash;        /* A permanent table name clashes with temp table name */
+  u8 useAgg;           /* If true, extract field values from the aggregator
+                       ** while generating expressions.  Normally false */
+  u8 checkSchema;      /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */
+  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
+  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
+  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
+  int nSet;            /* Number of sets used so far */
+  int nAgg;            /* Number of aggregate expressions */
+  int nVar;            /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
+  int nVarExpr;        /* Number of used slots in apVarExpr[] */
+  int nVarExprAlloc;   /* Number of allocated slots in apVarExpr[] */
+  Expr **apVarExpr;    /* Pointers to :aaa and $aaaa wildcard expressions */
+  AggExpr *aAgg;       /* An array of aggregate expressions */
+  const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
+  Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
+  TriggerStack *trigStack;  /* Trigger actions being coded */
+  u32 cookieMask;      /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
+  int cookieValue[MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
+  int cookieGoto;      /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */
+  u32 writeMask;       /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used
+** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later.
+*/
+struct AuthContext {
+  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
+  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
+};
+
+/*
+** Bitfield flags for P2 value in OP_PutIntKey and OP_Delete
+*/
+#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE   1    /* Set to update db->nChange */
+#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 2    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
+
+/*
+ * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
+ * struct Trigger. 
+ *
+ * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
+ * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
+ *    database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
+ * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the
+ *    pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the
+ *    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
+ *    struct Table.
+ *
+ * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
+ * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
+ */
+struct Trigger {
+  char *name;             /* The name of the trigger                        */
+  char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
+  u8 iDb;                 /* Database containing this trigger               */
+  u8 iTabDb;              /* Database containing Trigger.table              */
+  u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
+  u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER */
+  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expresion (may be NULL) */
+  IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
+                             the <column-list> is stored here */
+  int foreach;            /* One of TK_ROW or TK_STATEMENT */
+  Token nameToken;        /* Token containing zName. Use during parsing only */
+
+  TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps             */
+  Trigger *pNext;         /* Next trigger associated with the table */
+};
+
+/*
+ * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement
+ * that is a part of a trigger-program. 
+ *
+ * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked
+ * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the 
+ * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is
+ * the first step of the trigger-program.
+ * 
+ * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or
+ * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the 
+ * value of "op" as follows:
+ *
+ * (op == TK_INSERT)
+ * orconf    -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
+ * pSelect   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
+ *              this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
+ * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to insert into.
+ * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
+ *              this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
+ * pIdList   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ... 
+ *              statement, then this stores the column-names to be
+ *              inserted into.
+ *
+ * (op == TK_DELETE)
+ * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to delete from.
+ * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
+ *              Otherwise NULL.
+ * 
+ * (op == TK_UPDATE)
+ * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to update rows of.
+ * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
+ *              Otherwise NULL.
+ * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
+ *              them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges"
+ *              argument.
+ * 
+ */
+struct TriggerStep {
+  int op;              /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
+  int orconf;          /* OE_Rollback etc. */
+  Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
+
+  Select *pSelect;     /* Valid for SELECT and sometimes 
+			  INSERT steps (when pExprList == 0) */
+  Token target;        /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT steps */
+  Expr *pWhere;        /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE steps */
+  ExprList *pExprList; /* Valid for UPDATE statements and sometimes 
+			   INSERT steps (when pSelect == 0)         */
+  IdList *pIdList;     /* Valid for INSERT statements only */
+
+  TriggerStep * pNext; /* Next in the link-list */
+};
+
+/*
+ * An instance of struct TriggerStack stores information required during code
+ * generation of a single trigger program. While the trigger program is being
+ * coded, its associated TriggerStack instance is pointed to by the
+ * "pTriggerStack" member of the Parse structure.
+ *
+ * The pTab member points to the table that triggers are being coded on. The 
+ * newIdx member contains the index of the vdbe cursor that points at the temp
+ * table that stores the new.* references. If new.* references are not valid
+ * for the trigger being coded (for example an ON DELETE trigger), then newIdx
+ * is set to -1. The oldIdx member is analogous to newIdx, for old.* references.
+ *
+ * The ON CONFLICT policy to be used for the trigger program steps is stored 
+ * as the orconf member. If this is OE_Default, then the ON CONFLICT clause 
+ * specified for individual triggers steps is used.
+ *
+ * struct TriggerStack has a "pNext" member, to allow linked lists to be
+ * constructed. When coding nested triggers (triggers fired by other triggers)
+ * each nested trigger stores its parent trigger's TriggerStack as the "pNext" 
+ * pointer. Once the nested trigger has been coded, the pNext value is restored
+ * to the pTriggerStack member of the Parse stucture and coding of the parent
+ * trigger continues.
+ *
+ * Before a nested trigger is coded, the linked list pointed to by the 
+ * pTriggerStack is scanned to ensure that the trigger is not about to be coded
+ * recursively. If this condition is detected, the nested trigger is not coded.
+ */
+struct TriggerStack {
+  Table *pTab;         /* Table that triggers are currently being coded on */
+  int newIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "new" temp table */
+  int oldIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "old" temp table */
+  int orconf;          /* Current orconf policy */
+  int ignoreJump;      /* where to jump to for a RAISE(IGNORE) */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* The trigger currently being coded */
+  TriggerStack *pNext; /* Next trigger down on the trigger stack */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
+** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
+** explicit.  
+*/
+typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
+struct DbFixer {
+  Parse *pParse;      /* The parsing context.  Error messages written here */
+  const char *zDb;    /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */
+  const char *zType;  /* Type of the container - used for error messages */
+  const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */
+};
+
+/*
+** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information
+** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database being initialized */
+  char **pzErrMsg;    /* Error message stored here */
+} InitData;
+
+
+/*
+ * This global flag is set for performance testing of triggers. When it is set
+ * SQLite will perform the overhead of building new and old trigger references 
+ * even when no triggers exist
+ */
+extern int sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup;
+
+/*
+** Internal function prototypes
+*/
+int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *, const char *);
+int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *, const char *, int);
+int sqlite3HashNoCase(const char *, int);
+int sqlite3IsNumber(const char*, int*, u8);
+int sqlite3Compare(const char *, const char *);
+int sqlite3SortCompare(const char *, const char *);
+void sqlite3RealToSortable(double r, char *);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  void *sqlite3Malloc_(int,int,char*,int);
+  void sqlite3Free_(void*,char*,int);
+  void *sqlite3Realloc_(void*,int,char*,int);
+  char *sqlite3StrDup_(const char*,char*,int);
+  char *sqlite3StrNDup_(const char*, int,char*,int);
+  void sqlite3CheckMemory(void*,int);
+#else
+  void *sqlite3Malloc(int);
+  void *sqlite3MallocRaw(int);
+  void sqlite3Free(void*);
+  void *sqlite3Realloc(void*,int);
+  char *sqlite3StrDup(const char*);
+  char *sqlite3StrNDup(const char*, int);
+# define sqlite3CheckMemory(a,b)
+#endif
+void sqlite3FreeX(void*);
+char *sqlite3MPrintf(const char*, ...);
+char *sqlite3VMPrintf(const char*, va_list);
+void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
+void *sqlite3TextToPtr(const char*);
+void sqlite3SetString(char **, const char *, ...);
+void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
+void sqlite3Dequote(char*);
+int sqlite3KeywordCode(const char*, int);
+int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
+void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
+Expr *sqlite3Expr(int, Expr*, Expr*, Token*);
+Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(Expr*, Expr*);
+void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr*,Token*,Token*);
+Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(ExprList*, Token*);
+void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
+void sqlite3ExprDelete(Expr*);
+ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(ExprList*,Expr*,Token*);
+void sqlite3ExprListDelete(ExprList*);
+int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
+int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
+void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
+void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3*, int);
+void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
+void sqlite3RollbackInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
+void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
+Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,char*,Select*);
+void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Vdbe *v, int);
+void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int,int);
+void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
+void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
+void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int);
+void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*,Token*);
+void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,Token*,int);
+void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, const char*, int);
+void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Select*);
+void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int);
+int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
+void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
+void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
+void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Select*, IdList*, int);
+IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(IdList*, Token*);
+int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
+SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
+void sqlite3SrcListAddAlias(SrcList*, Token*);
+void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
+void sqlite3IdListDelete(IdList*);
+void sqlite3SrcListDelete(SrcList*);
+void sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
+                        Token*);
+void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*);
+void sqlite3AddKeyType(Vdbe*, ExprList*);
+void sqlite3AddIdxKeyType(Vdbe*, Index*);
+int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, int, int, Select*, int, int*, char *aff);
+Select *sqlite3SelectNew(ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
+                        int,int,int);
+void sqlite3SelectDelete(Select*);
+void sqlite3SelectUnbind(Select*);
+Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
+int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
+void sqlite3OpenTableForReading(Vdbe*, int iCur, Table*);
+void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
+void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
+WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, int, ExprList**);
+void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
+void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*);
+int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*);
+void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
+Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
+Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,const char*, const char*);
+Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*, Token*);
+int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*);
+char *sqlite3NameFromToken(Token*);
+int sqlite3ExprCheck(Parse*, Expr*, int, int*);
+int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*);
+int sqliteFuncId(Token*);
+int sqlite3ExprResolveIds(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*);
+int sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(Parse*,SrcList*,ExprList*,Expr*,int,int*);
+int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(Parse*, Expr*);
+Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
+void sqlite3Randomness(int, void*);
+void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*);
+void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
+void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
+void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
+void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
+int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
+int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
+int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
+void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(sqlite3*, Vdbe*, Table*, int, int);
+void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(sqlite3*, Vdbe*, Table*, int, char*);
+void sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Vdbe*, Index*, int);
+void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,char*,int,int,int,int);
+void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, char*, int, int, int);
+void sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
+void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
+Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(Expr*);
+void sqlite3TokenCopy(Token*, Token*);
+ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(ExprList*);
+SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(SrcList*);
+IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(IdList*);
+Select *sqlite3SelectDup(Select*);
+FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,int);
+void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
+void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3*);
+int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3*);
+int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3*);
+int sqlite3SafetyCheck(sqlite3*);
+void sqlite3ChangeCookie(sqlite3*, Vdbe*, int);
+void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
+                         int,Expr*,int);
+void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
+void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*);
+void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*, int);
+int sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse* , Trigger* , int , int , int, ExprList*);
+int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, int, int, 
+                         int, int);
+void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
+void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(TriggerStep*);
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(Select*);
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(Token*, IdList*, ExprList*, Select*, int);
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(Token*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(Token*, Expr*);
+void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(Trigger*);
+int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
+void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
+void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,SrcList*);
+  int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
+  void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
+  void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c)
+# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e)    SQLITE_OK
+# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
+# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a)  ((void)(a))
+#endif
+void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Token*, Token*, int, Token*);
+void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Token*);
+int sqlite3BtreeFactory(const sqlite3 *db, const char *zFilename,
+                       int omitJournal, int nCache, Btree **ppBtree);
+int sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
+int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
+int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
+int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
+int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
+int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
+double sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, const char **);
+char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*,...);
+int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
+int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *);
+int sqlite3utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
+int sqlite3utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
+int sqlite3ReadUtf8(const unsigned char *);
+int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *, u64);
+int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
+int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
+int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
+char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *, int);
+void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
+void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *);
+char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
+int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
+char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
+int sqlite3atoi64(const char*, i64*);
+void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
+void *sqlite3HexToBlob(const char *z);
+int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
+const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
+int sqlite3ReadUniChar(const char *zStr, int *pOffset, u8 *pEnc, int fold);
+int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
+CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char *,int,int);
+CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName);
+CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
+int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
+int sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(Parse *, Index *);
+int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
+void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
+void sqlite3utf16Substr(sqlite3_context *,int,sqlite3_value **);
+
+const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
+int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
+void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
+sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew();
+sqlite3_value *sqlite3GetTransientValue(sqlite3*db);
+extern const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/table.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/table.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d4ef2c8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/table.c
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
+** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
+** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
+**
+** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
+** if they are not used.
+*/
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
+** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
+*/
+typedef struct TabResult {
+  char **azResult;
+  char *zErrMsg;
+  int nResult;
+  int nAlloc;
+  int nRow;
+  int nColumn;
+  int nData;
+  int rc;
+} TabResult;
+
+/*
+** This routine is called once for each row in the result table.  Its job
+** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
+** memory as necessary.
+*/
+static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
+  TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg;
+  int need;
+  int i;
+  char *z;
+
+  /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
+  ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
+  */
+  if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
+    need = nCol*2;
+  }else{
+    need = nCol;
+  }
+  if( p->nData + need >= p->nAlloc ){
+    char **azNew;
+    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need + 1;
+    azNew = realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
+    if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+    p->azResult = azNew;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
+  ** the names of all columns.
+  */
+  if( p->nRow==0 ){
+    p->nColumn = nCol;
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      if( colv[i]==0 ){
+        z = 0;
+      }else{
+        z = malloc( strlen(colv[i])+1 );
+        if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+        strcpy(z, colv[i]);
+      }
+      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
+    }
+  }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg,
+       "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries",
+       (char*)0);
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Copy over the row data
+  */
+  if( argv!=0 ){
+    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+      if( argv[i]==0 ){
+        z = 0;
+      }else{
+        z = malloc( strlen(argv[i])+1 );
+        if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+        strcpy(z, argv[i]);
+      }
+      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
+    }
+    p->nRow++;
+  }
+  return 0;
+
+malloc_failed:
+  p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the database.  But instead of invoking a callback for each row,
+** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results
+** at the conclusion of the call.
+**
+** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
+** from malloc().  But the caller cannot free this memory directly.  
+** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
+** the calling procedure is finished using it.
+*/
+int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
+  char ***pazResult,          /* Write the result table here */
+  int *pnRow,                 /* Write the number of rows in the result here */
+  int *pnColumn,              /* Write the number of columns of result here */
+  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
+){
+  int rc;
+  TabResult res;
+  if( pazResult==0 ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; }
+  *pazResult = 0;
+  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
+  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
+  res.zErrMsg = 0;
+  res.nResult = 0;
+  res.nRow = 0;
+  res.nColumn = 0;
+  res.nData = 1;
+  res.nAlloc = 20;
+  res.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  res.azResult = malloc( sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
+  if( res.azResult==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  res.azResult[0] = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg);
+  if( res.azResult ){
+    res.azResult[0] = (char*)res.nData;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){
+    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+    if( res.zErrMsg ){
+      if( pzErrMsg ){
+        free(*pzErrMsg);
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg);
+      }
+      sqliteFree(res.zErrMsg);
+    }
+    db->errCode = res.rc;
+    return res.rc;
+  }
+  sqliteFree(res.zErrMsg);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
+    char **azNew;
+    azNew = realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*(res.nData+1) );
+    if( azNew==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    res.nAlloc = res.nData+1;
+    res.azResult = azNew;
+  }
+  *pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
+  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
+  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
+*/
+void sqlite3_free_table(
+  char **azResult            /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */
+){
+  if( azResult ){
+    int i, n;
+    azResult--;
+    if( azResult==0 ) return;
+    n = (int)azResult[0];
+    for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) free(azResult[i]); }
+    free(azResult);
+  }
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/tokenize.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/tokenize.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..061e5b9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/tokenize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,707 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** An tokenizer for SQL
+**
+** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
+** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
+** parser for analysis.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/*
+** This function looks up an identifier to determine if it is a
+** keyword.  If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is 
+** returned.  If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
+**
+** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
+** mkkeywordhash.c, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
+** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program was manually cut and pasted
+** into this file.  When the set of keywords for SQLite changes, you
+** must modify the mkkeywordhash.c program (to add or remove keywords from
+** the data tables) then rerun that program to regenerate this function.
+*/
+int sqlite3KeywordCode(const char *z, int n){
+  static const char zText[519] =
+    "ABORTAFTERALLANDASCATTACHBEFOREBEGINBETWEENBYCASCADECASECHECK"
+    "COLLATECOMMITCONFLICTCONSTRAINTCREATECROSSDATABASEDEFAULTDEFERRABLE"
+    "DEFERREDDELETEDESCDETACHDISTINCTDROPEACHELSEENDEXCEPTEXCLUSIVE"
+    "EXPLAINFAILFOREIGNFROMFULLGLOBGROUPHAVINGIGNOREIMMEDIATEINDEX"
+    "INITIALLYINNERINSERTINSTEADINTERSECTINTOISNULLJOINKEYLEFTLIKE"
+    "LIMITMATCHNATURALNOTNULLNULLOFFSETONORDEROUTERPRAGMAPRIMARYRAISE"
+    "REFERENCESREPLACERESTRICTRIGHTROLLBACKROWSELECTSETSTATEMENTTABLE"
+    "TEMPORARYTHENTRANSACTIONTRIGGERUNIONUNIQUEUPDATEUSINGVACUUMVALUES"
+    "VIEWWHENWHERE";
+  static const unsigned char aHash[154] = {
+       0,  75,  82,   0,   0,  97,  80,   0,  83,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   0,   6,   0,  95,   4,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,  96,  86,   8,   0,  26,  13,   7,  19,  15,   0,   0,  32,
+      25,   0,  21,  31,  41,   0,   0,   0,  34,  27,   0,   0,  30,
+       0,   0,   0,   9,   0,  10,   0,   0,   0,   0,  51,   0,  44,
+      43,   0,  45,  40,   0,  29,  39,  35,   0,   0,  20,   0,  59,
+       0,  16,   0,  17,   0,  18,   0,  55,  42,  72,   0,  33,   0,
+       0,  61,  66,  56,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  54,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,   0,  74,  50,  76,  64,  52,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      68,  84,   0,  47,   0,  58,  60,  92,   0,   0,  48,   0,  93,
+       0,  63,  71,  98,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  67,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,  87,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  90,  88,   0,  94,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aNext[98] = {
+       0,   0,   0,   0,   2,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,  12,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  11,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,  14,   3,  24,   0,   0,   0,   1,  22,   0,   0,
+      36,  23,  28,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   5,   0,
+       0,  49,  37,   0,   0,   0,  38,   0,  53,   0,  57,  62,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  70,  46,   0,  65,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      69,  73,   0,  77,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  81,  85,   0,
+      91,  79,  78,   0,   0,  89,   0,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aLen[98] = {
+       5,   5,   3,   3,   2,   3,   6,   6,   5,   7,   2,   7,   4,
+       5,   7,   6,   8,  10,   6,   5,   8,   7,  10,   8,   6,   4,
+       6,   8,   4,   4,   4,   3,   6,   9,   7,   4,   3,   7,   4,
+       4,   4,   5,   6,   6,   9,   2,   5,   9,   5,   6,   7,   9,
+       4,   2,   6,   4,   3,   4,   4,   5,   5,   7,   3,   7,   4,
+       2,   6,   2,   2,   5,   5,   6,   7,   5,  10,   7,   8,   5,
+       8,   3,   6,   3,   9,   5,   4,   9,   4,  11,   7,   5,   6,
+       6,   5,   6,   6,   4,   4,   5,
+  };
+  static const unsigned short int aOffset[98] = {
+       0,   5,  10,  13,  16,  16,  19,  25,  31,  36,  43,  45,  52,
+      56,  61,  68,  74,  82,  92,  98, 103, 111, 118, 128, 136, 142,
+     146, 152, 160, 164, 168, 172, 175, 181, 190, 197, 201, 201, 208,
+     212, 216, 220, 225, 231, 237, 246, 246, 251, 260, 265, 271, 278,
+     287, 291, 291, 297, 301, 304, 308, 312, 317, 322, 329, 329, 336,
+     340, 340, 346, 348, 348, 353, 358, 364, 371, 376, 386, 393, 401,
+     406, 414, 417, 423, 426, 435, 440, 440, 449, 453, 464, 471, 476,
+     482, 488, 493, 499, 505, 509, 513,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aCode[98] = {
+    TK_ABORT,      TK_AFTER,      TK_ALL,        TK_AND,        TK_AS,         
+    TK_ASC,        TK_ATTACH,     TK_BEFORE,     TK_BEGIN,      TK_BETWEEN,    
+    TK_BY,         TK_CASCADE,    TK_CASE,       TK_CHECK,      TK_COLLATE,    
+    TK_COMMIT,     TK_CONFLICT,   TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_CREATE,     TK_JOIN_KW,    
+    TK_DATABASE,   TK_DEFAULT,    TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_DEFERRED,   TK_DELETE,     
+    TK_DESC,       TK_DETACH,     TK_DISTINCT,   TK_DROP,       TK_EACH,       
+    TK_ELSE,       TK_END,        TK_EXCEPT,     TK_EXCLUSIVE,  TK_EXPLAIN,    
+    TK_FAIL,       TK_FOR,        TK_FOREIGN,    TK_FROM,       TK_JOIN_KW,    
+    TK_GLOB,       TK_GROUP,      TK_HAVING,     TK_IGNORE,     TK_IMMEDIATE,  
+    TK_IN,         TK_INDEX,      TK_INITIALLY,  TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_INSERT,     
+    TK_INSTEAD,    TK_INTERSECT,  TK_INTO,       TK_IS,         TK_ISNULL,     
+    TK_JOIN,       TK_KEY,        TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_LIKE,       TK_LIMIT,      
+    TK_MATCH,      TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_NOT,        TK_NOTNULL,    TK_NULL,       
+    TK_OF,         TK_OFFSET,     TK_ON,         TK_OR,         TK_ORDER,      
+    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_PRAGMA,     TK_PRIMARY,    TK_RAISE,      TK_REFERENCES, 
+    TK_REPLACE,    TK_RESTRICT,   TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_ROLLBACK,   TK_ROW,        
+    TK_SELECT,     TK_SET,        TK_STATEMENT,  TK_TABLE,      TK_TEMP,       
+    TK_TEMP,       TK_THEN,       TK_TRANSACTION,TK_TRIGGER,    TK_UNION,      
+    TK_UNIQUE,     TK_UPDATE,     TK_USING,      TK_VACUUM,     TK_VALUES,     
+    TK_VIEW,       TK_WHEN,       TK_WHERE,      
+  };
+  int h, i;
+  if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
+  h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[((unsigned char*)z)[0]]*5 + 
+      sqlite3UpperToLower[((unsigned char*)z)[n-1]]*3 +
+      n) % 154;
+  for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
+    if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
+      return aCode[i];
+    }
+  }
+  return TK_ID;
+}
+
+/*
+** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier and
+** X&0x80==0 then isIdChar[X] will be 1.  If X&0x80==0x80 then
+** X is always an identifier character.  (Hence all UTF-8
+** characters can be part of an identifier).  isIdChar[X] will
+** be 0 for every character in the lower 128 ASCII characters
+** that cannot be used as part of an identifier.
+**
+** In this implementation, an identifier can be a string of
+** alphabetic characters, digits, and "_" plus any character
+** with the high-order bit set.  The latter rule means that
+** any sequence of UTF-8 characters or characters taken from
+** an extended ISO8859 character set can form an identifier.
+*/
+static const char isIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+};
+
+#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x2f && isIdChar[c-0x30]))
+
+/*
+** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. 
+** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
+*/
+static int sqliteGetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
+  int i, c;
+  switch( *z ){
+    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
+      for(i=1; isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '-': {
+      if( z[1]=='-' ){
+        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
+        *tokenType = TK_COMMENT;
+        return i;
+      }
+      *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '(': {
+      *tokenType = TK_LP;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case ')': {
+      *tokenType = TK_RP;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case ';': {
+      *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '+': {
+      *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '*': {
+      *tokenType = TK_STAR;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '/': {
+      if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
+        *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      if( c ) i++;
+      *tokenType = TK_COMMENT;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '%': {
+      *tokenType = TK_REM;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '=': {
+      *tokenType = TK_EQ;
+      return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
+    }
+    case '<': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_LE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='>' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_NE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='<' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_LT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    case '>': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_GE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='>' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_GT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    case '!': {
+      if( z[1]!='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_NE;
+        return 2;
+      }
+    }
+    case '|': {
+      if( z[1]!='|' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
+        return 1;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
+        return 2;
+      }
+    }
+    case ',': {
+      *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '&': {
+      *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '~': {
+      *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '\'': case '"': {
+      int delim = z[0];
+      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+        if( c==delim ){
+          if( z[i+1]==delim ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( c ) i++;
+      *tokenType = TK_STRING;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '.': {
+      *tokenType = TK_DOT;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
+      *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
+      for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+      if( z[i]=='.' && isdigit(z[i+1]) ){
+        i += 2;
+        while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+      }
+      if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
+           ( isdigit(z[i+1]) 
+            || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && isdigit(z[i+2]))
+           )
+      ){
+        i += 2;
+        while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+      }
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '[': {
+      for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      *tokenType = TK_ID;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '?': {
+      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+      for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+      return i;
+    }
+    case ':': {
+      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = i>1 ? TK_VARIABLE : TK_ILLEGAL;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '$': {
+      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+      if( z[1]=='{' ){
+        int nBrace = 1;
+        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && nBrace; i++){
+          if( c=='{' ){
+            nBrace++;
+          }else if( c=='}' ){
+            nBrace--;
+          }
+        }
+        if( c==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+      }else{
+        int n = 0;
+        for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+          if( isalnum(c) || c=='_' ){
+            n++;
+          }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
+            do{
+              i++;
+            }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !isspace(c) && c!=')' );
+            if( c==')' ){
+              i++;
+            }else{
+              *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+            }
+            break;
+          }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+      }
+      return i;
+    } 
+    case 'x': case 'X': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='\'' || c=='"' ){
+        int delim = c;
+        *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
+        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+          if( c==delim ){
+            if( i%2 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+            break;
+          }
+          if( !isxdigit(c) ){
+            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+            return i;
+          }
+        }
+        if( c ) i++;
+        return i;
+      }
+      /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
+    }
+    default: {
+      if( !IdChar(*z) ){
+        break;
+      }
+      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = sqlite3KeywordCode((char*)z, i);
+      return i;
+    }
+  }
+  *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run the parser on the given SQL string.  The parser structure is
+** passed in.  An SQLITE_ status code is returned.  If an error occurs
+** and pzErrMsg!=NULL then an error message might be written into 
+** memory obtained from malloc() and *pzErrMsg made to point to that
+** error message.  Or maybe not.
+*/
+int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int nErr = 0;
+  int i;
+  void *pEngine;
+  int tokenType;
+  int lastTokenParsed = -1;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  extern void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(int));
+  extern void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
+  extern int sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
+
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Interrupt;
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  i = 0;
+  pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(int))malloc);
+  if( pEngine==0 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVarExpr==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVarExprAlloc==0 );
+  assert( pParse->apVarExpr==0 );
+  pParse->zTail = pParse->zSql = zSql;
+  while( sqlite3_malloc_failed==0 && zSql[i]!=0 ){
+    assert( i>=0 );
+    pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i];
+    assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );
+    pParse->sLastToken.n = sqliteGetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i], &tokenType);
+    i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
+    switch( tokenType ){
+      case TK_SPACE:
+      case TK_COMMENT: {
+        if( (db->flags & SQLITE_Interrupt)!=0 ){
+          pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+          sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "interrupt", (char*)0);
+          goto abort_parse;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_ILLEGAL: {
+        if( pzErrMsg ){
+          sqliteFree(*pzErrMsg);
+          *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf("unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
+                          &pParse->sLastToken);
+        }
+        nErr++;
+        goto abort_parse;
+      }
+      case TK_SEMI: {
+        pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+        /* Fall thru into the default case */
+      }
+      default: {
+        sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+        lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
+        if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto abort_parse;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+abort_parse:
+  if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
+      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+      pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+    }
+    sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+  }
+  sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, free);
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc),
+                    (char*)0);
+  }
+  if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
+    if( pzErrMsg && *pzErrMsg==0 ){
+      *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
+    }else{
+      sqliteFree(pParse->zErrMsg);
+    }
+    pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
+    if( !nErr ) nErr++;
+  }
+  if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
+    pParse->pVdbe = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pParse->pNewTable);
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pParse->pNewTrigger);
+  sqliteFree(pParse->apVarExpr);
+  if( nErr>0 && (pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK || pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return nErr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine.  See the header
+** comments on that procedure for additional information.
+*/
+#define tkEXPLAIN 0
+#define tkCREATE  1
+#define tkTEMP    2
+#define tkTRIGGER 3
+#define tkEND     4
+#define tkSEMI    5
+#define tkWS      6
+#define tkOTHER   7
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
+**
+** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
+** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
+** must end with ";END;".
+**
+** This implementation uses a state machine with 7 states:
+**
+**   (0) START     At the beginning or end of an SQL statement.  This routine
+**                 returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
+**                 in any other state.
+**
+**   (1) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
+**                 a statement.
+**
+**   (2) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
+**                 statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
+**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
+**
+**   (3) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
+**                 semicolon.
+**
+**   (4) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
+**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
+**
+**   (5) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
+**                 the end of a trigger definition.
+**
+**   (6) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
+**                 of a trigger difinition.
+**
+** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
+** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
+**
+**   (0) tkEXPLAIN   The "explain" keyword.
+**   (1) tkCREATE    The "create" keyword.
+**   (2) tkTEMP      The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
+**   (3) tkTRIGGER   The "trigger" keyword.
+**   (4) tkEND       The "end" keyword.
+**   (5) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
+**   (6) tkWS        Whitespace
+**   (7) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
+**
+** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
+*/
+int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
+  u8 state = 0;   /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
+  u8 token;       /* Value of the next token */
+
+  /* The following matrix defines the transition from one state to another
+  ** according to what token is seen.  trans[state][token] returns the
+  ** next state.
+  */
+  static const u8 trans[7][8] = {
+                     /* Token:                                                */
+     /* State:       **  EXPLAIN  CREATE  TEMP  TRIGGER  END  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
+     /* 0   START: */ {       1,      2,    3,       3,   3,    0,  0,     3, },
+     /* 1 EXPLAIN: */ {       3,      2,    3,       3,   3,    0,  1,     3, },
+     /* 2  CREATE: */ {       3,      3,    2,       4,   3,    0,  2,     3, },
+     /* 3  NORMAL: */ {       3,      3,    3,       3,   3,    0,  3,     3, },
+     /* 4 TRIGGER: */ {       4,      4,    4,       4,   4,    5,  4,     4, },
+     /* 5    SEMI: */ {       4,      4,    4,       4,   6,    5,  5,     4, },
+     /* 6     END: */ {       4,      4,    4,       4,   4,    0,  6,     4, },
+  };
+
+  while( *zSql ){
+    switch( *zSql ){
+      case ';': {  /* A semicolon */
+        token = tkSEMI;
+        break;
+      }
+      case ' ':
+      case '\r':
+      case '\t':
+      case '\n':
+      case '\f': {  /* White space is ignored */
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '/': {   /* C-style comments */
+        if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
+          token = tkOTHER;
+          break;
+        }
+        zSql += 2;
+        while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
+        if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
+        zSql++;
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '-': {   /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
+        if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
+          token = tkOTHER;
+          break;
+        }
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return state==0;
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '[': {   /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
+        zSql++;
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+        token = tkOTHER;
+        break;
+      }
+      case '"':     /* single- and double-quoted strings */
+      case '\'': {
+        int c = *zSql;
+        zSql++;
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+        token = tkOTHER;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        int c;
+        if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
+          /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
+          int nId;
+          for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
+          switch( *zSql ){
+            case 'c': case 'C': {
+              if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
+                token = tkCREATE;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            case 't': case 'T': {
+              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
+                token = tkTRIGGER;
+              }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
+                token = tkTEMP;
+              }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
+                token = tkTEMP;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            case 'e':  case 'E': {
+              if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
+                token = tkEND;
+              }else if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
+                token = tkEXPLAIN;
+              }else{
+                token = tkOTHER;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+            default: {
+              token = tkOTHER;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          zSql += nId-1;
+        }else{
+          /* Operators and special symbols */
+          token = tkOTHER;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    state = trans[state][token];
+    zSql++;
+  }
+  return state==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
+** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
+** UTF-8.
+*/
+int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  char const *zSql8;
+  int rc = 0;
+
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( zSql8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
+  }
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  return rc;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/trigger.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/trigger.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbb526f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/trigger.c
@@ -0,0 +1,804 @@
+/*
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+*
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
+*/
+void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
+  while( pTriggerStep ){
+    TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep;
+    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
+
+    if( pTmp->target.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)pTmp->target.z);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(pTmp->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pTmp->pExprList);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pTmp->pSelect);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(pTmp->pIdList);
+
+    sqliteFree(pTmp);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement
+** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions.  A Trigger
+** structure is generated based on the information available and stored
+** in pParse->pNewTrigger.  After the trigger actions have been parsed, the
+** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger
+** construction process.
+*/
+void sqlite3BeginTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */
+  Token *pName1,      /* The name of the trigger */
+  Token *pName2,      /* The name of the trigger */
+  int tr_tm,          /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */
+  int op,             /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */
+  IdList *pColumns,   /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */
+  SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */
+  int foreach,        /* One of TK_ROW or TK_STATEMENT */
+  Expr *pWhen,        /* WHEN clause */
+  int isTemp          /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */
+){
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  Table *pTab;
+  char *zName = 0;        /* Name of the trigger */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;                /* The database to store the trigger in */
+  Token *pName;           /* The unqualified db name */
+  DbFixer sFix;
+
+  if( isTemp ){
+    /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
+    if( pName2 && pName2->n>0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name");
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+    iDb = 1;
+    pName = pName1;
+  }else{
+    /* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+    if( iDb<0 ){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
+  ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
+  ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
+  ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
+  */
+  if( !pTableName || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+  if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->iDb==1 ){
+    iDb = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 );
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) && 
+      sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+  if( !pTab ){
+    /* The table does not exist. */
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
+  ** specified name exists */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
+  if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].trigHash), zName,pName->n+1) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */
+  if( (iDb!=1 && sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->zName, MASTER_NAME)==0) || 
+      (iDb==1 && sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->zName, TEMP_MASTER_NAME)==0) 
+  ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table");
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD
+  ** of triggers.
+  */
+  if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", 
+        (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF"
+        " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName;
+    const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb;
+    if( pTab->iDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(pTab->iDb),0,zDb)){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers
+  ** cannot appear on views.  So we might as well translate every
+  ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger.  It simplifies code
+  ** elsewhere.
+  */
+  if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
+    tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
+  }
+
+  /* Build the Trigger object */
+  pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Trigger));
+  if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  pTrigger->name = zName;
+  zName = 0;
+  pTrigger->table = sqliteStrDup(pTableName->a[0].zName);
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  pTrigger->iDb = iDb;
+  pTrigger->iTabDb = pTab->iDb;
+  pTrigger->op = op;
+  pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm;
+  pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(pWhen);
+  pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(pColumns);
+  pTrigger->foreach = foreach;
+  sqlite3TokenCopy(&pTrigger->nameToken,pName);
+  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger;
+
+trigger_cleanup:
+  sqliteFree(zName);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTableName);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumns);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhen);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed
+** in order to complete the process of building the trigger.
+*/
+void sqlite3FinishTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parser context */
+  TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
+  Token *pAll             /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
+){
+  Trigger *nt = 0;          /* The trigger whose construction is finishing up */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database */
+  DbFixer sFix;
+
+  if( pParse->nErr || pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  nt = pParse->pNewTrigger;
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
+  nt->step_list = pStepList;
+  while( pStepList ){
+    pStepList->pTrig = nt;
+    pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, nt->iDb, "trigger", &nt->nameToken) 
+          && sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, nt->step_list) ){
+    goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* if we are not initializing, and this trigger is not on a TEMP table, 
+  ** build the sqlite_master entry
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    static const VdbeOpList insertTrig[] = {
+      { OP_NewRecno,   0, 0,  0          },
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  "trigger"  },
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  0          },  /* 2: trigger name */
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  0          },  /* 3: table name */
+      { OP_Integer,    0, 0,  0          },
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  "CREATE TRIGGER "},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  0          },  /* 6: SQL */
+      { OP_Concat,     0, 0,  0          }, 
+      { OP_MakeRecord, 5, 0,  "tttit"    },
+      { OP_PutIntKey,  0, 0,  0          },
+    };
+    int addr;
+    Vdbe *v;
+
+    /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, nt->iDb);
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, nt->iDb);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(insertTrig), insertTrig);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+2, nt->name, 0); 
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+3, nt->table, 0); 
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+6, pAll->z, pAll->n);
+    if( nt->iDb!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, nt->iDb);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, nt->iDb, 0, 
+       sqlite3MPrintf("type='trigger' AND name='%q'", nt->name), P3_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Table *pTab;
+    sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[nt->iDb].trigHash, 
+                     nt->name, strlen(nt->name)+1, nt);
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, nt->table, db->aDb[nt->iTabDb].zName);
+    assert( pTab!=0 );
+    nt->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
+    pTab->pTrigger = nt;
+    nt = 0;
+  }
+
+triggerfinish_cleanup:
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(nt);
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pParse->pNewTrigger);
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
+  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pStepList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a copy of all components of the given trigger step.  This has
+** the effect of copying all Expr.token.z values into memory obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc().  As initially created, the Expr.token.z values
+** all point to the input string that was fed to the parser.  But that
+** string is ephemeral - it will go away as soon as the sqlite3_exec()
+** call that started the parser exits.  This routine makes a persistent
+** copy of all the Expr.token.z strings so that the TriggerStep structure
+** will be valid even after the sqlite3_exec() call returns.
+*/
+static void sqlitePersistTriggerStep(TriggerStep *p){
+  if( p->target.z ){
+    p->target.z = sqliteStrNDup(p->target.z, p->target.n);
+    p->target.dyn = 1;
+  }
+  if( p->pSelect ){
+    Select *pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(p->pSelect);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pSelect);
+    p->pSelect = pNew;
+  }
+  if( p->pWhere ){
+    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pWhere);
+    p->pWhere = pNew;
+  }
+  if( p->pExprList ){
+    ExprList *pNew = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pExprList);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pExprList);
+    p->pExprList = pNew;
+  }
+  if( p->pIdList ){
+    IdList *pNew = sqlite3IdListDup(p->pIdList);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(p->pIdList);
+    p->pIdList = pNew;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
+** a trigger step.  Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
+** body of a TRIGGER.  
+*/
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(Select *pSelect){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) return 0;
+
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
+  pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement.  Return a pointer
+** to the new trigger step.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
+** body of a trigger.
+*/
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(
+  Token *pTableName,  /* Name of the table into which we insert */
+  IdList *pColumn,    /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
+  ExprList *pEList,   /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */
+  Select *pSelect,    /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
+  int orconf          /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) return 0;
+
+  assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0);
+  assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0);
+
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_INSERT;
+  pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
+  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
+  pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
+  pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
+  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
+  Token *pTableName,   /* Name of the table to be updated */
+  ExprList *pEList,    /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* The WHERE clause */
+  int orconf           /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) return 0;
+
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
+  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
+  pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
+  pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
+  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(Token *pTableName, Expr *pWhere){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) return 0;
+
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_DELETE;
+  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
+  pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
+
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
+*/
+void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
+  if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pTrigger->step_list);
+  sqliteFree(pTrigger->name);
+  sqliteFree(pTrigger->table);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pTrigger->pWhen);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(pTrigger->pColumns);
+  if( pTrigger->nameToken.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)pTrigger->nameToken.z);
+  sqliteFree(pTrigger);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. 
+**
+** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
+** the trigger by name.  The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
+** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger
+** instead of the trigger name.
+**/
+void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName){
+  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+  int i;
+  const char *zDb;
+  const char *zName;
+  int nName;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
+  zName = pName->a[0].zName;
+  nName = strlen(zName);
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
+    pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].trigHash), zName, nName+1);
+    if( pTrigger ) break;
+  }
+  if( !pTrigger ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
+    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger, 0);
+
+drop_trigger_cleanup:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
+** is set on.
+*/
+static Table *tableOfTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){
+  return sqlite3FindTable(db,pTrigger->table,db->aDb[pTrigger->iTabDb].zName);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger.  If nested is false,
+** then also generate code to remove the trigger from the SQLITE_MASTER
+** table.
+*/
+void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger, int nested){
+  Table   *pTable;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  iDb = pTrigger->iDb;
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  pTable = tableOfTrigger(db, pTrigger);
+  assert(pTable);
+  assert( pTable->iDb==iDb || iDb==1 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->name, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
+      sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
+  */
+  if( pTable!=0 && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+    int base;
+    static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = {
+      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(9),  0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,        0}, /* 1 */
+      { OP_Column,     0, 1,        0},
+      { OP_Ne,         0, ADDR(8),  0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 0,        "trigger"},
+      { OP_Column,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Ne,         0, ADDR(8),  0},
+      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(1),  0}, /* 8 */
+    };
+
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(v, iDb);
+    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v,  ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, base+1, pTrigger->name, 0);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, pTrigger->name, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.
+*/
+void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  int nName = strlen(zName);
+  pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(&(db->aDb[iDb].trigHash), zName, nName+1, 0);
+  if( pTrigger ){
+    Table *pTable = tableOfTrigger(db, pTrigger);
+    assert( pTable!=0 );
+    if( pTable->pTrigger == pTrigger ){
+      pTable->pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
+    }else{
+      Trigger *cc = pTable->pTrigger;
+      while( cc ){ 
+        if( cc->pNext == pTrigger ){
+          cc->pNext = cc->pNext->pNext;
+          break;
+        }
+        cc = cc->pNext;
+      }
+      assert(cc);
+    }
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrigger);
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement.  Each entry
+** in pEList is of the format <id>=<expr>.  If any of the entries
+** in pEList have an <id> which matches an identifier in pIdList,
+** then return TRUE.  If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a
+** wildcard that matches anything.  Likewise if pEList==NULL then
+** it matches anything so always return true.  Return false only
+** if there is no match.
+*/
+static int checkColumnOverLap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){
+  int e;
+  if( !pIdList || !pEList ) return 1;
+  for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){
+    if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0; 
+}
+
+/* A global variable that is TRUE if we should always set up temp tables for
+ * for triggers, even if there are no triggers to code. This is used to test 
+ * how much overhead the triggers algorithm is causing.
+ *
+ * This flag can be set or cleared using the "trigger_overhead_test" pragma.
+ * The pragma is not documented since it is not really part of the interface
+ * to SQLite, just the test procedure.
+*/
+int sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup = 0;
+
+/*
+ * Returns true if a trigger matching op, tr_tm and foreach that is NOT already
+ * on the Parse objects trigger-stack (to prevent recursive trigger firing) is
+ * found in the list specified as pTrigger.
+ */
+int sqlite3TriggersExist(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Used to check for recursive triggers */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,      /* A list of triggers associated with a table */
+  int op,                 /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
+  int tr_tm,              /* one of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER */
+  int foreach,            /* one of TK_ROW or TK_STATEMENT */
+  ExprList *pChanges      /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
+){
+  Trigger * pTriggerCursor;
+
+  if( sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  pTriggerCursor = pTrigger;
+  while( pTriggerCursor ){
+    if( pTriggerCursor->op == op && 
+	pTriggerCursor->tr_tm == tr_tm && 
+	pTriggerCursor->foreach == foreach &&
+	checkColumnOverLap(pTriggerCursor->pColumns, pChanges) ){
+      TriggerStack * ss;
+      ss = pParse->trigStack;
+      while( ss && ss->pTrigger != pTrigger ){
+	ss = ss->pNext;
+      }
+      if( !ss )return 1;
+    }
+    pTriggerCursor = pTriggerCursor->pNext;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer
+** to that SrcList.
+**
+** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when
+** forming the SrcList.  This prevents a trigger in one database from
+** referring to a target in another database.  An exception is when the
+** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
+** wants.
+*/
+static SrcList *targetSrcList(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  TriggerStep *pStep   /* The trigger containing the target token */
+){
+  Token sDb;           /* Dummy database name token */
+  int iDb;             /* Index of the database to use */
+  SrcList *pSrc;       /* SrcList to be returned */
+
+  iDb = pStep->pTrig->iDb;
+  if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
+    assert( iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
+    sDb.z = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    sDb.n = strlen(sDb.z);
+    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0, &sDb, &pStep->target);
+  } else {
+    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0, &pStep->target, 0);
+  }
+  return pSrc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code for zero or more statements inside the body of a
+** trigger.  
+*/
+static int codeTriggerProgram(
+  Parse *pParse,            /* The parser context */
+  TriggerStep *pStepList,   /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
+  int orconfin              /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */  
+){
+  TriggerStep * pTriggerStep = pStepList;
+  int orconf;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+
+  assert( pTriggerStep!=0 );
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPush, 0, 0);
+  VdbeComment((v, "# begin trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
+  while( pTriggerStep ){
+    orconf = (orconfin == OE_Default)?pTriggerStep->orconf:orconfin;
+    pParse->trigStack->orconf = orconf;
+    switch( pTriggerStep->op ){
+      case TK_SELECT: {
+	Select * ss = sqlite3SelectDup(pTriggerStep->pSelect);		  
+	assert(ss);
+	assert(ss->pSrc);
+	sqlite3Select(pParse, ss, SRT_Discard, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+	sqlite3SelectDelete(ss);
+	break;
+      }
+      case TK_UPDATE: {
+        SrcList *pSrc;
+        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3Update(pParse, pSrc,
+		sqlite3ExprListDup(pTriggerStep->pExprList), 
+		sqlite3ExprDup(pTriggerStep->pWhere), orconf);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_INSERT: {
+        SrcList *pSrc;
+        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3Insert(pParse, pSrc,
+          sqlite3ExprListDup(pTriggerStep->pExprList), 
+          sqlite3SelectDup(pTriggerStep->pSelect), 
+          sqlite3IdListDup(pTriggerStep->pIdList), orconf);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      case TK_DELETE: {
+        SrcList *pSrc;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
+        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
+        sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, pSrc, sqlite3ExprDup(pTriggerStep->pWhere));
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+      default:
+        assert(0);
+    } 
+    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
+  VdbeComment((v, "# end trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called to code FOR EACH ROW triggers.
+**
+** When the code that this function generates is executed, the following 
+** must be true:
+**
+** 1. No cursors may be open in the main database.  (But newIdx and oldIdx
+**    can be indices of cursors in temporary tables.  See below.)
+**
+** 2. If the triggers being coded are ON INSERT or ON UPDATE triggers, then
+**    a temporary vdbe cursor (index newIdx) must be open and pointing at
+**    a row containing values to be substituted for new.* expressions in the
+**    trigger program(s).
+**
+** 3. If the triggers being coded are ON DELETE or ON UPDATE triggers, then
+**    a temporary vdbe cursor (index oldIdx) must be open and pointing at
+**    a row containing values to be substituted for old.* expressions in the
+**    trigger program(s).
+**
+*/
+int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
+  int op,              /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
+  int tr_tm,           /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
+  int newIdx,          /* The indice of the "new" row to access */
+  int oldIdx,          /* The indice of the "old" row to access */
+  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
+  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
+){
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  TriggerStack *pStack;
+  TriggerStack trigStackEntry;
+
+  assert(op == TK_UPDATE || op == TK_INSERT || op == TK_DELETE);
+  assert(tr_tm == TK_BEFORE || tr_tm == TK_AFTER );
+
+  assert(newIdx != -1 || oldIdx != -1);
+
+  pTrigger = pTab->pTrigger;
+  while( pTrigger ){
+    int fire_this = 0;
+
+    /* determine whether we should code this trigger */
+    if( pTrigger->op == op && pTrigger->tr_tm == tr_tm && 
+        pTrigger->foreach == TK_ROW ){
+      fire_this = 1;
+      for(pStack=pParse->trigStack; pStack; pStack=pStack->pNext){
+        if( pStack->pTrigger==pTrigger ){
+	  fire_this = 0;
+	}
+      }
+      if( op == TK_UPDATE && pTrigger->pColumns &&
+          !checkColumnOverLap(pTrigger->pColumns, pChanges) ){
+        fire_this = 0;
+      }
+    }
+ 
+    if( fire_this ){
+      int endTrigger;
+      SrcList dummyTablist;
+      Expr * whenExpr;
+      AuthContext sContext;
+
+      dummyTablist.nSrc = 0;
+
+      /* Push an entry on to the trigger stack */
+      trigStackEntry.pTrigger = pTrigger;
+      trigStackEntry.newIdx = newIdx;
+      trigStackEntry.oldIdx = oldIdx;
+      trigStackEntry.pTab = pTab;
+      trigStackEntry.pNext = pParse->trigStack;
+      trigStackEntry.ignoreJump = ignoreJump;
+      pParse->trigStack = &trigStackEntry;
+      sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTrigger->name);
+
+      /* code the WHEN clause */
+      endTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse->pVdbe);
+      whenExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pTrigger->pWhen);
+      if( sqlite3ExprResolveIds(pParse, &dummyTablist, 0, whenExpr) ){
+        pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
+        sqlite3ExprDelete(whenExpr);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, whenExpr, endTrigger, 1);
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(whenExpr);
+
+      codeTriggerProgram(pParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf); 
+
+      /* Pop the entry off the trigger stack */
+      pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
+      sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, endTrigger);
+    }
+    pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/update.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/update.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..08c7987c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/update.c
@@ -0,0 +1,450 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle UPDATE statements.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** Process an UPDATE statement.
+**
+**   UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
+**          \_______/ \________/     \______/       \________________/
+*            onError   pTabList      pChanges             pWhere
+*/
+void sqlite3Update(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table in which we should change things */
+  ExprList *pChanges,    /* Things to be changed */
+  Expr *pWhere,          /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+  int onError            /* How to handle constraint errors */
+){
+  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
+  Table *pTab;           /* The table to be updated */
+  int addr = 0;          /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
+  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices */
+  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices that need updating */
+  int nIdxTotal;         /* Total number of indices */
+  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database structure */
+  Index **apIdx = 0;     /* An array of indices that need updating too */
+  char *aIdxUsed = 0;    /* aIdxUsed[i]==1 if the i-th index is used */
+  int *aXRef = 0;        /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
+                         ** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
+                         ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
+  int chngRecno;         /* True if the record number is being changed */
+  Expr *pRecnoExpr = 0;  /* Expression defining the new record number */
+  int openAll = 0;       /* True if all indices need to be opened */
+  int isView;            /* Trying to update a view */
+  AuthContext sContext;  /* The authorization context */
+
+  int before_triggers;         /* True if there are any BEFORE triggers */
+  int after_triggers;          /* True if there are any AFTER triggers */
+  int row_triggers_exist = 0;  /* True if any row triggers exist */
+
+  int newIdx      = -1;  /* index of trigger "new" temp table       */
+  int oldIdx      = -1;  /* index of trigger "old" temp table       */
+
+  sContext.pParse = 0;
+  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto update_cleanup;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Locate the table which we want to update. 
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  before_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, 
+            TK_UPDATE, TK_BEFORE, TK_ROW, pChanges);
+  after_triggers = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab->pTrigger, 
+            TK_UPDATE, TK_AFTER, TK_ROW, pChanges);
+  row_triggers_exist = before_triggers || after_triggers;
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, before_triggers) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( isView ){
+    if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+  aXRef = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol );
+  if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;
+
+  /* If there are FOR EACH ROW triggers, allocate cursors for the
+  ** special OLD and NEW tables
+  */
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
+  ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
+  ** need to occur right after the database cursor.  So go ahead and
+  ** allocate enough space, just in case.
+  */
+  pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++;
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the
+  ** of the UPDATE statement.  Also find the column index
+  ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array.  For each
+  ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change
+  ** that column.
+  */
+  chngRecno = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
+    if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, 0,
+             pChanges->a[i].pExpr, 0, 0) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+    for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+        if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+          chngRecno = 1;
+          pRecnoExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+        }
+        aXRef[j] = i;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+      if( sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){
+        chngRecno = 1;
+        pRecnoExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
+        goto update_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    {
+      int rc;
+      rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName,
+                           pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+        goto update_cleanup;
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+        aXRef[j] = -1;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate memory for the array apIdx[] and fill it with pointers to every
+  ** index that needs to be updated.  Indices only need updating if their
+  ** key includes one of the columns named in pChanges or if the record
+  ** number of the original table entry is changing.
+  */
+  for(nIdx=nIdxTotal=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdxTotal++){
+    if( chngRecno ){
+      i = 0;
+    }else {
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+        if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ) break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i<pIdx->nColumn ) nIdx++;
+  }
+  if( nIdxTotal>0 ){
+    apIdx = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(Index*) * nIdx + nIdxTotal );
+    if( apIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+    aIdxUsed = (char*)&apIdx[nIdx];
+  }
+  for(nIdx=j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+    if( chngRecno ){
+      i = 0;
+    }else{
+      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+        if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ) break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i<pIdx->nColumn ){
+      if( sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(pParse, pIdx) ) goto update_cleanup;
+      apIdx[nIdx++] = pIdx;
+      aIdxUsed[j] = 1;
+    }else{
+      aIdxUsed[j] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
+  ** WHERE clause.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ExprResolveAndCheck(pParse, pTabList, 0, pWhere, 0, 0) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Start the view context
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, pTab->iDb);
+
+  /* If we are trying to update a view, construct that view into
+  ** a temporary table.
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    Select *pView;
+    pView = sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect);
+    sqlite3Select(pParse, pView, SRT_TempTable, iCur, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pView);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin the database scan
+  */
+  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 1, 0);
+  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+
+  /* Remember the index of every item to be updated.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListWrite, 0, 0);
+
+  /* End the database scan loop.
+  */
+  sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+
+  /* Initialize the count of updated rows
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
+  }
+
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    /* Create pseudo-tables for NEW and OLD
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, oldIdx, pTab->nCol);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, newIdx, pTab->nCol);
+
+    /* The top of the update loop for when there are triggers.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRewind, 0, 0);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRead, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+
+    /* Open a cursor and make it point to the record that is
+    ** being updated.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, iCur, pTab);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+
+    /* Generate the OLD table
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, iCur, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iCur, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, oldIdx, 0);
+
+    /* Generate the NEW table
+    */
+    if( chngRecno ){
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRecnoExpr);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, iCur, 0);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ /* TODO: Factor out this loop as common code */
+      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+        continue;
+      }
+      j = aXRef[i];
+      if( j<0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, i);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0);
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+    }
+    if( pParse->nErr ) goto update_cleanup;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_PutIntKey, newIdx, 0);
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Fire the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers
+    */
+    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TK_BEFORE, pTab, 
+          newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !isView ){
+    /* 
+    ** Open every index that needs updating.  Note that if any
+    ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution 
+    ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
+    ** to be deleting some records.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->iDb, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur, pTab->tnum);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iCur, pTab->nCol);
+    if( onError==OE_Replace ){
+      openAll = 1;
+    }else{
+      openAll = 0;
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){
+          openAll = 1;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+      if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->iDb, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum,
+                       (char*)&pIdx->keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+        assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 );
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Loop over every record that needs updating.  We have to load
+    ** the old data for each record to be updated because some columns
+    ** might not change and we will need to copy the old value.
+    ** Also, the old data is needed to delete the old index entires.
+    ** So make the cursor point at the old record.
+    */
+    if( !row_triggers_exist ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRewind, 0, 0);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRead, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr);
+
+    /* If the record number will change, push the record number as it
+    ** will be after the update. (The old record number is currently
+    ** on top of the stack.)
+    */
+    if( chngRecno ){
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRecnoExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Compute new data for this record.  
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+        continue;
+      }
+      j = aXRef[i];
+      if( j<0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, i);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Do constraint checks
+    */
+    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed, chngRecno, 1,
+                                   onError, addr);
+
+    /* Delete the old indices for the current record.
+    */
+    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed);
+
+    /* If changing the record number, delete the old record.
+    */
+    if( chngRecno ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0);
+    }
+
+    /* Create the new index entries and the new record.
+    */
+    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed, chngRecno, 1, -1);
+  }
+
+  /* Increment the row counter 
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* If there are triggers, close all the cursors after each iteration
+  ** through the loop.  The fire the after triggers.
+  */
+  if( row_triggers_exist ){
+    if( !isView ){
+      for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+        if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] )
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+    }
+    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TK_AFTER, pTab, 
+          newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
+  ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListReset, 0, 0);
+
+  /* Close all tables if there were no FOR EACH ROW triggers */
+  if( !row_triggers_exist ){
+    for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+      if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, newIdx, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, oldIdx, 0);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows that were changed.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "rows updated", P3_STATIC);
+  }
+
+update_cleanup:
+  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+  sqliteFree(apIdx);
+  sqliteFree(aXRef);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pChanges);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/utf.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/utf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..58b1a972
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/utf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
+/*
+** 2004 April 13
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
+** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
+**
+** $Id$
+**
+** Notes on UTF-8:
+**
+**   Byte-0    Byte-1    Byte-2    Byte-3    Value
+**  0xxxxxxx                                 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
+**  110yyyyy  10xxxxxx                       00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
+**  1110zzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx             00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**  11110uuu  10uuzzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx   000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**
+**
+** Notes on UTF-16:  (with wwww+1==uuuuu)
+**
+**      Word-0               Word-1          Value
+**  110110ww wwzzzzyy   110111yy yyxxxxxx    000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**  zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx                        00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
+**
+**
+** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
+**     0xff 0xfe   little-endian utf-16 follows
+**     0xfe 0xff   big-endian utf-16 follows
+**
+**
+** Handling of malformed strings:
+**
+** SQLite accepts and processes malformed strings without an error wherever
+** possible. However this is not possible when converting between UTF-8 and
+** UTF-16.
+**
+** When converting malformed UTF-8 strings to UTF-16, one instance of the
+** replacement character U+FFFD for each byte that cannot be interpeted as
+** part of a valid unicode character.
+**
+** When converting malformed UTF-16 strings to UTF-8, one instance of the
+** replacement character U+FFFD for each pair of bytes that cannot be
+** interpeted as part of a valid unicode character.
+**
+** This file contains the following public routines:
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate() - Translate the encoding used by a Mem* string.
+** sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom() - Handle byte-order-marks in UTF16 Mem* strings.
+** sqlite3utf16ByteLen()     - Calculate byte-length of a void* UTF16 string.
+** sqlite3utf8CharLen()      - Calculate char-length of a char* UTF8 string.
+** sqlite3utf8LikeCompare()  - Do a LIKE match given two UTF8 char* strings.
+**
+*/
+#include <assert.h>
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+
+/*
+** This table maps from the first byte of a UTF-8 character to the number
+** of trailing bytes expected. A value '255' indicates that the table key
+** is not a legal first byte for a UTF-8 character.
+*/
+static const u8 xtra_utf8_bytes[256]  = {
+/* 0xxxxxxx */
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+
+/* 10wwwwww */
+255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+
+/* 110yyyyy */
+1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,     1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,     1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+
+/* 1110zzzz */
+2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,     2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
+
+/* 11110yyy */
+3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,     255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+};
+
+/*
+** This table maps from the number of trailing bytes in a UTF-8 character
+** to an integer constant that is effectively calculated for each character
+** read by a naive implementation of a UTF-8 character reader. The code
+** in the READ_UTF8 macro explains things best.
+*/
+static const int xtra_utf8_bits[4] =  {
+0,
+12416,          /* (0xC0 << 6) + (0x80) */
+925824,         /* (0xE0 << 12) + (0x80 << 6) + (0x80) */
+63447168        /* (0xF0 << 18) + (0x80 << 12) + (0x80 << 6) + 0x80 */
+};
+
+#define READ_UTF8(zIn, c) { \
+  int xtra;                                            \
+  c = *(zIn)++;                                        \
+  xtra = xtra_utf8_bytes[c];                           \
+  switch( xtra ){                                      \
+    case 255: c = (int)0xFFFD; break;                  \
+    case 3: c = (c<<6) + *(zIn)++;                     \
+    case 2: c = (c<<6) + *(zIn)++;                     \
+    case 1: c = (c<<6) + *(zIn)++;                     \
+    c -= xtra_utf8_bits[xtra];                         \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+int sqlite3ReadUtf8(const unsigned char *z){
+  int c;
+  READ_UTF8(z, c);
+  return c;
+}
+
+#define SKIP_UTF8(zIn) {                               \
+  zIn += (xtra_utf8_bytes[*(u8 *)zIn] + 1);            \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
+  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0xFF);                                \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + ((c>>6)&0x1F);                    \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+  }                                                    \
+  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
+    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + ((c>>12)&0x0F);                   \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F);                  \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+  }else{                                               \
+    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + ((c>>18) & 0x07);                 \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>12) & 0x3F);                 \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F);                  \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+  }                                                    \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) {                                \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                              \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+  }else{                                                        \
+    *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+  }                                                             \
+}
+
+#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) {                                \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                              \
+    *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }else{                                                        \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }                                                             \
+}
+
+#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c){                                         \
+  c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
+  c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<=0xE000 ){                                       \
+    int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
+    c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
+    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c){                                         \
+  c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
+  c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<=0xE000 ){                                       \
+    int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
+    c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
+    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+#define SKIP_UTF16BE(zIn){                                            \
+  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn+1)==0x00)) ){  \
+    zIn += 4;                                                         \
+  }else{                                                              \
+    zIn += 2;                                                         \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+#define SKIP_UTF16LE(zIn){                                            \
+  zIn++;                                                              \
+  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn-1)==0x00)) ){  \
+    zIn += 3;                                                         \
+  }else{                                                              \
+    zIn += 1;                                                         \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+#define RSKIP_UTF16LE(zIn){                                            \
+  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn-1)==0x00)) ){  \
+    zIn -= 4;                                                         \
+  }else{                                                              \
+    zIn -= 2;                                                         \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+#define RSKIP_UTF16BE(zIn){                                            \
+  zIn--;                                                              \
+  if( *zIn>=0xD8 && (*zIn<0xE0 || (*zIn==0xE0 && *(zIn+1)==0x00)) ){  \
+    zIn -= 3;                                                         \
+  }else{                                                              \
+    zIn -= 1;                                                         \
+  }                                                                   \
+}
+
+/*
+** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
+** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
+*/ 
+/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
+
+/*
+** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
+** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
+** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
+  unsigned char zShort[NBFS]; /* Temporary short output buffer */
+  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
+  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
+  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
+  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
+  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
+  int c;
+
+  assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str );
+  assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc );
+  assert( pMem->enc!=0 );
+  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
+
+#ifdef TRANSLATE_TRACE
+  {
+    char zBuf[100];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf, 100);
+    fprintf(stderr, "INPUT:  %s\n", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then 
+  ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
+  ** differently from the others.
+  */
+  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    u8 temp;
+    int rc;
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    zIn = pMem->z;
+    zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
+    while( zIn<zTerm ){
+      temp = *zIn;
+      *zIn = *(zIn+1);
+      zIn++;
+      *zIn++ = temp;
+    }
+    pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
+    goto translate_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */
+  if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from
+    ** translating a 2-byte character to a 3-byte UTF-8 character (i.e.
+    ** code-point 0xFFFC). A single byte is required for the output string
+    ** nul-terminator.
+    */
+    len = (pMem->n/2) * 3 + 1;
+  }else{
+    /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
+    ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16
+    ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the
+    ** nul-terminator.
+    */
+    len = pMem->n * 2 + 2;
+  }
+
+  /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1
+  ** byte past the end.
+  **
+  ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer. This may be space
+  ** obtained from malloc(), or Mem.zShort, if it large enough and not in
+  ** use, or the zShort array on the stack (see above).
+  */
+  zIn = pMem->z;
+  zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
+  if( len>NBFS ){
+    zOut = sqliteMallocRaw(len);
+    if( !zOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    zOut = zShort;
+  }
+  z = zOut;
+
+  if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF8(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF8(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
+      }
+    }
+    pMem->n = z - zOut;
+    *z++ = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+    if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
+      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      while( zIn<zTerm ){
+        READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c); 
+        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
+      }
+    }
+    pMem->n = z - zOut;
+  }
+  *z = 0;
+  assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
+
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short);
+  pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
+  if( zOut==zShort ){
+    memcpy(pMem->zShort, zOut, len);
+    zOut = pMem->zShort;
+    pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Short);
+  }else{
+    pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Dyn);
+  }
+  pMem->z = zOut;
+
+translate_out:
+#ifdef TRANSLATE_TRACE
+  {
+    char zBuf[100];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf, 100);
+    fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);
+  }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the 
+** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
+** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
+** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
+**
+** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
+** changed by this function.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u8 bom = 0;
+
+  if( pMem->n<0 || pMem->n>1 ){
+    u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
+    u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
+    if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
+      bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+    }
+    if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
+      bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( bom ){
+    /* This function is called as soon as a string is stored in a Mem*,
+    ** from within sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(). At that point it is not possible
+    ** for the string to be stored in Mem.zShort, or for it to be stored
+    ** in dynamic memory with no destructor.
+    */
+    assert( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Short) );
+    assert( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) || pMem->xDel );
+    if( pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
+      void (*xDel)(void*) = pMem->xDel;
+      char *z = pMem->z;
+      pMem->z = 0;
+      pMem->xDel = 0;
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, &z[2], pMem->n-2, bom, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      xDel(z);
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n-2, bom, 
+          SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
+** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
+** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
+** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to 
+** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
+*/
+int sqlite3utf8CharLen(const char *z, int nByte){
+  int r = 0;
+  const char *zTerm;
+  if( nByte>=0 ){
+    zTerm = &z[nByte];
+  }else{
+    zTerm = (const char *)(-1);
+  }
+  assert( z<=zTerm );
+  while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){
+    SKIP_UTF8(z);
+    r++;
+  }
+  return r;
+}
+
+/*
+** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string. If nChar is less than zero,
+** return the number of bytes up to (but not including), the first pair
+** of consecutive 0x00 bytes in pZ. If nChar is not less than zero,
+** then return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
+** in pZ (or up until the first pair of 0x00 bytes, whichever comes first).
+*/
+int sqlite3utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
+  int c = 1;
+  char const *z = zIn;
+  int n = 0;
+  if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
+      READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
+      n++;
+    }
+  }else{
+    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
+      READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
+      n++;
+    }
+  }
+  return (z-(char const *)zIn)-((c==0)?2:0);
+}
+
+/*
+** UTF-16 implementation of the substr()
+*/
+void sqlite3utf16Substr(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int y, z;
+  unsigned char const *zStr;
+  unsigned char const *zStrEnd;
+  unsigned char const *zStart;
+  unsigned char const *zEnd;
+  int i;
+
+  zStr = (unsigned char const *)sqlite3_value_text16(argv[0]);
+  zStrEnd = &zStr[sqlite3_value_bytes16(argv[0])];
+  y = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+  z = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
+
+  if( y>0 ){
+    y = y-1;
+    zStart = zStr;
+    if( SQLITE_UTF16BE==SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE ){
+      for(i=0; i<y && zStart<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16BE(zStart);
+    }else{
+      for(i=0; i<y && zStart<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16LE(zStart);
+    }
+  }else{
+    zStart = zStrEnd;
+    if( SQLITE_UTF16BE==SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE ){
+      for(i=y; i<0 && zStart>zStr; i++) RSKIP_UTF16BE(zStart);
+    }else{
+      for(i=y; i<0 && zStart>zStr; i++) RSKIP_UTF16LE(zStart);
+    }
+    for(; i<0; i++) z -= 1;
+  }
+
+  zEnd = zStart;
+  if( SQLITE_UTF16BE==SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE ){
+    for(i=0; i<z && zEnd<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16BE(zEnd);
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; i<z && zEnd<zStrEnd; i++) SKIP_UTF16LE(zEnd);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_result_text16(context, zStart, zEnd-zStart, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
+** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
+** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
+*/
+void sqlite3utfSelfTest(){
+  int i;
+  unsigned char zBuf[20];
+  unsigned char *z;
+  int n;
+  int c;
+
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
+    n = z-zBuf;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF8(z, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xE000 ) continue;
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
+    n = z-zBuf;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
+    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xE000 ) continue;
+    z = zBuf;
+    WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
+    n = z-zBuf;
+    z = zBuf;
+    READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
+    assert( c==i );
+    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
+  }
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/util.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/util.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..74ec8979
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,962 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
+**
+** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
+** strings, and stuff like that.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>2 && defined(__GLIBC__)
+#include <execinfo.h>
+void print_stack_trace(){
+  void *bt[30];
+  int i;
+  int n = backtrace(bt, 30);
+
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("STACK: ");
+  for(i=0; i<n;i++){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%p ", bt[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+}
+#else
+#define print_stack_trace()
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If malloc() ever fails, this global variable gets set to 1.
+** This causes the library to abort and never again function.
+*/
+int sqlite3_malloc_failed = 0;
+
+/*
+** If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, then use versions of malloc() and
+** free() that track memory usage and check for buffer overruns.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+
+/*
+** For keeping track of the number of mallocs and frees.   This
+** is used to check for memory leaks.
+*/
+int sqlite3_nMalloc;         /* Number of sqliteMalloc() calls */
+int sqlite3_nFree;           /* Number of sqliteFree() calls */
+int sqlite3_iMallocFail;     /* Fail sqliteMalloc() after this many calls */
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+static int memcnt = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Number of 32-bit guard words
+*/
+#define N_GUARD 1
+
+/*
+** Allocate new memory and set it to zero.  Return NULL if
+** no memory is available.
+*/
+void *sqlite3Malloc_(int n, int bZero, char *zFile, int line){
+  void *p;
+  int *pi;
+  int i, k;
+  if( sqlite3_iMallocFail>=0 ){
+    sqlite3_iMallocFail--;
+    if( sqlite3_iMallocFail==0 ){
+      sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+      fprintf(stderr,"**** failed to allocate %d bytes at %s:%d\n",
+              n, zFile,line);
+#endif
+      sqlite3_iMallocFail--;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( n==0 ) return 0;
+  k = (n+sizeof(int)-1)/sizeof(int);
+  pi = malloc( (N_GUARD*2+1+k)*sizeof(int));
+  if( pi==0 ){
+    sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_nMalloc++;
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++) pi[i] = 0xdead1122;
+  pi[N_GUARD] = n;
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++) pi[k+1+N_GUARD+i] = 0xdead3344;
+  p = &pi[N_GUARD+1];
+  memset(p, bZero==0, n);
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+  print_stack_trace();
+  fprintf(stderr,"%06d malloc %d bytes at 0x%x from %s:%d\n",
+      ++memcnt, n, (int)p, zFile,line);
+#endif
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if the given pointer was obtained from sqliteMalloc()
+** and is able to hold at least N bytes.  Raise an exception if this
+** is not the case.
+**
+** This routine is used for testing purposes only.
+*/
+void sqlite3CheckMemory(void *p, int N){
+  int *pi = p;
+  int n, i, k;
+  pi -= N_GUARD+1;
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++){
+    assert( pi[i]==0xdead1122 );
+  }
+  n = pi[N_GUARD];
+  assert( N>=0 && N<n );
+  k = (n+sizeof(int)-1)/sizeof(int);
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++){
+    assert( pi[k+N_GUARD+1+i]==0xdead3344 );
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory previously obtained from sqliteMalloc()
+*/
+void sqlite3Free_(void *p, char *zFile, int line){
+  if( p ){
+    int *pi, i, k, n;
+    pi = p;
+    pi -= N_GUARD+1;
+    sqlite3_nFree++;
+    for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++){
+      if( pi[i]!=0xdead1122 ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"Low-end memory corruption at 0x%x\n", (int)p);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    n = pi[N_GUARD];
+    k = (n+sizeof(int)-1)/sizeof(int);
+    for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++){
+      if( pi[k+N_GUARD+1+i]!=0xdead3344 ){
+        fprintf(stderr,"High-end memory corruption at 0x%x\n", (int)p);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    memset(pi, 0xff, (k+N_GUARD*2+1)*sizeof(int));
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+    fprintf(stderr,"%06d free %d bytes at 0x%x from %s:%d\n",
+         ++memcnt, n, (int)p, zFile,line);
+#endif
+    free(pi);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize a prior allocation.  If p==0, then this routine
+** works just like sqliteMalloc().  If n==0, then this routine
+** works just like sqliteFree().
+*/
+void *sqlite3Realloc_(void *oldP, int n, char *zFile, int line){
+  int *oldPi, *pi, i, k, oldN, oldK;
+  void *p;
+  if( oldP==0 ){
+    return sqlite3Malloc_(n,1,zFile,line);
+  }
+  if( n==0 ){
+    sqlite3Free_(oldP,zFile,line);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  oldPi = oldP;
+  oldPi -= N_GUARD+1;
+  if( oldPi[0]!=0xdead1122 ){
+    fprintf(stderr,"Low-end memory corruption in realloc at 0x%x\n", (int)oldP);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  oldN = oldPi[N_GUARD];
+  oldK = (oldN+sizeof(int)-1)/sizeof(int);
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++){
+    if( oldPi[oldK+N_GUARD+1+i]!=0xdead3344 ){
+      fprintf(stderr,"High-end memory corruption in realloc at 0x%x\n",
+              (int)oldP);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  k = (n + sizeof(int) - 1)/sizeof(int);
+  pi = malloc( (k+N_GUARD*2+1)*sizeof(int) );
+  if( pi==0 ){
+    sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++) pi[i] = 0xdead1122;
+  pi[N_GUARD] = n;
+  for(i=0; i<N_GUARD; i++) pi[k+N_GUARD+1+i] = 0xdead3344;
+  p = &pi[N_GUARD+1];
+  memcpy(p, oldP, n>oldN ? oldN : n);
+  if( n>oldN ){
+    memset(&((char*)p)[oldN], 0x55, n-oldN);
+  }
+  memset(oldPi, 0xab, (oldK+N_GUARD+2)*sizeof(int));
+  free(oldPi);
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+  print_stack_trace();
+  fprintf(stderr,"%06d realloc %d to %d bytes at 0x%x to 0x%x at %s:%d\n",
+    ++memcnt, oldN, n, (int)oldP, (int)p, zFile, line);
+#endif
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc()
+*/
+char *sqlite3StrDup_(const char *z, char *zFile, int line){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( z==0 ) return 0;
+  zNew = sqlite3Malloc_(strlen(z)+1, 0, zFile, line);
+  if( zNew ) strcpy(zNew, z);
+  return zNew;
+}
+char *sqlite3StrNDup_(const char *z, int n, char *zFile, int line){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( z==0 ) return 0;
+  zNew = sqlite3Malloc_(n+1, 0, zFile, line);
+  if( zNew ){
+    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
+    zNew[n] = 0;
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** A version of sqliteFree that is always a function, not a macro.
+*/
+void sqlite3FreeX(void *p){
+  sqliteFree(p);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** The following versions of malloc() and free() are for use in a
+** normal build.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+
+/*
+** Allocate new memory and set it to zero.  Return NULL if
+** no memory is available.  See also sqliteMallocRaw().
+*/
+void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
+  void *p;
+  if( (p = malloc(n))==0 ){
+    if( n>0 ) sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+  }else{
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate new memory but do not set it to zero.  Return NULL if
+** no memory is available.  See also sqliteMalloc().
+*/
+void *sqlite3MallocRaw(int n){
+  void *p;
+  if( (p = malloc(n))==0 ){
+    if( n>0 ) sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory previously obtained from sqliteMalloc()
+*/
+void sqlite3FreeX(void *p){
+  if( p ){
+    free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize a prior allocation.  If p==0, then this routine
+** works just like sqliteMalloc().  If n==0, then this routine
+** works just like sqliteFree().
+*/
+void *sqlite3Realloc(void *p, int n){
+  void *p2;
+  if( p==0 ){
+    return sqliteMalloc(n);
+  }
+  if( n==0 ){
+    sqliteFree(p);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  p2 = realloc(p, n);
+  if( p2==0 ){
+    sqlite3_malloc_failed++;
+  }
+  return p2;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc()
+*/
+char *sqlite3StrDup(const char *z){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( z==0 ) return 0;
+  zNew = sqliteMallocRaw(strlen(z)+1);
+  if( zNew ) strcpy(zNew, z);
+  return zNew;
+}
+char *sqlite3StrNDup(const char *z, int n){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( z==0 ) return 0;
+  zNew = sqliteMallocRaw(n+1);
+  if( zNew ){
+    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
+    zNew[n] = 0;
+  }
+  return zNew;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
+
+/*
+** Create a string from the 2nd and subsequent arguments (up to the
+** first NULL argument), store the string in memory obtained from
+** sqliteMalloc() and make the pointer indicated by the 1st argument
+** point to that string.  The 1st argument must either be NULL or 
+** point to memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+*/
+void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, const char *zFirst, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int nByte;
+  const char *z;
+  char *zResult;
+
+  if( pz==0 ) return;
+  nByte = strlen(zFirst) + 1;
+  va_start(ap, zFirst);
+  while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){
+    nByte += strlen(z);
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+  sqliteFree(*pz);
+  *pz = zResult = sqliteMallocRaw( nByte );
+  if( zResult==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  strcpy(zResult, zFirst);
+  zResult += strlen(zResult);
+  va_start(ap, zFirst);
+  while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){
+    strcpy(zResult, z);
+    zResult += strlen(zResult);
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG>1
+  fprintf(stderr,"string at 0x%x is %s\n", (int)*pz, *pz);
+#endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
+** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
+**
+** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
+** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
+** format characters are allowed:
+**
+**      %s      Insert a string
+**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
+**      %d      Insert an integer
+**      %T      Insert a token
+**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
+**
+** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
+** encoded in UTF-8.
+**
+** To clear the most recent error for slqite handle "db", sqlite3Error
+** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
+** to NULL.
+*/
+void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  if( db && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew())) ){
+    db->errCode = err_code;
+    if( zFormat ){
+      char *z;
+      va_list ap;
+      va_start(ap, zFormat);
+      z = sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
+      va_end(ap);
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3FreeX);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
+** The following formatting characters are allowed:
+**
+**      %s      Insert a string
+**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
+**      %d      Insert an integer
+**      %T      Insert a token
+**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
+**
+** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst
+** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
+** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
+** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
+** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
+** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
+*/
+void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  pParse->nErr++;
+  sqliteFree(pParse->zErrMsg);
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
+** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
+** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
+** brackets from around identifers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
+** "a-b-c".
+*/
+void sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
+  int quote;
+  int i, j;
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  quote = z[0];
+  switch( quote ){
+    case '\'':  break;
+    case '"':   break;
+    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;
+    default:    return;
+  }
+  for(i=1, j=0; z[i]; i++){
+    if( z[i]==quote ){
+      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
+        z[j++] = quote;
+        i++;
+      }else{
+        z[j++] = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+    }else{
+      z[j++] = z[i];
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
+** lower-case character. 
+*/
+const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
+      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
+     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
+     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
+     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
+    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
+    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
+    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
+    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
+    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
+    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
+    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
+    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
+    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
+    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
+    252,253,254,255
+};
+#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower
+
+/*
+** This function computes a hash on the name of a keyword.
+** Case is not significant.
+*/
+int sqlite3HashNoCase(const char *z, int n){
+  int h = 0;
+  if( n<=0 ) n = strlen(z);
+  while( n > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
+    n--;
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Some systems have stricmp().  Others have strcasecmp().  Because
+** there is no consistency, we will define our own.
+*/
+int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
+  register unsigned char *a, *b;
+  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
+  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
+  while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
+  return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
+}
+int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
+  register unsigned char *a, *b;
+  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
+  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
+  while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
+  return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if z is a pure numeric string.  Return FALSE if the
+** string contains any character which is not part of a number. If
+** the string is numeric and contains the '.' character, set *realnum
+** to TRUE (otherwise FALSE).
+**
+** An empty string is considered non-numeric.
+*/
+int sqlite3IsNumber(const char *z, int *realnum, u8 enc){
+  int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
+  if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z += incr;
+  if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  z += incr;
+  if( realnum ) *realnum = 0;
+  while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
+  if( *z=='.' ){
+    z += incr;
+    if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
+    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
+    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+  }
+  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
+    z += incr;
+    if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z += incr;
+    if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
+    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
+    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+  }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The string z[] is an ascii representation of a real number.
+** Convert this string to a double.
+**
+** This routine assumes that z[] really is a valid number.  If it
+** is not, the result is undefined.
+**
+** This routine is used instead of the library atof() function because
+** the library atof() might want to use "," as the decimal point instead
+** of "." depending on how locale is set.  But that would cause problems
+** for SQL.  So this routine always uses "." regardless of locale.
+*/
+double sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, const char **pzEnd){
+  int sign = 1;
+  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE v1 = 0.0;
+  if( *z=='-' ){
+    sign = -1;
+    z++;
+  }else if( *z=='+' ){
+    z++;
+  }
+  while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+    v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
+    z++;
+  }
+  if( *z=='.' ){
+    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE divisor = 1.0;
+    z++;
+    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+      v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
+      divisor *= 10.0;
+      z++;
+    }
+    v1 /= divisor;
+  }
+  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
+    int esign = 1;
+    int eval = 0;
+    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
+    z++;
+    if( *z=='-' ){
+      esign = -1;
+      z++;
+    }else if( *z=='+' ){
+      z++;
+    }
+    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+      eval = eval*10 + *z - '0';
+      z++;
+    }
+    while( eval>=64 ){ scale *= 1.0e+64; eval -= 64; }
+    while( eval>=16 ){ scale *= 1.0e+16; eval -= 16; }
+    while( eval>=4 ){ scale *= 1.0e+4; eval -= 4; }
+    while( eval>=1 ){ scale *= 1.0e+1; eval -= 1; }
+    if( esign<0 ){
+      v1 /= scale;
+    }else{
+      v1 *= scale;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pzEnd ) *pzEnd = z;
+  return sign<0 ? -v1 : v1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if zNum is a 64-bit signed integer and write
+** the value of the integer into *pNum.  If zNum is not an integer
+** or is an integer that is too large to be expressed with 64 bits,
+** then return false.  If n>0 and the integer is string is not
+** exactly n bytes long, return false.
+**
+** When this routine was originally written it dealt with only
+** 32-bit numbers.  At that time, it was much faster than the
+** atoi() library routine in RedHat 7.2.
+*/
+int sqlite3atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum){
+  i64 v = 0;
+  int neg;
+  int i, c;
+  if( *zNum=='-' ){
+    neg = 1;
+    zNum++;
+  }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
+    neg = 0;
+    zNum++;
+  }else{
+    neg = 0;
+  }
+  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){
+    v = v*10 + c - '0';
+  }
+  *pNum = neg ? -v : v;
+  return c==0 && i>0 && 
+      (i<19 || (i==19 && memcmp(zNum,"9223372036854775807",19)<=0));
+}
+
+/*
+** The string zNum represents an integer.  There might be some other
+** information following the integer too, but that part is ignored.
+** If the integer that the prefix of zNum represents will fit in a
+** 32-bit signed integer, return TRUE.  Otherwise return FALSE.
+**
+** This routine returns FALSE for the string -2147483648 even that
+** that number will in fact fit in a 32-bit integer.  But positive
+** 2147483648 will not fit in 32 bits.  So it seems safer to return
+** false.
+*/
+static int sqlite3FitsIn32Bits(const char *zNum){
+  int i, c;
+  if( *zNum=='-' || *zNum=='+' ) zNum++;
+  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){}
+  return i<10 || (i==10 && memcmp(zNum,"2147483647",10)<=0);
+}
+
+/*
+** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
+** *pValue to that integer and return true.  Otherwise return false.
+*/
+int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
+  if( sqlite3FitsIn32Bits(zNum) ){
+    *pValue = atoi(zNum);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The string zNum represents an integer.  There might be some other
+** information following the integer too, but that part is ignored.
+** If the integer that the prefix of zNum represents will fit in a
+** 64-bit signed integer, return TRUE.  Otherwise return FALSE.
+**
+** This routine returns FALSE for the string -9223372036854775808 even that
+** that number will, in theory fit in a 64-bit integer.  Positive
+** 9223373036854775808 will not fit in 64 bits.  So it seems safer to return
+** false.
+*/
+int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *zNum){
+  int i, c;
+  if( *zNum=='-' || *zNum=='+' ) zNum++;
+  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){}
+  return i<19 || (i==19 && memcmp(zNum,"9223372036854775807",19)<=0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Change the sqlite.magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN to SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY.
+** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
+** when this routine is called.
+**
+** This routine is a attempt to detect if two threads use the
+** same sqlite* pointer at the same time.  There is a race 
+** condition so it is possible that the error is not detected.
+** But usually the problem will be seen.  The result will be an
+** error which can be used to debug the application that is
+** using SQLite incorrectly.
+**
+** Ticket #202:  If db->magic is not a valid open value, take care not
+** to modify the db structure at all.  It could be that db is a stale
+** pointer.  In other words, it could be that there has been a prior
+** call to sqlite3_close(db) and db has been deallocated.  And we do
+** not want to write into deallocated memory.
+*/
+int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
+    return 0;
+  }else if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_Interrupt;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY to SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN.
+** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY
+** when this routine is called.
+*/
+int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
+    return 0;
+  }else if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_Interrupt;
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer.  This test is not
+** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against
+** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are
+** NULL or which have been previously closed.  If this routine returns
+** TRUE it means that the db pointer is invalid and should not be
+** dereferenced for any reason.  The calling function should invoke
+** SQLITE_MISUSE immediately.
+*/
+int sqlite3SafetyCheck(sqlite3 *db){
+  int magic;
+  if( db==0 ) return 1;
+  magic = db->magic;
+  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED &&
+         magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
+         magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
+**
+** KEY:
+**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         C = xxxxxxxx    8 bits of data
+**
+**  7 bits - A
+** 14 bits - BA
+** 21 bits - BBA
+** 28 bits - BBBA
+** 35 bits - BBBBA
+** 42 bits - BBBBBA
+** 49 bits - BBBBBBA
+** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA
+** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC
+*/
+
+/*
+** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
+** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes.  The number
+** of bytes written is returned.
+**
+** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
+** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
+** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
+** 8 bits and is the last byte.
+*/
+int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
+  int i, j, n;
+  u8 buf[10];
+  if( v & 0xff00000000000000 ){
+    p[8] = v;
+    v >>= 8;
+    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
+      p[i] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80;
+      v >>= 7;
+    }
+    return 9;
+  }    
+  n = 0;
+  do{
+    buf[n++] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80;
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 );
+  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
+  assert( n<=9 );
+  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
+    p[i] = buf[j];
+  }
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
+*/
+int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
+  u32 x;
+  u64 x64;
+  int n;
+  unsigned char c;
+  if( ((c = p[0]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = c;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  x = c & 0x7f;
+  if( ((c = p[1]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = (x<<7) | c;
+    return 2;
+  }
+  x = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f);
+  if( ((c = p[2]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = (x<<7) | c;
+    return 3;
+  }
+  x = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f);
+  if( ((c = p[3]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = (x<<7) | c;
+    return 4;
+  }
+  x64 = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f);
+  n = 4;
+  do{
+    c = p[n++];
+    if( n==9 ){
+      x64 = (x64<<8) | c;
+      break;
+    }
+    x64 = (x64<<7) | (c&0x7f);
+  }while( (c & 0x80)!=0 );
+  *v = x64;
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
+*/
+int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
+  u32 x;
+  int n;
+  unsigned char c;
+  if( ((c = p[0]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = c;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  x = c & 0x7f;
+  if( ((c = p[1]) & 0x80)==0 ){
+    *v = (x<<7) | c;
+    return 2;
+  }
+  x = (x<<7) | (c & 0x7f);
+  n = 2;
+  do{
+    x = (x<<7) | ((c = p[n++])&0x7f);
+  }while( (c & 0x80)!=0 && n<9 );
+  *v = x;
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given
+** 64-bit integer.
+*/
+int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
+  int i = 0;
+  do{
+    i++;
+    v >>= 7;
+  }while( v!=0 && i<9 );
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
+*/
+static int hexToInt(int h){
+  if( h>='0' && h<='9' ){
+    return h - '0';
+  }else if( h>='a' && h<='f' ){
+    return h - 'a' + 10;
+  }else if( h>='A' && h<='F' ){
+    return h - 'A' + 10;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary
+** value.  Return a pointer to its binary value.  Space to hold the
+** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by
+** the calling routine.
+*/
+void *sqlite3HexToBlob(const char *z){
+  char *zBlob;
+  int i;
+  int n = strlen(z);
+  if( n%2 ) return 0;
+
+  zBlob = (char *)sqliteMalloc(n/2);
+  for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){
+    zBlob[i/2] = (hexToInt(z[i])<<4) | hexToInt(z[i+1]);
+  }
+  return zBlob;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** Convert text generated by the "%p" conversion format back into
+** a pointer.
+*/
+void *sqlite3TextToPtr(const char *z){
+  void *p;
+  u64 v;
+  u32 v2;
+  if( z[0]=='0' && z[1]=='x' ){
+    z += 2;
+  }
+  v = 0;
+  while( *z ){
+    v = (v<<4) + hexToInt(*z);
+    z++;
+  }
+  if( sizeof(p)==sizeof(v) ){
+    p = *(void**)&v;
+  }else{
+    assert( sizeof(p)==sizeof(v2) );
+    v2 = (u32)v;
+    p = *(void**)&v2;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vacuum.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vacuum.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..371a8557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vacuum.c
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
+**
+** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
+** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) || SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+/*
+** Generate a random name of 20 character in length.
+*/
+static void randomName(unsigned char *zBuf){
+  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i;
+  sqlite3Randomness(20, zBuf);
+  for(i=0; i<20; i++){
+    zBuf[i] = zChars[ zBuf[i]%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
+*/
+static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
+    return sqlite3_errcode(db);
+  }
+  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) );
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
+** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
+*/
+static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    rc = execSql(db, sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database,
+** collapse free space, etc.  It is modelled after the VACUUM command
+** in PostgreSQL.
+**
+** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call
+** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables.  But beginning
+** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has
+** become a no-op.
+*/
+void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse, Token *pTableName){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE.
+*/
+int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;     /* Return code from service routines */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) || SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+  const char *zFilename;  /* full pathname of the database file */
+  int nFilename;          /* number of characters  in zFilename[] */
+  char *zTemp = 0;        /* a temporary file in same directory as zFilename */
+  int i;                  /* Loop counter */
+  Btree *pMain;           /* The database being vacuumed */
+  Btree *pTemp;
+  char *zSql = 0;
+
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction", 
+       (char*)0);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the full pathname of the database file and create a
+  ** temporary filename in the same directory as the original file.
+  */
+  pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;
+  zFilename = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(pMain);
+  assert( zFilename );
+  if( zFilename[0]=='\0' ){
+    /* The in-memory database. Do nothing. Return directly to avoid causing
+    ** an error trying to DETACH the vacuum_db (which never got attached)
+    ** in the exit-handler.
+    */
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  nFilename = strlen(zFilename);
+  zTemp = sqliteMalloc( nFilename+100 );
+  if( zTemp==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  }
+  strcpy(zTemp, zFilename);
+  i = 0;
+  do {
+    zTemp[nFilename] = '-';
+    randomName((unsigned char*)&zTemp[nFilename+1]);
+  } while( i<10 && sqlite3OsFileExists(zTemp) );
+
+  /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
+  ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
+  ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a
+  ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before
+  ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called.
+  **
+  ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager.
+  */
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf("ATTACH '%q' AS vacuum_db;", zTemp);
+  if( !zSql ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  }
+  rc = execSql(db, zSql);
+  sqliteFree(zSql);
+  zSql = 0;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  assert( strcmp(db->aDb[db->nDb-1].zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
+  pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt;
+  sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain),
+     sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain));
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp)==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) );
+  execSql(db, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
+
+  /* Begin a transaction */
+  rc = execSql(db, "BEGIN;");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
+  ** in the temporary database.
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14,100000000) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' "
+      "UNION ALL "
+      "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14,100000000) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' "
+      "UNION ALL "
+      "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21,100000000) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'"
+      "UNION ALL "
+      "SELECT 'CREATE VIEW vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,13,100000000) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='view'"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
+  ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM xxx;" to copy
+  ** the contents to the temporary database.
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
+      "|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';'"
+      "FROM sqlite_master "
+      "WHERE type = 'table';"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Copy the triggers from the main database to the temporary database.
+  ** This was deferred before in case the triggers interfered with copying
+  ** the data. It's possible the indices should be deferred until this
+  ** point also.
+  */
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'CREATE TRIGGER  vacuum_db.' || substr(sql, 16, 1000000) "
+      "FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='trigger'"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+
+  /* At this point, unless the main db was completely empty, there is now a
+  ** transaction open on the vacuum database, but not on the main database.
+  ** Open a btree level transaction on the main database. This allows a
+  ** call to sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(). The main database btree level
+  ** transaction is then committed, so the SQL level never knows it was
+  ** opened for writing. This way, the SQL transaction used to create the
+  ** temporary database never needs to be committed.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) ){
+    u32 meta;
+
+    assert( 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pMain, 1);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+    /* Copy Btree meta values 3 and 4. These correspond to SQL layer meta 
+    ** values 2 and 3, the default values of a couple of pragmas.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, 3, &meta);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, 3, meta);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, 4, &meta);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, 4, meta);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pMain);
+  }
+
+end_of_vacuum:
+  /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
+  ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
+  ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction
+  ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the
+  ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager
+  ** is closed by the DETACH.
+  */
+  db->autoCommit = 1;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = execSql(db, "DETACH vacuum_db;");
+  }else{
+    execSql(db, "DETACH vacuum_db;");
+  }
+  if( zTemp ){
+    sqlite3OsDelete(zTemp);
+    sqliteFree(zTemp);
+  }
+  if( zSql ) sqliteFree( zSql );
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+#endif
+  return rc;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbe.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbe.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..58f8c731
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbe.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4450 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** The code in this file implements execution method of the 
+** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE).  A separate file ("vdbeaux.c")
+** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting
+** VDBE instances.  This file is solely interested in executing
+** the VDBE program.
+**
+** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer
+** to a VDBE.
+**
+** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by
+** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement.  VDBE programs are 
+** similar in form to assembly language.  The program consists of
+** a linear sequence of operations.  Each operation has an opcode 
+** and 3 operands.  Operands P1 and P2 are integers.  Operand P3 
+** is a null-terminated string.   The P2 operand must be non-negative.
+** Opcodes will typically ignore one or more operands.  Many opcodes
+** ignore all three operands.
+**
+** Computation results are stored on a stack.  Each entry on the
+** stack is either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point
+** number, or the SQL "NULL" value.  An inplicit conversion from one
+** type to the other occurs as necessary.
+** 
+** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec()
+** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program.
+** But other routines are also provided to help in building up
+** a program instruction by instruction.
+**
+** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
+** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
+** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
+** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
+** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
+** moves, either by the OP_MoveXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes.  The test
+** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
+** working correctly.  This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+*/
+int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
+
+/*
+** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
+** each instruction in the VDBE.  When reaches zero, the SQLITE_Interrupt
+** of the db.flags field is set in order to simulate and interrupt.
+**
+** This facility is used for testing purposes only.  It does not function
+** in an ordinary build.
+*/
+int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
+
+/*
+** Release the memory associated with the given stack level.  This
+** leaves the Mem.flags field in an inconsistent state.
+*/
+#define Release(P) if((P)->flags&MEM_Dyn){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(P); }
+
+/*
+** Convert the given stack entity into a string if it isn't one
+** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
+*/
+#define Stringify(P, enc) \
+   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
+     { goto no_mem; }
+
+/*
+** Convert the given stack entity into a string that has been obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc().  This is different from Stringify() above in that
+** Stringify() will use the NBFS bytes of static string space if the string
+** will fit but this routine always mallocs for space.
+** Return non-zero if we run out of memory.
+*/
+#define Dynamicify(P,enc) sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(P)
+
+
+/*
+** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
+** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
+** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the stack entry
+** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the stack
+** entry knowing it.
+**
+** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
+** string that the stack entry itself controls.  In other words, it
+** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string.
+*/
+#define Deephemeralize(P) \
+   if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
+       && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
+
+/*
+** Convert the given stack entity into a integer if it isn't one
+** already.
+**
+** Any prior string or real representation is invalidated.  
+** NULLs are converted into 0.
+*/
+#define Integerify(P) sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(P)
+
+/*
+** Convert P so that it has type MEM_Real.
+**
+** Any prior string or integer representation is invalidated.
+** NULLs are converted into 0.0.
+*/
+#define Realify(P) sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(P)
+
+/*
+** Argument pMem points at a memory cell that will be passed to a
+** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
+** The second argument, 'db_enc' is the text encoding used by the vdbe for
+** stack variables.  This routine sets the pMem->enc and pMem->type
+** variables used by the sqlite3_value_*() routines.
+*/
+#define storeTypeInfo(A,B) _storeTypeInfo(A)
+static void _storeTypeInfo(Mem *pMem){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+  if( flags & MEM_Null ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+  }
+  else if( flags & MEM_Int ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+  }
+  else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
+  }
+  else if( flags & MEM_Str ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+  }else{
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new aggregate element and make it the element that
+** has focus.
+**
+** Return 0 on success and 1 if memory is exhausted.
+*/
+static int AggInsert(Agg *p, char *zKey, int nKey){
+  AggElem *pElem;
+  int i;
+  int rc;
+  pElem = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(AggElem) + nKey +
+                        (p->nMem-1)*sizeof(pElem->aMem[0]) );
+  if( pElem==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pElem->zKey = (char*)&pElem->aMem[p->nMem];
+  memcpy(pElem->zKey, zKey, nKey);
+  pElem->nKey = nKey;
+
+  if( p->pCsr ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(p->pCsr, zKey, nKey, &pElem, sizeof(AggElem*));
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqliteFree(pElem);
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  for(i=0; i<p->nMem; i++){
+    pElem->aMem[i].flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+  p->pCurrent = pElem;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Pop the stack N times.
+*/
+static void popStack(Mem **ppTos, int N){
+  Mem *pTos = *ppTos;
+  while( N>0 ){
+    N--;
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+  }
+  *ppTos = pTos;
+}
+
+/*
+** The parameters are pointers to the head of two sorted lists
+** of Sorter structures.  Merge these two lists together and return
+** a single sorted list.  This routine forms the core of the merge-sort
+** algorithm.
+**
+** In the case of a tie, left sorts in front of right.
+*/
+static Sorter *Merge(Sorter *pLeft, Sorter *pRight, KeyInfo *pKeyInfo){
+  Sorter sHead;
+  Sorter *pTail;
+  pTail = &sHead;
+  pTail->pNext = 0;
+  while( pLeft && pRight ){
+    int c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(pKeyInfo, pLeft->nKey, pLeft->zKey,
+                                     pRight->nKey, pRight->zKey);
+    if( c<=0 ){
+      pTail->pNext = pLeft;
+      pLeft = pLeft->pNext;
+    }else{
+      pTail->pNext = pRight;
+      pRight = pRight->pNext;
+    }
+    pTail = pTail->pNext;
+  }
+  if( pLeft ){
+    pTail->pNext = pLeft;
+  }else if( pRight ){
+    pTail->pNext = pRight;
+  }
+  return sHead.pNext;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate cursor number iCur.  Return a pointer to it.  Return NULL
+** if we run out of memory.
+*/
+static Cursor *allocateCursor(Vdbe *p, int iCur){
+  Cursor *pCx;
+  assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
+  if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->apCsr[iCur]);
+  }
+  p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Cursor) );
+  return pCx;
+}
+
+/*
+** Apply any conversion required by the supplied column affinity to
+** memory cell pRec. affinity may be one of:
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE
+** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER
+**
+*/
+static void applyAffinity(Mem *pRec, char affinity, u8 enc){
+  if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+    /* do nothing */
+  }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
+    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
+    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
+    ** representation.
+    */
+    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
+    }
+    pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
+  }else{
+    if( 0==(pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
+      /* pRec does not have a valid integer or real representation. 
+      ** Attempt a conversion if pRec has a string representation and
+      ** it looks like a number.
+      */
+      int realnum;
+      sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pRec);
+      if( pRec->flags&MEM_Str && sqlite3IsNumber(pRec->z, &realnum, enc) ){
+        if( realnum ){
+          Realify(pRec);
+        }else{
+          Integerify(pRec);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ){
+      /* For INTEGER affinity, try to convert a real value to an int */
+      if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Real) && !(pRec->flags&MEM_Int) ){
+        pRec->i = pRec->r;
+        if( ((double)pRec->i)==pRec->r ){
+          pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
+** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf, int nBuf){
+  char *zCsr = zBuf;
+  int f = pMem->flags;
+
+  static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
+
+  if( f&MEM_Blob ){
+    int i;
+    char c;
+    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+      c = 'z';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+      c = 't';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+      c = 'e';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+    }else{
+      c = 's';
+    }
+
+    zCsr += sprintf(zCsr, "%c", c);
+    zCsr += sprintf(zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
+    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+      zCsr += sprintf(zCsr, "%02X ", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+      char z = pMem->z[i];
+      if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
+      else *zCsr++ = z;
+    }
+
+    zCsr += sprintf(zCsr, "]");
+    *zCsr = '\0';
+  }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
+    int j, k;
+    zBuf[0] = ' ';
+    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+      zBuf[1] = 'z';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+      zBuf[1] = 't';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+      zBuf[1] = 'e';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+    }else{
+      zBuf[1] = 's';
+    }
+    k = 2;
+    k += sprintf(&zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
+    zBuf[k++] = '[';
+    for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){
+      u8 c = pMem->z[j];
+      if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
+        zBuf[k++] = c;
+      }else{
+        zBuf[k++] = '.';
+      }
+    }
+    zBuf[k++] = ']';
+    k += sprintf(&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
+    zBuf[k++] = 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
+  unsigned long long int x;
+  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
+          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
+          :"=A" (x));
+  return x;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the
+** sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called.  If it has been, then
+** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted.
+**
+** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to
+** implement a loop.  This test used to be on every single instruction,
+** but that meant we more testing that we needed.  By only testing the
+** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement.
+*/
+#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \
+   if( db->flags & SQLITE_Interrupt ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+
+
+/*
+** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return.
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to
+** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks
+** and the error message pointer.
+**
+** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either
+** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with
+** SQLITE_ROW.
+**
+** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine
+** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will
+** return SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory.
+** The error code is stored in p->rc and this routine returns SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits
+** immediately.  There will be no error message but the p->rc field is
+** set to SQLITE_ABORT and this routine will return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** A memory allocation error causes p->rc to be set to SQLITE_NOMEM and this
+** routine to return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** Other fatal errors return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** After this routine has finished, sqlite3VdbeFinalize() should be
+** used to clean up the mess that was left behind.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeExec(
+  Vdbe *p                    /* The VDBE */
+){
+  int pc;                    /* The program counter */
+  Op *pOp;                   /* Current operation */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;       /* The database */
+  Mem *pTos;                 /* Top entry in the operand stack */
+  char zBuf[100];            /* Space to sprintf() an integer */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  unsigned long long start;  /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
+  int origPc;                /* Program counter at start of opcode */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  int nProgressOps = 0;      /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
+#endif
+
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( p->explain==0 );
+  pTos = p->pTos;
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto no_mem;
+  if( p->popStack ){
+    popStack(&pTos, p->popStack);
+    p->popStack = 0;
+  }
+  p->resOnStack = 0;
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
+    assert( pc>=0 && pc<p->nOp );
+    assert( pTos<=&p->aStack[pc] );
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+    origPc = pc;
+    start = hwtime();
+#endif
+    pOp = &p->aOp[pc];
+
+    /* Only allow tracing if NDEBUG is not defined.
+    */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    if( p->trace ){
+      if( pc==0 ){
+        printf("VDBE Execution Trace:\n");
+        sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(p->trace, pc, pOp);
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    if( p->trace==0 && pc==0 && sqlite3OsFileExists("vdbe_sqltrace") ){
+      sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+    }
+#endif
+      
+
+    /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt.  This only happens
+    ** if we have a special test build.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){
+      sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
+      if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
+        sqlite3_interrupt(db);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+    /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
+    ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
+    ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
+    ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
+    ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
+    */
+    if( db->xProgress ){
+      if( db->nProgressOps==nProgressOps ){
+        if( db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg)!=0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+          continue; /* skip to the next iteration of the for loop */
+        }
+        nProgressOps = 0;
+      }
+      nProgressOps++;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
+** separate instruction in the virtual machine.  If we follow the usual
+** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces.  But
+** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin.  So the code within
+** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
+** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
+** we transition back to normal indentation.
+**
+** The formatting of each case is important.  The makefile for SQLite
+** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
+** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_".  The opcodes.h files
+** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
+** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
+** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
+** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
+** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
+**
+** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
+** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
+** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
+** file.
+**
+** SUMMARY:
+**
+**     Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
+**     Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
+**
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Opcode:  Goto * P2 *
+**
+** An unconditional jump to address P2.
+** The next instruction executed will be 
+** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
+** the program.
+*/
+case OP_Goto: {
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Gosub * P2 *
+**
+** Push the current address plus 1 onto the return address stack
+** and then jump to address P2.
+**
+** The return address stack is of limited depth.  If too many
+** OP_Gosub operations occur without intervening OP_Returns, then
+** the return address stack will fill up and processing will abort
+** with a fatal error.
+*/
+case OP_Gosub: {
+  assert( p->returnDepth<sizeof(p->returnStack)/sizeof(p->returnStack[0]) );
+  p->returnStack[p->returnDepth++] = pc+1;
+  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Return * * *
+**
+** Jump immediately to the next instruction after the last unreturned
+** OP_Gosub.  If an OP_Return has occurred for all OP_Gosubs, then
+** processing aborts with a fatal error.
+*/
+case OP_Return: {
+  assert( p->returnDepth>0 );
+  p->returnDepth--;
+  pc = p->returnStack[p->returnDepth] - 1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode:  Halt P1 P2 *
+**
+** Exit immediately.  All open cursors, Lists, Sorts, etc are closed
+** automatically.
+**
+** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
+** or sqlite3_finalize().  For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
+** For errors, it can be some other value.  If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
+** whether or not to rollback the current transaction.  Do not rollback
+** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback.  If P2==OE_Abort,
+** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
+** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. 
+**
+** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
+** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
+** is the same as executing Halt.
+*/
+case OP_Halt: {
+  p->pTos = pTos;
+  p->rc = pOp->p1;
+  p->pc = pc;
+  p->errorAction = pOp->p2;
+  if( pOp->p3 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, pOp->p3, (char*)0);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->rc = rc;
+  }
+  return p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Integer P1 * P3
+**
+** The integer value P1 is pushed onto the stack.  If P3 is not zero
+** then it is assumed to be a string representation of the same integer.
+** If P1 is zero and P3 is not zero, then the value is derived from P3.
+*/
+case OP_Integer: {
+  pTos++;
+  if( pOp->p3==0 ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pTos->i = pOp->p1;
+  }else{
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+    pTos->z = pOp->p3;
+    pTos->n = strlen(pTos->z);
+    pTos->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+    pTos->i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pTos);
+    pTos->flags |= MEM_Int;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Real * * P3
+**
+** The string value P3 is converted to a real and pushed on to the stack.
+*/
+case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT */
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+  pTos->z = pOp->p3;
+  pTos->n = strlen(pTos->z);
+  pTos->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  pTos->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pTos);
+  pTos->flags |= MEM_Real;
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, db->enc);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: String8 * * P3
+**
+** P3 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed
+** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time.
+*/
+case OP_String8: {         /* same as TK_STRING */
+  pOp->opcode = OP_String;
+
+  if( db->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && pOp->p3 ){
+    pTos++;
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pTos, pOp->p3, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, db->enc) ) goto no_mem;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(pTos) ) goto no_mem;
+    pTos->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn);
+    pTos->flags |= MEM_Static;
+    if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
+    }
+    pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC;
+    pOp->p3 = pTos->z;
+    break;
+  }
+  /* Otherwise fall through to the next case, OP_String */
+}
+  
+/* Opcode: String * * P3
+**
+** The string value P3 is pushed onto the stack.  If P3==0 then a
+** NULL is pushed onto the stack. P3 is assumed to be a nul terminated
+** string encoded with the database native encoding.
+*/
+case OP_String: {
+  pTos++;
+  if( pOp->p3 ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+    pTos->z = pOp->p3;
+    if( db->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+      pTos->n = strlen(pTos->z);
+    }else{
+      pTos->n  = sqlite3utf16ByteLen(pTos->z, -1);
+    }
+    pTos->enc = db->enc;
+  }else{
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: HexBlob * * P3
+**
+** P3 is an UTF-8 SQL hex encoding of a blob. The blob is pushed onto the
+** vdbe stack.
+**
+** The first time this instruction executes, in transforms itself into a
+** 'Blob' opcode with a binary blob as P3.
+*/
+case OP_HexBlob: {            /* same as TK_BLOB */
+  pOp->opcode = OP_Blob;
+  pOp->p1 = strlen(pOp->p3)/2;
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    char *zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(pOp->p3);
+    if( !zBlob ) goto no_mem;
+    if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
+    }
+    pOp->p3 = zBlob;
+    pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC;
+  }else{
+    if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
+    }
+    pOp->p3type = P3_STATIC;
+    pOp->p3 = "";
+  }
+
+  /* Fall through to the next case, OP_Blob. */
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Blob P1 * P3
+**
+** P3 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Push this
+** value onto the stack. This instruction is not coded directly
+** by the compiler. Instead, the compiler layer specifies
+** an OP_HexBlob opcode, with the hex string representation of
+** the blob as P3. This opcode is transformed to an OP_Blob
+** before execution (within the sqlite3_prepare() function).
+*/
+case OP_Blob: {
+  pTos++;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pTos, pOp->p3, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Variable P1 * *
+**
+** Push the value of variable P1 onto the stack.  A variable is
+** an unknown in the original SQL string as handed to sqlite3_compile().
+** Any occurance of the '?' character in the original SQL is considered
+** a variable.  Variables in the SQL string are number from left to
+** right beginning with 1.  The values of variables are set using the
+** sqlite3_bind() API.
+*/
+case OP_Variable: {
+  int j = pOp->p1 - 1;
+  assert( j>=0 && j<p->nVar );
+
+  pTos++;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, &p->aVar[j], MEM_Static);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Pop P1 * *
+**
+** P1 elements are popped off of the top of stack and discarded.
+*/
+case OP_Pop: {
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  popStack(&pTos, pOp->p1);
+  assert( pTos>=&p->aStack[-1] );
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Dup P1 P2 *
+**
+** A copy of the P1-th element of the stack 
+** is made and pushed onto the top of the stack.
+** The top of the stack is element 0.  So the
+** instruction "Dup 0 0 0" will make a copy of the
+** top of the stack.
+**
+** If the content of the P1-th element is a dynamically
+** allocated string, then a new copy of that string
+** is made if P2==0.  If P2!=0, then just a pointer
+** to the string is copied.
+**
+** Also see the Pull instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Dup: {
+  Mem *pFrom = &pTos[-pOp->p1];
+  assert( pFrom<=pTos && pFrom>=p->aStack );
+  pTos++;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, pFrom, MEM_Ephem);
+  if( pOp->p2 ){
+    Deephemeralize(pTos);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Pull P1 * *
+**
+** The P1-th element is removed from its current location on 
+** the stack and pushed back on top of the stack.  The
+** top of the stack is element 0, so "Pull 0 0 0" is
+** a no-op.  "Pull 1 0 0" swaps the top two elements of
+** the stack.
+**
+** See also the Dup instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Pull: {
+  Mem *pFrom = &pTos[-pOp->p1];
+  int i;
+  Mem ts;
+
+  ts = *pFrom;
+  Deephemeralize(pTos);
+  for(i=0; i<pOp->p1; i++, pFrom++){
+    Deephemeralize(&pFrom[1]);
+    assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_Ephem)==0 );
+    *pFrom = pFrom[1];
+    if( pFrom->flags & MEM_Short ){
+      assert( pFrom->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+      assert( pFrom->z==pFrom[1].zShort );
+      pFrom->z = pFrom->zShort;
+    }
+  }
+  *pTos = ts;
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Short ){
+    assert( pTos->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+    assert( pTos->z==pTos[-pOp->p1].zShort );
+    pTos->z = pTos->zShort;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Push P1 * *
+**
+** Overwrite the value of the P1-th element down on the
+** stack (P1==0 is the top of the stack) with the value
+** of the top of the stack.  Then pop the top of the stack.
+*/
+case OP_Push: {
+  Mem *pTo = &pTos[-pOp->p1];
+
+  assert( pTo>=p->aStack );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pTo, pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Callback P1 * *
+**
+** Pop P1 values off the stack and form them into an array.  Then
+** invoke the callback function using the newly formed array as the
+** 3rd parameter.
+*/
+case OP_Callback: {
+  int i;
+  assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p1 );
+
+  for(i=0; i<pOp->p1; i++){
+    Mem *pVal = &pTos[0-i];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal);
+    storeTypeInfo(pVal, db->enc);
+  }
+
+  p->resOnStack = 1;
+  p->nCallback++;
+  p->popStack = pOp->p1;
+  p->pc = pc + 1;
+  p->pTos = pTos;
+  return SQLITE_ROW;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 *
+**
+** Look at the first P1+2 elements of the stack.  Append them all 
+** together with the lowest element first.  The original P1+2 elements
+** are popped from the stack if P2==0 and retained if P2==1.  If
+** any element of the stack is NULL, then the result is NULL.
+**
+** When P1==1, this routine makes a copy of the top stack element
+** into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+*/
+case OP_Concat: {           /* same as TK_CONCAT */
+  char *zNew;
+  int nByte;
+  int nField;
+  int i, j;
+  Mem *pTerm;
+
+  /* Loop through the stack elements to see how long the result will be. */
+  nField = pOp->p1 + 2;
+  pTerm = &pTos[1-nField];
+  nByte = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nField; i++, pTerm++){
+    assert( pOp->p2==0 || (pTerm->flags&MEM_Str) );
+    if( pTerm->flags&MEM_Null ){
+      nByte = -1;
+      break;
+    }
+    Stringify(pTerm, db->enc);
+    nByte += pTerm->n;
+  }
+
+  if( nByte<0 ){
+    /* If nByte is less than zero, then there is a NULL value on the stack.
+    ** In this case just pop the values off the stack (if required) and
+    ** push on a NULL.
+    */
+    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+      popStack(&pTos, nField);
+    }
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }else{
+    /* Otherwise malloc() space for the result and concatenate all the
+    ** stack values.
+    */
+    zNew = sqliteMallocRaw( nByte+2 );
+    if( zNew==0 ) goto no_mem;
+    j = 0;
+    pTerm = &pTos[1-nField];
+    for(i=j=0; i<nField; i++, pTerm++){
+      int n = pTerm->n;
+      assert( pTerm->flags & MEM_Str );
+      memcpy(&zNew[j], pTerm->z, n);
+      j += n;
+    }
+    zNew[j] = 0;
+    zNew[j+1] = 0;
+    assert( j==nByte );
+
+    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+      popStack(&pTos, nField);
+    }
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->n = j;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+    pTos->xDel = 0;
+    pTos->enc = db->enc;
+    pTos->z = zNew;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Add * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack, add them together,
+** and push the result back onto the stack.  If either element
+** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
+** function before the addition.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Multiply * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack, multiply them together,
+** and push the result back onto the stack.  If either element
+** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
+** function before the multiplication.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Subtract * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack, subtract the
+** first (what was on top of the stack) from the second (the
+** next on stack)
+** and push the result back onto the stack.  If either element
+** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
+** function before the subtraction.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Divide * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack, divide the
+** first (what was on top of the stack) from the second (the
+** next on stack)
+** and push the result back onto the stack.  If either element
+** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
+** function before the division.  Division by zero returns NULL.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Remainder * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack, divide the
+** first (what was on top of the stack) from the second (the
+** next on stack)
+** and push the remainder after division onto the stack.  If either element
+** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
+** function before the division.  Division by zero returns NULL.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS */
+case OP_Subtract:              /* same as TK_MINUS */
+case OP_Multiply:              /* same as TK_STAR */
+case OP_Divide:                /* same as TK_SLASH */
+case OP_Remainder: {           /* same as TK_REM */
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  if( ((pTos->flags | pNos->flags) & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }else if( (pTos->flags & pNos->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){
+    i64 a, b;
+    a = pTos->i;
+    b = pNos->i;
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+      case OP_Add:         b += a;       break;
+      case OP_Subtract:    b -= a;       break;
+      case OP_Multiply:    b *= a;       break;
+      case OP_Divide: {
+        if( a==0 ) goto divide_by_zero;
+        b /= a;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        if( a==0 ) goto divide_by_zero;
+        b %= a;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos->i = b;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }else{
+    double a, b;
+    a = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pTos);
+    b = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pNos);
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+      case OP_Add:         b += a;       break;
+      case OP_Subtract:    b -= a;       break;
+      case OP_Multiply:    b *= a;       break;
+      case OP_Divide: {
+        if( a==0.0 ) goto divide_by_zero;
+        b /= a;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        int ia = (int)a;
+        int ib = (int)b;
+        if( ia==0.0 ) goto divide_by_zero;
+        b = ib % ia;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos->r = b;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Real;
+  }
+  break;
+
+divide_by_zero:
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: CollSeq * * P3
+**
+** P3 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
+** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
+** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
+** built-in functions.
+**
+** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
+** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
+** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
+*/
+case OP_CollSeq: {
+  assert( pOp->p3type==P3_COLLSEQ );
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Invoke a user function (P3 is a pointer to a Function structure that
+** defines the function) with P1 arguments taken from the stack.  Pop all
+** arguments from the stack and push back the result.
+**
+** P2 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the 
+** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
+** argument was constant then bit 0 of P2 is set. This is used to determine
+** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
+** invocation of this opcode.
+**
+** See also: AggFunc
+*/
+case OP_Function: {
+  int i;
+  Mem *pArg;
+  sqlite3_context ctx;
+  sqlite3_value **apVal;
+  int n = pOp->p1;
+
+  n = pOp->p1;
+  apVal = p->apArg;
+  assert( apVal || n==0 );
+
+  pArg = &pTos[1-n];
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pArg++){
+    apVal[i] = pArg;
+    storeTypeInfo(pArg, db->enc);
+  }
+
+  assert( pOp->p3type==P3_FUNCDEF || pOp->p3type==P3_VDBEFUNC );
+  if( pOp->p3type==P3_FUNCDEF ){
+    ctx.pFunc = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3;
+    ctx.pVdbeFunc = 0;
+  }else{
+    ctx.pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc*)pOp->p3;
+    ctx.pFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc->pFunc;
+  }
+
+  ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+  ctx.s.z = 0;
+  ctx.s.xDel = 0;
+  ctx.isError = 0;
+  ctx.isStep = 0;
+  if( ctx.pFunc->needCollSeq ){
+    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
+    assert( pOp[-1].p3type==P3_COLLSEQ );
+    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+    ctx.pColl = (CollSeq *)pOp[-1].p3;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal);
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) goto no_mem;
+  popStack(&pTos, n);
+
+  /* If any auxilary data functions have been called by this user function,
+  ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values.
+  */
+  if( ctx.pVdbeFunc ){
+    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p2);
+    pOp->p3 = (char *)ctx.pVdbeFunc;
+    pOp->p3type = P3_VDBEFUNC;
+  }
+
+  /* Copy the result of the function to the top of the stack */
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&ctx.s, db->enc);
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->flags = 0;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pTos, &ctx.s);
+
+  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
+  if( ctx.isError ){
+    if( !(pTos->flags&MEM_Str) ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "user function error", (char*)0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3_value_text(pTos), (char*)0);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, db->enc);
+    }
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: BitAnd * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  Convert both elements
+** to integers.  Push back onto the stack the bit-wise AND of the
+** two elements.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: BitOr * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  Convert both elements
+** to integers.  Push back onto the stack the bit-wise OR of the
+** two elements.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: ShiftLeft * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  Convert both elements
+** to integers.  Push back onto the stack the second element shifted
+** left by N bits where N is the top element on the stack.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: ShiftRight * * *
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  Convert both elements
+** to integers.  Push back onto the stack the second element shifted
+** right by N bits where N is the top element on the stack.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_BitAnd:                 /* same as TK_BITAND */
+case OP_BitOr:                  /* same as TK_BITOR */
+case OP_ShiftLeft:              /* same as TK_LSHIFT */
+case OP_ShiftRight: {           /* same as TK_RSHIFT */
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  int a, b;
+
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  if( (pTos->flags | pNos->flags) & MEM_Null ){
+    popStack(&pTos, 2);
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    break;
+  }
+  a = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pNos);
+  b = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pTos);
+  switch( pOp->opcode ){
+    case OP_BitAnd:      a &= b;     break;
+    case OP_BitOr:       a |= b;     break;
+    case OP_ShiftLeft:   a <<= b;    break;
+    case OP_ShiftRight:  a >>= b;    break;
+    default:   /* CANT HAPPEN */     break;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos->i = a;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AddImm  P1 * *
+** 
+** Add the value P1 to whatever is on top of the stack.  The result
+** is always an integer.
+**
+** To force the top of the stack to be an integer, just add 0.
+*/
+case OP_AddImm: {
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  pTos->i += pOp->p1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ForceInt P1 P2 *
+**
+** Convert the top of the stack into an integer.  If the current top of
+** the stack is not numeric (meaning that is is a NULL or a string that
+** does not look like an integer or floating point number) then pop the
+** stack and jump to P2.  If the top of the stack is numeric then
+** convert it into the least integer that is greater than or equal to its
+** current value if P1==0, or to the least integer that is strictly
+** greater than its current value if P1==1.
+*/
+case OP_ForceInt: {
+  int v;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  applyAffinity(pTos, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, db->enc);
+  if( (pTos->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    break;
+  }
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    v = pTos->i + (pOp->p1!=0);
+  }else{
+    Realify(pTos);
+    v = (int)pTos->r;
+    if( pTos->r>(double)v ) v++;
+    if( pOp->p1 && pTos->r==(double)v ) v++;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos->i = v;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 *
+** 
+** Force the top of the stack to be an integer.  If the top of the
+** stack is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
+** with out data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
+** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
+**
+** If the top of the stack is not an integer and P2 is not zero and
+** P1 is 1, then the stack is popped.  In all other cases, the depth
+** of the stack is unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_MustBeInt: {
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  applyAffinity(pTos, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, db->enc);
+  if( (pTos->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }else{
+      if( pOp->p1 ) popStack(&pTos, 1);
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  If they are equal, then
+** jump to instruction P2.  Otherwise, continue to the next instruction.
+**
+** The least significant byte of P1 may be either 0x00 or 0x01. If either
+** operand is NULL (and thus if the result is unknown) then take the jump
+** only if the least significant byte of P1 is 0x01.
+**
+** The second least significant byte of P1 must be an affinity character -
+** 'n', 't', 'i' or 'o' - or 0x00. An attempt is made to coerce both values
+** according to the affinity before the comparison is made. If the byte is
+** 0x00, then numeric affinity is used.
+**
+** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, 
+** the values are compared. If both values are blobs, or both are text,
+** then memcmp() is used to determine the results of the comparison. If
+** both values are numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the
+** two values are of different types, then they are inequal.
+**
+** If P2 is zero, do not jump.  Instead, push an integer 1 onto the
+** stack if the jump would have been taken, or a 0 if not.  Push a
+** NULL if either operand was NULL.
+**
+** If P3 is not NULL it is a pointer to a collating sequence (a CollSeq
+** structure) that defines how to compare text.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3
+**
+** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the operands from the stack are not equal.  See the Eq opcode for
+** additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3
+**
+** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the 2nd element down on the stack is less than the top of the stack.
+** See the Eq opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3
+**
+** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the 2nd element down on the stack is less than or equal to the
+** top of the stack.  See the Eq opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3
+**
+** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the 2nd element down on the stack is greater than the top of the stack.
+** See the Eq opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3
+**
+** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the 2nd element down on the stack is greater than or equal to the
+** top of the stack.  See the Eq opcode for additional information.
+*/
+case OP_Eq:               /* same as TK_EQ */
+case OP_Ne:               /* same as TK_NE */
+case OP_Lt:               /* same as TK_LT */
+case OP_Le:               /* same as TK_LE */
+case OP_Gt:               /* same as TK_GT */
+case OP_Ge: {             /* same as TK_GE */
+  Mem *pNos;
+  int flags;
+  int res;
+  char affinity;
+
+  pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  flags = pTos->flags|pNos->flags;
+
+  /* If either value is a NULL P2 is not zero, take the jump if the least
+  ** significant byte of P1 is true. If P2 is zero, then push a NULL onto
+  ** the stack.
+  */
+  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
+    popStack(&pTos, 2);
+    if( pOp->p2 ){
+      if( (pOp->p1&0xFF) ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+    }else{
+      pTos++;
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  affinity = (pOp->p1>>8)&0xFF;
+  if( affinity ){
+    applyAffinity(pNos, affinity, db->enc);
+    applyAffinity(pTos, affinity, db->enc);
+  }
+
+  assert( pOp->p3type==P3_COLLSEQ || pOp->p3==0 );
+  res = sqlite3MemCompare(pNos, pTos, (CollSeq*)pOp->p3);
+  switch( pOp->opcode ){
+    case OP_Eq:    res = res==0;     break;
+    case OP_Ne:    res = res!=0;     break;
+    case OP_Lt:    res = res<0;      break;
+    case OP_Le:    res = res<=0;     break;
+    case OP_Gt:    res = res>0;      break;
+    default:       res = res>=0;     break;
+  }
+
+  popStack(&pTos, 2);
+  if( pOp->p2 ){
+    if( res ){
+      pc = pOp->p2-1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pTos->i = res;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: And * * *
+**
+** Pop two values off the stack.  Take the logical AND of the
+** two values and push the resulting boolean value back onto the
+** stack. 
+*/
+/* Opcode: Or * * *
+**
+** Pop two values off the stack.  Take the logical OR of the
+** two values and push the resulting boolean value back onto the
+** stack. 
+*/
+case OP_And:              /* same as TK_AND */
+case OP_Or: {             /* same as TK_OR */
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  int v1, v2;    /* 0==TRUE, 1==FALSE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    v1 = 2;
+  }else{
+    Integerify(pTos);
+    v1 = pTos->i==0;
+  }
+  if( pNos->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    v2 = 2;
+  }else{
+    Integerify(pNos);
+    v2 = pNos->i==0;
+  }
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
+    static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
+    v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2];
+  }else{
+    static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
+    v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2];
+  }
+  popStack(&pTos, 2);
+  pTos++;
+  if( v1==2 ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }else{
+    pTos->i = v1==0;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Negative * * *
+**
+** Treat the top of the stack as a numeric quantity.  Replace it
+** with its additive inverse.  If the top of the stack is NULL
+** its value is unchanged.
+*/
+/* Opcode: AbsValue * * *
+**
+** Treat the top of the stack as a numeric quantity.  Replace it
+** with its absolute value. If the top of the stack is NULL
+** its value is unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_Negative:              /* same as TK_UMINUS */
+case OP_AbsValue: {
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Real ){
+    Release(pTos);
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Negative || pTos->r<0.0 ){
+      pTos->r = -pTos->r;
+    }
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Real;
+  }else if( pTos->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    Release(pTos);
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Negative || pTos->i<0 ){
+      pTos->i = -pTos->i;
+    }
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }else if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    /* Do nothing */
+  }else{
+    Realify(pTos);
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Negative || pTos->r<0.0 ){
+      pTos->r = -pTos->r;
+    }
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Real;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Not * * *
+**
+** Interpret the top of the stack as a boolean value.  Replace it
+** with its complement.  If the top of the stack is NULL its value
+** is unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT */
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ) break;  /* Do nothing to NULLs */
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos->i = !pTos->i;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: BitNot * * *
+**
+** Interpret the top of the stack as an value.  Replace it
+** with its ones-complement.  If the top of the stack is NULL its
+** value is unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_BitNot: {             /* same as TK_BITNOT */
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ) break;  /* Do nothing to NULLs */
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos->i = ~pTos->i;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Noop * * *
+**
+** Do nothing.  This instruction is often useful as a jump
+** destination.
+*/
+case OP_Noop: {
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: If P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop a single boolean from the stack.  If the boolean popped is
+** true, then jump to p2.  Otherwise continue to the next instruction.
+** An integer is false if zero and true otherwise.  A string is
+** false if it has zero length and true otherwise.
+**
+** If the value popped of the stack is NULL, then take the jump if P1
+** is true and fall through if P1 is false.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop a single boolean from the stack.  If the boolean popped is
+** false, then jump to p2.  Otherwise continue to the next instruction.
+** An integer is false if zero and true otherwise.  A string is
+** false if it has zero length and true otherwise.
+**
+** If the value popped of the stack is NULL, then take the jump if P1
+** is true and fall through if P1 is false.
+*/
+case OP_If:
+case OP_IfNot: {
+  int c;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    c = pOp->p1;
+  }else{
+    c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pTos);
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  if( c ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 *
+**
+** If any of the top abs(P1) values on the stack are NULL, then jump
+** to P2.  Pop the stack P1 times if P1>0.   If P1<0 leave the stack
+** unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_IsNull: {            /* same as TK_ISNULL */
+  int i, cnt;
+  Mem *pTerm;
+  cnt = pOp->p1;
+  if( cnt<0 ) cnt = -cnt;
+  pTerm = &pTos[1-cnt];
+  assert( pTerm>=p->aStack );
+  for(i=0; i<cnt; i++, pTerm++){
+    if( pTerm->flags & MEM_Null ){
+      pc = pOp->p2-1;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pOp->p1>0 ) popStack(&pTos, cnt);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 *
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the top P1 values on the stack are all not NULL.  Pop the
+** stack if P1 times if P1 is greater than zero.  If P1 is less than
+** zero then leave the stack unchanged.
+*/
+case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL */
+  int i, cnt;
+  cnt = pOp->p1;
+  if( cnt<0 ) cnt = -cnt;
+  assert( &pTos[1-cnt] >= p->aStack );
+  for(i=0; i<cnt && (pTos[1+i-cnt].flags & MEM_Null)==0; i++){}
+  if( i>=cnt ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  if( pOp->p1>0 ) popStack(&pTos, cnt);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SetNumColumns P1 P2 *
+**
+** Before the OP_Column opcode can be executed on a cursor, this
+** opcode must be called to set the number of fields in the table.
+**
+** This opcode sets the number of columns for cursor P1 to P2.
+*/
+case OP_SetNumColumns: {
+  assert( (pOp->p1)<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
+  p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->nField = pOp->p2;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxColumn P1 * *
+**
+** P1 is a cursor opened on an index. Push the first field from the
+** current index key onto the stack.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 *
+**
+** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
+** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
+** information about the format of the data.) Push onto the stack the value
+** of the P2-th column contained in the data.
+**
+** If the KeyAsData opcode has previously executed on this cursor, then the
+** field might be extracted from the key rather than the data.
+**
+** If P1 is negative, then the record is stored on the stack rather than in
+** a table.  For P1==-1, the top of the stack is used.  For P1==-2, the
+** next on the stack is used.  And so forth.  The value pushed is always
+** just a pointer into the record which is stored further down on the
+** stack.  The column value is not copied. The number of columns in the
+** record is stored on the stack just above the record itself.
+*/
+case OP_IdxColumn:
+case OP_Column: {
+  u32 payloadSize;   /* Number of bytes in the record */
+  int p1 = pOp->p1;  /* P1 value of the opcode */
+  int p2 = pOp->p2;  /* column number to retrieve */
+  Cursor *pC = 0;    /* The VDBE cursor */
+  char *zRec;        /* Pointer to complete record-data */
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;   /* The BTree cursor */
+  u32 *aType;        /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
+  u32 *aOffset;      /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
+  u32 nField;        /* number of fields in the record */
+  u32 szHdr;         /* Number of bytes in the record header */
+  int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
+  int offset = 0;    /* Offset into the data */
+  int idx;           /* Index into the header */
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+  char *zData;       /* Part of the record being decoded */
+  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
+
+  sMem.flags = 0;
+  assert( p1<p->nCursor );
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+
+  /* This block sets the variable payloadSize to be the total number of
+  ** bytes in the record.
+  **
+  ** zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available.
+  ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables and
+  ** when we are decoded a record from the stack.  If the record is stored
+  ** in a cursor, the complete record text might be available in the 
+  ** pC->aRow cache.  Or it might not be.  If the data is unavailable,
+  ** zRec is set to NULL.
+  **
+  ** We also compute the number of columns in the record.  For cursors,
+  ** the number of columns is stored in the Cursor.nField element.  For
+  ** records on the stack, the next entry down on the stack is an integer
+  ** which is the number of records.
+  */
+  assert( p1<0 || p->apCsr[p1]!=0 );
+  if( p1<0 ){
+    /* Take the record off of the stack */
+    Mem *pRec = &pTos[p1];
+    Mem *pCnt = &pRec[-1];
+    assert( pRec>=p->aStack );
+    assert( pRec->flags & MEM_Blob );
+    payloadSize = pRec->n;
+    zRec = pRec->z;
+    assert( pCnt>=p->aStack );
+    assert( pCnt->flags & MEM_Int );
+    nField = pCnt->i;
+    pCrsr = 0;
+  }else if( (pC = p->apCsr[p1])->pCursor!=0 ){
+    /* The record is stored in a B-Tree */
+    sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+    zRec = 0;
+    pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+    if( pC->nullRow ){
+      payloadSize = 0;
+    }else if( pC->cacheValid ){
+      payloadSize = pC->payloadSize;
+      zRec = pC->aRow;
+    }else if( pC->keyAsData ){
+      i64 payloadSize64;
+      sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &payloadSize64);
+      payloadSize = payloadSize64;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &payloadSize);
+    }
+    nField = pC->nField;
+  }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
+    /* The record is the sole entry of a pseudo-table */
+    payloadSize = pC->nData;
+    zRec = pC->pData;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+    assert( payloadSize==0 || zRec!=0 );
+    nField = pC->nField;
+    pCrsr = 0;
+  }else{
+    zRec = 0;
+    payloadSize = 0;
+    pCrsr = 0;
+    nField = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If payloadSize is 0, then just push a NULL onto the stack. */
+  if( payloadSize==0 ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    break;
+  }
+
+  assert( p2<nField );
+
+  /* Read and parse the table header.  Store the results of the parse
+  ** into the record header cache fields of the cursor.
+  */
+  if( pC && pC->cacheValid ){
+    aType = pC->aType;
+    aOffset = pC->aOffset;
+  }else{
+    int avail;    /* Number of bytes of available data */
+    if( pC && pC->aType ){
+      aType = pC->aType;
+    }else{
+      aType = sqliteMallocRaw( 2*nField*sizeof(aType) );
+    }
+    aOffset = &aType[nField];
+    if( aType==0 ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+
+    /* Figure out how many bytes are in the header */
+    if( zRec ){
+      zData = zRec;
+    }else{
+      if( pC->keyAsData ){
+        zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
+      }else{
+        zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
+      }
+      /* If KeyFetch()/DataFetch() managed to get the entire payload,
+      ** save the payload in the pC->aRow cache.  That will save us from
+      ** having to make additional calls to fetch the content portion of
+      ** the record.
+      */
+      if( avail>=payloadSize ){
+        zRec = pC->aRow = zData;
+      }else{
+        pC->aRow = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    idx = sqlite3GetVarint32(zData, &szHdr);
+
+
+    /* The KeyFetch() or DataFetch() above are fast and will get the entire
+    ** record header in most cases.  But they will fail to get the complete
+    ** record header if the record header does not fit on a single page
+    ** in the B-Tree.  When that happens, use sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() to
+    ** acquire the complete header text.
+    */
+    if( !zRec && avail<szHdr ){
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, szHdr, pC->keyAsData, &sMem);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+      zData = sMem.z;
+    }
+
+    /* Scan the header and use it to fill in the aType[] and aOffset[]
+    ** arrays.  aType[i] will contain the type integer for the i-th
+    ** column and aOffset[i] will contain the offset from the beginning
+    ** of the record to the start of the data for the i-th column
+    */
+    offset = szHdr;
+    i = 0;
+    while( idx<szHdr && i<nField && offset<=payloadSize ){
+      aOffset[i] = offset;
+      idx += sqlite3GetVarint32(&zData[idx], &aType[i]);
+      offset += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[i]);
+      i++;
+    }
+    Release(&sMem);
+    sMem.flags = MEM_Null;
+
+    /* The header should end at the start of data and the data should
+    ** end at last byte of the record. If this is not the case then
+    ** we are dealing with a malformed record.
+    */
+    if( idx!=szHdr || offset!=payloadSize ){
+      sqliteFree(aType);
+      if( pC ) pC->aType = 0;
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Remember all aType and aColumn information if we have a cursor
+    ** to remember it in. */
+    if( pC ){
+      pC->payloadSize = payloadSize;
+      pC->aType = aType;
+      pC->aOffset = aOffset;
+      pC->cacheValid = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Get the column information.
+  */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  if( zRec ){
+    zData = &zRec[aOffset[p2]];
+  }else{
+    len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[p2]);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, pC->keyAsData, &sMem);
+    zData = sMem.z;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(zData, aType[p2], pTos);
+  pTos->enc = db->enc;
+
+  /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
+  ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
+  ** dynamically allocated space over to the pTos structure rather.
+  ** This prevents a memory copy.
+  */
+  if( (sMem.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){
+    assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Ephem );
+    assert( pTos->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+    assert( pTos->z==sMem.z );
+    assert( sMem.flags & MEM_Term );
+    pTos->flags &= ~MEM_Ephem;
+    pTos->flags |= MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+  }
+
+  /* pTos->z might be pointing to sMem.zShort[].  Fix that so that we
+  ** can abandon sMem */
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTos);
+
+  /* Release the aType[] memory if we are not dealing with cursor */
+  if( !pC ){
+    sqliteFree(aType);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode MakeRecord P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Convert the top abs(P1) entries of the stack into a single entry
+** suitable for use as a data record in a database table or as a key
+** in an index.  The details of the format are irrelavant as long as
+** the OP_Column opcode can decode the record later and as long as the
+** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare function will correctly compare two encoded
+** records.  Refer to source code comments for the details of the record
+** format.
+**
+** The original stack entries are popped from the stack if P1>0 but
+** remain on the stack if P1<0.
+**
+** The P2 argument is divided into two 16-bit words before it is processed.
+** If the hi-word is non-zero, then an extra integer is read from the stack
+** and appended to the record as a varint.  If the low-word of P2 is not
+** zero and one or more of the entries are NULL, then jump to the value of
+** the low-word of P2.  This feature can be used to skip a uniqueness test
+** on indices.
+**
+** P3 may be a string that is P1 characters long.  The nth character of the
+** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
+** field of the index key (i.e. the first character of P3 corresponds to the
+** lowest element on the stack).
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'n'            NUMERIC
+**  'i'            INTEGER
+**  't'            TEXT
+**  'o'            NONE
+**
+** If P3 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
+*/
+case OP_MakeRecord: {
+  /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
+  ** like this:
+  **
+  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | 
+  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  **
+  ** Data(0) is taken from the lowest element of the stack and data(N-1) is
+  ** the top of the stack.
+  **
+  ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the 
+  ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
+  ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
+  ** of the record to data0.
+  */
+  unsigned char *zNewRecord;
+  unsigned char *zCsr;
+  Mem *pRec;
+  Mem *pRowid = 0;
+  int nData = 0;         /* Number of bytes of data space */
+  int nHdr = 0;          /* Number of bytes of header space */
+  int nByte = 0;         /* Space required for this record */
+  u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
+  int containsNull = 0;  /* True if any of the data fields are NULL */
+  char zTemp[NBFS];      /* Space to hold small records */
+  Mem *pData0;
+
+  int leaveOnStack;      /* If true, leave the entries on the stack */
+  int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
+  int jumpIfNull;        /* Jump here if non-zero and any entries are NULL. */
+  int addRowid;          /* True to append a rowid column at the end */
+  char *zAffinity;       /* The affinity string for the record */
+
+  leaveOnStack = ((pOp->p1<0)?1:0);
+  nField = pOp->p1 * (leaveOnStack?-1:1);
+  jumpIfNull = (pOp->p2 & 0x00FFFFFF);
+  addRowid = ((pOp->p2>>24) & 0x0000FFFF)?1:0;
+  zAffinity = pOp->p3;
+
+  pData0 = &pTos[1-nField];
+  assert( pData0>=p->aStack );
+  containsNull = 0;
+
+  /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
+  ** out how much space is required for the new record.
+  */
+  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pTos; pRec++){
+    if( zAffinity ){
+      applyAffinity(pRec, zAffinity[pRec-pData0], db->enc);
+    }
+    if( pRec->flags&MEM_Null ){
+      containsNull = 1;
+    }
+    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec);
+    nData += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+    nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
+  }
+
+  /* If we have to append a varint rowid to this record, set 'rowid'
+  ** to the value of the rowid and increase nByte by the amount of space
+  ** required to store it and the 0x00 seperator byte.
+  */
+  if( addRowid ){
+    pRowid = &pTos[0-nField];
+    assert( pRowid>=p->aStack );
+    Integerify(pRowid);
+    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRowid);
+    nData += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+    nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
+  }
+
+  /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */
+  nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr);
+  nByte = nHdr+nData;
+
+  /* Allocate space for the new record. */
+  if( nByte>sizeof(zTemp) ){
+    zNewRecord = sqliteMallocRaw(nByte);
+    if( !zNewRecord ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+  }else{
+    zNewRecord = zTemp;
+  }
+
+  /* Write the record */
+  zCsr = zNewRecord;
+  zCsr += sqlite3PutVarint(zCsr, nHdr);
+  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pTos; pRec++){
+    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec);
+    zCsr += sqlite3PutVarint(zCsr, serial_type);      /* serial type */
+  }
+  if( addRowid ){
+    zCsr += sqlite3PutVarint(zCsr, sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRowid));
+  }
+  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pTos; pRec++){
+    zCsr += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(zCsr, pRec);  /* serial data */
+  }
+  if( addRowid ){
+    zCsr += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(zCsr, pRowid);
+  }
+
+  /* If zCsr has not been advanced exactly nByte bytes, then one
+  ** of the sqlite3PutVarint() or sqlite3VdbeSerialPut() calls above
+  ** failed. This indicates a corrupted memory cell or code bug.
+  */
+  if( zCsr!=(zNewRecord+nByte) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+
+  /* Pop entries off the stack if required. Push the new record on. */
+  if( !leaveOnStack ){
+    popStack(&pTos, nField+addRowid);
+  }
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->n = nByte;
+  if( nByte<=sizeof(zTemp) ){
+    assert( zNewRecord==(unsigned char *)zTemp );
+    pTos->z = pTos->zShort;
+    memcpy(pTos->zShort, zTemp, nByte);
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Short;
+  }else{
+    assert( zNewRecord!=(unsigned char *)zTemp );
+    pTos->z = zNewRecord;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
+    pTos->xDel = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* If a NULL was encountered and jumpIfNull is non-zero, take the jump. */
+  if( jumpIfNull && containsNull ){
+    pc = jumpIfNull - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Statement P1 * *
+**
+** Begin an individual statement transaction which is part of a larger
+** BEGIN..COMMIT transaction.  This is needed so that the statement
+** can be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
+** entire transaction.  The statement transaction will automatically
+** commit when the VDBE halts.
+**
+** The statement is begun on the database file with index P1.  The main
+** database file has an index of 0 and the file used for temporary tables
+** has an index of 1.
+*/
+case OP_Statement: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Btree *pBt;
+  if( i>=0 && i<db->nDb && (pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt) && !(db->autoCommit) ){
+    assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
+    if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(pBt) ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 *
+**
+** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
+** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
+** VMs (apart from this one), then the COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement fails.
+**
+** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
+*/
+case OP_AutoCommit: {
+  u8 i = pOp->p1;
+  u8 rollback = pOp->p2;
+
+  assert( i==1 || i==0 );
+  assert( i==1 || rollback==0 );
+
+  assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 );  /* At least this one VM is active */
+
+  if( db->activeVdbeCnt>1 && i && !db->autoCommit ){
+    /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT or ROLLBACK, other VMs are
+    ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
+    ** that the other VMs must complete first. 
+    */
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "cannot ", rollback?"rollback":"commit", 
+        " transaction - SQL statements in progress", 0);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else if( i!=db->autoCommit ){
+    db->autoCommit = i;
+    if( pOp->p2 ){
+      assert( i==1 );
+      sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+    }else if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      p->pTos = pTos;
+      p->pc = pc;
+      db->autoCommit = 1-i;
+      p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg,
+        (!i)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
+        (rollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
+                   "cannot commit - no transaction is active"), 0);
+         
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 *
+**
+** Begin a transaction.  The transaction ends when a Commit or Rollback
+** opcode is encountered.  Depending on the ON CONFLICT setting, the
+** transaction might also be rolled back if an error is encountered.
+**
+** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
+** started.  Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
+** file used for temporary tables.
+**
+** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started.  A RESERVED lock is
+** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started.  No
+** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is
+** underway.  Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A
+** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the
+** database.  If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained
+** on the file.
+**
+** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file.
+*/
+case OP_Transaction: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Btree *pBt;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
+  pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+
+  if( pBt ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      p->pc = pc;
+      p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+      p->pTos = pTos;
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_READONLY /* && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY */ ){
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 *
+**
+** Read cookie number P2 from database P1 and push it onto the stack.
+** P2==0 is the schema version.  P2==1 is the database format.
+** P2==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
+** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
+** temporary tables.
+**
+** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
+** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
+** executing this instruction.
+*/
+case OP_ReadCookie: {
+  int iMeta;
+  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt!=0 );
+  /* The indexing of meta values at the schema layer is off by one from
+  ** the indexing in the btree layer.  The btree considers meta[0] to
+  ** be the number of free pages in the database (a read-only value)
+  ** and meta[1] to be the schema cookie.  The schema layer considers
+  ** meta[1] to be the schema cookie.  So we have to shift the index
+  ** by one in the following statement.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt, 1 + pOp->p2, (u32 *)&iMeta);
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->i = iMeta;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 *
+**
+** Write the top of the stack into cookie number P2 of database P1.
+** P2==0 is the schema version.  P2==1 is the database format.
+** P2==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
+** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
+** temporary tables.
+**
+** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
+*/
+case OP_SetCookie: {
+  Db *pDb;
+  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, 1+pOp->p2, (int)pTos->i);
+  if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+    /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
+    pDb->schema_cookie = pTos->i;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 *
+**
+** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the
+** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2.  
+** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file
+** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number
+** for auxiliary databases.
+**
+** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
+** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
+** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.
+**
+** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs
+** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is
+** invoked.
+*/
+case OP_VerifyCookie: {
+  int iMeta;
+  Btree *pBt;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+  if( pBt ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&iMeta);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    iMeta = 0;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMeta!=pOp->p2 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "database schema has changed", (char*)0);
+    rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
+** P2 in a database file.  The database file is determined by an 
+** integer from the top of the stack.  0 means the main database and
+** 1 means the database used for temporary tables.  Give the new 
+** cursor an identifier of P1.  The P1 values need not be contiguous
+** but all P1 values should be small integers.  It is an error for
+** P1 to be negative.
+**
+** If P2==0 then take the root page number from the next of the stack.
+**
+** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
+** open cursor.  If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
+** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction.  A read
+** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
+** any other process from modifying the database.  The read lock is
+** released when all cursors are closed.  If this instruction attempts
+** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
+** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
+**
+** The P3 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the
+** content and collating sequence of indices.  P3 is NULL for cursors
+** that are not pointing to indices.
+**
+** See also OpenWrite.
+*/
+/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
+** page is P2.  If P2==0 then take the root page number from the stack.
+**
+** The P3 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the
+** content and collating sequence of indices.  P3 is NULL for cursors
+** that are not pointing to indices.
+**
+** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
+** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
+** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
+**
+** See also OpenRead.
+*/
+case OP_OpenRead:
+case OP_OpenWrite: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  int p2 = pOp->p2;
+  int wrFlag;
+  Btree *pX;
+  int iDb;
+  Cursor *pCur;
+  
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  iDb = pTos->i;
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos--;
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  pX = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+  assert( pX!=0 );
+  wrFlag = pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite;
+  if( p2<=0 ){
+    assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+    Integerify(pTos);
+    p2 = pTos->i;
+    assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+    pTos--;
+    if( p2<2 ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "root page number less than 2", (char*)0);
+      rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( i>=0 );
+  pCur = allocateCursor(p, i);
+  if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCur->nullRow = 1;
+  if( pX==0 ) break;
+  /* We always provide a key comparison function.  If the table being
+  ** opened is of type INTKEY, the comparision function will be ignored. */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag,
+           sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare, pOp->p3,
+           &pCur->pCursor);
+  pCur->pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3;
+  if( pCur->pKeyInfo ){
+    pCur->pIncrKey = &pCur->pKeyInfo->incrKey;
+    pCur->pKeyInfo->enc = p->db->enc;
+  }else{
+    pCur->pIncrKey = &pCur->bogusIncrKey;
+  }
+  switch( rc ){
+    case SQLITE_BUSY: {
+      p->pc = pc;
+      p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+      p->pTos = &pTos[1 + (pOp->p2<=0)]; /* Operands must remain on stack */
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_OK: {
+      int flags = sqlite3BtreeFlags(pCur->pCursor);
+      pCur->intKey = (flags & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0;
+      pCur->zeroData = (flags & BTREE_ZERODATA)!=0;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_EMPTY: {
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenTemp P1 * P3
+**
+** Open a new cursor to a transient table.
+** The transient cursor is always opened read/write even if 
+** the main database is read-only.  The transient table is deleted
+** automatically when the cursor is closed.
+**
+** The cursor points to a BTree table if P3==0 and to a BTree index
+** if P3 is not 0.  If P3 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
+** that defines the format of keys in the index.
+**
+** This opcode is used for tables that exist for the duration of a single
+** SQL statement only.  Tables created using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE
+** are opened using OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite.  "Temporary" in the
+** context of this opcode means for the duration of a single SQL statement
+** whereas "Temporary" in the context of CREATE TABLE means for the duration
+** of the connection to the database.  Same word; different meanings.
+*/
+case OP_OpenTemp: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pCx;
+  assert( i>=0 );
+  pCx = allocateCursor(p, i);
+  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCx->nullRow = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 1, TEMP_PAGES, &pCx->pBt);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBt, 1);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
+    ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_ZERODATA flag before
+    ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
+    ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an INTKEY table).
+    */
+    if( pOp->p3 ){
+      int pgno;
+      assert( pOp->p3type==P3_KEYINFO );
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_ZERODATA); 
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare,
+            pOp->p3, &pCx->pCursor);
+        pCx->pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3;
+        pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = p->db->enc;
+        pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->pKeyInfo->incrKey;
+      }
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, 0, &pCx->pCursor);
+      pCx->intKey = 1;
+      pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->bogusIncrKey;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 * *
+**
+** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
+** row of data.  Any attempt to write a second row of data causes the
+** first row to be deleted.  All data is deleted when the cursor is
+** closed.
+**
+** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is useful for holding the
+** NEW or OLD tables in a trigger.
+*/
+case OP_OpenPseudo: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pCx;
+  assert( i>=0 );
+  pCx = allocateCursor(p, i);
+  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pCx->nullRow = 1;
+  pCx->pseudoTable = 1;
+  pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->bogusIncrKey;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Close P1 * *
+**
+** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
+** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
+*/
+case OP_Close: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  if( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor ){
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->apCsr[i]);
+    p->apCsr[i] = 0;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MoveGe P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key.  Reposition
+** cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that is greater
+** than or equal to the key that was popped ffrom the stack.
+** If there are no records greater than or equal to the key and P2 
+** is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGt, MoveLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: MoveGt P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key.  Reposition
+** cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that is greater
+** than the key from the stack.
+** If there are no records greater than the key and P2 is not zero,
+** then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGe, MoveLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: MoveLt P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key.  Reposition
+** cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that is less
+** than the key from the stack.
+** If there are no records less than the key and P2 is not zero,
+** then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: MoveLe P1 P2 *
+**
+** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key.  Reposition
+** cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that is less than
+** or equal to the key that was popped from the stack.
+** If there are no records less than or eqal to the key and P2 is not zero,
+** then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLt
+*/
+case OP_MoveLt:
+case OP_MoveLe:
+case OP_MoveGe:
+case OP_MoveGt: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
+    int res, oc;
+    oc = pOp->opcode;
+    pC->nullRow = 0;
+    *pC->pIncrKey = oc==OP_MoveGt || oc==OP_MoveLe;
+    if( pC->intKey ){
+      i64 iKey;
+      assert( !pOp->p3 );
+      Integerify(pTos);
+      iKey = intToKey(pTos->i);
+      if( pOp->p2==0 && pOp->opcode==OP_MoveGe ){
+        pC->movetoTarget = iKey;
+        pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
+        assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+        pTos--;
+        break;
+      }
+      sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, &res);
+      pC->lastRecno = pTos->i;
+      pC->recnoIsValid = res==0;
+    }else{
+      Stringify(pTos, db->enc);
+      sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, pTos->z, pTos->n, &res);
+      pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+    }
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+    *pC->pIncrKey = 0;
+    sqlite3_search_count++;
+    if( oc==OP_MoveGe || oc==OP_MoveGt ){
+      if( res<0 ){
+        sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->pCursor, &res);
+        pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+      }else{
+        res = 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      assert( oc==OP_MoveLt || oc==OP_MoveLe );
+      if( res>=0 ){
+        sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->pCursor, &res);
+        pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
+        ** see if this is the case.
+        */
+        res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor);
+      }
+    }
+    if( res ){
+      if( pOp->p2>0 ){
+        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      }else{
+        pC->nullRow = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Distinct P1 P2 *
+**
+** Use the top of the stack as a string key.  If a record with that key does
+** not exist in the table of cursor P1, then jump to P2.  If the record
+** does already exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left pointing
+** at the record if it exists. The key is not popped from the stack.
+**
+** This operation is similar to NotFound except that this operation
+** does not pop the key from the stack.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, MoveTo, IsUnique, NotExists
+*/
+/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 *
+**
+** Use the top of the stack as a string key.  If a record with that key
+** does exist in table of P1, then jump to P2.  If the record
+** does not exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left pointing
+** to the record if it exists.  The key is popped from the stack.
+**
+** See also: Distinct, NotFound, MoveTo, IsUnique, NotExists
+*/
+/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 *
+**
+** Use the top of the stack as a string key.  If a record with that key
+** does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2.  If the record
+** does exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left pointing to the
+** record if it exists.  The key is popped from the stack.
+**
+** The difference between this operation and Distinct is that
+** Distinct does not pop the key from the stack.
+**
+** See also: Distinct, Found, MoveTo, NotExists, IsUnique
+*/
+case OP_Distinct:
+case OP_NotFound:
+case OP_Found: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  int alreadyExists = 0;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
+    int res, rx;
+    assert( pC->intKey==0 );
+    Stringify(pTos, db->enc);
+    rx = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, pTos->z, pTos->n, &res);
+    alreadyExists = rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
+    if( alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }else{
+    if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  if( pOp->opcode!=OP_Distinct ){
+    Release(pTos);
+    pTos--;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 *
+**
+** The top of the stack is an integer record number.  Call this
+** record number R.  The next on the stack is an index key created
+** using MakeIdxKey.  Call it K.  This instruction pops R from the
+** stack but it leaves K unchanged.
+**
+** P1 is an index.  So it has no data and its key consists of a
+** record generated by OP_MakeIdxKey.  This key contains one or more
+** fields followed by a ROWID field.
+** 
+** This instruction asks if there is an entry in P1 where the
+** fields matches K but the rowid is different from R.
+** If there is no such entry, then there is an immediate
+** jump to P2.  If any entry does exist where the index string
+** matches K but the record number is not R, then the record
+** number for that entry is pushed onto the stack and control
+** falls through to the next instruction.
+**
+** See also: Distinct, NotFound, NotExists, Found
+*/
+case OP_IsUnique: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  Cursor *pCx;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  i64 R;
+
+  /* Pop the value R off the top of the stack
+  */
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  R = pTos->i;
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos--;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<=p->nCursor );
+  pCx = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pCx!=0 );
+  pCrsr = pCx->pCursor;
+  if( pCrsr!=0 ){
+    int res, rc;
+    i64 v;         /* The record number on the P1 entry that matches K */
+    char *zKey;    /* The value of K */
+    int nKey;      /* Number of bytes in K */
+    int len;       /* Number of bytes in K without the rowid at the end */
+    int szRowid;   /* Size of the rowid column at the end of zKey */
+
+    /* Make sure K is a string and make zKey point to K
+    */
+    Stringify(pNos, db->enc);
+    zKey = pNos->z;
+    nKey = pNos->n;
+
+    szRowid = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(nKey, zKey);
+    len = nKey-szRowid;
+
+    /* Search for an entry in P1 where all but the last four bytes match K.
+    ** If there is no such entry, jump immediately to P2.
+    */
+    assert( pCx->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    pCx->cacheValid = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, zKey, len, &res);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    if( res<0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res);
+      if( res ){
+        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pCx, len, zKey, &res); 
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    if( res>0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* At this point, pCrsr is pointing to an entry in P1 where all but
+    ** the final entry (the rowid) matches K.  Check to see if the
+    ** final rowid column is different from R.  If it equals R then jump
+    ** immediately to P2.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &v);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+    if( v==R ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* The final varint of the key is different from R.  Push it onto
+    ** the stack.  (The record number of an entry that violates a UNIQUE
+    ** constraint.)
+    */
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->i = v;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 *
+**
+** Use the top of the stack as a integer key.  If a record with that key
+** does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2.  If the record
+** does exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left pointing to the
+** record if it exists.  The integer key is popped from the stack.
+**
+** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this
+** operation assumes the key is an integer and NotFound assumes it
+** is a string.
+**
+** See also: Distinct, Found, MoveTo, NotFound, IsUnique
+*/
+case OP_NotExists: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int res, rx;
+    u64 iKey;
+    assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Int );
+    assert( p->apCsr[i]->intKey );
+    iKey = intToKey(pTos->i);
+    rx = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, 0, iKey, &res);
+    pC->lastRecno = pTos->i;
+    pC->recnoIsValid = res==0;
+    pC->nullRow = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+    if( rx!=SQLITE_OK || res!=0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NewRecno P1 * *
+**
+** Get a new integer record number used as the key to a table.
+** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
+** table that cursor P1 points to.  The new record number is pushed 
+** onto the stack.
+*/
+case OP_NewRecno: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  i64 v = 0;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor==0 ){
+    /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
+  }else{
+    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
+    ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
+    **
+    ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
+    ** to that.  But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
+    ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
+    ** probabilistic algorithm
+    **
+    ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
+    ** it already exists in the table.  If it does not exist, we have
+    ** succeeded.  If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
+    ** and try again, up to 1000 times.
+    **
+    ** For a table with less than 2 billion entries, the probability
+    ** of not finding a unused rowid is about 1.0e-300.  This is a 
+    ** non-zero probability, but it is still vanishingly small and should
+    ** never cause a problem.  You are much, much more likely to have a
+    ** hardware failure than for this algorithm to fail.
+    **
+    ** The analysis in the previous paragraph assumes that you have a good
+    ** source of random numbers.  Is a library function like lrand48()
+    ** good enough?  Maybe. Maybe not. It's hard to know whether there
+    ** might be subtle bugs is some implementations of lrand48() that
+    ** could cause problems. To avoid uncertainty, SQLite uses its own 
+    ** random number generator based on the RC4 algorithm.
+    **
+    ** To promote locality of reference for repetitive inserts, the
+    ** first few attempts at chosing a random rowid pick values just a little
+    ** larger than the previous rowid.  This has been shown experimentally
+    ** to double the speed of the COPY operation.
+    */
+    int res, rx=SQLITE_OK, cnt;
+    i64 x;
+    cnt = 0;
+    assert( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0 );
+    assert( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_ZERODATA)==0 );
+    if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){
+      if( pC->nextRowidValid ){
+        v = pC->nextRowid;
+      }else{
+        rx = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res);
+        if( res ){
+          v = 1;
+        }else{
+          sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
+          v = keyToInt(v);
+          if( v==0x7fffffffffffffff ){
+            pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
+          }else{
+            v++;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( v<0x7fffffffffffffff ){
+        pC->nextRowidValid = 1;
+        pC->nextRowid = v+1;
+      }else{
+        pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pC->useRandomRowid ){
+      v = db->priorNewRowid;
+      cnt = 0;
+      do{
+        if( v==0 || cnt>2 ){
+          sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(v), &v);
+          if( cnt<5 ) v &= 0xffffff;
+        }else{
+          unsigned char r;
+          sqlite3Randomness(1, &r);
+          v += r + 1;
+        }
+        if( v==0 ) continue;
+        x = intToKey(v);
+        rx = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)x, &res);
+        cnt++;
+      }while( cnt<1000 && rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 );
+      db->priorNewRowid = v;
+      if( rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+    }
+    pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->i = v;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: PutIntKey P1 P2 *
+**
+** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
+** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
+** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value on the top of the
+** stack.  The key is the next value down on the stack.  The key must
+** be an integer.  The stack is popped twice by this instruction.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not).  If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P2 is set,
+** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
+** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it's unmodified).
+*/
+/* Opcode: PutStrKey P1 * *
+**
+** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
+** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
+** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value on the top of the
+** stack.  The key is the next value down on the stack.  The key must
+** be a string.  The stack is popped twice by this instruction.
+**
+** P1 may not be a pseudo-table opened using the OpenPseudo opcode.
+*/
+case OP_PutIntKey:
+case OP_PutStrKey: {
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  if( ((pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 || pC->pseudoTable) ){
+    char *zKey;
+    i64 nKey; 
+    i64 iKey;
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_PutStrKey ){
+      Stringify(pNos, db->enc);
+      nKey = pNos->n;
+      zKey = pNos->z;
+    }else{
+      assert( pNos->flags & MEM_Int );
+
+      /* If the table is an INTKEY table, set nKey to the value of
+      ** the integer key, and zKey to NULL. Otherwise, set nKey to
+      ** sizeof(i64) and point zKey at iKey. iKey contains the integer
+      ** key in the on-disk byte order.
+      */
+      iKey = intToKey(pNos->i);
+      if( pC->intKey ){
+        nKey = intToKey(pNos->i);
+        zKey = 0;
+      }else{
+        nKey = sizeof(i64);
+        zKey = (char*)&iKey;
+      }
+
+      if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+      if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = pNos->i;
+      if( pC->nextRowidValid && pTos->i>=pC->nextRowid ){
+        pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){
+      pTos->z = 0;
+      pTos->n = 0;
+    }else{
+      assert( pTos->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
+    }
+    if( pC->pseudoTable ){
+      /* PutStrKey does not work for pseudo-tables.
+      ** The following assert makes sure we are not trying to use
+      ** PutStrKey on a pseudo-table
+      */
+      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_PutIntKey );
+      sqliteFree(pC->pData);
+      pC->iKey = iKey;
+      pC->nData = pTos->n;
+      if( pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
+        pC->pData = pTos->z;
+        pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+      }else{
+        pC->pData = sqliteMallocRaw( pC->nData+2 );
+        if( !pC->pData ) goto no_mem;
+        memcpy(pC->pData, pTos->z, pC->nData);
+        pC->pData[pC->nData] = 0;
+        pC->pData[pC->nData+1] = 0;
+      }
+      pC->nullRow = 0;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, zKey, nKey, pTos->z, pTos->n);
+    }
+    pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  popStack(&pTos, 2);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 *
+**
+** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
+**
+** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
+** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
+** the next Next instruction will be a no-op.  Hence it is OK to delete
+** a record from within an Next loop.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not).
+**
+** If P1 is a pseudo-table, then this instruction is a no-op.
+*/
+case OP_Delete: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->pCursor);
+    pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ResetCount P1 * *
+**
+** This opcode resets the VMs internal change counter to 0. If P1 is true,
+** then the value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
+** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes())
+** before it is reset. This is used by trigger programs.
+*/
+case OP_ResetCount: {
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+  }
+  p->nChange = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: KeyAsData P1 P2 *
+**
+** Turn the key-as-data mode for cursor P1 either on (if P2==1) or
+** off (if P2==0).  In key-as-data mode, the OP_Column opcode pulls
+** data off of the key rather than the data.  This is used for
+** processing compound selects.
+*/
+case OP_KeyAsData: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  pC->keyAsData = pOp->p2;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: RowData P1 * *
+**
+** Push onto the stack the complete row data for cursor P1.
+** There is no interpretation of the data.  It is just copied
+** onto the stack exactly as it is found in the database file.
+**
+** If the cursor is not pointing to a valid row, a NULL is pushed
+** onto the stack.
+*/
+/* Opcode: RowKey P1 * *
+**
+** Push onto the stack the complete row key for cursor P1.
+** There is no interpretation of the key.  It is just copied
+** onto the stack exactly as it is found in the database file.
+**
+** If the cursor is not pointing to a valid row, a NULL is pushed
+** onto the stack.
+*/
+case OP_RowKey:
+case OP_RowData: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  u32 n;
+
+  pTos++;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( pC->nullRow ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }else if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
+    BtCursor *pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+    sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+    if( pC->nullRow ){
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+      break;
+    }else if( pC->keyAsData || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey ){
+      i64 n64;
+      assert( !pC->intKey );
+      sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64);
+      n = n64;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n);
+    }
+    pTos->n = n;
+    if( n<=NBFS ){
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Short;
+      pTos->z = pTos->zShort;
+    }else{
+      char *z = sqliteMallocRaw( n );
+      if( z==0 ) goto no_mem;
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
+      pTos->xDel = 0;
+      pTos->z = z;
+    }
+    if( pC->keyAsData || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey ){
+      sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pTos->z);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pTos->z);
+    }
+  }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
+    pTos->n = pC->nData;
+    pTos->z = pC->pData;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
+  }else{
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Recno P1 * *
+**
+** Push onto the stack an integer which is the first 4 bytes of the
+** the key to the current entry in a sequential scan of the database
+** file P1.  The sequential scan should have been started using the 
+** Next opcode.
+*/
+case OP_Recno: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  i64 v;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+  pTos++;
+  if( pC->recnoIsValid ){
+    v = pC->lastRecno;
+  }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
+    v = keyToInt(pC->iKey);
+  }else if( pC->nullRow || pC->pCursor==0 ){
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    break;
+  }else{
+    assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+    sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
+    v = keyToInt(v);
+  }
+  pTos->i = v;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: FullKey P1 * *
+**
+** Extract the complete key from the record that cursor P1 is currently
+** pointing to and push the key onto the stack as a string.
+**
+** Compare this opcode to Recno.  The Recno opcode extracts the first
+** 4 bytes of the key and pushes those bytes onto the stack as an
+** integer.  This instruction pushes the entire key as a string.
+**
+** This opcode may not be used on a pseudo-table.
+*/
+case OP_FullKey: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  Cursor *pC;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]->keyAsData );
+  assert( !p->apCsr[i]->pseudoTable );
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    i64 amt;
+    char *z;
+
+    sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+    assert( pC->intKey==0 );
+    sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &amt);
+    if( amt<=0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+    if( amt>NBFS ){
+      z = sqliteMallocRaw( amt );
+      if( z==0 ) goto no_mem;
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
+      pTos->xDel = 0;
+    }else{
+      z = pTos->zShort;
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Short;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, amt, z);
+    pTos->z = z;
+    pTos->n = amt;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * *
+**
+** Move the cursor P1 to a null row.  Any OP_Column operations
+** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always push 
+** a NULL onto the stack.
+*/
+case OP_NullRow: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  pC->nullRow = 1;
+  pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 *
+**
+** The next use of the Recno or Column or Next instruction for P1 
+** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Last: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int res;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
+    pC->nullRow = res;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+    if( res && pOp->p2>0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pC->nullRow = 0;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 *
+**
+** The next use of the Recno or Column or Next instruction for P1 
+** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Rewind: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[i];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
+    pC->atFirst = res==0;
+    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }else{
+    res = 1;
+  }
+  pC->nullRow = res;
+  if( res && pOp->p2>0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 *
+**
+** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
+** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+**
+** See also: Prev
+*/
+/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 *
+**
+** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
+** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+*/
+case OP_Prev:
+case OP_Next: {
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pC!=0 );
+  if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int res;
+    if( pC->nullRow ){
+      res = 1;
+    }else{
+      assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+      rc = pOp->opcode==OP_Next ? sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res) :
+                                  sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCrsr, &res);
+      pC->nullRow = res;
+      pC->cacheValid = 0;
+    }
+    if( res==0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      sqlite3_search_count++;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pC->nullRow = 1;
+  }
+  pC->recnoIsValid = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxPut P1 P2 P3
+**
+** The top of the stack holds a SQL index key made using the
+** MakeIdxKey instruction.  This opcode writes that key into the
+** index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
+**
+** If P2==1, then the key must be unique.  If the key is not unique,
+** the program aborts with a SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error and the database
+** is rolled back.  If P3 is not null, then it becomes part of the
+** error message returned with the SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+*/
+case OP_IdxPut: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int nKey = pTos->n;
+    const char *zKey = pTos->z;
+    if( pOp->p2 ){
+      int res;
+      int len;
+   
+      /* 'len' is the length of the key minus the rowid at the end */
+      len = nKey - sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(nKey, zKey);
+
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, zKey, len, &res);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+      while( res!=0 && !sqlite3BtreeEof(pCrsr) ){
+        int c;
+        if( sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pC, len, zKey, &c)==SQLITE_OK && c==0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+          if( pOp->p3 && pOp->p3[0] ){
+            sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, pOp->p3, (char*)0);
+          }
+          goto abort_due_to_error;
+        }
+        if( res<0 ){
+          sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res);
+          res = +1;
+        }else{
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pC->intKey==0 );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, "", 0);
+    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 * *
+**
+** The top of the stack is an index key built using the MakeIdxKey opcode.
+** This opcode removes that entry from the index.
+*/
+case OP_IdxDelete: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Cursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int rx, res;
+    rx = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, pTos->z, pTos->n, &res);
+    if( rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr);
+    }
+    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    pC->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxRecno P1 * *
+**
+** Push onto the stack an integer which is the varint located at the
+** end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1.  These integer should be
+** the record number of the table entry to which this index entry points.
+**
+** See also: Recno, MakeIdxKey.
+*/
+case OP_IdxRecno: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  Cursor *pC;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  pTos++;
+  pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    i64 rowid;
+
+    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    assert( pC->intKey==0 );
+    if( pC->nullRow ){
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &rowid);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      }
+      pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+      pTos->i = rowid;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 *
+**
+** The top of the stack is an index entry that omits the ROWID.  Compare
+** the top of stack against the index that P1 is currently pointing to.
+** Ignore the ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** The top of the stack might have fewer columns that P1.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is greater than the top of the stack
+** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+** In either case, the stack is popped once.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3
+**
+** The top of the stack is an index entry that omits the ROWID.  Compare
+** the top of stack against the index that P1 is currently pointing to.
+** Ignore the ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the top of the stack
+** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+** In either case, the stack is popped once.
+**
+** If P3 is the "+" string (or any other non-NULL string) then the
+** index taken from the top of the stack is temporarily increased by
+** an epsilon prior to the comparison.  This make the opcode work
+** like IdxGT except that if the key from the stack is a prefix of
+** the key in the cursor, the result is false whereas it would be
+** true with IdxGT.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3
+**
+** The top of the stack is an index entry that omits the ROWID.  Compare
+** the top of stack against the index that P1 is currently pointing to.
+** Ignore the ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is less than  the top of the stack
+** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+** In either case, the stack is popped once.
+**
+** If P3 is the "+" string (or any other non-NULL string) then the
+** index taken from the top of the stack is temporarily increased by
+** an epsilon prior to the comparison.  This makes the opcode work
+** like IdxLE.
+*/
+case OP_IdxLT:
+case OP_IdxGT:
+case OP_IdxGE: {
+  int i= pOp->p1;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  Cursor *pC;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    int res, rc;
+ 
+    assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );  /* Created using OP_Make*Key */
+    Stringify(pTos, db->enc);
+    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    *pC->pIncrKey = pOp->p3!=0;
+    assert( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->opcode!=OP_IdxGT );
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pC, pTos->n, pTos->z, &res);
+    *pC->pIncrKey = 0;
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      break;
+    }
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ){
+      res = -res;
+    }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE ){
+      res++;
+    }
+    if( res>0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ;
+    }
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IdxIsNull P1 P2 *
+**
+** The top of the stack contains an index entry such as might be generated
+** by the MakeIdxKey opcode.  This routine looks at the first P1 fields of
+** that key.  If any of the first P1 fields are NULL, then a jump is made
+** to address P2.  Otherwise we fall straight through.
+**
+** The index entry is always popped from the stack.
+*/
+case OP_IdxIsNull: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  int k, n;
+  const char *z;
+  u32 serial_type;
+
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );
+  z = pTos->z;
+  n = pTos->n;
+  k = sqlite3GetVarint32(z, &serial_type);
+  for(; k<n && i>0; i--){
+    k += sqlite3GetVarint32(&z[k], &serial_type);
+    if( serial_type==0 ){   /* Serial type 0 is a NULL */
+      pc = pOp->p2-1;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 *
+**
+** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
+** file is given by P1.
+**
+** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
+** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** See also: Clear
+*/
+case OP_Destroy: {
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 *
+**
+** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
+** in the database file is given by P1.  But, unlike Destroy, do not
+** remove the table or index from the database file.
+**
+** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
+** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** See also: Destroy
+*/
+case OP_Clear: {
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 * *
+**
+** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P2==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P2==1.  Push the page number
+** for the root page of the new table onto the stack.
+**
+** The difference between a table and an index is this:  A table must
+** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data.  An index
+** has an arbitrary key but no data.
+**
+** See also: CreateIndex
+*/
+/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 * *
+**
+** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P2==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P2==1.  Push the page number of the
+** root page of the new index onto the stack.
+**
+** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
+*/
+case OP_CreateIndex:
+case OP_CreateTable: {
+  int pgno;
+  int flags;
+  Db *pDb;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
+    /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
+    flags = BTREE_LEAFDATA|BTREE_INTKEY;
+  }else{
+    flags = BTREE_ZERODATA;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags);
+  pTos++;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pTos->i = pgno;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+  }else{
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * P3
+**
+** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
+** that match the WHERE clause P3.
+**
+** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
+** then runs the new virtual machine.  It is thus a reentrant opcode.
+*/
+case OP_ParseSchema: {
+  char *zSql;
+  int iDb = pOp->p1;
+  const char *zMaster;
+  InitData initData;
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+  if( !DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ) break;
+  zMaster = iDb==1 ? TEMP_MASTER_NAME : MASTER_NAME;
+  initData.db = db;
+  initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(
+     "SELECT name, rootpage, sql, %d FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s",
+     pOp->p1, db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p3);
+  if( zSql==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+  assert( db->init.busy==0 );
+  db->init.busy = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
+  db->init.busy = 0;
+  sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+  sqliteFree(zSql);
+  break;  
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * P3
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the table named P3 in database P1.  This is called after a table
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropTable: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * P3
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the index named P3 in database P1.  This is called after an index
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropIndex: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * P3
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the trigger named P3 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropTrigger: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3);
+  break;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcode: IntegrityCk * P2 *
+**
+** Do an analysis of the currently open database.  Push onto the
+** stack the text of an error message describing any problems.
+** If there are no errors, push a "ok" onto the stack.
+**
+** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer
+** values on the stack.  This opcode pulls as many integers as it
+** can off of the stack and uses those numbers as the root pages.
+**
+** If P2 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
+** file, not the main database file.
+**
+** This opcode is used for testing purposes only.
+*/
+case OP_IntegrityCk: {
+  int nRoot;
+  int *aRoot;
+  int j;
+  char *z;
+
+  for(nRoot=0; &pTos[-nRoot]>=p->aStack; nRoot++){
+    if( (pTos[-nRoot].flags & MEM_Int)==0 ) break;
+  }
+  assert( nRoot>0 );
+  aRoot = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(int*)*(nRoot+1) );
+  if( aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  for(j=0; j<nRoot; j++){
+    Mem *pMem = &pTos[-j];
+    aRoot[j] = pMem->i;
+  }
+  aRoot[j] = 0;
+  popStack(&pTos, nRoot);
+  pTos++;
+  z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, aRoot, nRoot);
+  if( z==0 || z[0]==0 ){
+    if( z ) sqliteFree(z);
+    pTos->z = "ok";
+    pTos->n = 2;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Static | MEM_Term;
+  }else{
+    pTos->z = z;
+    pTos->n = strlen(z);
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Dyn | MEM_Term;
+    pTos->xDel = 0;
+  }
+  pTos->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, db->enc);
+  sqliteFree(aRoot);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ListWrite * * *
+**
+** Write the integer on the top of the stack
+** into the temporary storage list.
+*/
+case OP_ListWrite: {
+  Keylist *pKeylist;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  pKeylist = p->pList;
+  if( pKeylist==0 || pKeylist->nUsed>=pKeylist->nKey ){
+    pKeylist = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(Keylist)+999*sizeof(pKeylist->aKey[0]) );
+    if( pKeylist==0 ) goto no_mem;
+    pKeylist->nKey = 1000;
+    pKeylist->nRead = 0;
+    pKeylist->nUsed = 0;
+    pKeylist->pNext = p->pList;
+    p->pList = pKeylist;
+  }
+  Integerify(pTos);
+  pKeylist->aKey[pKeylist->nUsed++] = pTos->i;
+  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ListRewind * * *
+**
+** Rewind the temporary buffer back to the beginning.
+*/
+case OP_ListRewind: {
+  /* What this opcode codes, really, is reverse the order of the
+  ** linked list of Keylist structures so that they are read out
+  ** in the same order that they were read in. */
+  Keylist *pRev, *pTop;
+  pRev = 0;
+  while( p->pList ){
+    pTop = p->pList;
+    p->pList = pTop->pNext;
+    pTop->pNext = pRev;
+    pRev = pTop;
+  }
+  p->pList = pRev;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ListRead * P2 *
+**
+** Attempt to read an integer from the temporary storage buffer
+** and push it onto the stack.  If the storage buffer is empty, 
+** push nothing but instead jump to P2.
+*/
+case OP_ListRead: {
+  Keylist *pKeylist;
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  pKeylist = p->pList;
+  if( pKeylist!=0 ){
+    assert( pKeylist->nRead>=0 );
+    assert( pKeylist->nRead<pKeylist->nUsed );
+    assert( pKeylist->nRead<pKeylist->nKey );
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->i = pKeylist->aKey[pKeylist->nRead++];
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
+    if( pKeylist->nRead>=pKeylist->nUsed ){
+      p->pList = pKeylist->pNext;
+      sqliteFree(pKeylist);
+    }
+  }else{
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ListReset * * *
+**
+** Reset the temporary storage buffer so that it holds nothing.
+*/
+case OP_ListReset: {
+  if( p->pList ){
+    sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(p->pList);
+    p->pList = 0;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ContextPush * * * 
+**
+** Save the current Vdbe context such that it can be restored by a ContextPop
+** opcode. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement change
+** count, and the current statement change count.
+*/
+case OP_ContextPush: {
+  int i = p->contextStackTop++;
+  Context *pContext;
+
+  assert( i>=0 );
+  /* FIX ME: This should be allocated as part of the vdbe at compile-time */
+  if( i>=p->contextStackDepth ){
+    p->contextStackDepth = i+1;
+    p->contextStack = sqliteRealloc(p->contextStack, sizeof(Context)*(i+1));
+    if( p->contextStack==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  }
+  pContext = &p->contextStack[i];
+  pContext->lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
+  pContext->nChange = p->nChange;
+  pContext->pList = p->pList;
+  p->pList = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: ContextPop * * * 
+**
+** Restore the Vdbe context to the state it was in when contextPush was last
+** executed. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement
+** change count, and the current statement change count.
+*/
+case OP_ContextPop: {
+  Context *pContext = &p->contextStack[--p->contextStackTop];
+  assert( p->contextStackTop>=0 );
+  db->lastRowid = pContext->lastRowid;
+  p->nChange = pContext->nChange;
+  sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(p->pList);
+  p->pList = pContext->pList;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SortPut * * *
+**
+** The TOS is the key and the NOS is the data.  Pop both from the stack
+** and put them on the sorter.  The key and data should have been
+** made using SortMakeKey and SortMakeRec, respectively.
+*/
+case OP_SortPut: {
+  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
+  Sorter *pSorter;
+  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
+  if( Dynamicify(pTos, db->enc) ) goto no_mem;
+  pSorter = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(Sorter) );
+  if( pSorter==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  pSorter->pNext = p->pSort;
+  p->pSort = pSorter;
+  assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn );
+  pSorter->nKey = pTos->n;
+  pSorter->zKey = pTos->z;
+  pSorter->data.flags = MEM_Null;
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pSorter->data, pNos);
+  pTos -= 2;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Sort * * P3
+**
+** Sort all elements on the sorter.  The algorithm is a
+** mergesort.  The P3 argument is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure
+** that describes the keys to be sorted.
+*/
+case OP_Sort: {
+  int i;
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3;
+  Sorter *pElem;
+  Sorter *apSorter[NSORT];
+  pKeyInfo->enc = p->db->enc;
+  for(i=0; i<NSORT; i++){
+    apSorter[i] = 0;
+  }
+  while( p->pSort ){
+    pElem = p->pSort;
+    p->pSort = pElem->pNext;
+    pElem->pNext = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<NSORT-1; i++){
+      if( apSorter[i]==0 ){
+        apSorter[i] = pElem;
+        break;
+      }else{
+        pElem = Merge(apSorter[i], pElem, pKeyInfo);
+        apSorter[i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    if( i>=NSORT-1 ){
+      apSorter[NSORT-1] = Merge(apSorter[NSORT-1],pElem, pKeyInfo);
+    }
+  }
+  pElem = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<NSORT; i++){
+    pElem = Merge(apSorter[i], pElem, pKeyInfo);
+  }
+  p->pSort = pElem;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SortNext * P2 *
+**
+** Push the data for the topmost element in the sorter onto the
+** stack, then remove the element from the sorter.  If the sorter
+** is empty, push nothing on the stack and instead jump immediately 
+** to instruction P2.
+*/
+case OP_SortNext: {
+  Sorter *pSorter = p->pSort;
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  if( pSorter!=0 ){
+    p->pSort = pSorter->pNext;
+    pTos++;
+    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pTos, &pSorter->data);
+    sqliteFree(pSorter->zKey);
+    sqliteFree(pSorter);
+  }else{
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SortReset * * *
+**
+** Remove any elements that remain on the sorter.
+*/
+case OP_SortReset: {
+  sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(p);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MemStore P1 P2 *
+**
+** Write the top of the stack into memory location P1.
+** P1 should be a small integer since space is allocated
+** for all memory locations between 0 and P1 inclusive.
+**
+** After the data is stored in the memory location, the
+** stack is popped once if P2 is 1.  If P2 is zero, then
+** the original data remains on the stack.
+*/
+case OP_MemStore: {
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nMem );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&p->aMem[pOp->p1], pTos);
+  pTos--;
+
+  /* If P2 is 0 then fall thru to the next opcode, OP_MemLoad, that will
+  ** restore the top of the stack to its original value.
+  */
+  if( pOp->p2 ){
+    break;
+  }
+}
+/* Opcode: MemLoad P1 * *
+**
+** Push a copy of the value in memory location P1 onto the stack.
+**
+** If the value is a string, then the value pushed is a pointer to
+** the string that is stored in the memory location.  If the memory
+** location is subsequently changed (using OP_MemStore) then the
+** value pushed onto the stack will change too.
+*/
+case OP_MemLoad: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nMem );
+  pTos++;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, &p->aMem[i], MEM_Ephem);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MemIncr P1 P2 *
+**
+** Increment the integer valued memory cell P1 by 1.  If P2 is not zero
+** and the result after the increment is greater than zero, then jump
+** to P2.
+**
+** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
+** an integer.
+*/
+case OP_MemIncr: {
+  int i = pOp->p1;
+  Mem *pMem;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nMem );
+  pMem = &p->aMem[i];
+  assert( pMem->flags==MEM_Int );
+  pMem->i++;
+  if( pOp->p2>0 && pMem->i>0 ){
+     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggReset P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Reset the aggregator so that it no longer contains any data.
+** Future aggregator elements will contain P2 values each and be sorted
+** using the KeyInfo structure pointed to by P3.
+**
+** If P1 is non-zero, then only a single aggregator row is available (i.e.
+** there is no GROUP BY expression). In this case it is illegal to invoke
+** OP_AggFocus.
+*/
+case OP_AggReset: {
+  assert( !pOp->p3 || pOp->p3type==P3_KEYINFO );
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeAggReset(0, &p->agg, (KeyInfo *)pOp->p3);
+    p->agg.nMem = pOp->p2;    /* Agg.nMem is used by AggInsert() */
+    rc = AggInsert(&p->agg, 0, 0);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeAggReset(db, &p->agg, (KeyInfo *)pOp->p3);
+    p->agg.nMem = pOp->p2;
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  p->agg.apFunc = sqliteMalloc( p->agg.nMem*sizeof(p->agg.apFunc[0]) );
+  if( p->agg.apFunc==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggInit * P2 P3
+**
+** Initialize the function parameters for an aggregate function.
+** The aggregate will operate out of aggregate column P2.
+** P3 is a pointer to the FuncDef structure for the function.
+*/
+case OP_AggInit: {
+  int i = pOp->p2;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->agg.nMem );
+  p->agg.apFunc[i] = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggFunc * P2 P3
+**
+** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
+** function has P2 arguments.  P3 is a pointer to the FuncDef
+** structure that specifies the function.
+**
+** The top of the stack must be an integer which is the index of
+** the aggregate column that corresponds to this aggregate function.
+** Ideally, this index would be another parameter, but there are
+** no free parameters left.  The integer is popped from the stack.
+*/
+case OP_AggFunc: {
+  int n = pOp->p2;
+  int i;
+  Mem *pMem, *pRec;
+  sqlite3_context ctx;
+  sqlite3_value **apVal;
+
+  assert( n>=0 );
+  assert( pTos->flags==MEM_Int );
+  pRec = &pTos[-n];
+  assert( pRec>=p->aStack );
+
+  apVal = p->apArg;
+  assert( apVal || n==0 );
+
+  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pRec++){
+    apVal[i] = pRec;
+    storeTypeInfo(pRec, db->enc);
+  }
+  i = pTos->i;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->agg.nMem );
+  ctx.pFunc = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3;
+  pMem = &p->agg.pCurrent->aMem[i];
+  ctx.s.z = pMem->zShort;  /* Space used for small aggregate contexts */
+  ctx.pAgg = pMem->z;
+  ctx.cnt = ++pMem->i;
+  ctx.isError = 0;
+  ctx.isStep = 1;
+  ctx.pColl = 0;
+  if( ctx.pFunc->needCollSeq ){
+    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
+    assert( pOp[-1].p3type==P3_COLLSEQ );
+    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+    ctx.pColl = (CollSeq *)pOp[-1].p3;
+  }
+  (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal);
+  pMem->z = ctx.pAgg;
+  pMem->flags = MEM_AggCtx;
+  popStack(&pTos, n+1);
+  if( ctx.isError ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggFocus * P2 *
+**
+** Pop the top of the stack and use that as an aggregator key.  If
+** an aggregator with that same key already exists, then make the
+** aggregator the current aggregator and jump to P2.  If no aggregator
+** with the given key exists, create one and make it current but
+** do not jump.
+**
+** The order of aggregator opcodes is important.  The order is:
+** AggReset AggFocus AggNext.  In other words, you must execute
+** AggReset first, then zero or more AggFocus operations, then
+** zero or more AggNext operations.  You must not execute an AggFocus
+** in between an AggNext and an AggReset.
+*/
+case OP_AggFocus: {
+  char *zKey;
+  int nKey;
+  int res;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  Stringify(pTos, db->enc);
+  zKey = pTos->z;
+  nKey = pTos->n;
+  assert( p->agg.pBtree );
+  assert( p->agg.pCsr );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(p->agg.pCsr, zKey, nKey, &res);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  if( res==0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeData(p->agg.pCsr, 0, sizeof(AggElem*),
+        (char *)&p->agg.pCurrent);
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }else{
+    rc = AggInsert(&p->agg, zKey, nKey);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto abort_due_to_error;
+  }
+  Release(pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break; 
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggSet * P2 *
+**
+** Move the top of the stack into the P2-th field of the current
+** aggregate.  String values are duplicated into new memory.
+*/
+case OP_AggSet: {
+  AggElem *pFocus;
+  int i = pOp->p2;
+  pFocus = p->agg.pCurrent;
+  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
+  if( pFocus==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->agg.nMem );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pFocus->aMem[i], pTos);
+  pTos--;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggGet * P2 *
+**
+** Push a new entry onto the stack which is a copy of the P2-th field
+** of the current aggregate.  Strings are not duplicated so
+** string values will be ephemeral.
+*/
+case OP_AggGet: {
+  AggElem *pFocus;
+  int i = pOp->p2;
+  pFocus = p->agg.pCurrent;
+  if( pFocus==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  assert( i>=0 && i<p->agg.nMem );
+  pTos++;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, &pFocus->aMem[i], MEM_Ephem);
+  if( pTos->flags&MEM_Str ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, db->enc);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggNext * P2 *
+**
+** Make the next aggregate value the current aggregate.  The prior
+** aggregate is deleted.  If all aggregate values have been consumed,
+** jump to P2.
+**
+** The order of aggregator opcodes is important.  The order is:
+** AggReset AggFocus AggNext.  In other words, you must execute
+** AggReset first, then zero or more AggFocus operations, then
+** zero or more AggNext operations.  You must not execute an AggFocus
+** in between an AggNext and an AggReset.
+*/
+case OP_AggNext: {
+  int res;
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  if( p->agg.searching==0 ){
+    p->agg.searching = 1;
+    if( p->agg.pCsr ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(p->agg.pCsr, &res);
+    }else{
+      res = 0;
+    }
+  }else{
+    if( p->agg.pCsr ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(p->agg.pCsr, &res);
+    }else{
+      res = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+  if( res!=0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }else{
+    int i;
+    sqlite3_context ctx;
+    Mem *aMem;
+
+    if( p->agg.pCsr ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(p->agg.pCsr, 0, sizeof(AggElem*),
+          (char *)&p->agg.pCurrent);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }
+    aMem = p->agg.pCurrent->aMem;
+    for(i=0; i<p->agg.nMem; i++){
+      FuncDef *pFunc = p->agg.apFunc[i];
+      Mem *pMem = &aMem[i];
+      if( pFunc==0 || pFunc->xFinalize==0 ) continue;
+      ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+      ctx.s.z = pMem->zShort;
+      ctx.pAgg = (void*)pMem->z;
+      ctx.cnt = pMem->i;
+      ctx.isStep = 0;
+      ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
+      pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx);
+      pMem->z = ctx.pAgg;
+      if( pMem->z && pMem->z!=pMem->zShort ){
+        sqliteFree( pMem->z );
+      }
+      *pMem = ctx.s;
+      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Short ){
+        pMem->z = pMem->zShort;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Vacuum * * *
+**
+** Vacuum the entire database.  This opcode will cause other virtual
+** machines to be created and run.  It may not be called from within
+** a transaction.
+*/
+case OP_Vacuum: {
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; 
+  rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* An other opcode is illegal...
+*/
+default: {
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%d",pOp->opcode);
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "unknown opcode ", zBuf, (char*)0);
+  rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+  break;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
+** by 6 spaces.  But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
+** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
+** restored.
+*****************************************************************************/
+    }
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+    {
+      long long elapse = hwtime() - start;
+      pOp->cycles += elapse;
+      pOp->cnt++;
+#if 0
+        fprintf(stdout, "%10lld ", elapse);
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, &p->aOp[origPc]);
+#endif
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
+    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
+    ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
+    ** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
+    */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    /* Sanity checking on the top element of the stack */
+    if( pTos>=p->aStack ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(pTos, db->enc);
+    }
+    if( pc<-1 || pc>=p->nOp ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "jump destination out of range", (char*)0);
+      rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+    }
+    if( p->trace && pTos>=p->aStack ){
+      int i;
+      fprintf(p->trace, "Stack:");
+      for(i=0; i>-5 && &pTos[i]>=p->aStack; i--){
+        if( pTos[i].flags & MEM_Null ){
+          fprintf(p->trace, " NULL");
+        }else if( (pTos[i].flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
+          fprintf(p->trace, " si:%lld", pTos[i].i);
+        }else if( pTos[i].flags & MEM_Int ){
+          fprintf(p->trace, " i:%lld", pTos[i].i);
+        }else if( pTos[i].flags & MEM_Real ){
+          fprintf(p->trace, " r:%g", pTos[i].r);
+        }else{
+          char zBuf[100];
+          sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(&pTos[i], zBuf, 100);
+          fprintf(p->trace, " ");
+          fprintf(p->trace, "%s", zBuf);
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace," rc=%d",rc);
+      fprintf(p->trace,"\n");
+    }
+#endif
+  }  /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */
+
+  /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished.
+  */
+vdbe_halt:
+  if( rc ){
+    p->rc = rc;
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+  p->pTos = pTos;
+  return rc;
+
+  /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.  It's hard to get a malloc()
+  ** to fail on a modern VM computer, so this code is untested.
+  */
+no_mem:
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0);
+  rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  goto vdbe_halt;
+
+  /* Jump to here for an SQLITE_MISUSE error.
+  */
+abort_due_to_misuse:
+  rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  /* Fall thru into abort_due_to_error */
+
+  /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error.  The "rc" variable
+  ** should hold the error number.
+  */
+abort_due_to_error:
+  if( p->zErrMsg==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
+  }
+  goto vdbe_halt;
+
+  /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
+  ** flag.
+  */
+abort_due_to_interrupt:
+  assert( db->flags & SQLITE_Interrupt );
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Interrupt;
+  if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+  }
+  p->rc = rc;
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
+  goto vdbe_halt;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbe.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbe.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..490417a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbe.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
+**
+** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
+** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
+** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
+#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/*
+** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
+** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
+** of this structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;
+
+/*
+** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
+** and as many as three operands.  The instruction is recorded
+** as an instance of the following structure:
+*/
+struct VdbeOp {
+  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
+  int p1;             /* First operand */
+  int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
+  char *p3;           /* Third parameter */
+  int p3type;         /* P3_STATIC, P3_DYNAMIC or P3_POINTER */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  int cnt;            /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
+  long long cycles;   /* Total time spend executing this instruction */
+#endif
+};
+typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;
+
+/*
+** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
+** it takes up less space.
+*/
+struct VdbeOpList {
+  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
+  signed char p1;     /* First operand */
+  short int p2;       /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
+  char *p3;           /* Third parameter */
+};
+typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p3type
+*/
+#define P3_NOTUSED    0   /* The P3 parameter is not used */
+#define P3_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
+#define P3_STATIC   (-2)  /* Pointer to a static string */
+#define P3_POINTER  (-3)  /* P3 is a pointer to some structure or object */
+#define P3_COLLSEQ  (-4)  /* P3 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
+#define P3_FUNCDEF  (-5)  /* P3 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
+#define P3_KEYINFO  (-6)  /* P3 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
+#define P3_VDBEFUNC (-7)  /* P3 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */
+
+/* When adding a P3 argument using P3_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure
+** is made.  That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized.  But if the
+** argument is P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used.  It still
+** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained
+** from a single sqliteMalloc().  But no copy is made and the calling
+** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo.
+*/
+#define P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-7)
+
+/*
+** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
+** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that 
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative.  Calling
+** the macro again restores the address.
+*/
+#define ADDR(X)  (-1-(X))
+
+/*
+** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h"
+** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE.
+*/
+#include "opcodes.h"
+
+/*
+** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
+** for a description of what each of these routines does.
+*/
+Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*);
+void sqlite3VdbeCreateCallback(Vdbe*, int*);
+int sqlite3VdbeAddOp(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
+int sqlite3VdbeOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,const char *zP3,int);
+int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp);
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, int addr, int P1);
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, int addr, int P2);
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP1, int N);
+void sqlite3VdbeDequoteP3(Vdbe*, int addr);
+int sqlite3VdbeFindOp(Vdbe*, int, int, int);
+VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
+int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
+void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
+void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
+int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
+void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
+int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
+void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*);
+int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
+int sqliteVdbeSetVariables(Vdbe*,int,const char**);
+void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
+int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, const char *, int);
+void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
+# define VdbeComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeComment X
+#else
+# define VdbeComment(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeInt.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeInt.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a929cb95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeInt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
+/*
+** 2003 September 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for information that is private to the
+** VDBE.  This information used to all be at the top of the single
+** source code file "vdbe.c".  When that file became too big (over
+** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
+** this header information was factored out.
+*/
+
+/*
+** intToKey() and keyToInt() used to transform the rowid.  But with
+** the latest versions of the design they are no-ops.
+*/
+#define keyToInt(X)   (X)
+#define intToKey(X)   (X)
+
+/*
+** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the following
+** array of string constants which are the names of all VDBE opcodes.  This
+** array is defined in a separate source code file named opcode.c which is
+** automatically generated by the makefile.
+*/
+extern char *sqlite3OpcodeNames[];
+
+/*
+** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
+** executed by a virtual machine.  Each instruction is an instance
+** of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeOp Op;
+
+/*
+** Boolean values
+*/
+typedef unsigned char Bool;
+
+/*
+** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
+** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
+** loop over all entries of the Btree.  You can also insert new BTree
+** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
+** is currently pointing to.
+** 
+** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
+** instance of the following structure.
+**
+** If the Cursor.isTriggerRow flag is set it means that this cursor is
+** really a single row that represents the NEW or OLD pseudo-table of
+** a row trigger.  The data for the row is stored in Cursor.pData and
+** the rowid is in Cursor.iKey.
+*/
+struct Cursor {
+  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
+  i64 lastRecno;        /* Last recno from a Next or NextIdx operation */
+  i64 nextRowid;        /* Next rowid returned by OP_NewRowid */
+  Bool zeroed;          /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */
+  Bool recnoIsValid;    /* True if lastRecno is valid */
+  Bool keyAsData;       /* The OP_Column command works on key instead of data */
+  Bool atFirst;         /* True if pointing to first entry */
+  Bool useRandomRowid;  /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
+  Bool nullRow;         /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
+  Bool nextRowidValid;  /* True if the nextRowid field is valid */
+  Bool pseudoTable;     /* This is a NEW or OLD pseudo-tables of a trigger */
+  Bool deferredMoveto;  /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
+  Bool intKey;          /* True if the table requires integer keys */
+  Bool zeroData;        /* True if table contains keys only - no data */
+  u8 bogusIncrKey;      /* Something for pIncrKey to point to if pKeyInfo==0 */
+  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
+  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
+  int nData;            /* Number of bytes in pData */
+  char *pData;          /* Data for a NEW or OLD pseudo-table */
+  i64 iKey;             /* Key for the NEW or OLD pseudo-table row */
+  u8 *pIncrKey;         /* Pointer to pKeyInfo->incrKey */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
+  int nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
+
+  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
+  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheValid is true.
+  ** zRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
+  ** be NULL. */
+  Bool cacheValid;      /* True if the cache is valid */
+  int payloadSize;      /* Total number of bytes in the record */
+  u32 *aType;           /* Type values for all entries in the record */
+  u32 *aOffset;         /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */
+  u8 *aRow;             /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
+};
+typedef struct Cursor Cursor;
+
+/*
+** Number of bytes of string storage space available to each stack
+** layer without having to malloc.  NBFS is short for Number of Bytes
+** For Strings.
+*/
+#define NBFS 32
+
+/*
+** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
+** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
+** integer etc.) of the same value.  A value (and therefore Mem structure)
+** has the following properties:
+**
+** Each value has a manifest type. The manifest type of the value stored
+** in a Mem struct is returned by the MemType(Mem*) macro. The type is
+** one of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_REAL, SQLITE_TEXT or
+** SQLITE_BLOB.
+*/
+struct Mem {
+  i64 i;              /* Integer value */
+  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, including '\0' */
+  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
+  u8  type;           /* One of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, etc. */
+  u8  enc;            /* TEXT_Utf8, TEXT_Utf16le, or TEXT_Utf16be */
+  double r;           /* Real value */
+  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
+  void (*xDel)(void *);  /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */
+  char zShort[NBFS];  /* Space for short strings */
+};
+typedef struct Mem Mem;
+
+/*
+** A sorter builds a list of elements to be sorted.  Each element of
+** the list is an instance of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct Sorter Sorter;
+struct Sorter {
+  int nKey;           /* Number of bytes in the key */
+  char *zKey;         /* The key by which we will sort */
+  Mem data;
+  Sorter *pNext;      /* Next in the list */
+};
+
+/* 
+** Number of buckets used for merge-sort.  
+*/
+#define NSORT 30
+
+/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
+** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
+**
+** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
+** No other flags may be set in this case.
+**
+** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
+** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
+** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
+** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
+** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
+**
+** Multiple of these values can appear in Mem.flags.  But only one
+** at a time can appear in Mem.type.
+*/
+#define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL */
+#define MEM_Str       0x0002   /* Value is a string */
+#define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
+#define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
+#define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */
+
+/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
+** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
+** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
+** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
+*/
+#define MEM_Term      0x0020   /* String rep is nul terminated */
+#define MEM_Dyn       0x0040   /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
+#define MEM_Static    0x0080   /* Mem.z points to a static string */
+#define MEM_Ephem     0x0100   /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
+#define MEM_Short     0x0200   /* Mem.z points to Mem.zShort */
+
+/* The following MEM_ value appears only in AggElem.aMem.s.flag fields.
+** It indicates that the corresponding AggElem.aMem.z points to a
+** aggregate function context that needs to be finalized.
+*/
+#define MEM_AggCtx    0x0400  /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
+
+
+/* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains
+** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments
+** of the function.  This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata()
+** and sqlite3_set_auxdata() APIs.  The "auxdata" is some auxiliary data
+** that can be associated with a constant argument to a function.  This
+** allows functions such as "regexp" to compile their constant regular
+** expression argument once and reused the compiled code for multiple
+** invocations.
+*/
+struct VdbeFunc {
+  FuncDef *pFunc;               /* The definition of the function */
+  int nAux;                     /* Number of entries allocated for apAux[] */
+  struct AuxData {
+    void *pAux;                   /* Aux data for the i-th argument */
+    void (*xDelete)(void *);      /* Destructor for the aux data */
+  } apAux[1];                   /* One slot for each function argument */
+};
+typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc;
+
+/*
+** The "context" argument for a installable function.  A pointer to an
+** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
+** implement the SQL functions.
+**
+** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h.  So all routines,
+** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
+** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
+** structure are known.
+**
+** This structure is defined inside of vdbe.c because it uses substructures
+** (Mem) which are only defined there.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_context {
+  FuncDef *pFunc;   /* Pointer to function information.  MUST BE FIRST */
+  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;  /* Auxilary data, if created. */
+  Mem s;            /* The return value is stored here */
+  void *pAgg;       /* Aggregate context */
+  u8 isError;       /* Set to true for an error */
+  u8 isStep;        /* Current in the step function */
+  int cnt;          /* Number of times that the step function has been called */
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+};
+
+/*
+** An Agg structure describes an Aggregator.  Each Agg consists of
+** zero or more Aggregator elements (AggElem).  Each AggElem contains
+** a key and one or more values.  The values are used in processing
+** aggregate functions in a SELECT.  The key is used to implement
+** the GROUP BY clause of a select.
+*/
+typedef struct Agg Agg;
+typedef struct AggElem AggElem;
+struct Agg {
+  int nMem;            /* Number of values stored in each AggElem */
+  AggElem *pCurrent;   /* The AggElem currently in focus */
+  FuncDef **apFunc;    /* Information about aggregate functions */
+  Btree *pBtree;       /* The tmp. btree used to group elements, if required. */
+  BtCursor *pCsr;      /* Read/write cursor to the table in pBtree */
+  int nTab;            /* Root page of the table in pBtree */
+  u8 searching;        /* True between the first AggNext and AggReset */
+};
+struct AggElem {
+  char *zKey;          /* The key to this AggElem */
+  int nKey;            /* Number of bytes in the key, including '\0' at end */
+  Mem aMem[1];         /* The values for this AggElem */
+};
+
+/*
+** A Set structure is used for quick testing to see if a value
+** is part of a small set.  Sets are used to implement code like
+** this:
+**            x.y IN ('hi','hoo','hum')
+*/
+typedef struct Set Set;
+struct Set {
+  Hash hash;             /* A set is just a hash table */
+  HashElem *prev;        /* Previously accessed hash elemen */
+};
+
+/*
+** A Keylist is a bunch of keys into a table.  The keylist can
+** grow without bound.  The keylist stores the ROWIDs of database
+** records that need to be deleted or updated.
+*/
+typedef struct Keylist Keylist;
+struct Keylist {
+  int nKey;         /* Number of slots in aKey[] */
+  int nUsed;        /* Next unwritten slot in aKey[] */
+  int nRead;        /* Next unread slot in aKey[] */
+  Keylist *pNext;   /* Next block of keys */
+  i64 aKey[1];      /* One or more keys.  Extra space allocated as needed */
+};
+
+/*
+** A Context stores the last insert rowid, the last statement change count,
+** and the current statement change count (i.e. changes since last statement).
+** The current keylist is also stored in the context.
+** Elements of Context structure type make up the ContextStack, which is
+** updated by the ContextPush and ContextPop opcodes (used by triggers).
+** The context is pushed before executing a trigger a popped when the
+** trigger finishes.
+*/
+typedef struct Context Context;
+struct Context {
+  int lastRowid;    /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
+  int nChange;      /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges)     */
+  Keylist *pList;   /* Records that will participate in a DELETE or UPDATE */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the virtual machine.  This structure contains the complete
+** state of the virtual machine.
+**
+** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_compile()
+** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
+*/
+struct Vdbe {
+  sqlite3 *db;        /* The whole database */
+  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
+  FILE *trace;        /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
+  int nOp;            /* Number of instructions in the program */
+  int nOpAlloc;       /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
+  Op *aOp;            /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
+  int nLabel;         /* Number of labels used */
+  int nLabelAlloc;    /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */
+  int *aLabel;        /* Space to hold the labels */
+  Mem *aStack;        /* The operand stack, except string values */
+  Mem *pTos;          /* Top entry in the operand stack */
+  Mem **apArg;        /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
+  Mem *aColName;      /* Column names to return */
+  int nCursor;        /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
+  Cursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
+  Sorter *pSort;      /* A linked list of objects to be sorted */
+  int nVar;           /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
+  Mem *aVar;          /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
+  char **azVar;       /* Name of variables */
+  int okVar;          /* True if azVar[] has been initialized */
+  int magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
+  int nMem;               /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
+  Mem *aMem;              /* The memory locations */
+  Agg agg;                /* Aggregate information */
+  int nCallback;          /* Number of callbacks invoked so far */
+  Keylist *pList;         /* A list of ROWIDs */
+  int contextStackTop;    /* Index of top element in the context stack */
+  int contextStackDepth;  /* The size of the "context" stack */
+  Context *contextStack;  /* Stack used by opcodes ContextPush & ContextPop*/
+  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
+  int rc;                 /* Value to return */
+  unsigned uniqueCnt;     /* Used by OP_MakeRecord when P2!=0 */
+  int errorAction;        /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
+  int inTempTrans;        /* True if temp database is transactioned */
+  int returnStack[100];   /* Return address stack for OP_Gosub & OP_Return */
+  int returnDepth;        /* Next unused element in returnStack[] */
+  int nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
+  char **azResColumn;     /* Values for one row of result */ 
+  int popStack;           /* Pop the stack this much on entry to VdbeExec() */
+  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
+  u8 resOnStack;          /* True if there are result values on the stack */
+  u8 explain;             /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
+  u8 changeCntOn;         /* True to update the change-counter */
+  u8 aborted;             /* True if ROLLBACK in another VM causes an abort */
+  int nChange;            /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
+};
+
+/*
+** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
+*/
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT     0x26bceaa5    /* Building a VDBE program */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN      0xbdf20da3    /* VDBE is ready to execute */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT     0x519c2973    /* VDBE has completed execution */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD     0xb606c3c8    /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
+
+/*
+** Function prototypes
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Cursor*);
+void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(Vdbe*);
+int sqlite3VdbeAggReset(sqlite3*, Agg *, KeyInfo *);
+void sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(Keylist*);
+void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
+int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor*);
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
+void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
+#endif
+void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
+u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
+void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int);
+
+int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(Cursor*, int , const unsigned char*, int*);
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *, i64 *);
+int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
+int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(void*,int,const void*,int, const void*);
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(int,const u8*);
+int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
+int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
+int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
+int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
+void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
+i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
+double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*);
+void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem*, u8);
+#endif
+int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
+void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf, int nBuf);
+int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeapi.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeapi.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f6047f6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeapi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
+** VDBE.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_value_  *******************************
+** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
+** structure.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+  if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
+    return p->z;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+  }
+}
+int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return (const char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
+}
+const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
+}
+int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+  return pVal->type;
+}
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_result_  *******************************
+** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
+** the function result.
+*/
+void sqlite3_result_blob(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( n>0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, 0, xDel);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
+  pCtx->isError = 1;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
+  pCtx->isError = 1;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_text(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const char *z, 
+  int n,
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_text16(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_text16be(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_text16le(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
+}
+void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
+** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
+*/
+int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc;
+
+  if( p==0 || p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( p->aborted ){
+    return SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }
+  db = p->db;
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( p->pc<0 ){
+    /* Invoke the trace callback if there is one
+    */
+    if( (db = p->db)->xTrace && !db->init.busy ){
+      assert( p->nOp>0 );
+      assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].opcode==OP_Noop );
+      assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3!=0 );
+      assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3type==P3_DYNAMIC );
+      sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+      db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3);
+      if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+        p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+        return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Print a copy of SQL as it is executed if the SQL_TRACE pragma is turned
+    ** on in debugging mode.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3);
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+    db->activeVdbeCnt++;
+    p->pc = 0;
+  }
+  if( p->explain ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, p->zErrMsg);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc );
+  return p->pFunc->pUserData;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
+** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
+** same context that was returned on prior calls.
+**
+** This routine is defined here in vdbe.c because it depends on knowing
+** the internals of the sqlite3_context structure which is only defined in
+** this source file.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+  if( p->pAgg==0 ){
+    if( nByte<=NBFS ){
+      p->pAgg = (void*)p->s.z;
+      memset(p->pAgg, 0, nByte);
+    }else{
+      p->pAgg = sqliteMalloc( nByte );
+    }
+  }
+  return p->pAgg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
+** the user-function defined by pCtx.
+*/
+void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
+  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
+  if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
+** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
+** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
+*/
+void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int iArg, 
+  void *pAux, 
+  void (*xDelete)(void*)
+){
+  struct AuxData *pAuxData;
+  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
+  if( iArg<0 ) return;
+
+  pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
+  if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){
+    int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg;
+    pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc = sqliteRealloc(pVdbeFunc, nMalloc);
+    if( !pVdbeFunc ) return;
+    memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[pVdbeFunc->nAux], 0, 
+             sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-pVdbeFunc->nAux));
+    pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1;
+    pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc;
+  }
+
+  pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg];
+  if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){
+    pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
+  }
+  pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
+  pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been 
+** called.
+**
+** This routine is defined here in vdbe.c because it depends on knowing
+** the internals of the sqlite3_context structure which is only defined in
+** this source file.
+*/
+int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+  return p->cnt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
+*/
+int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
+** currently executing statement pStmt.
+*/
+int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  if( pVm==0 || !pVm->resOnStack ) return 0;
+  return pVm->nResColumn;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid.  If
+** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
+** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
+** of NULL.
+*/
+static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  int vals = sqlite3_data_count(pStmt);
+  if( i>=vals || i<0 ){
+    static Mem nullMem;
+    if( nullMem.flags==0 ){ nullMem.flags = MEM_Null; }
+    sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+    return &nullMem;
+  }
+  return &pVm->pTos[(1-vals)+i];
+}
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_column_  *******************************
+** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
+** in the result set.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  return sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
+** xFunc() then return that string.  If N is out of range, return 0.
+** If useType is 1, then use the second set of N elements (the datatype
+** names) instead of the first set.
+*/
+static const void *columnName(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+  int N,
+  const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
+  int useType
+){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  int n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+
+  if( p==0 || N>=n || N<0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( useType ){
+    N += n;
+  }
+  return xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
+** statement pStmt.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the 'i'th column of the result set of SQL statement
+** pStmt, encoded as UTF-16.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
+** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt, encoded as UTF-8.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
+** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt, encoded as UTF-16.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, 1);
+}
+
+/******************************* sqlite3_bind_  ***************************
+** 
+** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
+*/
+/*
+** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the 
+** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
+** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
+** value in any case.
+*/
+static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
+  Mem *pVar;
+  if( p==0 || p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+    return SQLITE_RANGE;
+  }
+  i--;
+  pVar = &p->aVar[i];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
+  pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
+  sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Bind a text or BLOB value.
+*/
+static int bindText(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*),
+  int encoding
+){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  Mem *pVar;
+  int rc;
+
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc || zData==0 ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, p->db->enc);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_blob(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
+  return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt* p, int i){
+  return vdbeUnbind((Vdbe *)p, i);
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_text( 
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const char *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+int sqlite3_bind_text16(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
+** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.  
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  return p ? p->nVar : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a mapping from variable numbers to variable names
+** in the Vdbe.azVar[] array, if such a mapping does not already
+** exist.
+*/
+static void createVarMap(Vdbe *p){
+  if( !p->okVar ){
+    int j;
+    Op *pOp;
+    for(j=0, pOp=p->aOp; j<p->nOp; j++, pOp++){
+      if( pOp->opcode==OP_Variable ){
+        assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
+        p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] = pOp->p3;
+      }
+    }
+    p->okVar = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of a wildcard parameter.  Return NULL if the index
+** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
+**
+** The result is always UTF-8.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  createVarMap(p);
+  return p->azVar[i-1];
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
+** with that name.  If there is no variable with the given name,
+** return 0.
+*/
+int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  createVarMap(p); 
+  for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
+    const char *z = p->azVar[i];
+    if( z && strcmp(z,zName)==0 ){
+      return i+1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeaux.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeaux.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fa9751da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbeaux.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1806 @@
+/*
+** 2003 September 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
+** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)  Prior
+** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file.
+** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out.
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+
+
+/*
+** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can
+** set the sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed
+** as they are added to the instruction stream.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+int sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Create a new virtual database engine.
+*/
+Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3 *db){
+  Vdbe *p;
+  p = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Vdbe) );
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  p->db = db;
+  if( db->pVdbe ){
+    db->pVdbe->pPrev = p;
+  }
+  p->pNext = db->pVdbe;
+  p->pPrev = 0;
+  db->pVdbe = p;
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Turn tracing on or off
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe *p, FILE *trace){
+  p->trace = trace;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it contains at least N
+** elements.
+*/
+static void resizeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int N){
+  if( p->nOpAlloc<N ){
+    int oldSize = p->nOpAlloc;
+    p->nOpAlloc = N+100;
+    p->aOp = sqliteRealloc(p->aOp, p->nOpAlloc*sizeof(Op));
+    if( p->aOp ){
+      memset(&p->aOp[oldSize], 0, (p->nOpAlloc-oldSize)*sizeof(Op));
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the
+** VDBE.  Return the address of the new instruction.
+**
+** Parameters:
+**
+**    p               Pointer to the VDBE
+**
+**    op              The opcode for this instruction
+**
+**    p1, p2          First two of the three possible operands.
+**
+** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
+** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP3() function to change the value of the P3
+** operand.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeAddOp(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){
+  int i;
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+
+  i = p->nOp;
+  p->nOp++;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  resizeOpArray(p, i+1);
+  if( p->aOp==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+  pOp->opcode = op;
+  pOp->p1 = p1;
+  pOp->p2 = p2;
+  pOp->p3 = 0;
+  pOp->p3type = P3_NOTUSED;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace ) sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+#endif
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an opcode that includes the p3 value.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, const char *zP3,int p3type){
+  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(p, op, p1, p2);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(p, addr, zP3, p3type);
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be
+** coded.  The symbolic label is really just a negative number.  The
+** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation.  Later, when
+** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan
+** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match
+** the label into the resolved address.
+**
+** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are
+** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative.
+** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved.
+**
+** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  i = p->nLabel++;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( i>=p->nLabelAlloc ){
+    p->nLabelAlloc = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 10;
+    p->aLabel = sqliteRealloc( p->aLabel, p->nLabelAlloc*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
+  }
+  if( p->aLabel ){
+    p->aLabel[i] = -1;
+  }
+  return -1-i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
+** be inserted.  The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
+** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *p, int x){
+  int j = -1-x;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( j>=0 && j<p->nLabel );
+  if( p->aLabel ){
+    p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative.
+** Each such value is a label.  Resolve the label by setting the P2
+** value to its correct non-zero value.
+**
+** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
+*/
+static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  Op *pOp;
+  int *aLabel = p->aLabel;
+  if( aLabel==0 ) return;
+  for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
+    if( pOp->p2>=0 ) continue;
+    assert( -1-pOp->p2<p->nLabel );
+    pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
+  }
+  sqliteFree(p->aLabel);
+  p->aLabel = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  return p->nOp;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return the
+** address of the first operation added.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){
+  int addr;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  resizeOpArray(p, p->nOp + nOp);
+  if( p->aOp==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  addr = p->nOp;
+  if( nOp>0 ){
+    int i;
+    VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
+    for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){
+      int p2 = pIn->p2;
+      VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr];
+      pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode;
+      pOut->p1 = pIn->p1;
+      pOut->p2 = p2<0 ? addr + ADDR(p2) : p2;
+      pOut->p3 = pIn->p3;
+      pOut->p3type = pIn->p3 ? P3_STATIC : P3_NOTUSED;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace ){
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+    p->nOp += nOp;
+  }
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
+    p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
+  assert( val>=0 );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
+    p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
+**
+** If n>=0 then the P3 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
+** the string is made into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP3 up to and including the
+** first null byte.  If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP3.
+**
+** If n==P3_STATIC  it means that zP3 is a pointer to a constant static
+** string and we can just copy the pointer.  n==P3_POINTER means zP3 is
+** a pointer to some object other than a string.  n==P3_COLLSEQ and
+** n==P3_KEYINFO mean that zP3 is a pointer to a CollSeq or KeyInfo
+** structure.  A copy is made of KeyInfo structures into memory obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc.
+**
+** If addr<0 then change P3 on the most recently inserted instruction.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP3, int n){
+  Op *pOp;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p==0 || p->aOp==0 ) return;
+  if( addr<0 || addr>=p->nOp ){
+    addr = p->nOp - 1;
+    if( addr<0 ) return;
+  }
+  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+  if( pOp->p3 && pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){
+    sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
+    pOp->p3 = 0;
+  }
+  if( zP3==0 ){
+    pOp->p3 = 0;
+    pOp->p3type = P3_NOTUSED;
+  }else if( n==P3_KEYINFO ){
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+    int nField, nByte;
+    nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP3)->nField;
+    nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]);
+    pKeyInfo = sqliteMallocRaw( nByte );
+    pOp->p3 = (char*)pKeyInfo;
+    if( pKeyInfo ){
+      memcpy(pKeyInfo, zP3, nByte);
+      pOp->p3type = P3_KEYINFO;
+    }else{
+      pOp->p3type = P3_NOTUSED;
+    }
+  }else if( n==P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){
+    pOp->p3 = (char*)zP3;
+    pOp->p3type = P3_KEYINFO;
+  }else if( n<0 ){
+    pOp->p3 = (char*)zP3;
+    pOp->p3type = n;
+  }else{
+    if( n==0 ) n = strlen(zP3);
+    pOp->p3 = sqliteStrNDup(zP3, n);
+    pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC;
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Replace the P3 field of the most recently coded instruction with
+** comment text.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3==0 );
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(p, -1, sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap), P3_DYNAMIC);
+  va_end(ap);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the P3 operand to the specified instruction appears
+** to be a quoted string token, then this procedure removes 
+** the quotes.
+**
+** The quoting operator can be either a grave ascent (ASCII 0x27)
+** or a double quote character (ASCII 0x22).  Two quotes in a row
+** resolve to be a single actual quote character within the string.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeDequoteP3(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  Op *pOp;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p->aOp==0 ) return;
+  if( addr<0 || addr>=p->nOp ){
+    addr = p->nOp - 1;
+    if( addr<0 ) return;
+  }
+  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+  if( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->p3[0]==0 ) return;
+  if( pOp->p3type==P3_STATIC ){
+    pOp->p3 = sqliteStrDup(pOp->p3);
+    pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC;
+  }
+  assert( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC );
+  sqlite3Dequote(pOp->p3);
+}
+
+/*
+** Search the current program starting at instruction addr for the given
+** opcode and P2 value.  Return the address plus 1 if found and 0 if not
+** found.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeFindOp(Vdbe *p, int addr, int op, int p2){
+  int i;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  for(i=addr; i<p->nOp; i++){
+    if( p->aOp[i].opcode==op && p->aOp[i].p2==p2 ) return i+1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the opcode for a given address.
+*/
+VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp );
+  return &p->aOp[addr];
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute a string that describes the P3 parameter for an opcode.
+** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
+*/
+static char *displayP3(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
+  char *zP3;
+  assert( nTemp>=20 );
+  switch( pOp->p3type ){
+    case P3_POINTER: {
+      sprintf(zTemp, "ptr(%#x)", (int)pOp->p3);
+      zP3 = zTemp;
+      break;
+    }
+    case P3_KEYINFO: {
+      int i, j;
+      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3;
+      sprintf(zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
+      i = strlen(zTemp);
+      for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
+        CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
+        if( pColl ){
+          int n = strlen(pColl->zName);
+          if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
+            strcpy(&zTemp[i],",...");
+            break;
+          }
+          zTemp[i++] = ',';
+          if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
+            zTemp[i++] = '-';
+          }
+          strcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName);
+          i += n;
+        }else if( i+4<nTemp-6 ){
+          strcpy(&zTemp[i],",nil");
+          i += 4;
+        }
+      }
+      zTemp[i++] = ')';
+      zTemp[i] = 0;
+      assert( i<nTemp );
+      zP3 = zTemp;
+      break;
+    }
+    case P3_COLLSEQ: {
+      CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq*)pOp->p3;
+      sprintf(zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
+      zP3 = zTemp;
+      break;
+    }
+    case P3_FUNCDEF: {
+      FuncDef *pDef = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3;
+      char zNum[30];
+      sprintf(zTemp, "%.*s", nTemp, pDef->zName);
+      sprintf(zNum,"(%d)", pDef->nArg);
+      if( strlen(zTemp)+strlen(zNum)+1<=nTemp ){
+        strcat(zTemp, zNum);
+      }
+      zP3 = zTemp;
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      zP3 = pOp->p3;
+      if( zP3==0 || pOp->opcode==OP_Noop ){
+        zP3 = "";
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return zP3;
+}
+
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Print a single opcode.  This routine is used for debugging only.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
+  char *zP3;
+  char zPtr[50];
+  static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %s\n";
+  if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
+  zP3 = displayP3(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
+  fprintf(pOut, zFormat1,
+      pc, sqlite3OpcodeNames[pOp->opcode], pOp->p1, pOp->p2, zP3);
+  fflush(pOut);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Release an array of N Mem elements
+*/
+static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
+  if( p ){
+    while( N-->0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p++);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
+**
+** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec().  But instead of
+** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
+** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeList(
+  Vdbe *p                   /* The VDBE */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( p->explain );
+
+  /* Even though this opcode does not put dynamic strings onto the
+  ** the stack, they may become dynamic if the user calls
+  ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
+  */
+  if( p->pTos==&p->aStack[4] ){
+    releaseMemArray(p->aStack, 5);
+  }
+  p->resOnStack = 0;
+
+  i = p->pc++;
+  if( i>=p->nOp ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+  }else if( db->flags & SQLITE_Interrupt ){
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Interrupt;
+    if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
+      p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+    }else{
+      p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+    }
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc), (char*)0);
+  }else{
+    Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+    Mem *pMem = p->aStack;
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+    pMem->i = i;                                /* Program counter */
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+    pMem->z = sqlite3OpcodeNames[pOp->opcode];  /* Opcode */
+    pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+    pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->i = pOp->p1;                          /* P1 */
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->i = pOp->p2;                          /* P2 */
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Short|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;   /* P3 */
+    pMem->z = displayP3(pOp, pMem->zShort, sizeof(pMem->zShort));
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+    pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+
+    p->nResColumn = 5;
+    p->pTos = pMem;
+    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    p->resOnStack = 1;
+    rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  int nOp = p->nOp;
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+  if( nOp<1 ) return;
+  pOp = &p->aOp[nOp-1];
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop && pOp->p3!=0 ){
+    const char *z = pOp->p3;
+    while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
+    printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare a virtual machine for execution.  This involves things such
+** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter.
+** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().  
+**
+** This is the only way to move a VDBE from VDBE_MAGIC_INIT to
+** VDBE_MAGIC_RUN.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
+  Vdbe *p,                       /* The VDBE */
+  int nVar,                      /* Number of '?' see in the SQL statement */
+  int nMem,                      /* Number of memory cells to allocate */
+  int nCursor,                   /* Number of cursors to allocate */
+  int isExplain                  /* True if the EXPLAIN keywords is present */
+){
+  int n;
+
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+
+  /* There should be at least one opcode.
+  */
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+
+  /* No instruction ever pushes more than a single element onto the
+  ** stack.  And the stack never grows on successive executions of the
+  ** same loop.  So the total number of instructions is an upper bound
+  ** on the maximum stack depth required.
+  **
+  ** Allocation all the stack space we will ever need.
+  */
+  if( p->aStack==0 ){
+    resolveP2Values(p);
+    assert( nVar>=0 );
+    n = isExplain ? 10 : p->nOp;
+    p->aStack = sqliteMalloc(
+        n*sizeof(p->aStack[0])         /* aStack */
+      + n*sizeof(Mem*)                 /* apArg */
+      + nVar*sizeof(Mem)               /* aVar */
+      + nVar*sizeof(char*)             /* azVar */
+      + nMem*sizeof(Mem)               /* aMem */
+      + nCursor*sizeof(Cursor*)        /* apCsr */
+    );
+    if( !sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+      p->aMem = &p->aStack[n];
+      p->nMem = nMem;
+      p->aVar = &p->aMem[nMem];
+      p->nVar = nVar;
+      p->okVar = 0;
+      p->apArg = (Mem**)&p->aVar[nVar];
+      p->azVar = (char**)&p->apArg[n];
+      p->apCsr = (Cursor**)&p->azVar[nVar];
+      p->nCursor = nCursor;
+      for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
+        p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
+      }
+      for(n=0; n<nMem; n++){
+        p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( (p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing)!=0
+    || sqlite3OsFileExists("vdbe_explain")
+  ){
+    int i;
+    printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
+    sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  if( sqlite3OsFileExists("vdbe_trace") ){
+    p->trace = stdout;
+  }
+#endif
+  p->pTos = &p->aStack[-1];
+  p->pc = -1;
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  p->uniqueCnt = 0;
+  p->returnDepth = 0;
+  p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+  p->popStack =  0;
+  p->explain |= isExplain;
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+  p->nChange = 0;
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  {
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+      p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
+      p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Remove any elements that remain on the sorter for the VDBE given.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(Vdbe *p){
+  while( p->pSort ){
+    Sorter *pSorter = p->pSort;
+    p->pSort = pSorter->pNext;
+    sqliteFree(pSorter->zKey);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&pSorter->data);
+    sqliteFree(pSorter);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all resources allociated with AggElem pElem, an element of
+** aggregate pAgg.
+*/
+void freeAggElem(AggElem *pElem, Agg *pAgg){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pAgg->nMem; i++){
+    Mem *pMem = &pElem->aMem[i];
+    if( pAgg->apFunc && pAgg->apFunc[i] && (pMem->flags & MEM_AggCtx)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3_context ctx;
+      ctx.pFunc = pAgg->apFunc[i];
+      ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+      ctx.pAgg = pMem->z;
+      ctx.cnt = pMem->i;
+      ctx.isStep = 0;
+      ctx.isError = 0;
+      (*pAgg->apFunc[i]->xFinalize)(&ctx);
+      pMem->z = ctx.pAgg;
+      if( pMem->z!=0 && pMem->z!=pMem->zShort ){
+        sqliteFree(pMem->z);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    }
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pElem);
+}
+
+/*
+** Reset an Agg structure.  Delete all its contents.
+**
+** For installable aggregate functions, if the step function has been
+** called, make sure the finalizer function has also been called.  The
+** finalizer might need to free memory that was allocated as part of its
+** private context.  If the finalizer has not been called yet, call it
+** now.
+**
+** If db is NULL, then this is being called from sqliteVdbeReset(). In
+** this case clean up all references to the temp-table used for
+** aggregates (if it was ever opened).
+**
+** If db is not NULL, then this is being called from with an OP_AggReset
+** opcode. Open the temp-table, if it has not already been opened and
+** delete the contents of the table used for aggregate information, ready
+** for the next round of aggregate processing.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeAggReset(sqlite3 *db, Agg *pAgg, KeyInfo *pKeyInfo){
+  int rc = 0;
+  BtCursor *pCsr = pAgg->pCsr;
+
+  assert( (pCsr && pAgg->nTab>0) || (!pCsr && pAgg->nTab==0)
+         || sqlite3_malloc_failed );
+
+  /* If pCsr is not NULL, then the table used for aggregate information
+  ** is open. Loop through it and free the AggElem* structure pointed at
+  ** by each entry. If the finalizer has not been called for an AggElem,
+  ** do that too. Finally, clear the btree table itself.
+  */
+  if( pCsr ){
+    int res;
+    assert( pAgg->pBtree );
+    assert( pAgg->nTab>0 );
+
+    rc=sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCsr, &res);
+    while( res==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      AggElem *pElem;
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCsr, 0, sizeof(AggElem*), (char *)&pElem);
+      if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      assert( pAgg->apFunc!=0 );
+      freeAggElem(pElem, pAgg);
+      rc=sqlite3BtreeNext(pCsr, &res);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCsr);
+    sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pAgg->pBtree, pAgg->nTab);
+  }else{ 
+    /* The cursor may not be open because the aggregator was never used,
+    ** or it could be that it was used but there was no GROUP BY clause.
+    */
+    if( pAgg->pCurrent ){
+      freeAggElem(pAgg->pCurrent, pAgg);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If db is not NULL and we have not yet and we have not yet opened
+  ** the temporary btree then do so and create the table to store aggregate
+  ** information.
+  **
+  ** If db is NULL, then close the temporary btree if it is open.
+  */
+  if( db ){
+    if( !pAgg->pBtree ){
+      assert( pAgg->nTab==0 );
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, ":memory:", 0, TEMP_PAGES, &pAgg->pBtree);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pAgg->pBtree, 1);
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pAgg->pBtree, &pAgg->nTab, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+    assert( pAgg->nTab!=0 );
+
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pAgg->pBtree, pAgg->nTab, 1,
+        sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare, pKeyInfo, &pAgg->pCsr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }else{
+    if( pAgg->pBtree ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(pAgg->pBtree);
+      pAgg->pBtree = 0;
+      pAgg->nTab = 0;
+    }
+    pAgg->pCsr = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( pAgg->apFunc ){ 
+    sqliteFree(pAgg->apFunc);
+    pAgg->apFunc = 0;
+  }
+  pAgg->pCurrent = 0;
+  pAgg->nMem = 0;
+  pAgg->searching = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Delete a keylist
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(Keylist *p){
+  while( p ){
+    Keylist *pNext = p->pNext;
+    sqliteFree(p);
+    p = pNext;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a cursor and release all the resources that cursor happens
+** to hold.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Cursor *pCx){
+  if( pCx==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pCx->pCursor ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
+  }
+  if( pCx->pBt ){
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pCx->pData);
+  sqliteFree(pCx->aType);
+  sqliteFree(pCx);
+}
+
+/*
+** Close all cursors
+*/
+static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  if( p->apCsr==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->apCsr[i]);
+    p->apCsr[i] = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clean up the VM after execution.
+**
+** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
+** sorters that were left open.  It also deletes the values of
+** variables in the aVar[] array.
+*/
+static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  if( p->aStack ){
+    releaseMemArray(p->aStack, 1 + (p->pTos - p->aStack));
+    p->pTos = &p->aStack[-1];
+  }
+  closeAllCursors(p);
+  releaseMemArray(p->aMem, p->nMem);
+  if( p->pList ){
+    sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(p->pList);
+    p->pList = 0;
+  }
+  if( p->contextStack ){
+    for(i=0; i<p->contextStackTop; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeKeylistFree(p->contextStack[i].pList);
+    }
+    sqliteFree(p->contextStack);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(p);
+  sqlite3VdbeAggReset(0, &p->agg, 0);
+  p->contextStack = 0;
+  p->contextStackDepth = 0;
+  p->contextStackTop = 0;
+  sqliteFree(p->zErrMsg);
+  p->zErrMsg = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
+** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
+** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
+** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
+  Mem *pColName;
+  int n;
+  assert( 0==p->nResColumn );
+  p->nResColumn = nResColumn;
+  n = nResColumn*2;
+  p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Mem)*n );
+  if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
+  while( n-- > 0 ){
+    (pColName++)->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
+** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
+**
+** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
+**
+** If N==P3_STATIC  it means that zName is a pointer to a constant static
+** string and we can just copy the pointer. If it is P3_DYNAMIC, then 
+** the string is freed using sqliteFree() when the vdbe is finished with
+** it. Otherwise, N bytes of zName are copied.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe *p, int idx, const char *zName, int N){
+  int rc;
+  Mem *pColName;
+  assert( idx<(2*p->nResColumn) );
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  assert( p->aColName!=0 );
+  pColName = &(p->aColName[idx]);
+  if( N==P3_DYNAMIC || N==P3_STATIC ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, N, SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && N==P3_DYNAMIC ){
+    pColName->flags = (pColName->flags&(~MEM_Static))|MEM_Dyn;
+    pColName->xDel = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
+** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
+** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
+** takes care of the master journal trickery.
+*/
+static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  int nTrans = 0;  /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int needXcommit = 0;
+
+  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+      needXcommit = 1;
+      if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
+  if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
+    int rc;
+    sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+    rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
+    sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    if( rc ){
+      return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
+  ** TEMP database) has a transaction active.   There is no need for the
+  ** master-journal.
+  **
+  ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
+  ** string, it means the main database is :memory:.  In that case we do
+  ** not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the simple case then
+  ** too.
+  */
+  if( 0==strlen(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) || nTrans<=1 ){
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeSync(pBt, 0);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully synced */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+        Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+        if( pBt ){
+          sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
+  ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
+  ** committed atomicly.
+  */
+  else{
+    char *zMaster = 0;   /* File-name for the master journal */
+    char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+    OsFile master;
+
+    /* Select a master journal file name */
+    do {
+      u32 random;
+      sqliteFree(zMaster);
+      sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(random), &random);
+      zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf("%s-mj%08X", zMainFile, random&0x7fffffff);
+      if( !zMaster ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+    }while( sqlite3OsFileExists(zMaster) );
+
+    /* Open the master journal. */
+    memset(&master, 0, sizeof(master));
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(zMaster, &master, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqliteFree(zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+ 
+    /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
+    ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
+    ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
+    ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
+    ** back independantly if a failure occurs.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( i==1 ) continue;   /* Ignore the TEMP database */
+      if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+        char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
+        if( zFile[0]==0 ) continue;  /* Ignore :memory: databases */
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(&master, zFile, strlen(zFile)+1);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+          sqlite3OsDelete(zMaster);
+          sqliteFree(zMaster);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+
+    /* Sync the master journal file. Before doing this, open the directory
+    ** the master journal file is store in so that it gets synced too.
+    */
+    zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(zMainFile, &master);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+      sqlite3OsDelete(zMaster);
+      sqliteFree(zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3OsSync(&master);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+      sqliteFree(zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
+    ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
+    ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
+    **
+    ** If the error occurs during the first call to sqlite3BtreeSync(),
+    ** then there is a chance that the master journal file will be
+    ** orphaned. But we cannot delete it, in case the master journal
+    ** file name was written into the journal file before the failure
+    ** occured.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeSync(pBt, zMaster);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+          sqliteFree(zMaster);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3OsClose(&master);
+
+    /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
+    ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
+    ** transaction files are deleted.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3OsDelete(zMaster);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    sqliteFree(zMaster);
+    zMaster = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(zMainFile);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* This is not good. The master journal file has been deleted, but
+      ** the directory sync failed. There is no completely safe course of
+      ** action from here. The individual journals contain the name of the
+      ** master journal file, but there is no way of knowing if that
+      ** master journal exists now or if it will exist after the operating
+      ** system crash that may follow the fsync() failure.
+      */
+      assert(0);
+      sqliteFree(zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
+    ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommit() are only closing files and deleting
+    ** journals. If something goes wrong while this is happening we don't
+    ** really care. The integrity of the transaction is already guaranteed,
+    ** but some stray 'cold' journals may be lying around. Returning an
+    ** error code won't help matters.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find every active VM other than pVdbe and change its status to
+** aborted.  This happens when one VM causes a rollback due to an
+** ON CONFLICT ROLLBACK clause (for example).  The other VMs must be
+** aborted so that they do not have data rolled out from underneath
+** them leading to a segfault.
+*/
+static void abortOtherActiveVdbes(Vdbe *pVdbe){
+  Vdbe *pOther;
+  for(pOther=pVdbe->db->pVdbe; pOther; pOther=pOther->pNext){
+    if( pOther==pVdbe ) continue;
+    if( pOther->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || pOther->pc<0 ) continue;
+    closeAllCursors(pOther);
+    pOther->aborted = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** This routine checks that the sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable
+** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
+** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
+** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
+** step.
+**
+** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
+  Vdbe *p;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  p = db->pVdbe;
+  while( p ){
+    if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){
+      cnt++;
+    }
+    p = p->pNext;
+  }
+  assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt );
+}
+#else
+#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt.  If the VDBE
+** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
+** changes.  If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
+**
+** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
+** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT.
+**
+** Return an error code.  If the commit could not complete because of
+** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY.  If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
+** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  int i;
+  int (*xFunc)(Btree *pBt) = 0;  /* Function to call on each btree backend */
+
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+    /* Already halted.  Nothing to do. */
+    assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT );
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  closeAllCursors(p);
+  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
+  if( db->autoCommit && db->activeVdbeCnt==1 ){
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
+      /* The auto-commit flag is true, there are no other active queries
+      ** using this handle and the vdbe program was successful or hit an
+      ** 'OR FAIL' constraint. This means a commit is required.
+      */
+      int rc = vdbeCommit(db);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        return SQLITE_BUSY;
+      }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        p->rc = rc;
+        xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollback;
+      }
+    }else{
+      xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollback;
+    }
+  }else{
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
+      xFunc = sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt;
+    }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
+      xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
+    }else{
+      xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollback;
+      db->autoCommit = 1;
+      abortOtherActiveVdbes(p);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If xFunc is not NULL, then it is one of sqlite3BtreeRollback,
+  ** sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt or sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt. Call it once on
+  ** each backend. If an error occurs and the return code is still
+  ** SQLITE_OK, set the return code to the new error value.
+  */
+  for(i=0; xFunc && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
+    int rc;
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt ){
+      rc = xFunc(pBt);
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->rc = rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE, set the change counter. */
+  if( p->changeCntOn ){
+    if( !xFunc || xFunc==sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
+    }
+    p->nChange = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */
+  if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3RollbackInternalChanges(db);
+  }else if( db->flags & SQLITE_InternChanges ){
+    sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+  }
+
+  /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM.  Record this fact. */
+  if( p->pc>=0 ){
+    db->activeVdbeCnt--;
+  }
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
+  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
+** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
+**
+** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
+** again.
+**
+** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
+** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
+** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
+  ** error, then it might not have been halted properly.  So halt
+  ** it now.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+
+  /* Transfer the error code and error message from the VDBE into the
+  ** main database structure.
+  */
+  if( p->zErrMsg ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, p->rc, "%s", p->zErrMsg);
+    sqliteFree(p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = 0;
+  }else if( p->rc ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, p->rc, 0);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
+  */
+  Cleanup(p);
+
+  /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
+  */
+  assert( p->pTos<&p->aStack[p->pc<0?0:p->pc] || sqlite3_malloc_failed==1 );
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  {
+    FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
+    if( out ){
+      int i;
+      fprintf(out, "---- ");
+      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+        fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
+      }
+      fprintf(out, "\n");
+      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+        fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ",
+           p->aOp[i].cnt,
+           p->aOp[i].cycles,
+           p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
+        );
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+      }
+      fclose(out);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+  p->aborted = 0;
+  return p->rc;
+}
+ 
+/*
+** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution.  Return an integer which is
+** the result code.  Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+  if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
+  }else if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ){
+    /* sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0); */
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which
+** the corresponding bit in mask is clear.  Auxdata entries beyond 31
+** are always destroyed.  To destroy all auxdata entries, call this
+** routine with mask==0.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pVdbeFunc->nAux; i++){
+    struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i];
+    if( (i>31 || !(mask&(1<<i))) && pAux->pAux ){
+      if( pAux->xDelete ){
+        pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
+      }
+      pAux->pAux = 0;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire VDBE.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  Cleanup(p);
+  if( p->pPrev ){
+    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+  }else{
+    assert( p->db->pVdbe==p );
+    p->db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
+  }
+  if( p->pNext ){
+    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+  }
+  if( p->aOp ){
+    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+      Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+      if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC || pOp->p3type==P3_KEYINFO ){
+        sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
+      }
+      if( pOp->p3type==P3_VDBEFUNC ){
+        VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)pOp->p3;
+        sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0);
+        sqliteFree(pVdbeFunc);
+      }
+    }
+    sqliteFree(p->aOp);
+  }
+  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
+  sqliteFree(p->aLabel);
+  sqliteFree(p->aStack);
+  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*2);
+  sqliteFree(p->aColName);
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
+  sqliteFree(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
+** MoveTo now.  Return an error code.  If no MoveTo is pending, this
+** routine does nothing and returns SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor *p){
+  if( p->deferredMoveto ){
+    int res;
+    extern int sqlite3_search_count;
+    assert( p->intKey );
+    if( p->intKey ){
+      sqlite3BtreeMoveto(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, &res);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3BtreeMoveto(p->pCursor,(char*)&p->movetoTarget,sizeof(i64),&res);
+    }
+    *p->pIncrKey = 0;
+    p->lastRecno = keyToInt(p->movetoTarget);
+    p->recnoIsValid = res==0;
+    if( res<0 ){
+      sqlite3BtreeNext(p->pCursor, &res);
+    }
+    sqlite3_search_count++;
+    p->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    p->cacheValid = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following functions:
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialRead()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialWrite()
+**
+** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
+** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
+** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
+** integer, stored as a varint.
+**
+** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
+** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
+** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
+** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
+** serial-type and data blob seperately.
+**
+** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
+**
+**   serial type        bytes of data      type
+**   --------------     ---------------    ---------------
+**      0                     0            NULL
+**      1                     1            signed integer
+**      2                     2            signed integer
+**      3                     3            signed integer
+**      4                     4            signed integer
+**      5                     6            signed integer
+**      6                     8            signed integer
+**      7                     8            IEEE float
+**     8-11                                reserved for expansion
+**    N>=12 and even       (N-12)/2        BLOB
+**    N>=13 and odd        (N-13)/2        text
+**
+*/
+
+/*
+** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
+*/
+u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+
+  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Int ){
+    /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes. */
+    i64 i = pMem->i;
+    if( i>=-127 && i<=127 ) return 1;
+    if( i>=-32767 && i<=32767 ) return 2;
+    if( i>=-8388607 && i<=8388607 ) return 3;
+    if( i>=-2147483647 && i<=2147483647 ) return 4;
+    if( i>=-140737488355328L && i<=140737488355328L ) return 5;
+    return 6;
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Real ){
+    return 7;
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Str ){
+    int n = pMem->n;
+    assert( n>=0 );
+    return ((n*2) + 13);
+  }
+  if( flags&MEM_Blob ){
+    return (pMem->n*2 + 12);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
+  if( serial_type>=12 ){
+    return (serial_type-12)/2;
+  }else{
+    static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+    return aSize[serial_type];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into 
+** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
+** Return the number of bytes written.
+*/ 
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char *buf, Mem *pMem){
+  u32 serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem);
+  int len;
+
+  /* NULL */
+  if( serial_type==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+ 
+  /* Integer and Real */
+  if( serial_type<=7 ){
+    u64 v;
+    int i;
+    if( serial_type==7 ){
+      v = *(u64*)&pMem->r;
+    }else{
+      v = *(u64*)&pMem->i;
+    }
+    len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+    while( i-- ){
+      buf[i] = (v&0xFF);
+      v >>= 8;
+    }
+    return len;
+  }
+  
+  /* String or blob */
+  assert( serial_type>=12 );
+  len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+  memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
+  return len;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
+** and store the result in pMem.  Return the number of bytes read.
+*/ 
+int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
+  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
+  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
+  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
+){
+  int len;
+
+  if( serial_type==0 ){
+    /* NULL */
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+  if( serial_type<=7 ){
+    /* Integer and Real */
+    if( serial_type<=4 ){
+      /* 32-bit integer type.  This is handled by a special case for
+      ** performance reasons. */
+      int v = buf[0];
+      int n;
+      if( v&0x80 ){
+        v |= -256;
+      }
+      for(n=1; n<len; n++){
+        v = (v<<8) | buf[n];
+      }
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      pMem->i = v;
+      return n;
+    }else{
+      u64 v = 0;
+      int n;
+
+      if( buf[0]&0x80 ){
+        v = -1;
+      }
+      for(n=0; n<len; n++){
+        v = (v<<8) | buf[n];
+      }
+      if( serial_type==7 ){
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
+        pMem->r = *(double*)&v;
+      }else{
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+        pMem->i = *(i64*)&v;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* String or blob */
+    assert( serial_type>=12 );
+    pMem->z = (char *)buf;
+    pMem->n = len;
+    pMem->xDel = 0;
+    if( serial_type&0x01 ){
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem;
+    }else{
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem;
+    }
+  }
+  return len;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function compares the two table rows or index records specified by 
+** {nKey1, pKey1} and {nKey2, pKey2}, returning a negative, zero
+** or positive integer if {nKey1, pKey1} is less than, equal to or 
+** greater than {nKey2, pKey2}.  Both Key1 and Key2 must be byte strings
+** composed by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
+  void *userData,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, 
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)userData;
+  u32 d1, d2;          /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
+  u32 idx1, idx2;      /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
+  u32 szHdr1, szHdr2;  /* Number of bytes in header */
+  int i = 0;
+  int nField;
+  int rc = 0;
+  const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
+  const unsigned char *aKey2 = (const unsigned char *)pKey2;
+
+  Mem mem1;
+  Mem mem2;
+  mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+  mem2.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+  
+  idx1 = sqlite3GetVarint32(pKey1, &szHdr1);
+  d1 = szHdr1;
+  idx2 = sqlite3GetVarint32(pKey2, &szHdr2);
+  d2 = szHdr2;
+  nField = pKeyInfo->nField;
+  while( idx1<szHdr1 && idx2<szHdr2 ){
+    u32 serial_type1;
+    u32 serial_type2;
+
+    /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
+    idx1 += sqlite3GetVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], &serial_type1);
+    if( d1>=nKey1 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break;
+    idx2 += sqlite3GetVarint32(&aKey2[idx2], &serial_type2);
+    if( d2>=nKey2 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type2)>0 ) break;
+
+    /* Assert that there is enough space left in each key for the blob of
+    ** data to go with the serial type just read. This assert may fail if
+    ** the file is corrupted.  Then read the value from each key into mem1
+    ** and mem2 respectively.
+    */
+    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
+    d2 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey2[d2], serial_type2, &mem2);
+
+    rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &mem2, i<nField ? pKeyInfo->aColl[i] : 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem2);
+    if( rc!=0 ){
+      break;
+    }
+    i++;
+  }
+
+  /* One of the keys ran out of fields, but all the fields up to that point
+  ** were equal. If the incrKey flag is true, then the second key is
+  ** treated as larger.
+  */
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    if( pKeyInfo->incrKey ){
+      rc = -1;
+    }else if( d1<nKey1 ){
+      rc = 1;
+    }else if( d2<nKey2 ){
+      rc = -1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && i<pKeyInfo->nField && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
+    rc = -rc;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The argument is an index entry composed using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
+** The last entry in this record should be an integer (specifically
+** an integer rowid).  This routine returns the number of bytes in
+** that integer.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(int nKey, const u8 *aKey){
+  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
+  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
+
+  sqlite3GetVarint32(aKey, &szHdr);
+  sqlite3GetVarint32(&aKey[szHdr-1], &typeRowid);
+  return sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
+}
+  
+
+/*
+** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
+** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
+  i64 nCellKey;
+  int rc;
+  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
+  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
+  u32 lenRowid;     /* Size of the rowid */
+  Mem m, v;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+  if( nCellKey<=0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, nCellKey, 1, &m);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  sqlite3GetVarint32(m.z, &szHdr);
+  sqlite3GetVarint32(&m.z[szHdr-1], &typeRowid);
+  lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
+  sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
+  *rowid = v.i;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is point to against
+** the key string in pKey (of length nKey).  Write into *pRes a number
+** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
+** or greater than pKey.  Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+**
+** pKey is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
+** omits the rowid at the end.  The rowid at the end of the index entry
+** is ignored as well.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
+  Cursor *pC,                 /* The cursor to compare against */
+  int nKey, const u8 *pKey,   /* The key to compare */
+  int *res                    /* Write the comparison result here */
+){
+  i64 nCellKey;
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
+  int lenRowid;
+  Mem m;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+  if( nCellKey<=0 ){
+    *res = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, nCellKey, 1, &m);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(m.n, m.z);
+  *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(pC->pKeyInfo, m.n-lenRowid, m.z, nKey, pKey);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. 
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
+  db->nChange = nChange;
+  db->nTotalChange += nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
+** or reset.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *p){
+  p->changeCntOn = 1;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbemem.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbemem.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c6cd94e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/vdbemem.c
@@ -0,0 +1,724 @@
+/*
+** 2004 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure.  A "Mem"
+** stores a single value in the VDBE.  Mem is an opaque structure visible
+** only within the VDBE.  Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
+** name sqlite_value
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "vdbeInt.h"
+
+/*
+** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
+** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
+** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
+**
+** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
+** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
+** routine is a no-op.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
+** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
+** between formats.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
+  if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, desiredEnc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(Mem *pMem){
+  int n = pMem->n;
+  u8 *z;
+  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static|MEM_Short))==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  assert( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+  z = sqliteMallocRaw( n+2 );
+  if( z==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pMem->flags |= MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+  pMem->xDel = 0;
+  memcpy(z, pMem->z, n );
+  z[n] = 0;
+  z[n+1] = 0;
+  pMem->z = z;
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static|MEM_Short);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make the given Mem object either MEM_Short or MEM_Dyn so that bytes
+** of the Mem.z[] array can be modified.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
+  int n;
+  u8 *z;
+  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  assert( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+  if( (n = pMem->n)+2<sizeof(pMem->zShort) ){
+    z = pMem->zShort;
+    pMem->flags |= MEM_Short|MEM_Term;
+  }else{
+    z = sqliteMallocRaw( n+2 );
+    if( z==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pMem->flags |= MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+    pMem->xDel = 0;
+  }
+  memcpy(z, pMem->z, n );
+  z[n] = 0;
+  z[n+1] = 0;
+  pMem->z = z;
+  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
+  /* In SQLite, a string without a nul terminator occurs when a string
+  ** is loaded from disk (in this case the memory management is ephemeral),
+  ** or when it is supplied by the user as a bound variable or function
+  ** return value. Therefore, the memory management of the string must be
+  ** either ephemeral, static or controlled by a user-supplied destructor.
+  */
+  assert(                         
+    !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) ||                /* it's not a string, or      */
+    (pMem->flags&MEM_Term) ||                /* it's nul term. already, or */
+    (pMem->flags&(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static)) ||  /* it's static or ephem, or   */
+    (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn && pMem->xDel)      /* external management        */
+  );
+  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;   /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+
+  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem) ){
+    return sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+  }else{
+    char *z = sqliteMalloc(pMem->n+2);
+    if( !z ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    memcpy(z, pMem->z, pMem->n);
+    z[pMem->n] = 0;
+    z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
+    pMem->xDel(pMem->z);
+    pMem->xDel = 0;
+    pMem->z = z;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  Numbers
+** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf().  Converting a BLOB to a string
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated.
+**
+** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
+** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
+** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
+** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
+** user and the later is an internal programming error.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int fg = pMem->flags;
+  u8 *z = pMem->zShort;
+
+  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
+  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
+
+  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_snprintf() to produce the UTF-8
+  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
+  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
+  ** 
+  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
+  */
+  if( fg & MEM_Real ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(NBFS, z, "%.15g", pMem->r);
+  }else{
+    assert( fg & MEM_Int );
+    sqlite3_snprintf(NBFS, z, "%lld", pMem->i);
+  }
+  pMem->n = strlen(z);
+  pMem->z = z;
+  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str | MEM_Short | MEM_Term;
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
+** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
+** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT).
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
+  if( p->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
+    if( p->xDel ){
+      p->xDel((void *)p->z);
+    }else{
+      sqliteFree(p->z);
+    }
+    p->z = 0;
+    p->xDel = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
+** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
+** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact.  If pMem is
+** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
+** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
+** it into a integer and return that.  If pMem is NULL, return 0.
+**
+** If pMem is a string, its encoding might be changed.
+*/
+i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
+    return pMem->i;
+  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
+    return (i64)pMem->r;
+  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    i64 value;
+    if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8)
+       || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    assert( pMem->z );
+    sqlite3atoi64(pMem->z, &value);
+    return value;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
+  pMem->i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
+** double.  If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
+** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
+** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
+*/
+double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
+    return pMem->r;
+  }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    return (double)pMem->i;
+  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8)
+       || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    assert( pMem->z );
+    return sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, 0);
+  }else{
+    return 0.0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.  Invalidate any
+** prior representations.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
+  pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+  pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type INTEGER.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->i = val;
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+  pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type REAL.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->r = val;
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
+  pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
+** pTo are overwritten.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
+** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
+** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(*pFrom)-sizeof(pFrom->zShort));
+  pTo->xDel = 0;
+  if( pTo->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Short|MEM_Ephem);
+    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
+    pTo->flags |= srcType;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
+** freed before the copy is made.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
+  int rc;
+  if( pTo->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTo, pFrom, MEM_Ephem);
+  if( pTo->flags & MEM_Ephem ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is
+** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made.
+**
+** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns.  SQLITE_NOMEM
+** might be returned if pFrom held ephemeral data and we were unable
+** to allocate enough space to make a copy.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){
+  int rc;
+  if( pTo->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
+  }
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
+  if( pFrom->flags & MEM_Short ){
+    pTo->z = pTo->zShort;
+  }
+  pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
+  pFrom->xDel = 0;
+  if( pTo->flags & MEM_Ephem ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(
+  Mem *pMem,          /* Memory cell to set to string value */
+  const char *z,      /* String pointer */
+  int n,              /* Bytes in string, or negative */
+  u8 enc,             /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
+  void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
+){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  if( !z ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  pMem->z = (char *)z;
+  if( xDel==SQLITE_STATIC ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Static;
+  }else if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Ephem;
+  }else{
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn;
+    pMem->xDel = xDel;
+  }
+
+  pMem->enc = enc;
+  pMem->type = enc==0 ? SQLITE_BLOB : SQLITE_TEXT;
+  pMem->n = n;
+
+  switch( enc ){
+    case 0:
+      pMem->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+      break;
+
+    case SQLITE_UTF8:
+      pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
+      if( n<0 ){
+        pMem->n = strlen(z);
+        pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case SQLITE_UTF16LE:
+    case SQLITE_UTF16BE:
+      pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
+      if( pMem->n<0 ){
+        pMem->n = sqlite3utf16ByteLen(pMem->z,-1);
+        pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+      }
+      if( sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assert(0);
+  }
+  if( pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem ){
+    return sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
+** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
+** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
+** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
+** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
+**
+** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
+*/
+int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
+  int rc;
+  int f1, f2;
+  int combined_flags;
+
+  /* Interchange pMem1 and pMem2 if the collating sequence specifies
+  ** DESC order.
+  */
+  f1 = pMem1->flags;
+  f2 = pMem2->flags;
+  combined_flags = f1|f2;
+ 
+  /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
+  ** are NULL, return 0.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
+  }
+
+  /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less.
+  ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers
+  ** if both values are integers.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
+    if( !(f1&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( !(f2&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
+      return -1;
+    }
+    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+      double r1, r2;
+      if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){
+        r1 = pMem1->i;
+      }else{
+        r1 = pMem1->r;
+      }
+      if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){
+        r2 = pMem2->i;
+      }else{
+        r2 = pMem2->r;
+      }
+      if( r1<r2 ) return -1;
+      if( r1>r2 ) return 1;
+      return 0;
+    }else{
+      assert( f1&MEM_Int );
+      assert( f2&MEM_Int );
+      if( pMem1->i < pMem2->i ) return -1;
+      if( pMem1->i > pMem2->i ) return 1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
+  ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
+    if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+    assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc );
+    assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || 
+            pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+
+    /* This assert may fail if the collation sequence is deleted after this
+    ** vdbe program is compiled. The documentation defines this as an
+    ** undefined condition. A crash is usual result.
+    */
+    assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp );
+
+    if( pColl ){
+      if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){
+        return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
+      }else{
+        u8 origEnc = pMem1->enc;
+        rc = pColl->xCmp(
+          pColl->pUser,
+          sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, pColl->enc),
+          sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, pColl->enc),
+          sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, pColl->enc),
+          sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, pColl->enc)
+        );
+        sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, origEnc);
+        sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, origEnc);
+        sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, origEnc);
+        sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, origEnc);
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+    /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
+    ** to the blob case and use memcmp().  */
+  }
+ 
+  /* Both values must be blobs.  Compare using memcmp().  */
+  rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
+** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
+** to.  offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
+** key is true to get the key or false to get data.  The result is written
+** into the pMem element.
+**
+** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized.  Any prior content
+** is overwritten without being freed.
+**
+** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
+** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
+*/
+int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
+  BtCursor *pCur,   /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
+  int offset,       /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
+  int amt,          /* Number of bytes to return. */
+  int key,          /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */
+  Mem *pMem         /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
+){
+  char *zData;      /* Data from the btree layer */
+  int available;    /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
+
+  if( key ){
+    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
+  }else{
+    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
+  }
+
+  pMem->n = amt;
+  if( offset+amt<=available ){
+    pMem->z = &zData[offset];
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
+  }else{
+    int rc;
+    if( amt>NBFS-2 ){
+      zData = (char *)sqliteMallocRaw(amt+2);
+      if( !zData ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+      pMem->xDel = 0;
+    }else{
+      zData = &(pMem->zShort[0]);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Short|MEM_Term;
+    }
+    pMem->z = zData;
+    pMem->enc = 0;
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+
+    if( key ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, zData);
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, zData);
+    }
+    zData[amt] = 0;
+    zData[amt+1] = 0;
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( amt>NBFS ){
+        sqliteFree(zData);
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Perform various checks on the memory cell pMem. An assert() will
+** fail if pMem is internally inconsistent.
+*/
+void sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem *pMem, u8 db_enc){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+  assert( flags!=0 );  /* Must define some type */
+  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    int x = pMem->flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short);
+    assert( x!=0 );            /* Strings must define a string subtype */
+    assert( (x & (x-1))==0 );  /* Only one string subtype can be defined */
+    assert( pMem->z!=0 );      /* Strings must have a value */
+    /* Mem.z points to Mem.zShort iff the subtype is MEM_Short */
+    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Short)==0 || pMem->z==pMem->zShort );
+    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Short)!=0 || pMem->z!=pMem->zShort );
+    /* No destructor unless there is MEM_Dyn */
+    assert( pMem->xDel==0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 );
+
+    if( (flags & MEM_Str) ){
+      assert( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || 
+              pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ||
+              pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE 
+      );
+      /* If the string is UTF-8 encoded and nul terminated, then pMem->n
+      ** must be the length of the string.  (Later:)  If the database file
+      ** has been corrupted, '\000' characters might have been inserted
+      ** into the middle of the string.  In that case, the strlen() might
+      ** be less.
+      */
+      if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 && (flags & MEM_Term) ){ 
+        assert( strlen(pMem->z)<=pMem->n );
+        assert( pMem->z[pMem->n]==0 );
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Cannot define a string subtype for non-string objects */
+    assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short))==0 );
+    assert( pMem->xDel==0 );
+  }
+  /* MEM_Null excludes all other types */
+  assert( (pMem->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob))==0
+          || (pMem->flags&MEM_Null)==0 );
+  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
+    assert( pMem->r==pMem->i );
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
+** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
+** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
+** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
+** SQLITE_UTF8.
+*/
+const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
+  if( !pVal ) return 0;
+  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE || enc==SQLITE_UTF8);
+
+  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc);
+  }else if( !(pVal->flags&MEM_Blob) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc);
+  }
+  return (const void *)(pVal->z);
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
+*/
+sqlite3_value* sqlite3ValueNew(){
+  Mem *p = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*p));
+  if( p ){
+    p->flags = MEM_Null;
+    p->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object
+*/
+void sqlite3ValueSetStr(
+  sqlite3_value *v, 
+  int n, 
+  const void *z, 
+  u8 enc,
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an sqlite3_value object
+*/
+void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){
+  if( !v ) return;
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(v, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqliteFree(v);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming
+** that it uses the encoding "enc"
+*/
+int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
+  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+  if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){
+    return p->n;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/where.c b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/where.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..08c174e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/sqlite/where.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1210 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
+** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.
+**
+** $Id$
+*/
+#include "sqliteInt.h"
+
+/*
+** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to
+** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause.  Each WHERE
+** clause subexpression is separated from the others by an AND operator.
+*/
+typedef struct ExprInfo ExprInfo;
+struct ExprInfo {
+  Expr *p;                /* Pointer to the subexpression */
+  u8 indexable;           /* True if this subexprssion is usable by an index */
+  short int idxLeft;      /* p->pLeft is a column in this table number. -1 if
+                          ** p->pLeft is not the column of any table */
+  short int idxRight;     /* p->pRight is a column in this table number. -1 if
+                          ** p->pRight is not the column of any table */
+  unsigned prereqLeft;    /* Bitmask of tables referenced by p->pLeft */
+  unsigned prereqRight;   /* Bitmask of tables referenced by p->pRight */
+  unsigned prereqAll;     /* Bitmask of tables referenced by p */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
+** between VDBE cursor numbers and bitmasks.  The VDBE cursor numbers
+** are small integers contained in SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable
+** fields.  For any given WHERE clause, we want to track which cursors
+** are being used, so we assign a single bit in a 32-bit word to track
+** that cursor.  Then a 32-bit integer is able to show the set of all
+** cursors being used.
+*/
+typedef struct ExprMaskSet ExprMaskSet;
+struct ExprMaskSet {
+  int n;          /* Number of assigned cursor values */
+  int ix[31];     /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
+};
+
+/*
+** Determine the number of elements in an array.
+*/
+#define ARRAYSIZE(X)  (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))
+
+/*
+** This routine is used to divide the WHERE expression into subexpressions
+** separated by the AND operator.
+**
+** aSlot[] is an array of subexpressions structures.
+** There are nSlot spaces left in this array.  This routine attempts to
+** split pExpr into subexpressions and fills aSlot[] with those subexpressions.
+** The return value is the number of slots filled.
+*/
+static int exprSplit(int nSlot, ExprInfo *aSlot, Expr *pExpr){
+  int cnt = 0;
+  if( pExpr==0 || nSlot<1 ) return 0;
+  if( nSlot==1 || pExpr->op!=TK_AND ){
+    aSlot[0].p = pExpr;
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( pExpr->pLeft->op!=TK_AND ){
+    aSlot[0].p = pExpr->pLeft;
+    cnt = 1 + exprSplit(nSlot-1, &aSlot[1], pExpr->pRight);
+  }else{
+    cnt = exprSplit(nSlot, aSlot, pExpr->pLeft);
+    cnt += exprSplit(nSlot-cnt, &aSlot[cnt], pExpr->pRight);
+  }
+  return cnt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize an expression mask set
+*/
+#define initMaskSet(P)  memset(P, 0, sizeof(*P))
+
+/*
+** Return the bitmask for the given cursor.  Assign a new bitmask
+** if this is the first time the cursor has been seen.
+*/
+static int getMask(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){
+    if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ) return 1<<i;
+  }
+  if( i==pMaskSet->n && i<ARRAYSIZE(pMaskSet->ix) ){
+    pMaskSet->n++;
+    pMaskSet->ix[i] = iCursor;
+    return 1<<i;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy an expression mask set
+*/
+#define freeMaskSet(P)   /* NO-OP */
+
+/*
+** This routine walks (recursively) an expression tree and generates
+** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
+** tree.
+**
+** In order for this routine to work, the calling function must have
+** previously invoked sqlite3ExprResolveIds() on the expression.  See
+** the header comment on that routine for additional information.
+** The sqlite3ExprResolveIds() routines looks for column names and
+** sets their opcodes to TK_COLUMN and their Expr.iTable fields to
+** the VDBE cursor number of the table.
+*/
+static int exprTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){
+  unsigned int mask = 0;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+    mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable);
+    if( mask==0 ) mask = -1;
+    return mask;
+  }
+  if( p->pRight ){
+    mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight);
+  }
+  if( p->pLeft ){
+    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft);
+  }
+  if( p->pList ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<p->pList->nExpr; i++){
+      mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pList->a[i].pExpr);
+    }
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is
+** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause.  The allowed operators are
+** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", and "IN".
+*/
+static int allowedOp(int op){
+  assert( TK_GT==TK_LE-1 && TK_LE==TK_LT-1 && TK_LT==TK_GE-1 && TK_EQ==TK_GT-1);
+  return op==TK_IN || (op>=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE);
+}
+
+/*
+** Swap two integers.
+*/
+#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}
+
+/*
+** Return the index in the SrcList that uses cursor iCur.  If iCur is
+** used by the first entry in SrcList return 0.  If iCur is used by
+** the second entry return 1.  And so forth.
+**
+** SrcList is the set of tables in the FROM clause in the order that
+** they will be processed.  The value returned here gives us an index
+** of which tables will be processed first.
+*/
+static int tableOrder(SrcList *pList, int iCur){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++){
+    if( pList->a[i].iCursor==iCur ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** The input to this routine is an ExprInfo structure with only the
+** "p" field filled in.  The job of this routine is to analyze the
+** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the ExprInfo
+** structure.
+*/
+static void exprAnalyze(SrcList *pSrc, ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprInfo *pInfo){
+  Expr *pExpr = pInfo->p;
+  pInfo->prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft);
+  pInfo->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight);
+  pInfo->prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr);
+  pInfo->indexable = 0;
+  pInfo->idxLeft = -1;
+  pInfo->idxRight = -1;
+  if( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && (pInfo->prereqRight & pInfo->prereqLeft)==0 ){
+    if( pExpr->pRight && pExpr->pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+      pInfo->idxRight = pExpr->pRight->iTable;
+      pInfo->indexable = 1;
+    }
+    if( pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+      pInfo->idxLeft = pExpr->pLeft->iTable;
+      pInfo->indexable = 1;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pInfo->indexable ){
+    assert( pInfo->idxLeft!=pInfo->idxRight );
+
+    /* We want the expression to be of the form "X = expr", not "expr = X".
+    ** So flip it over if necessary.  If the expression is "X = Y", then
+    ** we want Y to come from an earlier table than X.
+    **
+    ** The collating sequence rule is to always choose the left expression.
+    ** So if we do a flip, we also have to move the collating sequence.
+    */
+    if( tableOrder(pSrc,pInfo->idxLeft)<tableOrder(pSrc,pInfo->idxRight) ){
+      assert( pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
+      SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl);
+      SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft);
+      if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){
+        assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );
+        assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 );
+        assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ );
+        assert( TK_GT<TK_LE );
+        assert( pExpr->op>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE );
+        pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT;
+      }
+      SWAP(unsigned, pInfo->prereqLeft, pInfo->prereqRight);
+      SWAP(short int, pInfo->idxLeft, pInfo->idxRight);
+    }
+  }      
+
+}
+
+/*
+** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement.  pTab is the
+** left-most table in the FROM clause of that same SELECT statement and
+** the table has a cursor number of "base".
+**
+** This routine attempts to find an index for pTab that generates the
+** correct record sequence for the given ORDER BY clause.  The return value
+** is a pointer to an index that does the job.  NULL is returned if the
+** table has no index that will generate the correct sort order.
+**
+** If there are two or more indices that generate the correct sort order
+** and pPreferredIdx is one of those indices, then return pPreferredIdx.
+**
+** nEqCol is the number of columns of pPreferredIdx that are used as
+** equality constraints.  Any index returned must have exactly this same
+** set of columns.  The ORDER BY clause only matches index columns beyond the
+** the first nEqCol columns.
+**
+** All terms of the ORDER BY clause must be either ASC or DESC.  The
+** *pbRev value is set to 1 if the ORDER BY clause is all DESC and it is
+** set to 0 if the ORDER BY clause is all ASC.
+*/
+static Index *findSortingIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  Table *pTab,            /* The table to be sorted */
+  int base,               /* Cursor number for pTab */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  Index *pPreferredIdx,   /* Use this index, if possible and not NULL */
+  int nEqCol,             /* Number of index columns used with == constraints */
+  int *pbRev              /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  Index *pMatch;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int sortOrder;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
+  assert( pOrderBy->nExpr>0 );
+  sortOrder = pOrderBy->a[0].sortOrder;
+  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p;
+    if( pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder!=sortOrder ){
+      /* Indices can only be used if all ORDER BY terms are either
+      ** DESC or ASC.  Indices cannot be used on a mixture. */
+      return 0;
+    }
+    p = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( p->op!=TK_COLUMN || p->iTable!=base ){
+      /* Can not use an index sort on anything that is not a column in the
+      ** left-most table of the FROM clause */
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means the ORDER BY clause consists only of
+  ** ascending columns in the left-most table of the FROM clause.  Now
+  ** check for a matching index.
+  */
+  pMatch = 0;
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    int nExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+    if( pIdx->nColumn < nEqCol || pIdx->nColumn < nExpr ) continue;
+    for(i=j=0; i<nEqCol; i++){
+      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pOrderBy->a[j].pExpr);
+      if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+      if( pPreferredIdx->aiColumn[i]!=pIdx->aiColumn[i] ) break;
+      if( pPreferredIdx->keyInfo.aColl[i]!=pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[i] ) break;
+      if( j<nExpr && 
+          pOrderBy->a[j].pExpr->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[i] &&
+          pColl==pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[i]
+      ){ 
+        j++; 
+      }
+    }
+    if( i<nEqCol ) continue;
+    for(i=0; i+j<nExpr; i++){
+      CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pOrderBy->a[i+j].pExpr);
+      if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+      if( pOrderBy->a[i+j].pExpr->iColumn!=pIdx->aiColumn[i+nEqCol] ||
+          pColl!=pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[i+nEqCol] ) break;
+    }
+    if( i+j>=nExpr ){
+      pMatch = pIdx;
+      if( pIdx==pPreferredIdx ) break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pMatch && pbRev ){
+    *pbRev = sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_DESC;
+  }
+  return pMatch;
+}
+
+/*
+** Disable a term in the WHERE clause.  Except, do not disable the term
+** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
+** or USING clause of that join.
+**
+** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries:
+**
+**   (1)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok'
+**   (2)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+**   (3)  SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+**
+** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it did not originate
+** in the ON clause.  The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part
+** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN.  In (1), the term is not disabled.
+**
+** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop
+** of the join.  Disabling is an optimization.  We would get the correct
+** results if nothing were ever disabled, but joins might run a little
+** slower.  The trick is to disable as much as we can without disabling
+** too much.  If we disabled in (1), we'd get the wrong answer.
+** See ticket #813.
+*/
+static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, Expr **ppExpr){
+  Expr *pExpr = *ppExpr;
+  if( pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+    *ppExpr = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that builds a probe for an index.  Details:
+**
+**    *  Check the top nColumn entries on the stack.  If any
+**       of those entries are NULL, jump immediately to brk,
+**       which is the loop exit, since no index entry will match
+**       if any part of the key is NULL.
+**
+**    *  Construct a probe entry from the top nColumn entries in
+**       the stack with affinities appropriate for index pIdx.
+*/
+static void buildIndexProbe(Vdbe *v, int nColumn, int brk, Index *pIdx){
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -nColumn, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, brk);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
+  sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for an equality term of the WHERE clause.  An equality
+** term can be either X=expr  or X IN (...).   pTerm is the X.  
+*/
+static void codeEqualityTerm(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context */
+  ExprInfo *pTerm,    /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */
+  int brk,            /* Jump here to abandon the loop */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel  /* When level of the FROM clause we are working on */
+){
+  Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+  if( pX->op!=TK_IN ){
+    assert( pX->op==TK_EQ );
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+  }else{
+    int iTab = pX->iTable;
+    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, brk);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_KeyAsData, iTab, 1);
+    pLevel->inP2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxColumn, iTab, 0);
+    pLevel->inOp = OP_Next;
+    pLevel->inP1 = iTab;
+  }
+  disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing.
+** The return value is a pointer to an (opaque) structure that contains
+** information needed to terminate the loop.  Later, the calling routine
+** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function
+** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing.
+**
+** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL.
+**
+** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in
+** the FROM clause of a select.  (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the
+** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.)  For
+** example, if the SQL is this:
+**
+**       SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...;
+**
+** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following:
+**
+**      foreach row1 in t1 do       \    Code generated
+**        foreach row2 in t2 do      |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin()
+**          foreach row3 in t3 do   /
+**            ...
+**          end                     \    Code generated
+**        end                        |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd()
+**      end                         /
+**
+** There are Btree cursors associated with each table.  t1 uses cursor
+** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor.  t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor.
+** And so forth.  This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors
+** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them.
+**
+** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their
+** entire tables.  Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation.  But if
+** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that
+** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the
+** code will run much faster.  Most of the work of this routine is checking
+** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop.
+**
+** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually
+** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop.  After each "foreach",
+** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer
+** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent
+** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner-
+** most loop)
+**
+** OUTER JOINS
+**
+** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows:
+**
+**    foreach row1 in t1 do
+**      flag = 0
+**      foreach row2 in t2 do
+**        start:
+**          ...
+**          flag = 1
+**      end
+**      if flag==0 then
+**        move the row2 cursor to a null row
+**        goto start
+**      fi
+**    end
+**
+** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING
+**
+** *ppOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause of a SELECT statement,
+** if there is one.  If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
+** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then ppOrderBy is NULL.
+**
+** If an index can be used so that the natural output order of the table
+** scan is correct for the ORDER BY clause, then that index is used and
+** *ppOrderBy is set to NULL.  This is an optimization that prevents an
+** unnecessary sort of the result set if an index appropriate for the
+** ORDER BY clause already exists.
+**
+** If the where clause loops cannot be arranged to provide the correct
+** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged.
+*/
+WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,   /* A list of all tables to be scanned */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* The WHERE clause */
+  int pushKey,         /* If TRUE, leave the table key on the stack */
+  ExprList **ppOrderBy /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */
+){
+  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;         /* Will become the return value of this function */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* The virtual database engine */
+  int brk, cont = 0;         /* Addresses used during code generation */
+  int nExpr;           /* Number of subexpressions in the WHERE clause */
+  int loopMask;        /* One bit set for each outer loop */
+  int haveKey = 0;     /* True if KEY is on the stack */
+  ExprInfo *pTerm;     /* A single term in the WHERE clause; ptr to aExpr[] */
+  ExprMaskSet maskSet; /* The expression mask set */
+  int iDirectEq[32];   /* Term of the form ROWID==X for the N-th table */
+  int iDirectLt[32];   /* Term of the form ROWID<X or ROWID<=X */
+  int iDirectGt[32];   /* Term of the form ROWID>X or ROWID>=X */
+  ExprInfo aExpr[101]; /* The WHERE clause is divided into these terms */
+
+  /* pushKey is only allowed if there is a single table (as in an INSERT or
+  ** UPDATE statement)
+  */
+  assert( pushKey==0 || pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
+  ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.  If the aExpr[]
+  ** array fills up, the last entry might point to an expression which
+  ** contains additional unfactored AND operators.
+  */
+  initMaskSet(&maskSet);
+  memset(aExpr, 0, sizeof(aExpr));
+  nExpr = exprSplit(ARRAYSIZE(aExpr), aExpr, pWhere);
+  if( nExpr==ARRAYSIZE(aExpr) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "WHERE clause too complex - no more "
+       "than %d terms allowed", (int)ARRAYSIZE(aExpr)-1);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  
+  /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
+  ** return value.
+  */
+  pWInfo = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(WhereInfo) + pTabList->nSrc*sizeof(WhereLevel));
+  if( sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
+    /* sqliteFree(pWInfo); // Leak memory when malloc fails */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
+  pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
+  pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+  /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant.  Evaluate the
+  ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru.
+  */
+  if( pWhere && (pTabList->nSrc==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pWhere)) ){
+    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, pWInfo->iBreak, 1);
+    pWhere = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Analyze all of the subexpressions.
+  */
+  for(pTerm=aExpr, i=0; i<nExpr; i++, pTerm++){
+    TriggerStack *pStack;
+    exprAnalyze(pTabList, &maskSet, pTerm);
+
+    /* If we are executing a trigger body, remove all references to
+    ** new.* and old.* tables from the prerequisite masks.
+    */
+    if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){
+      int x;
+      if( (x=pStack->newIdx) >= 0 ){
+        int mask = ~getMask(&maskSet, x);
+        pTerm->prereqRight &= mask;
+        pTerm->prereqLeft &= mask;
+        pTerm->prereqAll &= mask;
+      }
+      if( (x=pStack->oldIdx) >= 0 ){
+        int mask = ~getMask(&maskSet, x);
+        pTerm->prereqRight &= mask;
+        pTerm->prereqLeft &= mask;
+        pTerm->prereqAll &= mask;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out what index to use (if any) for each nested loop.
+  ** Make pWInfo->a[i].pIdx point to the index to use for the i-th nested
+  ** loop where i==0 is the outer loop and i==pTabList->nSrc-1 is the inner
+  ** loop. 
+  **
+  ** If terms exist that use the ROWID of any table, then set the
+  ** iDirectEq[], iDirectLt[], or iDirectGt[] elements for that table
+  ** to the index of the term containing the ROWID.  We always prefer
+  ** to use a ROWID which can directly access a table rather than an
+  ** index which requires reading an index first to get the rowid then
+  ** doing a second read of the actual database table.
+  **
+  ** Actually, if there are more than 32 tables in the join, only the
+  ** first 32 tables are candidates for indices.  This is (again) due
+  ** to the limit of 32 bits in an integer bitmask.
+  */
+  loopMask = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc && i<ARRAYSIZE(iDirectEq); i++){
+    int j;
+    WhereLevel *pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+    int iCur = pTabList->a[i].iCursor;    /* The cursor for this table */
+    int mask = getMask(&maskSet, iCur);   /* Cursor mask for this table */
+    Table *pTab = pTabList->a[i].pTab;
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Index *pBestIdx = 0;
+    int bestScore = 0;
+
+    /* Check to see if there is an expression that uses only the
+    ** ROWID field of this table.  For terms of the form ROWID==expr
+    ** set iDirectEq[i] to the index of the term.  For terms of the
+    ** form ROWID<expr or ROWID<=expr set iDirectLt[i] to the term index.
+    ** For terms like ROWID>expr or ROWID>=expr set iDirectGt[i].
+    **
+    ** (Added:) Treat ROWID IN expr like ROWID=expr.
+    */
+    pLevel->iCur = -1;
+    iDirectEq[i] = -1;
+    iDirectLt[i] = -1;
+    iDirectGt[i] = -1;
+    for(pTerm=aExpr, j=0; j<nExpr; j++, pTerm++){
+      Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+      if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur && pX->pLeft->iColumn<0
+            && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight ){
+        switch( pX->op ){
+          case TK_IN:
+          case TK_EQ: iDirectEq[i] = j; break;
+          case TK_LE:
+          case TK_LT: iDirectLt[i] = j; break;
+          case TK_GE:
+          case TK_GT: iDirectGt[i] = j;  break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if( iDirectEq[i]>=0 ){
+      loopMask |= mask;
+      pLevel->pIdx = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    /* Do a search for usable indices.  Leave pBestIdx pointing to
+    ** the "best" index.  pBestIdx is left set to NULL if no indices
+    ** are usable.
+    **
+    ** The best index is determined as follows.  For each of the
+    ** left-most terms that is fixed by an equality operator, add
+    ** 8 to the score.  The right-most term of the index may be
+    ** constrained by an inequality.  Add 1 if for an "x<..." constraint
+    ** and add 2 for an "x>..." constraint.  Chose the index that
+    ** gives the best score.
+    **
+    ** This scoring system is designed so that the score can later be
+    ** used to determine how the index is used.  If the score&7 is 0
+    ** then all constraints are equalities.  If score&1 is not 0 then
+    ** there is an inequality used as a termination key.  (ex: "x<...")
+    ** If score&2 is not 0 then there is an inequality used as the
+    ** start key.  (ex: "x>...").  A score or 4 is the special case
+    ** of an IN operator constraint.  (ex:  "x IN ...").
+    **
+    ** The IN operator (as in "<expr> IN (...)") is treated the same as
+    ** an equality comparison except that it can only be used on the
+    ** left-most column of an index and other terms of the WHERE clause
+    ** cannot be used in conjunction with the IN operator to help satisfy
+    ** other columns of the index.
+    */
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      int eqMask = 0;  /* Index columns covered by an x=... term */
+      int ltMask = 0;  /* Index columns covered by an x<... term */
+      int gtMask = 0;  /* Index columns covered by an x>... term */
+      int inMask = 0;  /* Index columns covered by an x IN .. term */
+      int nEq, m, score;
+
+      if( pIdx->nColumn>32 ) continue;  /* Ignore indices too many columns */
+      for(pTerm=aExpr, j=0; j<nExpr; j++, pTerm++){
+        Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+        CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft);
+        if( !pColl && pX->pRight ){
+          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pX->pRight);
+        }
+        if( !pColl ){
+          pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+        }
+        if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur 
+             && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight ){
+          int iColumn = pX->pLeft->iColumn;
+          int k;
+          char idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity; 
+          for(k=0; k<pIdx->nColumn; k++){
+            /* If the collating sequences or affinities don't match, 
+            ** ignore this index.  */
+            if( pColl!=pIdx->keyInfo.aColl[k] ) continue;
+            if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ) continue;
+            if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]==iColumn ){
+              switch( pX->op ){
+                case TK_IN: {
+                  if( k==0 ) inMask |= 1;
+                  break;
+                }
+                case TK_EQ: {
+                  eqMask |= 1<<k;
+                  break;
+                }
+                case TK_LE:
+                case TK_LT: {
+                  ltMask |= 1<<k;
+                  break;
+                }
+                case TK_GE:
+                case TK_GT: {
+                  gtMask |= 1<<k;
+                  break;
+                }
+                default: {
+                  /* CANT_HAPPEN */
+                  assert( 0 );
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* The following loop ends with nEq set to the number of columns
+      ** on the left of the index with == constraints.
+      */
+      for(nEq=0; nEq<pIdx->nColumn; nEq++){
+        m = (1<<(nEq+1))-1;
+        if( (m & eqMask)!=m ) break;
+      }
+      score = nEq*8;   /* Base score is 8 times number of == constraints */
+      m = 1<<nEq;
+      if( m & ltMask ) score++;    /* Increase score for a < constraint */
+      if( m & gtMask ) score+=2;   /* Increase score for a > constraint */
+      if( score==0 && inMask ) score = 4;  /* Default score for IN constraint */
+      if( score>bestScore ){
+        pBestIdx = pIdx;
+        bestScore = score;
+      }
+    }
+    pLevel->pIdx = pBestIdx;
+    pLevel->score = bestScore;
+    pLevel->bRev = 0;
+    loopMask |= mask;
+    if( pBestIdx ){
+      pLevel->iCur = pParse->nTab++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check to see if the ORDER BY clause is or can be satisfied by the
+  ** use of an index on the first table.
+  */
+  if( ppOrderBy && *ppOrderBy && pTabList->nSrc>0 ){
+     Index *pSortIdx;
+     Index *pIdx;
+     Table *pTab;
+     int bRev = 0;
+
+     pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab;
+     pIdx = pWInfo->a[0].pIdx;
+     if( pIdx && pWInfo->a[0].score==4 ){
+       /* If there is already an IN index on the left-most table,
+       ** it will not give the correct sort order.
+       ** So, pretend that no suitable index is found.
+       */
+       pSortIdx = 0;
+     }else if( iDirectEq[0]>=0 || iDirectLt[0]>=0 || iDirectGt[0]>=0 ){
+       /* If the left-most column is accessed using its ROWID, then do
+       ** not try to sort by index.
+       */
+       pSortIdx = 0;
+     }else{
+       int nEqCol = (pWInfo->a[0].score+4)/8;
+       pSortIdx = findSortingIndex(pParse, pTab, pTabList->a[0].iCursor, 
+                                   *ppOrderBy, pIdx, nEqCol, &bRev);
+     }
+     if( pSortIdx && (pIdx==0 || pIdx==pSortIdx) ){
+       if( pIdx==0 ){
+         pWInfo->a[0].pIdx = pSortIdx;
+         pWInfo->a[0].iCur = pParse->nTab++;
+       }
+       pWInfo->a[0].bRev = bRev;
+       *ppOrderBy = 0;
+     }
+  }
+
+  /* Open all tables in the pTabList and all indices used by those tables.
+  */
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1); /* Insert the cookie verifier Goto */
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    Table *pTab;
+    Index *pIx;
+
+    pTab = pTabList->a[i].pTab;
+    if( pTab->isTransient || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
+    sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, pTabList->a[i].iCursor, pTab);
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, pTab->iDb);
+    if( (pIx = pWInfo->a[i].pIdx)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIx->iDb, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, pWInfo->a[i].iCur, pIx->tnum,
+                     (char*)&pIx->keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Generate the code to do the search
+  */
+  loopMask = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    int j, k;
+    int iCur = pTabList->a[i].iCursor;
+    Index *pIdx;
+    WhereLevel *pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+
+    /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and
+    ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any
+    ** row of the left table of the join.
+    */
+    if( i>0 && (pTabList->a[i-1].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
+      if( !pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem++;
+      pLevel->iLeftJoin = pParse->nMem++;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iLeftJoin, 1);
+      VdbeComment((v, "# init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
+    }
+
+    pIdx = pLevel->pIdx;
+    pLevel->inOp = OP_Noop;
+    if( i<ARRAYSIZE(iDirectEq) && (k = iDirectEq[i])>=0 ){
+      /* Case 1:  We can directly reference a single row using an
+      **          equality comparison against the ROWID field.  Or
+      **          we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
+      **          construct.
+      */
+      assert( k<nExpr );
+      pTerm = &aExpr[k];
+      assert( pTerm->p!=0 );
+      assert( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur );
+      brk = pLevel->brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, brk, pLevel);
+      cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 1, brk);
+      haveKey = 0;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, brk);
+      pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+    }else if( pIdx!=0 && pLevel->score>0 && pLevel->score%4==0 ){
+      /* Case 2:  There is an index and all terms of the WHERE clause that
+      **          refer to the index use the "==" or "IN" operators.
+      */
+      int start;
+      int nColumn = (pLevel->score+4)/8;
+      brk = pLevel->brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+      /* For each column of the index, find the term of the WHERE clause that
+      ** constraints that column.  If the WHERE clause term is X=expr, then
+      ** evaluation expr and leave the result on the stack */
+      for(j=0; j<nColumn; j++){
+        for(pTerm=aExpr, k=0; k<nExpr; k++, pTerm++){
+          Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+          if( pX==0 ) continue;
+          if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur
+             && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight 
+             && pX->pLeft->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[j]
+          ){
+            char idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[pX->pLeft->iColumn].affinity;
+            if( sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ){
+              codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, brk, pLevel);
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+      cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      buildIndexProbe(v, nColumn, brk, pIdx);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 0);
+
+      /* Generate code (1) to move to the first matching element of the table.
+      ** Then generate code (2) that jumps to "brk" after the cursor is past
+      ** the last matching element of the table.  The code (1) is executed
+      ** once to initialize the search, the code (2) is executed before each
+      ** iteration of the scan to see if the scan has finished. */
+      if( pLevel->bRev ){
+        /* Scan in reverse order */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveLe, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        start = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxLT, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        pLevel->op = OP_Prev;
+      }else{
+        /* Scan in the forward order */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        start = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_IdxGE, pLevel->iCur, brk, "+", P3_STATIC);
+        pLevel->op = OP_Next;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowKey, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxIsNull, nColumn, cont);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRecno, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+      if( i==pTabList->nSrc-1 && pushKey ){
+        haveKey = 1;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+        haveKey = 0;
+      }
+      pLevel->p1 = pLevel->iCur;
+      pLevel->p2 = start;
+    }else if( i<ARRAYSIZE(iDirectLt) && (iDirectLt[i]>=0 || iDirectGt[i]>=0) ){
+      /* Case 3:  We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
+      */
+      int testOp = OP_Noop;
+      int start;
+
+      brk = pLevel->brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      if( iDirectGt[i]>=0 ){
+        Expr *pX;
+        k = iDirectGt[i];
+        assert( k<nExpr );
+        pTerm = &aExpr[k];
+        pX = pTerm->p;
+        assert( pX!=0 );
+        assert( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur );
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ForceInt, pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT, brk);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, brk);
+        disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, brk);
+      }
+      if( iDirectLt[i]>=0 ){
+        Expr *pX;
+        k = iDirectLt[i];
+        assert( k<nExpr );
+        pTerm = &aExpr[k];
+        pX = pTerm->p;
+        assert( pX!=0 );
+        assert( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur );
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+        pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 1);
+        if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){
+          testOp = OP_Ge;
+        }else{
+          testOp = OP_Gt;
+        }
+        disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+      }
+      start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      pLevel->op = OP_Next;
+      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+      pLevel->p2 = start;
+      if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, iCur, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, testOp, 0, brk);
+      }
+      haveKey = 0;
+    }else if( pIdx==0 ){
+      /* Case 4:  There is no usable index.  We must do a complete
+      **          scan of the entire database table.
+      */
+      int start;
+
+      brk = pLevel->brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, brk);
+      start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      pLevel->op = OP_Next;
+      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+      pLevel->p2 = start;
+      haveKey = 0;
+    }else{
+      /* Case 5: The WHERE clause term that refers to the right-most
+      **         column of the index is an inequality.  For example, if
+      **         the index is on (x,y,z) and the WHERE clause is of the
+      **         form "x=5 AND y<10" then this case is used.  Only the
+      **         right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
+      **         use the "==" operator.
+      **
+      **         This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
+      **         constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
+      **         to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
+      */
+      int score = pLevel->score;
+      int nEqColumn = score/8;
+      int start;
+      int leFlag=0, geFlag=0;
+      int testOp;
+
+      /* Evaluate the equality constraints
+      */
+      for(j=0; j<nEqColumn; j++){
+        int iIdxCol = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
+        for(pTerm=aExpr, k=0; k<nExpr; k++, pTerm++){
+          Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+          if( pX==0 ) continue;
+          if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur
+             && pX->op==TK_EQ
+             && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight 
+             && pX->pLeft->iColumn==iIdxCol
+          ){
+            sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+            disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Duplicate the equality term values because they will all be
+      ** used twice: once to make the termination key and once to make the
+      ** start key.
+      */
+      for(j=0; j<nEqColumn; j++){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nEqColumn-1, 0);
+      }
+
+      /* Labels for the beginning and end of the loop
+      */
+      cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      brk = pLevel->brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+      /* Generate the termination key.  This is the key value that
+      ** will end the search.  There is no termination key if there
+      ** are no equality terms and no "X<..." term.
+      **
+      ** 2002-Dec-04: On a reverse-order scan, the so-called "termination"
+      ** key computed here really ends up being the start key.
+      */
+      if( (score & 1)!=0 ){
+        for(pTerm=aExpr, k=0; k<nExpr; k++, pTerm++){
+          Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+          if( pX==0 ) continue;
+          if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur
+             && (pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_LE)
+             && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight 
+             && pX->pLeft->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[j]
+          ){
+            sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+            leFlag = pX->op==TK_LE;
+            disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        testOp = OP_IdxGE;
+      }else{
+        testOp = nEqColumn>0 ? OP_IdxGE : OP_Noop;
+        leFlag = 1;
+      }
+      if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
+        int nCol = nEqColumn + (score & 1);
+        pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+        buildIndexProbe(v, nCol, brk, pIdx);
+        if( pLevel->bRev ){
+          int op = leFlag ? OP_MoveLe : OP_MoveLt;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        }else{
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 1);
+        }
+      }else if( pLevel->bRev ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Last, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+      }
+
+      /* Generate the start key.  This is the key that defines the lower
+      ** bound on the search.  There is no start key if there are no
+      ** equality terms and if there is no "X>..." term.  In
+      ** that case, generate a "Rewind" instruction in place of the
+      ** start key search.
+      **
+      ** 2002-Dec-04: In the case of a reverse-order search, the so-called
+      ** "start" key really ends up being used as the termination key.
+      */
+      if( (score & 2)!=0 ){
+        for(pTerm=aExpr, k=0; k<nExpr; k++, pTerm++){
+          Expr *pX = pTerm->p;
+          if( pX==0 ) continue;
+          if( pTerm->idxLeft==iCur
+             && (pX->op==TK_GT || pX->op==TK_GE)
+             && (pTerm->prereqRight & loopMask)==pTerm->prereqRight 
+             && pX->pLeft->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[j]
+          ){
+            sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
+            geFlag = pX->op==TK_GE;
+            disableTerm(pLevel, &pTerm->p);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }else{
+        geFlag = 1;
+      }
+      if( nEqColumn>0 || (score&2)!=0 ){
+        int nCol = nEqColumn + ((score&2)!=0);
+        buildIndexProbe(v, nCol, brk, pIdx);
+        if( pLevel->bRev ){
+          pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 1);
+          testOp = OP_IdxLT;
+        }else{
+          int op = geFlag ? OP_MoveGe : OP_MoveGt;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        }
+      }else if( pLevel->bRev ){
+        testOp = OP_Noop;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+      }
+
+      /* Generate the the top of the loop.  If there is a termination
+      ** key we have to test for that key and abort at the top of the
+      ** loop.
+      */
+      start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, testOp, pLevel->iCur, brk);
+        if( (leFlag && !pLevel->bRev) || (!geFlag && pLevel->bRev) ){
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, "+", P3_STATIC);
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowKey, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxIsNull, nEqColumn + (score & 1), cont);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRecno, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+      if( i==pTabList->nSrc-1 && pushKey ){
+        haveKey = 1;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+        haveKey = 0;
+      }
+
+      /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop.
+      */
+      pLevel->op = pLevel->bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
+      pLevel->p1 = pLevel->iCur;
+      pLevel->p2 = start;
+    }
+    loopMask |= getMask(&maskSet, iCur);
+
+    /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
+    ** computed using the current set of tables.
+    */
+    for(pTerm=aExpr, j=0; j<nExpr; j++, pTerm++){
+      if( pTerm->p==0 ) continue;
+      if( (pTerm->prereqAll & loopMask)!=pTerm->prereqAll ) continue;
+      if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->p,EP_FromJoin) ){
+        continue;
+      }
+      if( haveKey ){
+        haveKey = 0;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->p, cont, 1);
+      pTerm->p = 0;
+    }
+    brk = cont;
+
+    /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
+    ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.  
+    */
+    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+      pLevel->top = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iLeftJoin, 1);
+      VdbeComment((v, "# record LEFT JOIN hit"));
+      for(pTerm=aExpr, j=0; j<nExpr; j++, pTerm++){
+        if( pTerm->p==0 ) continue;
+        if( (pTerm->prereqAll & loopMask)!=pTerm->prereqAll ) continue;
+        if( haveKey ){
+          /* Cannot happen.  "haveKey" can only be true if pushKey is true
+          ** an pushKey can only be true for DELETE and UPDATE and there are
+          ** no outer joins with DELETE and UPDATE.
+          */
+          haveKey = 0;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->p, cont, 1);
+        pTerm->p = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  pWInfo->iContinue = cont;
+  if( pushKey && !haveKey ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Recno, pTabList->a[0].iCursor, 0);
+  }
+  freeMaskSet(&maskSet);
+  return pWInfo;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate the end of the WHERE loop.  See comments on 
+** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information.
+*/
+void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  Vdbe *v = pWInfo->pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  WhereLevel *pLevel;
+  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
+
+  for(i=pTabList->nSrc-1; i>=0; i--){
+    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->cont);
+    if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->brk);
+    if( pLevel->inOp!=OP_Noop ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, pLevel->inOp, pLevel->inP1, pLevel->inP2);
+    }
+    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+      int addr;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iLeftJoin, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, 1, addr+4 + (pLevel->iCur>=0));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor, 0);
+      if( pLevel->iCur>=0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->top);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak);
+  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+    Table *pTab = pTabList->a[i].pTab;
+    assert( pTab!=0 );
+    if( pTab->isTransient || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
+    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, pTabList->a[i].iCursor, 0);
+    if( pLevel->pIdx!=0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iCur, 0);
+    }
+  }
+  sqliteFree(pWInfo);
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticscontact.cpp b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticscontact.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e9068fe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticscontact.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,515 @@
+/*
+    statisticscontact.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <qvaluelist.h>
+#include <quuid.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+#include "kopeteonlinestatus.h"
+
+#include "statisticscontact.h"
+#include "statisticsdb.h"
+
+StatisticsContact::StatisticsContact(Kopete::MetaContact *mc, StatisticsDB *db) : m_metaContact(mc),m_db(db), m_oldStatus(Kopete::OnlineStatus::Unknown)
+{
+	m_isChatWindowOpen = false;
+	m_oldStatusDateTime = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
+	
+	// Last*Changed are always false at start
+	m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesChanged  = false;
+	m_lastTalkChanged = false;
+	m_lastPresentChanged  = false;
+	m_messageLengthChanged = false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief saves contact statistics
+ */
+StatisticsContact::~StatisticsContact()
+{
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return;
+	
+	commonStatsSave("timebetweentwomessages",QString::number(m_timeBetweenTwoMessages), 
+	QString::number(m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesOn), m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesChanged);	 
+	commonStatsSave("messagelength",QString::number(m_messageLength), QString::number(m_messageLengthOn), m_messageLengthChanged); 
+	commonStatsSave("lasttalk", m_lastTalk.toString(), "", m_lastTalkChanged);
+	commonStatsSave("lastpresent", m_lastPresent.toString(), "", m_lastPresentChanged);
+}
+
+void StatisticsContact::initialize(Kopete::Contact *c)
+{
+	// Generate statisticsContactId or get it from database
+	QStringList buffer = m_db->query(QString("SELECT statisticid FROM contacts "
+						"WHERE contactid LIKE '%1';"
+						).arg(c->contactId()));
+
+	if (buffer.isEmpty())
+	{
+		// Check if we don't have old data
+		if ( !c->metaContact()->metaContactId().isEmpty() &&
+			!m_db->query(QString("SELECT metacontactid FROM commonstats "
+						"WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1';"
+						).arg(c->metaContact()->metaContactId())).isEmpty())
+		{
+			// Use old style id
+			m_statisticsContactId = c->metaContact()->metaContactId();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			// Create new id
+			m_statisticsContactId = QUuid::createUuid().toString();
+		}
+		
+		// Assign contactId to m_statisticsContactId
+		m_db->query(QString("INSERT INTO contacts (statisticid, contactid) VALUES('%1', '%2');"
+				).arg(m_statisticsContactId).arg(c->contactId()));
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		m_statisticsContactId = buffer[0];
+	}
+	
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << " m_statisticsContactId: " << m_statisticsContactId << endl;
+	
+	commonStatsCheck("timebetweentwomessages", m_timeBetweenTwoMessages, m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesOn, 0, -1);
+	commonStatsCheck("messagelength", m_messageLength, m_messageLengthOn, 0, 0);
+	
+	// Check for last talk
+	QString lastTalk;
+	QString dummy = "";
+	commonStatsCheck("lasttalk", lastTalk, dummy);
+	if (lastTalk.isEmpty())
+	{
+		m_lastTalk.setTime_t(0);
+		m_lastTalkChanged = true;
+	}
+	else
+		m_lastTalk = QDateTime::fromString(lastTalk);
+	
+	
+	// Get last time a message was received
+	m_lastMessageReceived = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
+
+
+	// Check for lastPresent
+	QString lastPresent = "";
+	commonStatsCheck("lastpresent", lastPresent, dummy);
+	if (lastPresent.isEmpty())
+	{
+		m_lastPresent.setTime_t(0);
+		m_lastPresentChanged = true;
+	}
+	else
+		m_lastPresent = QDateTime::fromString(lastPresent);
+}
+
+void StatisticsContact::contactAdded( Kopete::Contact *c )
+{
+	if ( !m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		// Check if contact is allready in database if not add it
+		if (m_db->query(QString("SELECT id FROM contacts "
+					"WHERE statisticid LIKE '%1' AND contactid LIKE '%2';"
+					).arg(m_statisticsContactId).arg(c->contactId())).isEmpty())
+		{
+			// Assign contactId to m_statisticsContactId
+			m_db->query(QString("INSERT INTO contacts (statisticid, contactid) VALUES('%1', '%2');"
+				   ).arg(m_statisticsContactId).arg(c->contactId()));
+		}
+		kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << " m_statisticsContactId: " << m_statisticsContactId << endl;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		// This is first contact, we need to initialize this object
+		initialize(c);
+	}
+}
+
+void StatisticsContact::contactRemoved( Kopete::Contact *c )
+{
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return;
+	
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << " m_statisticsContactId: " << m_statisticsContactId << endl;
+	m_db->query(QString("DELETE FROM contacts WHERE statisticid LIKE '%1' AND contactid LIKE '%2';"
+			   ).arg(m_statisticsContactId).arg(c->contactId()));
+}
+
+void StatisticsContact::removeFromDB()
+{
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return;
+	
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << " m_statisticsContactId: " << m_statisticsContactId << endl;
+	m_db->query(QString("DELETE FROM contacts WHERE statisticid LIKE '%1';").arg(m_statisticsContactId));
+	m_db->query(QString("DELETE FROM contactstatus WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1';").arg(m_statisticsContactId));
+	m_db->query(QString("DELETE FROM commonstats WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1';").arg(m_statisticsContactId));
+	
+	m_statisticsContactId = QString::null;
+}
+
+void StatisticsContact::commonStatsSave(const QString name, const QString statVar1, const QString statVar2, const bool statVarChanged)
+{
+	// Only update the database if there was a change
+	if (!statVarChanged) return;
+	
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return;
+	
+	m_db->query(QString("UPDATE commonstats SET statvalue1 = '%1', statvalue2='%2'"
+			"WHERE statname LIKE '%3' AND metacontactid LIKE '%4';").arg(statVar1).arg(statVar2).arg(name).arg(m_statisticsContactId));
+	
+}
+
+void StatisticsContact::commonStatsCheck(const QString name, int& statVar1, int& statVar2, const int defaultValue1, const int defaultValue2)
+{
+	QString a = QString::number(statVar1);
+	QString b = QString::number(statVar2);
+	
+	commonStatsCheck(name, a, b, QString::number(defaultValue1), QString::number(defaultValue2));
+	
+	statVar1 = a.toInt();
+	statVar2 = b.toInt();
+}
+
+void StatisticsContact::commonStatsCheck(const QString name, QString& statVar1, QString& statVar2, const QString defaultValue1, const QString defaultValue2)
+{
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return;
+	
+	QStringList buffer = m_db->query(QString("SELECT statvalue1,statvalue2 FROM commonstats WHERE statname LIKE '%1' AND metacontactid LIKE '%2';").arg(name, m_statisticsContactId));
+	if (!buffer.isEmpty())
+	{
+		statVar1 = buffer[0];
+		statVar2 = buffer[1];
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		m_db->query(QString("INSERT INTO commonstats (metacontactid, statname, statvalue1, statvalue2) VALUES('%1', '%2', 0, 0);").arg(m_statisticsContactId, name));
+		statVar1 = defaultValue1;
+		statVar2 = defaultValue2;
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief records informations from the new message
+ *
+ * Currently it does :
+ * <ul>
+ *	<li>Recalculate the average time between two messages
+ *	It should only calculate this time if a chatwindow is open (sure, it isn't 
+ *	perfect, because we could let a chatwindow open a whole day but that's at this *	time the nicest way, maybe we could check the time between the two last messages
+ *	and if it is greater than, say, 10 min, do as there where no previous message) 
+ *	So we do this when the chatwindow is open. We don't set m_isChatWindowOpen to true
+ *	when a new chatwindow is open, but when a new message arrives. However, we set it 
+ *	to false when the chatwindow is closed (see StatisticsPlugin::slotViewClosed).
+ *
+ *	Then it is only a question of some calculations.
+ *
+ * 	<li>Recalculate the average message lenght
+ * 
+ *	<li>Change last-talk datetime
+ * </ul>
+ *
+ */
+void StatisticsContact::newMessageReceived(Kopete::Message& m)
+{
+	kdDebug() << "statistics: new message received" << endl;
+	QDateTime currentDateTime = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
+	
+	if (m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesOn != -1 && m_isChatWindowOpen)
+	{
+		m_timeBetweenTwoMessages = (m_timeBetweenTwoMessages*m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesOn + m_lastMessageReceived.secsTo(currentDateTime))/(1 + m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesOn);
+
+	}
+	
+	setIsChatWindowOpen(true);
+	
+	m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesOn += 1;
+	m_lastMessageReceived = currentDateTime;
+	
+	
+	// Message lenght
+	m_messageLength= (m.plainBody().length() + m_messageLength * m_messageLengthOn)/(1 + m_messageLengthOn);
+	m_messageLengthOn++;
+	
+	// Last talked
+	/// @todo do this in message sent too. So we need setLastTalk()
+	m_lastTalk = currentDateTime;
+	
+	m_messageLengthChanged = true;
+	m_lastTalkChanged = true;
+	m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesChanged = true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Update the database for this contact when required.
+ */
+void StatisticsContact::onlineStatusChanged(Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType status)
+{
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return;
+	
+	QDateTime currentDateTime = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
+	
+	/// We don't want to log if oldStatus is unknown
+	/// the change could not be a real one; see StatisticsPlugin::slotMySelfOnlineStatusChanged
+	if (m_oldStatus != Kopete::OnlineStatus::Unknown)
+	{
+		
+		kdDebug() << "statistics - status change for "<< metaContact()->metaContactId() << " : "<< QString::number(m_oldStatus) << endl;
+		m_db->query(QString("INSERT INTO contactstatus "
+		"(metacontactid, status, datetimebegin, datetimeend) "
+				"VALUES('%1', '%2', '%3', '%4'" ");").arg(m_statisticsContactId).arg(Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusTypeToString(m_oldStatus)).arg(QString::number(m_oldStatusDateTime.toTime_t())).arg(QString::number(currentDateTime.toTime_t())));
+	}
+	
+	if (m_oldStatus == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online || m_oldStatus == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away)
+	// If the last status was Online or Away, the last time contact was present is the time he goes offline
+	{
+		m_lastPresent = currentDateTime;
+		m_lastPresentChanged = true;
+	}
+
+	m_oldStatus = status;
+	m_oldStatusDateTime = currentDateTime;
+
+}
+
+bool StatisticsContact::wasStatus(QDateTime dt, Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType status)
+{
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return false;
+	
+	QStringList values = m_db->query(QString("SELECT status, datetimebegin, datetimeend "
+			"FROM contactstatus WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1' AND datetimebegin <= %2 AND datetimeend >= %3 "
+			"AND status LIKE '%4' "
+			"ORDER BY datetimebegin;"
+		).arg(m_statisticsContactId).arg(dt.toTime_t()).arg(dt.toTime_t()).arg(Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusTypeToString(status)));	
+	
+	if (!values.isEmpty()) return true;
+	
+	return false;
+}
+
+QString StatisticsContact::statusAt(QDateTime dt)
+{
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return "";
+	
+	QStringList values = m_db->query(QString("SELECT status, datetimebegin, datetimeend "
+			"FROM contactstatus WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1' AND datetimebegin <= %2 AND datetimeend >= %3 "
+			"ORDER BY datetimebegin;"
+			).arg(m_statisticsContactId).arg(dt.toTime_t()).arg(dt.toTime_t()));	
+	
+	if (!values.isEmpty()) return Kopete::OnlineStatus(Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[0])).description();
+	else return "";
+}
+
+QString StatisticsContact::mainStatusDate(const QDate& date)
+{
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return "";
+	
+	QDateTime dt1(date, QTime(0,0,0));
+	QDateTime dt2(date.addDays(1), QTime(0,0,0));
+	kdDebug() << "dt1:" << dt1.toString() << " dt2:" << dt2.toString() << endl;
+	QString request = QString("SELECT status, datetimebegin, datetimeend, metacontactid "
+			"FROM contactstatus WHERE metacontactid = '%1' AND "
+			"(datetimebegin >= %2 AND datetimebegin <= %3 OR "
+			"datetimeend >= %4 AND datetimeend <= %5) "
+			"ORDER BY datetimebegin;"
+							 ).arg(m_statisticsContactId).arg(dt1.toTime_t()).arg(dt2.toTime_t()).arg(dt1.toTime_t()).arg(dt2.toTime_t());
+	kdDebug() << request << endl;
+	QStringList values = m_db->query(request);
+	
+	unsigned int online = 0, offline = 0, away = 0;
+	for(uint i=0; i<values.count(); i+=4)
+	{
+		unsigned int datetimebegin = values[i+1].toInt(), datetimeend = values[i+2].toInt();
+		kdDebug() << "statistics: id "<< values[i+3]<< " status " << values[i] << " datetimeend " << QString::number(datetimeend) << " datetimebegin " << QString::number(datetimebegin) << endl;
+		if (datetimebegin <= dt1.toTime_t()) datetimebegin = dt1.toTime_t();
+		if (datetimeend >= dt2.toTime_t()) datetimeend = dt2.toTime_t();
+		
+		
+		
+		if (values[i]==Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusTypeToString(Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online))
+			online += datetimeend - datetimebegin;
+		else if (values[i]==Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusTypeToString(Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away))
+			away += datetimeend - datetimebegin;
+		else if (values[i]==Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusTypeToString(Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline))
+			offline += datetimeend - datetimebegin;
+	}
+	
+	if (online > away && online > offline) return i18n("Online");
+	else if (away > online && away > offline) return i18n("Away");
+	else if (offline > online && offline > away) return i18n("Offline");
+	
+	return "";
+}
+
+// QDateTime StatisticsContact::nextOfflineEvent()
+// {
+// 	return nextEvent(Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline);
+// }
+//  
+// QDateTime StatisticsContact::nextOnlineEvent()
+// {
+// 	return nextEvent(Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online);
+// }
+
+// QDateTime StatisticsContact::nextEvent(const Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType& status)
+// {
+// 	
+// }
+
+QValueList<QTime> StatisticsContact::mainEvents(const Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType& status)
+{
+	QStringList buffer;
+	QValueList<QTime> mainEvents;
+	
+	if (m_statisticsContactId.isEmpty())
+		return mainEvents;
+	
+	QDateTime currentDateTime = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
+	buffer = m_db->query(QString("SELECT datetimebegin, datetimeend, status FROM contactstatus WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1' ORDER BY datetimebegin").arg(m_statisticsContactId));
+	
+	
+	// Only select the events for which the previous is not Unknown AND the status is status.
+	QStringList values;
+	for (uint i=0; i<buffer.count(); i += 3)
+	{
+		if (buffer[i+2] == Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusTypeToString(status)
+			&& abs(buffer[i+1].toInt()-buffer[i].toInt()) > 120)
+		{
+			values.push_back(buffer[i]);
+		}
+	}
+	
+	// No entries for this contact ...
+	if (!values.count()) return mainEvents;
+
+	// First we compute the average number of events/day : avEventsPerDay;
+	int avEventsPerDay = 0;
+	QDateTime dt1, dt2;
+	dt1.setTime_t(values[0].toInt());
+	dt2.setTime_t(values[values.count()-1].toInt());
+	
+	avEventsPerDay = qRound((double)values.count()/(double)dt1.daysTo(dt2));
+	kdDebug() << "statistics: average events per day : " <<avEventsPerDay << endl;
+	
+	// We want to work on hours
+	QValueList<int> hoursValues;
+	for (uint i=0; i<values.count(); i++)
+	{
+		QDateTime dt;
+		dt.setTime_t(values[i].toInt());
+		hoursValues.push_back(QTime(0, 0, 0).secsTo(dt.time()));
+	}
+	
+	// Sort the list
+	qHeapSort(hoursValues);
+	
+	// Then we put some centroids (centroids in [0..24[)
+	QValueList<int> centroids;
+	int incr=qRound((double)hoursValues.count()/(double)avEventsPerDay);
+	incr = incr ? incr : 1;
+	for (uint i=0; i<hoursValues.count(); i+=incr)
+	{
+		centroids.push_back(hoursValues[i]);
+		kdDebug() << "statistics: add a centroid : " << centroids[centroids.count()-1] << endl;
+	}
+	
+	
+	// We need to compute the centroids
+	centroids = computeCentroids(centroids, hoursValues);
+	
+	// Convert to QDateTime
+	for (uint i=0; i<centroids.count(); i++)
+	{
+		kdDebug() << "statistics: new centroid : " << centroids[i] << endl;
+
+		QTime dt(0, 0, 0);
+		dt = dt.addSecs(centroids[i]);
+		mainEvents.push_back(dt);
+	}
+	
+	
+	return mainEvents;
+}
+
+QValueList<int> StatisticsContact::computeCentroids(const QValueList<int>& centroids, const QValueList<int>& values)
+{
+	kdDebug() << "statistics: enter compute centroids"<< endl;
+
+	QValueList<int> whichCentroid; // whichCentroid[i] = j <=> values[i] has centroid j for closest one
+	QValueList<int> newCentroids;
+	for (uint i=0; i<values.count(); i++)
+	// Iterates over the values. For each one we need to get the closest centroid.
+	{
+		int value = values[i];
+		int distanceToNearestCentroid = abs(centroids[0]-value);
+		int nearestCentroid = 0;
+		for (uint j=1; j<centroids.count(); j++)
+		{
+			if (abs(centroids[j]-value) < distanceToNearestCentroid)
+			{
+				distanceToNearestCentroid = abs(centroids[j]-value);
+				nearestCentroid = j;
+			}
+		}
+		whichCentroid.push_back(nearestCentroid);
+	}
+	
+	// Recompute centroids
+	newCentroids = centroids;
+	
+	for (uint i=0; i<newCentroids.count(); i++)
+	{
+		kdDebug() << "statistics: compute new centroids"<< i << endl;
+		int weight = 0;
+		for (uint j=0; j<values.count(); j++)
+		{
+			int value = values[j];
+			if (whichCentroid[j] == i)
+			{
+				newCentroids[i] = qRound((double)(value + newCentroids[i]*weight)/(double)(weight + 1));
+				weight++;
+				
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	
+	
+	
+	// Should we recompute or are we OK ?
+	int dist = 0;
+	for (uint i=0; i < newCentroids.count(); i++)
+		dist += abs(newCentroids[i]-centroids[i]);
+	
+	if (dist > 10) 
+		return computeCentroids(newCentroids, values);
+	else
+	{
+		
+		return newCentroids;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticscontact.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticscontact.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..217000db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticscontact.h
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/*
+    statisticscontact.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef STATISTICSCONTACT_H
+#define STATISTICSCONTACT_H
+
+#include "kopeteonlinestatus.h"
+#include "kopetemessage.h"
+
+class StatisticsDB;
+class QDateTime;
+
+class StatisticsContact 
+{
+	
+public:
+	StatisticsContact(Kopete::MetaContact *mc, StatisticsDB *db);
+	
+	/**
+	 * We save all stats to the database (commonstats)
+	 */
+	~StatisticsContact();
+
+	
+	/*
+	 * Access method
+	 */
+	
+	/** \brief Access method
+	 *  \return m_db
+	 */
+	 StatisticsDB *db() { return m_db; }	
+
+	/** \brief Access method
+	 *  \return m_metaContact
+	 */
+	Kopete::MetaContact *metaContact() { return m_metaContact; }
+	
+	/** \brief Access method
+	 *  \return m_statisticsContactId
+	 */
+	QString statisticsContactId() { return m_statisticsContactId; }
+	
+	/** \brief Access method
+	 *  \return m_oldStatus
+	 */
+	Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType oldStatus() { return m_oldStatus; }
+	
+	/** \brief Access method
+	 *  \return m_oldStatusDateTime
+	 */
+	QDateTime oldStatusDateTime() { return m_oldStatusDateTime; }
+	
+	/** \brief Access method
+	 *  \return m_messageLength
+	 */
+	int messageLength() { return m_messageLength; }
+	/** \brief Access method
+	 *  \return m_timeBetweenTwoMessages
+	 */
+	int timeBetweenTwoMessages() { return m_timeBetweenTwoMessages; }
+	/**
+	 * \brief Access method
+	 * \return m_lastTalk
+	 */
+	QDateTime lastTalk() { return m_lastTalk; }
+	/**
+	 * \brief Access method
+	 * \return m_lastPresent
+ 	 */
+	QDateTime lastPresent() { return m_lastPresent; }
+	/**
+	 * \brief sets \p m_isChatWindowOpen to true
+	 */
+	void setIsChatWindowOpen(bool c) { m_isChatWindowOpen = c; }
+	
+	
+	
+	/*
+	 * Method performing some useful actions
+	 */
+	/**
+	 * \brief update the events database with the new statuss
+	 */
+	void onlineStatusChanged(Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType status);
+	
+	/**
+	 * \brief update the average time between to messages for this contact
+	 * Should be called when a new message is received by this contact
+	 */
+	void newMessageReceived(Kopete::Message& m);
+
+	/**
+	 * \returns true if contact was status at dt, false else.
+	 */
+	bool wasStatus(QDateTime dt, Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType status);
+	
+	/**
+	 * \returns the status of the contact at dt. Return false if dt is invalid.
+	 */
+	QString statusAt(QDateTime dt);
+
+	/**
+	 * \returns the main (most used) status of the contact at date (not time) dt. return false if dt is invalid.
+	 */
+	QString mainStatusDate(const QDate& date);
+	/*
+	 * Prevision methods
+	 */
+	/**
+// 	 * \brief Give informations on when the next event will occur
+// 	 *
+// 	 * \param status the status to be checked.
+// 	 * \retval nextEventDateTime the next event average prevision datetime.
+// 	 */
+// 	QDateTime nextEvent(const Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType& status);
+// 	
+// 	/**
+// 	 * \brief Convenience method for nextEvent with Offline status
+// 	 */
+// 	QDateTime nextOfflineEvent();
+// 	
+// 	/**
+// 	 * \brief Convenience method for nextEvent with Online status
+// 	 */
+// 	QDateTime nextOnlineEvent();
+	
+	
+	/**
+	 * \brief computes the main "status" events for the contact
+	 */
+	QValueList<QTime> mainEvents(const Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType& status);
+	/// \brief used by mainEvents()
+	QValueList<int> computeCentroids(const QValueList<int>& centroids, const QValueList<int>& values);
+	
+	/**
+	 * \brief adds contact to "contacts" database and generates m_statisticsContactId if needed
+	 */
+	void contactAdded( Kopete::Contact *c );
+	
+	/**
+	 * \brief removes contact from "contacts" database
+	 */
+	void contactRemoved( Kopete::Contact *c );
+	
+	/**
+	 * \brief removes all records from database that are related to this class and clears m_statisticsContactId
+	 */
+	void removeFromDB();
+	
+private:
+	/**
+	 * \brief initializes this object and sets m_statisticsContactId
+	 *
+	 */
+	void initialize(Kopete::Contact *c);
+	
+	/**
+	 * \brief Checks if the value name exists in "commonstats" table, if not, add the row.
+	 *
+	 * \param name the name of the entry to be checked
+	 * \param statVar1 retrieve this var from the database. If it doesn't exists, get it from \p defaultValue1
+	 * \param statVar2 retrieve this var from the database. If it doesn't exists, get it from \p defaultValue2
+	 * \param defaultValue1 defaultValue for \p statVar1
+	 * \param defaultValue2 defaultValue for \p statVar2
+	 * \retval statvar1 
+	 * \retval statvar2
+	 */
+	void commonStatsCheck(const QString name, QString& statVar1, QString& statVar2, const QString defaultValue1 = "", const QString defaultValue2 = "");
+	
+	/**
+	 * @brief Same as commonStatsCheck for integers.
+	 * Provided for convenience
+	 */
+	void commonStatsCheck(const QString name, int& statVar1, int& statVar2, const int defaultValue1 = 0, const int defaultValue2 = -1);
+	
+	/**
+	 * @brief Save a value in the "commonstats" table 
+	 * \param name the name of the entry to be saved
+	 * \param statVar1 what we are going to store in the first column for this entry
+	 * \param statVar2 the second stat we can save in this table for this entry
+	 * \param statVarChanged if this param is true, we save. Else, we don't. Spare some disk usage.
+	 */
+	void commonStatsSave(const QString name, const QString statVar1, const QString statVar2, const bool statVarChanged);
+	
+	/**
+	 * Kopete::MetaContact linked to this StatisticsContact
+	 * Each StatisticsContact object _has_ to be linked to a metaContact
+	 */ 
+	Kopete::MetaContact *m_metaContact;
+	
+	/**
+	 * Required to be able to write to the database
+	 */
+	StatisticsDB *m_db;
+	
+	/** 
+	 * The interest of statistics contact is to manage the changes of status
+	 * in order to correctly update the database. That's why here we keep the oldStatus
+	 */
+	Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType m_oldStatus;
+	/// We keep the old status datetime here
+	QDateTime m_oldStatusDateTime;
+		
+	/**
+	 * Average time this user takes between two of his messages
+	 * It may be used to compute a "speed" or "availability" for this contact
+	 */
+	int m_timeBetweenTwoMessages;
+	bool m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesChanged;
+	/// Date at which the last message was received. 
+	/// Used to compute m_timeBetweenTwoMessages
+	QDateTime m_lastMessageReceived;
+	/// This is the ponderation corresponding to m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesOn
+	int m_timeBetweenTwoMessagesOn;
+	/// We don't count time if a chatwindow isn't open
+	bool m_isChatWindowOpen;
+	
+	/**
+	 * Average length of contact's messages
+	 */
+	int m_messageLength;
+	bool m_messageLengthChanged;
+	/// This is the ponderation corresponding to m_messageLength
+	int m_messageLengthOn;
+	
+	/**
+	 * Last time user talked with this contact
+	 */
+	QDateTime m_lastTalk;
+	bool m_lastTalkChanged;
+	
+	/**
+	 * Last time user was present (=online or away)
+	 */
+	QDateTime m_lastPresent;
+	bool m_lastPresentChanged;
+	
+	/**
+	 * Unique id that identifies StatisticsContact
+	 * It's also identifier for database records
+	 */
+	QString m_statisticsContactId;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdb.cpp b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdb.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..450c4371
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdb.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/*
+    statisticsdb.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qfile.h>
+
+#include "sqlite/sqlite3.h"
+
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kaboutdata.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+#include <kdeversion.h>
+
+#include "statisticsdb.h"
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+StatisticsDB::StatisticsDB()
+{
+	QCString path = (::locateLocal("appdata", "kopete_statistics-0.1.db")).latin1();
+	kdDebug() << "statistics: DB path:" << path << endl;
+
+	// Open database file and check for correctness
+	bool failOpen = true;
+	QFile file( path );
+	if ( file.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) 
+	{
+		QString format;
+		file.readLine( format, 50 );
+		if ( !format.startsWith( "SQLite format 3" ) ) 
+		{
+			kdWarning() << "[statistics] Database versions incompatible. Removing and rebuilding database.\n";
+		}
+		else if ( sqlite3_open( path, &m_db ) != SQLITE_OK ) 
+		{
+			kdWarning() << "[statistics] Database file corrupt. Removing and rebuilding database.\n";
+			sqlite3_close( m_db );
+		}
+		else
+			failOpen = false;
+	}
+	
+	if ( failOpen ) 
+	{
+	// Remove old db file; create new
+	QFile::remove( path );
+	sqlite3_open( path, &m_db );
+	}
+
+	kdDebug() << "[Statistics] Contructor"<< endl;
+
+	// Creates the tables if they do not exist.
+	QStringList result = query("SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table'");
+	
+	if (!result.contains("contacts"))
+	{
+		query(QString("CREATE TABLE contacts "
+			"(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"
+			"statisticid TEXT,"
+			"contactid TEXT"
+			");"));
+	}
+
+	if (!result.contains("contactstatus"))
+	{
+		kdDebug() << "[Statistics] Database empty"<< endl;
+		query(QString("CREATE TABLE contactstatus "
+			"(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"
+			"metacontactid TEXT,"
+			"status TEXT,"
+			"datetimebegin INTEGER,"
+			"datetimeend INTEGER"
+			");"));
+	}
+	
+	if (!result.contains("commonstats"))
+	{
+		// To store things like the contact answer time etc.
+		query(QString("CREATE TABLE commonstats"
+			" (id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"
+			"metacontactid TEXT,"
+			"statname TEXT," // for instance, answertime, lastmessage, messagelength ...
+			"statvalue1 TEXT,"
+			"statvalue2 TEXT"
+			");"));
+	}
+
+	/// @fixme This is not used anywhere
+	if (!result.contains("statsgroup"))
+	{
+		query(QString("CREATE TABLE statsgroup"
+			"(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"
+			"datetimebegin INTEGER,"
+			"datetimeend INTEGER,"
+			"caption TEXT);"));
+	}
+ 
+}
+
+StatisticsDB::~StatisticsDB()
+{
+	sqlite3_close(m_db);
+} 
+
+ /**
+  * Executes a SQL query on the already opened database
+  * @param statement SQL program to execute. Only one SQL statement is allowed.
+  * @param debug     Set to true for verbose debug output.
+  * @retval names    Will contain all column names, set to NULL if not used.
+  * @return          The queried data, or QStringList() on error.
+  */
+ QStringList StatisticsDB::query( const QString& statement, QStringList* const names, bool debug )
+ {
+ 
+     if ( debug )
+         kdDebug() << "query-start: " << statement << endl;
+ 
+     clock_t start = clock();
+ 
+     if ( !m_db )
+     {
+         kdError() << k_funcinfo << "[CollectionDB] SQLite pointer == NULL.\n";
+         return QStringList();
+     }
+ 
+     int error;
+     QStringList values;
+     const char* tail;
+     sqlite3_stmt* stmt;
+ 
+     //compile SQL program to virtual machine
+     error = sqlite3_prepare( m_db, statement.utf8(), statement.length(), &stmt, &tail );
+ 
+     if ( error != SQLITE_OK )
+     {
+         kdError() << k_funcinfo << "[CollectionDB] sqlite3_compile error:" << endl;
+         kdError() << sqlite3_errmsg( m_db ) << endl;
+         kdError() << "on query: " << statement << endl;
+ 
+         return QStringList();
+     }
+ 
+     int busyCnt = 0;
+     int number = sqlite3_column_count( stmt );
+     //execute virtual machine by iterating over rows
+     while ( true )
+     {
+         error = sqlite3_step( stmt );
+ 
+         if ( error == SQLITE_BUSY )
+         {
+             if ( busyCnt++ > 20 ) {
+                 kdError() << "[CollectionDB] Busy-counter has reached maximum. Aborting this sql statement!\n";
+                 break;
+             }
+             ::usleep( 100000 ); // Sleep 100 msec
+             kdDebug() << "[CollectionDB] sqlite3_step: BUSY counter: " << busyCnt << endl;
+         }
+         if ( error == SQLITE_MISUSE )
+             kdDebug() << "[CollectionDB] sqlite3_step: MISUSE" << endl;
+         if ( error == SQLITE_DONE || error == SQLITE_ERROR )
+             break;
+ 
+         //iterate over columns
+         for ( int i = 0; i < number; i++ )
+         {
+             values << QString::fromUtf8( (const char*) sqlite3_column_text( stmt, i ) );
+             if ( names ) *names << QString( sqlite3_column_name( stmt, i ) );
+         }
+     }
+     //deallocate vm ressources
+     sqlite3_finalize( stmt );
+ 
+     if ( error != SQLITE_DONE )
+     {
+         kdError() << k_funcinfo << "sqlite_step error.\n";
+         kdError() << sqlite3_errmsg( m_db ) << endl;
+         kdError() << "on query: " << statement << endl;
+ 
+         return QStringList();
+     }
+ 
+     if ( debug )
+     {
+         clock_t finish = clock();
+         const double duration = (double) (finish - start) / CLOCKS_PER_SEC;
+         kdDebug() << "[CollectionDB] SQL-query (" << duration << "s): " << statement << endl;
+     }
+ 
+ 
+    return values;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdb.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdb.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..130b1d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdb.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+    statisticsdb.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef _STATISTICSDB_H_H
+#define _STATISTICSDB_H_H 1
+
+typedef struct sqlite3;
+
+class StatisticsDB
+{
+	
+public:
+	StatisticsDB();
+	~StatisticsDB();
+	 //sql helper methods
+          QStringList query( const QString& statement, QStringList* const names = 0, bool debug = false );
+          QString escapeString( QString string );
+private:
+	sqlite3 *m_db;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdcopiface.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdcopiface.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b45a2c95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdcopiface.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+    statisticsdcopiface.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef STATISTICSDCOP_H
+#define STATISTICSDCOP_H
+
+#include <dcopobject.h>
+
+
+class StatisticsDCOPIface : virtual public DCOPObject
+{
+  K_DCOP
+public:
+
+k_dcop:
+	/**
+	 * Shows the statistics dialog for contact which has KABC id \var contactId
+	 */
+	virtual void dcopStatisticsDialog(QString contactId) = 0;
+	/**
+     * \returns true if contact was online at time timeStamp, false else. Returns false if contact does not exist.
+	 */
+	virtual bool dcopWasOnline(QString id, int timeStamp) = 0;
+	/**
+	 * \returns true if contact was online at dt, false else. Returns false if contact does not exist or if date is invalid.
+	 */
+	virtual bool dcopWasOnline(QString id, QString datetime) = 0;
+	
+	/**
+	 * \returns true if contact was away at time timeStamp, false else. Returns false if contact does not exist.
+	 */
+	virtual bool dcopWasAway(QString id, int timeStamp) = 0;
+	/**
+	 * \returns true if contact was away at dt, false else. Returns false if contact does not exist or if date is invalid.
+	 */
+	virtual bool dcopWasAway(QString id, QString datetime) = 0;
+	
+	/**
+	 * \returns true if contact was offline at time timeStamp, false else. Returns false if contact does not exist.
+	 */
+	virtual bool dcopWasOffline(QString id, int timeStamp) = 0;
+	/**
+	 * \returns true if contact was offline at dt, false else. Returns false if contact does not exist or if date is invalid.
+	 */
+	virtual bool dcopWasOffline(QString id, QString datetime) = 0;
+	
+	/**
+	 * \returns return the status of the contact at datetime.
+	 */
+	virtual QString dcopStatus(QString id, QString datetime) = 0;
+	/**
+	 * \returns return the status of the contact at timeStamp.
+	 */
+	virtual QString dcopStatus(QString id, int timeStamp) = 0;
+	/**
+	 * \returns the main status (most used status) of the contact id at date (not time) timeStamp. Will take the day where timeStamp is.
+	 */
+	virtual QString dcopMainStatus(QString id, int timeStamp) = 0;
+};
+
+#endif // STATISTICSDCOP_H
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdialog.cpp b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdialog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..485eb7ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
+/*
+    statisticsdialog.cpp - Kopete History Dialog
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+
+#include <qtabwidget.h>
+#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <qhbox.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+#include <qtextedit.h>
+#include <qcombobox.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include "kdialogbase.h"
+#include "klocale.h"
+#include "klistview.h"
+#include "khtml_part.h"
+#include "kstandarddirs.h"
+#include "kdatepicker.h"
+#include "ktimewidget.h"
+
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+#include "kopeteonlinestatus.h"
+
+#include "statisticsdialog.h"
+#include "statisticscontact.h"
+#include "statisticswidget.h"
+#include "statisticsplugin.h"
+#include "statisticsdb.h"
+
+StatisticsDialog::StatisticsDialog(StatisticsContact *contact, StatisticsDB *db, QWidget* parent,
+	const char* name) : KDialogBase(parent, name, false,
+	i18n("Statistics for %1").arg(contact->metaContact()->displayName()), Close, Close), m_db(db), m_contact(contact)
+{	
+	mainWidget = new StatisticsWidget(this);
+	setMainWidget(mainWidget);
+	
+	setMinimumWidth(640);
+	setMinimumHeight(400);
+	adjustSize();
+
+	QHBox *hbox = new QHBox(this);
+	
+	generalHTMLPart = new KHTMLPart(hbox);
+        generalHTMLPart->setOnlyLocalReferences(true);
+	connect ( generalHTMLPart->browserExtension(), SIGNAL( openURLRequestDelayed( const KURL &, const KParts::URLArgs & ) ),
+			  this, SLOT( slotOpenURLRequest( const KURL &, const KParts::URLArgs & ) ) );
+	
+	
+	mainWidget->tabWidget->insertTab(hbox, i18n("General"), 0);
+	mainWidget->tabWidget->setCurrentPage(0);
+	
+	mainWidget->timePicker->setTime(QTime::currentTime());
+	mainWidget->datePicker->setDate(QDate::currentDate());
+	connect(mainWidget->askButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(slotAskButtonClicked()));
+	
+	setFocus();
+	setEscapeButton(Close);
+	
+	generatePageGeneral();
+}
+
+// We only generate pages when the user clicks on a link
+void StatisticsDialog::slotOpenURLRequest(const KURL& url, const KParts::URLArgs&)
+{
+	if (url.protocol() == "main")
+	{
+		generatePageGeneral();
+	}
+	else if (url.protocol() == "dayofweek")
+	{
+		generatePageForDay(url.path().toInt());
+	}
+	else if (url.protocol() == "monthofyear")
+	{
+		generatePageForMonth(url.path().toInt());
+	}
+}
+
+/*void StatisticsDialog::parseTemplate(QString Template)
+{
+	QString fileString = ::locate("appdata", "kopete_statistics.template.html");
+	QString templateString;
+	QFile file(file);
+	if (file.open(IO_ReadOnly))
+	{
+		QTextStream stream(&file);
+		templateString = stream.read();
+		file.close();
+	}	
+	// The template is loaded in templateString now.
+	templateString.strReplace(
+}*/
+
+void StatisticsDialog::generatePageForMonth(const int monthOfYear)
+{
+	QStringList values = m_db->query(QString("SELECT status, datetimebegin, datetimeend "
+	"FROM contactstatus WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1' ORDER BY datetimebegin;").arg(m_contact->statisticsContactId()));	
+	
+	QStringList values2;
+	
+	for (uint i=0; i<values.count(); i+=3)
+	{
+		QDateTime dateTimeBegin;
+		dateTimeBegin.setTime_t(values[i+1].toInt());
+		/// @todo Same as for Day, check if second datetime is on the same month
+		if (dateTimeBegin.date().month() == monthOfYear)
+		{
+			values2.push_back(values[i]);
+			values2.push_back(values[i+1]);
+			values2.push_back(values[i+2]);
+		}
+	}
+	generatePageFromQStringList(values2, QDate::longMonthName(monthOfYear));
+}
+
+void StatisticsDialog::generatePageForDay(const int dayOfWeek)
+{
+	QStringList values = m_db->query(QString("SELECT status, datetimebegin, datetimeend "
+	"FROM contactstatus WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1' ORDER BY datetimebegin;").arg(m_contact->statisticsContactId()));	
+	
+	QStringList values2;
+	
+	for (uint i=0; i<values.count(); i+=3)
+	{
+		QDateTime dateTimeBegin;
+		dateTimeBegin.setTime_t(values[i+1].toInt());
+		QDateTime dateTimeEnd;
+		dateTimeEnd.setTime_t(values[i+2].toInt());
+		if (dateTimeBegin.date().dayOfWeek() == dayOfWeek)
+		{
+			if (dateTimeEnd.date().dayOfWeek() != dayOfWeek)
+		  // Day of week is not the same at beginning and at end of the event
+		  {
+		    values2.push_back(values[i]);
+		    values2.push_back(values[i+1]);
+			
+			// datetime from value[i+1]
+			
+			dateTimeBegin = QDateTime(dateTimeBegin.date(), QTime(0, 0, 0));
+			dateTimeBegin.addSecs(dateTimeBegin.time().secsTo(QTime(23, 59, 59)));
+			values2.push_back(QString::number(dateTimeBegin.toTime_t()));
+		  }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      values2.push_back(values[i]);
+		      values2.push_back(values[i+1]);
+		      values2.push_back(values[i+2]);
+		    }
+		}
+	}
+	generatePageFromQStringList(values2, QDate::longDayName(dayOfWeek));
+ 
+}
+
+/// @todo chart problem at midnight.
+void StatisticsDialog::generatePageFromQStringList(QStringList values, const QString & subTitle)
+{
+	generalHTMLPart->begin();
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("<html><head><style>.bar { margin:0px;} "
+	"body"
+	"{"
+	"font-size:11px"
+	"}"
+	".chart"								// Style for the charts
+	"{ height:100px;"
+	"border-left:1px solid #999;"
+	"border-bottom:1px solid #999;"
+	"vertical-align:bottom;"
+	"}"
+	".statgroup"							// Style for groups of similar statistics
+	 "{ margin-bottom:10px;"
+	 "background-color:white;"
+	"border-left: 5px solid #369;"
+	"border-top: 1px dashed #999;"
+	"border-bottom: 1px dashed #999;"
+	"margin-left: 10px;"
+	"margin-right: 5px;"
+	"padding:3px 3px 3px 10px;}"
+	"</style></head><body>" + 
+	i18n("<h1>Statistics for %1</h1>").arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()) +
+	"<h3>%1</h3><hr>").arg(subTitle));
+	
+	generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<div class=\"statgroup\"><b><a href=\"main:generalinfo\" title=\"General summary view\">General</a></b><br>"
+	"<span title=\"Select the a day or a month to view the stat for\"><b>Days: </b>"
+	"<a href=\"dayofweek:1\">Monday</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"dayofweek:2\">Tuesday</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"dayofweek:3\">Wednesday</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"dayofweek:4\">Thursday</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"dayofweek:5\">Friday</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"dayofweek:6\">Saturday</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"dayofweek:7\">Sunday</a><br>"
+	"<b>Months: </b>"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:1\">January</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:2\">February</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:3\">March</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:4\">April</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:5\">May</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:6\">June</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:7\">July</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:8\">August</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:9\">September</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:10\">October</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:11\">November</a>&nbsp;"
+	"<a href=\"monthofyear:12\">December</a>&nbsp;"
+	"</span></div><br>"));
+	
+//	mainWidget->listView->addColumn(i18n("Status"));
+//	mainWidget->listView->addColumn(i18n("Start Date"));
+//	mainWidget->listView->addColumn(i18n("End Date"));
+//	mainWidget->listView->addColumn(i18n("Start Date"));
+//	mainWidget->listView->addColumn(i18n("End Date"));
+
+	QString todayString;
+	todayString.append(i18n("<div class=\"statgroup\" title=\"Contact status history for today\"><h2>Today</h2><table width=\"100%\"><tr><td>Status</td><td>From</td><td>To</td></tr>"));
+	
+	bool today;
+	
+	int totalTime = 0; // this is in seconds
+	int totalAwayTime = 0; // this is in seconds
+	int totalOnlineTime = 0; // this is in seconds
+	int totalOfflineTime = 0; // idem
+	
+	int hours[24]; // in seconds, too
+	int iMaxHours = 0;
+	int hoursOnline[24]; // this is in seconds
+	int iMaxHoursOnline = 0;
+	int hoursAway[24]; // this is in seconds
+	int iMaxHoursAway = 0;
+	int hoursOffline[24]; // this is in seconds. Hours where we are sure contact is offline
+	int iMaxHoursOffline = 0;
+	
+	for (uint i=0; i<24; i++)
+	{
+		hours[i] = 0;
+		hoursOnline[i] = 0;
+		hoursAway[i] = 0;
+		hoursOffline[i] = 0;
+	}
+		
+	for (uint i=0; i<values.count(); i+=3 /* because SELECT 3 columns */)
+	{
+		/* 	Here we try to interpret one database entry...
+			What's important here, is to not count two times the same hour for instance
+			This is why there are some if in all this stuff ;-)
+		*/
+		
+		
+		// it is the STARTDATE from the database
+		QDateTime dateTime1;
+		dateTime1.setTime_t(values[i+1].toInt());
+		// it is the ENDDATE from the database
+		QDateTime dateTime2;
+		dateTime2.setTime_t(values[i+2].toInt());
+		
+		if (dateTime1.date() == QDate::currentDate() || dateTime2.date() == QDate::currentDate())
+			today = true;
+		else today = false;
+		
+		totalTime += dateTime1.secsTo(dateTime2);
+		
+		if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online) 
+			totalOnlineTime += dateTime1.secsTo(dateTime2);
+		else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away) 
+			totalAwayTime += dateTime1.secsTo(dateTime2);
+		else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline) 
+			totalOfflineTime += dateTime1.secsTo(dateTime2);
+	
+		
+		/*
+		 * To build the chart/hours
+		 */
+		 
+		// Number of hours between dateTime1 and dateTime2
+		int nbHours = (int)(dateTime1.secsTo(dateTime2)/3600.0);
+		
+		uint tempHour = 
+			dateTime1.time().hour() == dateTime2.time().hour()
+				 ? dateTime1.secsTo(dateTime2) // (*)
+				: 3600 - dateTime1.time().minute()*60 - dateTime1.time().second();
+		hours[dateTime1.time().hour()] += tempHour;
+		
+		if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online) 			
+			hoursOnline[dateTime1.time().hour()] += tempHour;
+		else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away) 	
+			hoursAway[dateTime1.time().hour()] += tempHour;
+		else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline) 
+			hoursOffline[dateTime1.time().hour()] += tempHour;
+		
+		for (int j= dateTime1.time().hour()+1; j < dateTime1.time().hour() + nbHours - 1; j++)
+		{
+			hours[j%24] += 3600;
+			if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online) 
+				hoursOnline[j%24] += 3600;
+			else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away) 
+				hoursAway[j%24] += 3600;
+			else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline) 	
+				hoursOffline[j%24] += 3600;
+		}
+		
+		
+		if (dateTime1.time().hour() != dateTime2.time().hour())
+		// We dont want to count this if the hour from dateTime2 is the same than the one from dateTime1
+		// since it as already been taken in account in the (*) instruction
+		{
+			tempHour = dateTime2.time().minute()*60 +dateTime2.time().second();
+			hours[dateTime2.time().hour()] += tempHour;
+			
+			if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online) 
+				hoursOnline[dateTime2.time().hour()] += tempHour;
+			else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away) 	
+				hoursAway[dateTime2.time().hour()] += tempHour;
+			else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline) 
+				hoursOffline[dateTime2.time().hour()] += tempHour;
+			
+					
+		}
+		
+		
+		
+		QString color;
+		if (today)
+		{
+			QString status;
+			if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online) 
+			{
+				color="blue";
+				status = i18n("Online");
+			}
+			else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away) 	
+			{
+				color="navy";
+				status = i18n("Away");
+			}
+			else if (Kopete::OnlineStatus::statusStringToType(values[i]) == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline) 
+			{
+				color="gray";
+				status = i18n("Offline");
+			}
+			else color="white";
+		
+			todayString.append(QString("<tr style=\"color:%1\"><td>%2</td><td>%3</td><td>%4</td></tr>").arg(color, status, dateTime1.time().toString(), dateTime2.time().toString()));
+		
+		}
+		
+		// We add a listview item to the log list
+		// QDateTime listViewDT1, listViewDT2;
+		// listViewDT1.setTime_t(values[i+1].toInt());
+		// listViewDT2.setTime_t(values[i+2].toInt());
+		// new KListViewItem(mainWidget->listView, values[i], values[i+1], values[i+2], listViewDT1.toString(), listViewDT2.toString());
+	}
+
+	
+	todayString.append("</table></div>");
+	
+	// Get the max from the hours*
+	for (uint i=1; i<24; i++)
+	{
+		if (hours[iMaxHours] < hours[i])
+			iMaxHours = i;
+		if (hoursOnline[iMaxHoursOnline] < hoursOnline[i])
+			iMaxHoursOnline = i;
+		if (hoursOffline[iMaxHoursOffline] < hoursOffline[i])
+			iMaxHoursOffline = i;
+		if (hoursAway[iMaxHoursAway] < hoursAway[i])
+			iMaxHoursAway = i;	
+	}
+	
+	//
+	
+	/*
+	 * Here we really generate the page
+	 */
+	// Some "total times"
+	generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<div class=\"statgroup\">"));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b title=\"The total time I have been able to see %1 status\">"
+		"Total seen time :</b> %2 hour(s)<br>").arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()).arg(stringFromSeconds(totalTime)));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b title=\"The total time I have seen %1 online\">"
+		"Total online time :</b> %2 hour(s)<br>").arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()).arg(stringFromSeconds(totalOnlineTime)));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b title=\"The total time I have seen %1 away\">Total busy time :</b> %2 hour(s)<br>").arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()).arg(stringFromSeconds(totalAwayTime)));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b title=\"The total time I have seen %1 offline\">Total offline time :</b> %2 hour(s)").arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()).arg(stringFromSeconds(totalOfflineTime)));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</div>"));
+
+	if (subTitle == i18n("General information"))
+	/*
+	 * General stats that should not be shown on "day" or "month" pages
+	 */
+	{
+		generalHTMLPart->write(QString("<div class=\"statgroup\">"));
+		generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b>Average message length :</b> %1 characters<br>").arg(m_contact->messageLength()));
+		generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b>Time between two messages : </b> %1 second(s)").arg(m_contact->timeBetweenTwoMessages()));
+		generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</div>"));
+	
+		generalHTMLPart->write(QString("<div class=\"statgroup\">"));
+		generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b title=\"The last time you talked with %1\">Last talk :</b> %2<br>").arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()).arg(KGlobal::locale()->formatDateTime(m_contact->lastTalk())));
+		generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b title=\"The last time I have seen %1 online or away\">Last time contact was present :</b> %2").arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()).arg(KGlobal::locale()->formatDateTime(m_contact->lastPresent())));
+		generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</div>"));
+
+		//generalHTMLPart->write(QString("<div class=\"statgroup\">"));
+		//generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("<b title=\"%1 uses to set his status online at these hours (EXPERIMENTAL)\">Main online events :</b><br>").arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()));
+		//QValueList<QTime> mainEvents = m_contact->mainEvents(Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online);
+		//for (uint i=0; i<mainEvents.count(); i++)
+		//generalHTMLPart->write(QString("%1<br>").arg(mainEvents[i].toString()));
+		//generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</div>"));
+ 
+		generalHTMLPart->write("<div title=\"" +i18n("Current status") + "\" class=\"statgroup\">");
+		generalHTMLPart->write(i18n("Is <b>%1</b> since <b>%2</b>").arg(
+				Kopete::OnlineStatus(m_contact->oldStatus()).description(),
+				KGlobal::locale()->formatDateTime(m_contact->oldStatusDateTime())));
+		generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</div>"));
+	}
+		
+	/*
+	 * Chart which show the hours where plugin has seen this contact online
+	 */
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("<div class=\"statgroup\">"));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("<table width=\"100%\"><tr><td colspan=\"3\">") + i18n("When have I seen this contact ?") + QString("</td></tr>"));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("<tr><td height=\"200\" valign=\"bottom\" colspan=\"3\" class=\"chart\">"));
+	
+	QString chartString;
+	QString colorPath = ::locate("appdata", "pics/statistics/black.png");
+	for (uint i=0; i<24; i++)
+	{
+		
+		int hrWidth = qRound((double)hours[i]/(double)hours[iMaxHours]*100.);
+		chartString += QString("<img class=\"margin:0px;\"  height=\"")
+				+(totalTime ? QString::number(hrWidth) : QString::number(0))
+				+QString("\" src=\"file://")
+				+colorPath
+				+"\" width=\"4%\" title=\""
+				+i18n("Between %1:00 and %2:00, I was able to see %3 status %4% of the hour.").arg(i).arg((i+1)%24).arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()).arg(hrWidth)
+				+QString("\">");
+	}
+	generalHTMLPart->write(chartString);
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</td></tr>"));
+	
+	
+	
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString(	"<tr>"
+		"<td>")+i18n("Online time")+QString("</td><td>")+i18n("Away time")+QString("</td><td>")+i18n("Offline time")+QString("</td>"
+					"</tr>"
+					"<td valign=\"bottom\" width=\"33%\" class=\"chart\">"));
+	
+	
+	generalHTMLPart->write(generateHTMLChart(hoursOnline, hoursAway, hoursOffline, i18n("online"), "blue"));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</td><td valign=\"bottom\" width=\"33%\" class=\"chart\">"));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(generateHTMLChart(hoursAway, hoursOnline, hoursOffline, i18n("away"), "navy"));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</td><td valign=\"bottom\" width=\"33%\" class=\"chart\">"));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(generateHTMLChart(hoursOffline, hoursAway, hoursOnline, i18n("offline"), "gray"));
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</td></tr></table></div>"));
+		
+	if (subTitle == i18n("General information"))
+	/* On main page, show the different status of the contact today
+	 */
+	{
+		generalHTMLPart->write(QString(todayString));
+	}
+	generalHTMLPart->write(QString("</body></html>"));
+	
+	generalHTMLPart->end();
+	
+}
+
+void StatisticsDialog::generatePageGeneral()
+{
+	QStringList values;
+	values = m_db->query(QString("SELECT status, datetimebegin, datetimeend "
+				"FROM contactstatus WHERE metacontactid LIKE '%1' ORDER BY datetimebegin;")
+				.arg(m_contact->statisticsContactId()));
+	generatePageFromQStringList(values, i18n("General information"));
+}
+
+QString StatisticsDialog::generateHTMLChart(const int *hours, const int *hours2, const int *hours3, const QString & caption, const QString & color)
+{
+	QString chartString;
+	
+	QString colorPath = ::locate("appdata", "pics/statistics/"+color+".png");
+	
+	
+	for (uint i=0; i<24; i++)
+	{
+		int totalTime = hours[i] + hours2[i] + hours3[i];
+		
+		int hrWidth = qRound((double)hours[i]/(double)totalTime*100.);
+		chartString += QString("<img class=\"margin:0px;\"  height=\"")
+				+(totalTime ? QString::number(hrWidth) : QString::number(0))
+				+QString("\" src=\"file://")
+				+colorPath
+				+"\" width=\"4%\" title=\""+
+				i18n("Between %1:00 and %2:00, I have seen %3 %4% %5.").
+				arg(i).
+				arg((i+1) % 24).
+				arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName()).
+				arg(hrWidth).
+				arg(caption)
+				+".\">";
+	}
+	return chartString;
+}
+
+QString StatisticsDialog::stringFromSeconds(const int seconds)
+{
+	int h, m, s;
+	h = seconds/3600;
+	m = (seconds % 3600)/60;
+	s = (seconds % 3600) % 60;
+	return QString::number(h)+":"+QString::number(m)+":"+QString::number(s);
+}
+
+void StatisticsDialog::slotAskButtonClicked()
+{
+	if (mainWidget->questionComboBox->currentItem()==0)
+	{
+		QString text = i18n("1 is date, 2 is contact name, 3 is online status", "%1, %2 was %3")
+		    .arg(KGlobal::locale()->formatDateTime(QDateTime(mainWidget->datePicker->date(), mainWidget->timePicker->time())))
+		    .arg(m_contact->metaContact()->displayName())
+		    .arg(m_contact->statusAt(QDateTime(mainWidget->datePicker->date(), mainWidget->timePicker->time())));
+		mainWidget->answerEdit->setText(text);
+	}
+	else if (mainWidget->questionComboBox->currentItem()==1)
+	{
+		mainWidget->answerEdit->setText(m_contact->mainStatusDate(mainWidget->datePicker->date()));
+	}
+	else if (mainWidget->questionComboBox->currentItem()==2)
+	// Next online
+	{
+		
+	}
+}
+
+#include "statisticsdialog.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdialog.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..32a5aaaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsdialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+    statisticsdialog.h - Kopete History Dialog
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef _STATISTICSDIALOG_H
+#define _STATISTICSDIALOG_H
+
+#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <kdialogbase.h>
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+
+class QCanvasView;
+class QCanvas;
+class QStringList;
+
+class StatisticsWidget;
+class StatisticsPlugin;
+class StatisticsDB;
+class StatisticsContact;
+
+class KHTMLPart;
+class KURL;
+namespace KParts
+{
+	class URLArgs;
+}
+
+class StatisticsDialog : public KDialogBase
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+	public:
+		StatisticsDialog(StatisticsContact *contact, StatisticsDB* db, QWidget* parent=0,
+			const char* name="StatisticsDialog");
+	private:
+		QString generateHTMLChart(const int *hours, const int *hours2, const int *hours3, const QString & caption, const QString & color);
+		QString generateHTMLChartBar(int height, const QString & color, const QString & caption);
+		QString stringFromSeconds(const int seconds);
+		
+		StatisticsWidget *mainWidget;
+		KHTMLPart *generalHTMLPart;
+		
+		/// Database from which we get the statistics
+		StatisticsDB *m_db;
+		/// Metacontact for which we get the statistics from m_db
+		StatisticsContact *m_contact;
+		
+		void generatePageFromQStringList(QStringList values, const QString & subTitle);
+		
+		/// Generates the main page
+		void generatePageGeneral();
+		/**
+		 * @brief Generates the page for a given day of the week.
+		 * \param dayOfWeek Monday..Sunday, 0..7
+		 */
+		void generatePageForDay(const int dayOfWeek);
+		void generatePageForMonth(const int monthOfYear);
+		
+
+private slots:
+		/**
+		 * We manage the openURLRequestDelayed signal from the generalHTMLPart->browserExtension() in order to
+		 * generate requested pages on the flow.
+		 */
+		void slotOpenURLRequest(const KURL& url, const KParts::URLArgs&);
+		void slotAskButtonClicked();
+
+};
+
+
+#endif // _STATISTICSDIALOG_H
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f0d190b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+/*
+    statisticsplugin.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qfile.h>
+#include <qdict.h>
+#include <qtimer.h>
+
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kaboutdata.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+#include <kdeversion.h>
+
+#include "kopetechatsessionmanager.h"
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+#include "kopeteview.h"
+#include "kopetecontactlist.h"
+#include "kopeteuiglobal.h"
+#include "kopetemessageevent.h"
+#include "kopeteonlinestatus.h"
+#include "kopeteaccountmanager.h"
+#include "kopeteaccount.h"
+
+#include "statisticscontact.h"
+#include "statisticsdialog.h"
+#include "statisticsplugin.h"
+#include "statisticsdb.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<StatisticsPlugin> StatisticsPluginFactory;
+
+
+static const KAboutData aboutdata("kopete_statistics", I18N_NOOP("Statistics") , "0.1" );
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_statistics, StatisticsPluginFactory( &aboutdata )  )
+
+StatisticsPlugin::StatisticsPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &)
+      : DCOPObject("StatisticsDCOPIface"), 
+        Kopete::Plugin( StatisticsPluginFactory::instance(), parent, name )
+      
+
+{
+	KAction *viewMetaContactStatistics = new KAction( i18n("View &Statistics" ),
+		QString::fromLatin1( "log" ), 0, this, SLOT(slotViewStatistics()),
+		actionCollection(), "viewMetaContactStatistics" );
+	viewMetaContactStatistics->setEnabled(Kopete::ContactList::self()->selectedMetaContacts().count() == 1);
+
+	connect(Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(),SIGNAL(chatSessionCreated(Kopete::ChatSession*)),
+				this, SLOT(slotViewCreated(Kopete::ChatSession*)));
+	connect(Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(),SIGNAL(aboutToReceive(Kopete::Message&)),
+				this, SLOT(slotAboutToReceive(Kopete::Message&)));
+		
+	connect(Kopete::ContactList::self(), SIGNAL(metaContactSelected(bool)),
+		viewMetaContactStatistics, SLOT(setEnabled(bool)));
+	connect(Kopete::ContactList::self(), SIGNAL(metaContactAdded(Kopete::MetaContact*)),
+			this, SLOT(slotMetaContactAdded(Kopete::MetaContact*)));	
+	connect(Kopete::ContactList::self(), SIGNAL(metaContactRemoved(Kopete::MetaContact*)),
+			this, SLOT(slotMetaContactRemoved(Kopete::MetaContact*)));	
+
+	setXMLFile("statisticsui.rc");
+
+	/* Initialization reads the database, so it could be a bit time-consuming
+	due to disk access. This should overcome the problem and makes it non-blocking. */
+	QTimer::singleShot(0, this, SLOT(slotInitialize()));
+}	
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotInitialize()
+{
+	// Initializes the database
+	m_db = new StatisticsDB();
+	
+	QPtrList<Kopete::MetaContact> list = Kopete::ContactList::self()->metaContacts();
+	QPtrListIterator<Kopete::MetaContact> it( list );
+	for (; it.current(); ++it)
+	{
+		slotMetaContactAdded(it.current());
+	}
+}
+
+StatisticsPlugin::~StatisticsPlugin()
+{
+	QMap<Kopete::MetaContact*, StatisticsContact*>::Iterator it;
+        for ( it = statisticsMetaContactMap.begin(); it != statisticsMetaContactMap.end(); ++it )
+	{
+		delete it.data();
+	}
+	delete m_db;
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotAboutToReceive(Kopete::Message& m)
+{
+	if ( statisticsMetaContactMap.contains(m.from()->metaContact()) )
+		statisticsMetaContactMap[m.from()->metaContact()]->newMessageReceived(m);
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotViewCreated(Kopete::ChatSession* session)
+{
+	connect(session, SIGNAL(closing(Kopete::ChatSession*)), this, SLOT(slotViewClosed(Kopete::ChatSession*)));
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotViewClosed(Kopete::ChatSession* session)
+{
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> list = session->members();
+	QPtrListIterator<Kopete::Contact> it( list );
+	
+	for (; it.current(); ++it)
+	{
+		// If this contact is not in other chat sessions
+		if (!it.current()->manager() && statisticsMetaContactMap.contains(it.current()->metaContact()))
+			statisticsMetaContactMap[it.current()->metaContact()]->setIsChatWindowOpen(false);
+	}
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotViewStatistics()
+{
+	Kopete::MetaContact *mc=Kopete::ContactList::self()->selectedMetaContacts().first();
+	
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << "statistics - dialog :"+ mc->displayName() << endl;
+	
+	if ( mc && statisticsMetaContactMap.contains(mc) )
+	{
+		(new StatisticsDialog(statisticsMetaContactMap[mc], db()))->show();
+	}
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotOnlineStatusChanged(Kopete::MetaContact *mc, Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType status)
+{
+	if ( statisticsMetaContactMap.contains(mc) )
+		statisticsMetaContactMap[mc]->onlineStatusChanged(status);
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotMetaContactAdded(Kopete::MetaContact *mc)
+{
+	statisticsMetaContactMap[mc] = new StatisticsContact(mc, db());
+	
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> clist = mc->contacts();
+	Kopete::Contact *contact;
+	
+	// we need to call slotContactAdded if MetaContact allready have contacts
+	for ( contact = clist.first(); contact; contact = clist.next() )
+	{
+		this->slotContactAdded(contact);
+	}
+	
+	connect(mc, SIGNAL(onlineStatusChanged( Kopete::MetaContact *, Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType)), this,
+					SLOT(slotOnlineStatusChanged(Kopete::MetaContact*, Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType)));
+	connect(mc, SIGNAL(contactAdded( Kopete::Contact *)), this,
+					SLOT(slotContactAdded( Kopete::Contact *)));
+	connect(mc, SIGNAL(contactRemoved( Kopete::Contact *)), this,
+					SLOT(slotContactRemoved( Kopete::Contact *)));
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotMetaContactRemoved(Kopete::MetaContact *mc)
+{
+	if (statisticsMetaContactMap.contains(mc))
+	{
+		StatisticsContact *sc = statisticsMetaContactMap[mc];
+		statisticsMetaContactMap.remove(mc);
+		sc->removeFromDB();
+		delete sc;
+	}
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotContactAdded( Kopete::Contact *c)
+{
+	if (statisticsMetaContactMap.contains(c->metaContact()))
+	{
+		StatisticsContact *sc = statisticsMetaContactMap[c->metaContact()];
+		sc->contactAdded(c);
+		statisticsContactMap[c->contactId()] = sc;
+	}
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::slotContactRemoved( Kopete::Contact *c)
+{
+	if (statisticsMetaContactMap.contains(c->metaContact()))
+		statisticsMetaContactMap[c->metaContact()]->contactRemoved(c);
+	
+	statisticsContactMap.remove(c->contactId());
+}
+
+void StatisticsPlugin::dcopStatisticsDialog(QString id)
+{
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << "statistics - DCOP dialog :" << id << endl;
+	
+	if (statisticsContactMap.contains(id))
+	{
+		(new StatisticsDialog(statisticsContactMap[id], db()))->show();
+	}	
+}
+
+bool StatisticsPlugin::dcopWasOnline(QString id, int timeStamp)
+{
+	QDateTime dt;
+	dt.setTime_t(timeStamp);	
+	return dcopWasStatus(id, dt, Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online); 
+}
+
+bool StatisticsPlugin::dcopWasOnline(QString id, QString dateTime)
+{
+	return dcopWasStatus(id, QDateTime::fromString(dateTime), Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online);
+}
+
+bool StatisticsPlugin::dcopWasAway(QString id, int timeStamp)
+{
+	QDateTime dt;
+	dt.setTime_t(timeStamp);	
+	return dcopWasStatus(id, dt, Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away); 
+}
+
+bool StatisticsPlugin::dcopWasAway(QString id, QString dateTime)
+{
+	return dcopWasStatus(id, QDateTime::fromString(dateTime), Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away);
+}
+
+bool StatisticsPlugin::dcopWasOffline(QString id, int timeStamp)
+{
+	QDateTime dt;
+	dt.setTime_t(timeStamp);	
+	return dcopWasStatus(id, dt, Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline); 
+}
+
+bool StatisticsPlugin::dcopWasOffline(QString id, QString dateTime)
+{
+	return dcopWasStatus(id, QDateTime::fromString(dateTime), Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline);
+}
+
+bool StatisticsPlugin::dcopWasStatus(QString id, QDateTime dateTime, Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType status)
+{
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << "statistics - DCOP wasOnline :" << id << endl;
+	
+	if (dateTime.isValid() && statisticsContactMap.contains(id))
+	{
+		return statisticsContactMap[id]->wasStatus(dateTime, status);
+	}
+	
+	return false;	
+}
+
+QString StatisticsPlugin::dcopStatus(QString id, int timeStamp)
+{
+	QDateTime dt;
+	dt.setTime_t(timeStamp);
+	return dcopStatus(id, dt.toString());
+
+}
+
+QString StatisticsPlugin::dcopStatus(QString id, QString dateTime)
+{
+	QDateTime dt = QDateTime::fromString(dateTime);
+	
+	if (dt.isValid() && statisticsContactMap.contains(id))
+	{
+		return statisticsContactMap[id]->statusAt(dt);
+	}
+	
+	return "";
+}
+
+QString StatisticsPlugin::dcopMainStatus(QString id, int timeStamp)
+{
+	QDateTime dt;
+	dt.setTime_t(timeStamp);
+	if (dt.isValid() && statisticsContactMap.contains(id))
+	{
+		return statisticsContactMap[id]->mainStatusDate(dt.date());
+	}
+	
+	return "";
+}
+#include "statisticsplugin.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d757b424
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/*
+    statisticsplugin.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Marc Cramdal        <marc.cramdal@gmail.com>
+
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef STATISTICSPLUGIN_H
+#define STATISTICSPLUGIN_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+
+#include <dcopobject.h>
+
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+
+#include "kopetemessage.h"
+#include "kopetemessagehandler.h"
+#include "kopeteonlinestatus.h"
+
+#include "statisticsdcopiface.h"
+
+class QString;
+
+class StatisticsDB;
+class StatisticsContact;
+class StatisticsDCOPIface;
+
+class KopeteView;
+class KActionCollection;
+
+/** \section Kopete Statistics Plugin
+ *
+ * \subsection intro_sec Introduction
+ *
+ * This plugin aims at giving detailed statistics on metacontacts, for instance, how long was
+ * the metacontact online, how long was it busy etc. 
+ * In the future, it will maybe make prediction on when the contact should be available for chat.
+ *
+ * \subsection install_sec How it works ...
+ * Each Metacontact is bound to a StatisticsContact which has access to the SQLITE database.
+ * This StatisticsContact stores the last status of the metacontact; the member function onlineStatusChanged is called when the 
+ * metacontact status changed (this is managed in the slot slotOnlineStatusChanged of StatisticsPlugin) and then the DB is 
+ * updated for the contact.
+ * 
+ * More exactly the DB is updated only if the oldstatus was not Offline
+
+ * To have an idea how it works, here is a table :
+ * 
+ * <table>
+  * <tr>
+ * <td>Event</td><td>Changes to database</td><td>oldStatus</td>
+ * </tr>
+  * <tr>
+ * <td>John 17:44 Away <i>(connexion)</i></td><td> - <i>(oldstatus was offline)</i></td><td>oldstatus = away </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>John 18:01 Online</td><td>(+) Away 17:44 18:01</td><td>oldstatus = online</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>John 18:30 Offline <i>(disconnect)</i></td><td>(+) Online 18:01 18:30</td><td>oldstatus = offline</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>John 18:45 Online <i>(connexion)</i></td><td> - <i>(oldstatus was offline)</i></td><td>oldstatus = online</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>John 20:30 Offline <i>(disconnect)</i></td><td>(+) Online 18:45 20:30</td><td>oldstatus = offline</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *  
+ * etc.
+ * 
+ * \subsection install_sec Some little stats
+ * This plugin is able to record some other stats, not based on events. Theyre saved in the commonstat table in which we store stats
+ * like this :
+ * 
+ * <code>statname, statvalue1, statvalue2</code>
+ * 
+ * Generally, we store the value, and its ponderation. If an average on one hundred messages says that the contact X takes about 
+ * 3 seconds between two messages, we store "timebetweentwomessages", "3", "100"
+ *
+ *
+ *
+ * StatisticsPlugin is the main Statistics plugin class.
+ * Contains mainly slots.
+ */
+class StatisticsPlugin : public Kopete::Plugin, virtual public StatisticsDCOPIface
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	/// Standard plugin constructors
+	StatisticsPlugin(QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args);
+	~StatisticsPlugin();
+	
+	/// Method to access m_db member
+	StatisticsDB *db() { return m_db; }
+private slots:
+	// Do the initializations
+	void slotInitialize();
+
+public slots:
+	
+	/** \brief This slot is called when the status of a contact changed.
+	 *
+	 *   Then it searches for the contact bind to the metacontact who triggered the signal and calls 
+	 *   the specific StatisticsContact::onlineStatusChanged of the StatisticsContact to update the StatisticsContact status,
+	 *   and maybe, update the database.
+ 	 */
+	void slotOnlineStatusChanged(Kopete::MetaContact *contact, Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType status );
+
+	/** 
+	 * Builds and show the StatisticsDialog for a contact
+	 */	   
+	void slotViewStatistics();
+		
+	/**
+	 *  
+	 * Extract the metaContactId from the message, and calls the 
+	 * StatisticsContact::newMessageReceived(Kopete::Message& m) function
+	 * for the corresponding contact
+	 */
+	void slotAboutToReceive(Kopete::Message& m);
+	
+	/*
+	 * Managing views
+	 */
+	
+	/**
+	 * \brief Only connects the Kopete::ChatSession::closing() signal to our slotViewClosed().
+	 */
+	void slotViewCreated(Kopete::ChatSession* session);
+			  
+	/**
+	 * One aim of this slot is to be able to stop recording time between two messages 
+	 * for the contact in the chatsession. But, we only 
+	 * want to do this if the contact is not in an other chatsession.
+	 */
+	void slotViewClosed(Kopete::ChatSession* session);
+
+	/**
+	 * Slot called when a new metacontact is added to make some slots connections and to create a new
+	 * StatisticsContact object.
+	 *
+	 * In the constructor, we connect the metacontacts already existing to some slots, but we need to do this
+	 * when new metacontacts are added.
+	 * This function is also called when we loop over the contact list in the constructor.
+	*/
+	void slotMetaContactAdded(Kopete::MetaContact *mc);
+	
+	/**
+	 * Slot called when a metacontact is removed to delete statistic data from db and to remove StatisticsContact object.
+	*/
+	void slotMetaContactRemoved(Kopete::MetaContact *mc);
+	
+	/**
+	 * Slot called when a contact is added to metacontact.
+	 */
+	void slotContactAdded(Kopete::Contact *c);
+	
+	/**
+	 * Slot called when a contact is removed from metacontact.
+	 */
+	void slotContactRemoved(Kopete::Contact *c);
+
+
+	/*
+	 * DCOP functions 
+	 * See statisticsdcopiface.h for the documentation
+	 */
+	void dcopStatisticsDialog(QString id);
+	
+	bool dcopWasOnline(QString id, int timeStamp);
+	bool dcopWasOnline(QString id, QString dt);
+	
+	bool dcopWasAway(QString id, int timeStamp);
+	bool dcopWasAway(QString id, QString dt);
+	
+	bool dcopWasOffline(QString id, int timeStamp);
+	bool dcopWasOffline(QString id, QString dt);
+	
+	bool dcopWasStatus(QString id, QDateTime dateTime, Kopete::OnlineStatus::StatusType status);
+	
+	QString dcopStatus(QString id, QString dateTime);
+	QString dcopStatus(QString id, int timeStamp);
+	
+	QString dcopMainStatus(QString id, int timeStamp);
+
+private:	
+	StatisticsDB *m_db;
+	/** Associate a Kopete::Contact id to a StatisticsContact to retrieve
+	* the StatisticsContact corresponding to the Kopete::Contact
+	*/
+	QMap<QString, StatisticsContact*> statisticsContactMap;
+	/** Associate a Kopete::MetaContact to a StatisticsContact to retrieve
+	* the StatisticsContact corresponding to the MetaContact
+	*/
+	QMap<Kopete::MetaContact*, StatisticsContact*> statisticsMetaContactMap;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsui.rc b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsui.rc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..79d5898c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticsui.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<!DOCTYPE kpartgui>
+<kpartgui name="kopete_history" version="1">
+	<MenuBar>
+		<Menu name="edit">
+			<text>&amp;Edit</text>
+			<Action name="viewMetaContactStatistics" />
+		</Menu>
+	</MenuBar>
+	<Menu name="contact_popup">
+		<Action name="viewMetaContactStatistics" />
+  	</Menu>
+</kpartgui>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticswidget.ui b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticswidget.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ca866e18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/statistics/statisticswidget.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>StatisticsWidget</class>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>StatisticsWidget</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>586</width>
+            <height>506</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <property name="sizePolicy">
+        <sizepolicy>
+            <hsizetype>2</hsizetype>
+            <vsizetype>2</vsizetype>
+            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+        </sizepolicy>
+    </property>
+    <grid>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QTabWidget" row="0" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>tabWidget</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <widget class="QWidget">
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>TabPage</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <attribute name="title">
+                    <string>Ask &amp;Database</string>
+                </attribute>
+                <grid>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <widget class="QGroupBox" row="0" column="0">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>groupBox1</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="title">
+                            <string>Date &amp;&amp; Time</string>
+                        </property>
+                        <grid>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <widget class="QLayoutWidget" row="0" column="0">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>layout11</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <hbox>
+                                    <property name="name">
+                                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                                    </property>
+                                    <spacer>
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>spacer5</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="orientation">
+                                            <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="sizeType">
+                                            <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="sizeHint">
+                                            <size>
+                                                <width>61</width>
+                                                <height>31</height>
+                                            </size>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </spacer>
+                                    <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>layout9</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <vbox>
+                                            <property name="name">
+                                                <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                                            </property>
+                                            <widget class="KDatePicker">
+                                                <property name="name">
+                                                    <cstring>datePicker</cstring>
+                                                </property>
+                                                <property name="sizePolicy">
+                                                    <sizepolicy>
+                                                        <hsizetype>5</hsizetype>
+                                                        <vsizetype>7</vsizetype>
+                                                        <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                                                        <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                                                    </sizepolicy>
+                                                </property>
+                                            </widget>
+                                            <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                                                <property name="name">
+                                                    <cstring>layout7</cstring>
+                                                </property>
+                                                <hbox>
+                                                    <property name="name">
+                                                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                                                    </property>
+                                                    <widget class="QLabel">
+                                                        <property name="name">
+                                                            <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
+                                                        </property>
+                                                        <property name="text">
+                                                            <string>Time :</string>
+                                                        </property>
+                                                    </widget>
+                                                    <widget class="KTimeWidget">
+                                                        <property name="name">
+                                                            <cstring>timePicker</cstring>
+                                                        </property>
+                                                    </widget>
+                                                    <spacer>
+                                                        <property name="name">
+                                                            <cstring>spacer3</cstring>
+                                                        </property>
+                                                        <property name="orientation">
+                                                            <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                                                        </property>
+                                                        <property name="sizeType">
+                                                            <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                                                        </property>
+                                                        <property name="sizeHint">
+                                                            <size>
+                                                                <width>40</width>
+                                                                <height>20</height>
+                                                            </size>
+                                                        </property>
+                                                    </spacer>
+                                                </hbox>
+                                            </widget>
+                                        </vbox>
+                                    </widget>
+                                    <spacer>
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>spacer4</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="orientation">
+                                            <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="sizeType">
+                                            <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="sizeHint">
+                                            <size>
+                                                <width>60</width>
+                                                <height>41</height>
+                                            </size>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </spacer>
+                                </hbox>
+                            </widget>
+                        </grid>
+                    </widget>
+                    <widget class="QGroupBox" row="1" column="0">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>groupBox2</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="title">
+                            <string>Question</string>
+                        </property>
+                        <grid>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <widget class="QLayoutWidget" row="0" column="0">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>layout5</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <hbox>
+                                    <property name="name">
+                                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                                    </property>
+                                    <widget class="QComboBox">
+                                        <item>
+                                            <property name="text">
+                                                <string>Contact Status at Date &amp; Time</string>
+                                            </property>
+                                        </item>
+                                        <item>
+                                            <property name="text">
+                                                <string>Most Used Status at Date</string>
+                                            </property>
+                                        </item>
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>questionComboBox</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="sizePolicy">
+                                            <sizepolicy>
+                                                <hsizetype>7</hsizetype>
+                                                <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                                                <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                                                <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                                            </sizepolicy>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </widget>
+                                    <widget class="QPushButton">
+                                        <property name="name">
+                                            <cstring>askButton</cstring>
+                                        </property>
+                                        <property name="text">
+                                            <string>&amp;Ask</string>
+                                        </property>
+                                    </widget>
+                                </hbox>
+                            </widget>
+                        </grid>
+                    </widget>
+                    <widget class="QGroupBox" row="2" column="0">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>groupBox3</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="title">
+                            <string>Answer</string>
+                        </property>
+                        <grid>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <widget class="QTextEdit" row="0" column="0">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>answerEdit</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                            </widget>
+                        </grid>
+                    </widget>
+                </grid>
+            </widget>
+        </widget>
+    </grid>
+</widget>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+<includehints>
+    <includehint>kdatepicker.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>klineedit.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kdatetbl.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>ktimewidget.h</includehint>
+</includehints>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/texteffect/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0d657dc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
+SUBDIRS = icons
+INCLUDES = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(all_includes)
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_texteffect.la kcm_kopete_texteffect.la
+
+kopete_texteffect_la_SOURCES     = texteffectplugin.cpp texteffectconfig.cpp
+kopete_texteffect_la_LDFLAGS     = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_texteffect_la_LIBADD      = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la
+
+kcm_kopete_texteffect_la_SOURCES = texteffectconfig.cpp texteffectprefs.ui texteffectpreferences.cpp
+kcm_kopete_texteffect_la_LDFLAGS = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kcm_kopete_texteffect_la_LIBADD  = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la $(LIB_KUTILS)
+
+service_DATA = kopete_texteffect.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+kcm_DATA = kopete_texteffect_config.desktop
+kcmdir = $(kde_servicesdir)/kconfiguredialog
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/texteffect/icons/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/icons/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..224eb420
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/icons/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+kopeteicondir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete/icons
+kopeteicon_ICON = AUTO
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/texteffect/icons/cr32-app-texteffect.png b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/icons/cr32-app-texteffect.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9f44eb65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/icons/cr32-app-texteffect.png
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/texteffect/kopete_texteffect.desktop b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/kopete_texteffect.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f929b2f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/kopete_texteffect.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+Icon=texteffect
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_texteffect
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Olivier Goffart
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=ogoffart@tiscalinet.be
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_texteffect
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.8.0
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://kopete.kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=false
+Name=Text Effect
+Name[ar]=التأثير النصي
+Name[be]=Тэкставы эфект
+Name[bg]=Текстови ефекти
+Name[bn]=টেক্সট প্রভাব
+Name[bs]=Tekst efekti
+Name[ca]=Efecte de text
+Name[cs]=Textový efekt
+Name[cy]=Effaith Testun
+Name[da]=Teksteffekt
+Name[de]=Texteffekte
+Name[el]=Εφέ κειμένου
+Name[eo]=Tekst-efektoj
+Name[es]=Efecto de texto
+Name[et]=Tekstiefektid
+Name[eu]=Testuaren efektua
+Name[fa]=جلوۀ متن
+Name[fi]=Tekstitehoste
+Name[fr]=Effets de texte
+Name[ga]=Maisíocht Téacs
+Name[gl]=Efecto de texto
+Name[he]=אפקטים של טקסט
+Name[hi]=पाठ प्रभाव
+Name[hr]=Tekstualni efekti
+Name[hu]=Szövegeffektus
+Name[is]=Breyta letri
+Name[it]=Effetto di testo
+Name[ja]=テキスト効果
+Name[ka]=ტექსტის ეფექტები
+Name[kk]=Мәтінді безендіру
+Name[km]=បែបផែន​អត្ថបទ​
+Name[lt]=Teksto efektai
+Name[mk]=Ефекти за текст 
+Name[nb]=Teksteffekt
+Name[nds]=Texteffekt
+Name[ne]=पाठ प्रभाव
+Name[nl]=Teksteffect
+Name[nn]=Teksteffekt
+Name[pa]=ਪਾਠ ਪਰਭਾਵ
+Name[pl]=Efekty tekstowe
+Name[pt]=Efeito de Texto
+Name[pt_BR]=Efeito de texto
+Name[ro]=Efect text
+Name[ru]=Текстовые эффекты
+Name[se]=Teakstaeffeakta
+Name[sk]=Textový efekt
+Name[sl]=Besedilni učinki
+Name[sr]=Текстуални ефекти
+Name[sr@Latn]=Tekstualni efekti
+Name[sv]=Texteffekter
+Name[ta]=செயல்
+Name[tg]=Натиҷаҳои Матн
+Name[tr]=Metin Efekti
+Name[uk]=Текстові ефекти
+Name[uz]=Matn effekti
+Name[uz@cyrillic]=Матн эффекти
+Name[zh_CN]=文字特效
+Name[zh_HK]=文字效果
+Name[zh_TW]=文字效果
+Comment=Add nice effects to your messages
+Comment[ar]=تضيف مؤثرات لطيفة لرسائلك
+Comment[be]=Дадаць файныя эфекты да вашых паведамленняў
+Comment[bg]=Добавяне на текстови ефекти към съобщенията
+Comment[bn]=আপনার বার্তাতে সুন্দর প্রভাব যোগ করে
+Comment[bs]=Dodaj efekte porukama
+Comment[ca]=Afegeix bonics efectes als vostres missatges
+Comment[cs]=Přidává efekty ke zprávám
+Comment[cy]=Ychwanegu effeithiau del i'ch negeseuon
+Comment[da]=Tilføj rare effekter til dine beskeder
+Comment[de]=Verschönern Sie eigene Nachrichten durch nette Effekte
+Comment[el]=Προσθέτει όμορφα εφέ στα μηνύματά σας
+Comment[eo]=Ornami viajn mesaĝojn per belaj efektoj
+Comment[es]=Añade efectos agradables a sus mensajes
+Comment[et]=Lisab sõnumitele vahvaid efekte
+Comment[eu]=Gehitu efektu atseginak zure mezuei
+Comment[fa]=افزودن جلوه‌های زیبا به پیامهایتان
+Comment[fi]=Lisää tehosteita viesteihisi
+Comment[fr]=Ajouter des effets sympathiques à vos messages
+Comment[ga]=Cuir maisíochtaí deasa le do theachtaireachtaí
+Comment[gl]=Engadir efectos agradables ás túas mensaxes
+Comment[he]=הוסף אפקטים נחמדים להודעותך
+Comment[hi]=आपके संदेशों में सुंदर प्रभाव जोड़े
+Comment[hu]=Effektusok hozzáadása az üzenetekhez
+Comment[is]=Gera skeytin þín flottari
+Comment[it]=Aggiungi effetti carini ai tuoi messaggi
+Comment[ja]=メッセージに効果を付加
+Comment[ka]=თქვენს შეტყობინებებს ამატებს სასიამოვნო ეფექტებს
+Comment[kk]=Хабарыңызды безендіру тәсілдері
+Comment[km]=បន្ថែម​បែបផែន​ស្រស់ស្អាត​ទៅ​សារ​របស់​អ្នក
+Comment[lt]=Papuoškite žinutes gražiais teksto efektais
+Comment[mk]=Додадете фини ефекти на вашите пораки
+Comment[nb]=Legg til effekter på meldingene dine
+Comment[nds]=Dien Narichten smucke Effekten tofögen
+Comment[ne]=तपाईँको सन्देशमा उत्तम प्रभाव थप्नुहोस्
+Comment[nl]=Voegt leuke effecten to aan uw berichten
+Comment[nn]=Legg til effektar på meldingane
+Comment[pl]=Dodaje ładne efekty do Twoich wiadomości
+Comment[pt]=Adicionar efeitos engraçados às suas mensagens
+Comment[pt_BR]=Adiciona um efeito às suas mensagens
+Comment[ro]=Adaucă efecte drăguţe la mesajele dumneavoastră
+Comment[ru]=Добавить эффекты к вашим сообщениям
+Comment[se]=Lasit fiinna effeavttaid du dieđáhusaide
+Comment[sk]=Pridá pekné efekty k vašim správam
+Comment[sl]=Doda lepe učinke vašim sporočilom
+Comment[sr]=Додаје лепе ефекте вашим порукама
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Dodaje lepe efekte vašim porukama
+Comment[sv]=Lägg till trevliga effekter i dina meddelanden
+Comment[ta]=இனிய விளைவுகளை உங்களுக்கு சேர்க்கும்
+Comment[tg]=Натиҷаҳои хубро ба пайёмҳои шумо ҳамроҳ мекунад
+Comment[tr]=Mesajlarınıza hoş efektler ekleyin
+Comment[uk]=Додати ефекти до ваших повідомлень
+Comment[uz]=Xabarlarga chiroyli effektlarni qoʻshish
+Comment[uz@cyrillic]=Хабарларга чиройли эффектларни қўшиш
+Comment[zh_CN]=在您的消息中添加文字特效
+Comment[zh_HK]=為您的訊息增加有趣的效果
+Comment[zh_TW]=在您的訊息中加入一些效果
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/texteffect/kopete_texteffect_config.desktop b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/kopete_texteffect_config.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..06678e51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/kopete_texteffect_config.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Icon=texteffect
+Type=Service
+ServiceTypes=KCModule
+
+X-KDE-ModuleType=Library
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_texteffect
+X-KDE-FactoryName=TextEffectConfigFactory
+X-KDE-ParentApp=kopete_texteffect
+X-KDE-ParentComponents=kopete_texteffect
+
+Name=Text Effect
+Name[ar]=التأثير النصي
+Name[be]=Тэкставы эфект
+Name[bg]=Текстови ефекти
+Name[bn]=টেক্সট প্রভাব
+Name[bs]=Tekst efekti
+Name[ca]=Efecte de text
+Name[cs]=Textový efekt
+Name[cy]=Effaith Testun
+Name[da]=Teksteffekt
+Name[de]=Texteffekte
+Name[el]=Εφέ κειμένου
+Name[eo]=Tekst-efektoj
+Name[es]=Efecto de texto
+Name[et]=Tekstiefektid
+Name[eu]=Testuaren efektua
+Name[fa]=جلوۀ متن
+Name[fi]=Tekstitehoste
+Name[fr]=Effets de texte
+Name[ga]=Maisíocht Téacs
+Name[gl]=Efecto de texto
+Name[he]=אפקטים של טקסט
+Name[hi]=पाठ प्रभाव
+Name[hr]=Tekstualni efekti
+Name[hu]=Szövegeffektus
+Name[is]=Breyta letri
+Name[it]=Effetto di testo
+Name[ja]=テキスト効果
+Name[ka]=ტექსტის ეფექტები
+Name[kk]=Мәтінді безендіру
+Name[km]=បែបផែន​អត្ថបទ​
+Name[lt]=Teksto efektai
+Name[mk]=Ефекти за текст 
+Name[nb]=Teksteffekt
+Name[nds]=Texteffekt
+Name[ne]=पाठ प्रभाव
+Name[nl]=Teksteffect
+Name[nn]=Teksteffekt
+Name[pa]=ਪਾਠ ਪਰਭਾਵ
+Name[pl]=Efekty tekstowe
+Name[pt]=Efeito de Texto
+Name[pt_BR]=Efeito de texto
+Name[ro]=Efect text
+Name[ru]=Текстовые эффекты
+Name[se]=Teakstaeffeakta
+Name[sk]=Textový efekt
+Name[sl]=Besedilni učinki
+Name[sr]=Текстуални ефекти
+Name[sr@Latn]=Tekstualni efekti
+Name[sv]=Texteffekter
+Name[ta]=செயல்
+Name[tg]=Натиҷаҳои Матн
+Name[tr]=Metin Efekti
+Name[uk]=Текстові ефекти
+Name[uz]=Matn effekti
+Name[uz@cyrillic]=Матн эффекти
+Name[zh_CN]=文字特效
+Name[zh_HK]=文字效果
+Name[zh_TW]=文字效果
+Comment=Adds special effects to your text
+Comment[ar]=يضيف مؤثرات خاصة لنصوصك
+Comment[be]=Дадае адмысловыя эфекты да вашага тэксту
+Comment[bg]=Добавяне на текстови ефекти към съобщенията
+Comment[bn]=আপনার টেক্সটে বিশেষ প্রভাব যোগ করে
+Comment[bs]=Dodaje specijalne efekte vašim porukama
+Comment[ca]=Afegeix bonics efectes al vostre text
+Comment[cs]=Přidává speciální efekty do vašeho textu
+Comment[cy]=Ychwanegu effeithiau arbennig i'ch testun
+Comment[da]=Tilføj specielle effekter til din tekst
+Comment[de]=Verschönern Sie eigene Nachrichten durch nette Effekte
+Comment[el]=Προσθέτει ειδικά εφέ στο κείμενό σας
+Comment[es]=Añade efectos especiales a su texto
+Comment[et]=Lisab tekstile eriefekte
+Comment[eu]=Gehitu efektu bereziak zure testuar
+Comment[fa]=جلوه‌های ویژه را به متن شما اضافه می‌کند
+Comment[fi]=Lisää erikoisefektejä tekstiisi
+Comment[fr]=Ajoute des effets spéciaux à vos messages
+Comment[ga]=Cuir maisíochtaí speisialta le do théacs
+Comment[gl]=Engadir efectos especiáis ó teu texto
+Comment[he]=הוסף אפקטים מיוחדים להודעותך
+Comment[hi]=आपके संदेशों में विशिष्ट प्रभाव जोड़े
+Comment[hr]=Dodaje specijalne efekte vašem tekstu
+Comment[hu]=Speciális effektusok hozzáadása az üzenetek szövegéhez
+Comment[is]=Bæta skreytingum í textann
+Comment[it]=Aggiunti effetti speciali al tuo testo
+Comment[ja]=テキストに特別な効果を付加
+Comment[ka]=თქვენს ტექსტს ამატებს ეფექტებს
+Comment[kk]=Мәтініңізді арнаулы безендіру тәсілдері
+Comment[km]=បន្ថែម​បែបផែន​ពិសេសៗ​ទៅ​អត្ថបទ​របស់​អ្នក
+Comment[lt]=Pridėkite į tekstą specialiųjų efektų
+Comment[mk]=Додава спцијални ефекти на вашиот текст
+Comment[nb]=Legg til spesielle effekter på teksten
+Comment[nds]=Föögt Dien Text smucke Effekten to
+Comment[ne]=तपाईँको पाठमा विशेष प्रभाव थप्दछ
+Comment[nl]=Voegt speciale effecten aan uw teksten toe
+Comment[nn]=Legg til spesielle effektar på teksten
+Comment[pl]=Dodaje specjalne efekty do Twojego tekstu
+Comment[pt]=Adiciona efeitos especiais ao seu texto
+Comment[pt_BR]=Adiciona efeitos especiais em seu texto
+Comment[ro]=Adaugă efecte speciale la textele dumneavoastră
+Comment[ru]=Добавляет эффекты к вашим сообщениям
+Comment[se]=Lasiha erenoamaš effeavttaid du tekstii
+Comment[sk]=Pridá špeciálne efekty k vášmu textu
+Comment[sl]=Doda posebne učinke vašemu besedilu
+Comment[sr]=Додаје специјалне ефекте вашем тексту
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Dodaje specijalne efekte vašem tekstu
+Comment[sv]=Lägger till specialeffekter till din text
+Comment[ta]=உங்கள் உரையில் சிறப்பு விளைவிகளை சேர்க்கும்
+Comment[tg]=Натиҷаҳои махсусро ба матни шумо ҳамроҳ мекунад
+Comment[tr]=Metinlerinize özel efektler ekleyin
+Comment[uk]=Додає ефекти до ваших повідомлень
+Comment[zh_CN]=在您的文字中添加特殊效果
+Comment[zh_HK]=為您的訊息增加特別的效果
+Comment[zh_TW]=在您的文字中加入一些特效
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectconfig.cpp b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectconfig.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9ecca3f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectconfig.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/*
+    texteffectconfig.cpp
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003      by Olivier Goffart       <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003      by Matt Rogers           <matt@matt.rogers.name>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2003 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+
+#include "texteffectconfig.h"
+
+TextEffectConfig::TextEffectConfig()
+{
+	load();
+}
+
+void TextEffectConfig::load()
+{
+	KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup("TextEffect Plugin");
+
+	mColors = config->readListEntry("Colors");
+	if(mColors.isEmpty())
+	{
+            mColors= defaultColorList();
+	}
+	mColorRandom = config->readBoolEntry("Color Random Order", false);
+	mColorLines = config->readBoolEntry("Color change every lines", true);
+	mColorWords = config->readBoolEntry("Color change every words", false);
+	mColorChar = config->readBoolEntry("Color change every char", false);
+
+	mLamer = config->readBoolEntry("L4m3r", false);
+	mWaves = config->readBoolEntry("WaVeS", false);
+}
+
+QStringList TextEffectConfig::defaultColorList()
+{
+    return QStringList::split( ",", "#00BBDD,#0088DD,#0000DD,#8800DD,#DD00DD,#DD0088,#DD0000,#DD8800,#DDBB00,#88BB00,#00BB00" );
+}
+
+void TextEffectConfig::save()
+{
+	KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup("TextEffect Plugin");
+
+	config->writeEntry("Colors", mColors );
+	config->writeEntry("Color Random Order", mColorRandom);
+	config->writeEntry("Color change every lines", mColorLines);
+	config->writeEntry("Color change every words", mColorWords);
+	config->writeEntry("Color change every char", mColorChar);
+
+	config->writeEntry("L4m3r", mLamer);
+	config->writeEntry("WaVeS", mWaves);
+
+	config->sync();
+}
+
+QStringList TextEffectConfig::colors() const
+{
+	return mColors;
+}
+
+bool TextEffectConfig::colorRandom() const
+{
+	return mColorRandom;
+}
+
+bool TextEffectConfig::colorWords() const
+{
+	return mColorWords;
+}
+
+bool TextEffectConfig::colorLines() const
+{
+	return mColorLines;
+}
+
+bool TextEffectConfig::colorChar() const
+{
+	return mColorChar;
+}
+
+bool TextEffectConfig::lamer() const
+{
+	return mLamer;
+}
+
+bool TextEffectConfig::waves() const
+{
+	return mWaves;
+}
+
+void TextEffectConfig::setColors(const QStringList &newColors)
+{
+	mColors = newColors;
+}
+
+void TextEffectConfig::setColorWords(bool newWords)
+{
+	mColorWords = newWords;
+}
+
+void TextEffectConfig::setColorLines(bool newLines)
+{
+	mColorLines = newLines;
+}
+
+void TextEffectConfig::setColorRandom(bool newRandom)
+{
+	mColorRandom = newRandom;
+}
+
+void TextEffectConfig::setColorChar(bool newChar)
+{
+	mColorChar = newChar;
+}
+
+void TextEffectConfig::setLamer(bool newLamers)
+{
+	mLamer = newLamers;
+}
+
+void TextEffectConfig::setWaves(bool newWaves)
+{
+	mWaves = newWaves;
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectconfig.h b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..80b19151
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*
+    texteffectconfig.h
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003      by Olivier Goffart       <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003      by Matt Rogers           <matt@matt.rogers.name>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2003 by the Kopete developers <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef TEXTEFFECTCONFIG_H
+#define TEXTEFFECTCONFIG_H
+
+class QStringList;
+
+class TextEffectConfig
+{
+public:
+	TextEffectConfig();
+
+	void load();
+	void save();
+
+	//accessor functions
+	QStringList colors() const;
+	bool colorLines() const;
+	bool colorWords() const;
+	bool colorChar() const;
+	bool colorRandom() const;
+	bool lamer() const;
+	bool waves() const;
+
+	void setColors(const QStringList &newColors = QStringList());
+	void setColorLines(bool newLines);
+	void setColorChar(bool newChar);
+	void setColorWords(bool newWords);
+	void setColorRandom(bool newRandom);
+	void setLamer(bool newLamer);
+	void setWaves(bool newWaves);
+    QStringList defaultColorList();
+
+
+private:
+	QStringList mColors;
+	bool mColorLines;
+	bool mColorWords;
+	bool mColorChar;
+	bool mColorRandom;
+	bool mLamer;
+	bool mWaves;
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5374b2ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          texteffectplugin.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : jeu nov 14 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+
+#include "kopetechatsessionmanager.h"
+
+#include "texteffectplugin.h"
+#include "texteffectconfig.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<TextEffectPlugin> TextEffectPluginFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_texteffect, TextEffectPluginFactory( "kopete_texteffect" )  )
+
+TextEffectPlugin::TextEffectPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &/*args*/ )
+: Kopete::Plugin( TextEffectPluginFactory::instance(), parent, name )
+{
+	if( !pluginStatic_ )
+		pluginStatic_=this;
+
+	m_config = new TextEffectConfig;
+
+	connect ( this , SIGNAL( settingsChanged() ) , this , SLOT( slotSettingsChanged() ) );
+
+	connect( Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(),
+		SIGNAL( aboutToSend( Kopete::Message & ) ),
+		SLOT( slotOutgoingMessage( Kopete::Message & ) ) );
+
+	 last_color=0;
+}
+
+TextEffectPlugin::~TextEffectPlugin()
+{
+	delete m_config;
+	pluginStatic_ = 0L;
+}
+
+TextEffectPlugin* TextEffectPlugin::plugin()
+{
+	return pluginStatic_ ;
+}
+
+TextEffectPlugin* TextEffectPlugin::pluginStatic_ = 0L;
+
+
+void TextEffectPlugin::slotOutgoingMessage( Kopete::Message& msg )
+{
+	if(msg.direction() != Kopete::Message::Outbound)
+		return;
+
+	QStringList colors=m_config->colors();
+
+	if(m_config->colorChar() || m_config->colorWords() || m_config->lamer() || m_config->waves() )
+	{
+		QString original=msg.plainBody();
+		QString resultat;
+
+		unsigned int c=0;
+		bool wavein=false;
+
+		for(unsigned int f=0;f<original.length();f++)
+		{
+			QChar x=original[f];
+			if(f==0 || m_config->colorChar() || (m_config->colorWords() && x==' ' ))
+			{
+				if(f!=0)
+					resultat+="</font>";
+				resultat+="<font color=\"";
+				resultat+=colors[c];
+				if(m_config->colorRandom())
+					c=rand()%colors.count();
+				else
+				{
+					c++;
+					if(c >= colors.count())
+						c=0;
+				}
+				resultat+="\">";
+			}
+			switch (x.latin1())
+			{
+				case '>':
+					resultat+="&gt;";
+					break;
+				case '<':
+					resultat+="&lt;";
+					break;
+				case '&':
+					resultat+="&amp;";
+					break;
+				case '\n':
+					resultat+="<br>";
+				case 'a':
+				case 'A':
+					if(m_config->lamer())
+					{
+						resultat+="4";
+						break;
+					} //else, go to the default,  all other case have this check
+				case 'e':
+				case 'E':
+					if(m_config->lamer())
+					{
+						resultat+="3";
+						break;
+					}//else, go to the default,  all other case have this check
+				case 'i':
+				case 'I':
+					if(m_config->lamer())
+					{
+						resultat+="1";
+						break;
+					}//else, go to the default,  all other case have this check
+				case 'l':
+				case 'L':
+					if(m_config->lamer())
+					{
+						resultat+="|";
+						break;
+					}//else, go to the default,  all other case have this check
+				case 't':
+				case 'T':
+					if(m_config->lamer())
+					{
+						resultat+="7";
+						break;
+					}//else, go to the default,  all other case have this check
+				case 's':
+				case 'S':
+					if(m_config->lamer())
+					{
+						resultat+="5";
+						break;
+					}//else, go to the default,  all other case have this check
+				case 'o':
+				case 'O':
+					if(m_config->lamer())
+					{
+						resultat+="0";
+						break;
+					}//else, go to the default,  all other case have this check
+				default:
+					if(m_config->waves())
+					{
+						resultat+= wavein ? x.lower() : x.upper();
+						wavein=!wavein;
+					}
+					else
+						resultat+=x;
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+		if( m_config->colorChar() || m_config->colorWords() )
+			resultat+="</font>";
+		msg.setBody(resultat,Kopete::Message::RichText);
+	}
+
+	if(m_config->colorLines())
+	{
+		if(m_config->colorRandom())
+		{
+			last_color=rand()%colors.count();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			last_color++;
+			if(last_color >= colors.count())
+				last_color=0;
+		}
+
+		msg.setFg(QColor (colors[last_color]));
+	}
+}
+
+void TextEffectPlugin::slotSettingsChanged()
+{
+	m_config->load();
+}
+
+
+#include "texteffectplugin.moc"
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..db34fdcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          texteffectplugin.h  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : jeu nov 14 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TextEffectPLUGIN_H
+#define TextEffectPLUGIN_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include "kopetemessage.h"
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+
+
+class QStringList;
+class QString;
+
+namespace Kopete { class Message; }
+namespace Kopete { class MetaContact; }
+namespace Kopete { class ChatSession; }
+class TextEffectConfig;
+
+/**
+  * @author Olivier Goffart
+  */
+
+class TextEffectPlugin : public Kopete::Plugin
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	static TextEffectPlugin  *plugin();
+
+	TextEffectPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args );
+	~TextEffectPlugin();
+
+public slots:
+	void slotOutgoingMessage( Kopete::Message& msg );
+	void slotSettingsChanged();
+
+private:
+	static TextEffectPlugin* pluginStatic_;
+	unsigned int last_color;
+	TextEffectConfig *m_config;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Local variables:
+ * c-indentation-style: k&r
+ * c-basic-offset: 8
+ * indent-tabs-mode: t
+ * End:
+ */
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectpreferences.cpp b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectpreferences.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c9f0c03b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectpreferences.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          texteffectpreferences.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : jeu nov 14 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qlayout.h>
+#include <qcheckbox.h>
+#include <qpushbutton.h>
+
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kcolordialog.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kautoconfig.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include <kdeversion.h>
+
+#include "texteffectprefs.h"
+#include "texteffectpreferences.h"
+#include "texteffectconfig.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<TextEffectPreferences> TextEffectPreferencesFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kcm_kopete_texteffect, TextEffectPreferencesFactory( "kcm_kopete_texteffect" )  )
+
+TextEffectPreferences::TextEffectPreferences(QWidget *parent,
+                                             const char* /*name*/,
+                                             const QStringList &args)
+	: KCModule(TextEffectPreferencesFactory::instance(), parent, args)
+{
+	( new QVBoxLayout( this ) )->setAutoAdd( true );
+
+	kdDebug( 14310 ) << "Creating preferences dialog" << endl;
+
+	preferencesDialog = new TextEffectPrefs(this);
+
+	kdDebug( 14310 ) << "Creating config object" << endl;
+
+	config = new TextEffectConfig;
+
+	kdDebug( 14310 ) << "Setting up connections" << endl;
+
+	connect(preferencesDialog->mColorsAdd , SIGNAL(pressed()) ,
+			this , SLOT(slotAddPressed()));
+
+	connect(preferencesDialog->mColorsRemove , SIGNAL(pressed()) ,
+			this , SLOT(slotRemovePressed()));
+
+	connect(preferencesDialog->mColorsUp , SIGNAL(pressed()) ,
+			this , SLOT(slotUpPressed()));
+
+	connect(preferencesDialog->mColorsDown , SIGNAL(pressed()) ,
+			this , SLOT(slotDownPressed()));
+
+	// Connect up all the check boxes
+	connect( preferencesDialog->m_lamer, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
+			 this, SLOT( slotSettingChanged() ) );
+	connect( preferencesDialog->m_casewaves, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
+			 this, SLOT( slotSettingChanged() ) );
+
+	connect( preferencesDialog->m_colorRandom, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
+			 this, SLOT( slotSettingChanged() ) );
+	connect( preferencesDialog->m_fg, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
+			 this, SLOT( slotSettingChanged() ) );
+	connect( preferencesDialog->m_char, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
+			 this, SLOT( slotSettingChanged() ) );
+	connect( preferencesDialog->m_words, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
+			 this, SLOT( slotSettingChanged() ) );
+
+	//setMainWidget( preferencesDialog, "Text Effect Plugin" );
+
+	load();
+
+}
+
+TextEffectPreferences::~TextEffectPreferences()
+{
+	delete preferencesDialog;
+	delete config;
+}
+
+
+void TextEffectPreferences::load()
+{
+	kdDebug( 14310 ) << k_funcinfo << "ENTER" << endl;
+
+	config->load();
+
+	preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->insertStringList(config->colors());
+	preferencesDialog->m_fg->setChecked(config->colorLines());
+	preferencesDialog->m_words->setChecked(config->colorWords());
+	preferencesDialog->m_char->setChecked(config->colorChar());
+	preferencesDialog->m_lamer->setChecked(config->lamer());
+	preferencesDialog->m_casewaves->setChecked(config->waves());
+
+
+	// Call parent's save method
+	KCModule::load();
+
+	// Indicate that we have not changed ^_^
+	emit changed( false );
+
+	kdDebug( 14310 ) << k_funcinfo << "EXIT" << endl;
+
+}
+
+void TextEffectPreferences::save()
+{
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << "ENTER" << endl;
+	// Save the settings
+	config->setColors(colors());
+	config->setColorRandom(preferencesDialog->m_colorRandom->isChecked());
+	config->setColorLines(preferencesDialog->m_fg->isChecked());
+	config->setColorWords(preferencesDialog->m_words->isChecked());
+	config->setColorChar(preferencesDialog->m_char->isChecked());
+
+	config->setLamer(preferencesDialog->m_lamer->isChecked());
+	config->setWaves(preferencesDialog->m_casewaves->isChecked());
+
+	config->save();
+
+	// Notify the plugin that the settings have changed
+	//TextEffectPlugin::plugin()->slotSettingsChanged();
+
+	// Call parent's save method
+	KCModule::save();
+
+	// Indicate that we have not changed ^_^
+	emit changed( false );
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << "EXIT" << endl;
+}
+
+QStringList TextEffectPreferences::colors()
+{
+	QStringList ret;
+	for(unsigned int f=0; f<preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->count() ; f++)
+	{
+		ret.append(preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->text(f));
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+
+void TextEffectPreferences::slotAddPressed()
+{
+	QColor myColor;
+	if( KColorDialog::getColor( myColor ) == KColorDialog::Accepted )
+	{
+		preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->insertItem(myColor.name());
+	}
+
+	// Indicate that something has changed
+	slotSettingChanged();
+
+}
+void TextEffectPreferences::slotRemovePressed()
+{
+	delete preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->selectedItem();
+	// Indicate that something has changed
+	slotSettingChanged();
+}
+
+
+void TextEffectPreferences::slotUpPressed()
+{
+	int p=preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->currentItem();
+	if(p <= 0 )
+		return;
+	QListBoxItem *i=preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->selectedItem();
+	if(!i)
+		return;
+	preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->setSelected(i,false);
+	preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->takeItem(i);
+	preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->insertItem(i , p-1 );
+	preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->setSelected(i,true);
+
+	// Indicate that something has changed
+	slotSettingChanged();
+
+}
+void TextEffectPreferences::slotDownPressed()
+{
+	int p=preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->currentItem();
+	if(p < 0 )
+		return;
+	QListBoxItem *i=preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->selectedItem();
+	if(!i)
+		return;
+	preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->setSelected(i,false);
+	preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->takeItem(i);
+	preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->insertItem(i , p+1 );
+	preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->setSelected(i,true);
+
+	// Indicate that something has changed
+	slotSettingChanged();
+}
+
+
+
+void TextEffectPreferences::slotSettingChanged()
+{
+	kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << "Called"
+			  << endl;
+	// Indicate that our settings have changed
+    emit changed( true );
+}
+
+void TextEffectPreferences::defaults()
+{
+    preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->clear();
+    preferencesDialog->mColorsListBox->insertStringList(config->defaultColorList());
+    preferencesDialog->m_fg->setChecked(false);
+    preferencesDialog->m_words->setChecked(false);
+    preferencesDialog->m_char->setChecked(false);
+    preferencesDialog->m_lamer->setChecked(false);
+    preferencesDialog->m_casewaves->setChecked(false);
+    preferencesDialog->m_colorRandom->setChecked( false );
+    emit changed( true );
+}
+
+#include "texteffectpreferences.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectpreferences.h b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectpreferences.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..21dc7bff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectpreferences.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          texteffectpreferences.h  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : jeu nov 14 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TextEffectPREFERENCES_H
+#define TextEffectPREFERENCES_H
+
+#include <kcmodule.h>
+
+class TextEffectPrefs;
+class TextEffectConfig;
+class QStringList;
+
+/**
+  *@author Olivier Goffart
+  */
+
+class TextEffectPreferences : public KCModule  {
+   Q_OBJECT
+public:
+
+	TextEffectPreferences(QWidget *parent = 0, const char* name = 0, const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+	~TextEffectPreferences();
+
+	// Overloaded from parent
+	virtual void save();
+	virtual void load();
+    virtual void defaults();
+
+private:
+	QStringList colors();
+	TextEffectPrefs *preferencesDialog;
+	TextEffectConfig *config;
+
+private slots: // Public slots
+	void slotAddPressed();
+	void slotRemovePressed();
+	void slotUpPressed();
+	void slotDownPressed();
+	void slotSettingChanged();
+
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectprefs.ui b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectprefs.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..95ff801c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/texteffect/texteffectprefs.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>TextEffectPrefs</class>
+<author>Olivier Goffart</author>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>TextEffectPrefs</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>630</width>
+            <height>529</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <grid>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <property name="margin">
+            <number>5</number>
+        </property>
+        <property name="spacing">
+            <number>0</number>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QTabWidget" row="0" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>TabWidget3</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <widget class="QWidget">
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>tab</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <attribute name="title">
+                    <string>&amp;Colors</string>
+                </attribute>
+                <grid>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <widget class="QGroupBox" row="0" column="0">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>groupBox1</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="title">
+                            <string>Colors</string>
+                        </property>
+                        <grid>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <widget class="KListBox" row="0" column="0" rowspan="5" colspan="1">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>mColorsListBox</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                            </widget>
+                            <widget class="QPushButton" row="0" column="1">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>mColorsAdd</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="text">
+                                    <string>&amp;Add...</string>
+                                </property>
+                            </widget>
+                            <widget class="QPushButton" row="1" column="1">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>mColorsRemove</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="text">
+                                    <string>&amp;Remove</string>
+                                </property>
+                            </widget>
+                            <widget class="QPushButton" row="2" column="1">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>mColorsUp</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="text">
+                                    <string>Move &amp;Up</string>
+                                </property>
+                            </widget>
+                            <widget class="QPushButton" row="3" column="1">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>mColorsDown</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="text">
+                                    <string>Move &amp;Down</string>
+                                </property>
+                            </widget>
+                            <spacer row="4" column="1">
+                                <property name="name">
+                                    <cstring>spacer2</cstring>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="orientation">
+                                    <enum>Vertical</enum>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="sizeType">
+                                    <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                                </property>
+                                <property name="sizeHint">
+                                    <size>
+                                        <width>21</width>
+                                        <height>81</height>
+                                    </size>
+                                </property>
+                            </spacer>
+                        </grid>
+                    </widget>
+                    <widget class="QCheckBox" row="1" column="0">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>m_colorRandom</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="text">
+                            <string>Random order</string>
+                        </property>
+                    </widget>
+                    <widget class="Line" row="2" column="0">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>Line1</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="frameShape">
+                            <enum>HLine</enum>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="frameShadow">
+                            <enum>Sunken</enum>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="orientation">
+                            <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                        </property>
+                    </widget>
+                    <widget class="QCheckBox" row="3" column="0">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>m_fg</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="text">
+                            <string>Change global text foreground color</string>
+                        </property>
+                    </widget>
+                    <widget class="QCheckBox" row="4" column="0">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>m_char</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="text">
+                            <string>Change color every letter</string>
+                        </property>
+                    </widget>
+                    <widget class="QCheckBox" row="5" column="0">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>m_words</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="text">
+                            <string>Change color every word</string>
+                        </property>
+                    </widget>
+                </grid>
+            </widget>
+            <widget class="QWidget">
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>tab</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <attribute name="title">
+                    <string>Effects</string>
+                </attribute>
+                <vbox>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>m_lamer</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="sizePolicy">
+                            <sizepolicy>
+                                <hsizetype>7</hsizetype>
+                                <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                                <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                                <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                            </sizepolicy>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="text">
+                            <string>L4m3r t4lk</string>
+                        </property>
+                    </widget>
+                    <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>m_casewaves</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="sizePolicy">
+                            <sizepolicy>
+                                <hsizetype>7</hsizetype>
+                                <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                                <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                                <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                            </sizepolicy>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="text">
+                            <string>CasE wAVes</string>
+                        </property>
+                    </widget>
+                    <spacer>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>Spacer5_2</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="orientation">
+                            <enum>Vertical</enum>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="sizeType">
+                            <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="sizeHint">
+                            <size>
+                                <width>20</width>
+                                <height>279</height>
+                            </size>
+                        </property>
+                    </spacer>
+                </vbox>
+            </widget>
+        </widget>
+    </grid>
+</widget>
+<tabstops>
+    <tabstop>TabWidget3</tabstop>
+</tabstops>
+<includes>
+    <include location="global" impldecl="in implementation">knuminput.h</include>
+</includes>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+<includehints>
+    <includehint>klistbox.h</includehint>
+</includehints>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/translator/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/translator/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ab367f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/translator/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(all_includes)
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_translator.la kcm_kopete_translator.la
+
+kopete_translator_la_SOURCES     = translatorplugin.cpp  \
+    translatordialog.cpp translatorguiclient.cpp translatorlanguages.cpp
+kopete_translator_la_LDFLAGS     = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_translator_la_LIBADD      = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la $(LIB_KIO)
+
+kcm_kopete_translator_la_SOURCES = translatorprefsbase.ui translatorprefs.cpp translatorlanguages.cpp
+kcm_kopete_translator_la_LDFLAGS = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kcm_kopete_translator_la_LIBADD  = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la $(LIB_KUTILS)
+
+service_DATA = kopete_translator.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+kcm_DATA = kopete_translator_config.desktop
+kcmdir = $(kde_servicesdir)/kconfiguredialog
+
+mydatadir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete_translator
+mydata_DATA = translatorui.rc translatorchatui.rc
+
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/translator/kopete_translator.desktop b/kopete/plugins/translator/kopete_translator.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5da3f373
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/translator/kopete_translator.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+Icon=locale
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_translator
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=duncan@kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_translator
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.8.0
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://kopete.kde.org
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=false
+Name=Translator
+Name[ar]=المترجم
+Name[be]=Перакладнік
+Name[bg]=Автоматичен превод
+Name[bn]=অনুবাদক
+Name[br]=Troer
+Name[bs]=Prevodilac
+Name[ca]=Traductor
+Name[cs]=Překladač
+Name[cy]=Cyfieithydd
+Name[da]=Oversætter
+Name[de]=Übersetzer
+Name[el]=Μεταφραστής
+Name[eo]=Tradukilo
+Name[es]=Traductor
+Name[et]=Tõlketeenus
+Name[eu]=Itzultzailea
+Name[fa]=مترجم
+Name[fi]=Kääntäjä
+Name[fr]=Traducteur
+Name[ga]=Aistritheoir
+Name[gl]=Traductor
+Name[he]=מתרגם
+Name[hi]=अनुवादक
+Name[hr]=Prevoditelj
+Name[hu]=Tolmács
+Name[is]=Þýðandi
+Name[it]=Traduttore
+Name[ja]=翻訳ソフト
+Name[ka]=მთარგმნელი
+Name[km]=កម្មវិធី​បកប្រែ
+Name[lt]=Vertėjas
+Name[mk]=Преведувач
+Name[nb]=Oversetter
+Name[nds]=Översetter
+Name[ne]=अनुवादक
+Name[nl]=Vertaler
+Name[nn]=Omsetjar
+Name[pa]=ਅਨੁਵਾਦ
+Name[pl]=Tłumacz
+Name[pt]=Tradutor
+Name[pt_BR]=Tradutor
+Name[ro]=Traducător
+Name[ru]=Переводчик
+Name[se]=Jorgaleaddji
+Name[sk]=Preklad
+Name[sl]=Prevajalec
+Name[sr]=Преводилац
+Name[sr@Latn]=Prevodilac
+Name[sv]=Översättning
+Name[ta]=மொழிமாற்றி
+Name[tg]=Тарҷумон
+Name[tr]=Çevirmen
+Name[uk]=Перекладач
+Name[uz]=Tarjimon
+Name[uz@cyrillic]=Таржимон
+Name[wa]=Ratournaedje
+Name[zh_CN]=翻译家
+Name[zh_HK]=翻譯者
+Name[zh_TW]=翻譯器
+Comment=Chat with foreign buddies in your native language
+Comment[ar]=تحدث مع أصدقائك اﻷجانب بلغتك اﻷم
+Comment[be]=Гутарка з замежнікамі на роднай мове
+Comment[bg]=Приставка за превод от един език на друг в реално време
+Comment[bn]=আপনার স্থানীয় ভাষাতে বিদেশী বন্ধুর সঙ্গে চ্যাট করুন
+Comment[bs]=Razgovarajte sa prijateljima iz inostranstva u vašem jeziku
+Comment[ca]=Feu un xat amb els vostres amics en la vostra llengua nativa
+Comment[cs]=Pokecejte si s cizinci ve svém rodném jazyku
+Comment[cy]=Sgwrsio â chyfeillion tramor yn eich iaith gyntaf
+Comment[da]=Chat med udenlandske venner på dit eget sprog
+Comment[de]=Chatten mit fremdsprachigen Freunden in der eigenen Muttersprache
+Comment[el]=Συνομιλήστε με ξένους φίλους στη μητρική σας γλώσσα
+Comment[es]=Charle con compañeros extranjeros en su lengua
+Comment[et]=Vestlemine välismaiste semudega enda emakeeles
+Comment[eu]=Atzerriko lagunekin zure ama-hizkuntzan hitz egin
+Comment[fa]=گپ زدن با دوستان خارجی با زبان مادریتان
+Comment[fi]=Juttele ulkomaisten kaveriesi kanssa omalla kielelläsi
+Comment[fr]=Discutez avec des étrangers dans votre langue natale
+Comment[gl]=Fala con amigos extranxeiros na túa lingua nativa
+Comment[he]=שוחח עם חברים מחו"ל בשפת האם שלך
+Comment[hi]=आपकी मातृ भाषा में विदेशी बड्डीस से गपशप करें
+Comment[hr]=Razgovo sa stranim prijateljima na vašem materinjem jeziku
+Comment[hu]=Csevegés más nyelvet beszélőkkel a saját nyelven
+Comment[is]=rabbaðu við útlenda félaga á þínu máli
+Comment[it]=Parla con un tuo amico straniero nella tua lingua
+Comment[ja]=母国語のままで他国の人とチャットする
+Comment[ka]=უცხოელ მეგობრებთან საკუთარ ენაზე საუბარი
+Comment[kk]=Шетел достарымен өз тіліңізде әңгімелесу
+Comment[km]=ជជែក​កំសាន្ត​ជាមួយ​សម្លាញ់​ជនជាតិ​បរទេស ដោយ​ប្រើ​ភាសា​កំណើត​របស់​អ្នក
+Comment[lt]=Bendraukite su bičiuliais iš užsieno gimtąja kalba
+Comment[mk]=Разговарајте со странски пријатели на вашиот мајчин јазик
+Comment[nb]=Snakk med utenlandske venner på ditt eget språk
+Comment[nds]=Klöön in Dien Moderspraak mit frömdspreken Frünnen
+Comment[ne]=तपाईँको मातृ भाषामा विदेशी साथीसँग कुराकानी गर्नुहोस्
+Comment[nl]=Praat met vrienden uit andere landen in uw eigen taal
+Comment[nn]=Prat med utanlandske venner på ditt eige språk
+Comment[pl]=Umożliwia rozmowę z zagranicznymi znajomymi w Twoim macierzystym języku
+Comment[pt]=Converse com amigos estrangeiros na sua língua nativa
+Comment[pt_BR]=Conversa com colegas estrangeiros em seu idioma nativo
+Comment[ru]=Позволяет говорить с иностранцами на вашем родном языке
+Comment[se]=Čátte olgoriikkalaš ustibiiguin iežat gillii
+Comment[sk]=Rozprávajte sa s vašimi priateľmi v cudzine v inom jazyku
+Comment[sl]=Klepetajte s prijatelji iz tujine v svojem domačem jeziku
+Comment[sr]=Ћаскајте са вашим другарима странцима на вашем матерњем језику
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Ćaskajte sa vašim drugarima strancima na vašem maternjem jeziku
+Comment[sv]=Chatta med utländska kompisar på ditt modersmål
+Comment[ta]=வெளிநாட்டு நபருடன் உங்கள் சொந்த மொழியில் அரட்டை அடிக்க முடியும்
+Comment[tg]=Чат бо дӯстони хориҷӣ дар забони модарии шумо
+Comment[tr]=Anadilinizdeki arkadaşlarla sohbet edin
+Comment[uk]=Розмова з іноземними друзями на вашій рідній мові
+Comment[zh_CN]=以您的母语与外国朋友聊天
+Comment[zh_HK]=以您的母語和外地的伙伴聊天
+Comment[zh_TW]=用您的母語跟外國朋友聊天
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/translator/kopete_translator_config.desktop b/kopete/plugins/translator/kopete_translator_config.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..288709c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/translator/kopete_translator_config.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Icon=locale
+Type=Service
+ServiceTypes=KCModule
+
+X-KDE-ModuleType=Library
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_translator
+X-KDE-FactoryName=TranslatorConfigFactory
+X-KDE-ParentApp=kopete_translator
+X-KDE-ParentComponents=kopete_translator
+
+Name=Translator
+Name[ar]=المترجم
+Name[be]=Перакладнік
+Name[bg]=Автоматичен превод
+Name[bn]=অনুবাদক
+Name[br]=Troer
+Name[bs]=Prevodilac
+Name[ca]=Traductor
+Name[cs]=Překladač
+Name[cy]=Cyfieithydd
+Name[da]=Oversætter
+Name[de]=Übersetzer
+Name[el]=Μεταφραστής
+Name[eo]=Tradukilo
+Name[es]=Traductor
+Name[et]=Tõlketeenus
+Name[eu]=Itzultzailea
+Name[fa]=مترجم
+Name[fi]=Kääntäjä
+Name[fr]=Traducteur
+Name[ga]=Aistritheoir
+Name[gl]=Traductor
+Name[he]=מתרגם
+Name[hi]=अनुवादक
+Name[hr]=Prevoditelj
+Name[hu]=Tolmács
+Name[is]=Þýðandi
+Name[it]=Traduttore
+Name[ja]=翻訳ソフト
+Name[ka]=მთარგმნელი
+Name[km]=កម្មវិធី​បកប្រែ
+Name[lt]=Vertėjas
+Name[mk]=Преведувач
+Name[nb]=Oversetter
+Name[nds]=Översetter
+Name[ne]=अनुवादक
+Name[nl]=Vertaler
+Name[nn]=Omsetjar
+Name[pa]=ਅਨੁਵਾਦ
+Name[pl]=Tłumacz
+Name[pt]=Tradutor
+Name[pt_BR]=Tradutor
+Name[ro]=Traducător
+Name[ru]=Переводчик
+Name[se]=Jorgaleaddji
+Name[sk]=Preklad
+Name[sl]=Prevajalec
+Name[sr]=Преводилац
+Name[sr@Latn]=Prevodilac
+Name[sv]=Översättning
+Name[ta]=மொழிமாற்றி
+Name[tg]=Тарҷумон
+Name[tr]=Çevirmen
+Name[uk]=Перекладач
+Name[uz]=Tarjimon
+Name[uz@cyrillic]=Таржимон
+Name[wa]=Ratournaedje
+Name[zh_CN]=翻译家
+Name[zh_HK]=翻譯者
+Name[zh_TW]=翻譯器
+Comment=Translates messages from your native language to another language
+Comment[ar]=يترجم رسائل من لغتك اﻷم إلى لغة أخرى
+Comment[be]=Перакладае паведамленні з роднай мовы на замежныя
+Comment[bg]=Приставка за превод от един език на друг в реално време
+Comment[bn]=আপনার স্থানীয় ভাষা থেকে অন্য একটি ভাষাতে বার্তা অনুবাদ করে
+Comment[bs]=Prevodi poruke iz vašeg maternjeg jezika u neki drugi
+Comment[ca]=Tradueix els missatges des del vostre idioma natiu cap a un altre
+Comment[cs]=Překládá zprávy z vašeho rodného jazyka do jiného
+Comment[cy]=Cyfieithu negeseuon o'ch iaith gyntaf i iaith arall
+Comment[da]=Oversætter beskeder fra dit indfødte sprog til et andet sprog
+Comment[de]=Übersetzt Nachrichten von der eigenen in eine fremde Sprache
+Comment[el]=Μεταφράζει μηνύματα από τη μητρική σας γλώσσα σε μια άλλη
+Comment[es]=Traduce mensajes de su lengua a otra
+Comment[et]=Tõlgib sõnumid sinu emakeelest mingisse muusse keelde
+Comment[eu]=Mezuak zure ama-hizkuntzatik beste hizkuntzara itzultzen ditu
+Comment[fa]=ترجمۀ پیامهایی با زبان مادری شما به زبانهای دیگر
+Comment[fi]=Kääntää viestit omasta kielestä toiseen kieleen
+Comment[fr]=Traduit les messages de votre langue natale en une autre langue
+Comment[ga]=Aistríonn seo teachtaireachtaí ó do theanga dúchais go teanga eile
+Comment[gl]=Traduce as túas mensaxes da túa lingua nativa a outra
+Comment[he]=מתרגם את מסריך משפת האם שלך לשפה אחרת
+Comment[hi]=आपकी मातृ भाषा के संदेशों को अन्य भाषा में अनुवाद करे
+Comment[hr]=Prevodi poruke s vašeg maternjeg jezika na neki drugi
+Comment[hu]=Az üzenetek lefordítása a saját nyelvről egy idegen nyelvre
+Comment[is]=Þýðir skeyti úr þinni tungu yfir í annað
+Comment[it]=Traduci messaggi dalla tua lingua in un'altra
+Comment[ja]=母国語から他の言語にメッセージを翻訳する
+Comment[ka]=შეტყობინებებს თარგმნის თქვენი მშობლიური ენიდან სხვა ენაზე
+Comment[kk]=Хабарларды бір тілден басқа тілге аудару
+Comment[km]=បកប្រែ​សារ​ពី​ភាសា​កំណើត​របស់​អ្នក​ទៅ​ជា​ភាសា​មួយ​ទៀត
+Comment[lt]=Verčia žinutes iš gimtosios kalbos į užsienio kalbas
+Comment[mk]=Ги преведува пораките од вашиот мајчин јазик на друг јазик
+Comment[nb]=Oversetter meldinger fra ditt eget språk til et annet
+Comment[nds]=Översett Narichten vun Dien Moderspraak na anner Spraken
+Comment[ne]=तपाईँ मातृ भाषाबाट अर्को भाषामा सन्देश अनुवाद गर्दछ
+Comment[nl]=Vertaalt berichten van uw eigen taal naar een andere taal
+Comment[nn]=Set om meldingar frå ditt eige språk til eit anna
+Comment[pl]=Tłumaczy wiadomości z Twojego języka na inny
+Comment[pt]=Traduz as mensagens da sua língua nativa para outra língua
+Comment[pt_BR]=Traduz mensagens de seu idioma nativo para outro idioma
+Comment[ru]=Переводит сообщение с вашего родного языка на язык вашего собеседника
+Comment[se]=Jorgala dieđáhusaid du gielas muhton eará gillii
+Comment[sk]=Prekladá správy z jedného jazyka do iného
+Comment[sl]=Prevede sporočila iz vašega domačega jezika v drugi jezik
+Comment[sr]=Преводи поруке са вашег матерњег језика на неки други
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Prevodi poruke sa vašeg maternjeg jezika na neki drugi
+Comment[sv]=Översätt meddelanden från ditt modersmål till ett annat språk
+Comment[ta]=உங்கள் மொழியிலிருந்து வேறு மொழிக்கு மொழிபெயர்
+Comment[tg]=Пайёмҳоро аз забони модарии шумо ба дигар забонҳо тарҷума мекунад
+Comment[tr]=Diğer dillerden ana dilinize çevrilen mesajlar
+Comment[uk]=Перекладає повідомлення з вашої рідної мови на якусь іншу мову
+Comment[zh_CN]=将消息从您的母语翻译成其它语言
+Comment[zh_HK]=將您母語的訊息翻譯為另一種語言
+Comment[zh_TW]=將訊息從您的母語翻成其他語言
+
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorchatui.rc b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorchatui.rc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7dc86e2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorchatui.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<!DOCTYPE kpartgui>
+<kpartgui version="1" name="kopete_translatorchat">
+	<MenuBar>
+		<Menu name="tools">
+			<text>&amp;Tools</text>
+			<Action name="translateCurrentMessage" />
+		</Menu>
+	</MenuBar>
+</kpartgui>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/translator/translatordialog.cpp b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatordialog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c03921fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatordialog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          translatordialog.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : sam oct 19 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <ktextedit.h>
+ 
+#include "translatordialog.h"
+
+
+TranslatorDialog::TranslatorDialog(const QString &text,QWidget *parent, const char *name ) : KDialogBase(parent,name,true,i18n("Translator Plugin"), Ok)
+{
+	m_textEdit=new KTextEdit(this);
+	setMainWidget(m_textEdit);
+	m_textEdit->setText(text);
+}
+TranslatorDialog::~TranslatorDialog()
+{
+}
+
+QString TranslatorDialog::translatedText()
+{
+	return m_textEdit->text();
+}
+/*void TranslatorDialog::slotFinished()
+{
+	emit finished(m_textEdit->text());
+}  */
+
+
+#include "translatordialog.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/translator/translatordialog.h b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatordialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70fd46c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatordialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          translatordialog.h  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : sam oct 19 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TRANSLATORDIALOG_H
+#define TRANSLATORDIALOG_H
+
+#include <qwidget.h>
+#include <kdialogbase.h>
+
+//#include <kopetemessage.h>
+
+class KTextEdit;
+
+/**
+ * @author Olivier Goffart
+ */
+class TranslatorDialog : public KDialogBase
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	TranslatorDialog(const QString &translated, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+	~TranslatorDialog();
+
+	QString translatedText();
+
+private:
+	KTextEdit *m_textEdit;
+
+private slots: // Public slots
+//  void slotFinished();
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorguiclient.cpp b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorguiclient.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ae175f41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorguiclient.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+    translatorguiclient.cpp
+
+    Kopete Translator plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 by Olivier Goffart <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2003-2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qvariant.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+
+#include "kopetemessagemanager.h"
+#include "kopeteview.h"
+#include "kopetecontact.h"
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+#include "kopetemessage.h"
+
+#include "translatorplugin.h"
+#include "translatorguiclient.h"
+#include "translatorlanguages.h"
+
+TranslatorGUIClient::TranslatorGUIClient( Kopete::ChatSession *parent, const char *name )
+: QObject( parent, name ), KXMLGUIClient( parent )
+{
+	setInstance( TranslatorPlugin::plugin()->instance() );
+	connect( TranslatorPlugin::plugin(), SIGNAL( destroyed( QObject * ) ), this, SLOT( deleteLater() ) );
+
+	m_manager = parent;
+
+	new KAction( i18n( "Translate" ), "locale", CTRL + Key_T, this, SLOT( slotTranslateChat() ), actionCollection(), "translateCurrentMessage" );
+	
+	setXMLFile( "translatorchatui.rc" );
+}
+
+TranslatorGUIClient::~TranslatorGUIClient()
+{
+}
+
+void TranslatorGUIClient::slotTranslateChat()
+{
+	if ( !m_manager->view() )
+		return;
+
+	Kopete::Message msg = m_manager->view()->currentMessage();
+	QString body = msg.plainBody();
+	if ( body.isEmpty() )
+		return;
+
+	QString src_lang = TranslatorPlugin::plugin()->m_myLang;
+	QString dst_lang;
+
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Contact> list = m_manager->members();
+	Kopete::MetaContact *to = list.first()->metaContact();
+	dst_lang = to->pluginData( TranslatorPlugin::plugin(), "languageKey" );
+	if ( dst_lang.isEmpty() || dst_lang == "null" )
+	{
+		kdDebug( 14308 ) << k_funcinfo << "Cannot determine dst Metacontact language (" << to->displayName() << ")" << endl;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	// We search for src_dst
+	TranslatorPlugin::plugin()->translateMessage( body, src_lang, dst_lang, this, SLOT( messageTranslated( const QVariant & ) ) );
+}
+
+void TranslatorGUIClient::messageTranslated( const QVariant &result )
+{
+	QString translated = result.toString();
+	if ( translated.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		kdDebug( 14308 ) << k_funcinfo << "Empty string returned"  << endl;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	//if the user close the window before the translation arrive, return
+	if ( !m_manager->view() )
+		return;
+
+	Kopete::Message msg = m_manager->view()->currentMessage();
+	msg.setBody( translated );
+	m_manager->view()->setCurrentMessage( msg );
+}
+
+#include "translatorguiclient.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorguiclient.h b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorguiclient.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..32ff015f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorguiclient.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*
+    translatorguiclient.h
+
+    Kopete Translator Plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2003 by Olivier Goffart <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2003 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef TRANSLATORGUICLIENT_H
+#define TRANSLATORGUICLIENT_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <kxmlguiclient.h>
+
+#include <kio/job.h>
+
+#include "kopetemessage.h"
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+
+namespace Kopete { class ChatSession; }
+
+/**
+  * @author Olivier Goffart <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+  */
+
+class TranslatorGUIClient : public QObject , public KXMLGUIClient
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	TranslatorGUIClient( Kopete::ChatSession *parent, const char *name=0L);
+	~TranslatorGUIClient();
+
+private slots:
+	 void slotTranslateChat();
+	 void messageTranslated(const QVariant&);
+
+private:
+	Kopete::ChatSession *m_manager;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Local variables:
+ * c-indentation-style: k&r
+ * c-basic-offset: 8
+ * indent-tabs-mode: t
+ * End:
+ */
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorlanguages.cpp b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorlanguages.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4e59fa79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorlanguages.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+    translatorlanguages.cpp
+
+    Kopete Translatorfish Translator plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2001-2002 by Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett       <duncan@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2003 by Olivier Goffart      <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003 by Matt Rogers                <matt@matt.rogers.name>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2003 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+
+#include "translatorlanguages.h"
+
+TranslatorLanguages::TranslatorLanguages()
+{
+	m_lc = 0;
+	m_sc = 0;
+	m_services.insert("babelfish", "BabelFish");
+	m_services.insert("google", "Google");
+
+	m_langs.insert("null", i18n("Unknown"));
+	m_langs.insert("en", i18n("English"));
+	m_langs.insert("zh", i18n("Chinese"));
+	m_langs.insert("fr", i18n("French"));
+	m_langs.insert("de", i18n("German"));
+	m_langs.insert("it", i18n("Italian"));
+	m_langs.insert("ja", i18n("Japanese"));
+	m_langs.insert("ko", i18n("Korean"));
+	m_langs.insert("pt", i18n("Portuguese"));
+	m_langs.insert("ru", i18n("Russian"));
+	m_langs.insert("es", i18n("Spanish"));
+
+	/* English to .. */
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("en_zh");
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("en_fr");
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("en_de");
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("en_it");
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("en_ja");
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("en_ko");
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("en_pt");
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("en_es");
+	/* Chinese to .. */
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("zh_en");
+	/* French to ... */
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("fr_en");
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("fr_de");
+	/* German to ... */
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("de_en");
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("de_fr");
+
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("it_en");
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("ja_en");
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("ko_en");
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("pt_en");
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("ru_en");
+	m_supported["babelfish"].append("es_en");
+
+	/* Google Service */
+	m_supported["google"].append("en_de");
+	m_supported["google"].append("en_es");
+	m_supported["google"].append("en_fr");
+	m_supported["google"].append("en_it");
+	m_supported["google"].append("en_pt");
+	m_supported["google"].append("de_en");
+	m_supported["google"].append("de_fr");
+	m_supported["google"].append("es_en");
+	m_supported["google"].append("fr_en");
+	m_supported["google"].append("fr_de");
+	m_supported["google"].append("it_en");
+	m_supported["google"].append("pt_en");
+
+	QMap<QString,QString>::ConstIterator i;
+
+	for ( i = m_langs.begin(); i != m_langs.end() ; ++i )
+	{
+		m_langIntKeyMap[m_lc] = i.key();
+		m_langKeyIntMap[i.key()] = m_lc;
+		m_lc++;
+	}
+
+	for ( i = m_services.begin(); i != m_services.end() ; ++i )
+	{
+		m_servicesIntKeyMap[m_sc] = i.key();
+		m_servicesKeyIntMap[i.key()] = m_sc;
+		m_sc++;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorlanguages.h b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorlanguages.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cbd6385f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorlanguages.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*
+    translatorlanguages.h
+
+    Kopete Translatorfish Translator plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2001-2002 by Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett       <duncan@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2003 by Olivier Goffart      <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003 by Matt Rogers                <matt@matt.rogers.name>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2003 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef TRANSLATORLANGUAGES_H_
+#define TRANSLATORLANGUAGES_H_
+
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+
+class QString;
+
+
+class TranslatorLanguages
+{
+public:
+	TranslatorLanguages();
+
+	/***************************************************************************
+	 *   Language APIs                                                         *
+	 ***************************************************************************/
+
+	const QString& languageName( const QString &key )
+	{ return m_langs[key]; };
+
+	const int languageIndex	( const QString &key )
+	{ return m_langKeyIntMap[key]; };
+
+	const QString& languageKey( const int index )
+	{ return  m_langIntKeyMap[index]; };
+
+	const QMap<QString,QString>& languagesMap()
+	{ return m_langs; };
+
+	const QMap<QString,QString>& servicesMap()
+	{ return m_services; };
+
+	const QStringList& supported( const QString &servicekey )
+	{ return m_supported[servicekey]; };
+
+	const int serviceIndex	( const QString &key )
+	{ return m_servicesKeyIntMap[key]; };
+
+	const QString& serviceKey( const int index )
+	{ return  m_servicesIntKeyMap[index]; };
+
+	int numLanguages()	{ return m_lc; };
+
+	int numServices()	{ return m_sc; };
+
+private:
+
+	/* Known Languages key -> desc ie: en -> English */
+	QMap< QString, QString> m_langs;
+
+	/* Known Services key -> desc ie: en -> English */
+	QMap< QString, QString> m_services;
+
+	/* Supported translations per service, src_dst format ( ie: en_es )*/
+	QMap< QString, QStringList > m_supported;
+
+	/* int to lang key and viceversa*/
+	QMap<int, QString> m_langIntKeyMap;
+	QMap<QString, int> m_langKeyIntMap;
+
+	/* int to services key and viceversa*/
+	QMap<int, QString> m_servicesIntKeyMap;
+	QMap<QString, int> m_servicesKeyIntMap;
+
+	/* Lang counter */
+	int m_lc;
+	/* Service counter */
+	int m_sc;
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..694f0bd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,402 @@
+/*
+    translatorplugin.cpp
+
+    Kopete Translator plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2001-2002 by Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett       <duncan@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2004 by Olivier Goffart      <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2004 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#include <qapplication.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <qsignal.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kaction.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <kdeversion.h>
+#include <kaboutdata.h>
+
+#include "kopetemetacontact.h"
+#include "kopetecontactlist.h"
+#include "kopetemessagemanagerfactory.h"
+#include "kopetecontact.h"
+
+#include "translatorplugin.h"
+#include "translatordialog.h"
+#include "translatorguiclient.h"
+#include "translatorlanguages.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<TranslatorPlugin> TranslatorPluginFactory;
+#if KDE_IS_VERSION(3,2,90)
+static const KAboutData aboutdata("kopete_translator", I18N_NOOP("Translator") , "1.0" );
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_translator, TranslatorPluginFactory( &aboutdata )  )
+#else
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_translator, TranslatorPluginFactory( "kopete_translator" )  )
+#endif
+
+TranslatorPlugin::TranslatorPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList & /* args */ )
+: Kopete::Plugin( TranslatorPluginFactory::instance(), parent, name )
+{
+	kdDebug( 14308 ) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+
+
+	if ( pluginStatic_ )
+		kdWarning( 14308 ) << k_funcinfo << "Translator already initialized" << endl;
+	else
+		pluginStatic_ = this;
+
+	m_languages = new TranslatorLanguages;
+
+	connect( Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(), SIGNAL( aboutToDisplay( Kopete::Message & ) ),
+		this, SLOT( slotIncomingMessage( Kopete::Message & ) ) );
+	connect( Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(), SIGNAL( aboutToSend( Kopete::Message & ) ),
+		this, SLOT( slotOutgoingMessage( Kopete::Message & ) ) );
+	connect( Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self(), SIGNAL( chatSessionCreated( Kopete::ChatSession * ) ),
+		this, SLOT( slotNewKMM( Kopete::ChatSession * ) ) );
+
+	QStringList keys;
+	QMap<QString, QString> m = m_languages->languagesMap();
+	for ( int k = 0; k <= m_languages->numLanguages(); k++ )
+		keys << m[ m_languages->languageKey( k ) ];
+
+	m_actionLanguage = new KSelectAction( i18n( "Set &Language" ), "locale", 0, actionCollection(), "contactLanguage" );
+	m_actionLanguage->setItems( keys );
+	connect( m_actionLanguage, SIGNAL( activated() ), this, SLOT(slotSetLanguage() ) );
+	connect( Kopete::ContactList::self(), SIGNAL( metaContactSelected( bool ) ), this, SLOT( slotSelectionChanged( bool ) ) );
+
+	setXMLFile( "translatorui.rc" );
+
+	//Add GUI action to all already existing kmm (if the plugin is launched when kopete already rining)
+	QValueList<Kopete::ChatSession*> sessions = Kopete::ChatSessionManager::self()->sessions();
+	for (QValueListIterator<Kopete::ChatSession*> it= sessions.begin(); it!=sessions.end() ; ++it)
+	  slotNewKMM( *it );
+
+	loadSettings();
+	connect( this, SIGNAL( settingsChanged() ), this, SLOT( loadSettings() ) );
+}
+
+TranslatorPlugin::~TranslatorPlugin()
+{
+	kdDebug( 14308 ) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+	pluginStatic_ = 0L;
+}
+
+TranslatorPlugin* TranslatorPlugin::plugin()
+{
+	return pluginStatic_;
+}
+
+TranslatorPlugin* TranslatorPlugin::pluginStatic_ = 0L;
+
+void TranslatorPlugin::loadSettings()
+{
+	KConfig *config = KGlobal::config();
+	int mode = 0;
+
+	config->setGroup( "Translator Plugin" );
+	m_myLang = m_languages->languageKey( config->readNumEntry( "myLang" , 0 ) );
+	m_service = m_languages->serviceKey( config->readNumEntry( "Service", 0 ) );
+
+	if ( config->readBoolEntry( "IncomingDontTranslate", true ) )
+		mode = 0;
+	else if ( config->readBoolEntry( "IncomingShowOriginal", false ) )
+		mode = 1;
+	else if ( config->readBoolEntry( "IncomingTranslate", false ) )
+		mode = 2;
+
+	m_incomingMode = mode;
+
+	if ( config->readBoolEntry( "OutgoingDontTranslate", true ) )
+		mode = 0;
+	else if ( config->readBoolEntry( "OutgoingShowOriginal", false ) )
+		mode = 1;
+	else if ( config->readBoolEntry( "OutgoingTranslate", false ) )
+		mode = 2;
+	else if ( config->readBoolEntry( "OutgoingAsk", false ) )
+		mode = 3;
+
+	m_outgoingMode = mode;
+}
+
+void TranslatorPlugin::slotSelectionChanged( bool b )
+{
+	m_actionLanguage->setEnabled( b );
+
+	if ( !b )
+		return;
+
+	Kopete::MetaContact *m = Kopete::ContactList::self()->selectedMetaContacts().first();
+
+	if( !m )
+		return;
+
+	QString languageKey = m->pluginData( this, "languageKey" );
+	if ( !languageKey.isEmpty() && languageKey != "null" )
+		m_actionLanguage->setCurrentItem( m_languages->languageIndex( languageKey ) );
+	else
+		m_actionLanguage->setCurrentItem( m_languages->languageIndex( "null" ) );
+}
+
+void TranslatorPlugin::slotNewKMM( Kopete::ChatSession *KMM )
+{
+	new TranslatorGUIClient( KMM );
+}
+
+void TranslatorPlugin::slotIncomingMessage( Kopete::Message &msg )
+{
+	if ( m_incomingMode == DontTranslate )
+		return;
+
+	QString src_lang;
+	QString dst_lang;
+
+	if ( ( msg.direction() == Kopete::Message::Inbound ) && !msg.plainBody().isEmpty() )
+	{
+		Kopete::MetaContact *from = msg.from()->metaContact();
+		if ( !from )
+		{
+//			kdDebug( 14308 ) << k_funcinfo << "No metaContact for source contact" << endl;
+			return;
+		}
+		src_lang = from->pluginData( this, "languageKey" );
+		if( src_lang.isEmpty() || src_lang == "null" )
+		{
+//			kdDebug( 14308 ) << k_funcinfo << "Cannot determine src Metacontact language (" << from->displayName() << ")" << endl;
+			return;
+		}
+
+		dst_lang = m_myLang;
+
+		sendTranslation( msg, translateMessage( msg.plainBody(), src_lang, dst_lang ) );
+	}
+}
+
+void TranslatorPlugin::slotOutgoingMessage( Kopete::Message &msg )
+{
+	if ( m_outgoingMode == DontTranslate )
+		return;
+
+	QString src_lang;
+	QString dst_lang;
+
+	if ( ( msg.direction() == Kopete::Message::Outbound ) && ( !msg.plainBody().isEmpty() ) )
+	{
+		src_lang = m_myLang;
+
+		// Sad, we have to consider only the first To: metacontact
+		Kopete::MetaContact *to = msg.to().first()->metaContact();
+		if ( !to )
+		{
+//			kdDebug( 14308 ) << k_funcinfo << "No metaContact for first contact" << endl;
+			return;
+		}
+		dst_lang = to->pluginData( this, "languageKey" );
+		if ( dst_lang.isEmpty() || dst_lang == "null" )
+		{
+//			kdDebug( 14308 ) << k_funcinfo << "Cannot determine dst Metacontact language (" << to->displayName() << ")" << endl;
+			return;
+		}
+
+		sendTranslation( msg, translateMessage( msg.plainBody(), src_lang, dst_lang ) );
+	}
+}
+
+void TranslatorPlugin::translateMessage( const QString &msg, const QString &from, const QString &to, QObject *obj, const char* slot )
+{
+	QSignal completeSignal;
+	completeSignal.connect( obj, slot );
+
+	QString result = translateMessage( msg, from, to );
+
+	if(!result.isNull())
+	{
+		completeSignal.setValue( result );
+		completeSignal.activate();
+	}
+}
+
+QString TranslatorPlugin::translateMessage( const QString &msg, const QString &from, const QString &to )
+{
+	if ( from == to )
+	{
+		kdDebug( 14308 ) << k_funcinfo << "Src and Dst languages are the same" << endl;
+		return QString::null;
+	}
+
+	// We search for src_dst
+	if(! m_languages->supported( m_service ).contains( from + "_" + to ) )
+	{
+		kdDebug( 14308 ) << k_funcinfo << from << "_" << to << " is not supported by service " << m_service << endl;
+		return QString::null;
+	}
+		
+
+	if ( m_service == "babelfish" )
+		return babelTranslateMessage( msg ,from, to );
+	else if ( m_service == "google" )
+		return googleTranslateMessage( msg ,from, to );
+	else
+		return QString::null;
+}
+
+QString TranslatorPlugin::googleTranslateMessage( const QString &msg, const QString &from, const QString &to )
+{
+	KURL translatorURL ( "http://translate.google.com/translate_t");
+
+	QString body = KURL::encode_string( msg );
+	QString lp = from + "|" + to;
+
+	QCString postData = QString( "text=" + body + "&langpair=" + lp ).utf8();
+
+	QString gurl = "http://translate.google.com/translate_t?text=" + body +"&langpair=" + lp;
+	kdDebug(14308) << k_funcinfo << " URL: " << gurl << endl;
+	KURL geturl ( gurl );
+
+	KIO::TransferJob *job = KIO::get( geturl, false, true );
+	//job = KIO::http_post( translatorURL, postData, true );
+
+	//job->addMetaData( "content-type", "application/x-www-form-urlencoded" );
+	//job->addMetaData( "referrer", "http://www.google.com" );
+
+	QObject::connect( job, SIGNAL( data( KIO::Job *, const QByteArray & ) ), this, SLOT( slotDataReceived( KIO::Job *, const QByteArray & ) ) );
+	QObject::connect( job, SIGNAL( result( KIO::Job * ) ), this, SLOT( slotJobDone( KIO::Job * ) ) );
+
+	// KIO is async and we use a sync API, so use the processEvents hack to work around that
+	// FIXME: We need to make the libkopete API async to get rid of this processEvents.
+	//        It often causes crashes in the code. - Martijn
+	while ( !m_completed[ job ] )
+		qApp->processEvents();
+
+	QString data = QString::fromLatin1( m_data[ job ] );
+
+	// After hacks, we need to clean
+	m_data.remove( job );
+	m_completed.remove( job );
+
+//	kdDebug( 14308 ) << k_funcinfo << "Google response:"<< endl << data << endl;
+
+	QRegExp re( "<textarea name=q rows=5 cols=45 wrap=PHYSICAL>(.*)</textarea>" );
+	re.setMinimal( true );
+	re.search( data );
+
+	return re.cap( 1 );
+}
+
+QString TranslatorPlugin::babelTranslateMessage( const QString &msg, const QString &from, const QString &to )
+{
+	QString body = KURL::encode_string( msg);
+	QString lp = from + "_" + to;
+	QString gurl = "http://babelfish.altavista.com/babelfish/tr?enc=utf8&doit=done&tt=urltext&urltext=" + body + "&lp=" + lp;
+	KURL geturl ( gurl );
+
+	kdDebug( 14308 ) << k_funcinfo << "URL: " << gurl << endl;
+
+	KIO::TransferJob *job = KIO::get( geturl, false, true );
+
+	QObject::connect( job, SIGNAL( data( KIO::Job *, const QByteArray & ) ), this, SLOT( slotDataReceived( KIO::Job *, const QByteArray & ) ) );
+	QObject::connect( job, SIGNAL( result( KIO::Job * ) ), this, SLOT( slotJobDone( KIO::Job * ) ) );
+
+	// KIO is async and we use a sync API, so use the processEvents hack to work around that
+	// FIXME: We need to make the libkopete API async to get rid of this processEvents.
+	//        It often causes crashes in the code. - Martijn
+	while ( !m_completed[ job ] )
+		qApp->processEvents();
+
+	QString data = QString::fromUtf8( m_data[ job ] );
+
+	// After hacks, we need to clean
+	m_data.remove( job );
+	m_completed.remove( job );
+
+	//kdDebug( 14308 ) << k_funcinfo << "Babelfish response: " << endl << data << endl;
+
+	QRegExp re( "<Div style=padding:10px; lang=..>(.*)</div" );
+	re.setMinimal( true );
+	re.search( data );
+
+	return re.cap( 1 );
+}
+
+void TranslatorPlugin::sendTranslation( Kopete::Message &msg, const QString &translated )
+{
+	if ( translated.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		kdWarning( 14308 ) << k_funcinfo << "Translated text is empty" << endl;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	TranslateMode mode = DontTranslate;
+
+	switch ( msg.direction() )
+	{
+	case Kopete::Message::Outbound:
+		mode = TranslateMode( m_outgoingMode );
+		break;
+	case Kopete::Message::Inbound:
+		mode = TranslateMode( m_incomingMode );
+		break;
+	default:
+		kdWarning( 14308 ) << k_funcinfo << "Can't determine if it is an incoming or outgoing message" << endl;
+	};
+
+	switch ( mode )
+	{
+	case JustTranslate:
+		msg.setBody( translated, msg.format() );
+		break;
+	case ShowOriginal:
+		msg.setBody( i18n( "%2\nAuto Translated: %1" ).arg( translated, msg.plainBody() ), msg.format() );
+		break;
+	case ShowDialog:
+	{
+		TranslatorDialog *d = new TranslatorDialog( translated );
+		d->exec();
+		msg.setBody( d->translatedText(), msg.format() );
+		delete d;
+		break;
+	}
+	case DontTranslate:
+	default:
+		//do nothing
+		break;
+	};
+}
+
+void TranslatorPlugin::slotDataReceived ( KIO::Job *job, const QByteArray &data )
+{
+	m_data[ job ] += QCString( data, data.size() + 1 );
+}
+
+void TranslatorPlugin::slotJobDone ( KIO::Job *job )
+{
+	m_completed[ job ] = true;
+	QObject::disconnect( job, SIGNAL( data( KIO::Job *, const QByteArray & ) ), this, SLOT( slotDataReceived( KIO::Job *, const QByteArray & ) ) );
+	QObject::disconnect( job, SIGNAL( result( KIO::Job * ) ), this, SLOT( slotJobDone( KIO::Job * ) ) );
+}
+
+void TranslatorPlugin::slotSetLanguage()
+{
+	Kopete::MetaContact *m = Kopete::ContactList::self()->selectedMetaContacts().first();
+	if( m && m_actionLanguage )
+		m->setPluginData( this, "languageKey", m_languages->languageKey( m_actionLanguage->currentItem() ) );
+}
+
+#include "translatorplugin.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a04b509
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+    translatorplugin.h
+
+    Kopete Translatorfish Translator plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2001-2002 by Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett       <duncan@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2003 by Olivier Goffart      <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2003 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef BABELFISHPLUGIN_H
+#define BABELFISHPLUGIN_H
+
+#include <qobject.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qcstring.h>
+#include <qintdict.h>
+
+
+#include <kio/job.h>
+
+#include "kopetemessage.h"
+#include "kopeteplugin.h"
+
+
+class QString;
+class KSelectAction;
+
+namespace Kopete { class Message; }
+namespace Kopete { class MetaContact; }
+namespace Kopete { class ChatSession; }
+
+class TranslatorPreferences;
+class TranslatorGUIClient;
+class TranslatorLanguages;
+
+/**
+ * @author Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett   <duncan@kde.org>
+ *
+ * Kopete Translator Plugin
+ */
+class TranslatorPlugin : public Kopete::Plugin
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+friend class TranslatorGUIClient;
+
+public:
+	static  TranslatorPlugin  *plugin();
+
+	TranslatorPlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args );
+	~TranslatorPlugin();
+
+	enum TranslateMode
+	{
+		DontTranslate	= 0,
+		ShowOriginal 	= 1,
+		JustTranslate	= 2,
+		ShowDialog   	= 3
+	};
+
+private slots:
+	void slotIncomingMessage( Kopete::Message& msg );
+	void slotOutgoingMessage( Kopete::Message& msg );
+	void slotDataReceived ( KIO::Job *, const QByteArray &data);
+	void slotJobDone ( KIO::Job *);
+	void slotSetLanguage();
+	void slotSelectionChanged(bool);
+	void slotNewKMM(Kopete::ChatSession *);
+	void loadSettings();
+
+public:
+	QString translateMessage( const QString &, const QString &, const QString & );
+	void translateMessage( const QString &, const QString &, const QString & , QObject * , const char*);
+
+protected:
+	QString googleTranslateMessage( const QString &, const QString &, const QString & );
+	QString babelTranslateMessage(const QString &, const QString &, const QString & );
+
+private:
+
+	QMap< KIO::Job *, QCString> m_data;
+	QMap< KIO::Job *, bool> m_completed;
+
+	KSelectAction* m_actionLanguage;
+
+	static TranslatorPlugin* pluginStatic_;
+	TranslatorLanguages *m_languages;
+
+	//Settings
+	QString m_myLang;
+	QString m_service;
+	unsigned int m_outgoingMode;
+	unsigned int m_incomingMode;
+
+private:
+	void sendTranslation(Kopete::Message &msg, const QString &translated);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorprefs.cpp b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorprefs.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cb67c4c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorprefs.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+    translatorprefs.cpp - Kopete Translator plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2001-2002 by Duncan Mac-Vicar Prett   <duncan@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2002-2003 by Olivier Goffart       <ogoffart @ kde.org>
+    Kopete    (c) 2002-2003 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                       *
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include "kcautoconfigmodule.h"
+#include "translatorprefsbase.h"
+#include "translatorlanguages.h"
+#include <qcombobox.h>
+
+
+class TranslatorPreferences;
+typedef KGenericFactory<TranslatorPreferences> TranslatorConfigFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kcm_kopete_translator, TranslatorConfigFactory( "kcm_kopete_translator" ) )
+
+class TranslatorPreferences : public KCAutoConfigModule
+{
+public:
+	TranslatorPreferences( QWidget *parent = 0, const char * = 0, const QStringList &args = QStringList() ) : KCAutoConfigModule( TranslatorConfigFactory::instance(), parent, args )
+	{
+		TranslatorPrefsUI *preferencesDialog = new TranslatorPrefsUI(this);
+
+		TranslatorLanguages languages;
+		QMap<QString,QString>::ConstIterator i;
+		QMap<QString,QString> m;
+
+		m = languages.languagesMap();
+		for ( i = m.begin(); i != m.end() ; ++i )
+			preferencesDialog->myLang->insertItem( i.data(), languages.languageIndex(i.key()) );
+
+		m = languages.servicesMap();
+		for ( i = m.begin(); i != m.end() ; ++i )
+			preferencesDialog->Service->insertItem( i.data(), languages.serviceIndex(i.key()) );
+
+		setMainWidget( preferencesDialog , "Translator Plugin");
+	}
+};
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorprefsbase.ui b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorprefsbase.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..56b75543
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorprefsbase.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.1" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>TranslatorPrefsUI</class>
+<author>Duncan Mac-Vicar P.</author>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>TranslatorPrefsUI</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>401</width>
+            <height>417</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <property name="sizePolicy">
+        <sizepolicy>
+            <hsizetype>5</hsizetype>
+            <vsizetype>5</vsizetype>
+            <horstretch>1</horstretch>
+            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+        </sizepolicy>
+    </property>
+    <grid>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QComboBox" row="1" column="1">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>Service</cstring>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QLabel" row="1" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>TextLabel2_2</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>Translation service:</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QLabel" row="0" column="0">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>TextLabel2</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="text">
+                <string>Default native language:</string>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QComboBox" row="0" column="1">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>myLang</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizePolicy">
+                <sizepolicy>
+                    <hsizetype>1</hsizetype>
+                    <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
+                    <horstretch>1</horstretch>
+                    <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                </sizepolicy>
+            </property>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QButtonGroup" row="2" column="0" rowspan="1" colspan="2">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>IncomingMessages</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Incoming Messages</string>
+            </property>
+            <vbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>IncomingDontTranslate</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Do not translate</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="checked">
+                        <bool>true</bool>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="buttonGroupId">
+                        <number>0</number>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>IncomingShowOriginal</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Show the original message</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="checked">
+                        <bool>false</bool>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="buttonGroupId">
+                        <number>1</number>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>IncomingTranslate</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Translate directly</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="buttonGroupId">
+                        <number>2</number>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+            </vbox>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QButtonGroup" row="3" column="0" rowspan="1" colspan="2">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>OutgoingMessages</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Outgoing Messages</string>
+            </property>
+            <vbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>OutgoingDontTranslate</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Do not translate</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="checked">
+                        <bool>true</bool>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="buttonGroupId">
+                        <number>0</number>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>OutgoingShowOriginal</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Show the original message</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="checked">
+                        <bool>false</bool>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="buttonGroupId">
+                        <number>1</number>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>OutgoingTranslate</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Translate directly</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>OutgoingAsk</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Show dialog before sending</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+            </vbox>
+        </widget>
+        <spacer row="4" column="0" rowspan="1" colspan="2">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>Spacer2</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="orientation">
+                <enum>Vertical</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeType">
+                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeHint">
+                <size>
+                    <width>20</width>
+                    <height>20</height>
+                </size>
+            </property>
+        </spacer>
+    </grid>
+</widget>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+</UI>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorui.rc b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorui.rc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d583b6a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/translator/translatorui.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<!DOCTYPE kpartgui>
+<kpartgui name="kopete_translator" version="1">
+	<MenuBar>
+		<Menu name="edit">
+			<text>&amp;Edit</text>
+			<Action name="contactLanguage" />
+		</Menu>
+	</MenuBar>
+	<Menu name="contact_popup">
+		<Action name="contactLanguage" />
+  	</Menu>
+</kpartgui>
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/webpresence/DESIGN b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/DESIGN
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d62c9c34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/DESIGN
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+Kopete Web Presence Plugin
+
+What It Does
+Provides a view of the current state of your contact list as a webpage.
+
+How It Does It
+Every so often, it writes a file containing a snapshot of who is online and who is not in your contactlist to a location you specify.  This can be a local file, an FTP server, a HTTP server, or anywhere else that KIO can access.
+
+Use KIO::NetAccess to upload the files!
+
+Getting Info about Local User's Status
+Goal is to allow ppl who don't have us on their contactlist to see what our current status is and what our UIN/id is for each protocol.  So we need to know (protocol, uin, status).
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/webpresence/Makefile.am b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7f859379
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = $(KOPETE_INCLUDES) $(all_includes) $(LIBXML_CFLAGS) $(LIBXSLT_CFLAGS)
+
+kde_module_LTLIBRARIES = kopete_webpresence.la kcm_kopete_webpresence.la
+
+kopete_webpresence_la_SOURCES     = webpresenceplugin.cpp
+
+kopete_webpresence_la_LDFLAGS     = -module  -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kopete_webpresence_la_LIBADD      = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la $(LIBXML_LIBS) $(LIBXSLT_LIBS)
+
+kcm_kopete_webpresence_la_SOURCES = webpresencepreferences.cpp webpresenceprefs.ui
+kcm_kopete_webpresence_la_LDFLAGS = -module -no-undefined $(KDE_PLUGIN) $(all_libraries)
+kcm_kopete_webpresence_la_LIBADD  = ../../libkopete/libkopete.la  $(LIB_KUTILS)
+
+service_DATA = kopete_webpresence.desktop
+servicedir = $(kde_servicesdir)
+
+kcm_DATA = kopete_webpresence_config.desktop
+kcmdir = $(kde_servicesdir)/kconfiguredialog
+
+mydata_DATA = webpresence_html.xsl\
+	      webpresence_html_images.xsl\
+	      webpresence_xhtml.xsl\
+	      webpresence_xhtml_images.xsl
+mydatadir = $(kde_datadir)/kopete/webpresence
+EXTRA_DIST = $(mydata_DATA)
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/webpresence/TODO b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/TODO
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..28b78c3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/TODO
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+1) Investigate how to include the plugin's output server side to give users a start.
+1a) XSLT processing?
+
+2) Icon
+
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/webpresence/kopete_webpresence.desktop b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/kopete_webpresence.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..85068ce2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/kopete_webpresence.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+X-Kopete-Version=1000900
+Icon=html
+ServiceTypes=Kopete/Plugin
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_webpresence
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Author=Will Stephenson
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Email=will@stevello.free-online.co.uk
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=kopete_webpresence
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Version=0.8.0
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Website=http://www.cs.ncl.ac.uk/old/people/william.stephenson
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Category=Plugins
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-Depends=
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-License=GPL
+X-KDE-PluginInfo-EnabledByDefault=false
+Comment=Show the status of (parts of) your contact list on a webpage
+Comment[ar]=يظهر حالة أجزاء من قائمة أتصالاتك على صفحة الشبكة
+Comment[be]=Паказвае спіс кантактаў ці яго частку на старонцы Сеціва
+Comment[bg]=Приставка за показвана състоянието на (част от) списъка с контакти като уеб страница
+Comment[bn]=একটি ওয়েবপেজে আপনার যোগাযোগ তালিকার (এর অংশের) অবস্থা প্রদর্শন করে
+Comment[bs]=Pokazuje status (dijelova) vaše kontakt liste na web stranici
+Comment[ca]=Mostra l'estatus de (parts de) la vostra llista de contactes a una pàgina web
+Comment[cs]=Zobrazí stav (části) seznamu kontaktů na webu
+Comment[cy]=Dangos cyflwr o (rannau o) eich rhestr cysylltiadau ar dudalen wê
+Comment[da]=Vis status for (dele af) din kontaktliste på en netside
+Comment[de]=Zeigt den Status (von Teilen) der eigenen Kontaktliste auf einer Internetseite
+Comment[el]=Εμφάνιση της κατάστασης της λίστας επαφών σας σε ιστοσελίδα
+Comment[es]=Mostrar el estado de (partes de) su lista de contactos en una página web
+Comment[et]=Näitab (vähemalt osa) kontaktide staatust veebileheküljel
+Comment[eu]=Erakutsi zure kontaktu zerrendaren (edo zati baten) egoera web orri batean
+Comment[fa]=وضعیت )اجزایی از( فهرست تماس شما را روی صفحۀ وب نمایش می‌دهد
+Comment[fi]=Näytä kontaktien tila www-sivulla
+Comment[fr]=Affiche l'état de connexion de votre liste (ou d'une partie) sur une page internet
+Comment[gl]=Mostra o status da túa lista de contactos (ou parte) nunha páxina web
+Comment[he]=מציא את מצב ההתחברות של חברים ברשימת הקשר שלך )או של חלקם( בעמוד WEB.
+Comment[hi]=वेब पृष्ठ पर आपकी सम्पर्क सूची की स्थिति (या आंशिक) दिखाए
+Comment[hr]=Prikazivanje statusa (dijelova) vaše liste kontakata na web stranici
+Comment[hu]=A partnerlista-tagok állapotának megjelenítése weboldalon
+Comment[is]=Sýnir stöðu (hluta) lista þinna á vefsíðu
+Comment[it]=Mostra lo stato della (o parte della) tua lista contatti su una pagina web
+Comment[ja]=コンタクトリスト (の一部) の状態をウェブページに表示
+Comment[ka]=სტატუსის ვებ გვერდზე ჩვენება
+Comment[kk]=Контакттарыңыздың тізімінің (не оның бөлігінің) күйін веб парақта көрсетеді
+Comment[km]=បង្ហាញ​ស្ថានភាព (ផ្នែក) នៃ​បញ្ជី​ទំនាក់​ទំនង​របស់​អ្នក​នៅ​លើ​ទំព័រ​វ៉េប
+Comment[lt]=Rodyti kontaktų sąrašo (sąrašo dalies) būklę internetiniame puslapyje
+Comment[mk]=Го прикажува статусот на (деловите на) вашата листа со контакти на вебстраница
+Comment[nb]=Vis tilstanden til (deler av) kontaktlista de på en nettside
+Comment[nds]=Wiest den Status (vun en poor) vun Dien Kontakten op en Nettsiet
+Comment[ne]=वेबपृष्ठमा तपाईँको सम्पर्क सूची (भागको) वस्तुस्थिति देखाउनुहोस्
+Comment[nl]=Toont de status van (delen van) uw contactenlijst op een webpagina
+Comment[nn]=Vis tilstanden til (delar av) kontaktlista på ei nettside
+Comment[pl]=Pokazuje status (części) Twojej listy kontaktów na stronie WWW
+Comment[pt]=Mostra o estado (de partes) da sua lista de contactos numa página Web
+Comment[pt_BR]=Mostra o status de (ou parte de) sua lista de contatos em uma página web
+Comment[ru]=Отображает состояние вашего списка контактов (или его части) на странице в Сети
+Comment[sk]=Zobrazenie stavu (časti) zo zoznamu kontaktov na webovej stránke
+Comment[sl]=Pokaže stanje (dela) vašega seznama stikov na spletni strani
+Comment[sr]=Приказивање статуса (делова) ваше листе контаката на веб страници
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Prikazivanje statusa (delova) vaše liste kontakata na veb stranici
+Comment[sv]=Visa status för (delar av) din kontaktlista på en webbsida
+Comment[ta]=இணைய பக்கத்தில் உங்கள் தொடர்பாளரின் நிலைப்பட்டியலை காட்டு
+Comment[tg]=Ҳолати (қисме аз) рӯйхати пайвастшавии шуморо дар саҳифаи шабака нишон медиҳад
+Comment[tr]=Bağlantı listesinde web sayfası olanların (bölümler) durumunu göster
+Comment[uk]=Показує стан вашого списку контактів (або його частини) на сторінці у Тенетах
+Comment[zh_CN]=在网页上显示您联系人的状态
+Comment[zh_HK]=在網頁上顯示您（一部份）聯絡人清單的狀態
+Comment[zh_TW]=在網頁上顯示（部份）您的聯絡人的狀態
+Name=Web Presence
+Name[ar]=موقع على الشبكة
+Name[be]=Сеціўная прысутнасць
+Name[bg]=Уеб присъствие
+Name[bn]=ওয়েব উপস্থিতি
+Name[bs]=Web prisustvo
+Name[ca]=Web de presència
+Name[cs]=Přítomnost na webu
+Name[cy]=Presenoldeb Gwê
+Name[da]=WWW-nærvær
+Name[de]=Web-Präsenz
+Name[el]=Παρουσία σε ιστοσελίδα
+Name[eo]=TTT-Prezenco
+Name[es]=Presencia Web
+Name[et]=Veebinimekiri
+Name[fa]=حضور وب
+Name[fi]=WWW-paikallaolo
+Name[fr]=Présence sur le web
+Name[gl]=Presencia na web
+Name[he]=נוכחות רשת
+Name[hi]=वेब उपस्थिति
+Name[hr]=Prisutnost na webu
+Name[hu]=Webes jelenlét
+Name[is]=Á vefnum
+Name[it]=Presenza web
+Name[ja]=ウェブプレゼンス
+Name[ka]=ვებ თვისებები
+Name[kk]=Вебте қатысу
+Name[km]=វត្តមាន​វ៉េប
+Name[lt]=Rodyti internete
+Name[mk]=Присуство на веб 
+Name[nb]=Profil på nettet
+Name[nds]=Nett-Praatschap
+Name[ne]=वेब उपस्थिति
+Name[nl]=Web-aanwezigheid
+Name[nn]=Profil på nettet
+Name[pl]=Status na WWW
+Name[pt]=Presença na Web
+Name[pt_BR]=Presença Web
+Name[ro]=Prezenţă Web
+Name[ru]=Присутствие в Сети
+Name[sk]=Prítomnosť na webe
+Name[sl]=Spletna prisotnost
+Name[sr]=Присутност на Вебу
+Name[sr@Latn]=Prisutnost na Vebu
+Name[sv]=Webbnärvaro
+Name[ta]=இணைய இருப்பு
+Name[tg]=Мавҷудияти Web
+Name[tr]=Web Hazır Bulunması
+Name[uk]=Присутність у Тенет
+Name[zh_CN]=Web 状态
+Name[zh_HK]=網上狀態
+Name[zh_TW]=網頁連線
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/webpresence/kopete_webpresence_config.desktop b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/kopete_webpresence_config.desktop
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a714d602
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/kopete_webpresence_config.desktop
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Type=Service
+Icon=html
+ServiceTypes=KCModule
+
+X-KDE-ModuleType=Library
+X-KDE-Library=kopete_webpresence
+X-KDE-FactoryName=WebPrecencePreferencesFactory
+X-KDE-ParentApp=kopete_webpresence
+X-KDE-ParentComponents=kopete_webpresence
+
+Comment=Show the status of (parts of) your contact list on a web page
+Comment[ar]=يظهر حالة أجزاء من قائمة أتصالاتك على الشبكة
+Comment[be]=Паказвае стан спіса кантактаў ці яго часткі на старонцы Сеціва
+Comment[bg]=Приставка за показвана състоянието на (част от) списъка с контакти като уеб страница
+Comment[bn]=একটি ওয়েবপেজে আপনার যোগাযোগ তালিকার (এর অংশের) অবস্থা প্রদর্শন করে
+Comment[bs]=Pokazuje status (dijelova) vaše kontakt liste na web stranici
+Comment[ca]=Mostra l'estatus de (parts de) la vostra llista de contactes sobre una pàgina web
+Comment[cs]=Zobrazí stav (části) seznamu kontaktů na webu
+Comment[cy]=Dangos cyflwr o (rannau o) eich rhestr cysylltiadau ar dudalen wê
+Comment[da]=Vis status for (dele af) din kontaktliste på en netside
+Comment[de]=Zeigt den Status (von Teilen) der eigenen Kontaktliste auf einer Internetseite
+Comment[el]=Εμφάνιση της κατάστασης της λίστας επαφών σας σε ιστοσελίδα
+Comment[es]=Mostrar el estado de (partes de) su lista de contactos en una página web
+Comment[et]=Näitab (vähemalt osa) kontaktide staatust veebileheküljel
+Comment[eu]=Erakutsi zure kontaktu zerrendaren (edo zati baten) egoera web orri batean
+Comment[fa]=وضعیت )اجزایی از( فهرست تماس شما را روی صفحۀ وب نمایش می‌دهد
+Comment[fi]=Näytä kontaktien tila www-sivulla
+Comment[fr]=Afficher l'état de connexion de votre liste (ou d'une partie) sur une page internet
+Comment[gl]=Amosar o estado da (parte da) súa lista de contactos nunha páxina web
+Comment[he]=מציא את מצב ההתחברות של חברים ברשימת הקשר שלך )או של חלקם( בעמוד WEB.
+Comment[hi]=वेब पृष्ठ पर आपकी सम्पर्क सूची की स्थिति (या आंशिक) दिखाए
+Comment[hr]=Prikazivanje statusa (dijelova) vaše liste kontakata na web stranici
+Comment[hu]=A partnerek állapotának megjelenítése weboldalon
+Comment[is]=Sýnir stöðu (hluta) lista þinna á vefsíðu
+Comment[it]=Mostra lo stato (o una parte) della tua lista contatti su una pagina web
+Comment[ja]=コンタクトリスト (の一部) の状態をウェブページに表示
+Comment[ka]=სტატუსის ვებ გვერდზე ჩვენება
+Comment[kk]=Контакттарыңыздың тізімінің (не оның бөлігінің) күйін веб парақта көрсетеді
+Comment[km]=បង្ហាញ​ស្ថានភាព (ផ្នែក) នៃ​បញ្ជី​ទំនាក់​ទំនង​របស់​អ្នក​នៅ​លើ​ទំព័រ​វ៉េប
+Comment[lt]=Rodyti kontaktų sąrašo (sąrašo dalies) būklę internetiniame puslapyje
+Comment[mk]=Го прикажува статусот на (деловите на) вашата листа со контакти на вебстраница
+Comment[nb]=Vis tilstanden til (deler av) kontaktlista de på en nettside
+Comment[nds]=Wiest den Status (vun en poor) vun Dien Kontakten op en Nettsiet
+Comment[ne]=वेबपृष्ठमा तपाईँको सम्पर्क सूची (भागको) वस्तुस्थिति देखाउनुहोस्
+Comment[nl]=Toont de status van (delen van) uw contactenlijst op een webpagina
+Comment[nn]=Vis tilstanden til (delar av) kontaktlista på ei nettside
+Comment[pl]=Pokazuje status (części) Twojej listy kontaktów na stronie WWW
+Comment[pt]=Mostra o estado (de partes) da sua lista de contactos numa página Web
+Comment[pt_BR]=Mostra o status de (ou parte de) sua lista de contatos em uma página web
+Comment[ru]=Отображает состояние вашего списка контактов (или его части) на странице в Сети
+Comment[sk]=Zobrazenie stavu (časti) zo zoznamu kontaktov na webovej stránke
+Comment[sl]=Pokaže stanje (dela) vašega seznama stikov na spletni strani
+Comment[sr]=Приказивање статуса (делова) ваше листе контаката на веб страници
+Comment[sr@Latn]=Prikazivanje statusa (delova) vaše liste kontakata na veb stranici
+Comment[sv]=Visa status för (delar av) din kontaktlista på en webbsida
+Comment[ta]=இணைய பக்கத்தில் உங்கள் தொடர்பாளர் நிலைப்பட்டியலை காட்டு
+Comment[tg]=Ҳолати (қисме аз) рӯйхати пайвастшавии шуморо дар саҳифаи шабака нишон медиҳад
+Comment[tr]=Bağlantı listesinde web sayfası olanların (bölümler) durumunu göster
+Comment[uk]=Показує стан вашого списку контактів (або його частини) на сторінці у Тенетах
+Comment[zh_CN]=在网页上显示您联系人的状态
+Comment[zh_HK]=在網頁上顯示您（一部份）聯絡人清單的狀態
+Comment[zh_TW]=在網頁上顯示（部份）您的聯絡人的狀態
+Name=Web Presence
+Name[ar]=موقع على الشبكة
+Name[be]=Сеціўная прысутнасць
+Name[bg]=Уеб присъствие
+Name[bn]=ওয়েব উপস্থিতি
+Name[bs]=Web prisustvo
+Name[ca]=Web de presència
+Name[cs]=Přítomnost na webu
+Name[cy]=Presenoldeb Gwê
+Name[da]=WWW-nærvær
+Name[de]=Web-Präsenz
+Name[el]=Παρουσία σε ιστοσελίδα
+Name[eo]=TTT-Prezenco
+Name[es]=Presencia Web
+Name[et]=Veebinimekiri
+Name[fa]=حضور وب
+Name[fi]=WWW-paikallaolo
+Name[fr]=Présence sur le web
+Name[gl]=Presencia na web
+Name[he]=נוכחות רשת
+Name[hi]=वेब उपस्थिति
+Name[hr]=Prisutnost na webu
+Name[hu]=Webes jelenlét
+Name[is]=Á vefnum
+Name[it]=Presenza web
+Name[ja]=ウェブプレゼンス
+Name[ka]=ვებ თვისებები
+Name[kk]=Вебте қатысу
+Name[km]=វត្តមាន​វ៉េប
+Name[lt]=Rodyti internete
+Name[mk]=Присуство на веб 
+Name[nb]=Profil på nettet
+Name[nds]=Nett-Praatschap
+Name[ne]=वेब उपस्थिति
+Name[nl]=Web-aanwezigheid
+Name[nn]=Profil på nettet
+Name[pl]=Status na WWW
+Name[pt]=Presença na Web
+Name[pt_BR]=Presença Web
+Name[ro]=Prezenţă Web
+Name[ru]=Присутствие в Сети
+Name[sk]=Prítomnosť na webe
+Name[sl]=Spletna prisotnost
+Name[sr]=Присутност на Вебу
+Name[sr@Latn]=Prisutnost na Vebu
+Name[sv]=Webbnärvaro
+Name[ta]=இணைய இருப்பு
+Name[tg]=Мавҷудияти Web
+Name[tr]=Web Hazır Bulunması
+Name[uk]=Присутність у Тенет
+Name[zh_CN]=Web 状态
+Name[zh_HK]=網上狀態
+Name[zh_TW]=網頁連線
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresence_html.xsl b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresence_html.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f768ccf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresence_html.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<xsl:stylesheet version="1.0"
+	xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform">
+
+	<!--
+		HTML 4.01 Transitional
+	-->
+
+	<xsl:output
+		doctype-public="-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+		doctype-system="http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"
+		indent="yes"
+		method="html"
+		encoding="ISO-8859-1"
+		omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
+
+	<xsl:template match="webpresence">
+		<html>
+			<head>
+				<title>My IM Status</title>
+			</head>
+			<body>
+				<p class="name"><xsl:value-of select="name"/></p>
+				<xsl:apply-templates select="accounts"/>
+				<hr/>
+				<font size="-2">
+					<xsl:text>Last update at: </xsl:text>
+					<xsl:value-of select="listdate"/>
+				</font>
+			</body>
+		</html>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="accounts">
+		<table>
+			<xsl:for-each select="account">
+			<tr>
+				<td class="protocol">
+					<xsl:apply-templates select="protocol"/>
+				</td>
+				<td class="accountname">
+					<xsl:value-of select="accountname"/>
+				</td>
+				<td class="accountstatus">
+					<xsl:apply-templates select="accountstatus"/>
+				</td>
+				<td class="accountaddress">
+					<xsl:value-of select="accountaddress"/>
+				</td>
+			</tr>
+			</xsl:for-each>
+		</table>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="protocol">
+		<xsl:choose>
+			<xsl:when test=".='AIMProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>AIM</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='MSNProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>MSN</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='ICQProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>ICQ</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='JabberProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>Jabber</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='YahooProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>Yahoo</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='GaduProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>Gadu-Gadu</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='WPProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>WinPopup</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='SMSProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>SMS</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='IRCProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>IRC</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:otherwise>
+				<xsl:text>Unknown</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:otherwise>
+		</xsl:choose>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="accountstatus">
+		<xsl:choose>
+			<xsl:when test=".='ONLINE'">
+				<font color="#00FF00">
+					<xsl:value-of select="."/>
+				</font>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='OFFLINE'">
+				<font color="red">
+					<xsl:value-of select="."/>
+				</font>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='AWAY'">
+				<font color="maroon">
+					<xsl:value-of select="."/>
+				</font>
+				<xsl:if test="@statusdescription != 'Away' or @awayreason">
+					<xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
+				</xsl:if>
+				<xsl:if test="@statusdescription != 'Away'">
+					<xsl:value-of select="@statusdescription"/>
+					<xsl:if test="@awayreason">
+						<xsl:text>: </xsl:text>
+					</xsl:if>
+				</xsl:if>
+				<xsl:if test="@awayreason">
+					<xsl:value-of select="@awayreason"/>
+				</xsl:if>
+				<xsl:if test="@statusdescription != 'Away' or @awayreason">
+					<xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
+				</xsl:if>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='UNKNOWN'">
+				<font color="gray">
+					<xsl:value-of select="."/>
+				</font>
+				<xsl:if test="@statusdescription">
+					<xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
+					<xsl:value-of select="@statusdescription"/>
+					<xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
+				</xsl:if>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:otherwise>
+				<xsl:value-of select="."/>
+			</xsl:otherwise>
+		</xsl:choose>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
+
+<!-- vim: set ts=4 sts=4 sw=4: -->
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresence_html_images.xsl b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresence_html_images.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b707046
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresence_html_images.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<xsl:stylesheet version="1.0"
+	xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform">
+
+	<!--
+		HTML 4.01 Transitional - protocol text replaced with icons
+
+		NOTE: You will have to create a dir 'images' at the
+		upload location containing the files named below.
+	-->
+
+	<!--
+		Import the HTML XSL sheet, and replace the <protocol>
+		handling with our own template.
+	-->
+
+	<xsl:import href="webpresence_html.xsl"/>
+
+	<!--
+		You can change the image directory with this variable.
+	-->
+
+	<xsl:variable name="images">images</xsl:variable>
+
+	<xsl:template match="protocol">
+		<xsl:choose>
+			<xsl:when test=".='MSNProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/msn_protocol.png" alt="MSN" title="MSN"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='ICQProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/icq_protocol.png" alt="ICQ" title="ICQ"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='JabberProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/jabber_protocol.png" alt="Jabber" title="Jabber"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='YahooProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/yahoo_protocol.png" alt="Yahoo" title="Yahoo"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='AIMProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/aim_protocol.png" alt="AIM" title="AIM"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='IRCProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/irc_protocol.png" alt="IRC" title="IRC"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='SMSProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/sms_protocol.png" alt="SMS" title="SMS"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='GaduProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/gadu_protocol.png" alt="Gadu-Gadu" title="Gadu-Gadu"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='WPProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/winpopup_protocol.png" alt="WinPopup" title="WinPopup"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+		</xsl:choose>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
+
+<!-- vim: set ts=4 sts=4 sw=4: -->
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresence_xhtml.xsl b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresence_xhtml.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9d749c14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresence_xhtml.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<xsl:stylesheet version="1.0"
+	xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
+	xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+	<!--
+		XHTML 1.0 Strict
+	-->
+
+	<xsl:output
+		doctype-public="-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+		doctype-system="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"
+		indent="yes"
+		encoding="UTF-8"/>
+
+	<xsl:template match="webpresence">
+		<html>
+			<head>
+				<title>My IM Status</title>
+			</head>
+			<body>
+				<p class="name"><xsl:value-of select="name"/></p>
+				<xsl:apply-templates select="accounts"/>
+				<hr/>
+				<p style="font-size: x-small">
+					<xsl:text>Last update at: </xsl:text>
+					<xsl:value-of select="listdate"/>
+				</p>
+			</body>
+		</html>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="accounts">
+		<table>
+			<xsl:for-each select="account">
+			<tr>
+				<td class="protocol">
+					<xsl:apply-templates select="protocol"/>
+				</td>
+				<td class="accountname">
+					<xsl:value-of select="accountname"/>
+				</td>
+				<td class="accountstatus">
+					<xsl:apply-templates select="accountstatus"/>
+				</td>
+				<td class="accountaddress">
+					<xsl:value-of select="accountaddress"/>
+				</td>
+			</tr>
+			</xsl:for-each>
+		</table>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="protocol">
+		<xsl:choose>
+			<xsl:when test=".='AIMProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>AIM</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='MSNProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>MSN</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='ICQProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>ICQ</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='JabberProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>Jabber</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='YahooProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>Yahoo</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='GaduProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>Gadu-Gadu</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='WPProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>WinPopup</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='SMSProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>SMS</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='IRCProtocol'">
+				<xsl:text>IRC</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:otherwise>
+				<xsl:text>Unknown</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:otherwise>
+		</xsl:choose>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="accountstatus">
+		<xsl:choose>
+			<xsl:when test=".='ONLINE'">
+				<span style="color: lime">
+					<xsl:value-of select="."/>
+				</span>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='OFFLINE'">
+				<span style="color: red">
+					<xsl:value-of select="."/>
+				</span>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='AWAY'">
+				<span style="color: maroon">
+					<xsl:value-of select="."/>
+				</span>
+				<xsl:if test="@statusdescription != 'Away' or @awayreason">
+					<xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
+				</xsl:if>
+				<xsl:if test="@statusdescription != 'Away'">
+					<xsl:value-of select="@statusdescription"/>
+					<xsl:if test="@awayreason">
+						<xsl:text>: </xsl:text>
+					</xsl:if>
+				</xsl:if>
+				<xsl:if test="@awayreason">
+					<xsl:value-of select="@awayreason"/>
+				</xsl:if>
+				<xsl:if test="@statusdescription != 'Away' or @awayreason">
+					<xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
+				</xsl:if>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='UNKNOWN'">
+				<span style="color: gray">
+					<xsl:value-of select="."/>
+				</span>
+				<xsl:if test="@statusdescription">
+					<xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
+					<xsl:value-of select="@statusdescription"/>
+					<xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
+				</xsl:if>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:otherwise>
+				<xsl:value-of select="."/>
+			</xsl:otherwise>
+		</xsl:choose>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
+
+<!-- vim: set ts=4 sts=4 sw=4: -->
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresence_xhtml_images.xsl b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresence_xhtml_images.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8254a674
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresence_xhtml_images.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<xsl:stylesheet version="1.0"
+	xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
+	xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+
+	<!--
+		XHTML 1.0 Strict - protocol text replaced with icons
+
+		NOTE: You will have to create a dir 'images' at the
+		upload location containing the files named below.
+	-->
+
+	<!--
+		Import the XHTML XSL sheet, and replace the <protocol>
+		handling with our own template.
+	-->
+
+	<xsl:import href="webpresence_xhtml.xsl"/>
+
+	<!--
+		You can change the image directory with this variable.
+	-->
+
+	<xsl:variable name="images">images</xsl:variable>
+
+	<xsl:template match="protocol">
+		<xsl:choose>
+			<xsl:when test=".='MSNProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/msn_protocol.png" alt="MSN" title="MSN"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='ICQProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/icq_protocol.png" alt="ICQ" title="ICQ"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='JabberProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/jabber_protocol.png" alt="Jabber" title="Jabber"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='YahooProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/yahoo_protocol.png" alt="Yahoo" title="Yahoo"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='AIMProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/aim_protocol.png" alt="AIM" title="AIM"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='IRCProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/irc_protocol.png" alt="IRC" title="IRC"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='SMSProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/sms_protocol.png" alt="SMS" title="SMS"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='GaduProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/gadu_protocol.png" alt="Gadu-Gadu" title="Gadu-Gadu"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:when test=".='WPProtocol'">
+				<img src="{$images}/winpopup_protocol.png" alt="WinPopup" title="WinPopup"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+		</xsl:choose>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
+
+<!-- vim: set ts=4 sts=4 sw=4: -->
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresenceplugin.cpp b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresenceplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1856d94c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresenceplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,473 @@
+/*
+   webpresenceplugin.cpp
+
+   Kopete Web Presence plugin
+
+   Copyright (c) 2005      by Tommi Rantala   <tommi.rantala@cs.helsinki.fi>
+   Copyright (c) 2002,2003 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+
+   Kopete    (c) 2002-2005 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+ *************************************************************************
+ *                                                                    	 *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                       *
+ *************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include <qdom.h>
+#include <qtimer.h>
+#include <qfile.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kconfig.h>
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kmessagebox.h>
+#include <ktempfile.h>
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XSLT
+#include <libxml/parser.h>
+#include <libxml/tree.h>
+
+#include <libxslt/xsltconfig.h>
+#include <libxslt/xsltInternals.h>
+#include <libxslt/transform.h>
+#include <libxslt/xsltutils.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "kopetepluginmanager.h"
+#include "kopeteprotocol.h"
+#include "kopeteaccountmanager.h"
+#include "kopeteaccount.h"
+
+#include "webpresenceplugin.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<WebPresencePlugin> WebPresencePluginFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kopete_webpresence, WebPresencePluginFactory( "kopete_webpresence" )  )
+
+WebPresencePlugin::WebPresencePlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList& /*args*/ )
+	: Kopete::Plugin( WebPresencePluginFactory::instance(), parent, name ),
+	shuttingDown( false ), resultFormatting( WEB_HTML )
+{
+	m_writeScheduler = new QTimer( this );
+	connect ( m_writeScheduler, SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, SLOT( slotWriteFile() ) );
+	connect( Kopete::AccountManager::self(), SIGNAL(accountRegistered(Kopete::Account*)),
+				this, SLOT( listenToAllAccounts() ) );
+	connect( Kopete::AccountManager::self(), SIGNAL(accountUnregistered(Kopete::Account*)),
+				this, SLOT( listenToAllAccounts() ) );
+
+	connect(this, SIGNAL(settingsChanged()), this, SLOT( loadSettings() ) );
+	loadSettings();
+	listenToAllAccounts();
+}
+
+WebPresencePlugin::~WebPresencePlugin()
+{
+}
+
+void WebPresencePlugin::loadSettings()
+{
+	KConfig *kconfig = KGlobal::config();
+	kconfig->setGroup( "Web Presence Plugin" );
+
+	frequency = kconfig->readNumEntry("UploadFrequency", 15);
+	resultURL = kconfig->readPathEntry("uploadURL");
+
+	resultFormatting = WEB_UNDEFINED;
+
+	if ( kconfig->readBoolEntry( "formatHTML", false ) ) {
+		resultFormatting = WEB_HTML;
+	} else if ( kconfig->readBoolEntry( "formatXHTML", false ) ) {
+		resultFormatting = WEB_XHTML;
+	} else if ( kconfig->readBoolEntry( "formatXML", false ) ) {
+		resultFormatting = WEB_XML;
+	} else if ( kconfig->readBoolEntry( "formatStylesheet", false ) ) {
+		resultFormatting = WEB_CUSTOM;
+		userStyleSheet = kconfig->readEntry("formatStylesheetURL");
+	}
+
+	// Default to HTML if we dont get anything useful from config file.
+	if ( resultFormatting == WEB_UNDEFINED )
+		resultFormatting = WEB_HTML;
+
+	useImagesInHTML = kconfig->readBoolEntry( "useImagesHTML", false );
+	useImName = kconfig->readBoolEntry("showName", true);
+	userName = kconfig->readEntry("showThisName");
+	showAddresses = kconfig->readBoolEntry("includeIMAddress", false);
+
+	// Update file when settings are changed.
+	slotWriteFile();
+}
+
+void WebPresencePlugin::listenToAllAccounts()
+{
+	// connect to signals notifying of all accounts' status changes
+	ProtocolList protocols = allProtocols();
+
+	for ( ProtocolList::Iterator it = protocols.begin();
+			it != protocols.end(); ++it )
+	{
+		QDict<Kopete::Account> accounts = Kopete::AccountManager::self()->accounts( *it );
+		QDictIterator<Kopete::Account> acIt( accounts );
+
+		for( ; Kopete::Account *account = acIt.current(); ++acIt )
+		{
+			listenToAccount( account );
+		}
+	}
+	slotWaitMoreStatusChanges();
+}
+
+void WebPresencePlugin::listenToAccount( Kopete::Account* account )
+{
+	if(account && account->myself())
+	{
+		// Connect to the account's status changed signal
+		// because we can't know if the account has already connected
+		QObject::disconnect( account->myself(),
+						SIGNAL(onlineStatusChanged( Kopete::Contact *,
+								const Kopete::OnlineStatus &,
+								const Kopete::OnlineStatus & ) ),
+						this,
+						SLOT( slotWaitMoreStatusChanges() ) ) ;
+		QObject::connect( account->myself(),
+						SIGNAL(onlineStatusChanged( Kopete::Contact *,
+								const Kopete::OnlineStatus &,
+								const Kopete::OnlineStatus & ) ),
+						this,
+						SLOT( slotWaitMoreStatusChanges() ) );
+	}
+}
+
+void WebPresencePlugin::slotWaitMoreStatusChanges()
+{
+	if ( !m_writeScheduler->isActive() )
+		m_writeScheduler->start( frequency * 1000 );
+}
+
+void WebPresencePlugin::slotWriteFile()
+{
+	m_writeScheduler->stop();
+
+	// generate the (temporary) XML file representing the current contactlist
+	KURL dest( resultURL );
+	if ( resultURL.isEmpty() || !dest.isValid() )
+	{
+		kdDebug(14309) << "url is empty or not valid. NOT UPDATING!" << endl;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	KTempFile* xml = generateFile();
+	xml->setAutoDelete( true );
+	kdDebug(14309) << k_funcinfo << " " << xml->name() << endl;
+
+	switch( resultFormatting ) {
+	case WEB_XML:
+		m_output = xml;
+		xml = 0L;
+		break;
+	case WEB_HTML:
+	case WEB_XHTML:
+	case WEB_CUSTOM:
+		m_output = new KTempFile();
+		m_output->setAutoDelete( true );
+
+		if ( !transform( xml, m_output ) )
+		{
+			//TODO: give some error to user, even better if shown only once
+			delete m_output;
+			m_output = 0L;
+
+			delete xml;
+			return;
+		}
+
+		delete xml; // might make debugging harder!
+		break;
+	default:
+		return;
+	}
+
+	// upload it to the specified URL
+	KURL src( m_output->name() );
+	KIO::FileCopyJob *job = KIO::file_move( src, dest, -1, true, false, false );
+	connect( job, SIGNAL( result( KIO::Job * ) ),
+			SLOT(  slotUploadJobResult( KIO::Job * ) ) );
+}
+
+void WebPresencePlugin::slotUploadJobResult( KIO::Job *job )
+{
+	if ( job->error() ) {
+		kdDebug(14309) << "Error uploading presence info." << endl;
+		KMessageBox::queuedDetailedError( 0, i18n("An error occurred when uploading your presence page.\nCheck the path and write permissions of the destination."), 0, displayName() );
+		delete m_output;
+		m_output = 0L;
+	}
+}
+
+KTempFile* WebPresencePlugin::generateFile()
+{
+	// generate the (temporary) XML file representing the current contactlist
+	kdDebug( 14309 ) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+	QString notKnown = i18n( "Not yet known" );
+
+	QDomDocument doc;
+
+	doc.appendChild( doc.createProcessingInstruction( "xml",
+				"version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"UTF-8\"" ) );
+
+	QDomElement root = doc.createElement( "webpresence" );
+	doc.appendChild( root );
+
+	// insert the current date/time
+	QDomElement date = doc.createElement( "listdate" );
+	QDomText t = doc.createTextNode( 
+			KGlobal::locale()->formatDateTime( QDateTime::currentDateTime() ) );
+	date.appendChild( t );
+	root.appendChild( date );
+
+	// insert the user's name
+	QDomElement name = doc.createElement( "name" );
+	QDomText nameText;
+	if ( !useImName && !userName.isEmpty() )
+		nameText = doc.createTextNode( userName );
+	else
+		nameText = doc.createTextNode( notKnown );
+	name.appendChild( nameText );
+	root.appendChild( name );
+
+	// insert the list of the user's accounts
+	QDomElement accounts = doc.createElement( "accounts" );
+	root.appendChild( accounts );
+
+	QPtrList<Kopete::Account> list = Kopete::AccountManager::self()->accounts();
+	// If no accounts, stop here
+	if ( !list.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		for( QPtrListIterator<Kopete::Account> it( list );
+			 Kopete::Account *account=it.current();
+			 ++it )
+		{
+			QDomElement acc = doc.createElement( "account" );
+			//output += h.openTag( "account" );
+
+			QDomElement protoName = doc.createElement( "protocol" );
+			QDomText protoNameText = doc.createTextNode(
+					account->protocol()->pluginId() );
+			protoName.appendChild( protoNameText );
+			acc.appendChild( protoName );
+
+			Kopete::Contact* me = account->myself();
+			QString displayName = me->property( Kopete::Global::Properties::self()->nickName() ).value().toString();
+			QDomElement accName = doc.createElement( "accountname" );
+			QDomText accNameText = doc.createTextNode( ( me )
+					? displayName
+					: notKnown );
+			accName.appendChild( accNameText );
+			acc.appendChild( accName );
+
+			QDomElement accStatus = doc.createElement( "accountstatus" );
+			QDomText statusText = doc.createTextNode( ( me )
+					? statusAsString( me->onlineStatus() )
+					: notKnown ) ;
+			accStatus.appendChild( statusText );
+
+			// Dont add these if we're shutting down, because the result
+			// would be quite weird.
+			if ( !shuttingDown ) {
+
+				// Add away message as an attribute, if one exists.
+				if ( me->onlineStatus().status() == Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away &&
+						!me->property("awayMessage").value().toString().isEmpty() ) {
+					accStatus.setAttribute( "awayreason",
+							me->property("awayMessage").value().toString() );
+				}
+
+				// Add the online status description as an attribute, if one exits.
+				if ( !me->onlineStatus().description().isEmpty() ) {
+					accStatus.setAttribute( "statusdescription",
+							me->onlineStatus().description() );
+				}
+			}
+			acc.appendChild( accStatus );
+
+			if ( showAddresses )
+			{
+				QDomElement accAddress = doc.createElement( "accountaddress" );
+				QDomText addressText = doc.createTextNode( ( me )
+						? me->contactId()
+						: notKnown );
+				accAddress.appendChild( addressText );
+				acc.appendChild( accAddress );
+			}
+
+			accounts.appendChild( acc );
+		}
+	}
+
+	// write the XML to a temporary file
+	KTempFile* file = new KTempFile();
+	QTextStream *stream = file->textStream();
+	stream->setEncoding( QTextStream::UnicodeUTF8 );
+	doc.save( *stream, 4 );
+	file->close();
+	return file;
+}
+
+bool WebPresencePlugin::transform( KTempFile * src, KTempFile * dest )
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_XSLT
+	bool retval = true;
+	xmlSubstituteEntitiesDefault( 1 );
+	xmlLoadExtDtdDefaultValue = 1;
+
+	QFile sheet;
+
+	switch ( resultFormatting ) {
+	case WEB_XML:
+		// Oops! We tried to call transform() but XML was requested.
+		return false;
+	case WEB_HTML:
+		if ( useImagesInHTML ) {
+			sheet.setName( locate( "appdata", "webpresence/webpresence_html_images.xsl" ) );
+		} else {
+			sheet.setName( locate( "appdata", "webpresence/webpresence_html.xsl" ) );
+		}
+		break;
+	case WEB_XHTML:
+		if ( useImagesInHTML ) {
+			sheet.setName( locate( "appdata", "webpresence/webpresence_xhtml_images.xsl" ) );
+		} else {
+			sheet.setName( locate( "appdata", "webpresence/webpresence_xhtml.xsl" ) );
+		}
+		break;
+	case WEB_CUSTOM:
+		sheet.setName( userStyleSheet );
+		break;
+	default:
+		// Shouldn't ever reach here.
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	// TODO: auto / smart pointers would be useful here
+	xsltStylesheetPtr cur = 0;
+	xmlDocPtr doc = 0;
+	xmlDocPtr res = 0;
+
+	if ( !sheet.exists() ) {
+		kdDebug(14309) << k_funcinfo << "ERROR: Style sheet not found" << endl;
+		retval = false;
+		goto end;
+	}
+
+	// is the cast safe?
+	cur = xsltParseStylesheetFile( (const xmlChar *) sheet.name().latin1() );
+	if ( !cur ) {
+		kdDebug(14309) << k_funcinfo << "ERROR: Style sheet parsing failed" << endl;
+		retval = false;
+		goto end;
+	}
+
+	doc = xmlParseFile( QFile::encodeName( src->name() ) );
+	if ( !doc ) {
+		kdDebug(14309) << k_funcinfo << "ERROR: XML parsing failed" << endl;
+		retval = false;
+		goto end;
+	}
+
+	res = xsltApplyStylesheet( cur, doc, 0 );
+	if ( !res ) {
+		kdDebug(14309) << k_funcinfo << "ERROR: Style sheet apply failed" << endl;
+		retval = false;
+		goto end;
+	}
+
+	if ( xsltSaveResultToFile(dest->fstream(), res, cur) == -1 ) {
+		kdDebug(14309) << k_funcinfo << "ERROR: Style sheet apply failed" << endl;
+		retval = false;
+		goto end;
+	}
+
+	// then it all worked!
+	dest->close();
+
+end:
+	xsltCleanupGlobals();
+	xmlCleanupParser();
+	if (doc) xmlFreeDoc(doc);
+	if (res) xmlFreeDoc(res);
+	if (cur) xsltFreeStylesheet(cur);
+
+	return retval;
+
+#else
+	Q_UNUSED( src );
+	Q_UNUSED( dest );
+
+	return false;
+#endif
+}
+
+ProtocolList WebPresencePlugin::allProtocols()
+{
+	kdDebug( 14309 ) << k_funcinfo << endl;
+
+	Kopete::PluginList plugins = Kopete::PluginManager::self()->loadedPlugins( "Protocols" );
+	Kopete::PluginList::ConstIterator it;
+
+	ProtocolList result;
+
+	for ( it = plugins.begin(); it != plugins.end(); ++it ) {
+		result.append( static_cast<Kopete::Protocol *>( *it ) );
+	}
+
+	return result;
+}
+
+QString WebPresencePlugin::statusAsString( const Kopete::OnlineStatus &newStatus )
+{
+	if (shuttingDown)
+		return "OFFLINE";
+
+	QString status;
+	switch ( newStatus.status() )
+	{
+	case Kopete::OnlineStatus::Online:
+		status = "ONLINE";
+		break;
+	case Kopete::OnlineStatus::Away:
+		status = "AWAY";
+		break;
+	case Kopete::OnlineStatus::Offline:
+	case Kopete::OnlineStatus::Invisible:
+		status = "OFFLINE";
+		break;
+	default:
+		status = "UNKNOWN";
+	}
+
+	return status;
+}
+
+void WebPresencePlugin::aboutToUnload()
+{
+	// Stop timer. Dont need it anymore.
+	m_writeScheduler->stop();
+
+	// Force statusAsString() report all accounts as OFFLINE.
+	shuttingDown = true;
+
+	// Do final update of webpresence file.
+	slotWriteFile();
+
+	emit readyForUnload();
+}
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
+#include "webpresenceplugin.moc"
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresenceplugin.h b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresenceplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3aea9af0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresenceplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/*
+    webpresenceplugin.h
+
+    Kopete Web Presence plugin
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002,2003 by Will Stephenson <will@stevello.free-online.co.uk>
+
+    Kopete    (c) 2002,2003 by the Kopete developers  <kopete-devel@kde.org>
+
+    *************************************************************************
+    *                                                                    	*
+    * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+    * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+    * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+    * (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+    *                                                                       *
+    *************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef WEBPRESENCEPLUGIN_H
+#define WEBPRESENCEPLUGIN_H
+
+#include <qvaluestack.h>
+
+#include <kio/job.h>
+
+#include "kopetecontact.h"
+#include "kopeteonlinestatus.h"
+
+class QTimer;
+class KTempFile;
+namespace Kopete { class MetaContact; }
+class KToggleAction;
+class KActionCollection;
+
+typedef QValueList<Kopete::Protocol*> ProtocolList;
+
+class WebPresencePlugin : public Kopete::Plugin
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+
+private:
+	int frequency;
+	bool showAddresses;
+	bool useImName;
+	QString userName;
+	QString userStyleSheet;
+	bool useImagesInHTML;
+
+	// Is set to true when Kopete has notified us
+	// that we're about to be unloaded.
+	bool shuttingDown;
+
+	enum {
+		WEB_HTML,
+		WEB_XHTML,
+		WEB_XML,
+		WEB_CUSTOM,
+		WEB_UNDEFINED
+	} resultFormatting;
+
+	QString resultURL;
+
+public:
+	WebPresencePlugin( QObject *parent, const char *name, const QStringList &args );
+	virtual ~WebPresencePlugin();
+
+	virtual void aboutToUnload();
+
+protected slots:
+	void loadSettings();
+	
+	/**
+	 * Write a file to the specified location,
+	 */
+	void slotWriteFile();
+	/**
+	 * Called when an upload finished, displays error if needed
+	 */
+	 void slotUploadJobResult( KIO::Job * );
+	/**
+	 * Called to schedule a write, after waiting to see if more changes
+	 * occur (accounts tend to change status together)
+	 */
+	void slotWaitMoreStatusChanges();
+	/**
+	 * Sets us up to respond to account status changes
+	 */
+	void listenToAllAccounts();
+	/**
+	 * Sets us up to respond to a new account
+	 */
+	void listenToAccount( Kopete::Account* account );
+
+protected:
+	/**
+	 * Generate the file (HTML, text) to be uploaded
+	 */
+	KTempFile* generateFile();
+	/**
+	* Apply named stylesheet to get content and presentation
+	*/
+	bool transform( KTempFile* src, KTempFile* dest );
+	/** 
+	 * Helper method, generates list of all IM protocols
+	 */
+	ProtocolList allProtocols();
+	/**
+	 * Converts numeric status to a string
+	 */
+	QString statusAsString( const Kopete::OnlineStatus &newStatus );
+	/**
+     * Schedules writes
+	 */
+	QTimer* m_writeScheduler;
+
+	// The file to be uploaded to the WWW
+	KTempFile *m_output;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresencepreferences.cpp b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresencepreferences.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9b00435a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresencepreferences.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          webpresencepreferences.cpp
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : jeu nov 14 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <qlayout.h>
+
+#include <kgenericfactory.h>
+#include <kautoconfig.h>
+#include <kurlrequester.h>
+
+#include "webpresenceprefs.h"
+#include "webpresencepreferences.h"
+
+typedef KGenericFactory<WebPresencePreferences> WebPresencePreferencesFactory;
+K_EXPORT_COMPONENT_FACTORY( kcm_kopete_webpresence, WebPresencePreferencesFactory("kcm_kopete_webpresence"))
+
+WebPresencePreferences::WebPresencePreferences(QWidget *parent, const char* /*name*/, const QStringList &args)
+		: KCModule(WebPresencePreferencesFactory::instance(), parent, args)
+{
+	// Add actuall widget generated from ui file.
+	( new QVBoxLayout( this ) )->setAutoAdd( true );
+	preferencesDialog = new WebPresencePrefsUI(this);
+	preferencesDialog->uploadURL->setMode( KFile::File );
+	preferencesDialog->formatStylesheetURL->setFilter( "*.xsl" );
+
+	// KAutoConfig stuff
+	kautoconfig = new KAutoConfig(KGlobal::config(), this, "kautoconfig");
+	connect(kautoconfig, SIGNAL(widgetModified()), SLOT(widgetModified()));
+	connect(kautoconfig, SIGNAL(settingsChanged()), SLOT(widgetModified()));
+	kautoconfig->addWidget(preferencesDialog, "Web Presence Plugin");
+	kautoconfig->retrieveSettings(true);
+}
+
+void WebPresencePreferences::widgetModified()
+{
+	emit KCModule::changed(kautoconfig->hasChanged());
+}
+
+void WebPresencePreferences::save()
+{
+	kautoconfig->saveSettings();
+}
+
+void WebPresencePreferences::defaults ()
+{
+	kautoconfig->resetSettings();
+}
+
+#include "webpresencepreferences.moc"
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresencepreferences.h b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresencepreferences.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..120e7a9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresencepreferences.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          webpresencepreferences.h
+						  -------------------
+    begin                : jeu nov 14 2002
+    copyright            : (C) 2002 by Olivier Goffart
+    email                : ogoffart @ kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef WEBPRSENCEPREFERECES_H
+#define WEBPRSENCEPREFERECES_H
+
+#include "kcmodule.h"
+
+class WebPresencePrefsUI;
+class KAutoConfig;
+
+/**
+ * Preference widget for the Now Listening plugin, copied from the Cryptography plugin
+ * @author Olivier Goffart
+ */
+class WebPresencePreferences : public KCModule  {
+   Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	WebPresencePreferences(QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, const QStringList &args = QStringList());
+
+	virtual void save();
+	virtual void defaults();
+
+private:
+	WebPresencePrefsUI *preferencesDialog;
+	KAutoConfig *kautoconfig;
+
+private slots: // Public slots
+	void widgetModified();
+
+};
+
+#endif
+
+// vim: set noet ts=4 sts=4 sw=4:
diff --git a/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresenceprefs.ui b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresenceprefs.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9aae819a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/kopete/plugins/webpresence/webpresenceprefs.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.3" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>WebPresencePrefsUI</class>
+<widget class="QWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>WebPresencePrefsUI</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="enabled">
+        <bool>true</bool>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>426</width>
+            <height>554</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <vbox>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <property name="margin">
+            <number>11</number>
+        </property>
+        <property name="spacing">
+            <number>6</number>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>groupBox1</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Uploading</string>
+            </property>
+            <grid>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <property name="margin">
+                    <number>11</number>
+                </property>
+                <property name="spacing">
+                    <number>6</number>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QLabel" row="0" column="0">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>textLabel1</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="frameShape">
+                        <enum>NoFrame</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="frameShadow">
+                        <enum>Plain</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Uplo&amp;ad to:</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="buddy" stdset="0">
+                        <cstring>uploadURL</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="KURLRequester" row="0" column="1" rowspan="1" colspan="2">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>uploadURL</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <spacer row="1" column="2">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>spacer5</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="orientation">
+                        <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizeType">
+                        <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizeHint">
+                        <size>
+                            <width>449</width>
+                            <height>0</height>
+                        </size>
+                    </property>
+                </spacer>
+            </grid>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>buttonGroup2_2</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Formatting</string>
+            </property>
+            <vbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <property name="margin">
+                    <number>11</number>
+                </property>
+                <property name="spacing">
+                    <number>6</number>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>formatHTML</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>HTML (simple loo&amp;k)</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="checked">
+                        <bool>true</bool>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="toolTip" stdset="0">
+                        <string>HTML 4.01 Transitional using the ISO-8859-1 (aka. Latin 1) character set encoding.</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="whatsThis" stdset="0">
+                        <string>HTML 4.01 Transitional formatting using ISO-8859-1 (aka. Latin 1) character set encoding.
+
+This version should be easily opened by most web browsers.</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>formatXHTML</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>XHTML (simple look)</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="toolTip" stdset="0">
+                        <string>XHTML 1.0 Strict</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="whatsThis" stdset="0">
+                        <string>The resulting page will be formatted using the XHTML 1.0 Strict W3C Recommendation. The character set encoding is UTF-8.
+
+Note that some web browsers do not support XHTML. You should also make sure your web server serves it out with the correct mime type, such as application/xhtml+xml.</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>formatXML</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>&amp;XML</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="toolTip" stdset="0">
+                        <string>Save the output in XML format using UTF-8 character set.</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="whatsThis" stdset="0">
+                        <string>Save the output in XML format using the UTF-8 encoding.</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>formatStylesheet</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>XML transformation &amp;using this XSLT sheet:</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout1</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <hbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <spacer>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>spacer10</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="orientation">
+                                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeType">
+                                <enum>Fixed</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeHint">
+                                <size>
+                                    <width>30</width>
+                                    <height>20</height>
+                                </size>
+                            </property>
+                        </spacer>
+                        <widget class="KURLRequester">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>formatStylesheetURL</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="enabled">
+                                <bool>false</bool>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                    </hbox>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>useImagesHTML</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Repla&amp;ce protocol text with images in (X)HTML</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="toolTip" stdset="0">
+                        <string>Replaces the protocol names, such as MSN and IRC with images.</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="whatsThis" stdset="0">
+                        <string>Replaces the protocol names, such as MSN and IRC with images.
+
+Note that you have to manually copy the PNG files into place.
+
+The following files are used by default:
+
+images/msn_protocol.png
+images/icq_protocol.png
+images/jabber_protocol.png
+images/yahoo_protocol.png
+images/aim_protocol.png
+images/irc_protocol.png
+images/sms_protocol.png
+images/gadu_protocol.png
+images/winpopup_protocol.png</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+            </vbox>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="QButtonGroup">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>buttonGroup2</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="title">
+                <string>Display Name</string>
+            </property>
+            <vbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <property name="margin">
+                    <number>11</number>
+                </property>
+                <property name="spacing">
+                    <number>6</number>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>showName</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Use one of &amp;your IM names</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="checked">
+                        <bool>true</bool>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QRadioButton">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>showAnotherName</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Use another &amp;name:</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QLayoutWidget">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout2</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <hbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <spacer>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>spacer4_2</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="orientation">
+                                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeType">
+                                <enum>Fixed</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeHint">
+                                <size>
+                                    <width>30</width>
+                                    <height>20</height>
+                                </size>
+                            </property>
+                        </spacer>
+                        <widget class="QLineEdit">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>showThisName</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="enabled">
+                                <bool>false</bool>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                    </hbox>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="QCheckBox">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>includeIMAddress</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Include &amp;IM addresses</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+            </vbox>
+        </widget>
+        <spacer>
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>Spacer7</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <property name="orientation">
+                <enum>Vertical</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeType">
+                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+            </property>
+            <property name="sizeHint">
+                <size>
+                    <width>16</width>
+                    <height>93</height>
+                </size>
+            </property>
+        </spacer>
+    </vbox>
+</widget>
+<connections>
+    <connection>
+        <sender>formatStylesheet</sender>
+        <signal>toggled(bool)</signal>
+        <receiver>formatStylesheetURL</receiver>
+        <slot>setEnabled(bool)</slot>
+    </connection>
+    <connection>
+        <sender>showAnotherName</sender>
+        <signal>toggled(bool)</signal>
+        <receiver>showThisName</receiver>
+        <slot>setEnabled(bool)</slot>
+    </connection>
+    <connection>
+        <sender>formatXML</sender>
+        <signal>toggled(bool)</signal>
+        <receiver>useImagesHTML</receiver>
+        <slot>setDisabled(bool)</slot>
+    </connection>
+    <connection>
+        <sender>formatStylesheet</sender>
+        <signal>toggled(bool)</signal>
+        <receiver>useImagesHTML</receiver>
+        <slot>setDisabled(bool)</slot>
+    </connection>
+</connections>
+<tabstops>
+    <tabstop>uploadURL</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>formatHTML</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>formatStylesheetURL</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>useImagesHTML</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>showName</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>showThisName</tabstop>
+    <tabstop>includeIMAddress</tabstop>
+</tabstops>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+<includehints>
+    <includehint>kurlrequester.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>klineedit.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kpushbutton.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kurlrequester.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>klineedit.h</includehint>
+    <includehint>kpushbutton.h</includehint>
+</includehints>
+</UI>